diff options
145 files changed, 3 insertions, 30000 deletions
diff --git a/.gitmodules b/.gitmodules new file mode 100644 index 0000000..adb5f49 --- /dev/null +++ b/.gitmodules @@ -0,0 +1,3 @@ +[submodule "src/vim-latex"] + path = src/vim-latex + url = git://vim-latex.git.sourceforge.net/gitroot/vim-latex/vim-latex diff --git a/src/vim-latex b/src/vim-latex new file mode 160000 +Subproject 36d275da3266c1b0cdc8f525f4d977d0154241f diff --git a/src/vim-latex-conf b/src/vim-latex-conf new file mode 160000 +Subproject 36d275da3266c1b0cdc8f525f4d977d0154241f diff --git a/src/vim-latex/.gitignore b/src/vim-latex/.gitignore deleted file mode 100644 index 752c2c6..0000000 --- a/src/vim-latex/.gitignore +++ /dev/null @@ -1,40 +0,0 @@ -## To see if new rules exclude any existing files, run -## -## git ls-files -i --exclude-standard -## -## after modifying this file. - -## Generated by the build process - -## Editor backup and swap files -*~ -.\#* -\#**\# -.*.sw[op] -.sw[op] - -## Generated by Mac filesystem -.DS_Store - -## For rejects -*.orig -*.rej -*.ancestor -*.current -*.patched - -## Generated by StGit -patches-* -.stgit-*.txt - -## Documentation building -doc/db2vim/domutils.pyc -doc/db2vim/textutils.pyc -doc/latex-suite/ -doc/latex-suite.html -doc/latex-suite-quickstart/ -doc/latex-suite-quickstart.html - -## Pathogen (to make it easier to use vim-latex-git) -doc/tags -*.pyc diff --git a/src/vim-latex/Makefile b/src/vim-latex/Makefile deleted file mode 100644 index 2357024..0000000 --- a/src/vim-latex/Makefile +++ /dev/null @@ -1,29 +0,0 @@ -PREFIX=/usr/local -VIMDIR=$(PREFIX)/share/vim -BINDIR=$(PREFIX)/bin - -VERSION=1.8.23 -DATE=$(shell date +%Y%m%d) -COMMIT_COUNT=$(shell git log --oneline | wc -l) -ABBREV_HASH=$(shell git log --oneline | head -n 1 | cut -d\ -f 1) - -SNAPSHOTNAME=vim-latex-$(VERSION)-$(DATE).$(COMMIT_COUNT)-git$(ABBREV_HASH) - -snapshot: - git archive --prefix '$(SNAPSHOTNAME)/' HEAD | gzip > '$(SNAPSHOTNAME).tar.gz' - -install: - install -d '$(DESTDIR)$(VIMDIR)/doc' - install -m 0644 doc/*.txt '$(DESTDIR)$(VIMDIR)/doc' - - install -d '$(DESTDIR)$(VIMDIR)' - cp -R compiler ftplugin indent plugin '$(DESTDIR)$(VIMDIR)' - chmod 0755 '$(DESTDIR)$(VIMDIR)/ftplugin/latex-suite/outline.py' - - install -d '$(DESTDIR)$(BINDIR)' - install latextags ltags '$(DESTDIR)$(BINDIR)' - -upload: snapshot - scp '$(SNAPSHOTNAME).tar.gz' frs.sourceforge.net:/home/frs/project/v/vi/vim-latex/snapshots - -.PHONY: install upload diff --git a/src/vim-latex/Makefile.in b/src/vim-latex/Makefile.in deleted file mode 100644 index d965cb0..0000000 --- a/src/vim-latex/Makefile.in +++ /dev/null @@ -1,133 +0,0 @@ -CVSUSER = srinathava -SSHCMD = ssh1 -DIR1 = $(PWD) - -.PHONY: latexs clean release updoc uphtdocs ltt changelog install stallin sync - -# The main target. This creates a latex suite archive (zip and tar.gz -# format) ensuring that all the files in the archive are in unix format so -# unix people can use it too... -latexs: - # plugins: - zip -q latexSuite.zip plugin/imaps.vim - zip -q latexSuite.zip plugin/SyntaxFolds.vim - zip -q latexSuite.zip plugin/libList.vim - zip -q latexSuite.zip plugin/remoteOpen.vim - zip -q latexSuite.zip plugin/filebrowser.vim - # ftplugins - zip -q latexSuite.zip ftplugin/tex_latexSuite.vim - zip -q latexSuite.zip ftplugin/bib_latexSuite.vim - zip -q latexSuite.zip ftplugin/tex/*.vim - # files in the latex-suite directory - zip -q -R latexSuite.zip `find ftplugin/latex-suite -name '*'` - # documentation - zip -q latexSuite.zip doc/latex*.txt - zip -q latexSuite.zip doc/imaps*.txt - # indentation - zip -q latexSuite.zip indent/tex.vim - # compiler - zip -q latexSuite.zip compiler/tex.vim - # external tools - zip -q latexSuite.zip ltags - - # Now to make a tar.gz file from the .zip file. - rm -rf $(TMP)/latexSuite0793 - mkdir -p $(TMP)/latexSuite0793 - cp latexSuite.zip $(TMP)/latexSuite0793/ - ( \ - cd $(TMP)/latexSuite0793/ ; \ - unzip -q -o latexSuite.zip ; \ - \rm latexSuite.zip ; \ - tar czf latexSuite.tar.gz * ; \ - \mv latexSuite.tar.gz $(DIR1)/ ; \ - ) - mv latexSuite.zip latexSuite`date +%Y%m%d`.zip ; \ - mv latexSuite.tar.gz latexSuite`date +%Y%m%d`.tar.gz ; \ - -# target for removing archive files. -clean: - rm -f latexSuite200* - -# make a local install directory. -ltt: - rm -rf /tmp/ltt/vimfiles/ftplugin - cp -f latexSuite.zip /tmp/ltt/vimfiles/ - cd /tmp/ltt/vimfiles; unzip latexSuite.zip - -# This target is related to a script I have on my sf.net account. That -# script looks like: -# -# #!/bin/bash -# cd ~/testing/vimfiles; \ -# cvs -q update; \ -# make clean; \ -# make; \ -# cp latexsuite.* ~/htdocs/download/ -# -# Doing a release via sf.net has a couple of advantages: -# - I do not have to bother with CRLF pain anymore because the copy on -# sf.net will always have unix style EOLs. -# - The process is much faster because I only need to communicate a command -# from my computer to sf.net. The rest is done locally on the sf.net -# server. -release: - $(SSHCMD) $(CVSUSER)@vim-latex.sf.net /home/groups/v/vi/vim-latex/bin/upload - -updoc: - $(SSHCMD) $(CVSUSER)@vim-latex.sf.net /home/groups/v/vi/vim-latex/bin/updoc - -# This is another target akin to the release: target. This target updates -# the htdocs directory of the latex-suite project to the latest CVS -# version. -# This is again related to the uphtdocs script on my sf.net account which -# looks like: -# #!/bin/sh -# -# # update the htdocs directory -# cd /home/groups/v/vi/vim-latex/htdocs; cvs -q update -# # update the packages directory -# cd /home/groups/v/vi/vim-latex/htdocs/packages; cvs -q update -uphtdocs: - $(SSHCMD) $(CVSUSER)@vim-latex.sf.net /home/groups/v/vi/vim-latex/bin/uphtdocs - -# Automatically generate the Changelog file using the cvs2cl utility -# -# Arguments: -# -S add a seperating line between filename and log -# --no-wrap Do not attempt to format the Changelog comments -# -f file to write the Changelog to. -changelog: - cvs2cl -S --no-wrap -f ftplugin/latex-suite/ChangeLog - -# rsync is like cp (copy) on steroids. Here are some useful options: -# -C auto ignore like CVS -# -r recurse into directories -# -t preserve times -# -u update (do not overwrite newer files) -# -W whole files, no incremental checks (default for local usage) -# --existing only update files that already exist -# --exclude exclude files matching the pattern -# -n dry run (for testing) - -# Usage: after "cvs update", do -# make install [VIMFILES=path/to/vimfiles] -# Before "cvs commit", do -# make stallin [VIMFILES=path/to/vimfiles] -# If you have made changes in both directories, and want to keep the most -# recent versions, do -# make sync [VIMFILES=path/to/vimfiles] -# Note: defining VIMFILES when you invoke make overrides the value below. -# Warning: install and stallin do not check modification times! - -VIMFILES=${HOME}/.vim -EXCLUDE="--exclude='*~' --exclude='*.swp' --exclude='makefile'" - -install: - rsync -CrtW ${EXCLUDE} . ${VIMFILES} - -# stallin = reverse install -# If you can think of a better name for this target, be my guest! -stallin: - rsync -CrtW --existing ${VIMFILES}/ . - -sync: install stallin diff --git a/src/vim-latex/compiler/tex.vim b/src/vim-latex/compiler/tex.vim deleted file mode 100644 index d9543ad..0000000 --- a/src/vim-latex/compiler/tex.vim +++ /dev/null @@ -1,298 +0,0 @@ -" File: tex.vim -" Type: compiler plugin for LaTeX -" Original Author: Artem Chuprina <ran@ran.pp.ru> -" Customization: Srinath Avadhanula <srinath@fastmail.fm> -" Description: {{{ -" This file sets the 'makeprg' and 'errorformat' options for the LaTeX -" compiler. It is customizable to optionally ignore certain warnings and -" provides the ability to set a dynamic 'ignore-warning' level. -" -" By default it is set up in a 'non-verbose', 'ignore-common-warnings' mode, -" which means that irrelevant lines from the compilers output will be -" ignored and also some very common warnings are ignored. -" -" Depending on the 'ignore-level', the following kinds of messages are -" ignored. An ignore level of 3 for instance means that messages 1-3 will be -" ignored. By default, the ignore level is set to 4. -" -" 1. LaTeX Warning: Specifier 'h' changed to 't'. -" This errors occurs when TeX is not able to correctly place a floating -" object at a specified location, because of which it defaulted to the -" top of the page. -" 2. LaTeX Warning: Underfull box ... -" 3. LaTeX Warning: Overfull box ... -" both these warnings (very common) are due to \hbox settings not being -" satisfied nicely. -" 4. LaTeX Warning: You have requested ..., -" This warning occurs in slitex when using the xypic package. -" 5. Missing number error: -" Usually, when the name of an included eps file is spelled incorrectly, -" then the \bb-error message is accompanied by a bunch of "missing -" number, treated as zero" error messages. This level ignores these -" warnings. -" NOTE: number 5 is actually a latex error, not a warning! -" -" Use -" TCLevel <level> -" where level is a number to set the ignore level dynamically. -" -" When TCLevel is called with the unquoted string strict -" TClevel strict -" then the 'efm' switches to a 'verbose', 'no-lines-ignored' mode which is -" useful when you want to make final checks of your document and want to be -" careful not to let things slip by. -" -" TIP: MikTeX has a bug where it sometimes erroneously splits a line number -" into multiple lines. i.e, if the warning is on line 1234. the compiler -" output is: -" LaTeX Warning: ... on input line 123 -" 4. -" In this case, vim will wrongly interpret the line-number as 123 instead -" of 1234. If you have cygwin, a simple remedy around this is to first -" copy the file vimlatex (provided) into your $PATH, make sure its -" executable and then set the variable g:tex_flavor to vimlatex in your -" ~/.vimrc (i.e putting let "g:tex_flavor = 'vimlatex'" in your .vimrc). -" This problem occurs rarely enough that its not a botheration for most -" people. -" -" TODO: -" 1. menu items for dynamically selecting a ignore warning level. -" }}} - -" avoid reinclusion for the same buffer. keep it buffer local so it can be -" externally reset in case of emergency re-sourcing. -if exists('b:doneTexCompiler') && !exists('b:forceRedoTexCompiler') - finish -endif -let b:doneTexCompiler = 1 - -" ============================================================================== -" Customization of 'efm': {{{ -" This section contains the customization variables which the user can set. -" g:Tex_IgnoredWarnings: This variable contains a ¡ seperated list of -" patterns which will be ignored in the TeX compiler's output. Use this -" carefully, otherwise you might end up losing valuable information. -if !exists('g:Tex_IgnoredWarnings') - let g:Tex_IgnoredWarnings = - \'Underfull'."\n". - \'Overfull'."\n". - \'specifier changed to'."\n". - \'You have requested'."\n". - \'Missing number, treated as zero.'."\n". - \'There were undefined references'."\n". - \'Citation %.%# undefined' -endif -" This is the number of warnings in the g:Tex_IgnoredWarnings string which -" will be ignored. -if !exists('g:Tex_IgnoreLevel') - let g:Tex_IgnoreLevel = 7 -endif -" There will be lots of stuff in a typical compiler output which will -" completely fall through the 'efm' parsing. This options sets whether or not -" you will be shown those lines. -if !exists('g:Tex_IgnoreUnmatched') - let g:Tex_IgnoreUnmatched = 1 -endif -" With all this customization, there is a slight risk that you might be -" ignoring valid warnings or errors. Therefore before getting the final copy -" of your work, you might want to reset the 'efm' with this variable set to 1. -" With that value, all the lines from the compiler are shown irrespective of -" whether they match the error or warning patterns. -" NOTE: An easier way of resetting the 'efm' to show everything is to do -" TCLevel strict -if !exists('g:Tex_ShowallLines') - let g:Tex_ShowallLines = 0 -endif - -" }}} -" ============================================================================== -" Customization of 'makeprg': {{{ - -" There are several alternate ways in which 'makeprg' is set up. -" -" Case 1 -" ------ -" The first is when this file is a part of latex-suite. In this case, a -" variable called g:Tex_DefaultTargetFormat exists, which gives the default -" format .tex files should be compiled into. In this case, we use the TTarget -" command provided by latex-suite. -" -" Case 2 -" ------ -" The user is using this file without latex-suite AND he wants to directly -" specify the complete 'makeprg'. Then he should set the g:Tex_CompileRule_dvi -" variable. This is a string which should be directly be able to be cast into -" &makeprg. An example of one such string is: -" -" g:Tex_CompileRule_dvi = 'pdflatex \\nonstopmode \\input\{$*\}' -" -" NOTE: You will need to escape back-slashes, {'s etc yourself if you are -" using this file independently of latex-suite. -" TODO: Should we also have a check for backslash escaping here based on -" platform? -" -" Case 3 -" ------ -" The use is using this file without latex-suite and he doesnt want any -" customization. In this case, this file makes some intelligent guesses based -" on the platform. If he doesn't want to specify the complete 'makeprg' but -" only the name of the compiler program (for example 'pdflatex' or 'latex'), -" then he sets b:tex_flavor or g:tex_flavor. - -if exists('g:Tex_DefaultTargetFormat') - exec 'TTarget '.g:Tex_DefaultTargetFormat -elseif exists('g:Tex_CompileRule_dvi') - let &l:makeprg = g:Tex_CompileRule_dvi -else - " If buffer-local variable 'tex_flavor' exists, it defines TeX flavor, - " otherwize the same for global variable with same name, else it will be LaTeX - if exists("b:tex_flavor") - let current_compiler = b:tex_flavor - elseif exists("g:tex_flavor") - let current_compiler = g:tex_flavor - else - let current_compiler = "latex" - end - if has('win32') - let escChars = '' - else - let escChars = '{}\' - endif - " Furthermore, if 'win32' is detected, then we want to set the arguments up so - " that miktex can handle it. - if has('win32') - let options = '--src-specials' - else - let options = '' - endif - let &l:makeprg = current_compiler . ' ' . options . - \ escape(' \nonstopmode \input{$*}', escChars) -endif - -" }}} -" ============================================================================== -" Functions for setting up a customized 'efm' {{{ - -" IgnoreWarnings: parses g:Tex_IgnoredWarnings for message customization {{{ -" Description: -function! <SID>IgnoreWarnings() - let i = 1 - while s:Strntok(g:Tex_IgnoredWarnings, "\n", i) != '' && - \ i <= g:Tex_IgnoreLevel - let warningPat = s:Strntok(g:Tex_IgnoredWarnings, "\n", i) - let warningPat = escape(substitute(warningPat, '[\,]', '%\\\\&', 'g'), ' ') - exe 'setlocal efm+=%-G%.%#'.warningPat.'%.%#' - let i = i + 1 - endwhile -endfunction - -" }}} -" SetLatexEfm: sets the 'efm' for the latex compiler {{{ -" Description: -function! <SID>SetLatexEfm() - - let pm = ( g:Tex_ShowallLines == 1 ? '+' : '-' ) - - setlocal efm= - " remove default error formats that cause issues with revtex, where they - " match version messages - " Reference: http://bugs.debian.org/582100 - setlocal efm-=%f:%l:%m - setlocal efm-=%f:%l:%c:%m - - if !g:Tex_ShowallLines - call s:IgnoreWarnings() - endif - - setlocal efm+=%E!\ LaTeX\ %trror:\ %m - setlocal efm+=%E!\ %m - setlocal efm+=%E%f:%l:\ %m - - setlocal efm+=%+WLaTeX\ %.%#Warning:\ %.%#line\ %l%.%# - setlocal efm+=%+W%.%#\ at\ lines\ %l--%*\\d - setlocal efm+=%+WLaTeX\ %.%#Warning:\ %m - - exec 'setlocal efm+=%'.pm.'Cl.%l\ %m' - exec 'setlocal efm+=%'.pm.'Cl.%l\ ' - exec 'setlocal efm+=%'.pm.'C\ \ %m' - exec 'setlocal efm+=%'.pm.'C%.%#-%.%#' - exec 'setlocal efm+=%'.pm.'C%.%#[]%.%#' - exec 'setlocal efm+=%'.pm.'C[]%.%#' - exec 'setlocal efm+=%'.pm.'C%.%#%[{}\\]%.%#' - exec 'setlocal efm+=%'.pm.'C<%.%#>%m' - exec 'setlocal efm+=%'.pm.'C\ \ %m' - exec 'setlocal efm+=%'.pm.'GSee\ the\ LaTeX%m' - exec 'setlocal efm+=%'.pm.'GType\ \ H\ <return>%m' - exec 'setlocal efm+=%'.pm.'G\ ...%.%#' - exec 'setlocal efm+=%'.pm.'G%.%#\ (C)\ %.%#' - exec 'setlocal efm+=%'.pm.'G(see\ the\ transcript%.%#)' - exec 'setlocal efm+=%'.pm.'G\\s%#' - exec 'setlocal efm+=%'.pm.'O(%*[^()])%r' - exec 'setlocal efm+=%'.pm.'P(%f%r' - exec 'setlocal efm+=%'.pm.'P\ %\\=(%f%r' - exec 'setlocal efm+=%'.pm.'P%*[^()](%f%r' - exec 'setlocal efm+=%'.pm.'P(%f%*[^()]' - exec 'setlocal efm+=%'.pm.'P[%\\d%[^()]%#(%f%r' - if g:Tex_IgnoreUnmatched && !g:Tex_ShowallLines - setlocal efm+=%-P%*[^()] - endif - exec 'setlocal efm+=%'.pm.'Q)%r' - exec 'setlocal efm+=%'.pm.'Q%*[^()])%r' - exec 'setlocal efm+=%'.pm.'Q[%\\d%*[^()])%r' - if g:Tex_IgnoreUnmatched && !g:Tex_ShowallLines - setlocal efm+=%-Q%*[^()] - endif - if g:Tex_IgnoreUnmatched && !g:Tex_ShowallLines - setlocal efm+=%-G%.%# - endif - -endfunction - -" }}} -" Strntok: extract the n^th token from a list {{{ -" example: Strntok('1,23,3', ',', 2) = 23 -fun! <SID>Strntok(s, tok, n) - return matchstr( a:s.a:tok[0], '\v(\zs([^'.a:tok.']*)\ze['.a:tok.']){'.a:n.'}') -endfun - -" }}} -" SetTexCompilerLevel: sets the "level" for the latex compiler {{{ -function! <SID>SetTexCompilerLevel(...) - if a:0 > 0 - let level = a:1 - else - call Tex_ResetIncrementNumber(0) - echo substitute(g:Tex_IgnoredWarnings, - \ '^\|\n\zs\S', '\=Tex_IncrementNumber(1)." ".submatch(0)', 'g') - let level = input("\nChoose an ignore level: ") - if level == '' - return - endif - endif - if level == 'strict' - let g:Tex_ShowallLines = 1 - elseif level =~ '^\d\+$' - let g:Tex_ShowallLines = 0 - let g:Tex_IgnoreLevel = level - else - echoerr "SetTexCompilerLevel: Unkwown option [".level."]" - end - call s:SetLatexEfm() -endfunction - -com! -nargs=? TCLevel :call <SID>SetTexCompilerLevel(<f-args>) -" }}} - -" }}} -" ============================================================================== - -call s:SetLatexEfm() - -if !exists('*Tex_Debug') - function! Tex_Debug(...) - endfunction -endif - -call Tex_Debug("compiler/tex.vim: sourcing this file", "comp") - -" vim:fdm=marker:ff=unix:noet:ts=4:sw=4 diff --git a/src/vim-latex/doc/Makefile b/src/vim-latex/doc/Makefile deleted file mode 100644 index 7e05e67..0000000 --- a/src/vim-latex/doc/Makefile +++ /dev/null @@ -1,62 +0,0 @@ -projects = latex-suite latex-suite-quickstart -htmlfiles = $(addsuffix .html, $(projects)) -txtfiles = $(addsuffix .txt, $(projects)) -cssfiles = $(addsuffix .css, $(projects)) -all = $(projects) $(htmlfiles) $(cssfiles) $(txtfiles) - - -xsltproc=xsltproc -db2vim=db2vim/db2vim - -# Use for debugging: -#xsltproc=strace -e trace=file xsltproc --nonet --load-trace -# export XML_DEBUG_CATALOG = 1 - -# Specify local catalog to not use system installed dtd/xsl files -# export XML_CATALOG_FILES=catalog.xml - -# User configuration of this Makefile goes into Makefile.local -# E.g. to use a catalog file installed by the user. --include Makefile.local - -# Default Target is to create all documentation files -all: $(all) - -# create multi page html (chunk xhtml) -$(projects): %: %.xml latex-suite-chunk.xsl latex-suite-common.xsl - $(xsltproc) -o $@/ latex-suite-chunk.xsl $< - -# create single html files -$(htmlfiles): %.html: %.xml latex-suite.xsl latex-suite-common.xsl - $(xsltproc) -o $@ latex-suite.xsl $< - -# create vim flat files -latex-suite.txt: %.txt: %.xml - $(db2vim) --prefix=ls_ $< > $@ - -latex-suite-quickstart.txt: %.txt: %.xml - $(db2vim) --prefix=lq_ $< > $@ - -# validate xml -validate: - for file in *.xml; do \ - xmllint --valid --noout $$file; \ - done - -clean: - rm -f $(htmlfiles) - rm -rf $(projects) - -# $(txtfiles) are currently in revision control, therefore they are not -# removed in the clean target -mr-proper: clean - rm -f $(txtfiles) - -upload: $(all) -# vim-latex-web is configured in ~/.ssh/config -#Host vim-latex-web -# Hostname web.sourceforge.net -# User SOURCEFORGE_USERNAME,vim-latex - rsync --perms --chmod g+w,o-w --delete -lrtvz $(all) vim-latex-web:/home/groups/v/vi/vim-latex/htdocs/documentation/ - -# vim:nowrap diff --git a/src/vim-latex/doc/Makefile.in b/src/vim-latex/doc/Makefile.in deleted file mode 100644 index 6d5e614..0000000 --- a/src/vim-latex/doc/Makefile.in +++ /dev/null @@ -1,29 +0,0 @@ -# Manual files -ls-flat: - java com.icl.saxon.StyleSheet latex-suite.xml latex-suite.xsl > latex-suite.html - -ls-chunk: - ( \ - cd latex-suite && \ - java com.icl.saxon.StyleSheet ../latex-suite.xml ../latex-suite-chunk.xsl \ - ) - -ls-txt: - db2vim --prefix=ls_ latex-suite.xml > latex-suite.txt - -# Quickstart files -lsq-flat: - java com.icl.saxon.StyleSheet latex-suite-quickstart.xml latex-suite.xsl > latex-suite-quickstart.html - -lsq-chunk: - ( \ - cd latex-suite-quickstart && \ - java com.icl.saxon.StyleSheet ../latex-suite-quickstart.xml ../latex-suite-chunk.xsl \ - ) - -lsq-txt: - db2vim --prefix=lq_ latex-suite-quickstart.xml > latex-suite-quickstart.txt - -cvsci: - cvs ci latex-suite.xml latex-suite.txt -# vim:nowrap diff --git a/src/vim-latex/doc/README b/src/vim-latex/doc/README deleted file mode 100644 index 7ba1d7c..0000000 --- a/src/vim-latex/doc/README +++ /dev/null @@ -1,110 +0,0 @@ -!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!! -This file is outdated, please look at README.new for updated information -!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!! - -==================================== -Generating Latex-Suite documentation -==================================== - -In order to generate the html files and vim-help files from the XML source, -you will need to do follow the following steps. The steps are complex only -for a windows machine. On most (modern) linux machines, the various -utilities are already installed and all you need to do is some -soft-linking. - -1. Download the Docbook XSL stylesheets from - - http://sourceforge.net/project/showfiles.php?group_id=21935 - - I downloaded docbook-xsl-1.61.2.tar.gz. Unpack this archive under the - present directory. You should see something like:: - - ./docbook-xsl-1.XX.X/ - - Rename this to:: - - ./docbook-xsl - - Alternatively, if you are on a modern unix system, the docbook-xsl - stylesheets should already be installed on your system. Soft-linking - will thus work more simply. On a typical Debian box, just do:: - - ln -s /usr/share/sgml/docbook/stylesheet/xsl/nwalsh docbook-xsl - - The docbook-xsl stylesheets can be installed via the docbook-xsl - package on Debian. (Just use apt-get). - -2. Download the Docbook DTD from - - http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.2/docbook-xml-4.2.zip - - Extract this into a subdirectory ``docbook-xml/`` under the present - directory. You should see something like:: - - ./docbook-xml/ - - with a file ``docbookx.dtd`` located there. - - **CAUTION**: - The archive above does not create a top level directory but - unzips directly into the present directory. Therefore, make sure to - run the unzip by first creating ``./docbook-xml/``, copying the zip - file there and then unzipping. - - Alternatively, if you are on a modern unix system, the docbook-xml DTD - will already be installed. Softlinking will thus work. On a typical - Debian box, you could do:: - - ln -s /usr/share/sgml/docbook/dtd/xml/4.2 docbook-xml - - On debian, you need the docbook-xml package on Debian. (Just use - apt-get). - -3. Download saxon.jar from - - http://vim-latex.sourceforge.net/documentation/saxon.jar - - This is the bare .jar file without any of the other things which saxon - comes with. Add the ``saxon.jar`` file to your ``$CLASSPATH`` setting. - - **NOTE:** - The ``$CLASSPATH`` setting should point to the ``saxon.jar`` file, - not the directory where it resides. - - Again, on a unix system, you might not need to download this. For debian - systems, the saxon.jar file resides in:: - - /usr/share/java/saxon.jar - - You can point your ``$CLASSPATH`` to that file. - -4. Download db2vim (created by me :)) via anonymous cvs:: - - mkdir -p ~/bin/db2vim - cvs -d :pserver:anonymous@cvs.vim-latex.sf.net:/cvsroot/vim-latex \ - co -d ~/bin/db2vim db2vim - - Add the ``~/bin/db2vim/`` directory thus created to your ``$PATH`` - setting. - -5. Create a new directory ``latex-suite/`` under the present directory for - the chunked html files to reside in. You should see something like:: - - ./latex-suite/ - -6. Copy ``Makefile.in`` to ``Makefile`` or ``makefile`` and perform any - necessary customizations. For example, if you are using Activestate - python under windows, you will need to change the ls-txt: target as:: - - python e:/srinath/testing/db2vim/db2vim latex-suite.xml > latex-suite.txt - - -Thats it! You are ready. Now you can do:: - - make ls-chunk - make ls-flat - make ls-txt - -to create the 3 formats. - -Author: Srinath Avadhanula <srinath@fastmail.fm> diff --git a/src/vim-latex/doc/README.new b/src/vim-latex/doc/README.new deleted file mode 100644 index 678091c..0000000 --- a/src/vim-latex/doc/README.new +++ /dev/null @@ -1,17 +0,0 @@ -==================================== -Generating Latex-Suite documentation -==================================== - -You need: -- xsltproc -- Docbook XSL stylesheets (*) -- Docbook DTD (*) - -(*) These files will be downloaded every time you create the documentation, -unless you install or download them. - -On Fedora, you can run as root: - -yum install libxslt docbook-style-xsl docbook-dtds - -to install the required packages. diff --git a/src/vim-latex/doc/catalog.xml b/src/vim-latex/doc/catalog.xml deleted file mode 100644 index cfc984c..0000000 --- a/src/vim-latex/doc/catalog.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,12 +0,0 @@ -<?xml version="1.0"?> -<!DOCTYPE catalog - PUBLIC "-//OASIS/DTD Entity Resolution XML Catalog V1.0//EN" - "http://www.oasis-open.org/committees/entity/release/1.0/catalog.dtd"> -<catalog xmlns="urn:oasis:names:tc:entity:xmlns:xml:catalog"> - <rewriteSystem - systemIdStartString="http://docbook.sourceforge.net/release/xsl/current" - rewritePrefix="docbook-xsl/"/> - <rewriteURI - uriStartString="http://docbook.sourceforge.net/release/xsl/current/" - rewritePrefix="docbook-xsl/" /> -</catalog> diff --git a/src/vim-latex/doc/db2vim/db2vim b/src/vim-latex/doc/db2vim/db2vim deleted file mode 100755 index d1e6902..0000000 --- a/src/vim-latex/doc/db2vim/db2vim +++ /dev/null @@ -1,761 +0,0 @@ -#!/usr/bin/python -r""" -db2vim [options] file.xml - -SHORT OPTIONS - --d Prints some debugging information on stderr. - --s If given, the db2vim operates in a 'stict' conversion mode, i.e, any - element which does not have a handler defined for them it be - completeley ignored including all its children. Otherwise, db2vim will - recurse into an unknown tag and process any of its children it - recognizes. Since db2vim always recognizes text nodes, not using this - option has the effect that all text will be printed out, even if - somewhat incorrectly. - -LONG OPTIONS - ---prefix=<prefix> - This is a string like "ls_" which will be prepended to the section - numbers. Default to 'ls_' if unsupplied. -""" - - -import xml.dom.minidom -import getopt -import string -import re -import sys - -# Okay. so I import *. Shoot me. -from textutils import * -from domutils import * - -# define a bunch of constants for formatting. -TEXT_WIDTH = 80 -BLOCK_QUOTE = 4 -COL_SPACE = 2 - -# a bunch of globals used in creating the Table of contents. -# -# TOC_HASH['section 1.1 label'] = 'ls_1_1' -# -# LEVEL_HASH['section 1.1 label'] = 1 -# (top level article has level 0) -# -# TITLE_HASH['section 1.1 label'] = 'Title of section 1.1' -# -# FILENAME = the name of the file being processed with the last extension -# changed to .txt -# -# TOC_PREFIX = 'ls_' (the prefix used to create the section labels). -TOC_HASH = {} -LEVEL_HASH = {} -TITLE_HASH = {} -FILENAME = '' -TOC_PREFIX = '' - -ANCHOR_HASH = {} -URL_HASH = {} - -# STDERR for printing debugging info. -DEBUG = 0 -STDERR = sys.stderr -STRICT = 0 -NUM_ANCHORS = {0:1} - -################################################################################ -# Miscellaneous utility functions -################################################################################ -# encodeTo52(num) {{{ -def encodeTo52(num): - ret = '' - - if num < 26: - return unichr(ord('a') + num) - elif num < 52: - return unichr(ord('A') + num - 26) - else: - return encodeTo52(int(num/52)) + encodeTo52(num % 52) -# }}} -# makeTocHash(rootElement) {{{ -def makeTocHash(rootElement, width, prefix='', level=0): - retText = "" - sectionsTable = [] - lastLabelUsed = 0 - - for section in rootElement.getChildrenByTagName('section'): - title = section.getChildrenByTagName('title')[0] - titleText = handleElement(title, width) - lastLabelUsed += 1 - thisLabel = TOC_PREFIX + prefix + str(lastLabelUsed) - - sectionid = section.getAttribute('id') - if not sectionid: - section.setAttribute('id', thisLabel) - sectionid = thisLabel - - NUM_ANCHORS[0] += 1 - ANCHOR_HASH[sectionid] = TOC_PREFIX + 'a_' + encodeTo52(NUM_ANCHORS[0] + 52) - - TOC_HASH[sectionid] = thisLabel - LEVEL_HASH[sectionid] = level - TITLE_HASH[sectionid] = titleText - - if section.getChildrenByTagName('section'): - childText = makeTocHash(section, width - 5, - prefix = prefix+str(lastLabelUsed) + '_', - level = level + 1) - -# }}} -# makeAnchorHash(rootElement) {{{ -def makeAnchorHash(rootElement): - anchors = rootElement.getElementsByTagName('anchor') + rootElement.getElementsByTagName('note') - numAnchors = 0 - for anchor in anchors: - if not anchor.getAttribute('id'): - continue - - NUM_ANCHORS[0] += 1 - if ANCHOR_HASH.has_key(anchor.getAttribute('id')) or TOC_HASH.has_key(anchor.getAttribute('id')): - print >> STDERR, "Warning: anchor [%s] multiply defined" % anchor.getAttribute('id') - - ANCHOR_HASH[anchor.getAttribute('id')] = TOC_PREFIX + 'a_' + encodeTo52(NUM_ANCHORS[0] + 52) - -# }}} -# makeURLHash(rootElement) {{{ -def makeURLHash(rootElement): - urls = rootElement.getElementsByTagName('ulink') - numURLs = 0 - for url in urls: - if not url.getAttribute('url') or URL_HASH.has_key(url.getAttribute('url')): - continue - numURLs += 1 - URL_HASH[url.getAttribute('url')] = TOC_PREFIX + 'u_' + str(numURLs) - -# }}} -# makeTOC(node, width, prefix='', level=0, maxleve=1): {{{ -def makeTOC(node, width, maxlevel=1): - retText = "" - sectionsTable = [] - lastLabelUsed = 0 - - for section in node.getChildrenByTagName('section'): - - sectionid = section.getAttribute('id') - thisLabel = TOC_HASH.get(sectionid, '') - titleText = TITLE_HASH.get(sectionid, '') - level = LEVEL_HASH.get(sectionid, 10) - - if level <= maxlevel: - retText += '|' + thisLabel + '| ' + titleText + '\n' - - if level < maxlevel and section.getChildrenByTagName('section'): - childText = makeTOC(section, width-5) - retText += VertCatString(" ", 4, childText) + '\n' - - retText = re.sub(r'\s+$', r'\n', retText) - - return retText -# }}} - -################################################################################ -# Generalized function for handling dom elements. -################################################################################ -# IsInlineTag(self): {{{ -def IsInlineTag(self): - if self.nodeType == self.TEXT_NODE: - return 1 - elif inlineTags.get(self.tagName, 0): - return 1 - else: - return 0 - - -# }}} -# getChildrenByTagName(self, name): {{{ -# Description: extension to the xml.dom.minidom.Element class. -# returns all direct descendants of this Element. -def getChildrenByTagName(self, name): - nodeList = [] - - child = self.firstChild - while not child is None: - if child.nodeType == child.ELEMENT_NODE and child.nodeName == name: - nodeList.append(child) - - child = child.nextSibling - - return nodeList - -xml.dom.minidom.Element.getChildrenByTagName = getChildrenByTagName - - -# }}} -# handleElement(rootElement, width=TEXT_WIDTH): {{{ -def handleElement(rootElement, width=TEXT_WIDTH): - """ - handleElement(rootElement, width=TEXT_WIDTH): - - Generalized function to handle an Element node in a DOM tree. - """ - - retText = "" - child = rootElement.firstChild - while not child is None: - - printerr('node type = %d' % child.nodeType) - if child.nodeType == child.ELEMENT_NODE: - printerr('processing [%s]' % child.tagName) - - isinline = IsInlineTag(child) - - # if the child is an Element and if a handler exists, then call it. - if not isinline \ - and child.nodeType == child.ELEMENT_NODE \ - and handlerMaps.has_key(child.tagName): - # offset the child text by the current indentation value - printerr('making recursive call to known child.') - retText += handlerMaps[child.tagName](child, width) - child = child.nextSibling - - elif not isinline \ - and child.nodeType == child.PROCESSING_INSTRUCTION_NODE \ - and child.target == 'vimhelp': - - if handlerMaps.has_key(child.data): - retText += handlerMaps[child.data](child, width) - - child = child.nextSibling - - # if its a text node or an inline element node, collect consecutive - # text nodes into a single paragraph and indent it. - elif isinline: - - text = "" - while not child is None and IsInlineTag(child): - if child.nodeType == child.TEXT_NODE: - text += child.data - elif child.nodeType == child.ELEMENT_NODE: - if handlerMaps.has_key(child.tagName): - text += handlerMaps[child.tagName](child, width) - else: - text += GetText(child.childNodes) - child = child.nextSibling - - retText += IndentParagraphs(text, width) - - # If we cannot understand _anything_ about the element, then just - # handle its children hoping we have something to gather from - # there. - elif not STRICT: - printerr('making recursive call for unkown child') - retText += handleElement(child, width) - child = child.nextSibling - - else: - child = child.nextSibling - - return retText - -# }}} - -################################################################################ -# Functions for handling various xml tags -################################################################################ -# handleArticleInfo(articleinfo, width): {{{ -def handleArticleInfo(articleinfo, width): - - makeTocHash(articleinfo.parentNode, width) - makeAnchorHash(articleinfo.parentNode) - makeURLHash(articleinfo.parentNode) - - title = articleinfo.getChildrenByTagName('title') - if title is None: - print("Article should have a title!") - sys.exit(1) - - name = GetText(title[0].childNodes) - authors = articleinfo.getChildrenByTagName('author') - - authorText = '' - for author in authors: - firstname = '' - surname = '' - if author.getElementsByTagName('firstname'): - firstname = GetTextFromElementNode(author, 'firstname')[0] - if author.getChildrenByTagName('surname'): - surname = GetTextFromElementNode(author, 'surname')[0] - if author.getElementsByTagName('email'): - email = GetTextFromElementNode(author, 'email')[0] - authorText = authorText + firstname + ' ' + surname + ' <' + email + '>\n' - - - abstractText = '' - abstract = articleinfo.getChildrenByTagName('abstract') - if abstract is not None: - abstractText = '\n\n' + CenterText('Abstract\n========', width) - abstractText += handleElement(abstract[0], width) + '\n' - - - retText = CenterText(name + '\n*' + FILENAME + '*\n' + authorText, width) - retText += abstractText - - toc = makeTOC(articleinfo.parentNode, width) - - foldwarn = r''' -================================================================================ -Viewing this file - -This file can be viewed with all the sections and subsections folded to ease -navigation. By default, vim does not fold help documents. To create the folds, -press za now. The folds are created via a foldexpr which can be seen in the -last section of this file. - -See |usr_28.txt| for an introduction to folding and |fold-commands| for key -sequences and commands to work with folds. -''' - - return retText + '\n' + RightJustify('*' + FILENAME + '-toc*', width) + '\n' + toc + foldwarn - -# }}} -# handleOption(option, width): {{{ -def handleOption(option, width): - retText = "" - names = GetTextFromElementNode(option, "name") - - for name in names: - retText += string.rjust("*"+name+"*", width) + "\n" - - nameTexts = "" - maxNameLen = -1 - for name in names: - maxNameLen = max(maxNameLen, len(name + " ")) - nameTexts += name + " \n" - - desc = option.getChildrenByTagName("desc")[0] - descText = handleElement(desc, width=width-maxNameLen) - - retText += VertCatString(nameTexts + " ", None, descText) - - return retText + "\n" - -# }}} -# handleOptionDefault(default, width): {{{ -def handleOptionDefault(default, width): - type = string.join(GetTextFromElementNode(default, "type"), "\n") - extra = string.join(GetTextFromElementNode(default, "extra"), "\n") - return type + "\t(" + extra + ")" - -# }}} -# handleTableRoot(root, width): {{{ -def handleTableRoot(root, width): - tgroup = root.getChildrenByTagName('tgroup')[0] - if tgroup is None: - return '' - - rows = [] - numHeadRows = 0 - if tgroup.getChildrenByTagName('thead'): - thead = tgroup.getChildrenByTagName('thead')[0] - rows = thead.getChildrenByTagName('row') - numHeadRows = len(rows) - - tbody = tgroup.getChildrenByTagName('tbody')[0] - rows += tbody.getChildrenByTagName('row') - - widths, text = calculateColumnWidthsDoublePass(rows, width) - - headText = text[0:numHeadRows] - bodyText = text[numHeadRows:] - - headTable = FormatTable(headText, ROW_SPACE = 1, COL_SPACE = - COL_SPACE, justify = 0, widths = widths) - if headTable: - headTable = re.sub(r'\n|$', '\g<0>~', headTable) - bodyTable = FormatTable(bodyText, ROW_SPACE = 1, COL_SPACE = - COL_SPACE, justify = 0, widths = widths) - - return headTable + '\n'+ re.sub(r'\n+$', '', bodyTable) + '\n\n' - -# calculateColumnWidths(rows, width): {{{ -def calculateColumnWidths(rows, alloc_widths): - widths = {} - text = [] - for row in rows: - cols = row.getChildrenByTagName("entry") - if len(alloc_widths) == 1: - alloc_widths *= len(cols) - - colwidths = [] - rowtext = [] - for col, width in zip(cols, alloc_widths): - coltext = handleElement(col, width) - - rowtext.append(coltext) - # This is the 'width' of the current cell including the - # whitespace padding. - colwidths.append(max(map(len, coltext.split("\n"))) \ - + COL_SPACE) - - text.append(rowtext) - - # update the widths of the columns by finding the maximum - # width of all cells in this column. - for i in range(len(colwidths)): - widths[i] = max(colwidths[i], widths.get(i, -1)) - - return widths, text - -# }}} -# calculateColumnWidthsDoublePass(rows, width): {{{ -def calculateColumnWidthsDoublePass(rows, width): - maxwidths, text = calculateColumnWidths(rows, [width]) - if reduce(lambda x, y: x+y, maxwidths.values()) <= width: - return maxwidths, text - - # now find out how many columns exceed the maximum permitted width. - # nlarge: number of columns which are too wide. - # remainingWidth: width which these large columns can share. - nlarge = 0 - remainingWidth = width - for colwidth in maxwidths.values(): - if colwidth > width/len(maxwidths): - nlarge += 1 - else: - remainingWidth += -colwidth - - # newmaxwidth: width which each of the large columns is allowed. - newmaxwidth = remainingWidth/max(nlarge, 1) - - newcolwidths = [] - for colwidth in maxwidths.values(): - newcolwidths += [min(colwidth, newmaxwidth)] - - # make another run and this time ask each cell to restrict itself to - # newmaxwidth as calculated above. - newmaxwidth, newtext = calculateColumnWidths(rows, newcolwidths) - - return newmaxwidth, newtext - -# }}} -# }}} -# handleCode(code, width): {{{ -def handleCode(code, width): - retText = GetText(code.childNodes) - return " &codebegin;\n" + VertCatString(" ", 4, retText) + "&codeend;" - - -# }}} -# handleList(list, width, marker=0): {{{ -def handleList(list, width, marker=0): - if list.tagName == 'simplelist': - child = 'member' - decoration = '' - elif list.tagName == 'orderedlist': - child = 'listitem' - else: - child = 'member' - decoration = '- ' - - retText = "" - items = list.getChildrenByTagName(child) - i = 1 - - for item in items: - if list.tagName == 'orderedlist': - decoration = str(i) + '. ' - i = i + 1 - itemText = handleElement(item, width - len(decoration)) - itemText = VertCatString(decoration, None, itemText) - - retText += '\n' + re.sub(r'\s+$', '', itemText) + "\n" - - return retText - -# }}} -# handleNote(note, width): {{{ -def handleNote(note, width): - title = None - if note.getChildrenByTagName('title'): - title = note.getChildrenByTagName('title')[0] - name = GetText(title.childNodes) - note.removeChild(title) - - noteid = '' - if note.getAttribute('id'): - noteTagText = '*' + note.getAttribute('id') + '* ' - noteTagText += '*' + ANCHOR_HASH[note.getAttribute('id')] + '*' - noteTagText = IndentParagraphs(noteTagText, width/2) - noteid = RightJustify(noteTagText, width) + '\n' - - noteText = handleElement(note, width-len("NOTE: ")) - if title is not None: - noteText = name + '\n' +('-' * len(name)) + '\n' + noteText - - noteText = noteid + VertCatString("NOTE: ", None, noteText) - - return noteText + "\n" - -# }}} -# handleParagraph(paragraph, width): {{{ -def handleParagraph(paragraph, width): - partext = handleElement(paragraph, width) - - partext = re.sub(r'\n+$', '', partext) - partext = re.sub(r'^\n+', '', partext) - - return partext + "\n\n" - -# }}} -# handleFormalParagraph(paragraph, width): {{{ -def handleFormalParagraph(formalparagraph, width): - title = None - if formalparagraph.getChildrenByTagName('title'): - title = formalparagraph.getChildrenByTagName('title')[0] - name = GetText(title.childNodes) - formalparagraph.removeChild(title) - - partext = handleElement(formalparagraph, width) - - partext = re.sub(r'\n+$', '', partext) - partext = re.sub(r'^\n+', '', partext) - if title is not None: - partext = name + '\n' + ('-' * len(name)) + '\n' + partext - - return partext + "\n\n" - -# }}} -# handleBlockQuote(block, width): {{{ -def handleBlockQuote(block, width): - text = handleElement(block, width - BLOCK_QUOTE) - text = VertCatString(" "*BLOCK_QUOTE, \ - BLOCK_QUOTE, text) - - return text + "\n" - -# }}} -# handleLink(link, width): {{{ -def handleLink(link, width): - linkend = link.getAttribute('linkend') - if not ANCHOR_HASH.has_key(linkend): - print >> STDERR, "Warning: Link ID [%s] not found in TOC" % linkend - text = handleElement(link, width) - anchorpt = ANCHOR_HASH.get(linkend) - if not anchorpt: - anchorpt = '' - - return text + ' [|' + anchorpt + '|]' - -# }}} -# handleAnchor(anchor, width): {{{ -def handleAnchor(anchor, width): - anchorText = '*'+anchor.getAttribute('id')+'* ' - anchorText += '*'+ANCHOR_HASH[anchor.getAttribute('id')]+'*' - return RightJustify(anchorText, width) \ - + "\n" - -# }}} -# handleSection(section, width): {{{ -def handleSection(section, width): - title = section.getChildrenByTagName('title')[0] - name = handleElement(title, width) - - sectionid = section.getAttribute('id') - tagsformatted = '' - if TOC_HASH.has_key(sectionid): - tagsformatted = '*%s* ' % TOC_HASH[sectionid] - - if ANCHOR_HASH.has_key(sectionid): - tagsformatted += '*%s* ' % ANCHOR_HASH[sectionid] - - if sectionid and TOC_HASH.has_key(sectionid) and sectionid != TOC_HASH[sectionid]: - tagsformatted += '*%s*' % sectionid - - # try to indent to a width of 20 - tagsformatted = RightJustify(IndentParagraphs(tagsformatted, 30), 0) - tagswidth = TextWidth(tagsformatted) - - # width(name) + nspaces + width(tags) = 80 - if len(tagsformatted) > 2: - header = VertCatString(name, 80-tagswidth, tagsformatted) - else: - header = name - - section.removeChild(title) - text = handleElement(section, width) - - thislevel = LEVEL_HASH.get(sectionid, -1) - if thislevel == 0: - delim = '=' - newlines = '\n\n' - elif thislevel == 1: - delim = '-' - newlines = '\n' - else: - delim = '' - newlines = '\n' - - thisTOC = '' - if thislevel <= 1: - thisTOC = makeTOC(section, width, maxlevel=1) - - return "\n" + (delim * TEXT_WIDTH) + \ - "\n" + header + newlines + thisTOC + newlines + re.sub(r'\n+$', '', text) + "\n" - -# }}} -# handleUlink(ulink, width) {{{ -def handleUlink(ulink, width): - url = ulink.getAttribute('url') - text = handleElement(ulink) - # URL_HASH is created at the very beginning - if url: - return text + ' |%s|' % URL_HASH[url] - else: - print >> STDERR, "Warning: url attribute empty for [%s]" % text - return text - -# }}} -# handleIndexTerm(indexterm, width) {{{ -def handleIndexTerm(indexterm, width) : - return '' -# }}} -# handleEmphasis(emphasis, width) {{{ -def handleEmphasis(emphasis, width): - return '_' + GetText(emphasis.childNodes) + '_' -# }}} - -################################################################################ -# A dictionary for mapping xml tags to functions. -################################################################################ -# {{{ -handlerMaps = { - 'articleinfo': handleArticleInfo, - 'table': handleTableRoot, - 'informaltable': handleTableRoot, - 'code': handleCode, - 'programlisting': handleCode, - 'list': handleList, - 'simplelist': handleList, - 'orderedlist': handleList, - 'para': handleParagraph, - 'formalpara': handleFormalParagraph, - 'note': handleNote, - 'link': handleLink, - 'anchor': handleAnchor, - 'section': handleSection, - 'blockquote': handleBlockQuote, - 'ulink': handleUlink, - 'emphasis': handleEmphasis, - 'indexterm': handleIndexTerm -} -inlineTags = {'tag':1, 'literal':1, 'link':1, - 'ulink':1, 'citetitle':1, 'indexterm':1, - 'emphasis':1, 'filename':1 } -# }}} - -# helper functions for usage() and printerr() {{{ -def usage(): - print __doc__ - -def printerr(statement): - if DEBUG: - print >> STDERR, statement - -# }}} -# replaceComment(matchobj) {{{ -def replaceComment(matchobj): - initspace = matchobj.group(1) - firstsent = matchobj.group(2) - code = matchobj.group(3) - - if len(initspace) > 0: - if initspace[0] == '<': - lastspace = initspace - else: - lastspace = '<' + initspace[:-1] - else: - lastspace = initspace - - return '\n' + initspace + firstsent + ' >\n' + code + '\n' + lastspace - -# }}} -# main function {{{ -if __name__ == "__main__": - option = {} - try: - opts, args = getopt.getopt(sys.argv[1:], 'ds', ['prefix=', 'help']) - for oa, ov in opts: - option[oa] = ov - - except getopt.GetoptError: - print >> STDERR, "Usage error: db2vim --help for usage" - sys.exit(1) - - if option.has_key('--help'): - usage(); - sys.exit(0); - - TOC_PREFIX = option.get('--prefix', 'ls_') - DEBUG = option.has_key('-d') - - if len(args) != 1: - print >> STDERR, "Usage error: db2vim --help for usage" - sys.exit(1) - - fileName = args[0] - FILENAME = re.sub(r'\.\w+$', r'.txt', fileName) - - try: - fp = open(fileName) - except: - print "Error opening xml file" - - dom = xml.dom.minidom.parse(fp) - - modeline = r''' -================================================================================ -About this file - -This file was created automatically from its XML variant using db2vim. db2vim is -a python script which understands a very limited subset of the Docbook XML 4.2 -DTD and outputs a plain text file in vim help format. - -db2vim can be obtained via anonymous CVS from sourceforge.net. Use - -cvs -d:pserver:anonymous@cvs.vim-latex.sf.net:/cvsroot/vim-latex co db2vim - -Or you can visit the web-interface to sourceforge CVS at: -http://cvs.sourceforge.net/cgi-bin/viewcvs.cgi/vim-latex/db2vim/ - -The following modelines should nicely fold up this help manual. - -vim:ft=help:fdm=expr:nowrap -vim:foldexpr=getline(v\:lnum-1)=~'-\\{80}'?'>2'\:getline(v\:lnum-1)=~'=\\{80}'?'>1'\:getline(v\:lnum)=~'=\\{80}'?'0'\:getline(v\:lnum)=~'-\\{80}'?'1'\:'=' -vim:foldtext=substitute(v\:folddashes.substitute(getline(v\:foldstart),'\\s*\\*.*',"",""),'^--','\ \ \ \ \ \ ','') -================================================================================''' - - STRICT = option.has_key('-s') - - pattern = re.compile(r'\n([< ]*)([^\n]+)&codebegin;\n(.*?)&codeend;', re.DOTALL) - - processedDoc = handleElement(dom.documentElement) - while re.search('&codebegin;', processedDoc): - processedDoc = re.sub(pattern, replaceComment, processedDoc) - - urlsection = r""" -================================================================================ -URLs used in this file - -""" - labels = zip(URL_HASH.values(), URL_HASH.keys()) - labels.sort() - for label, url in labels: - urlsection += '*%s* : %s\n' % (label, url) - - processedDoc = processedDoc + urlsection + modeline - print processedDoc.encode('iso-8859-1') - -# }}} -# vim:et:sts=4:fdm=marker diff --git a/src/vim-latex/doc/db2vim/domutils.py b/src/vim-latex/doc/db2vim/domutils.py deleted file mode 100644 index 83351ff..0000000 --- a/src/vim-latex/doc/db2vim/domutils.py +++ /dev/null @@ -1,25 +0,0 @@ -def GetTextFromElementNode(element, childNamePattern): - children = element.getElementsByTagName(childNamePattern) - texts = [] - for child in children: - texts.append(GetText(child.childNodes)) - - return texts - -def GetText(nodelist): - rc = "" - for node in nodelist: - if node.nodeType == node.TEXT_NODE: - rc = rc + node.data - return rc - -def GetTextFromElement(element): - text = "" - child = element.firstChild - while not child.nextSibling is None: - child = child.nextSibling - print child - if child.nodeType == child.TEXT_NODE: - text = text + child.data - - return text diff --git a/src/vim-latex/doc/db2vim/textutils.py b/src/vim-latex/doc/db2vim/textutils.py deleted file mode 100644 index 4c97c52..0000000 --- a/src/vim-latex/doc/db2vim/textutils.py +++ /dev/null @@ -1,224 +0,0 @@ -#!/usr/bin/env python -"""Contains functions to do word-wrapping on text paragraphs.""" - -import string -import re, random -import operator - -# JustifyLine(line, width): {{{ -def JustifyLine(line, width): - """Stretch a line to width by filling in spaces at word gaps. - - The gaps are picked randomly one-after-another, before it starts - over again. - - Author: Christopher Arndt <chris.arndt@web.de - """ - i = [] - while 1: - # line not long enough already? - if len(' '.join(line)) < width: - if not i: - # index list is exhausted - # get list if indices excluding last word - i = range(max(1, len(line)-1)) - # and shuffle it - random.shuffle(i) - # append space to a random word and remove its index - line[i.pop(0)] += ' ' - else: - # line has reached specified width or wider - return ' '.join(line) - - -# }}} -# FillParagraphs(text, width=80, justify=0): {{{ -def FillParagraphs(text, width=80, justify=0): - """Split a text into paragraphs and wrap them to width linelength. - - Optionally justify the paragraphs (i.e. stretch lines to fill width). - - Inter-word space is reduced to one space character and paragraphs are - always separated by two newlines. Indention is currently also lost. - - Author: Christopher Arndt <chris.arndt@web.de - """ - # split taxt into paragraphs at occurences of two or more newlines - paragraphs = re.split(r'\n\n+', text) - for i in range(len(paragraphs)): - # split paragraphs into a list of words - words = paragraphs[i].strip().split() - line = []; new_par = [] - while 1: - if words: - if len(' '.join(line + [words[0]])) > width and line: - # the line is already long enough -> add it to paragraph - if justify: - # stretch line to fill width - new_par.append(JustifyLine(line, width)) - else: - new_par.append(' '.join(line)) - line = [] - else: - # append next word - line.append(words.pop(0)) - else: - # last line in paragraph - new_par.append(' '.join(line)) - line = [] - break - # replace paragraph with formatted version - paragraphs[i] = '\n'.join(new_par) - # return paragraphs separated by two newlines - return '\n\n'.join(paragraphs) - -# }}} -# IndentParagraphs(text, width=80, indent=0, justify=0): {{{ -def IndentParagraphs(text, width=80, indent=0, justify=0): - """Indent a paragraph, i.e: - . left (and optionally right) justify text to given width - . add an extra indent if desired. - - This is nothing but a wrapper around FillParagraphs - """ - retText = re.sub(r"^|\n", "\g<0>" + " "*indent, \ - FillParagraphs(text, width, justify)) - retText = re.sub(r"\n+$", '', retText) - return retText - - -# }}} -# OffsetText(text, indent): {{{ -def OffsetText(text, indent): - return re.sub("^|\n", "\g<0>" + " "*indent, text) - - -# }}} -# RightJustify(lines, width): {{{ -def RightJustify(lines, width): - if width == 0: - width = TextWidth(lines) - text = "" - for line in lines.split("\n"): - text += " "*(width - len(line)) + line + "\n" - - text = re.sub('\n$', '', text) - return text - -# }}} -# CenterText(lines, width): {{{ -def CenterText(lines, width): - text = '' - for line in lines.split("\n"): - text += " "*(width/2 - len(line)/2) + line + '\n' - return text - -# }}} -# TextWidth(text): {{{ -def TextWidth(text): - """ - TextWidth(text) - - returns the 'width' of the text, i.e the length of the longest segment - in the text not containing new-lines. - """ - return max(map(len, text.split('\n'))) - - -# }}} -# FormatTable(tableText, ROW_SPACE=2, COL_SPACE = 3, \ {{{ -# COL_WIDTH=30, TABLE_WIDTH=80, justify=0): -def FormatTable(tableText, ROW_SPACE=2, COL_SPACE = 3, \ - COL_WIDTH=1000, justify=0, widths=None): - """ - FormatTable(tableText [, ROW_SPACE=2, COL_SPACE = 3, COL_WIDTH=30, justify=0]) - returns string - - Given a 2 dimensional array of text as input, produces a plain text - formatted string which resembles the table output. - - The optional arguments specify the inter row/column spacing and the - column width. - """ - - # first find out the max width of the columns - # maxwidths is a dictionary, but can be accessed exactly like an - # array because the keys are integers. - - if widths is None: - widths = {} - for row in tableText: - cellwidths = map(TextWidth, row) - for i in range(len(cellwidths)): - # Using: dictionary.get(key, default) - widths[i] = max(cellwidths[i], widths.get(i, -1)) - - # Truncate each of the maximum lengths to the maximum allowed. - for i in range(0, len(widths)): - widths[i] = min(widths[i], COL_WIDTH) - - if justify: - formattedTable = [] - - for row in tableText: - formattedTable.append(map(FillParagraphs, row, \ - [COL_WIDTH]*len(row))) - else: - formattedTable = tableText - - retTableText = "" - for row in formattedTable: - rowtext = row[0] - width = widths[0] - for i in range(1, len(row)): - rowtext = VertCatString(rowtext, width, " "*COL_SPACE) - rowtext = VertCatString(rowtext, width + COL_SPACE, row[i]) - - width = width + COL_SPACE + widths[i] - - retTableText += string.join(rowtext, "") - retTableText += "\n"*ROW_SPACE - - return re.sub(r"\n+$", "", retTableText) - - -# }}} -# VertCatString(string1, width1, string2): {{{ -def VertCatString(string1, width1, string2): - """ - VertCatString(string1, width1=None, string2) - returns string - - Concatenates string1 and string2 vertically. The lines are assumed to - be "\n" seperated. - - width1 is the width of the string1 column (It is calculated if left out). - (Width refers to the maximum length of each line of a string) - - NOTE: if width1 is specified < actual width, then bad things happen. - """ - lines1 = string1.split("\n") - lines2 = string2.split("\n") - - if width1 is None: - width1 = -1 - for line in lines1: - width1 = max(width1, len(line)) - - retlines = [] - for i in range(0, max(len(lines1), len(lines2))): - if i >= len(lines1): - lines1.append(" "*width1) - - lines1[i] = lines1[i] + " "*(width1 - len(lines1[i])) - - if i >= len(lines2): - lines2.append("") - - retlines.append(lines1[i] + lines2[i]) - - return string.join(retlines, "\n") - -# }}} - -# vim:et:sts=4:fdm=marker diff --git a/src/vim-latex/doc/imaps.txt b/src/vim-latex/doc/imaps.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 087b3db..0000000 --- a/src/vim-latex/doc/imaps.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,116 +0,0 @@ - IMAP -- A fluid replacement for :imap - *imaps.txt* - Srinath Avadhanula <srinath AT fastmail DOT fm> - - - - Abstract - ======== -This plugin provides a function IMAP() which emulates vims |:imap| function. The -motivation for providing this plugin is that |:imap| suffers from problems -which get increasingly annoying with a large number of mappings. - -Consider an example. If you do > - imap lhs something - - -then a mapping is set up. However, there will be the following problems: -1. The 'ttimeout' option will generally limit how easily you can type the lhs. - if you type the left hand side too slowly, then the mapping will not be - activated. - -2. If you mistype one of the letters of the lhs, then the mapping is deactivated - as soon as you backspace to correct the mistake. - -3. The characters in lhs are shown on top of each other. This is fairly - distracting. This becomes a real annoyance when a lot of characters initiate - mappings. - -This script provides a function IMAP() which does not suffer from these -problems. - - - - *imaps.txt-toc* -|im_1| Using IMAP - -================================================================================ -Viewing this file - -This file can be viewed with all the sections and subsections folded to ease -navigation. By default, vim does not fold help documents. To create the folds, -press za now. The folds are created via a foldexpr which can be seen in the -last section of this file. - -See |usr_28.txt| for an introduction to folding and |fold-commands| for key -sequences and commands to work with folds. - -================================================================================ -Using IMAP *im_1* *imaps-usage* - - - -Each call to IMAP is made using the syntax: > - call IMAP (lhs, rhs, ft [, phs, phe]) - - -This is equivalent to having <lhs> map to <rhs> for all files of type <ft>. - -Some characters in the <rhs> have special meaning which help in cursor placement -as described in |imaps-placeholders|. The optional arguments define these -special characters. - -Example One: > - call IMAP ("bit`", "\\begin{itemize}\<cr>\\item <++>\<cr>\\end{itemize}<++>", "tex") - - -This effectively sets up the map for "bit`" whenever you edit a latex file. When -you type in this sequence of letters, the following text is inserted: > - \begin{itemize} - \item * - \end{itemize}<++> - -where * shows the cursor position. The cursor position after inserting the text -is decided by the position of the first "place-holder". Place holders are -special characters which decide cursor placement and movement. In the example -above, the place holder characters are <+ and +>. After you have typed in the -item, press <C-j> and you will be taken to the next set of <++>'s. Therefore by -placing the <++> characters appropriately, you can minimize the use of movement -keys. - -Set g:Imap_UsePlaceHolders to 0 to disable placeholders altogether. - -Set g:Imap_PlaceHolderStart and g:Imap_PlaceHolderEnd to something else if you -want different place holder characters. Also, b:Imap_PlaceHolderStart and -b:Imap_PlaceHolderEnd override the values of g:Imap_PlaceHolderStart and -g:Imap_PlaceHolderEnd respectively. This is useful for setting buffer specific -place holders. - -Example Two: You can use the <C-r> command to insert dynamic elements such as -dates. > - call IMAP ('date`', "\<c-r>=strftime('%b %d %Y')\<cr>", '') - - - -With this mapping, typing date` will insert the present date into the file. - -================================================================================ -About this file - -This file was created automatically from its XML variant using db2vim. db2vim is -a python script which understands a very limited subset of the Docbook XML 4.2 -DTD and outputs a plain text file in vim help format. - -db2vim can be obtained via anonymous CVS from sourceforge.net. Use - -cvs -d:pserver:anonymous@cvs.vim-latex.sf.net:/cvsroot/vim-latex co db2vim - -Or you can visit the web-interface to sourceforge CVS at: -http://cvs.sourceforge.net/cgi-bin/viewcvs.cgi/vim-latex/db2vim/ - -The following modelines should nicely fold up this help manual. - -vim:ft=help:fdm=expr:nowrap -vim:foldexpr=getline(v\:lnum-1)=~'-\\{80}'?'>2'\:getline(v\:lnum-1)=~'=\\{80}'?'>1'\:getline(v\:lnum)=~'=\\{80}'?'0'\:getline(v\:lnum)=~'-\\{80}'?'1'\:'=' -vim:foldtext=substitute(v\:folddashes.substitute(getline(v\:foldstart),'\\s*\\*.*',"",""),'^--','--\ \ \ \ ','') -================================================================================ diff --git a/src/vim-latex/doc/latex-suite-chunk.xsl b/src/vim-latex/doc/latex-suite-chunk.xsl deleted file mode 100644 index f9500bf..0000000 --- a/src/vim-latex/doc/latex-suite-chunk.xsl +++ /dev/null @@ -1,52 +0,0 @@ -<?xml version="1.0"?> -<xsl:stylesheet xmlns:xsl="http://www.w3.org/1999/XSL/Transform" - version="1.0" - xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" - exclude-result-prefixes="#default"> - - <!-- $Id: latex-suite-chunk.xsl 1036 2008-05-31 16:10:30Z tmaas $ --> - - <xsl:import href="http://docbook.sourceforge.net/release/xsl/current/xhtml/chunk.xsl"/> - - <!-- import common customizations --> - <xsl:import href="latex-suite-common.xsl"/> - - <!-- insert customization here --> - - <xsl:param name="default.encoding" select="'ISO-8859-1'"/> - - <xsl:param name="use.id.as.filename" select="'1'"/> - <xsl:param name="section.autolabel" select="1"/> - <xsl:param name="html.stylesheet" select="'../latex-suite.css'"/> - - <!-- Chunk the first top-level section? --> - <xsl:param name="chunk.first.sections" select="1"/> - <!-- Depth to which sections should be chunked --> - <xsl:param name="chunk.section.depth" select="2"/> - - <!-- How deep should recursive sections appear in the TOC? --> - <xsl:param name="toc.section.depth">2</xsl:param> - <!-- Control depth of TOC generation in sections --> - <xsl:param name="generate.section.toc.level" select="3"/> - - <xsl:param name="chunker.output.method" select="'html'"/> - - <xsl:param name="chunker.output.doctype-public" - select="'-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN'"/> - <xsl:param name="chunker.output.doctype-system" - select="'http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd'"/> - - <!-- this enables generation of TOC in appendix --> - <xsl:param name="generate.toc"> -appendix toc -article/appendix toc -article toc -sect1 toc -sect2 toc -sect3 toc -sect4 toc -sect5 toc -section toc - </xsl:param> - -</xsl:stylesheet> diff --git a/src/vim-latex/doc/latex-suite-common.xsl b/src/vim-latex/doc/latex-suite-common.xsl deleted file mode 100644 index 2f44272..0000000 --- a/src/vim-latex/doc/latex-suite-common.xsl +++ /dev/null @@ -1,62 +0,0 @@ -<?xml version="1.0"?> -<xsl:stylesheet xmlns:xsl="http://www.w3.org/1999/XSL/Transform" - version="1.0" - xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" - exclude-result-prefixes="#default"> - - <!-- Common customizations for all stylesheets --> - - <!-- this omits the trailing '.' in numbered sections --> - <xsl:param name="autotoc.label.separator" select="' '"/> - <xsl:param name="local.l10n.xml" select="document('')"/> - - <l:i18n xmlns:l="http://docbook.sourceforge.net/xmlns/l10n/1.0"> - <l:l10n language="en"> - <l:context name="title-numbered"> - <l:template name="section" text="%n %t"/> - </l:context> - </l:l10n> - </l:i18n> - - <!-- override template for revhistory table --> - <xsl:template match="revhistory" mode="titlepage.mode"> - <xsl:variable name="numcols"> - <xsl:choose> - <xsl:when test="//authorinitials">3</xsl:when> - <xsl:otherwise>2</xsl:otherwise> - </xsl:choose> - </xsl:variable> - - <div xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" class="{name(.)}"> - <table border="2" cellspacing="4" width="100%" summary="Revision history"> - <tr> - <th align="left" valign="top" colspan="{$numcols}"> - <b> - <xsl:call-template name="gentext"> - <xsl:with-param name="key" select="'RevHistory'"/> - </xsl:call-template> - </b> - </th> - </tr> - <xsl:apply-templates mode="titlepage.mode"> - <xsl:with-param name="numcols" select="$numcols"/> - </xsl:apply-templates> - </table> - </div> - </xsl:template> - - <!-- - <xsl:template name="user.header.content"> - <div id="customheader"> - <span class="logo">TeX Refs</span> - </div> - </xsl:template> - - <xsl:template name="user.footer.content"> - <div id="customfooter"> - Copyright © 2002 P. Karp, M. Wiedmann - </div> - </xsl:template> - --> - -</xsl:stylesheet> diff --git a/src/vim-latex/doc/latex-suite-quickstart.css b/src/vim-latex/doc/latex-suite-quickstart.css deleted file mode 100644 index 52c746e..0000000 --- a/src/vim-latex/doc/latex-suite-quickstart.css +++ /dev/null @@ -1,182 +0,0 @@ -/* - * Authors: Srinath Avadhanula and Mikolaj Machowski - * This style file borrows some elements from main.css, the style file used - * in cream.sf.net - * - * */ -P { - font-size : 12pt ; - font-family : helvetica, arial, verdana, sans-serif ; - vertical-align : top; -} -DT { - font-size : 11pt ; - font-family : helvetica, arial, verdana, sans-serif ; - vertical-align : top; -} -LI { - font-size : 12pt ; - font-family : helvetica, arial, verdana, sans-serif ; - vertical-align : top; -} - -DIV.header { - margin : 0.5cm ; - width : 800px ; - height : 100 -} -.note { -} - -TD { - font-size : 11pt ; - font-family : helvetica, arial, verdana, sans-serif ; - vertical-align : top; -} -TD.menu { - text-align : center ; - font-family : verdana, helvetica, sans-serif -} -TD.footright { - text-align : right ; - font-size : 10pt ; - font-family : verdana, helvetica, sans-serif -} -TD.leftpanel { - font-size: 14px ; - font-family: verdana, helvetica, sans-serif ; - vertical-align: top ; - width: 150px; - padding: 15px; - background-color: #88aaaa; -} -TD.mainpanel { - font-size : 12pt ; - font-family : helvetica, arial, verdana, sans-serif ; - vertical-align : top; - padding: 15px; -} -TD.footpanel { - font-size: 12px ; - font-family: verdana, helvetica, sans-serif ; - vertical-align: top ; - text-align: right; - padding: 5px; - background-color: #88aaaa; -} -.navigation { - vertical-align: top; - width: 150px; - padding: 15px; - background-color: #445555; - color: #fffcfc; -} -.navheader { - margin-top: -0.5em; - margin-bottom: 0.5em; - text-align: right; - color: #446644; - font-size: 14px; - font-weight: bold; -} - -SPAN.menu { - text-align : center ; - font-size : 12pt ; - font-family : verdana, helvetica, sans-serif -} - -DIV.merit { - margin : 0.5cm ; - width : 800px -} - -TABLE.meritum { - margin : 0.5cm ; - border : 0 -} -.foot { - margin : 0.5cm ; - width : 800px -} -.head { - margin : 0.5cm ; -} - -CODE { - font-family: "Andale Mono", "Courier New", "Courier", monospace; - background-color: #eef0f3; - white-space: nowrap; -} - -.singlesmall { - font-size: 14px; -} - -.doublesmall { - font-size: 12px; -} - - -DIV.footer { - margin : 0.5cm ; - width : 800px -} -.qa { - margin : 0.5cm ; - font-size : 16px; - font-weight : bold; -} -.ans { - margin : 0.5cm ; - font-weight : normal; -} - -H2.hline { - text-align : center ; - font-family : verdana, helvetica, sans-serif -} - -A.extlinks { - font-size : 11pt ; - font-family : verdana, helvetica, sans-serif ; - font-weight : bold -} - -TT { - font-family: courier,sans-serif; - font-size: 11pt; -} -PRE.programlisting { - font-family: courier,sans-serif; - font-size: 10pt; - background-color:#eef0f3; - border-color: #000000; - border-width: 1px; - border-style: solid; -} -SPAN.conflict { - font-size : small ; - font-family: courier,sans-serif; - color : #DD4444; -} -HR.navig { - color: #446644; - height: 1px; - margin-top: 1em; - border-top: 0px; /* Mozilla work-around to eliminate "groove" */ -} -A.question { - color: #000000; - height: 1px; - margin-top: 1em; - border-top: 0px; /* Mozilla work-around to eliminate "groove" */ -} -A.question:hover { - color: #000000; - background-color: #eef0f3; - height: 1px; - margin-top: 1em; - border-top: 0px; /* Mozilla work-around to eliminate "groove" */ -} - diff --git a/src/vim-latex/doc/latex-suite-quickstart.txt b/src/vim-latex/doc/latex-suite-quickstart.txt deleted file mode 100644 index a3ec8c0..0000000 --- a/src/vim-latex/doc/latex-suite-quickstart.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,448 +0,0 @@ - A (very) quick introduction to Latex-Suite - *latex-suite-quickstart.txt* - Srinath Avadhanula <srinath AT fastmail DOT fm> - - - - Abstract - ======== -Latex-Suite is a comprehensive set of scripts to aid in editing, compiling and -viewing LaTeX documents. A thorough explanation of the full capabilities of -Latex-Suite is described in the user manual. This guide on the other hand, -provides a quick 30-45 minute running start to some of the more commonly used -functionalities of Latex-Suite. - - *latex-suite-quickstart.txt-toc* -|lq_1| Using this tutorial -|lq_2| Inserting a template -|lq_3| Inserting a package -|lq_4| Inserting an Environment -|lq_5| A few keyboard shortcuts -|lq_6| Folding in Latex-Suite -|lq_7| Inserting a Reference -|lq_8| Compiling a document - |lq_8_1| Debugging LaTeX source files -|lq_9| Viewing DVI files - |lq_9_1| Performing forward searches - |lq_9_2| Performing inverse searches -|lq_10| Conclusions - -================================================================================ -Viewing this file - -This file can be viewed with all the sections and subsections folded to ease -navigation. By default, vim does not fold help documents. To create the folds, -press za now. The folds are created via a foldexpr which can be seen in the -last section of this file. - -See |usr_28.txt| for an introduction to folding and |fold-commands| for key -sequences and commands to work with folds. - -================================================================================ -Using this tutorial *lq_1* *lq_a_bc* - *lsq-using-tutorial* - - - -This tutorial assumes that you have vim version 6.1+ installed on your machine. -To check, open vim and type > - :ver -You will see the version in the first line of the output. Get the latest vim -version from http://vim.sf.net |lq_u_1|. - -Assuming you have Vim 6.1+ already up and running, follow the instructions here -|lq_u_2| to set up Latex-Suite. Remember to make sure your 'grepprg' setting of -Vim works. - -Good, now you are all set to start the tutorial. Since this tutorial aims to -explain the newbie-friendly version of Latex-Suite, it needs some GUI -functionality. Therefore, at least for this tutorial, open the gui version of -vim. (On MS windows, this is the default). Open up this help file in either the -same gvim session in a split window or in a different session and follow the -(friendly) instructions. - -================================================================================ -Inserting a template *lq_2* *lq_a_bd* - *lsq-inserting-template* - - - -Start up gvim and begin editing a new file. > - e newfile.tex -If the installation went well, you should see a new set of menus appear. Goto -Tex-Suite > Templates. You will see a number of templates to choose from. For -now, choose to insert a template for an article. You should get the following in -the main vim window (after possibly a hit-enter prompt). > - - 1 % File: sample.tex - 2 % Created: Sun Jun 22 04:00 PM 2003 P - 3 % Last Change: Sun Jun 22 04:00 PM 2003 P - 4 % - 5 \documentclass[a4paper]{article} - 6 \begin{document} - 7 - 8 \end{document} - 9 - 10 ~ - 11 ~ - 12 ~ - 13 ~ - -- INSERT -- 7,1 All - - - -The cursor is left on line 7 (just after the \begin{document} line) from where -you can start typing straight away. Trying to lessen movement is a recurring -theme in Latex-Suite. - -================================================================================ -Inserting a package *lq_3* *lq_a_be* - *lsq-lsq-inserting-package* - - - -Assume that we are writing a mathematical paper and we want to use the popular -amsmath package. We will use some functionality which Latex-Suite provides -specifically for including LaTeX packages, providing options etc. Navigate to -before the \begin{document} line (The portion of the document before the -\begin{document} is called the _preamble_ in LaTeX). On an empty line in the -preamble, type the single word amsmath and then press <F5> in normal mode. The -line will change to > - \usepackage[]{amsmath}<++> -with the cursor positioned conveniently between the []'s. For now, do not worry -about the trailing <++> at the end of this line. Assume we want to provide the -sumlimits options to amsmath. You can either type in this option manually, or -choose from a menu of package options which Latex-Suite automatically creates -when you insert a package using <F5>. With the cursor still placed between the -[], goto TeX-Suite > Packages > amsmath Options. Choose the sumlimits option. -The package line should get converted to: > - \usepackage[sumlimits,]{amsmath}<++> - - -with the cursor before ]. Press <C-j> in insert mode. You will see the cursor -jump to the end of the package line and the trailing <++> will disappear. What -just happened?! You had your first taste of _Placeholders_. Read more about them -(later) here |lq_u_3|. In short, pressing <C-j> in insert mode takes you to the -next <++> in the text. - -================================================================================ -Inserting an Environment *lq_4* *lq_a_bf* - *lsq-insert-environment* - - - -Now let us type in a simple formula in LaTeX. Move back to the body of the -document (The portion of the document between \begin{document} and -\end{document} is called the body). Type in a few simple sentences and then on -an empty line, type the single word eqnarray. Escape to normal mode and press -<F5>. (Remember: <F5> is very useful!) This time, the line will change to: > - \begin{eqnarray} - \label{}<++> - \end{eqnarray}<++> -<with the cursor between the {}. Enter a label. We will use eqn:euler. After -typing in eqn:euler, press <C-j>. This will take you outside the curly-braces. -Another time you used a Placeholder! - -================================================================================ -A few keyboard shortcuts *lq_5* *lq_a_bg* - *lsq-keyboard-shortcuts* - - - -Now to type in the famous Euler formula. Our aim is to type > - e^{j\pi} + 1 &=& 0 -Instead of typing this blindly, let us use a few shortcuts to reduce movement. -Start out by typing e^. Now instead of typing {, type another ^. You will see -the e^^ change instantly to e^{}<++> with the cursor between {}'s. (The ^^ -changed to ^{}<++>.) Continue with the following sequence of letters: j`p. This -will change instantly to j\pi. (The `p changed to \pi.) Having typed in all we -need to type between the {}'s, press <C-j>. You will pop back out of the -curly-braces. Continue typing the rest of the formula. You can use == as a -shortcut for &=&. Latex-Suite provides a large number of such shortcuts which -should making typing much more fun and fast if you get acquainted with them. A -list is provided here |lq_u_4|. Definitely spend some time getting a feel for -them. Most of them are pretty intuitive like `/ for \frac{}{}, `8 for \infty -etc. - -In order to understand the next section better, it will be helpful to have one -more \label. Lets use the handy <F5> key to insert another equation. This time -something simple like the following will do: > - \begin{eqnarray} - \label{eqn:simple} - 1 + 1 = 2 - \end{eqnarray} - - -================================================================================ -Folding in Latex-Suite *lq_6* *lq_a_bh* *lsq-folding* - - - -Okay, we have typed enough. At this stage, hopefully, your file is looking -something like this: > - - 1 % File: sample.tex - 2 % Created: Sun Jun 22 04:00 PM 2003 P - 3 % Last Change: Mon Dec 15 07:00 PM 2003 - 4 % - 5 \documentclass[a4paper]{article} - 6 - 7 \usepackage[sumlimits,]{amsmath} - 8 - 9 \begin{document} - 10 \begin{eqnarray} - 11 \label{eqn:euler} - 12 e^{j\pi} + 1 &=& 0 - 13 \end{eqnarray} - 14 This is the famous euler equation. I - 15 will type another equation, just as - 16 true: - 17 \begin{eqnarray} - 18 \label{eqn:simple} - 19 1 + 1 &=& 2 - 20 \end{eqnarray} - 21 This is my contribution to mathematics. - 22 \end{document} - -In normal mode, press \rf. This will fold up the entire file and you should see -the file looking as below: > - - 1 % File: sample.tex - 2 % Created: Sun Jun 22 04:00 PM 2003 P - 3 % Last Change: Mon Dec 15 07:00 PM 2003 - 4 % - 5 +-- 4 lines: Preamble: \documentclass[a4paper]{article} ----- - 9 \begin{document} - 10 +-- 4 lines: eqnarray (eqn:euler) \label{eqn:euler} ----------- - 14 This is the famous euler equation. I - 15 will type another equation, just as - 16 true: - 10 +-- 4 lines: eqnarray (eqn:simple) \label{eqn:simple} --------- - 21 This is my contribution to mathematics. - 22 \end{document} - -What has happened is that Latex-Suite folded away blocks of LaTeX code into -folded regions. You can open and close folds by using the command za in normal -mode. - -================================================================================ -Inserting a Reference *lq_7* *lq_a_bi* - *lsq-inserting-reference* - - - -A necessary part of LaTeX editing is referencing equations, figures, -bibliographic entries etc. This is done with the \ref and the \cite commands. -Latex-Suite provides an easy way to do this. Somewhere in the body of the -document, type in the following sentence > - This is a reference to (\ref{}). -With the cursor between the {} press <F9> in insert mode. Your vim session will -sprout two new windows and it should look like below: > - - 9 \begin{document} - 10 +-- 4 lines: eqnarray (eqn:euler) : \label{eqn:euler}----------------------- - 14 This is the famous euler equation. I - 15 will type another equation, just as - 16 true: - 17 +-- 4 lines: eqnarray (eqn:simple) : \label{eqn:simple}--------------------- - 21 This is my contribution to mathematics. - 22 This is a reference to (\ref{}<++>)<++> - 23 \end{document} - ~ - ~ - ~ - test.tex [+] 22,29 Bot - test.tex|11| \label{eqn:euler} - test.tex|18| \label{eqn:simple} - ~ - ~ - ~ - [Error List] 1,1 All - 7 \usepackage[sumlimits,]{amsmath} - 8 - 9 \begin{document} - 10 \begin{eqnarray} - 11 \label{eqn:euler} - 12 e^{j\pi} + 1 &=& 0 - 13 \end{eqnarray} - 14 This is the famous euler equation. I - 15 will type another equation, just as - 16 true: - test.tex [Preview][+] 11,2-5 46% - - - -The cursor will relocate to the middle window which shows all \labels found in -all the .tex file in the current directory. You can scroll up and down in the -middle window till you reach the reference you want to insert. Notice how when -you scroll in the middle window, the bottom "Preview" window scrolls -automatically to show you the location of the current selection. This helps you -identify the reference with greater ease because often times, \labels are not -descriptive enough or there might be too many of them. To insert the reference, -just position the cursor on the relevant line in the middle window and press -<enter>. The line which you were editing will change to: > - This is a reference to (\ref{eqn:euler}) -<and the bottom windows close automatically. - -The <F9> key also works for inserting \cite commands to reference bibliographic -entries, inserting file names for the \inputgraphics command and just plain -searching for words. Click here |lq_u_5| for more information. - -================================================================================ -Compiling a document *lq_8* *lq_a_bj* - *lsq-compiling* - -|lq_8_1| Debugging LaTeX source files - - -Great! We have just created a small latex file. The next step is to make the -latex compiler create a .dvi file from it. Compiling via latex-suite is simple. -Goto normal mode and press \ll (replace \ with whatever mapleader setting you -have). This will call the latex compiler. If all goes well, then the focus -should return to the vim window. - -Nothing happend? Ouch! You might need to do some additional settings as -described here. |lq_u_6| - - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -Debugging LaTeX source files *lq_8_1* *lq_a_bk* - *lsq-debugging* - -To illustrate the debugging procedure, let's create a few mistakes in the file. -Insert the following ``mistakes'' in the file: > - This is a $\mistake$. - And this is $\another$ -Now press \ll again. This time you will notice that after compilation finishes, -the cursor automatically lands on $\mistake$. In addition, 2 new windows will -appear as shown here: - -The middle window is an _Error List_ window showing you the errors which the -latex compiler found. Th bottom window is a _Log Preview_ window, which shows -you the context of the error made by displaying the relevant portion of the .log -file created during the latex compilation procedure. Jump to the _Error List_ -window and try scrolling around in it using either the j, k keys or the arrow -keys. You will notice that the _Log Preview_ window scrolls automatically to -retain the context of the error you are currently located on. If you press -<enter> on any line, you will see the cursor jump to the location of the error. -Latex-Suite tries to guess the column location as best as it can so you can -continue typing straight away. -Having got a taste for compiling, proceed by deleting the erroneous lines and -re-compiling. - -The Latex-Suite compiler is capable of much more including selectively filtering -out common errors which you might want to ignore for the moment, compiling parts -of a document, setting levels of verbosity in the compiler output etc. See here -|lq_u_7| for more. - -================================================================================ -Viewing DVI files *lq_9* *lq_a_bl* - *lsq-viewing-dvi* - -|lq_9_1| Performing forward searches -|lq_9_2| Performing inverse searches - - -Now that you have compiled your first latex source, its time to view it. Again, -this should be pretty simple. Press \lv in normal mode. Depending on your -platform, a DVI viewer program should open up and display the dvi file generated -in compilation step previously. - -Nothing happend? Ouch! You might need to do some additional settings as -described here. |lq_u_8| - - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -Performing forward searches *lq_9_1* *lq_a_bm* - *lsq-quick-forward-searching* - -If you are using a modern DVI viewer, then it is possible to do what is called -forward and inverse searching. However, you will need to customize the standard -Latex-Suite distribution in order to utilize this functionality. Type in the -following on the command line: > - :let g:Tex_CompileRule_dvi = 'latex -src-specials -interaction=nonstopmode $*' - :TCTarget dvi - - -Now recompile the latex file by pressing \ll. This time, instead of pressing \lv -to view the file, press \ls from within the tex file. If the DVI viewer supports -forward searching (most of them do), then the viewer will actually display the -portion of the DVI file corresponding to the location where you were editing the -tex file. - -NOTE: The reason Latex-Suite does not have this setting by default is that on - some systems this causes unpredictable results in the DVI output. If you - find the DVI output satisfactory, then you can insert the first of the 2 - lines above into your $VIM/ftplugin/tex.vim file. $VIM is ~/vimfiles for - windows and ~/.vim for *nix machines. - - - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -Performing inverse searches *lq_9_2* *lq_a_bn* - *lsq-quick-inverse-searching* - -Most DVI viewers also support inverse searching, whereby you can make the DVI -viewer ask vim to display the tex source corresponding to the DVI file being -shown. This is extremely helpful while proofreading large documents. - -Simply double-click anywhere in the viewer window. If the viewer supports it, -then it will attempt to open an editor window at the location corresponding to -where you double-clicked. On *nix platforms, Latex-Suite attempts to start the -viewer program in such a way that it already knows to use vim to open the tex -source. Thus you should see a vim window open up showing the tex file. However, -if there is an error, or some other program is used, you will need to tell the -viewer program to use gvim as the editor. On windows platforms, if you use the -commonly available yap viewer (available as part of the miktex distribution), -then this option can be set from View > Options > Inverse Search. In the Command -line: window, write > - "C:\Program Files\vim\vim61\gvim" -c ":RemoteOpen +%l %f" -(Customize the path according to where you have installed gvim). If you double -click in the view pane now, you will see gvim start up and take you to the -relevant portion of the tex file. - -================================================================================ -Conclusions *lq_10* *lq_a_bo* - *lsq-conclusions* - - - -Thats all folks! By now, you should know enough of the basic functions of -latex-suite. Ofcourse, latex-suite is capable of much, much more such as -compiling files multiple times to resolve changed labels, compiling -dependencies, handling user packages and more. To get a feel for that, you will -need to take a look at the Latex-Suite user manual. |lq_u_9| - -================================================================================ -URLs used in this file - -*lq_u_1* : http://vim.sf.net -*lq_u_2* : http://vim-latex.sourceforge.net/index.php?subject=download&title=Download -*lq_u_3* : http://vim-latex.sourceforge.net/documentation/latex-suite/latex-macros.html -*lq_u_4* : http://vim-latex.sourceforge.net/documentation/latex-suite/auc-tex-mappings.html -*lq_u_5* : http://vim-latex.sourceforge.net/documentation/latex-suite/latex-completion.html -*lq_u_6* : http://vim-latex.sourceforge.net/index.php?subject=faq&title=FAQ#faq-2 -*lq_u_7* : http://vim-latex.sourceforge.net/documentation/latex-suite/latex-compiling.html -*lq_u_8* : http://vim-latex.sourceforge.net/index.php?subject=faq&title=FAQ#faq-3 -*lq_u_9* : http://vim-latex.sourceforge.net/index.php?subject=manual&title=Manual#user-manual - -================================================================================ -About this file - -This file was created automatically from its XML variant using db2vim. db2vim is -a python script which understands a very limited subset of the Docbook XML 4.2 -DTD and outputs a plain text file in vim help format. - -db2vim can be obtained via anonymous CVS from sourceforge.net. Use - -cvs -d:pserver:anonymous@cvs.vim-latex.sf.net:/cvsroot/vim-latex co db2vim - -Or you can visit the web-interface to sourceforge CVS at: -http://cvs.sourceforge.net/cgi-bin/viewcvs.cgi/vim-latex/db2vim/ - -The following modelines should nicely fold up this help manual. - -vim:ft=help:fdm=expr:nowrap -vim:foldexpr=getline(v\:lnum-1)=~'-\\{80}'?'>2'\:getline(v\:lnum-1)=~'=\\{80}'?'>1'\:getline(v\:lnum)=~'=\\{80}'?'0'\:getline(v\:lnum)=~'-\\{80}'?'1'\:'=' -vim:foldtext=substitute(v\:folddashes.substitute(getline(v\:foldstart),'\\s*\\*.*',"",""),'^--','\ \ \ \ \ \ ','') -================================================================================ diff --git a/src/vim-latex/doc/latex-suite-quickstart.xml b/src/vim-latex/doc/latex-suite-quickstart.xml deleted file mode 100644 index da3e995..0000000 --- a/src/vim-latex/doc/latex-suite-quickstart.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,471 +0,0 @@ -<?xml version='1.0' encoding='ISO-8859-1'?> - -<!DOCTYPE article PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.2//EN" - "docbook-xml/docbookx.dtd" -[<!ENTITY dummy "dummy"> -<!ENTITY date "$Date$"> -<!ENTITY ls "Latex-Suite"> -<!ENTITY latex "LaTeX"> -<!ENTITY vim "Vim"> -<!ENTITY ph "<++>"> -]> -<article lang="en"> - <articleinfo id="lsq-articleinfo"> - - <title id="lsq-articleinfo-title">A (very) quick introduction to Latex-Suite</title> - - <author> - <firstname>Srinath</firstname> - <surname>Avadhanula</surname> - <affiliation> - <address><email>srinath AT fastmail DOT fm</email></address> - </affiliation> - </author> - - <abstract> - &ls; is a comprehensive set of scripts to aid in editing, compiling and - viewing &latex; documents. A thorough explanation of the full - capabilities of &ls; is described in the user manual. This guide on the - other hand, provides a quick 30-45 minute running start to some of the - more commonly used functionalities of &ls;. - </abstract> - - <date>&date;</date> - - </articleinfo> - <section id="lsq-using-tutorial"> - <title id="using-tutorial">Using this tutorial</title> - <para> - This tutorial assumes that you have vim version 6.1+ installed on your - machine. To check, open vim and type - <programlisting>:ver</programlisting> - You will see the version in the first line of the output. Get the latest - vim version from <ulink url="http://vim.sf.net">http://vim.sf.net</ulink>. - </para> - <para> - Assuming you have Vim 6.1+ already up and running, follow the - instructions <ulink - url="http://vim-latex.sourceforge.net/index.php?subject=download&title=Download">here</ulink> - to set up Latex-Suite. Remember to make sure your - <literal>'grepprg'</literal> setting of &vim; works. - </para> - <para> - Good, now you are all set to start the tutorial. Since this tutorial - aims to explain the newbie-friendly version of &ls;, it needs some GUI - functionality. Therefore, at least for this tutorial, open the gui - version of vim. (On MS windows, this is the default). Open up this help - file in either the same gvim session in a split window or in a different - session and follow the (friendly) instructions. - </para> - </section> - <section id="lsq-inserting-template"> - <title id="inserting-template-title">Inserting a template</title> - <para> - Start up gvim and begin editing a new file. - <programlisting>e newfile.tex</programlisting> - If the installation went well, you should see a new set of - menus appear. Goto <literal>Tex-Suite > Templates</literal>. You will see - a number of templates to choose from. For now, choose to insert a - template for an article. You should get the following in the main - vim window (after possibly a hit-enter prompt). - <programlisting> - 1 % File: sample.tex - 2 % Created: Sun Jun 22 04:00 PM 2003 P - 3 % Last Change: Sun Jun 22 04:00 PM 2003 P - 4 % - 5 \documentclass[a4paper]{article} - 6 \begin{document} - 7 - 8 \end{document} - 9 - 10 ~ - 11 ~ - 12 ~ - 13 ~ --- INSERT -- 7,1 All -</programlisting> - </para> - <imageobject> - <imagedata fileref="" format="png"></imagedata> - </imageobject> - <para> - The cursor is left on line 7 (just after the - <literal>\begin{document}</literal> line) from where you can start - typing straight away. Trying to lessen movement is a recurring theme in - Latex-Suite. - </para> - </section> - <section id="lsq-lsq-inserting-package"> - <title>Inserting a package</title> - <para> - Assume that we are writing a mathematical paper and we want to use the - popular amsmath package. We will use some functionality which - Latex-Suite provides specifically for including LaTeX packages, - providing options etc. Navigate to before the - <literal>\begin{document}</literal> line (The portion of the document - before the <literal>\begin{document}</literal> is called the - <emphasis>preamble</emphasis> in LaTeX). On an empty line in the - preamble, type the single word <literal>amsmath</literal> and then press - <literal><F5></literal> in normal mode. The line will change to - <programlisting>\usepackage[]{amsmath}&ph;</programlisting> - with the cursor positioned conveniently between the - <literal>[]</literal>'s. For now, do not worry about the trailing - <literal>&ph;</literal> at the end of this line. Assume we want to - provide the <literal>sumlimits</literal> options to amsmath. You can - either type in this option manually, or choose from a menu of package - options which Latex-Suite automatically creates when you insert a - package using <literal><F5></literal>. With the cursor still - placed between the <literal>[]</literal>, goto <literal>TeX-Suite > - Packages > amsmath Options</literal>. Choose the - <literal>sumlimits</literal> option. The package line should get - converted to: - <programlisting>\usepackage[sumlimits,]{amsmath}&ph;</programlisting> - </para> - <para> - with the cursor before <literal>]</literal>. Press - <literal><C-j></literal> in insert mode. You will see the cursor - jump to the end of the package line and the trailing - <literal>&ph;</literal> will disappear. What just happened?! You had - your first taste of <emphasis>Placeholders</emphasis>. Read more about - them (later) <ulink - url="http://vim-latex.sourceforge.net/documentation/latex-suite/latex-macros.html">here</ulink>. - In short, pressing <literal><C-j></literal> in insert mode takes - you to the next <literal>&ph;</literal> in the text. - </para> - </section> - <section id="lsq-insert-environment"> - <title>Inserting an Environment</title> - <para> - Now let us type in a simple formula in LaTeX. Move back to the body of - the document (The portion of the document between - <literal>\begin{document}</literal> and - <literal>\end{document}</literal> is called the body). Type in a few - simple sentences and then on an empty line, type the single word - <literal>eqnarray</literal>. Escape to normal mode and press - <literal><F5></literal>. (Remember: - <literal><F5></literal> is very useful!) This time, the line will - change to: - <programlisting>\begin{eqnarray} - \label{}&ph; -\end{eqnarray}&ph;</programlisting> - with the cursor between the <literal>{}</literal>. Enter a label. We - will use <literal>eqn:euler</literal>. After typing in - <literal>eqn:euler</literal>, press <literal><C-j></literal>. This - will take you outside the curly-braces. Another time you used a - Placeholder! - </para> - </section> - <section id="lsq-keyboard-shortcuts"> - <title>A few keyboard shortcuts</title> - <para> - Now to type in the famous Euler formula. Our aim is to type - <programlisting>e^{j\pi} + 1 &=& 0</programlisting> Instead - of typing this blindly, let us use a few shortcuts to reduce - movement. Start out by typing <literal>e^</literal>. Now instead of - typing <literal>{</literal>, type another <literal>^</literal>. You - will see the <literal>e^^</literal> change instantly to - <literal>e^{}&ph;</literal> with the cursor between - <literal>{}</literal>'s. (The <literal>^^</literal> changed to - <literal>^{}&ph;</literal>.) Continue with the following sequence of - letters: <literal>j`p</literal>. This will change instantly to - <literal>j\pi</literal>. (The <literal>`p</literal> changed to - <literal>\pi</literal>.) Having typed in all we need to type between - the <literal>{}</literal>'s, press <literal><C-j></literal>. - You will pop back out of the curly-braces. Continue typing the rest - of the formula. You can use <literal>==</literal> as a shortcut for - <literal>&=&</literal>. Latex-Suite provides a large number - of such shortcuts which should making typing much more fun and fast - if you get acquainted with them. A list is provided <ulink - url="http://vim-latex.sourceforge.net/documentation/latex-suite/auc-tex-mappings.html">here</ulink>. Definitely spend some time getting a feel for - them. Most of them are pretty intuitive like <literal>`/</literal> - for <literal>\frac{}{}</literal>, <literal>`8</literal> for - <literal>\infty</literal> etc. - </para> - <para> - In order to understand the next section better, it will be helpful - to have one more <literal>\label</literal>. Lets use the handy - <literal><F5></literal> - key to insert another equation. This time something simple like the - following will do: - <programlisting>\begin{eqnarray} - \label{eqn:simple} - 1 + 1 = 2 -\end{eqnarray}</programlisting> - </para> - </section> - <section id="lsq-folding"> - <title>Folding in &ls;</title> - <para> - Okay, we have typed enough. At this stage, hopefully, your file is - looking something like this: -<programlisting> - 1 % File: sample.tex - 2 % Created: Sun Jun 22 04:00 PM 2003 P - 3 % Last Change: Mon Dec 15 07:00 PM 2003 - 4 % - 5 \documentclass[a4paper]{article} - 6 - 7 \usepackage[sumlimits,]{amsmath} - 8 - 9 \begin{document} - 10 \begin{eqnarray} - 11 \label{eqn:euler} - 12 e^{j\pi} + 1 &=& 0 - 13 \end{eqnarray} - 14 This is the famous euler equation. I - 15 will type another equation, just as - 16 true: - 17 \begin{eqnarray} - 18 \label{eqn:simple} - 19 1 + 1 &=& 2 - 20 \end{eqnarray} - 21 This is my contribution to mathematics. - 22 \end{document} -</programlisting> - In normal mode, press <literal>\rf</literal>. This will fold up the - entire file and you should see the file looking as below: -<programlisting> - 1 % File: sample.tex - 2 % Created: Sun Jun 22 04:00 PM 2003 P - 3 % Last Change: Mon Dec 15 07:00 PM 2003 - 4 % - 5 +-- 4 lines: Preamble: \documentclass[a4paper]{article} ----- - 9 \begin{document} - 10 +-- 4 lines: eqnarray (eqn:euler) \label{eqn:euler} ----------- - 14 This is the famous euler equation. I - 15 will type another equation, just as - 16 true: - 10 +-- 4 lines: eqnarray (eqn:simple) \label{eqn:simple} --------- - 21 This is my contribution to mathematics. - 22 \end{document} -</programlisting> - What has happened is that &ls; folded away blocks of &latex; code into - folded regions. You can open and close folds by using the command - <literal>za</literal> in normal mode. - </para> - </section> - <section id="lsq-inserting-reference"> - <title>Inserting a Reference</title> - <para> - A necessary part of LaTeX editing is referencing equations, figures, - bibliographic entries etc. This is done with the - <literal>\ref</literal> and the <literal>\cite</literal> commands. - Latex-Suite provides an easy way to do this. Somewhere in the body of - the document, type in the following sentence - <programlisting>This is a reference to (\ref{}).</programlisting> - With the cursor between the <literal>{}</literal> press - <literal><F9></literal> in insert mode. Your vim session will - sprout two new windows and it should look like below: -<programlisting> - 9 \begin{document} - 10 +-- 4 lines: eqnarray (eqn:euler) : \label{eqn:euler}----------------------- - 14 This is the famous euler equation. I - 15 will type another equation, just as - 16 true: - 17 +-- 4 lines: eqnarray (eqn:simple) : \label{eqn:simple}--------------------- - 21 This is my contribution to mathematics. - 22 This is a reference to (\ref{}<++>)<++> - 23 \end{document} -~ -~ -~ -test.tex [+] 22,29 Bot -test.tex|11| \label{eqn:euler} -test.tex|18| \label{eqn:simple} -~ -~ -~ -[Error List] 1,1 All - 7 \usepackage[sumlimits,]{amsmath} - 8 - 9 \begin{document} - 10 \begin{eqnarray} - 11 \label{eqn:euler} - 12 e^{j\pi} + 1 &=& 0 - 13 \end{eqnarray} - 14 This is the famous euler equation. I - 15 will type another equation, just as - 16 true: -test.tex [Preview][+] 11,2-5 46% -</programlisting> - </para> - <imageobject> - <imagedata fileref="" format=""></imagedata> - </imageobject> - <para> - The cursor will relocate to the middle window which shows all - <literal>\label</literal>s found in all the <literal>.tex</literal> file - in the current directory. - You can scroll up and down in the middle window till you reach the - reference you want to insert. Notice how when you scroll in the - middle window, the bottom "Preview" window scrolls automatically to - show you the location of the current selection. This helps you - identify the reference with greater ease because often times, - <literal>\labels</literal> are not descriptive enough or there might be too - many of them. To insert the reference, just position the cursor on - the relevant line in the middle window and press - <literal><enter></literal>. The line which you were editing will change - to: - <programlisting>This is a reference to (\ref{eqn:euler})</programlisting> - and the bottom windows close automatically. - </para> - <para> - The <literal><F9></literal> key also works for inserting - <literal>\cite</literal> commands to reference bibliographic entries, - inserting file names for the <literal>\inputgraphics</literal> command - and just plain searching for words. Click <ulink - url="http://vim-latex.sourceforge.net/documentation/latex-suite/latex-completion.html">here</ulink> - for more information. - </para> - </section> - <section id="lsq-compiling"> - <title>Compiling a document</title> - <para> - Great! We have just created a small latex file. The next step is to - make the latex compiler create a .dvi file from it. Compiling via - latex-suite is simple. Goto normal mode and press <literal>\ll</literal> - (replace <literal>\</literal> with whatever <literal>mapleader</literal> setting you - have). This will call the latex compiler. If all goes well, then - the focus should return to the vim window. - </para> - <para> - Nothing happend? Ouch! You might need to do some additional settings as - described <ulink - url="http://vim-latex.sourceforge.net/index.php?subject=faq&title=FAQ#faq-2">here.</ulink> - </para> - <section id="lsq-debugging"> - <title>Debugging LaTeX source files</title> - <para> - To illustrate the debugging procedure, let's create a few mistakes - in the file. Insert the following ``mistakes'' in the file: - <programlisting>This is a $\mistake$. -And this is $\another$</programlisting> - Now press <literal>\ll</literal> again. This time you will notice that - after compilation finishes, the cursor automatically lands on - <literal>$\mistake$</literal>. In addition, 2 new windows will appear - as shown here: - </para> - <imageobject> - <imagedata fileref="" format=""></imagedata> - </imageobject> - <para> - The middle window is an <emphasis>Error List</emphasis> window - showing you the errors which the latex compiler found. Th bottom - window is a <emphasis>Log Preview</emphasis> window, which shows you - the context of the error made by displaying the relevant portion of - the <literal>.log</literal> file created during the latex - compilation procedure. Jump to the <emphasis>Error List</emphasis> - window and try scrolling around in it using either the <literal>j, - k</literal> keys or the arrow keys. You will notice that the - <emphasis>Log Preview</emphasis> window scrolls automatically to - retain the context of the error you are currently located on. If you - press <literal><enter></literal> on any line, you will see the - cursor jump to the location of the error. Latex-Suite tries to guess - the column location as best as it can so you can continue typing - straight away. - </para> - </section> - <para> - Having got a taste for compiling, proceed by deleting the erroneous - lines and re-compiling. - </para> - <para> - The Latex-Suite compiler is capable of much more including - selectively filtering out common errors which you might want to - ignore for the moment, compiling parts of a document, setting - levels of verbosity in the compiler output etc. See <ulink - url="http://vim-latex.sourceforge.net/documentation/latex-suite/latex-compiling.html">here</ulink> - for more. - </para> - </section> - <section id="lsq-viewing-dvi"> - <title>Viewing DVI files</title> - <para> - Now that you have compiled your first latex source, its time to - view it. Again, this should be pretty simple. Press - <literal>\lv</literal> in normal mode. Depending on your platform, a DVI - viewer program should open up and display the dvi file generated in - compilation step previously. - </para> - <para> - Nothing happend? Ouch! You might need to do some additional settings as - described <ulink - url="http://vim-latex.sourceforge.net/index.php?subject=faq&title=FAQ#faq-3">here.</ulink> - </para> - <section id="lsq-quick-forward-searching"> - <title>Performing forward searches</title> - <para> - If you are using a modern DVI viewer, then it is possible to do what - is called forward and inverse searching. However, you will need to - customize the standard Latex-Suite distribution in order to utilize - this functionality. Type in the following on the command line: - - <programlisting>:let g:Tex_CompileRule_dvi = 'latex -src-specials -interaction=nonstopmode $*' -:TCTarget dvi</programlisting> - - Now recompile the latex file by pressing <literal>\ll</literal>. - This time, instead of pressing <literal>\lv</literal> to view the - file, press <literal>\ls</literal> from within the tex file. If the - DVI viewer supports forward searching (most of them do), then the - viewer will actually display the portion of the DVI file - corresponding to the location where you were editing the tex file. - </para> - <note> - <para> - The reason Latex-Suite does not have this setting by default is - that on some systems this causes unpredictable results in the DVI - output. If you find the DVI output satisfactory, then you can - insert the first of the 2 lines above into your - <literal>$VIM/ftplugin/tex.vim</literal> file. - <literal>$VIM</literal> is <literal>~/vimfiles</literal> for - windows and <literal>~/.vim</literal> for *nix machines. - </para> - </note> - </section> - <section id="lsq-quick-inverse-searching"> - <title>Performing inverse searches</title> - <para> - Most DVI viewers also support inverse searching, whereby you can - make the DVI viewer ask vim to display the tex source corresponding - to the DVI file being shown. This is extremely helpful while - proofreading large documents. - </para> - - <para> - Simply double-click anywhere in the viewer window. If the viewer - supports it, then it will attempt to open an editor window at the - location corresponding to where you double-clicked. On *nix - platforms, Latex-Suite attempts to start the viewer program in such - a way that it already knows to use vim to open the tex source. Thus - you should see a vim window open up showing the tex file. However, - if there is an error, or some other program is used, you will need - to tell the viewer program to use gvim as the editor. On windows - platforms, if you use the commonly available <literal>yap</literal> - viewer (available as part of the miktex distribution), then this - option can be set from <literal>View > Options > Inverse - Search</literal>. In the <literal>Command line:</literal> window, - write - <programlisting>"C:\Program Files\vim\vim61\gvim" -c ":RemoteOpen +%l %f"</programlisting> - (Customize the path according to where you have installed gvim). - If you double click in the view pane now, you will see gvim start - up and take you to the relevant portion of the tex file. - </para> - </section> - </section> - <section id="lsq-conclusions"> - <title>Conclusions</title> - <para> - Thats all folks! By now, you should know enough of the basic functions - of latex-suite. Ofcourse, latex-suite is capable of much, much more such - as compiling files multiple times to resolve changed labels, compiling - dependencies, handling user packages and more. To get a feel for that, - you will need to take a look at the <ulink - url="http://vim-latex.sourceforge.net/index.php?subject=manual&title=Manual#user-manual">&ls; - user manual.</ulink> - </para> - </section> -</article> - -<!-- -vim: et:sw=1:ts=1 ---> diff --git a/src/vim-latex/doc/latex-suite.css b/src/vim-latex/doc/latex-suite.css deleted file mode 100644 index 52c746e..0000000 --- a/src/vim-latex/doc/latex-suite.css +++ /dev/null @@ -1,182 +0,0 @@ -/* - * Authors: Srinath Avadhanula and Mikolaj Machowski - * This style file borrows some elements from main.css, the style file used - * in cream.sf.net - * - * */ -P { - font-size : 12pt ; - font-family : helvetica, arial, verdana, sans-serif ; - vertical-align : top; -} -DT { - font-size : 11pt ; - font-family : helvetica, arial, verdana, sans-serif ; - vertical-align : top; -} -LI { - font-size : 12pt ; - font-family : helvetica, arial, verdana, sans-serif ; - vertical-align : top; -} - -DIV.header { - margin : 0.5cm ; - width : 800px ; - height : 100 -} -.note { -} - -TD { - font-size : 11pt ; - font-family : helvetica, arial, verdana, sans-serif ; - vertical-align : top; -} -TD.menu { - text-align : center ; - font-family : verdana, helvetica, sans-serif -} -TD.footright { - text-align : right ; - font-size : 10pt ; - font-family : verdana, helvetica, sans-serif -} -TD.leftpanel { - font-size: 14px ; - font-family: verdana, helvetica, sans-serif ; - vertical-align: top ; - width: 150px; - padding: 15px; - background-color: #88aaaa; -} -TD.mainpanel { - font-size : 12pt ; - font-family : helvetica, arial, verdana, sans-serif ; - vertical-align : top; - padding: 15px; -} -TD.footpanel { - font-size: 12px ; - font-family: verdana, helvetica, sans-serif ; - vertical-align: top ; - text-align: right; - padding: 5px; - background-color: #88aaaa; -} -.navigation { - vertical-align: top; - width: 150px; - padding: 15px; - background-color: #445555; - color: #fffcfc; -} -.navheader { - margin-top: -0.5em; - margin-bottom: 0.5em; - text-align: right; - color: #446644; - font-size: 14px; - font-weight: bold; -} - -SPAN.menu { - text-align : center ; - font-size : 12pt ; - font-family : verdana, helvetica, sans-serif -} - -DIV.merit { - margin : 0.5cm ; - width : 800px -} - -TABLE.meritum { - margin : 0.5cm ; - border : 0 -} -.foot { - margin : 0.5cm ; - width : 800px -} -.head { - margin : 0.5cm ; -} - -CODE { - font-family: "Andale Mono", "Courier New", "Courier", monospace; - background-color: #eef0f3; - white-space: nowrap; -} - -.singlesmall { - font-size: 14px; -} - -.doublesmall { - font-size: 12px; -} - - -DIV.footer { - margin : 0.5cm ; - width : 800px -} -.qa { - margin : 0.5cm ; - font-size : 16px; - font-weight : bold; -} -.ans { - margin : 0.5cm ; - font-weight : normal; -} - -H2.hline { - text-align : center ; - font-family : verdana, helvetica, sans-serif -} - -A.extlinks { - font-size : 11pt ; - font-family : verdana, helvetica, sans-serif ; - font-weight : bold -} - -TT { - font-family: courier,sans-serif; - font-size: 11pt; -} -PRE.programlisting { - font-family: courier,sans-serif; - font-size: 10pt; - background-color:#eef0f3; - border-color: #000000; - border-width: 1px; - border-style: solid; -} -SPAN.conflict { - font-size : small ; - font-family: courier,sans-serif; - color : #DD4444; -} -HR.navig { - color: #446644; - height: 1px; - margin-top: 1em; - border-top: 0px; /* Mozilla work-around to eliminate "groove" */ -} -A.question { - color: #000000; - height: 1px; - margin-top: 1em; - border-top: 0px; /* Mozilla work-around to eliminate "groove" */ -} -A.question:hover { - color: #000000; - background-color: #eef0f3; - height: 1px; - margin-top: 1em; - border-top: 0px; /* Mozilla work-around to eliminate "groove" */ -} - diff --git a/src/vim-latex/doc/latex-suite.txt b/src/vim-latex/doc/latex-suite.txt deleted file mode 100644 index b55e053..0000000 --- a/src/vim-latex/doc/latex-suite.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,3460 +0,0 @@ - Latex-Suite Reference - *latex-suite.txt* - Srinath Avadhanula <srinath AT fastmail DOT fm> - Mikolaj Machowski <mikmach AT wp DOT pl> - - - - Abstract - ======== -Latex-Suite attempts to provide a comprehensive set of tools to view, edit and -compile LaTeX documents in Vim. Together, they provide tools starting from -macros to speed up editing LaTeX documents to functions for forward searching -.dvi documents. Latex-Suite has been possible because of the contributions of -many people. Please see latex-suite-credits [|ls_a_dU|] for a list of people who -have helped. - -Latex-Suite is released under the Vim charityware license. For license and -conditions of use look at |copyright|. Replace all occurrences of ``Vim'' with -``Latex-Suite''. The current copyright holders of Latex-Suite are Srinath -Avadhanula and Mikolaj Machowski. - -Homepage: http://vim-latex.sourceforge.net |ls_u_1| - - - - *latex-suite.txt-toc* -|ls_1| Installation and recommended Settings -|ls_2| Inserting Templates -|ls_3| Latex-Suite Macros - |ls_3_1| Environment Mappings - |ls_3_2| Command Mappings - |ls_3_3| Font Mappings - |ls_3_4| Section Mappings - |ls_3_5| Greek Letter Mappings - |ls_3_6| Auc-Tex Key Bindings - |ls_3_7| Diacritics - |ls_3_8| BibTeX Shortcuts - |ls_3_9| Smart Key Mappings - |ls_3_10| Alt Key Macros - |ls_3_11| Custom Macros - |ls_3_12| Making your own Macros via IMAP() -|ls_4| Package Handling - |ls_4_1| Inserting package commands - |ls_4_2| Actions taken for supported packages - |ls_4_3| Automatic Package detection - |ls_4_4| Writing supporting for a package -|ls_5| Latex Completion - |ls_5_1| Latex-Suite completion example - |ls_5_2| Latex-Suite \ref completion - |ls_5_3| Latex-Suite \cite completion - |ls_5_4| Latex-Suite filename completion - |ls_5_5| Custom command completion -|ls_6| LaTeX Compiling - |ls_6_1| Setting Compilation rules - |ls_6_2| Handling dependencies in compilation - |ls_6_3| Compiling multiple times - |ls_6_4| Customizing the compiler output - |ls_6_5| Compiling parts of a file -|ls_7| Latex Viewing and Searching - |ls_7_1| Setting Viewing rules - |ls_7_2| Forward Searching documents - |ls_7_3| Inverse Searching -|ls_8| Latex Folding - |ls_8_1| Default Folding Scheme in Latex-Suite - |ls_8_2| Customizing what to fold - |ls_8_3| Editing the folding.vim file directly -|ls_9| Multiple file LaTeX projects - |ls_9_1| Latex-Suite project settings - |ls_9_2| Specifying which file to compile -|ls_10| Latex-Suite Commands and Maps - |ls_10_1| Latex-Suite Maps - |ls_10_2| Latex Suite Commands -|ls_11| Customizing Latex-Suite - |ls_11_1| General Settings - |ls_11_2| Place-Holder Customization - |ls_11_3| Macro Customization - |ls_11_4| Smart Key Customization - |ls_11_5| Latex Completion Customization - |ls_11_6| Compiler Customization - |ls_11_7| Viewer Customization - |ls_11_8| Menu Customization - |ls_11_9| Folding Customization - |ls_11_10| Package Handling Customization -|ls_12| Credits - -================================================================================ -Viewing this file - -This file can be viewed with all the sections and subsections folded to ease -navigation. By default, vim does not fold help documents. To create the folds, -press za now. The folds are created via a foldexpr which can be seen in the -last section of this file. - -See |usr_28.txt| for an introduction to folding and |fold-commands| for key -sequences and commands to work with folds. - -================================================================================ -Installation and recommended Settings *ls_1* *ls_a_bc* - *recommended-settings* - - - -If you are reading this, it most probably means that you have already installed -Latex-Suite and the help files. If this is not the case, follow the detailed -instructions on Latex-Suite's download page |ls_u_2|. - -Make sure that you create a few necessary settings in your ~/.vimrc. > - - " REQUIRED. This makes vim invoke Latex-Suite when you open a tex file. - filetype plugin on - - " IMPORTANT: win32 users will need to have 'shellslash' set so that latex - " can be called correctly. - set shellslash - - " IMPORTANT: grep will sometimes skip displaying the file name if you - " search in a singe file. This will confuse Latex-Suite. Set your grep - " program to always generate a file-name. - set grepprg=grep\ -nH\ $* - - " OPTIONAL: This enables automatic indentation as you type. - filetype indent on - - " OPTIONAL: Starting with Vim 7, the filetype of empty .tex files defaults to - " 'plaintex' instead of 'tex', which results in vim-latex not being loaded. - " The following changes the default filetype back to 'tex': - let g:tex_flavor='latex' - - - -In addition, the following settings could go in your ~/.vim/ftplugin/tex.vim -file: > - " this is mostly a matter of taste. but LaTeX looks good with just a bit - " of indentation. - set sw=2 - " TIP: if you write your \label's as \label{fig:something}, then if you - " type in \ref{fig: and press <C-n> you will automatically cycle through - " all the figure labels. Very useful! - set iskeyword+=: - - - -================================================================================ -Inserting Templates *ls_2* *ls_a_bd* - *latex-suite-templates* - - - -This functionality is available via the TeX-Suite > Templates menu. This module -provides a way to insert custom templates at the beginning of the current file. - -When Latex-Suite first starts up, it scans the -$VIM/ftplugin/latex-suite/templates/ directory and creates menu items based on -the files found there. When you select a template from this menu, the file will -be read in above the first line of the current file. - -A template file can utilize placeholders for initializing the cursor position -when the template is read in and subsequent movement. In addition, template -files can contain dynamic elements such as the time of creation of a file etc, -by using vim expressions. - -You can place your own templates in the $VIM/ftplugin/latex-suite/templates/ -directory in order for them to be available via the menu. Unless Latex-Suite -releases a template with the same name, these files should not get over-written -when you install a new release over an existing one. - -NOTE: Templates are also accessible for non-gui users with the command - |:TTemplate|. The argument should be name of the corresponding template - file. If the command is called without arguments (preferred usage), then a - list of available templates is displayed and the user is asked to choose - one of them. - - - -================================================================================ -Latex-Suite Macros *ls_3* *ls_a_be* - *latex-macros* - -|ls_3_1| Environment Mappings -|ls_3_2| Command Mappings -|ls_3_3| Font Mappings -|ls_3_4| Section Mappings -|ls_3_5| Greek Letter Mappings -|ls_3_6| Auc-Tex Key Bindings -|ls_3_7| Diacritics -|ls_3_8| BibTeX Shortcuts -|ls_3_9| Smart Key Mappings -|ls_3_10| Alt Key Macros -|ls_3_11| Custom Macros -|ls_3_12| Making your own Macros via IMAP() - - -Latex-Suite ships with a very comprehensive set of insert mode and |visual-mode| -mappings and menu items to typeset most of the LaTeX elements. - -NOTE: These mappings are are not standard mappings in the sense that only the - last character is mapped. See plugin/imaps.vim for further documentation. - For example, in the case of the mapping EFI provided by Latex-Suite you - can press the characters 'E', 'F' and 'I' as slowly as you wish (unlike - the normal imap command where timeout issues are involved). The characters - are visible as you type them (unlike normal imaps) and you can use the - movement or backspace key to correct yourself unlike normal mappings. - - - *place-holder* *ls_a_dV* - *place-holders* *ls_a_eD* -NOTE: Place Holders - ------------- - Almost all macros provided in Latex-Suite implement Stephen Riem's - bracketing system and Gergely Kontra's JumpFunc() for handling - place-holders. This consists of using "place-holders" to mark off - locations where the next relevant editing has to be done. As an example, - when you type EFI in |insert-mode|, you will get the following: > - \begin{figure}[h] - \centerline{\psfig{figure=<+eps file+>}} - \caption{<+caption text+>} - \label{fig:<+label+>} - \end{figure}<++> -< The text <+eps file+> will be selected and you will be left in - |select-mode| so that you can continue typing straight away. After having - typed in the file name, you can press <Ctrl-J> (while still in - insert-mode). This will take you directly to the next "place-holder". i.e, - <+caption text+> will be visually selected with Vim in select mode again - for typing in the caption. This saves on a lot of key presses. - - - *overriding-macros* *ls_a_eE* -NOTE: Over-riding Latex-Suite Macros - ------------------------------ - If you wish to change these macros from their default values, for example, - if you wish to change `w to expand to \omega instead of its default - expansion to \wedge, you should use the IMAP function as described in the - Using IMAP() [|ls_a_bG|] section. - - An important thing to note is that if you wish to over-ride macros created - by Latex-Suite rather than merely create new macros, you should place the - IMAP() calls in a script which gets sourced after the files in - Latex-Suite. A good place typically is as a file-type plugin file in the - ~/.vim/after/ftplugin/ directory. (Use ~/vimfiles if you are using - WINDOWS). For example to over-ride `w to \omega instead of \wedge, place - the following line in (say) ~/.vim/after/ftplugin/tex_macros.vim: > - call IMAP('`w', '\omega', 'tex') -< - - NOTE: It is important to use a file-name which will get sourced on a - FileType event. Therefore you must use a file-name which conforms to - the standards as described in |ftplugin-name|. - - - - *pausing-imaps* *ls_a_eF* -NOTE: Pausing Macro expansion - ----------------------- - If you wish to temporarily suspend the imaps functionality, then you can - set the Imap_FreezeImap to 1. If you set g:Imap_FreezeImap to 1, then it - will be a system-wide setting. Setting b:Imap_FreezeImap will affect only - the current buffer. - - -The following sections describe the various editing macros provided by -Latex-Suite. - - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -Environment Mappings *ls_3_1* *ls_a_bf* - *environment-mappings* - -Latex-Suite provides a rich set of mappings to insert, enclose and modify LaTeX -environments, i.e, \begin{...} ... \end{...} pairs. - -Inserting Environments *ls_3_1_1* *ls_a_bg* - *inserting-environments* - -Latex-Suite provides the following ways to insert environments - - - -Method 1: Pressing <F5> *ls_3_1_1_1* *ls_a_bh* - *inserting-env-f5* - -If you press <F5> in the insert or normal mode while on an empty line, -Latex-Suite prompts you with a list of environments you might want to insert. -You can either choose one from the list or type in a new environment name. If -you press <F5> on a line which already has a word, then that word is used -instead of prompting. - -See Tex_Env_name [|ls_a_cZ|] for a description of how Latex-Suite uses the word -to form the expansion and how to modify Latex-Suite's behavior. - -The list of environments which Latex-Suite prompts you with (when <F5> is -pressed on an empty line) is formed from the Tex_PromptedEnvironments -[|ls_a_di|] setting. - -In addition to this setting, Latex-Suite also lists environments found in custom -packages as described in the section Package actions. [|ls_a_bL|] - - -Method 2: Using <S-F1>-<S-F4> *ls_3_1_1_2* *ls_a_bi* - *inserting-env-shift-f1* - -The shifted function keys, <S-F1> to <S-F4> can be mapped to insert very -commonly used environments. The environments mapped to each key can be -customized via the g:Tex_HotKeyMappings [|ls_a_dj|] setting. - - -Method 3: Using three letter sequences *ls_3_1_1_3* *ls_a_bj* - *inserting-env-threeletter* - -Environments can also be inserted by pressing a 3 capital letter sequence -starting with an E. The sequence of 3 letters generally tries to follow the -following rules: - - -1. All environment mappings begin with E - -2. If the environment can be broken up into 2 distinct words, such as flushright - (flush + right), then the next 2 letters are the first letters of the 2 - words. Example: > - flushleft (_f_lush + _l_eft) ---> EFL - flushright (_f_lush + _r_ight) ---> EFR - eqnarray (_e_qn + _a_rray) ---> EEA -< If on the other hand, the environment name cannot be broken up into 2 - distinct words, then the next 2 letters are the first 2 letters of the name - of the environment. Example: > - equation (_eq_uation) ---> EEQ -< -Unfortunately there are some environments that cannot be split in two words and -first two letters in name are identical. In this case shortcut is created from -E, first and last letter. Example: > - quote (_q_uot_e_) ---> EQE - quotation (_q_uotatio_n_) ---> EQN -Of course, not every last one of the environments can follow this rule because -of ambiguities. In case of doubt, pull down the Tex-Environments menu. The menu -item should give the hint for the map. - - -Enclosing in Environments *ls_3_1_2* *ls_a_bk* - *enclosing-environments* - -Latex-Suite provides visual-mode mappings which enclose visually selected -portions of text in environments. There are two ways provided to do this. - - - -Method 1: Pressing <F5> *ls_3_1_2_1* *ls_a_bl* - *enclosing-env-f5* - -You can also select a portion of text visually and press <F5> while still in -visual mode. This will prompt you with a list of environments. (This list can be -customized via the g:Tex_PromptedEnvironments [|ls_a_di|] setting). You can -either choose from this list or type in a new environment name. Once the -selection is done, Latex-Suite encloses the visually selected portion in the -chosen environment. - - -Method 2: Using three letter mappings *ls_3_1_2_2* *ls_a_bm* - *enclosing-env-threeletter* - -You can also select text visually and press a sequence of three characters -beginning with , (the single comma character) and the selected text will be -enclosed in the chosen environment. The three letter sequence follows directly -from the three letter sequence used to insert environments as described here -[|ls_a_bj|]. The following example describes the rule used: - -If ECE inserts a \begin{center}...\end{center} environment, then to enclose a -block of selected text in \begin{center}...\end{center}, simply select the text -and press ,ce. The rule simply says that the leading E is converted to , and the -next 2 letters are small case. -Some of the visual mode mappings are sensitive to whether you choose line-wise -or character-wise. For example, if you choose a word and press ,ce, then you get -\centerline{word}, whereas if you press ,ce on a line-wise selection, you get: > - \begin{center} - line - \end{center} - - - -Changing Environments *ls_3_1_3* *ls_a_bn* - *changing-environments* - -Pressing <S-F5> in normal mode detects which environment the cursor is presently -located in and prompts you to replace it with a new one. The innermost -environment is detected. For example, in the following source: > - \begin{eqnarray} - \begin{array}{ccc} - 2 & 3 & 4 - \end{array} - \end{eqnarray} -if you are located in the middle "2 & 3 & 4" line, then pressing <S-F5> will -prompt you to change the array environment, not the eqnarray environment. In -addition, Latex-Suite will also try to change lines within the environment to be -consistent with the new environment. For example, if the original environment -was an eqnarray environment with a \label command, then changing it to an -eqnarray* environment will delete the \label. - -Pressing <F5> in normal mode has the same effect as pressing <F5> in -insert-mode, namely you will be prompted to choose an environment to insert. - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -Command Mappings *ls_3_2* *ls_a_bo* - *latex-command-maps* - -Latex-Suite provides a rich set of mappings to insert, enclose and modify LaTeX -commands. - -Inserting LaTeX commands *ls_3_2_1* *ls_a_bp* - *inserting-commands* - - *ls-imap-f7* *ls_a_dW* - *ls-imap-s-f7* *ls_a_dX* -Pressing <F7> in insert or normal mode while the cursor is touching a word will -insert a command formed from the word touching the cursor. - -For certain common commands, Latex-Suite will expand them to include additional -arguments as needed. For example, frac becomes \frac{<++>}{<++>}<++>. Otherwise, -it will simply change the word under the cursor as follows > - word --> \word{<++>}<++> -You can define custom expansions of commands using the Tex_Com_{name} setting as -described in here [|ls_a_da|]. - -If <F7> is pressed when the cursor is on white-space, then Latex-Suite will -prompt you to choose a command and insert that instead.The list of commands is -constructed from the g:Tex_PromptedCommands [|ls_a_dk|] setting and also from -commands which Latex-Suite finds while scanning custom packages which -Latex-Suite finds. See the Package actions [|ls_a_bL|] section for details on -which files are scanned etc. - - -Enclosing in a command *ls_3_2_2* *ls_a_bq* - *enclosing-commands* - -You can select a portion of text visually and press <F7> while still in visual -mode. This will prompt you with a list of commands. (This list can be customized -via the g:Tex_PromptedCommands [|ls_a_dk|] setting). You can either choose from -this list or type in a new command name. Once the selection is done, Latex-Suite -encloses the visually selected portion in the chosen command. - - -Changing commands *ls_3_2_3* *ls_a_br* - *changing-commands* - - *ls-vmap-f7* *ls_a_dY* -In both insert and normal mode <S-F7> will find out if you are presently within -an environment and then prompt you with a list of commands to change it to. - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -Font Mappings *ls_3_3* *ls_a_bs* *font-maps* - -These mappings insert font descriptions such as: \textsf{<++>}<++> with the -cursor left in place of the first placeholder [|ls_a_eD|] (the <++> characters). - -Mnemonic: -1. first letter is always F (F for font) - -2. next 2 letters are the 2 letters describing the font. - -Example: Typing FEM in insert-mode expands to \emph{<++>}<++>. - -Just like environment mappings, you can visually select an area and press `sf to -have it enclosed in: \textsf{word} or > - {\sffamily - line - } -depending on character-wise or line-wise selection. - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -Section Mappings *ls_3_4* *ls_a_bt* - *section-mappings* - -These maps insert LaTeX sections such as: > - \section{<++>}<++> -etc. Just as in the case of environments and fonts, can be enclosed with a -visual selection. The enclosing is not sensitive to character or line-wise -selection. - -Mnemonic: (make your own!) > - SPA for part - SCH for chapter - SSE for section - SSS for subsection - SS2 for subsubsection - SPG for paragraph - SSP for subparagraph - - -Example: SSE in insert mode inserts > - \section{<++>}<++> -If you select a word or line and press ,se, then you get > - \section{section name} -The menu item in Tex-Environments.Sections have a sub-menu called 'Advanced'. -Choosing an item from this sub-menu asks a couple of questions (whether you want -to include the section in the table of contents, whether there is a shorter name -for the table of contents) and then creates a more intelligent template. - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -Greek Letter Mappings *ls_3_5* *ls_a_bu* - *greek-letter-mappings* - -Lower case - -`a through `z expand to \alpha through \zeta.Upper case: - - > - `D = \Delta - `F = \Phi - `G = \Gamma - `Q = \Theta - `L = \Lambda - `X = \Xi - `Y = \Psi - `S = \Sigma - `U = \Upsilon - `W = \Omega -NOTE: LaTeX does not support upper case for all greek alphabets. - - -Just like other Latex-Suite mappings, these mappings are not created using the -standard imap command. Thus you can type slowly, correct using <BS> etc. - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -Auc-Tex Key Bindings *ls_3_6* *ls_a_bv* - *auc-tex-mappings* - -These are simple 2 key expansions for some very commonly used LaTeX elements: - - > - `^ Expands To \Hat{<++>}<++> - `_ expands to \bar{<++>}<++> - `6 expands to \partial - `8 expands to \infty - `/ expands to \frac{<++>}{<++>}<++> - `% expands to \frac{<++>}{<++>}<++> - `@ expands to \circ - `0 expands to ^\circ - `= expands to \equiv - `\ expands to \setminus - `. expands to \cdot - `* expands to \times - `& expands to \wedge - `- expands to \bigcap - `+ expands to \bigcup - `( expands to \subset - `) expands to \supset - `< expands to \le - `> expands to \ge - `, expands to \nonumber - `~ expands to \tilde{<++>}<++> - `; expands to \dot{<++>}<++> - `: expands to \ddot{<++>}<++> - `2 expands to \sqrt{<++>}<++> - `| expands to \Big| - `I expands to \int_{<++>}^{<++>}<++> -(again, notice the convenient place-holders) - -In addition the visual mode macros are provided: - - > - `( encloses selection in \left( and \right) - `[ encloses selection in \left[ and \right] - `{ encloses selection in \left\{ and \right\} - `$ encloses selection in $$ or \[ \] depending on characterwise or - linewise selection - - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -Diacritics *ls_3_7* *ls_a_bw* - *diacritic-mappings* - -These mappings speed up typing European languages which contain diacritic -characters such as a-umlaut etc. > - +<l> expands to \v{<l>} - =<l> expands to \'{<l>} -where <l> is an alphabet. - - > - +} expands to \"{a} - +: expands to \^{o} -Latex-Suite also ships with smart backspacing [|ls_a_dZ|] functionality which -provides another convenience while editing languages with diacritics. - -NOTE: Diacritics are disabled by default in Latex-Suite because they can - sometimes be a little too intrusive. Moreover, most European users can - nowadays use font encodings which display diacritic characters directly - instead of having to rely on Latex-Suite's method of displaying - diacritics. - - Set the g:Tex_Diacritics [|ls_a_df|] variable to enable diacritics. - - - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -BibTeX Shortcuts *ls_3_8* *ls_a_bx* - *bibtex-bindings* - -Latex-Suite provides an easy way of entering bibliographic entries. Four -insert-mode mappings: BBB, BBL, BBH and BBX are provided, all of which -essentially act in the same manner. When you type any of these in insert-mode, -you will get a prompt asking you to choose a entry type for the bibliographic -entry. - -When you choose an entry type, a bibliographic entry template will be inserted. -For example, if you choose the option 'book' via the map BBB, then the following -template will be inserted: > - @BOOK{<+key+>, - author = {<++>}, - editor = {<++>}, - title = {<++>}, - publisher = {<++>}, - year = {<++>}, - otherinfo = {<++>} - }<++> - - -<+key+> will be highlighted in select-mode and you can type in the bib-key. -After that you can use <Ctrl-J> to navigate to successive locations in the -template and enter new values. - -BBB inserts a template with only the fields mandatorily required for a given -entry type. BBL inserts a template with commonly used extra options. BBH inserts -a template with more options which are not as commonly used. BBX inserts a -template with all the fields which the entry type supports. - -NOTE: Mnemonic - -------- - B for Bibliographic entry, L for Large entry, H for Huge entry, and X - stands for all eXtras. - - - - -Customizing Bib-TeX fields *ls_3_8_1* *ls_a_by* - *adding-bib-options* - -If you wish the BBB command to insert a few additional fields in addition to the -fields it creates, then you will need to define global variables of the form > - g:Bib_{type}_options -in you $VIM/ftplugin/bib.vim file, where {type} is a string like 'article', -'book' etc. This variable should contain one of the letters defined in the -following table - -Character Field Type~ -w address -a author -b booktitle -c chapter -d edition -e editor -h howpublished -i institution -k isbn -j journal -m month -z note -n number -o organization -p pages -q publisher -r school -s series -t title -u type -v volume -y year - -For example, by default, choosing 'article' via BBB inserts the following -template by default > - @ARTICLE{<+key+>, - author = {<++>}, - title = {<++>}, - journal = {<++>}, - year = {<++>}, - otherinfo = {<++>} - }<++> -However, if g:Bib_article_options is defined as 'mnp', then 'article' will -insert the following template > - @ARTICLE{<+key+>, - author = {<++>}, - title = {<++>}, - journal = {<++>}, - year = {<++>}, - month = {<++>}, - number = {<++>}, - pages = {<++>}, - otherinfo = {<++>} - }<++> - - -If you have some other fields you wish to associate with an article which are -not listed above, then you will have to use the Bib_{type}_extrafields option. -This is a newline separated string of complete field names which will be -included in the template. For example, if you define > - let g:Bib_article_extrafields = "crossref\nabstract" -then the article template will include the lines > - crossref = {<++>}, - abstract = {<++>}, - - -NOTE: You will need to define Bib_* settings in your - $VIMRUNTIME/ftplugin/bib.vim file. - - - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -Smart Key Mappings *ls_3_9* *ls_a_bz* - *smart-keys* - -Latex-Suite ships with the following smart keys: - -Smart Backspace ---------------- - *smart-backspace* *ls_a_dZ* -Pressing <BS> in insert mode checks to see whether we are just after something -like \'{a} and if so, deletes all of it. i.e, diacritics are treated as single -characters for backspacing. - -Smart Quotes ------------- -Pressing " (English double quote) will insert `` or '' by making an intelligent -guess about whether we intended to open or close a quote. - -Smart Space ------------ -Latex-Suite maps the <space> key in such a way that $ characters are not broken -across lines. It does this by first setting tw=0 so that Vim will not -automatically break lines and then maps the <space> key to insert newlines -keeping $$'s on the same line. - -Smart Dots ----------- -Pressing ... (3 dots) results in \ldots outside math mode and \cdots in math -mode. - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -Alt Key Macros *ls_3_10* *ls_a_bA* - *altkey-mappings* - -Latex-Suite utilizes a set of macros originally created by Carl Mueller in -auctex.vim to make inserting all the \left ... \right stuff very easy and to -also make some use of the heavily under-utilized <Alt> key. - -NOTE: By default, typing Alt-<key> in Vim takes focus to the menu bar if a menu - with the hotkey <key> exists. If in your case, there are conflicts due to - this behavior, you will need to set > - set winaltkeys=no -< in your $VIM/ftplugin/tex.vim in order to use these maps. - - -NOTE: Customizing the maps - -------------------- - If for some reason, you wish to not map the <Alt> keys, (some European - users need to use the <Alt> key to enter diacritics), you can change these - maps to other keys as described in the section Customizing Alt-key maps - [|ls_a_cx|]. - - - - -<Alt-L> *ls_3_10_1* *ls_a_bB* *Alt-L* - -This is a polymorphic insert-mode mapping which expands to one of the following -depending on the character just before the cursor location. - -Character before cursor Expansion~ -( \left( <++> \right) -[ \left[ <++> \right] -| \left| <++> \right| -{ \left\{ <++> \right\} -< \langle <++> \rangle -q \lefteqn{<++>}<++> - -If the character before the cursor is none of the above, then it will simply -insert a \label{<++>}<++>. - - -<Alt-B> *ls_3_10_2* *ls_a_bC* *Alt-B* - -This insert-mode mapping encloses the previous character in \mathbf{}. - - -<Alt-C> *ls_3_10_3* *ls_a_bD* *Alt-C* - -In insert mode, this key is polymorphic as follows: - - -1. If the previous character is a letter or number, then capitalize it and - enclose it in \mathcal{}. - -2. otherwise insert \cite{}. -In visual mode, it will simply enclose the selection in \mathcal{} - - -<Alt-I> *ls_3_10_4* *ls_a_bE* *Alt-I* - -This mapping inserts an \item command at the current cursor location depending -on which environment the cursor is enclosed in. The style of the \item command -is dependent on the enclosing environment. By default, <Alt-I> has styles -defined forthe following environments: - -Environment Style~ -itemize \item -enumerate \item -theindex \item -thebibliography \item[<+biblabel+>]{<+bibkey+>} <++> -description \item[<+label+>] <++> - -<Alt-I> is intelligent enough to account for nested environments. For example, > - \begin{itemize} - \item first item - \item second item - \begin{description} - \item[label1] first desc - \item[label2] second - % <Alt-I> will insert "\item[<+label+>] <++>" if - % used here - \end{description} - \item third item - % <Alt-I> will insert "\item " when if used here. - \end{itemize} - % <Alt-I> will insert nothing ("") if used here -< - -The style used by <Alt-I> can be customized using the -g:Tex_ItemStyle_environment [|ls_a_dl|] variable. - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -Custom Macros *ls_3_11* *ls_a_bF* - *custom-macros-menu* - -This functionality available via the TeX-Suite.Macros menu, provides a way of -inserting customized macros into the current file via the menu. - -When Latex-Suite starts up, it scans the $VIM/ftplugin/latex-suite/macros/ -directory and creates a menu from the files found there. Each file is considered -as a single macro. You can place your own macros in this directory, using -placeholders [|ls_a_eD|] if wanted. - -When you choose a macro from the menu, the corresponding file is read into the -current buffer after the current cursor position. In non-gui mode, you can use -the |TMacro| command instead of choosing from the menu. This command takes the -macro file name as an argument. When called without arguments (preferred usage), -then a list of available macro files is displayed and the user is prompted to -choose one of them). - -There are some other tools provided in this menu, namely: - - -{New} Creates a new (unnamed) buffer in the latex-suite/macros/ directory. - Use the command :TexMacroNew in non-gui mode. -{Edit} Opens up the corresponding macro file for editing. Use |:TexMacroEdit| - in non-gui mode. When you try to edit {macro} not from local directory - Latex-Suite will copy it to your local directory with suffix "-local". - If local copy already exists Latex-Suite prompt for overwriting it. -{Delete} Deletes the corresponding macro. Use the prefixed numbers for fast - navigation of menus. Use |:TexMacroDelete| in non-gui mode. When you - choose to delete {macro} which is not in your local directory - Latex-Suite will refuse to delete it. -{Redraw} Rescans the macros/ directories and refreshes the macros list. - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -Making your own Macros via IMAP() *ls_3_12* *ls_a_bG* - *ls-new-macros* - -If you find the need to create your own macros, then you can use the IMAP() -function provided with Latex-Suite. See [|ls_a_bH|] for a short explanation of -why you might prefer IMAP() over Vim's standard :imap command. An example best -explains the usage: > - :call IMAP('NOM', '\nomenclature{<++>}<++>', 'tex') -This will create a Latex-Suite-style mapping, where if you type NOM in insert -mode, you will get \nomenclature{<++>}<++> with the cursor left in place of the -first <++> characters. See [|ls_a_bI|] for a detailed explanation of the IMAP() -command. - -For maps which are triggered for a given filetype, the IMAP() command above -should be put in the filetype plugin script for that file. For example, for -tex-specific mappings, the IMAP() calls should go in $VIM/ftplugin/tex.vim. For -globally visible maps, you will need to use the following in either your -~/.vimrc or a file in your $VIM/plugin directory. > - augroup MyIMAPs - au! - au VimEnter * call IMAP('Foo', 'foo', '') - augroup END - - - - -Why use IMAP() *ls_3_12_1* *ls_a_bH* - *why-IMAP* - -Using IMAP instead of Vim's built-in :imap command has a couple of advantages: -1. The 'ttimeout' option will generally limit how easily you can type the left - hand side for a normal :imap. if you type the left hand side too slowly, then - the mapping will not be activated. - -2. If you mistype one of the letters of the lhs, then the mapping is deactivated - as soon as you backspace to correct the mistake. - -3. The characters in lhs are shown on top of each other. This is fairly - distracting. This becomes a real annoyance when a lot of characters initiate - mappings. - - -IMAP() syntax *ls_3_12_2* *ls_a_bI* - *ls-imaps-syntax* - -Formally, the syntax which is used for the IMAP function is: > - call IMAP (lhs, rhs, ft [, phs, phe]) - - -Argument Explanation~ -lhs This is the "left-hand-side" of the mapping. When you use IMAP, only - the last character of this word is actually mapped, although the - effect is that the whole word is mapped. - - If you have two mappings which end in a common lhs, then the mapping - with the longer lhs is used. For example, if you do > - call IMAP('BarFoo', 'something', 'tex') - call IMAP('Foo', 'something else', 'tex') -< Then typing BarFoo inserts "something", whereas Foo by itself inserts - "something else". - - Also, the nature of IMAP() makes creating certain combination of - mappings impossible. For example if you have > - call IMAP('foo', 'something', 'tex') - call IMAP('foobar', 'something else', 'tex') -< Then you will never be able to trigger "foobar" because typing "foo" - will immediately insert "something". This is the "cost" which you - incur over the normal :imap command for the convenience of no - 'timeout' problems, the ability to correct lhs etc. - - -rhs The "right-hand-side" of the mapping. This is the expansion you will - get when you type lhs. - - This string can also contain special characters such as <enter> etc. - To do this, you will need to specify the second argument in - double-quotes as follows: > - :call IMAP('EFE', "\\begin{figure}\<CR><++>\\end{figure}<++>", 'tex') -< With this, typing EFE is equivalent to typing in the right-hand side - with all the special characters in insert-mode. This has the advantage - that if you have filetype indentation set up, then the right hand side - will also be indented just as if you had typed it in normally. - - *IMAP_PutTextWithMovement* *ls_a_ea* - You can also set up a Latex-Suite style mapping which calls a custom - function as follows: > - :call IMAP('FOO', "\<C-r>=MyFoonction()\<CR>", 'tex') -< where MyFoonction is a custom function you have written. If - MyFoonction also has to return a string containing <++> characters, - then you will need to use the function IMAP_PutTextWithMovement(). An - example best explains the usage: - - > - call IMAP('FOO', "\<C-r>=AskVimFunc()\<CR>", 'vim') - " Askvimfunc: Asks For Function Name And Sets Up Template - " Description: - function! AskVimFunc() - let name = input('Name of the function : ') - if name == '' - let name = "<+Function Name+>" - end - let islocal = input('Is this function scriptlocal ? [y]/n : ', 'y') - if islocal == 'y' - let sidstr = '<SID>' - else - let sidstr = '' - endif - return IMAP_PutTextWithMovement( - \ "\" ".name.": <+short description+> \<cr>" . - \ "Description: <+long description+>\<cr>" . - \ "\<C-u>function! ".name."(<+arguments+>)<++>\<cr>" . - \ "<+function body+>\<cr>" . - \ "endfunction \" " - \ ) - endfunction -< - - -ft The file type for which this mapping is active. When this string is - left empty, the mapping applies for all file-types. A filetype - specific mapping will always take precedence. - - -phs, phe If you prefer to write the rhs with characters other than <+ and +> to - denote place-holders, you can use the last 2 arguments to specify - which characters in the rhs specify place-holders. By default, these - are <+ and +> respectively. - - Note that the phs and phe arguments do not control what characters - will be displayed for the placeholders when the mapping is actually - triggered. What characters are used to display place-holders when you - trigger an IMAP are controlled by the Imap_PlaceHolderStart - [|ls_a_cV|] and Imap_PlaceHolderEnd [|ls_a_er|] settings. - - - -================================================================================ -Package Handling *ls_4* *ls_a_bJ* - *latex-packages* - -|ls_4_1| Inserting package commands -|ls_4_2| Actions taken for supported packages -|ls_4_3| Automatic Package detection -|ls_4_4| Writing supporting for a package - - -Latex-Suite has a lot of functionality written to ease working with packages. -Packages here refers to files which you include into the LaTeX document using -the \usepackage command. - - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -Inserting package commands *ls_4_1* *ls_a_bK* - *inserting-packages* - -When you first invoke Latex-Suite, it scans the -$VIM/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages directory for package script files and -creates a menu from all the files found there. This menu is created under -TeX-Suite > Packages > Supported. This menu contains a list of packages -"supported" by Latex-Suite. When you choose one of the packages from this menu -(for example the amsmath package), then a line of the form > - \usepackage[<++>]{amsmath}<++> -will be inserted into the current file. - -The \usepackage line can also be inserted in an easy manner in the current file -by pressing <F5> while in the preamble of the current document. This will set up -a prompt from the supported packages and ask you to choose from one of them. If -you do not find the package you want to insert in the list, you can type in a -package-name and it will use that. Pressing <F5> in the preamble on a line -containing a single word will construct a \usepackage line from that word. - -You can also use the TPackage [|ls_a_cD|] to insert the \usepackage line. - -Once you have inserted a \usepackage line, for supported packages, you can use -the Options and Commands menus described in the next section [|ls_a_bL|]. - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -Actions taken for supported packages *ls_4_2* *ls_a_bL* - *package-actions* - -Latex-Suite takes the following actions for packages detected when a file is -loaded, or a new \usepackage line is inserted using one of the methods described -in the previous section [|ls_a_bK|]. - -If you are using the GUI and you have g:Tex_Menus [|ls_a_dI|] set to 1, -Latex-Suite will create the following sub-menus -TeX-Suite > Packages > <package> Options - -TeX-Suite > Packages > <package> Commands - -where <package> is the package you just inserted (or was detected). You can use -these menus to insert commands, environments and options which Latex-Suite -recognizes as belonging to this package. - -NOTE: While inserting an option, you need to position yourself in the - appropriate place in the document, most commonly inside the square braces - in the \usepackage[]{packname} command. Latex-Suite will not navigate to - that location. - - -In addition to creating these sub-menus, Latex-Suite will also scan the -$VIM/ftplugin/latex-suite/dictionaries directory and if a dictionary file -corresponding to the package file is found, then it will add the file to the -'dict' setting in Vim so you can use the <C-X><C-K> command to complete words -from that file. - -For example, the SIUnits package has a custom dictionary. - - *latex-package-scanning* *ls_a_eb* -If a package detected at startup is found by Latex-Suite in the current -directory or in a location specified by the g:Tex_TEXINPUTS [|ls_a_dT|] -variable, Latex-Suite will scan the package for \newenvironment and newcommand -lines and also append any commands and environments found to the list of -commands and environments which you are prompted with when you press <F5> -[|ls_a_bh|] or <F7> [|ls_a_dW|] in insert mode. -In addition, the TeX-Suite > Packages menu also contains the following submenus - -Update ------- -This command is to be invoked with the cursor placed on the package name. If the -corresponding package is found, then a sub-menu with the supported commands and -options is created. - -Update All ----------- -This function reads the preamble of the document for \usepackage lines and if -Latex-Suite supports the detected packages, then sub-menus containing the -package options and commands are created. - - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -Automatic Package detection *ls_4_3* *ls_a_bM* - *automatic-package-detection* - -Whenever Latex-Suite begins editing a new LaTeX file, it scans it for -\usepackage{name} lines, and if a supported package is found, then it will -create sub-menus and add to the 'dict' setting as described above. - -If a master-file [|ls_a_ct|] has been specified, then it will scan that file -instead of the current file. See the section Custom Packages [|ls_a_bN|] to see -which files Latex-Suite will scan in more detail. - -For all the packages detected in this manner, Latex-Suite will take certain -actions as described in the section package support. [|ls_a_bL|]. - - - -Custom Packages *ls_4_3_1* *ls_a_bN* - *custom-packages* - -Often times, the preamble can become too long, and some people prefer to put -most of their personalization in a custom package and include that using a -\usepackage line. Latex-Suite tries to search such customs package for other -\usepackage lines, so that supported packages included in this indirect manner -can also be used to create sub-menus, extend the 'dict' setting etc. The most -obvious place to place such custom packages is in the same directory as the -edited file. In addition, LaTeX also supports placing custom packages in places -pointed to by the $TEXINPUTS environment variable. - -If you use the $TEXINPUTS variable in LaTeX, and you wish Latex-Suite to search -these custom packages for \usepackage lines, then you need to initialize the -g:Tex_TEXINPUTS [|ls_a_dT|] variable. - -The g:Tex_TEXINPUTS variable needs to be set in the same format which Vim uses -for the 'path' setting. This format is explained in detail if you do > - :help file-searching -from within Vim. - -Therefore the value of g:Tex_TEXINPUTS will most probably be different from -$TEXINPUTS which your native LaTeX distribution uses. - -Example: > - let g:Tex_TEXINPUTS = '~/texmf/mypackages/**,./**' -The ** indicates that all directories below the directory ~/texmf/mypackages and -./ are to be scanned for custom packages. - -NOTE: The present directory '.' is always searched. You need not include that in - g:Tex_TEXINPUTS. - - - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -Writing supporting for a package *ls_4_4* *ls_a_bO* - *supporting-packages* - -Supporting a package is easy and consists of writing a vim script with the same -name as the package and placing it in the $VIM/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages -directory. A package script should define two variables as described in the next -two sections. In addition to these two variables, you can also define any -functions, environment definitions etc. in this file. - - - -g:Tex_package_option_<package> *ls_4_4_1* *ls_a_bP* - -This setting is a string containing a comma separated list of options supported -by this package. - -Example: > - g:Tex_package_option_mypack = 'opt1,opt2=,sbr:group1,opt3,opt4' -The = suffix means that the option takes a value. Use sbr:group name to separate -options into sub-menus. All successive options will be clubbed into the group1 -sub-menu till the next sbr: option is encountered. - - -g:Tex_package_<package> *ls_4_4_2* *ls_a_bQ* - - > - - g:TeX_package_<package> = "pre:Command,pre:Command1" - More detailed example is in latex-suite/packages/exmpl file (slightly - outdated). - Here is short summary of prefixes which can be used in package files: - (x - place with cursor, <++> - |placeholder|) - - {env:command} Environment: creates simple environment template - \begin{command} - x - \end{command}<++> - {eno:command} Environment with option: - \begin[x]{command} - <++> - \end{command}<++> - {ens:command[<<option>>]...} Environment special: - \begin[<<option>>]...{command} - <++> - \end{command}<++> - {bra:command} Brackets: - \command{x}<++> - {brd:command} Brackets double: - \command{x}{<++>}<++> - {brs:command[<<option>>]...} Brackets special (as environment special: - \command[<+x+>]{<++>}{<++>}<++> - {nor:command} Normal: - \command<Space - {noo:command} Normal with option: - \command[x]<++> - {nob:command} Normal with option and brackets: - \command[x]{<++>}<++> - {pla:command} Plain: - command<Space - {spe:command} Special: - command <-literal insertion of command - {sep:command} creates separator. Good for aesthetics and usability :) - {sbr:command} Breaks menu into submenus. <command> will be title of submenu. - Can be used also in package variable. - - Command can be also given without prefix:. The result is - \command - - - -================================================================================ -Latex Completion *ls_5* *ls_a_bR* - *latex-completion* - -|ls_5_1| Latex-Suite completion example -|ls_5_2| Latex-Suite \ref completion -|ls_5_3| Latex-Suite \cite completion -|ls_5_4| Latex-Suite filename completion -|ls_5_5| Custom command completion - - -Latex-Suite provides an easy way to insert references to labels and -bibliographic entries and also provide filename arguments to commands such as -\includegraphics. Although the completion capabilities are very diverse, -Latex-Suite only uses a single key (<F9> by default) to do all of it. Pressing -the <F9> key does different things based on where you are located. Latex-Suite -tries to guess what you might be trying to complete at the location where you -pressed <F9>. For example, pressing <F9> when you are within a \ref command will -try to list the \label's in the present directory. Pressing it when you are in a -\cite command will list bibliography keys. Latex-Suite also recognizes commands -which need a file name argument and will put up an explorer window for you to -choose a filename. - - *ls-set-grepprg* *ls_a_eG* -NOTE: Before you start with Latex-Suite's completion function... - ---------------------------------------------------------- - All of Latex-Suite's completion capabilities depend on a external program - being available on your system which can search through a number of files - for a reg-exp pattern. On *nix systems, the pre-installed grep utility is - more than adequate. Most windows systems come with a utility findstr, but - that has proven to be very inadequate (for one, it does not have an option - to force the file name to be displayed when searching through a single - file). Your best bet is to install cygwin |ls_u_3|, but if you think - that's overkill, you can search for |ls_u_4| a windows implementation of - GNU grep. (Latex-Suite testing on windows has been done with cygwin's port - of GNU grep). - - Once you have a grep program installed, you need to set the 'grepprg' - option for vim. Make sure you use a setting which forces the program to - display file names even when you are searching through a single file. For - GNU grep, the syntax is > - set grepprg=grep\ -nH\ $* -< - - - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -Latex-Suite completion example *ls_5_1* *ls_a_bS* - *ls-completion-usage* - -Consider the situation where you are editing a file with two equations labelled -eqn:euler and eqn:einstein. Now you want to insert a reference to one of these -equations. To do this, you type the \ref{eqn:} command and with the cursor -placed after eqn:, press <F9>. This will bring up two new windows beneath the -main window you were working in as shown in the figure below. > - - 8 These are a couple of equations: - 9 +-- 4 lines: eqnarray (eqn:euler) : e^{j\pi} + 1 &=& 0--------------- - 13 +-- 4 lines: equation (eqn:einstein) : E = m c^2--------------------- - 17 - 18 These are a couple of figures: - 19 +-- 7 lines: figure (fig:monkeys) : Monkeys can Type------------------- - 26 +-- 7 lines: figure (fig:shakespeare) : Shakespeare could not type----- - 33 - 34 This is a reference to \ref{eqn:}<++> - 35 - 36 - 37 \end{document} - 38 - ~ - ~ - ~ - newfile.tex 34,32 Bot - newfile.tex|11| \label{eqn:euler} - newfile.tex|15| \label{eqn:einstein} - ~ - [Error List] 1,1 All - 7 - 8 These are a couple of equations: - 9 \begin{eqnarray} - 10 e^{j\pi} + 1 &=& 0 - 11 \label{eqn:euler} - 12 \end{eqnarray} - 13 \begin{equation} - 14 E = m c^2 - 15 \label{eqn:einstein} - 16 \end{equation} - newfile.tex [Preview] 11,3 21% - - - -The first window (shown as [ErrorList] above) is a |cwindow| containing a list -of possible matches for the reference. The cursor will be located in the first -line of this window. The bottom window is a preview-window showing the context -of the \label. Moving around in the [ErrorList] window automatically scrolls the -preview window so as to always keep showing the context of the \label being -viewed in the [ErrorList] window. You can also press J and K in the [ErrorList] -window to scroll the preview window up and down. - -To insert one of the labels, simply position the cursor in the correct line in -the [ErrorList] window and press <enter>. This will immediately close the two -newly opened windows, get back to the correct location in the original file -being edited and insert the label into the \ref command. - -If you notice carefully in the example above, the [ErrorList] window only showed -the matches for the equations and did not list any of the figure labels. This is -because we pressed <F9> after \ref{eqn: instead of simply after \ref{. This -caused Latex-Suite to search only for those labels which started with the string -eqn:. If you had pressed <F9> after a \ref{, you would have been shown matches -from _all_ labels, not just those starting with eqn:. - -Thus prefixing all your labels with eqn:, fig:, tab: etc. depending on what you -are labelling will lead to an easier time completing references. - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -Latex-Suite \ref completion *ls_5_2* *ls_a_bT* - *ls-completion-ref* - -Pressing <F9> when you are within a partially completed \ref command will split -open a window (named __OUTLINE__) which contains a nicely formatted list of all -the \labels found in the present project. The \labels are heirarchically -arranged according to which \section, \subsection etc of the overall document -structure they are present in. For example, when you first press <F9> after -typing \ref{, you should see something like: > - - +-- 54 lines: 2. Kinematics-------------------------------- - +-- 98 lines: 3. Aerodynamics of the MFI thorax------------ - +-- 40 lines: 4. Jump Resonance in Fourbar Mechanisms------ - +-- 28 lines: 5. Design and Fabrication Issues------------- - -Each chapter is |fold|ed away so that you can quickly jump to the correct -section/subsection in which the relevant equation is defined. This makes -inserting references significantly faster for large projects with hundreds of -equations. You can then open some of the folds to see for example: > - - +-- 54 lines: 2. Kinematics-------------------------------- - 3. Aerodynamics of the MFI thorax - 3.1. Aerodynamic modeling of the MFI wing forces - 3.1.1. Geometric Specification - eqn:wingnormal-pos - \nhat = T_z(\theta_2) T_y(\theta_y)T_x(\theta_x)\nhat_0, - eqn:T-1 - T_1(\theta_2) &=& T_z(\theta_2) - -The <Tab> key is mapped in this window to toggle folds so that you can quickly -open/close folds in order to navigate the heirarchy faster. Once you are -positioned on a label, press <Enter>. This closes the __OUTLINE__ window, -returns to the window in which you pressed <F9> and inserts the reference at the -current cursor position. - -NOTE: Filtering labels by prefix - -------------------------- - You can press <F9> after typing part of the \label. In this case, - Latex-Suite only presents \labels which begin with the already filled - characters. You can use this to choose between equations, figures, tables - etc. if you consistently label equations to begin with eqn:, figures to - begin with fig: etc. For example, with this scheme, pressing <F9> after - typing \ref{eqn: will only list equations. - - -NOTE: Latex-Suite works the same way if you press <F9> after any command which - contains the letters ref. Thus you can complete \eqref in exactly the same - manner. - - -NOTE: Requirements - ------------ - This method of preseting the \labels depends on Vim being compiled with - python support. To check if you have this, see the output of the :ver - command. If you see something like +python, you are all set. Failing this, - you will need to have python somewhere in your $PATH. - - - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -Latex-Suite \cite completion *ls_5_3* *ls_a_bU* - *latex-completion-cite* - -Latex-Suite provides an easy way to insert references to bibliographic entries. -Pressing <F9> when the cursor is placed inside a partially completed \cite -command will split open a new window (named __OUTLINE__) which contains a -formatted and syntax highlighted list of all bibtex entries found. For example, -pressing <F9> after typing \ref{ should present you with a window which looks -something like this: > - - Article [dickinson:science:99] - "Wing rotation and aerodynamic basis of insect flight" - M. H. Dickinson and F-O. Lehman and S. P. Sane - In Science, 1999 - - Article [ellington:84:part1] - "The Aerodynamics of Hovering Insect Flight. I. The Quasi-Steady Analysis" - Ellington, C P - In Philosophical Transactions of the Royal Society of London. Series B, Biological Sciences, 1984 - - Article [ellington:84:part2] - "The Aerodynamics of Hovering Insect Flight. II. Morphological Parameters" - Ellington, C P - In Philosophical Transactions of the Royal Society of London. Series B, Biological Sciences, 1984 - - - -You can easily jump from one entry to another using the 'n' and 'p' keys (to go -to the next / previous entry respectively). - -You can also filter out a subset of the bibtex entries by pressing 'f' while in -this window. Doing this presents the following prompt: > - - Field acronyms: (`:let g:Tex_EchoBibFields = 0` to avoid this message) - [t] title [a] author [b] booktitle - [j] journal [y] year [p] bibtype - (you can also enter the complete field name) - Enter filter criterion [field<space>value]: - -At the prompt, type > - a ellington -Notice that the letter a is an acronym for author according to the prompt above. -Therefore this filter only shows those bibtex entries whose author field -contains the text ellington. You can keep narrowing your selection by repeatedly -filtering the results. If you would like to remove all the filters and see all -entries again, press 'a', which removes all the filters. - -You can also sort the bibtex entries based on a field. To do this, press 's'. -This will present you with a prompt like in the case of the filter and you are -asked to choose a field. In this case, you would type in a single character. -This sorts the entries according to that field. - -NOTE: <F9> will also work in a similar way after any command which contains the - word cite in it. For example, pressing <F9> will also work with \citenum - etc. - - -The following logic is applied to find out which bibliographic entries are -included in the completion. - - -1. Firstly, if the present file has a master-file [|ls_a_ct|] defined for it, - then Latex-Suite will perform the following steps on that file instead of on - the current file. - -2. First, the file is scanned for a \bibliography command. To explain better, - assume that a command > - \bibliography{file1,file2} -< is found in the present file. For each bibliography file, say file1, - Latex-Suite first tries to see if a .bib file, file1.bib can be found. If so, - it will scan it for bib-keys of the form @BOOK{ etc., and add these searches - to the completion list. If a .bib file cannot be found, then it will try to - see if file1.bbl can be found. If so, Latex-Suite will search it for bib-keys - of the form \bibitem and add these to the completion list. - - You can set the location where Latex-Suite will search for .bib and .bbl - files using the |Tex_BIBINPUTS| [|ls_a_dr|] variable. - -3. If a \bibliography command is not found, then Latex-Suite tries to scan the - present file for a \begin{thebibliography} environment. If found, Latex-Suite - searches the present file for bib-keys of the form \bibitem. - -4. Finally, it will try to see if this file includes other files via the \input - command. For each such file found, Latex-Suite will repeat the previous two - steps stopping at the first file which has either a \bibliography command or - a thebibliography environment. - - -Caching the \cite completion results *ls_5_3_1* *ls_a_bV* - *cite-search-caching* - - *TClearCiteHist* *ls_a_ec* -Often times, the editing cycle proceeds by first laying out a comprehensive -bibliography and then completing all the \cite commands in one session. In such -situations, it is inefficient to scan the whole list of bibliography files for -bib-keys each time. Latex-Suite provides a way to cache the results of the cite -completion search using the Tex_RememberCiteSearch [|ls_a_du|] variable. If set, -Latex-Suite will perform the search only the first time <F9> is used. Next time -on, it will reuse the search results. If you wish to redo the search results, -issue the command > - TClearCiteHist -This will redo the completion list next time you use <F9>. - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -Latex-Suite filename completion *ls_5_4* *ls_a_bW* - *ls-filename-completion* - -When you press <F9> at a location where Latex-Suite guesses a filename needs to -be typed, then a new explorer window will open up with the list of files. You -can use this window to change directories etc. Pressing <enter> on a filename in -the explorer window will automatically close the explorer window, return to the -location where you pressed <F9> from and insert the filename into that position. - -Latex-Suite also tries to guess what kinds of files you might not want to insert -and hides those accordingly. For example, if you press <F9> when you are located -at \includegraphics{, then Latex-Suite knows that you will not want to insert -.tex files. Therefore, the explorer window will automatically hide these files. - -As of now, Latex-Suite recognizes the following commands for filename -completion. Along with the commands, this table also lists the files which -Latex-Suite will not show for completing each command. - -command hide pattern~ -\bibliography '^\.,\.[^b]..$' -\include \includeonly '^\.,\.[^t]..$' -\includegraphics \psfig '^\.,\.tex$,\.bib$,\.bbl$,\.zip$,\.gz$' -\input '' - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -Custom command completion *ls_5_5* *ls_a_bX* - *ls-completion-custom* - -Latex-Suite also recognizes certain commonly used LaTeX commands for the <F9> -key. At the moment, the \bibliographystyle, \addtocontents and the -\addcontentsline commands are recognized, although more will be added in the -future. When you press the <F9> after such a command, Latex-Suite will prompt -you with a list of arguments which make sense for the command. - -This functionality is available for commands for which a global variable of the -form g:Tex_completion_{<command>} is defined where <command> is the command -name. This variable is a comma separated list of values which this command -takes. For example, the argument to the \bibliographystyle command is commonly -one of abbr,alpha,plain,unsrt. Therefore, Latex-Suite defines > - let g:Tex_completion_bibliographystyle = 'abbr,alpha,plain,unsrt' -You can define your own completion variables in a similar manner for commands -which you might use. - -================================================================================ -LaTeX Compiling *ls_6* *ls_a_bY* - *latex-compiling* - -|ls_6_1| Setting Compilation rules -|ls_6_2| Handling dependencies in compilation -|ls_6_3| Compiling multiple times -|ls_6_4| Customizing the compiler output -|ls_6_5| Compiling parts of a file - - -This functionality, available via the TeX-Suite menu, provides various tools to -compile and debug LaTeX files from within Vim. - -If you are using commonly used LaTeX tools, then you should be all set as soon -as you download and install Latex-Suite. In order to compile a LaTeX file, -simply press \ll while editing the file. This runs latex on the current file and -displays the errors in a |quickfix-window| below the file being edited. You can -then scroll through the errors and press <enter> to be taken to the location of -the corresponding error. Along with the errors being listed in the quickfix -window, the corresponding log file is also opened in |preview| mode beneath the -quickfix window. It is scrolled automatically to keep in sync with the error -being viewed in the quickfix window. You will be automatically taken to the -location of the first error/warning unless you set the g:Tex_GotoError -[|ls_a_dD|] variable to 0. - -Latex-Suite also supports compiling LaTeX into formats other than DVI. By -default, Latex-Suite supports PDF and PS formats. In order to choose a format -other than DVI, use the TTarget command or the TeX-Suite > Target Format menu -item. This will ask you to type in the name of the target format you want to -compile to. If a rule has been defined for the format (as described in the next -section [|ls_a_bZ|]), then Latex-Suite will switch to that format. - -Trying to choose a format for which no rule has been defined will result in -Latex-Suite displaying a warning message without taking any action. - -If you are using a multiple file project and need to compile a master file while -editing other files, then Latex-Suite provides a way to specify the file to be -compiled as described in latex-master-file [|ls_a_ct|]. - - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -Setting Compilation rules *ls_6_1* *ls_a_bZ* - *compiler-rules* - -In order to compile LaTeX files into various formats, Latex-Suite needs to know -which external programs to call and in which way they need to be called. This -information is provided to Latex-Suite via a number of "rules". For each format -you want to compile to, you need to specify a rule. A rule is specified by -defining a variable of the form: > - g:Tex_CompileRule_<format> -where <format> is a string like "pdf", "dvi" etc. - -Example: By default, Latex-Suite uses the following rule for compiling LaTeX -documents into DVI. > - g:Tex_CompileRule_dvi = 'latex --interaction=nonstopmode $*' - - -Default values are also provided for ps and pdf formats. You might want to -change these rules in texrc according to your local tex environment. - -NOTE: For win32 users user MikTeX, sometimes the latex compiler's output has a - bug where a single number is split across different lines. In this case, - put the included vim-latex file distributed with Latex-Suite. - - - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -Handling dependencies in compilation *ls_6_2* *ls_a_ca* - *compiler-dependency* - -Latex-Suite also handles compiling dependencies automatically via certain rules -which specify the "dependency chain" for each target format. For example, if in -your case, you use > - .tex -> .dvi -> .ps -> .pdf -to generate pdf files from dvi files, then you will need to specify the -following setting in your Latex-Suite configuration (see customizing Latex-Suite -[|ls_a_cP|] for where these settings should go): > - - let g:Tex_FormatDependency_pdf = 'dvi,ps,pdf' - -This is a comma separated string of formats specifying the order in which the -formats to be compiled into should be chosen. With this setting, if you set the -target format to pdf, then the next time you compile via the \ll shortcut, -Latex-Suite will first generate a dvi file, then use that to generate the ps -file and finally create the pdf file from that. - -NOTE: If any of the intermediate formats is listed in the - g:Tex_MultipleCompileFormats setting as described in the section Compiling - multiple times [|ls_a_cb|], then Latex-Suite might make multiple calls to - the compiler to generate the output file of that format. - - -Along with the g:Tex_FormatDependency_{format} setting, you should ofcourse -specify the rule for compiling to each of the formats as described in the -previous section [|ls_a_bZ|]. For example, with the setting above, you could -use: > - - let g:Tex_CompileRule_dvi = 'latex --interaction=nonstopmode $*' - let g:Tex_CompileRule_ps = 'dvips -Ppdf -o $*.ps $*.dvi' - let g:Tex_CompileRule_pdf = 'ps2pdf $*.ps' - - -NOTE: By default, Latex-Suite does not specify any compiler dependencies. Each - target format for which a rule has been derived will be compiled - independently. - - - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -Compiling multiple times *ls_6_3* *ls_a_cb* - *compiling-multiple* - -Most LaTeX compilers need to be re-run several times in several commonly -occurring situations in order to get a final camera ready copy. For example, -when \label's change, when new \cite commands are added etc. If the target -format you are compiling to requires multiple compilations, then you will need -to include the format in the g:Tex_MultipleCompileFormats setting. This is a -comma separated string of formats which need multiple compilations to be -generated correctly. - -By default, this setting contains just the dvi format. If you use the pdflatex -compiler to generate pdf files, then you might want to also include pdf into the -above setting. - -For every format included in the g:Tex_MultipleCompileFormats setting described -above, Latex-Suite will use the following logic to generate the file. Note that -although the following description uses latex to refer to the compiler, it could -be some other compiler such as pdflatex for generating pdf output. - -1. If there was a .idx file, then remember its contents. - -2. Run latex. - -3. If the .idx file changed due to the latex compiler, then run makeindex to - redo the .ind file and then remember to rerun latex. - -4. If the .aux file generated by the latex compiler contains a \bibdata line, - then it means that we are using a .bib file. Therefore, run bibtex. - - NOTE: This means that we will always run bibtex whenever we use the - \bibliography command whether or not we actually need to. At this time, - Latex-Suite does not parse the .aux file before and after the latex - compiler to see if we are required to rerun bibtex. - -5. If the .bbl file changes because of this, then remember to rerun latex again. - -6. Also, we check to see if the LaTeX compiler gives certain standard warnings - which notify that we need to compile once again. In this case also, remember - to rerun LaTeX. - -7. If we found we had to rerun latex, then we repeat the steps above but not - running makeindex or bibtex again. - -The LaTeX file is compiled atmost 5 times using this logic. These steps will -ensure that on most platforms/environments, you will get a clean output with all -the cross-references, citations etc correctly labelled and ordered. - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -Customizing the compiler output *ls_6_4* *ls_a_cc* - *compiler-output-customization* - -Most LaTeX compilers produce a very large amount of output during compilation, -most of which is not relevant to debugging type-setting errors. The compiler -plugin provided with Latex-Suite (which is an enhanced version of the standard -compiler plugin maintained by Artem Chuprina), provides a way to filter the -compiler output so that the actual errors/warnings can be presented much more -concisely. - -The compiler plugin is set up by default to function in a "non-verbose", -"ignore-common-warnings" mode, which means that irrelevant lines from the -compiler output will be ignored and some very common warnings are also ignored. -Latex-Suite does this via the global variable g:Tex_IgnoredWarnings [|ls_a_dA|]. -This is a list of patterns, which can be used to filter out (or ignore) some or -the warnings and errors reported by the compiler. See the link above for its -default value. - -Latex-Suite uses the g:Tex_IgnoreLevel [|ls_a_dB|] setting to set a default -ignore level. For example, for the default value of 4, Latex-Suite ignores -warnings and errors matching the first 4 patterns in g:Tex_IgnoredWarnings. - -In addition to setting a default value of the ignore level, Latex-Suite provides -the ability to set the level dynamically, using the TCLevel command. For -example, if you issue the command: > - TCLevel 3 -from within Vim, then the next time you compile the document, Latex-Suite will -ignore warnings and errors which match the first three patterns in -g:Tex_IgnoredWarnings. - -When TCLevel is called with the unquoted string strict as follows: > - TClevel strict -then Latex-Suite switches to a "verbose", "no-lines-ignored" mode which is -useful when you want to make final checks of your document and want to be -careful not to let things slip by. - -See the explanation of the settings g:Tex_IgnoredWarnings [|ls_a_dA|] and -g:Tex_IgnoreLevel [|ls_a_dB|] to find out how to customize the filtering done by -Latex-Suite - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -Compiling parts of a file *ls_6_5* *ls_a_cd* - *part-compiling* - -Latex-Suite also provides a way to compile a fragment of a document. This can be -very useful while debugging a complex equation or one chapter in a book, etc. - -To do this, visually select a portion of the text and press \ll while in visual -mode. The visually selected portion will be saved to a temporary file with the -preamble from the current document prepended. Latex-Suite will then switch focus -to this temporary file and compile it. Continue to debug this file as required -and then replace the portion of the original file with this one. - -Pressing \lv while viewing the temporary file will view the output file -generated from the temporary file, not the original file - -Two commands |TPartComp| and |TPartView| are provided to be able to get this -functionality via the command line. - -From release 1.6 onwards of Latex-Suite, the temporary file created for part -compilation will reside in the same directory as the file from which the -fragment is being created. This ensures that any relative path-names defined in -the fragment will still work. Latex-Suite will attempt to clean the temporary -file(s) created when Vim exits. - -================================================================================ -Latex Viewing and Searching *ls_7* *ls_a_ce* - *latex-viewing* - -|ls_7_1| Setting Viewing rules -|ls_7_2| Forward Searching documents -|ls_7_3| Inverse Searching - - - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -Setting Viewing rules *ls_7_1* *ls_a_cf* - *latex-viewing-rules* - -In order to view the output files created by compiling the source files, you -need to specify which external program Latex-Suite should call. You can specify -the external program using one of two settings Tex_ViewRule_format [|ls_a_dF|] -or Tex_ViewRuleComplete_format [|ls_a_dG|]. By default, Latex-Suite has default -settings for viewing various common output formats via the Tex_ViewRule_format -settings, so that if you are using commonly used programs, you should be all set -to view compiled files from within Vim by simply pressing \lv. - -NOTE: The viewing function also takes the *.latexmain [|ls_a_ct|] file into - account to decide which file to show. - - -If pressing \lv does not work, then it most probably has to do with incorrect -settings of the g:Tex_ViewRule_<format> [|ls_a_dF|] where <format> is the format -you are attempting to view. See the link above for how to set this according to -your system. - -NOTE: On Windows and OS/X, you can leave the view rule empty to open the - document with the default viewer on your system. On Linux/UNIX systems, - you can use the xdg-open command to open the document with the default - viewer. - - -In addition to viewing the files, Latex-Suite also supports forward and inverse -searching for certain common tools for viewing documents. See the next few -sections for details on forward and inverse searching, including an overview of -viewers. - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -Forward Searching documents *ls_7_2* *ls_a_cg* - *forward-searching* - -Forward searching refers to making a viewer display a given document at a given -location from within Vim. At present, these viewers are known to support forward -searching, but viewers that are not listed here may work, too:Viewer OS Supported documents Comment~ -Skim |ls_u_5| Apple / OS X Tiger PDF Supports also - inverse searching -PDFView |ls_u_6| Apple / OS X PDF No longer in - development, - supports also - inverse searching -TeXniscope |ls_u_7| Apple PDF, DVI -YAP |ls_u_8| Windows DVI, PS ships with MikTex -Sumatra PDF |ls_u_9| Windows PDF -kdvi |ls_u_10| Linux/UNIX DVI -okular |ls_u_11| Linux/UNIX DVI, PDF, PS and Included in KDE 4 - many more -xdvi |ls_u_12| Linux/UNIX DVI -xdvik |ls_u_13| Linux/UNIX DVI - -Pressing \ls from within Vim should make the viewer display the portion of the -document where your cursor is placed.NOTE: OS/X users need to set the g:Tex_TreatMacViewerAsUNIX flag to 1 and - provide a UNIX-like viewrule, that expects as arguments the document, the - linenumber and the sourcefile in this order. - - - - *enabling-searching* *ls_a_ed* -NOTE: Enabling Forward and Inverse Searching - -------------------------------------- - Most DVI viewers need "source-special" information in order to do forward - (and inverse) searching. This information is embedded in the dvi file if - the LaTeX source is compiled with the --src-specials option. By default, - Latex-Suite does not supply this argument to the compiler. See the section - on to find out how this option can be set. - - For pdf viewers you need to use the pdfsync |ls_u_14| package in your - LaTeX document. - - - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -Inverse Searching *ls_7_3* *ls_a_ch* - *inverse-searching* - -Inverse searching refers to the viewer telling Vim to display the LaTeX source -file at a given location when you double-click in the viewer window. - -You will need to enable searching [|ls_a_ed|] in order to use this -functionality. - -You will also need to specify certain settings to the DVI viewer conveying the -syntax which it needs to use to tell Vim how to display the source file. In YAP, -you can set this option in View > Options > Inverse Search. The Command Line -field needs to be set as follows: > - "C:\Program Files\vim\vim61\gvim" -c ":RemoteOpen +%l %f" -The command :RemoteOpen is supplied when you install Latex-Suite. - -On *nix machines, Latex-Suite attempts to call the DVI viewer in such a way that -it already knows how to communicate with Vim. If this does not seem to be -working, you can use the RemoteOpen command described above. - -================================================================================ -Latex Folding *ls_8* *ls_a_ci* - *latex-folding* - -|ls_8_1| Default Folding Scheme in Latex-Suite -|ls_8_2| Customizing what to fold -|ls_8_3| Editing the folding.vim file directly - - -Latex-Suite ships with the plugin SyntaxFolds.vim which is a plugin for creating -"fake" syntax folds on the fly. The fold method is actually manual but the -folding is based on LaTeX syntax. This offers a speed increase over regular -syntax folding. Ofcourse it has the disadvantage that the folds are not dynamic, -i.e newly created syntax items are not automatically folded up. (This is a -compromise between speed and convenience). - -When you open up a LaTeX file, all the portions will be automatically folded up. -However, no new folds will be created until you press <F6> or \rf. (rf stands -for "refresh folds"). - -The fold-text is set to the first line of the folded text unless the fold is a -table, figure etc. (an environment). In this case, if a \caption and/or a label -is found in the folded region, then those are used to make a more meaningful -fold-text, otherwise the second line of the environment is displayed along with -the name of the environment. In other words, the following > - \begin{figure}[h] - \centerline{\psfig{figure=slidercrank.eps,height=6cm}} - \caption{The Slider Crank Mechanism.} - \label{fig:slidercrank} - \end{figure} - % a LaTeX comment. - \begin{eqnarray} - \sin(\pi) = 0 - \end{eqnarray} - - -will be shown as: > - +--- 5 lines: figure (fig:slidercrank) : The Slider Crank Mechanism. ----- - % a LaTeX comment. - +--- 3 lines: eqnarray () : \sin(\pi) = 0 -------------------------------- - - - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -Default Folding Scheme in Latex-Suite *ls_8_1* *ls_a_cj* - *default-folding* - -By default Latex-Suite creates folds in the following manner: - - > - \chapter - \section - %%fakesection - \subsection - \subsubsection - \item - \equation - \eqnarray - \figure - \table - \footnote -The indentation shows the "nestedness" of the folding scheme. See the next -section [|ls_a_ck|] to see how you can change this scheme. - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -Customizing what to fold *ls_8_2* *ls_a_ck* - *customizing-what-to-fold* - -From version 1.6 onwards, the folding in Latex-Suite can be controlled to a -large extent via a number of global variables. - - - -Tex_FoldedSections *ls_8_2_1* *ls_a_cl* - *Tex_FoldedSections* - -This entry defines which sections will be folded. This setting is a comma -separated list of section names. The default value is: > - part,chapter,section,%%fakesection, - subsection,subsubsection,paragraph -Each of the entries in the list will fold up a section of the corresponding -name. The %%fakesection section is provided as a means for the user to group -lines into "fake" sections. A %%fakesection is assumed to start on a line which -begins with the string %%fakesection and continue till the start of the next -\section, \subsection or any other section. - -See also advanced fold settings [|ls_a_cp|]. - - -Tex_FoldedEnvironments *ls_8_2_2* *ls_a_cm* - *Tex_FoldedEnvironments* - -This entry defines which environments will be folded. It is a comma separated -string of words each of which defines a single environment. The default setting -is > - verbatim,comment,eq,gather, - align,figure,table,thebibliography, - keywords,abstract,titlepage -The words need not be standard Latex environments. You can add any word you -like. Also, each word will fold up all environments whose name begins with that -word. For example, in the setting above, the word "eq" folds up the -\begin{equation}, \begin{eqnarray}, \begin{eqnarray*} environments. To avoid -this, you can replace the word "eq" with "eq}". - -See also advanced fold settings [|ls_a_cp|]. - - -Tex_FoldedCommands *ls_8_2_3* *ls_a_cn* - *Tex_FoldedCommands* - -This entry defines which commands will be folded. It is a comma separated string -of words each of which defines a single command. The default setting is empty, -i.e no commands are folded. The words need not be standard Latex commands. You -can use whatever words you like. Each word will fold all commands whose name -begins with that word as in the case of the Tex_FoldedEnvironments [|ls_a_cm|] -variable. - -NOTE: It is very difficult to fold commands reliably because it is very - difficult to create a regexp which will match a line containing unmatched - parentheses (or curly brackets), but will not match a line containing - matched parentheses. - - Just to make things safer, only lines which start a command but do not - contain additional curly braces after the command has started are folded. - In other words, if you wanted to fold the the command "mycommand", then - the lines > - \mycommand{This is a line - and some more text on the next line - } -< will be folded, but the lines > - \mycommand{This is a \textbf{line} - and some more text - } -< will not be folded. This is a bug which is very difficult to fix. - - -See also advanced fold settings [|ls_a_cp|]. - - -Tex_FoldedMisc *ls_8_2_4* *ls_a_co* - *Tex_FoldedMisc* - -This entry defines fold syntax for certain items which do not naturally fit into -the section, environment of command lists. It is a comma separated list of -words. The default value is: > - item,preamble,<<< -NOTE: Unlike the other Tex_FoldedXXXX variables, the words in this setting are - limited to take values from the following list: - - Value Meaning~ - comments Folds up contiguous blocks of comments - item Folds up the \items within list environments - preamble Folds up the preamble of a document. (The part between the - \documentclass command and the \begin{document} environment) - <<< Folds defined manually by the user using the <<< and >>> strings - as fold-markers. - - Any other words in the Tex_FoldedMisc setting are silently ignored. - - - -See also advanced fold settings [|ls_a_cp|]. - - -Advanced Fold setting details *ls_8_2_5* *ls_a_cp* - *fold-setting-advanced* - -The order of the words in the Tex_FoldedXXXX variables is _important_. The order -defines the order in which the folds are nested. For example, the value -"subsection,section" for the Tex_FoldedSections variable will not fold any -subsections at all. This is because the folds are created in the _reverse_ order -in which they occur in the Tex_FoldedSections setting and also, once a fold is -created, the interior of the fold is not examined for creating additional folds. -In the above case, this means that a \section is folded first and then its -interior is not examined further. The correct value should have been -"section,subsection" - - *fold-setting-adding* *ls_a_ee* -Each of the fold setting variables Tex_FoldedSections, Tex_FoldedEnvironments -etc., as explained previously is a comma separated string of variables. However, -to make it easier to _add_ to the default settings without having to repeat the -whole default setting again, Latex-Suite uses the following logic in forming the -complete setting string from the Tex_FoldedXXXX variables. If the variable -starts with a comma, then Tex_FoldedXXXX is added to the end of the default -string rather than replacing it. Similarly, if it ends with a comma, then it -will be prepended to the beginning of the default setting rather than replacing -it. - -For example, if Tex_FoldedEnvironments is set to the string "myenv", then only -an environment of the form \begin{myenv} will be folded. However, if the -Tex_FoldedEnvironments setting is ",myenv", then the \begin{myenv} environment -will be folded after all other environments in the default setting have been -folded. On the other hand if Tex_FoldedEnvironments is of the form "myenv,", the -\begin{myenv} environment will be folded before the rest of the environments in -the default setting. - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -Editing the folding.vim file directly *ls_8_3* *ls_a_cq* - *editing-folding* - -If you are using version 1.5 of Latex-Suite or older, you will need to directly -edit the $VIM/ftplugin/latex-suite/folding.vim file if you wish to modify the -folding scheme. You will need to modify the function MakeTexFolds() defined in -that file to modify the fold syntax. MakeTexFolds makes a number of calls to -AddSyntaxFoldItem. Each such call defines a new "fold item". The order in which -these calls are made defines how the folds are nested. For example, if you -desire an figure environment to be nested within a section, then you should -define the fold for the figure first. The syntax of AddSyntaxFoldItem is as -follows: > - AddSyntaxFoldItem(startpat, endpat, startoff, endoff [, startskip, endskip]) -If the last two arguments are omitted, then they are assumed to default to the -empty strings ''. The explanation for each argument is as follows: - -Argument Explanation~ -startpat a line matching this pattern defines the beginning of a fold. -endpat a line matching this pattern defines the end of a fold. -startoff this is the offset from the starting line at which folding will - actually start -endoff like startoff, but gives the offset of the actual fold end from the - line satisfying endpat. startoff and endoff are necessary when the - folding region does not have a specific end pattern corresponding to - a start pattern. for example in LaTeX, \section{Section Name} defines - the beginning of a section, but there is no command which - specifically ends a section. Thus a \section is assumed to end 1 line - _before_ another section starts. -startskip A Pattern Which Defines The Beginning Of A "Skipped" Region. - - For example, suppose we define a \itemize fold as follows: > - = '^\s*\\item', - = '^\s*\\item\|^\s*\\end{\(enumerate\|itemize\|description\)}', - = 0, - = -1 -< - - This defines a fold which starts with a line beginning with an \item - and ending one line before a line beginning with an \item or - \end{enumerate} etc. - - Then, as long as \item's are not nested things are fine. However, - once items begin to nest, the fold started by one \item can end - because of an \item in an \itemize environment within this \item. - i.e, the following can happen: > - \begin{itemize} - \item Some text <------- fold will start here - This item will contain a nested item - \begin{itemize} <----- fold will end here because next line contains \item... - \item Hello - \end{itemize} <----- ... instead of here. - \item Next item of the parent itemize - \end{itemize} -< - - Therefore, in order to completely define a folding item which allows - nesting, we need to also define a "skip" pattern. startskip and end - skip do that. Leave '' when there is no nesting. -endskip the pattern which defines the end of the "skip" pattern for nested - folds. - -NOTE: Example 1 - --------- - A syntax fold region for the latex section is defined with the following - arguments to AddSyntaxFoldItem: > - startpat = "\\section{" - endpat = "\\section{" - startoff = 0 - endoff = -1 - startskip = '' - endskip = '' -< Note that the start and end patterns are thus the same and endoff has a - negative value to capture the effect of a section ending one line before - the next starts. - - -NOTE: Example 2 - --------- - A syntax fold region for the \itemize environment is: > - startpat = '^\s*\\item', - endpat = '^\s*\\item\|^\s*\\end{\(enumerate\|itemize\|description\)}', - startoff = 0, - endoff = -1, - startskip = '^\s*\\begin{\(enumerate\|itemize\|description\)}', - endskip = '^\s*\\end{\(enumerate\|itemize\|description\)}' -< Note the use of startskip and endskip to allow nesting. - - - -================================================================================ -Multiple file LaTeX projects *ls_9* *ls_a_cr* - *latex-project* - -|ls_9_1| Latex-Suite project settings -|ls_9_2| Specifying which file to compile - - - *latex-project-example* *ls_a_ef* -Many LaTeX projects contain multiple source files which are \included from a -master file. A typical example of this situation is a directory layout such as -the following - - > - thesis/ - main.tex - abstract.tex - intro/ - intro.tex - figures/ - fig1.eps - fig2.eps - chapter1/ - chap1.tex - figures/ - fig1.eps - conclusion/ - conclusion.tex - figures/ - - -In the above case, main.tex will typically look like - - > - % file: main.tex - \documentclass{report} - \begin{document} - - \input{abstract.tex} - \input{intro/intro.tex} - \input{chapter1/chap1.tex} - \input{conclusion/conclusion.tex} - - \end{document} - - - *latex-master-file-specification* *ls_a_eg* -In such situations, you will need to convey to Latex-Suite that main.tex is the -main file which \inputs the other files. This is done by creating an empty file -called main.tex.latexmain in the same directory in which main.tex resides. This -file is called the _master file_ in this manual. See Tex_MainFileExpression -[|ls_a_eh|] for an alternative way of specifying the master file. - -NOTE: Here main.tex.latexmain is (obviously) a different file from main.tex - itself. main.tex need not be renamed. This ofcourse restricts each - directory to have a single master file. - - -Each time Latex-Suite opens a new LaTeX file, it will try to see if it is part -of a multiple file project by searching upwards (to the root of the file-system) -from the current file's directory to see if it finds a file of the form -*.latexmain. If such a file is found, then it is considered that the current -file is part of a larger project. The name of the LaTeX master file is inferred -directly from the first part of the *.latexmain file as described in the example -above. - - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -Latex-Suite project settings *ls_9_1* *ls_a_cs* - *latex-project-settings* - -If a master file [|ls_a_ct|] is found, then Latex-Suite :sources the file. Thus -this file needs to contain valid Vim commands. This file is typically used to -store project specific settings. - -Some typical per-project settings which are best put in the master file are -Tex_ProjectSourceFiles [|ls_a_dt|] - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -Specifying which file to compile *ls_9_2* *ls_a_ct* - *latex-master-file* - -In the example described previously [|ls_a_ef|], if you are editing -intro/intro.tex and press \ll, then you still want Latex-Suite to compile -main.tex, because intro/intro.tex is merely a fragment which is \input'ed into -main.tex. If the master file is already specified using the *.latexmain -convention described previously [|ls_a_ef|], then Latex-Suite will automatically -compile the master file when you are editing any of its \input'ed fragments. -Thus pressing \ll while editing intro/intro.tex will compile main.tex. - - *Tex_MainFileExpression* *ls_a_eh* -If you wish to use some different logic to specify the main file name, you can -specify a custom expression via the Tex_MainFileExpression variable. This is a -string containing a valid vim expression. In addition, you can use a variable -modifier which is in the format used for |filename-modifiers|, for example, -':p:h'. You should utilize this variable to modify the filename of the main -file. > - let g:Tex_MainFileExpression = 'MainFile(modifier)' - function! MainFile(fmod) - if glob('*.latexmain') != '' - return fnamemodify(glob('*.latexmain'), a:fmod) - else - return '' - endif - endif - - -================================================================================ -Latex-Suite Commands and Maps *ls_10* *ls_a_cu* - *latex-suite-commands-maps* - -|ls_10_1| Latex-Suite Maps -|ls_10_2| Latex Suite Commands - - -This section describes the maps and commands used in Latex-Suite. It also -describes a way to change the map sequences according to your preference. - - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -Latex-Suite Maps *ls_10_1* *ls_a_cv* - *latex-suite-maps* - - *remapping-latex-suite-keys* *ls_a_ei* -Most of the mappings used in Latex-Suite can be mapped to a different key -combination to suit your particular needs. An example best explains the -procedure for doing this. Suppose you want to remap the <C-j> key which -Latex-Suite (actually imaps.vim) uses to jump to the next placeholder. To do -this, you first need to find out which <Plug> mapping <C-j> is derived from. You -will need to look at the relevant section of this manual to do this. For -example, the section IMAP mappings [|ls_a_cw|] has the information that the -<C-j> key is derived from <Plug>IMAP_JumpForward. Therefore to remap the <C-j> -key to say <C-space>, you will need to put a statement like the following in -your ~/.vimrc. > - imap <C-space> <Plug>IMAP_JumpForward - - -NOTE: To change the IMAP mappings which affect jumping between placeholders, the - map statement above has to be placed in your ~/.vimrc. For other mappings - you can place the map statement in your $VIM/ftplugin/tex.vim file. The - reason for this is that the <C-j> maps are created in plugin/imaps.vim, - which is sourced as soon as Vim starts before sourcing any ftplugin files. - - - - -IMAP mappings *ls_10_1_1* *ls_a_cw* - *customize-imap-maps* - -These mappings are utilized for jumping between placeholders as described here -[|ls_a_eD|]. See the parent section [|ls_a_cv|] to find out how to use this -information to change the default maps. - - *Plug_IMAP_JumpForward* *ls_a_ej* - *Plug_IMAP_JumpBack* *ls_a_ek* - *Plug_IMAP_DeleteAndJumpForward* *ls_a_el* - *Plug_IMAP_DeleteAndJumBack* *ls_a_em* -Plug map Default Key~ -<Plug>IMAP_JumpForward <C-j> -<Plug>IMAP_JumpBack (none) -<Plug>IMAP_DeleteAndJumpForward (none) -<Plug>IMAP_DeleteAndJumpBack (none) - -<Plug>IMAP_JumpForward takes you to the location of the next place-holder -[|ls_a_eD|]. - -<Plug>IMAP_JumpBack takes you to the previous place-holder [|ls_a_eD|]. - -<Plug>IMAP_DeleteAndJumpForward deletes the presently selected place-holder and -jumps to the next place-holder irrespective of whether the present placeholder -is empty or not and ignoring the value of place-holder settings like -g:Imap_DeleteEmptyPlaceHolders [|ls_a_cW|] and g:Imap_StickyPlaceHolders -[|ls_a_cX|] - -<Plug>IMAP_DeleteAndJumpBack deletes the presently selected place-holder and -jumps to the previous place-holder irrespective of whether the present -placeholder is empty or not and ignoring the value of place-holder settings like -g:Imap_DeleteEmptyPlaceHolders [|ls_a_cW|] and g:Imap_StickyPlaceHolders -[|ls_a_cX|] - - -Alt-Key mappings *ls_10_1_2* *ls_a_cx* - *customize-alt-key-maps* - -These mappings are are described in the section Alt key macros [|ls_a_bA|]. See -the parent section [|ls_a_ei|] to see how to use the following information to -remap keys. - - *Plug_Tex_MathBF* *ls_a_en* - *Plug_Tex_MathCal* *ls_a_eo* - *Plug_Tex_LeftRight* *ls_a_ep* - *Plug_Tex_InsertItemOnThisLine* *ls_a_eq* -Plug Mapping Default Key~ -<Plug>Tex_MathBF <Alt-B> -<Plug>Tex_MathCal <Alt-C> -<Plug>Tex_LeftRight <Alt-L> -<Plug>Tex_InsertItemOnThisLine <Alt-I> - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -Latex Suite Commands *ls_10_2* *ls_a_cy* - *latex-suite-commands* - - - -:TMacro [{macro}] *ls_10_2_1* *ls_a_cz* *TMacro* - -When used without any arguments lists all available macros defined in runtime -ftplugin/latex-suite/macros/ directories and prompts you to choose one of them. -With one argument |:read| this macro under cursor position. With more than one -argument it will not work :) In Vim >= 6.2 works completion of names of macros -(see 'wildmenu', 'wildmode' for more about command-line completion). - - -:TMacroEdit [{macro}] *ls_10_2_2* *ls_a_cA* - *TMacroEdit* - -Splits window for editing {macro}. When used without any arguments lists all -available macros defined in runtime ftplugin/latex-suite/macros/ directories and -prompt you to choose one of them. When you try to edit {macro} not from local -directory Latex-Suite will copy it to your local directory with suffix "-local". -If local copy already exists Latex-Suite prompt for overwriting it. In Vim >= -6.2 works completion of names of macros (see 'wildmenu', 'wildmode' for more -about command-line completion). - - -:TMacroNew *ls_10_2_3* *ls_a_cB* - *TMacroNew* - -Splits window to write new macro. Directory in new buffer is locally changed to -Latex-Suite/macros/. - - -:TMacroDelete [{macro}] *ls_10_2_4* *ls_a_cC* - *TMacroDelete* - -Delets {macro} from your local ftplugin/latex-suite/macros/ directory. When used -without any arguments lists all available macros defined in Latex-Suite/macros/ -directory and prompt you to choose one of them. When you choose to delete -{macro} which is not in your local directory Latex-Suite will refuse to delete -it. In Vim >= 6.2 works completion of names of macros (see 'wildmenu', -'wildmode' for more about command-line completion) - - -:TPackage [{package, ...}] *ls_10_2_5* *ls_a_cD* - *TPackage* - -When used without any arguments lists name of the packages for which support is -available. If you are using Vim GUI and have Tex_Menus set to 1, then it will -list all files found in the $VIM/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages directory. -Otherwise, Latex-Suite will list files found in the -$VIM/ftplugin/latex-suite/dictionaries directory. Choosing a file from the list -will insert a > - \usepackage[<++>]{<packname>} -line into the buffer at the current cursor location. For Vim 6.2 and above, you -can use command-line completion to choose a package file. You can also call -TPackage with one or more package names separated with spaces in which case, -Latex-Suite will insert \usepackage lines for each of them in turn. - -After inserting the \usepackage line(s), Latex-Suite will support it (them) in -various ways as described in the section Actions taken for supported packages -[|ls_a_bL|]. - - -:TPackageUpdate *ls_10_2_6* *ls_a_cE* - *TPackageUpdate* - -This command `reads' name of package under cursor and turns on possible support. - - -:TPackageUpdateAll *ls_10_2_7* *ls_a_cF* - *TPackageUpdateAll* - -After issuing this command latexSuite scans the file in looking for not declared -packages, removing not needed entries from Packages menu and turning off not -necessary packages' dictionaries. - - -:TTemplate [{template}] *ls_10_2_8* *ls_a_cG* - *TTemplate* - -When used without any arguments lists all available templates from -latex-suite/templates/ directory and prompts to choose one of them. With one -argument :0|read| {template} file. With more than one argument it will not work -:) In Vim >= 6.2 works completion of names of macros (see 'wildmenu', 'wildmode' -for more about command-line completion) - - -:TSection [{argument}] *ls_10_2_9* *ls_a_cH* - *TSection* - -Used without any arguments inserts last section type (|latex-sectioning|). -Accepts arguments: n> inserts section name in <n> logical level. Levels are: -0 part -1 chapter -2 section -3 subsection -4 subsubsection -5 paragraph -6 subparagraph - - -+<n> inserts section name <n> logical levels above the last used comand --<n> inserts section name <n> logical levels below the last used comand -+ inserts section name one logical level below the last used command (equal - to +1). -++ inserts section name two logical levels below the last used command (equal - to +2). -- inserts section name one logical level over the last used command (equal - to -1). --- inserts section name two logical levels over the last used command (equal - to -2). - - - -Command accepts also latexSuite mappings (|latex-macros|) without preceding S -and in lowercase: > - :TSection pa -will result in \part{}. It is possible to use full names of sections: :TSection -part - - -:TSectionAdvanced *ls_10_2_10* *ls_a_cI* - *TSectionAdvanced* - -Accepts the same arguments as |TSection| but leads to a couple of questions -(whether you want to include the section in the table of contents, whether there -is a shorter name for the table of contents) and then creates a more intelligent -template. - - -:TLook *ls_10_2_11* *ls_a_cJ* *TLook* - -Accepts one argument. Will look through .tex files in directory of edited file -for argument. It can be regexp. You don't have to enclose argument in "". <cr> -takes you to location. Other keys work as described in |latex-viewer|. Note: -TLook uses :grep command and is using 'grepprg'. Its regular expressions can be -different from those of Vim. - - -:TLookBib *ls_10_2_12* *ls_a_cK* - *TLookBib* - -Accepts one argument. Will look through .bib files in directory of edited file -for argument. It can be regexp. You don't have to enclose argument in "". <cr> -takes you to location. Other keys work as described in |latex-viewer|. - -NOTE: TLookBib uses :grep command and is using 'grepprg'. Its regular - expressions can be different from those of Vim. - - - - -:TLookAll *ls_10_2_13* *ls_a_cL* - *TLookAll* - -Accepts one argument. Will look through all files in directory of edited file -for argument. It can be regexp. You don't have to enclose argument in "". <cr> -takes you to location. Other keys work as described in |latex-viewer|. Note: -TLook uses :grep command and is using 'grepprg'. Its regular expressions can be -different from those of Vim. - - -:TPartComp *ls_10_2_14* *ls_a_cM* - *TPartComp* - -No argument allowed but accepts range in all formats. Define fragment of -interest with :'a,'b, :/a/,/b/, :'<,'> or :20,30. All other rules of compilation -apply. - - -:TPartView *ls_10_2_15* *ls_a_cN* - *TPartView* - -Show last compiled fragment. All rules of viewing apply but |latex-searching|. - - -:Tshortcuts [{arg}] *ls_10_2_16* *ls_a_cO* - *Tshortcuts* - -Show shortcuts in terminal (not using menu). Without {arg} you will see simple -menu prompting for one of them. Possible arguments: -g General shortcuts -e Environment shortcuts -f Font shortcuts -s Section shortcuts -m Math shortcuts -a All shortcuts - -================================================================================ -Customizing Latex-Suite *ls_11* *ls_a_cP* - *customizing-latex-suite* - -|ls_11_1| General Settings -|ls_11_2| Place-Holder Customization -|ls_11_3| Macro Customization -|ls_11_4| Smart Key Customization -|ls_11_5| Latex Completion Customization -|ls_11_6| Compiler Customization -|ls_11_7| Viewer Customization -|ls_11_8| Menu Customization -|ls_11_9| Folding Customization -|ls_11_10| Package Handling Customization - - -Customizing Latex-Suite is done by defining certain global variables in -$VIM/ftplugin/tex.vim, where $VIM corresponds to ~/.vim for *nix machines and -~/vimfiles for windows machines. This file is not part of the Latex-Suite -distribution. You will need to create this file yourself (or modify it if it -exists) if you need to change any default settings. Since this file is not -included as part of the Latex-Suite distribution, it will not be over-written in -subsequent updates. - -The default settings in Latex-Suite are defined in -$VIM/ftplugin/latex-suite/texrc. Please take a look at this file if you find -this documentation incomplete or confusing. That file is also well documented. - -This chapter describes the various settings which effect Latex-Suite and their -default values. The settings are broken up into sections according to the -behavior which they influence. - - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -General Settings *ls_11_1* *ls_a_cQ* - *ls-general-purpose-settings* - - - -Tex_Debug *ls_11_1_1* *ls_a_cR* - *Tex_Debug* - -Type boolean -Default Value 0 - -If set to 1, then Latex-Suite will create certain global debug statements which -can be printed by doing > - :call Tex_PrintDebug() - - - -Tex_UsePython *ls_11_1_2* *ls_a_cS* - *Tex_UsePython* - -Type boolean -Default Value 1 - -If Latex-Suite detects that your vim is python enabled (using has('python')), -then it tries to use python in certain places to speed things up. If this -misbehaves, you can set this to zero, in which case, Latex-Suite will use -vimscript to accomplish the same. - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -Place-Holder Customization *ls_11_2* *ls_a_cT* - *customizing-place-holders* - -Latex-Suite uses place-holders [|ls_a_eD|] to minimize using the movement keys -while typing. The following settings affect how place-holders are used. - -NOTE: These setting need to be set in your ~/.vimrc, not $VIM/ftplugin/tex.vim - because these settings affect the behavior of imaps.vim, which is a global - plugin, not a file-type plugin. - - - - -g:Imap_UsePlaceHolders *ls_11_2_1* *ls_a_cU* - *Imap_UsePlaceHolders* - - -Type Boolean -Default Value 1 - -Setting this to zero completely disables using place-holders. - - -g:Imap_PlaceHolderStart & g:Imap_PlaceHolderEnd *ls_11_2_2* *ls_a_cV* - *Imap_PlaceHolderStart* - - *Imap_PlaceHolderEnd* *ls_a_er* -Setting Type Value~ -Imap_PlaceHolderStart String '<+' -Imap_PlaceHolderEnd String '+>' - -These settings affect the strings displayed at the beginning and end of the -place-holder string. Set these strings to a value different than a commonly -occurring sequence of characters. - -NOTE: TIP - --- - If you use the latin1 encoding and do not type in french, then you can set - these strings to the \xab and \xbb characters (the french quotation - marks). - - - - -g:Imap_DeleteEmptyPlaceHolders *ls_11_2_3* *ls_a_cW* - *Imap_DeleteEmptyPlaceHolders* - - -Type Boolean -Default Value 1 - -When set to one, non-descriptive or empty place-holders are deleted on pressing -<Ctrl-J>. - - -g:Imap_StickyPlaceHolders *ls_11_2_4* *ls_a_cX* - *Imap_StickyPlaceHolders* - - -Type Boolean -Default Value 1 - -When set to 1, in visual mode, <Ctrl-J> takes you to the next placeholder -without deleting the current placeholder. - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -Macro Customization *ls_11_3* *ls_a_cY* - *customizing-macros* - - - -Tex_Env_name *ls_11_3_1* *ls_a_cZ* - *Tex_Env_name* - -If you wish to wish to expand certain environments differently from the way -Latex-Suite does it, you can define custom expansions using global variables of -the form Tex_Env_{name} where name corresponds to the environment. - -For example, if you press <F5> after typing theorem, Latex-Suite will by default -expand it to > - \begin{theorem} - \label{<++>}<++> - \end{theorem}<++> -However, if you wish change this to > - \begin{theorem} - <++> - \end{theorem}<++> -then define the following variable > - let g:Tex_Env_theorem = "\\begin{theorem}\<CR><++>\<CR>\\end{theorem}" -< - -If the expansion uses special keys such as carriage return etc, then use -double-quotes and use the "\<key>" notation for special keys. Backslashes have -to be doubled. - -You could even use strings returned by functions as the expansion by using the -IMAP_PutTextWithMovement() [|ls_a_ea|] function. - -If the name of the environment contains special characters (for example, the -eqnarray* environment), then use the following form: > - let g:Tex_Env_{'eqnarray*'} = - \ "\\begin{eqnarray*}\<CR><++> &=& <++>\<CR>\\end{eqnarray*}<++>" -This will make pressing <F5> after eqnarray* expand to > - \begin{eqnarray*} - <++> &=& <++> - \end{eqnarray*}<++> - - - -Tex_Com_name *ls_11_3_2* *ls_a_da* - *Tex_Com_name* - -If you wish to define new expansions for fast command insertion as described -here [|ls_a_bo|], or redefine expansions from the default values in Latex-Suite, -you will need to define variables of the form g:Tex_Com_{name} where name is a -command name. For example, with the setting > - let g:Tex_Com_frac = "\\frac{<++>}{<++>}<++>" -pressing <F7> after typing frac will change it to \frac{<++>}{<++>}<++> - -See Tex_Env_name [|ls_a_cZ|] for additional details on how to create this -setting in various special circumstances. - - -Enabling / disabling macros *ls_11_3_3* *ls_a_db* - *macro-enabling* - -The following variables disable various parts of the macro functionality of -Latex-Suite. See the links to the relevant sections to see what functionality -setting each of the variables to zero will take away. - - *Tex_EnvironmentMaps* *ls_a_es* - *Tex_EnvironmentMenus* *ls_a_et* - *Tex_FontMaps* *ls_a_eu* - *Tex_FontMenus* *ls_a_ev* - *Tex_SectionMaps* *ls_a_ew* - *Tex_SectionMenus* *ls_a_ex* -Setting Link to relevant section Default Value~ -g:Tex_EnvironmentMaps Environment Mappings [|ls_a_bf|] 1 -g:Tex_EnvironmentMenus 1 -g:Tex_FontMaps Font Mappings [|ls_a_bs|] 1 -g:Tex_FontMenus 1 -g:Tex_SectionMaps Section Mappings [|ls_a_bt|] 1 -g:Tex_SectionMenus 1 - - -g:Tex_UseMenuWizard *ls_11_3_4* *ls_a_dc* - *Tex_UseMenuWizard* - - -Type Boolean -Default Value 0 - -If this variable is set to 1, then when an environment is chosen from the menu -then for selected environments, Latex-Suite asks a series of questions on the -command line and inserts a template with the corresponding fields already filled -in. Setting this to zero will insert a template with place-holders [|ls_a_eD|] -marking off the places where fields need to be filled. - - -g:Imap_FreezeImap *ls_11_3_5* *ls_a_dd* - *Imap_FreezeImap* - -Type boolean -Default Value 0 - -This option when set to 1, temporarily freezes Latex-Suite's macro expansion. It -might be useful when you are using some other keymap which is causing excessive -macro expansion. Use a buffer-local variable of the same name if you wish to -affect just the present buffer. - - -g:Tex_CatchVisMapErrors *ls_11_3_6* *ls_a_de* - *Tex_CatchVisMapErrors* - - -Type Boolean -Default Value 1 - -With so many visual maps, its helpful to have a way of catching typing errors -made in visual mode. What this does is to prompt you to correct your visual mode -mapping if you start out with and then type some illegal keys. It basically maps -just the g:Tex_Leader character to a function. - - -g:Tex_Diacritics *ls_11_3_7* *ls_a_df* - *Tex_Diacritics* - - -Type Boolean -Default Value 0 - -Whether or not you want to use diacritics [|ls_a_bw|]. - - -g:Tex_Leader *ls_11_3_8* *ls_a_dg* - *Tex_Leader* - - -Type String -Default Value '`' - -The mappings in Latex-Suite are by default prefixed with the back-tick -character. For example, `/ inserts \frac{<++>}{<++>}<++> etc. You can change the -prefix with the following setting. ',', '/', '`' are preferred values. '' or '\' -will lead to a _lot_ of trouble. - -g:Tex_Leader is also used for visual mode mappings for fonts. - - -g:Tex_Leader2 *ls_11_3_9* *ls_a_dh* - *Tex_Leader2* - - -Type String -Default Value ',' - -In order to avoid clashes between the large number of visual mode macros -provided, the visual mode macros for environments [|ls_a_bm|] and sections start -with a character different from g:Tex_Leader. - - -g:Tex_PromptedEnvironments *ls_11_3_10* *ls_a_di* - *Tex_PromptedEnvironments* - - -Type String -Default Value 'eqnarray*,eqnarray,equation,equation*,\[,$$,align,align*' - -This string represents a comma separated list of fields corresponding to -environments. Pressing <F5> in insert-mode in the body of the document asks you -to choose from one of these environments to insert. - -Leaving this string empty will leave the <F5> key unmapped - - -g:Tex_HotKeyMappings *ls_11_3_11* *ls_a_dj* - *Tex_HotKeyMappings* - - -Type String -Default Value 'eqnarray*,eqnarray,bmatrix' - -This string represents a comma separated list of environments which are mapped -to <Shift-F-1> through <Shift-F-4>. For example, pressing <Shift-F-2> with this -setting inserts the eqnarray environment. - -Leaving this string empty will leave <Shift-F-1> through <Shift-F-4> unmapped. - -NOTE: Only the first four fields of this list are used. The rest are silently - ignored. - - - - -g:Tex_PromptedCommands *ls_11_3_12* *ls_a_dk* - *Tex_PromptedCommands* - - -Type String -Default Value 'footnote,cite,pageref,label' - -This string represents a comma separated list of LaTeX commands which -Latex-Suite uses for the <F7> and <S-F7> maps as described here [|ls_a_bo|]. - -Leaving this string empty will leave the <F7> key unmapped. - - -Tex_ItemStyle_environment *ls_11_3_13* *ls_a_dl* - *Tex_ItemStyle_environment* - -This setting affects the style which Latex-Suite uses to insert an \item when -<Alt-I> is pressed as described here [|ls_a_bE|]. By default Latex-Suite defines -styles for the following environments: - -Environment Style~ -itemize \item -enumerate \item -theindex \item -thebibliography \item[<+biblabel+>]{<+bibkey+>} <++> -description \item[<+label+>] <++> - -Each style is defined by a variable of the form g:Tex_ItemStyle_{envname} where -envname is the name of the environment for which the style is defined. For -example, by default > - g:Tex_ItemStyle_description = '\item[<+label+>] <++>' -Redefining the style for a particular environment or defining a style for an -entirely new environment is simply a matter of setting the value of a variable -of the corresponding name. - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -Smart Key Customization *ls_11_4* *ls_a_dm* - *customizing-smart-keys* - -These settings affect the smart key functionality as described here [|ls_a_bz|]. - - - -g:Tex_SmartKeyBS *ls_11_4_1* *ls_a_dn* - *Tex_SmartKeyBS* - - -Type Boolean -Default Value 1 - -Whether or not <Backspace> deletes diacritics. - - -g:Tex_SmartKeyQuote *ls_11_4_2* *ls_a_do* - *Tex_SmartKeyQuote* - - -Type Boolean -Default Value 1 - -Whether or not the smart quotes [|ls_a_bz|] functionality is available. - -If enabled, the quote characters can be customized by setting the following -variables: - -Setting Value~ -g:Tex_SmartQuoteOpen "``" -g:Tex_SmartQuoteClose "''" - -Non-English users will want to change these settings to their locale. These -global variables will be ignored if there are buffer-local variables (with the -same name), which may be set in the language specific package files, such as -$VIM/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/german. - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -Latex Completion Customization *ls_11_5* *ls_a_dp* - *customizing-latex-completion* - -The following settings affect the completion [|ls_a_bR|] functionality in -Latex-Suite. - - - -Window size settings *ls_11_5_1* *ls_a_dq* - *completion-window-preferences* - -These three settings affect the aesthetics of the completion functionality. - - *Tex_ViewerCwindowHeight* *ls_a_ey* - *Tex_ViewerPreviewHeight* *ls_a_ez* - *Tex_ExplorerHeight* *ls_a_eA* - *Tex_ImageDir* *ls_a_eB* -Setting Explanation Default Value~ -g:Tex_ViewerCwindowHeight The height of the cwindow which 5 - displays the list of \labels - etc. -g:Tex_ViewerPreviewHeight The height of the preview window 10 - which shows the context of a - \label etc. -g:Tex_ExplorerHeight The height of the explorer 10 - window which lists the files - from which to choose an image - file. -g:Tex_ImageDir The directory to scan for images '' - - -g:Tex_BIBINPUTS *ls_11_5_2* *ls_a_dr* - *Tex_BIBINPUTS* - - -Type string -Default Value '' - -This string describes the directories which are scanned while trying to search -for .bib and .bbl files. See the cite completion section [|ls_a_bU|] for more -details. - -This string should be set in the syntax accepted by Vim's native 'path' setting. -Do not include the present directory '.'. While searching for bibliography -files, the present directory will be prepended to this variable. - - -Tex_UseSimpleLabelSearch *ls_11_5_3* *ls_a_ds* - *Tex_UseSimpleLabelSearch* - -When set to 1, Latex-Suite searches for \labels in all .tex files in the -directory containing the file being edited when <F9> is pressed. See \ref -completion [|ls_a_bT|] for details. - - -g:Tex_ProjectSourceFiles *ls_11_5_4* *ls_a_dt* - *Tex_ProjectSourceFiles* - - -Type String -Default Value '' - -This setting is meant to be initialized on a per-project basis using the -Latex-Suite master file [|ls_a_ct|] as described in Latex-Suite Project -[|ls_a_cr|] section. It is a list of source files which are used in the project. -If defined, then instead of using the logic described in -Tex_UseSimpleLabelSearch [|ls_a_ds|] to search for files in which to search for -\labels, we simply search for \labels in this list. This significantly reduces -the time it takes to generate the list of possible completions for large -projects. - -The list is specified as a whitespace separated list of filenames relative to -the location of the main file. - - -g:Tex_RememberCiteSearch *ls_11_5_5* *ls_a_du* - *Tex_RememberCiteSearch* - - -Type Boolean -Default Value 0 - -When this variable is non-zero, then Latex-Suite will try to remember results -from the \cite completion as described in this section [|ls_a_bV|]. - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -Compiler Customization *ls_11_6* *ls_a_dv* - *customizing-compiling* - -The following settings affect Latex-Suite's compilation functionality - - - -g:Tex_DefaultTargetFormat *ls_11_6_1* *ls_a_dw* - *Tex_DefaultTargetFormat* - - -Type String -Default Value dvi for windows/*nix and pdf for mac - -Use this setting to choose the default target format. For example, setting this -to pdf makes Latex-Suite compile a pdf file when you press \ll and fire up the -pdf viewer on pressing \lv. Make sure that a rules for compiling and viewing -have been defined for this target format as described here [|ls_a_dx|] and here -[|ls_a_dF|]. - - -g:Tex_CompileRule_<format> *ls_11_6_2* *ls_a_dx* - *Tex_CompileRule_format* - -Here <format> refers to the target format for which this rule is defined. -Latex-Suite supports compiling into dvi, ps and pdf by default. All these rules -are strings defined by default as follows: - - -g:Tex_CompileRule_dvi 'latex -interaction=nonstopmode $*' -g:Tex_CompileRule_ps 'ps2pdf $*' -g:Tex_CompileRule_pdf 'pdflatex -interaction=nonstopmode $*' - -If you desire forward and inverse searching via Latex-Suite, you will need to -change g:Tex_CompileRule_dvi to include -src-specials. However, this has been -known to cause problems with the output file. Therefore, use this with care. - - -g:Tex_FormatDependency_<format> *ls_11_6_3* *ls_a_dy* - -Type string -Default Value '' - -By default, there are no format dependencies defined. Each definition is of the -form above where <format> is a string such as 'dvi' etc. - -The value of each string is a comma separated string such as 'dvi,ps'. See the -Compiler dependency [|ls_a_ca|] section to see how to use/specify this setting - - -g:Tex_MultipleCompileFormats *ls_11_6_4* *ls_a_dz* - *Tex_MultipleCompileFormats* - -Type string -Default Value 'dvi' - -This is a comma separated string of formats for which the compiler needs to be -called multiple times in order to get cross-references, citations etc right. See -the Compiling multiple times [|ls_a_cb|] section for details. - - -g:Tex_IgnoredWarnings *ls_11_6_5* *ls_a_dA* - *Tex_IgnoredWarnings* - - -Type String -Default Value a new-line separated list of patterns as described below - -The default value of this setting is > - \"Underfull\n". - \"Overfull\n". - \"specifier changed to\n". - \"You have requested\n". - \"Missing number, treated as zero.\n". - \"There were undefined references\n" - \"Citation %.%# undefined" -This setting defines a set of patterns which will be filtered out when -displaying the output from the latex compiler. This is to aid in filtering out -very common warnings/errors. - -NOTE: Remember to check the value of g:Tex_IgnoreLevel [|ls_a_dB|] when you - change this setting. For example, if you append a new pattern which you - would like to ignore by default, increase the value of g:Tex_IgnoreLevel. - - - - -g:Tex_IgnoreLevel *ls_11_6_6* *ls_a_dB* - *Tex_IgnoreLevel* - - -Type Integer -Default Value 7 - -This setting defines a "filter level" or an "ignore level". A value of 7 for -instance means that any warning/error matching with any of the first 7 fields of -g:Tex_IgnoredWarnings [|ls_a_dA|] will be ignored. Setting this value to zero -will mean that no error/warning is ignored. However, even with a value of zero, -Latex-Suite will filter out most of the text which a LaTeX compiler typically -produces. Use > - TCLevel strict -from within Vim in order to see all the lines from the compiler's output. - - -g:Tex_UseMakefile *ls_11_6_7* *ls_a_dC* - *Tex_UseMakefile* - -Type boolean -Default Value 1 - -When set to 1, then if a makefile or Makefile is present in the current -directory, then Latex-Suite sets the makeprg option to just "make <target>", -where <target> is the target format chosen using the TCTarget or TTarget -commands. - -When set to 0, then Latex-Suite will set the makeprg setting to whatever is -defined by the g:Tex_CompileRule_target [|ls_a_dx|] setting. - - -g:Tex_GotoError *ls_11_6_8* *ls_a_dD* - *Tex_GotoError* - - -Type boolean -Default Value 1 - -If set to 1, then pressing \ll will take you to the location of the first -warning/error, otherwise you will remain in the original location but the -errors/warnings will be listed in the preview window. - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -Viewer Customization *ls_11_7* *ls_a_dE* - *customizing-viewing* - -The following settings affect how Latex-Suite will display compiled files. - - - -g:Tex_ViewRule_<format> *ls_11_7_1* *ls_a_dF* - *Tex_ViewRule_format* - -Here <format> refers to a format such as dvi, ps, etc. This variable defines the -program which will be called to display a file of that format. - -By default, Latex-Suite defines viewer programs for viewing DVI, PS and PDF -formats as follows: - - Windows Unix~ -g:Tex_ViewRule_dvi 'yap -1' 'xdvi' -g:Tex_ViewRule_ps 'gsview32' 'ghostview' -g:Tex_ViewRule_pdf 'AcroRd32' 'xpdf' - -For Macintosh systems, these strings are left empty by default. This lets the -system pick the program for each format. If you define these variables for Mac, -the system choice will be over-ridden. - -Latex-Suite appends file.format to the above settings while calling the external -programs. For example, with > - let g:Tex_ViewRule_dvi = 'yap -1' -yap is called as > - !start yap -1 file.dvi -from within Vim. (The initial start is used on Windows platforms is to make yap -start as a separate process.) If you find the way Latex-Suite constructs the -command line too restrictive, you can use the Tex_ViewRuleComplete_format -[|ls_a_dG|] setting for more complete control on how the command line is -constructed while calling the external program for viewing. - -NOTE: For windows, you will need to set the $PATH variable to include the paths - to yap, AcroRd32, gsview32 and any other programs. See your system - documentation for how to do this. - - -NOTE: Default Viewing Format - ---------------------- - To change the default format for viewing files, set the - g:Tex_DefaultTargetFormat [|ls_a_dw|] variable. - - - - -Tex_ViewRuleComplete_<format> *ls_11_7_2* *ls_a_dG* - *Tex_ViewRuleComplete_format* - -Here <format> refers to the extension of a output format such as dvi, html etc. - -Tex_ViewRuleComplete_format takes precedence over Tex_ViewRule_format if both -are specified. By default, Latex-Suite does not define values for -Tex_ViewRuleComplete_format for any format. Unlike in the case of -Tex_ViewRule_format, Latex-Suite does not modify Tex_ViewRuleComplete_format at -all in constructing the command line. The only modification is to substitute -'$*' everywhere in the string with the name of the file being viewed (without -the extension). - -NOTE: IMPORTANT - --------- - Make sure you make the process go into the background otherwise vim will - wait for the viewer to terminate before letting you edit the file again. - - To make a process go into the background on a *nix platform, use a - trailing & in the setting. On Windows, use start at the beginning of the - setting. Example: Suppose you have a latex->html converter which converts - a file say foo.tex to a file foo/index.html. Then you would use: > - " On *nix platform - let g:Tex_ViewRuleComplete_html = 'MozillaFirebird $*/index.html &' - " On windows platform - let g:Tex_ViewRuleComplete_html = 'start MozillaFirebird $*/index.html' -< - - - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -Menu Customization *ls_11_8* *ls_a_dH* - *customizing-menus* - -In addition to using the variables defined in this section to affect the -menu-layout permanently (i.e, the layout Latex-Suite will start with), you can -also use the TeX-Suite > Configure Menu menu to dynamically configure the menu -layout after Latex-Suite has started. - - - -g:Tex_Menus *ls_11_8_1* *ls_a_dI* - *Tex_Menus* - - -Type Boolean -Default Value 1 - -If set to 0, Latex-Suite will suppress showing all menus. Useful if you mostly -work in terminals. - - -g:Tex_MainMenuLocation *ls_11_8_2* *ls_a_dJ* - *Tex_MainMenuLocation* - - -Type number -Default Value 80 - -This setting decides the location of the first top-level Latex-Suite menu. You -can for example shift all the menus created by Latex-Suite to the very end by -setting this value to a large number like 990. - - -g:Tex_MathMenus *ls_11_8_3* *ls_a_dK* - *Tex_MathMenus* - - -Type Boolean -Default Value 1 - -The Tex-Math menu consists of hundreds of mathematical symbols used in LaTeX. -This menu comprises about 75% of the menus. - - -g:Tex_NestElementMenus *ls_11_8_4* *ls_a_dL* - *Tex_NestElementMenus* - - -Type Boolean -Default Value 1 - -This setting controls the "compactness" of the menus. If set to 1, then the -Font, Counter and Dimensioning menus are collected together in a single menu -called Tex-Elements, otherwise, they will each get a separate menu. - - -g:Tex_PackagesMenu *ls_11_8_5* *ls_a_dM* - *Tex_PackagesMenu* - - -Type Boolean -Default Value 1 - -Setting this to zero will stop Latex-Suite from automatically creating the -TeX-Suite > Packages > Supported menu at startup. You can still create the menu -after startup by going to TeX-Suite > Configure Menu. - - -g:Tex_NestPackagesMenu *ls_11_8_6* *ls_a_dN* - *Tex_NestPackagesMenu* - - -Type String -Default Value 'TeX-' - -This string is the prefix added to all the menus created by Latex-Suite. If you -define this variable with a dot ('.') as the last character, then all the menus -created by Latex-Suite will be nested under a single master menu. For example, -set this to '&LaTeX-Suite.' to nest all menus under a menu called &LaTeX-Suite. - - -g:Tex_UseUtfMenus *ls_11_8_7* *ls_a_dO* - *Tex_UseUtfMenus* - - -Type Boolean -Default Value 0 - -This setting controls whether Latex-Suite uses utf-8 symbols to display some of -the mathematical symbols in the TeX-Math menu. It is necessary for your -system/GUI to support utf-8. Setting this to 1 has the side-effect of setting -the 'encoding' option of Vim to 'utf-8'. - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -Folding Customization *ls_11_9* *ls_a_dP* - *customizing-folding* - -The following settings control the folding [|ls_a_ci|] functionality of -Latex-Suite. - - - -g:Tex_Folding *ls_11_9_1* *ls_a_dQ* - *Tex_Folding* - - -Type Boolean -Default Value 1 - -Setting this to zero completely disables Latex-Suite's folding functionality. -However, the TexFoldTextFunction() is still available in case you want to use -another folding scheme but still want to continue using the fold text function. - - -g:Tex_AutoFolding *ls_11_9_2* *ls_a_dR* - *Tex_AutoFolding* - - -Type Boolean -Default Value 1 - -This setting controls whether Latex-Suite automatically creates manual folds for -a file when it is opened. You can still use the \rf mapping to refresh/create -folds even when this variable is set to zero. - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -Package Handling Customization *ls_11_10* *ls_a_dS* - *customizing-packages* - -These settings affect the custom packages [|ls_a_bN|] functionality in -Latex-Suite - - - -g:Tex_TEXINPUTS *ls_11_10_1* *ls_a_dT* - *Tex_TEXINPUTS* - - -Type string -Default Value '' - -This setting describes the directories scanned by Latex-Suite while searching -for custom user packages as described in the custom packages [|ls_a_bN|] -section. Do not include the present directory in this setting. The present -directory is always scanned for custom packages. - -This string should be set in the syntax accepted by Vim's native 'path' setting. - -================================================================================ -Credits *ls_12* *ls_a_dU* - *latex-suite-credits* - - - -And finally, the credits: - - -Artur R. Czechowski maintains the BSD package of Latex-Suite. Lots of valuable - feedback. -Lubomir Host provided the diacritics and also helped in development. -Alexander Wagner valuable suggestions during development. -Luc Hermitte his variation of Stephen Riehm's bracketing system is used - in Latex-Suite. -Gergely Kontra the clever little JumpFunc() in imaps.vim is due to him. - The implementation of the templates also borrows from - mu-template.vim by him. -Dimitri Antoniou author of ltags and also provided the nice tip about - forward / reverse search on DVI documents. -Stephen Riehm the extremely helpful bracketing system is from him. -Alan Schmitt provided macros/folding elements. Continued feedback, - bug-reports/fixes. -Hari Krishna Dara for ExecMap(), the clever little function which makes - typing visual mode mappings so much easier and error-free. -Alan G Isac for the comprehensive BibT() function for entering bibtex - entries. -Gontran Baerts for libList.vim -Peter Heslin useful discussion and also a lot of bug fixes. the - %%fakesection in folding.vim. -Zhang Lin-bo lots of very useful additions to folding. The code for - customizing the folding scheme is due to him. - -A large number of functions in Latex-Suite come from various other people. Some -of those people might have been missed here. Each function should however have -the author's name/e-mail above it. Thats the more authoritative place to check -out who has done what. - - *latex-suite-maintainer* *ls_a_eC* -The current maintainer(s) of Latex-Suite is(are) - - -Srinath Avadhanula <srinath@fastmail.fm> - -Mikolaj Machowski <mikmach@wp.pl> - -Benji Fisher <benji@member.AMS.org> - -================================================================================ -URLs used in this file - -*ls_u_1* : http://vim-latex.sourceforge.net -*ls_u_10* : http://developer.kde.org/~kdvi/ -*ls_u_11* : http://okular.kde.org/ -*ls_u_12* : http://math.berkeley.edu/~vojta/xdvi.html -*ls_u_13* : http://xdvi.sourceforge.net/ -*ls_u_14* : http://itexmac.sourceforge.net/pdfsync.html -*ls_u_2* : http://vim-latex.sourceforge.net/index.php?subject=download -*ls_u_3* : http://www.cygwin.com -*ls_u_4* : http://www.google.com/search?q=windows%20gnu%20grep -*ls_u_5* : http://skim-app.sourceforge.net/ -*ls_u_6* : http://pdfview.sourceforge.net/ -*ls_u_7* : http://www2.ing.unipi.it/~d9615/homepage/texniscope.html -*ls_u_8* : http://www.miktex.org/ -*ls_u_9* : http://blog.kowalczyk.info/software/sumatrapdf/ - -================================================================================ -About this file - -This file was created automatically from its XML variant using db2vim. db2vim is -a python script which understands a very limited subset of the Docbook XML 4.2 -DTD and outputs a plain text file in vim help format. - -db2vim can be obtained via anonymous CVS from sourceforge.net. Use - -cvs -d:pserver:anonymous@cvs.vim-latex.sf.net:/cvsroot/vim-latex co db2vim - -Or you can visit the web-interface to sourceforge CVS at: -http://cvs.sourceforge.net/cgi-bin/viewcvs.cgi/vim-latex/db2vim/ - -The following modelines should nicely fold up this help manual. - -vim:ft=help:fdm=expr:nowrap -vim:foldexpr=getline(v\:lnum-1)=~'-\\{80}'?'>2'\:getline(v\:lnum-1)=~'=\\{80}'?'>1'\:getline(v\:lnum)=~'=\\{80}'?'0'\:getline(v\:lnum)=~'-\\{80}'?'1'\:'=' -vim:foldtext=substitute(v\:folddashes.substitute(getline(v\:foldstart),'\\s*\\*.*',"",""),'^--','\ \ \ \ \ \ ','') -================================================================================ diff --git a/src/vim-latex/doc/latex-suite.xml b/src/vim-latex/doc/latex-suite.xml deleted file mode 100644 index e2c7d08..0000000 --- a/src/vim-latex/doc/latex-suite.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,4665 +0,0 @@ -<?xml version='1.0' encoding='ISO-8859-1'?> - -<!DOCTYPE article PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.2//EN" - "docbook-xml/docbookx.dtd" -[<!ENTITY dummy "dummy"> - <!ENTITY date "$Date$"> - <!ENTITY ls "Latex-Suite"> - <!ENTITY latex "LaTeX"> - <!ENTITY vim "Vim"> - <!ENTITY ph "<++>"> -]> -<article lang="en"> - <articleinfo id="articleinfo"> - - <title id="articleinfo-title">&ls; Reference</title> - - <author> - <firstname>Srinath</firstname> - <surname>Avadhanula</surname> - <affiliation> - <address><email>srinath AT fastmail DOT fm</email></address> - </affiliation> - </author> - <author> - <firstname>Mikolaj</firstname> - <surname>Machowski</surname> - <affiliation> - <address><email>mikmach AT wp DOT pl</email></address> - </affiliation> - </author> - - <date>&date;</date> - <abstract> - <para> - &ls; attempts to provide a comprehensive set of tools to - view, edit and compile LaTeX documents in Vim. Together, they - provide tools starting from macros to speed up editing LaTeX - documents to functions for forward searching .dvi documents. - &ls; has been possible because of the contributions of many - people. Please see <link - linkend="latex-suite-credits">latex-suite-credits</link> for a list of - people who have helped. - </para> - <para> - &ls; is released under the Vim charityware license. For - license and conditions of use look at |copyright|. Replace all - occurrences of ``Vim'' with ``Latex-Suite''. The current copyright - holders of &ls; are Srinath Avadhanula and Mikolaj Machowski. - </para> - <para> - Homepage: <ulink url="http://vim-latex.sourceforge.net">http://vim-latex.sourceforge.net</ulink> - </para> - </abstract> - </articleinfo> - <section id="recommended-settings"> - <title>Installation and recommended Settings</title> - <para> - If you are reading this, it most probably means that you have already - installed &ls; and the help files. If this is not the case, follow the - detailed instructions on <ulink - url="http://vim-latex.sourceforge.net/index.php?subject=download">&ls;'s - download page</ulink>. - </para> - <para> - Make sure that you create a few necessary settings in your - <literal>~/.vimrc.</literal> - <programlisting> -" REQUIRED. This makes vim invoke &ls; when you open a tex file. -filetype plugin on - -" IMPORTANT: win32 users will need to have 'shellslash' set so that latex -" can be called correctly. -set shellslash - -" IMPORTANT: grep will sometimes skip displaying the file name if you -" search in a singe file. This will confuse &ls;. Set your grep -" program to always generate a file-name. -set grepprg=grep\ -nH\ $* - -" OPTIONAL: This enables automatic indentation as you type. -filetype indent on - -" OPTIONAL: Starting with Vim 7, the filetype of empty .tex files defaults to -" 'plaintex' instead of 'tex', which results in vim-latex not being loaded. -" The following changes the default filetype back to 'tex': -let g:tex_flavor='latex' -</programlisting> - </para> - <para> - In addition, the following settings could go in your ~/.vim/ftplugin/tex.vim - file: - <programlisting>" this is mostly a matter of taste. but LaTeX looks good with just a bit -" of indentation. -set sw=2 -" TIP: if you write your \label's as \label{fig:something}, then if you -" type in \ref{fig: and press <C-n> you will automatically cycle through -" all the figure labels. Very useful! -set iskeyword+=: -</programlisting> - </para> - </section> - <section id="latex-suite-templates"> - <title>Inserting Templates</title> - <para> - This functionality is available via the <literal>TeX-Suite > - Templates</literal> menu. - This module provides a way to insert custom templates at the beginning of the - current file. - </para> - <para> - When &ls; first starts up, it scans the - <literal>$VIM/ftplugin/latex-suite/templates/</literal> - directory and creates menu items based on the files found there. When - you select a template from this menu, the file will be read in above - the first line of the current file. - </para> - <para> - A template file can utilize placeholders for initializing the cursor - position when the template is read in and subsequent movement. In - addition, template files can contain dynamic elements such as the - time of creation of a file etc, by using vim expressions. - </para> - <para> - You can place your own templates in the - <literal>$VIM/ftplugin/latex-suite/templates/</literal> directory in - order for them to be available via the menu. Unless &ls; releases a - template with the same name, these files should not get over-written - when you install a new release over an existing one. - </para> - <note> - <para> - Templates are also accessible for non-gui users with the command - |<literal>:TTemplate</literal>|. The argument should be name of - the corresponding template file. If the command is called - without arguments (preferred usage), then a list of available - templates is displayed and the user is asked to choose one of - them. - </para> - </note> - </section> - <section id="latex-macros"> - <title>&ls; Macros</title> - <para> - &ls; ships with a very comprehensive set of insert mode and - |visual-mode| mappings and menu items to typeset most of the LaTeX - elements. - </para> - <note> - <para> - These mappings are are not standard mappings in the sense that - only the last character is mapped. See plugin/imaps.vim for - further documentation. For example, in the case of the mapping - <literal>EFI</literal> provided by &ls; you can press the characters - '<literal>E</literal>', '<literal>F</literal>' and '<literal>I</literal>' - as slowly as you wish (unlike the normal <literal>imap</literal> command - where <literal>timeout</literal> issues are involved). The characters are - visible as you type them (unlike normal <literal>imap</literal>s) and you - can use the movement or backspace key to correct yourself unlike normal - mappings. - </para> - </note> - <anchor id="place-holder" /> - <note id="place-holders"> - <title>Place Holders</title> - <para> - Almost all macros provided in &ls; implement Stephen Riem's bracketing - system and Gergely Kontra's <literal>JumpFunc()</literal> for handling - place-holders. This consists of using "place-holders" to mark off - locations where the next relevant editing has to be done. As an example, - when you type <literal>EFI</literal> in |insert-mode|, you will get the - following: - <programlisting>\begin{figure}[h] - \centerline{\psfig{figure=<+eps file+>}} - \caption{<+caption text+>} - \label{fig:<+label+>} -\end{figure}<++></programlisting> - The text <literal><+eps file+></literal> will be selected and - you will be left in |select-mode| so that you can continue typing - straight away. After having typed in the file name, you can press - <literal><Ctrl-J></literal> (while still in insert-mode). This will - take you directly to the next "place-holder". i.e, <literal><+caption - text+></literal> will be visually selected with Vim in select mode - again for typing in the caption. This saves on a lot of key presses. - </para> - </note> - <note id="overriding-macros"> - <title>Over-riding &ls; Macros</title> - <para> - If you wish to change these macros from their default values, for - example, if you wish to change <literal>`w</literal> to expand to - <literal>\omega</literal> instead of its default expansion to - <literal>\wedge</literal>, you should use the <literal>IMAP</literal> - function as described in the <link linkend="ls-new-macros">Using - IMAP()</link> section. - </para> - <para> - An important thing to note is that if you wish to over-ride macros - created by &ls; rather than merely create new macros, you should place - the <literal>IMAP()</literal> calls in a script which gets sourced - after the files in &ls;. A good place typically is as a file-type - plugin file in the - <literal>~/.vim/after/ftplugin/</literal> directory. (Use - <literal>~/vimfiles</literal> if you are using - <literal>WINDOWS</literal>). For example to over-ride - <literal>`w</literal> to <literal>\omega</literal> instead of - <literal>\wedge</literal>, place the following line in (say) - <literal>~/.vim/after/ftplugin/tex_macros.vim</literal>: - <programlisting>call IMAP('`w', '\omega', 'tex')</programlisting> - </para> - <note> - <para> - It is important to use a file-name which will get sourced on a - <literal>FileType</literal> event. Therefore you must use a file-name - which conforms to the standards as described in - <literal>|ftplugin-name|</literal>. - </para> - </note> - </note> - <note id="pausing-imaps"> - <title>Pausing Macro expansion</title> - <para> - If you wish to temporarily suspend the imaps functionality, then you - can set the <literal>Imap_FreezeImap</literal> to 1. If you set - <literal>g:Imap_FreezeImap</literal> to 1, then it will be a - system-wide setting. Setting <literal>b:Imap_FreezeImap</literal> will - affect only the current buffer. - </para> - </note> - <para> - The following sections describe the various editing macros provided - by &ls;. - </para> - <section id="environment-mappings"> - <title>Environment Mappings</title> - &ls; provides a rich set of mappings to insert, enclose and modify - &latex; environments, i.e, <literal>\begin{...} ... \end{...}</literal> - pairs. - <section id="inserting-environments"> - <title>Inserting Environments</title> - <para> - &ls; provides the following ways to insert environments - </para> - <section id="inserting-env-f5"> - <title>Method 1: Pressing <literal><F5></literal></title> - <para> - If you press <literal><F5></literal> in the insert or normal - mode while on an empty line, &ls; prompts you with a list of - environments you might want to insert. You can either choose one - from the list or type in a new environment name. If you press - <literal><F5></literal> on a line which already has a word, - then that word is used instead of prompting. - </para> - <para> - See <link linkend="Tex_Env_name">Tex_Env_name</link> for a - description of how &ls; uses the word to form the expansion and how - to modify &ls;'s behavior. - </para> - <para> - The list of environments which &ls; prompts you with (when - <literal><F5></literal> is pressed on an empty line) is formed - from the <link - linkend="Tex_PromptedEnvironments">Tex_PromptedEnvironments</link> - setting. - </para> - <para> - In addition to this setting, &ls; also lists environments found in - custom packages as described in the section <link - linkend="package-actions">Package actions.</link> - </para> - </section> - <section id="inserting-env-shift-f1"> - <title>Method 2: Using <literal><S-F1></literal>-<literal><S-F4></literal></title> - <para> - The shifted function keys, <literal><S-F1></literal> to - <literal><S-F4></literal> can be mapped to insert very commonly - used environments. The environments mapped to each key can be - customized via the <link - linkend="Tex_HotKeyMappings">g:Tex_HotKeyMappings</link> setting. - </para> - </section> - <section id="inserting-env-threeletter"> - <title>Method 3: Using three letter sequences</title> - <para> - Environments can also be inserted by pressing a 3 capital letter - sequence starting with an <literal>E</literal>. The sequence of 3 - letters generally tries to follow the following rules: - </para> - <orderedlist> - <listitem> - All environment mappings begin with <literal>E</literal> - </listitem> - <listitem> - If the environment can be broken up into 2 distinct words, - such as flushright (flush + right), then the next 2 letters - are the first letters of the 2 words. Example: - <programlisting>flushleft (_f_lush + _l_eft) ---> EFL -flushright (_f_lush + _r_ight) ---> EFR -eqnarray (_e_qn + _a_rray) ---> EEA</programlisting> - If on the other hand, the environment name cannot be broken - up into 2 distinct words, then the next 2 letters are the - first 2 letters of the name of the environment. - Example: - <programlisting>equation (_eq_uation) ---> EEQ</programlisting> - </listitem> - </orderedlist> - <para> - Unfortunately there are some environments that cannot be - split in two words and first two letters in name are - identical. In this case shortcut is created from E, first and - last letter. Example: - <programlisting>quote (_q_uot_e_) ---> EQE -quotation (_q_uotatio_n_) ---> EQN</programlisting> - Of course, not every last one of the environments can follow - this rule because of ambiguities. In case of doubt, pull down - the Tex-Environments menu. The menu item should give the hint - for the map. - </para> - </section> - </section> - <section id="enclosing-environments"> - <title>Enclosing in Environments</title> - <para> - &ls; provides visual-mode mappings which enclose visually - selected portions of text in environments. There are two ways provided - to do this. - </para> - <section id="enclosing-env-f5"> - <title>Method 1: Pressing <literal><F5></literal></title> - <para> - You can also select a portion of text visually and press - <literal><F5></literal> while still in visual mode. This will - prompt you with a list of environments. (This list can be customized - via the <link - linkend="Tex_PromptedEnvironments">g:Tex_PromptedEnvironments</link> - setting). You can either choose from this list or type in a new - environment name. Once the selection is done, &ls; encloses the - visually selected portion in the chosen environment. - </para> - </section> - <section id="enclosing-env-threeletter"> - <title>Method 2: Using three letter mappings</title> - <para> - You can also select text visually and press a sequence of three - characters beginning with <literal>,</literal> (the single comma - character) and the selected text will be enclosed in the chosen - environment. The three letter sequence follows directly from the - three letter sequence used to insert environments as described <link - linkend="inserting-env-threeletter">here</link>. The following - example describes the rule used: - </para> - <para> - If <literal>ECE</literal> inserts a - <literal>\begin{center}...\end{center}</literal> environment, then to - enclose a block of selected text in - <literal>\begin{center}...\end{center}</literal>, simply select the - text and press <literal>,ce</literal>. The rule simply says that the - leading <literal>E</literal> is converted to <literal>,</literal> and - the next 2 letters are small case. - </para> - </section> - <para> - Some of the visual mode mappings are sensitive to whether you - choose line-wise or character-wise. For example, if you choose a - word and press <literal>,ce</literal>, then you get - <literal>\centerline{word}</literal>, whereas if you press - <literal>,ce</literal> on a line-wise selection, you get: - <programlisting>\begin{center} - line -\end{center}</programlisting> - </para> - </section> - <section id="changing-environments"> - <title>Changing Environments</title> - <para> - Pressing <literal><S-F5></literal> in normal mode detects which - environment the cursor is presently located in and prompts you to - replace it with a new one. The innermost environment is detected. For - example, in the following source: - <programlisting>\begin{eqnarray} - \begin{array}{ccc} - 2 & 3 & 4 - \end{array} -\end{eqnarray}</programlisting> - if you are located in the middle "2 & 3 & 4" line, then pressing - <literal><S-F5></literal> will prompt you to change the array - environment, not the eqnarray environment. In addition, &ls; will also - try to change lines within the environment to be consistent with the - new environment. For example, if the original environment was an - <literal>eqnarray</literal> environment with a - <literal>\label</literal> command, then changing it to an - <literal>eqnarray*</literal> environment will delete the - <literal>\label</literal>. - </para> - <para> - Pressing <literal><F5></literal> in normal mode has the same - effect as pressing <literal><F5></literal> in insert-mode, - namely you will be prompted to choose an environment to insert. - </para> - </section> - </section> - <section id="latex-command-maps"> - <title>Command Mappings</title> - &ls; provides a rich set of mappings to insert, enclose and modify - &latex; commands. - <section id="inserting-commands"> - <title>Inserting &latex; commands</title> - <anchor id="ls-imap-f7" /> - <anchor id="ls-imap-s-f7" /> - <para> - Pressing <literal><F7></literal> in insert or normal mode while - the cursor is touching a word will insert a command formed from the - word touching the cursor. - </para> - <para> - For certain common commands, &ls; will expand them to include - additional arguments as needed. For example, <literal>frac</literal> - becomes <literal>\frac{&ph;}{&ph;}&ph;</literal>. Otherwise, it will - simply change the word under the cursor as follows - <programlisting>word --> \word{&ph;}&ph;</programlisting> - You can define custom expansions - of commands using the <literal>Tex_Com_{name}</literal> setting as - described in <link linkend="Tex_Com_name">here</link>. - </para> - <para> - If <literal><F7></literal> is pressed when the cursor is on - white-space, then &ls; will prompt you to choose a command and insert - that instead.The list of commands is constructed from the <link - linkend="Tex_PromptedCommands"><literal>g:Tex_PromptedCommands</literal></link> - setting and also from commands which &ls; finds while scanning custom - packages which &ls; finds. See the <link - linkend="package-actions">Package actions</link> section for details - on which files are scanned etc. - </para> - </section> - <section id="enclosing-commands"> - <title>Enclosing in a command</title> - <para> - You can select a portion of text visually and press - <literal><F7></literal> while still in visual mode. This will - prompt you with a list of commands. (This list can be customized - via the <link - linkend="Tex_PromptedCommands">g:Tex_PromptedCommands</link> - setting). You can either choose from this list or type in a new - command name. Once the selection is done, &ls; encloses the - visually selected portion in the chosen command. - </para> - </section> - <section id="changing-commands"> - <title>Changing commands</title> - <anchor id="ls-vmap-f7" /> - <para> - In both insert and normal mode <literal><S-F7></literal> will - find out if you are presently within an environment and then prompt you - with a list of commands to change it to. - </para> - </section> - </section> - <section id="font-maps"> - <title>Font Mappings</title> - <para> - These mappings insert font descriptions such as: - <literal>\textsf{&ph;}&ph;</literal> - with the cursor left in place of the first <link - linkend="place-holders">placeholder</link> (the &ph; characters). - </para> - <para> - Mnemonic: - <orderedlist> - <listitem>first letter is always F (F for font)</listitem> - <listitem>next 2 letters are the 2 letters describing the font.</listitem> - </orderedlist> - </para> - <para> - Example: Typing <literal>FEM</literal> in insert-mode expands to - <literal>\emph{&ph;}&ph;</literal>. - </para> - <para> - Just like environment mappings, you can visually select an area and press - <literal>`sf</literal> to have it enclosed in: - <literal>\textsf{word}</literal> - or - <programlisting>{\sffamily -line -}</programlisting> - depending on character-wise or line-wise selection. - </para> - </section> - <section id="section-mappings"> - <title>Section Mappings</title> - <para> - These maps insert &latex; sections such as: - <programlisting>\section{&ph;}&ph;</programlisting> - etc. Just as in the case of environments and fonts, can be enclosed with a - visual selection. The enclosing is not sensitive to character or line-wise - selection. - </para> - <para> - Mnemonic: (make your own!) - <programlisting>SPA for part -SCH for chapter -SSE for section -SSS for subsection -SS2 for subsubsection -SPG for paragraph -SSP for subparagraph</programlisting> - </para> - <para> - Example: - SSE in insert mode inserts - <programlisting>\section{<++>}<++></programlisting> - If you select a word or line and press <literal>,se</literal>, then you - get - <programlisting>\section{section name}</programlisting> - The menu item in Tex-Environments.Sections have a sub-menu called - 'Advanced'. Choosing an item from this sub-menu asks a couple of questions - (whether you want to include the section in the table of contents, whether - there is a shorter name for the table of contents) and then creates a more - intelligent template. - </para> - </section> - <section id="greek-letter-mappings"> - <title>Greek Letter Mappings</title> - <para> - Lower case - </para> - <literal>`a</literal> through <literal>`z</literal> expand to - <literal>\alpha</literal> through <literal>\zeta</literal>. - <para> - Upper case: - </para> - <programlisting>`D = \Delta -`F = \Phi -`G = \Gamma -`Q = \Theta -`L = \Lambda -`X = \Xi -`Y = \Psi -`S = \Sigma -`U = \Upsilon -`W = \Omega</programlisting> - <note><para>LaTeX does not support upper case for all greek alphabets.</para></note> - <para>Just like other &ls; mappings, these mappings are not created using - the standard <literal>imap</literal> command. Thus you can type slowly, - correct using <literal><BS></literal> etc.</para> - </section> - <section id="auc-tex-mappings"> - <title>Auc-Tex Key Bindings</title> - <para> - These are simple 2 key expansions for some very commonly used LaTeX - elements: - </para> - <programlisting>`^ Expands To \Hat{&ph;}&ph; -`_ expands to \bar{&ph;}&ph; -`6 expands to \partial -`8 expands to \infty -`/ expands to \frac{&ph;}{&ph;}&ph; -`% expands to \frac{&ph;}{&ph;}&ph; -`@ expands to \circ -`0 expands to ^\circ -`= expands to \equiv -`\ expands to \setminus -`. expands to \cdot -`* expands to \times -`& expands to \wedge -`- expands to \bigcap -`+ expands to \bigcup -`( expands to \subset -`) expands to \supset -`< expands to \le -`> expands to \ge -`, expands to \nonumber -`~ expands to \tilde{&ph;}&ph; -`; expands to \dot{&ph;}&ph; -`: expands to \ddot{&ph;}&ph; -`2 expands to \sqrt{&ph;}&ph; -`| expands to \Big| -`I expands to \int_{&ph;}^{&ph;}&ph;</programlisting> - <para> - (again, notice the convenient place-holders) - </para> - <para> - In addition the visual mode macros are provided: - </para> - <programlisting>`( encloses selection in \left( and \right) -`[ encloses selection in \left[ and \right] -`{ encloses selection in \left\{ and \right\} -`$ encloses selection in $$ or \[ \] depending on characterwise or - linewise selection</programlisting> - </section> - <section id="diacritic-mappings"> - <title>Diacritics</title> - <para> - These mappings speed up typing European languages which contain diacritic - characters such as a-umlaut etc. - <programlisting>+<l> expands to \v{<l>} -=<l> expands to \'{<l>}</programlisting> - where <literal><l></literal> is an alphabet. - </para> - <programlisting>+} expands to \"{a} -+: expands to \^{o}</programlisting> - <para> - &ls; also ships with <link linkend="smart-backspace">smart - backspacing</link> functionality which provides another convenience while - editing languages with diacritics. - </para> - <note> - <para>Diacritics are disabled by default in &ls; because they can - sometimes be a little too intrusive. Moreover, most European users can - nowadays use font encodings which display diacritic characters directly - instead of having to rely on &ls;'s method of displaying diacritics.</para> - <para>Set the <link linkend="Tex_Diacritics">g:Tex_Diacritics</link> - variable to enable diacritics.</para> - </note> - </section> - <section id="bibtex-bindings"> - <title>BibTeX Shortcuts</title> - <para> - &ls; provides an easy way of entering bibliographic entries. Four - insert-mode mappings: <literal>BBB</literal>, <literal>BBL</literal>, - <literal>BBH</literal> and <literal>BBX</literal> are provided, all of - which essentially act in the same manner. When you type any of these in - insert-mode, you will get a prompt asking you to choose a entry type - for the bibliographic entry. - </para> - <para> - When you choose an entry type, a bibliographic entry template will be - inserted. For example, if you choose the option - <literal>'book'</literal> via the map <literal>BBB</literal>, then - the following template will be inserted: - <programlisting>@BOOK{<+key+>, - author = {&ph;}, - editor = {&ph;}, - title = {&ph;}, - publisher = {&ph;}, - year = {&ph;}, - otherinfo = {&ph;} -}&ph;</programlisting> - </para> - <para> - <literal><+key+></literal> will be highlighted in select-mode and - you can type in the bib-key. After that you can use - <literal><Ctrl-J></literal> to navigate to successive locations - in the template and enter new values. - </para> - <para> - <literal>BBB</literal> inserts a template with only the fields - mandatorily required for a given entry type. <literal>BBL</literal> - inserts a template with commonly used extra options. - <literal>BBH</literal> inserts a template with more options which are - not as commonly used. <literal>BBX</literal> inserts a template with - all the fields which the entry type supports. - </para> - <note> - <title>Mnemonic</title> - <para> - <literal>B</literal> for Bibliographic entry, <literal>L</literal> - for Large entry, <literal>H</literal> for Huge entry, and - <literal>X</literal> stands for all eXtras. - </para> - </note> - <section id="adding-bib-options"> - <title>Customizing Bib-TeX fields</title> - <para> - If you wish the <literal>BBB</literal> command to insert a few - additional fields in addition to the fields it creates, then you will - need to define global variables of the form - <programlisting>g:Bib_{type}_options</programlisting> - in you <literal>$VIM/ftplugin/bib.vim</literal> file, where - <literal>{type}</literal> is a string like - <literal>'article'</literal>, <literal>'book'</literal> etc. This - variable should contain one of the letters defined in the following - table - </para> - <informaltable frame="all"> - <tgroup cols="2"> - <thead> - <row> - <entry>Character</entry> - <entry>Field Type</entry> - </row> - </thead> - <tbody> - <row><entry>w</entry><entry>address</entry></row> - <row><entry>a</entry><entry>author</entry></row> - <row><entry>b</entry><entry>booktitle</entry></row> - <row><entry>c</entry><entry>chapter</entry></row> - <row><entry>d</entry><entry>edition</entry></row> - <row><entry>e</entry><entry>editor</entry></row> - <row><entry>h</entry><entry>howpublished</entry></row> - <row><entry>i</entry><entry>institution</entry></row> - <row><entry>k</entry><entry>isbn</entry></row> - <row><entry>j</entry><entry>journal</entry></row> - <row><entry>m</entry><entry>month</entry></row> - <row><entry>z</entry><entry>note</entry></row> - <row><entry>n</entry><entry>number</entry></row> - <row><entry>o</entry><entry>organization</entry></row> - <row><entry>p</entry><entry>pages</entry></row> - <row><entry>q</entry><entry>publisher</entry></row> - <row><entry>r</entry><entry>school</entry></row> - <row><entry>s</entry><entry>series</entry></row> - <row><entry>t</entry><entry>title</entry></row> - <row><entry>u</entry><entry>type</entry></row> - <row><entry>v</entry><entry>volume</entry></row> - <row><entry>y</entry><entry>year</entry></row> - </tbody> - </tgroup> - </informaltable> - <para> - For example, by default, choosing <literal>'article'</literal> via - <literal>BBB</literal> inserts the following template by default - <programlisting>@ARTICLE{<+key+>, - author = {&ph;}, - title = {&ph;}, - journal = {&ph;}, - year = {&ph;}, - otherinfo = {&ph;} -}&ph;</programlisting> - However, if <literal>g:Bib_article_options</literal> is defined as - <literal>'mnp'</literal>, then <literal>'article'</literal> will - insert the following template - <programlisting>@ARTICLE{<+key+>, - author = {&ph;}, - title = {&ph;}, - journal = {&ph;}, - year = {&ph;}, - month = {&ph;}, - number = {&ph;}, - pages = {&ph;}, - otherinfo = {&ph;} -}&ph;</programlisting> - </para> - <para> - If you have some other fields you wish to associate with an article - which are not listed above, then you will have to use the - <literal>Bib_{type}_extrafields</literal> option. This is a newline - separated string of complete field names which will be included in the - template. For example, if you define - <programlisting>let g:Bib_article_extrafields = "crossref\nabstract"</programlisting> - then the article template will include the lines - <programlisting>crossref = {&ph;}, -abstract = {&ph;},</programlisting> - </para> - <note> - <para> - You will need to define <literal>Bib_*</literal> settings in your - <literal>$VIMRUNTIME/ftplugin/bib.vim</literal> file. - </para> - </note> - </section> - </section> - <section id="smart-keys"> - <title>Smart Key Mappings</title> - <para> - &ls; ships with the following smart keys: - </para> - <formalpara> - <anchor id="smart-backspace" /> - <title>Smart Backspace</title> - Pressing <literal><BS></literal> in insert mode checks to see - whether we are just after something like <literal>\'{a}</literal> and - if so, deletes all of it. i.e, diacritics are treated as single - characters for backspacing. - </formalpara> - <formalpara> - <title>Smart Quotes</title> - Pressing <literal>"</literal> (English double quote) will insert - <literal>``</literal> or <literal>''</literal> by making an - intelligent guess about whether we intended to open or close a quote. - </formalpara> - <formalpara> - <title>Smart Space</title> - &ls; maps the <literal><space></literal> key in such a - way that $ characters are not broken across lines. It does this by - first setting <literal>tw=0</literal> so that Vim will not - automatically break lines and then maps the - <literal><space></literal> key to insert newlines keeping - <literal>$$</literal>'s on the same line. - </formalpara> - <formalpara> - <title>Smart Dots</title> - Pressing <literal>...</literal> (3 dots) results in - <literal>\ldots</literal> outside math mode and - <literal>\cdots</literal> in math mode. - </formalpara> - </section> - <section id="altkey-mappings"> - <title>Alt Key Macros</title> - <para> - &ls; utilizes a set of macros originally created by Carl Mueller in - auctex.vim to make inserting all the <literal>\left ... \right</literal> - stuff very easy and to also make some use of the heavily under-utilized - <literal><Alt></literal> key. - </para> - <note> - <para> - By default, typing <literal>Alt-<key></literal> in &vim; takes - focus to the menu bar if a menu with the hotkey - <literal><key></literal> exists. If in your case, there are - conflicts due to this behavior, you will need to set - <programlisting>set winaltkeys=no</programlisting> - in your <literal>$VIM/ftplugin/tex.vim</literal> in order to use these - maps. - </para> - </note> - <note> - <title>Customizing the maps</title> - <para> - If for some reason, you wish to not map the - <literal><Alt></literal> keys, (some European users need to use - the <literal><Alt></literal> key to enter diacritics), you can - change these maps to other keys as described in the section <link - linkend="customize-alt-key-maps">Customizing Alt-key maps</link>. - </para> - </note> - <section id="Alt-L"> - <title><literal><Alt-L></literal></title> - <para> - This is a polymorphic insert-mode mapping which expands to one of the - following depending on the character just before the cursor location. - </para> - <informaltable frame="all"> - <tgroup cols="2"> - <colspec colwidth="0.5in" align="cener" /> - <colspec colwidth="0.5in" /> - <thead> - <row> - <entry>Character before cursor</entry> - <entry>Expansion</entry> - </row> - </thead> - <tbody> - <row><entry>(</entry> <entry><literal>\left( &ph; \right)</literal></entry></row> - <row><entry>[</entry> <entry><literal>\left[ &ph; \right]</literal></entry></row> - <row><entry>|</entry> <entry><literal>\left| &ph; \right|</literal></entry></row> - <row><entry>{</entry> <entry><literal>\left\{ &ph; \right\}</literal></entry></row> - <row><entry><</entry> <entry><literal>\langle &ph; \rangle</literal></entry></row> - <row><entry>q</entry> <entry><literal>\lefteqn{&ph;}&ph;</literal></entry></row> - </tbody> - </tgroup> - </informaltable> - <para> - If the character before the cursor is none of the above, then it will - simply insert a <literal>\label{&ph;}&ph;</literal>. - </para> - </section> - <section id="Alt-B"> - <title><literal><Alt-B></literal></title> - <para> - This insert-mode mapping encloses the previous character in - <literal>\mathbf{}</literal>. - </para> - </section> - <section id="Alt-C"> - <title><literal><Alt-C></literal></title> - <para> - In insert mode, this key is polymorphic as follows: - </para> - <orderedlist> - <listitem> - If the previous character is a letter or number, then capitalize it and - enclose it in <literal>\mathcal{}</literal>. - </listitem> - <listitem> - otherwise insert <literal>\cite{}</literal>. - </listitem> - </orderedlist> - <para> - In visual mode, it will simply enclose the selection in - <literal>\mathcal{}</literal> - </para> - </section> - <section id="Alt-I"> - <title><literal><Alt-I></literal></title> - <para> - This mapping inserts an <literal>\item</literal> command at the - current cursor location depending on which environment the cursor is - enclosed in. The style of the <literal>\item</literal> command is - dependent on the enclosing environment. By default, - <literal><Alt-I></literal> has styles defined forthe following - environments: - </para> - <informaltable frame="all"> - <tgroup cols="2"> - <thead> - <row> - <entry>Environment</entry> - <entry>Style</entry> - </row> - </thead> - <tbody> - <row><entry>itemize</entry><entry>\item </entry></row> - <row><entry>enumerate</entry><entry>\item </entry></row> - <row><entry>theindex</entry><entry>\item </entry></row> - <row><entry>thebibliography</entry><entry>\item[<+biblabel+>]{<+bibkey+>} <++></entry></row> - <row><entry>description</entry><entry>\item[<+label+>] <++></entry></row> - </tbody> - </tgroup> - </informaltable> - <para> - <literal><Alt-I></literal> is intelligent enough to - account for nested environments. For example, - <programlisting>\begin{itemize} - \item first item - \item second item - \begin{description} - \item[label1] first desc - \item[label2] second - % <Alt-I> will insert "\item[<+label+>] <++>" if - % used here - \end{description} - \item third item - % <Alt-I> will insert "\item " when if used here. -\end{itemize} -% <Alt-I> will insert nothing ("") if used here</programlisting> - </para> - <para> - The style used by <literal><Alt-I></literal> can be customized - using the <link - linkend="Tex_ItemStyle_environment"><literal>g:Tex_ItemStyle_environment</literal></link> - variable. - </para> - </section> - </section> - <section id="custom-macros-menu"> - <title>Custom Macros</title> - <para> - This functionality available via the TeX-Suite.Macros menu, provides - a way of inserting customized macros into the current file via the - menu. - </para> - <para> - When &ls; starts up, it scans the - <literal>$VIM/ftplugin/latex-suite/macros/</literal> directory and - creates a menu from the files found there. Each file is considered as - a single macro. You can place your own macros in this directory, - using <link linkend="place-holders">placeholders</link> if wanted. - </para> - <para> - When you choose a macro from the menu, the corresponding file is read - into the current buffer after the current cursor position. In non-gui - mode, you can use the |TMacro| command instead of choosing from the - menu. This command takes the macro file name as an argument. When - called without arguments (preferred usage), then a list of available - macro files is displayed and the user is prompted to choose one of - them). - </para> - <para> - There are some other tools provided in this menu, namely: - </para> - <informaltable frame="none"> - <tgroup cols="2"> - <colspec colwidth="0.5in" /> - <colspec colwidth="0.5in" /> - <tbody> - <row><entry>{New}</entry> - <entry> - Creates a new (unnamed) buffer in the - latex-suite/macros/ directory. Use the command - :TexMacroNew in non-gui mode. - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry>{Edit}</entry> - <entry> - Opens up the corresponding macro file for editing. Use - |:TexMacroEdit| in non-gui mode. When you try to edit {macro} - not from local directory &ls; will copy it to your local - directory with suffix "-local". If local copy already exists - &ls; prompt for overwriting it. - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry>{Delete}</entry> - <entry> - Deletes the corresponding macro. Use the prefixed numbers for - fast navigation of menus. Use |:TexMacroDelete| in non-gui mode. - When you choose to delete {macro} which is not in your local - directory &ls; will refuse to delete it. - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry>{Redraw}</entry> - <entry> - Rescans the macros/ directories and refreshes the macros list. - </entry> - </row> - </tbody> - </tgroup> - </informaltable> - </section> - <section id="ls-new-macros"> - <title>Making your own Macros via <literal>IMAP()</literal></title> - <para> - If you find the need to create your own macros, then you can use the - <literal>IMAP()</literal> function provided with &ls;. See <link - linkend="why-IMAP" endterm="why-IMAP.title"></link> for a short - explanation of why you might prefer <literal>IMAP()</literal> over - &vim;'s standard <literal>:imap</literal> command. An example best - explains the usage: - <programlisting>:call IMAP('NOM', '\nomenclature{&ph;}&ph;', 'tex')</programlisting> - This will create a &ls;-style mapping, where if you type - <literal>NOM</literal> in insert mode, you will get - <literal>\nomenclature{&ph;}&ph;</literal> with the cursor left in - place of the first <literal>&ph;</literal> characters. See <link - linkend="ls-imaps-syntax" endterm="ls-imaps-syntax.title"></link> for - a detailed explanation of the <literal>IMAP()</literal> command. - </para> - <para> - For maps which are triggered for a given filetype, the - <literal>IMAP()</literal> command above should be put in the filetype - plugin script for that file. For example, for tex-specific mappings, - the <literal>IMAP()</literal> calls should go in - <literal>$VIM/ftplugin/tex.vim</literal>. For globally visible maps, - you will need to use the following in either your - <literal>~/.vimrc</literal> or a file in your - <literal>$VIM/plugin</literal> directory. - <programlisting>augroup MyIMAPs - au! - au VimEnter * call IMAP('Foo', 'foo', '') -augroup END</programlisting> - </para> - <section id="why-IMAP"> - <title id="why-IMAP.title">Why use <literal>IMAP()</literal></title> - <para> - Using <literal>IMAP</literal> instead of &vim;'s built-in - <literal>:imap</literal> command has a couple of advantages: - <orderedlist> - <listitem> - The 'ttimeout' option will generally limit how easily you can type - the left hand side for a normal <literal>:imap</literal>. if you type - the left hand side too slowly, then the mapping will not be - activated. - </listitem> - <listitem> - If you mistype one of the letters of the lhs, then the mapping is - deactivated as soon as you backspace to correct the mistake. - </listitem> - <listitem> - The characters in lhs are shown on top of each other. This is fairly - distracting. This becomes a real annoyance when a lot of characters - initiate mappings. - </listitem> - </orderedlist> - </para> - </section> - <section id="ls-imaps-syntax"> - <title id="ls-imaps-syntax.title">IMAP() syntax</title> - <para> - Formally, the syntax which is used for the <literal>IMAP</literal> - function is: - <programlisting>call IMAP (lhs, rhs, ft [, phs, phe])</programlisting> - </para> - <para> - <informaltable frame="all"> - <tgroup cols="2"> - <thead> - <row> - <entry>Argument</entry> - <entry>Explanation</entry> - </row> - </thead> - <tbody> - <row> - <entry>lhs</entry> - <entry> - <para> - This is the "left-hand-side" of the mapping. When you use - <literal>IMAP</literal>, only the last character of this word is - actually mapped, although the effect is that the whole word is - mapped. - </para> - <para> - If you have two mappings which end in a common - <literal>lhs</literal>, then the mapping with the longer - <literal>lhs</literal> is used. For example, if you do - <programlisting>call IMAP('BarFoo', 'something', 'tex') -call IMAP('Foo', 'something else', 'tex')</programlisting> - Then typing <literal>BarFoo</literal> inserts - <literal>"something"</literal>, whereas <literal>Foo</literal> by - itself inserts <literal>"something else"</literal>. - </para> - <para> - Also, the nature of <literal>IMAP()</literal> makes creating - certain combination of mappings impossible. For example if you - have - <programlisting>call IMAP('foo', 'something', 'tex') -call IMAP('foobar', 'something else', 'tex')</programlisting> - Then you will never be able to trigger <literal>"foobar"</literal> - because typing <literal>"foo"</literal> will immediately insert - <literal>"something"</literal>. This is the "cost" which you incur - over the normal <literal>:imap</literal> command for the - convenience of no 'timeout' problems, the ability to correct - <literal>lhs</literal> etc. - </para> - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry>rhs</entry> - <entry> - <para> - The "right-hand-side" of the mapping. This is the expansion you - will get when you type <literal>lhs</literal>. - </para> - <para> - This string can also contain special characters such as - <literal><enter></literal> etc. To do this, you will need - to specify the second argument in double-quotes as follows: - <programlisting>:call IMAP('EFE', "\\begin{figure}\<CR>&ph;\\end{figure}&ph;", 'tex')</programlisting> - With this, typing <literal>EFE</literal> is equivalent to typing - in the right-hand side with all the special characters in - insert-mode. This has the advantage that if you have filetype - indentation set up, then the right hand side will also be - indented just as if you had typed it in normally. - </para> - <anchor id="IMAP_PutTextWithMovement" /> - <para> - You can also set up a &ls; style mapping which calls a custom function - as follows: - <programlisting>:call IMAP('FOO', "\<C-r>=MyFoonction()\<CR>", 'tex')</programlisting> - where <literal>MyFoonction</literal> is a custom function you have - written. If <literal>MyFoonction</literal> also has to return a string - containing <literal>&ph;</literal> characters, then you will need to - use the function <literal>IMAP_PutTextWithMovement()</literal>. An - example best explains the usage: - </para> - <programlisting>call IMAP('FOO', "\<C-r>=AskVimFunc()\<CR>", 'vim') -" Askvimfunc: Asks For Function Name And Sets Up Template -" Description: -function! AskVimFunc() - let name = input('Name of the function : ') - if name == '' - let name = "<+Function Name+>" - end - let islocal = input('Is this function scriptlocal ? [y]/n : ', 'y') - if islocal == 'y' - let sidstr = '<SID>' - else - let sidstr = '' - endif - return IMAP_PutTextWithMovement( - \ "\" ".name.": <+short description+> \<cr>" . - \ "Description: <+long description+>\<cr>" . - \ "\<C-u>function! ".name."(<+arguments+>)&ph;\<cr>" . - \ "<+function body+>\<cr>" . - \ "endfunction \" " - \ ) -endfunction</programlisting> - <para> - </para> - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry>ft</entry> - <entry> - <para> - The file type for which this mapping is active. When this string - is left empty, the mapping applies for all file-types. A filetype - specific mapping will always take precedence. - </para> - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry>phs, phe</entry> - <entry> - <para> - If you prefer to write the <literal>rhs</literal> with characters - other than <literal><+</literal> and <literal>+></literal> - to denote place-holders, you can use the last 2 arguments to - specify which characters in the <literal>rhs</literal> specify - place-holders. By default, these are <literal><+</literal> and - <literal>+></literal> respectively. - </para> - <para> - Note that the <literal>phs</literal> and <literal>phe</literal> - arguments do not control what characters will be displayed for - the placeholders when the mapping is actually triggered. What - characters are used to display place-holders when you trigger an - <literal>IMAP</literal> are controlled by the <link - linkend="Imap_PlaceHolderStart"><literal>Imap_PlaceHolderStart</literal></link> - and <link - linkend="Imap_PlaceHolderEnd"><literal>Imap_PlaceHolderEnd</literal></link> - settings. - </para> - </entry> - </row> - </tbody> - </tgroup> - </informaltable> - </para> - </section> - </section> - </section> - <section id="latex-packages"> - <title>Package Handling</title> - <para> - &ls; has a lot of functionality written to ease working with packages. - Packages here refers to files which you include into the &latex; - document using the <literal>\usepackage</literal> command. - </para> - <section id="inserting-packages"> - <title>Inserting package commands</title> - <para> - When you first invoke &ls;, it scans the - <literal>$VIM/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages</literal> directory for - package script files and creates a menu from all the files found there. - This menu is created under <literal>TeX-Suite > Packages > - Supported</literal>. This menu contains a list of packages "supported" - by &ls;. When you choose one of the packages from this menu (for example - the <literal>amsmath</literal> package), then a line of - the form - <programlisting>\usepackage[&ph;]{amsmath}&ph;</programlisting> - will be inserted into the current file. - </para> - <para> - The <literal>\usepackage</literal> line can also be inserted in an easy - manner in the current file by pressing <literal><F5></literal> - while in the preamble of the current document. This will set up a prompt - from the supported packages and ask you to choose from one of them. If - you do not find the package you want to insert in the list, you can type - in a package-name and it will use that. Pressing - <literal><F5></literal> in the preamble on a line containing a - single word will construct a <literal>\usepackage</literal> line from - that word. - </para> - <para> - You can also use the <link - linkend="TPackage"><literal>TPackage</literal></link> to insert the - <literal>\usepackage</literal> line. - </para> - <para> - Once you have inserted a <literal>\usepackage</literal> line, for - supported packages, you can use the Options and Commands menus - described in the <link linkend="package-actions">next section</link>. - </para> - </section> - <section id="package-actions"> - <title>Actions taken for supported packages</title> - <para> - &ls; takes the following actions for packages detected when a file is - loaded, or a new <literal>\usepackage</literal> line is inserted using - one of the methods described in the <link - linkend="inserting-packages">previous section</link>. - </para> - <para> - If you are using the GUI and you have <link - linkend="Tex_Menus">g:Tex_Menus</link> set to 1, &ls; will create the - following sub-menus - <simplelist> - <member><literal>TeX-Suite > Packages > <package> Options</literal></member> - <member><literal>TeX-Suite > Packages > <package> Commands</literal></member> - </simplelist> - </para> - <para> - where <literal><package></literal> is the package you just - inserted (or was detected). You can use these menus to insert commands, - environments and options which &ls; recognizes as belonging to this - package. - </para> - <note> - <para> - While inserting an option, you need to position yourself in the - appropriate place in the document, most commonly inside the square - braces in the <literal>\usepackage[]{packname}</literal> command. &ls; - will not navigate to that location. - </para> - </note> - <para> - In addition to creating these sub-menus, &ls; will also scan the - <literal>$VIM/ftplugin/latex-suite/dictionaries</literal> directory and - if a dictionary file corresponding to the package file is found, then - it will add the file to the <literal>'dict'</literal> setting in &vim; - so you can use the <literal><C-X><C-K></literal> command to - complete words from that file. - </para> - <para> - For example, the <literal>SIUnits</literal> package has a custom - dictionary. - </para> - <anchor id="latex-package-scanning" /> - <para> - If a package detected at startup is found by &ls; in the current - directory or in a location specified by the <link - linkend="Tex_TEXINPUTS">g:Tex_TEXINPUTS</link> variable, &ls; will - scan the package for <literal>\newenvironment</literal> and - <literal>newcommand</literal> lines and also append any commands and - environments found to the list of commands and environments which you - are prompted with when you press <link - linkend="inserting-env-f5"><literal><F5></literal></link> or <link - linkend="ls-imap-f7"><literal><F7></literal></link> in insert - mode. - </para> - </section> - <para> - In addition, the <literal>TeX-Suite > Packages</literal> menu also - contains the following submenus - </para> - <formalpara> - <title>Update</title> - This command is to be invoked with the cursor placed on the package - name. If the corresponding package is found, then a sub-menu with the - supported commands and options is created. - </formalpara> - <formalpara> - <title>Update All</title> - This function reads the preamble of the document for - <literal>\usepackage</literal> lines and if &ls; supports the detected - packages, then sub-menus containing the package options and commands - are created. - </formalpara> - <section id="automatic-package-detection"> - <title>Automatic Package detection</title> - <para> - Whenever &ls; begins editing a new &latex; file, it scans it for - <literal>\usepackage{name}</literal> lines, and if a supported package - is found, then it will create sub-menus and add to the - <literal>'dict'</literal> setting as described above. - </para> - <para> - If a <link linkend="latex-master-file">master-file</link> has been specified, - then it will scan that file instead of the current file. See the section - <link linkend="custom-packages">Custom Packages</link> - to see which files &ls; will scan in more detail. - </para> - <para> - For all the packages detected in this manner, &ls; will take certain - actions as described in the section <link - linkend="package-actions">package support.</link>. - </para> - <section id="custom-packages"> - <title>Custom Packages</title> - <para> - Often times, the preamble can become too long, and some people prefer - to put most of their personalization in a custom package and include - that using a <literal>\usepackage</literal> line. &ls; tries to search - such customs package for other <literal>\usepackage</literal> lines, so - that supported packages included in this indirect manner can also be - used to create sub-menus, extend the <literal>'dict'</literal> setting - etc. The most obvious place to place such custom packages is in the - same directory as the edited file. In addition, &latex; also supports - placing custom packages in places pointed to by the - <literal>$TEXINPUTS</literal> environment variable. - </para> - <para> - If you use the <literal>$TEXINPUTS</literal> variable in &latex;, and - you wish &ls; to search these custom packages for - <literal>\usepackage</literal> lines, then you need to initialize the - <link linkend="Tex_TEXINPUTS"><literal>g:Tex_TEXINPUTS</literal></link> - variable. - </para> - <para> - The <literal>g:Tex_TEXINPUTS</literal> variable needs to be set in the - same format which &vim; uses for the <literal>'path'</literal> setting. - This format is explained in detail if you do - <programlisting>:help file-searching</programlisting> - from within &vim;. - </para> - <para> - Therefore the value of <literal>g:Tex_TEXINPUTS</literal> will most - probably be different from <literal>$TEXINPUTS</literal> which your - native &latex; distribution uses. - </para> - <para> - Example: - <programlisting>let g:Tex_TEXINPUTS = '~/texmf/mypackages/**,./**'</programlisting> - The <literal>**</literal> indicates that all directories below the - directory <literal>~/texmf/mypackages</literal> and - <literal>./</literal> are to be scanned for custom packages. - </para> - <note> - <para> - The present directory <literal>'.'</literal> is always searched. You - need not include that in <literal>g:Tex_TEXINPUTS</literal>. - </para> - </note> - </section> - </section> - <section id="supporting-packages"> - <title>Writing supporting for a package</title> - <para> - Supporting a package is easy and consists of writing a vim script with - the same name as the package and placing it in the - <literal>$VIM/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages</literal> directory. A - package script should define two variables as described in the next two - sections. In addition to these two variables, you can also define any - functions, environment definitions etc. in this file. - </para> - <section> - <title><literal>g:Tex_package_option_<package></literal></title> - <para> - This setting is a string containing a comma separated list of options - supported by this package. - </para> - <para> - Example: - <programlisting>g:Tex_package_option_mypack = 'opt1,opt2=,sbr:group1,opt3,opt4'</programlisting> - The <literal>=</literal> suffix means that the option takes a value. - Use <literal>sbr:group name</literal> to separate options into - sub-menus. All successive options will be clubbed into the - <literal>group1</literal> sub-menu till the next - <literal>sbr:</literal> option is encountered. - </para> - </section> - <section> - <title><literal>g:Tex_package_<package></literal></title> - <programlisting> - g:TeX_package_<package> = "pre:Command,pre:Command1" -More detailed example is in latex-suite/packages/exmpl file (slightly -outdated). -Here is short summary of prefixes which can be used in package files: -(x - place with cursor, &ph; - |placeholder|) - -{env:command} Environment: creates simple environment template - \begin{command} - x - \end{command}&ph; -{eno:command} Environment with option: - \begin[x]{command} - &ph; - \end{command}&ph; -{ens:command[<<option>>]...} Environment special: - \begin[<<option>>]...{command} - &ph; - \end{command}&ph; -{bra:command} Brackets: - \command{x}&ph; -{brd:command} Brackets double: - \command{x}{&ph;}&ph; -{brs:command[<<option>>]...} Brackets special (as environment special: - \command[<+x+>]{&ph;}{&ph;}&ph; -{nor:command} Normal: - \command<Space -{noo:command} Normal with option: - \command[x]&ph; -{nob:command} Normal with option and brackets: - \command[x]{&ph;}&ph; -{pla:command} Plain: - command<Space -{spe:command} Special: - command <-literal insertion of command -{sep:command} creates separator. Good for aesthetics and usability :) -{sbr:command} Breaks menu into submenus. <command> will be title of submenu. - Can be used also in package variable. - -Command can be also given without prefix:. The result is - \command - </programlisting> - </section> - </section> - </section> - <section id="latex-completion"> - <title>Latex Completion</title> - <para> - &ls; provides an easy way to insert references to labels and - bibliographic entries and also provide filename arguments to commands - such as <literal>\includegraphics</literal>. Although the completion - capabilities are very diverse, &ls; only uses a single key - (<literal><F9></literal> by default) to do all of it. Pressing the - <literal><F9></literal> key does different things based on where - you are located. &ls; tries to guess what you might be trying to - complete at the location where you pressed - <literal><F9></literal>. For example, pressing - <literal><F9></literal> when you are within a - <literal>\ref</literal> command will try to list the - <literal>\label</literal>'s in the present directory. Pressing it when - you are in a <literal>\cite</literal> command will list bibliography - keys. &ls; also recognizes commands which need a file name argument and - will put up an explorer window for you to choose a filename. - </para> - <note id="ls-set-grepprg"> - <title>Before you start with &ls;'s completion function...</title> - <para> - All of &ls;'s completion capabilities depend on a external program - being available on your system which can search through a number of - files for a reg-exp pattern. On *nix systems, the pre-installed - <literal>grep</literal> utility is more than adequate. Most windows - systems come with a utility <literal>findstr</literal>, but that has - proven to be very inadequate (for one, it does not have an option to - force the file name to be displayed when searching through a single - file). Your best bet is to install <ulink - url="http://www.cygwin.com">cygwin</ulink>, but if you think that's - overkill, you can <ulink - url="http://www.google.com/search?q=windows%20gnu%20grep">search - for</ulink> a windows implementation of GNU grep. (&ls; testing on - windows has been done with cygwin's port of GNU grep). - </para> - <para> - Once you have a <literal>grep</literal> program installed, you need to - set the <literal>'grepprg'</literal> option for vim. Make sure you use a - setting which forces the program to display file names even when you are - searching through a single file. For GNU grep, the syntax is - <programlisting>set grepprg=grep\ -nH\ $*</programlisting> - </para> - </note> - <section id="ls-completion-usage"> - <title id="ls-completion-usage.title">&ls; completion example</title> - <para> - Consider the situation where you are editing a file with two equations - labelled <literal>eqn:euler</literal> and <literal>eqn:einstein</literal>. - Now you want to insert a reference to one of these equations. To do this, - you type the <literal>\ref{eqn:}</literal> command and with the cursor - placed after <literal>eqn:</literal>, press <literal><F9></literal>. - This will bring up two new windows beneath the main window you were working - in as shown in the figure below. - <programlisting> - 8 These are a couple of equations: - 9 +-- 4 lines: eqnarray (eqn:euler) : e^{j\pi} + 1 &=& 0--------------- - 13 +-- 4 lines: equation (eqn:einstein) : E = m c^2--------------------- - 17 - 18 These are a couple of figures: - 19 +-- 7 lines: figure (fig:monkeys) : Monkeys can Type------------------- - 26 +-- 7 lines: figure (fig:shakespeare) : Shakespeare could not type----- - 33 - 34 This is a reference to \ref{eqn:}&ph; - 35 - 36 - 37 \end{document} - 38 -~ -~ -~ -newfile.tex 34,32 Bot -newfile.tex|11| \label{eqn:euler} -newfile.tex|15| \label{eqn:einstein} -~ -[Error List] 1,1 All - 7 - 8 These are a couple of equations: - 9 \begin{eqnarray} - 10 e^{j\pi} + 1 &=& 0 - 11 \label{eqn:euler} - 12 \end{eqnarray} - 13 \begin{equation} - 14 E = m c^2 - 15 \label{eqn:einstein} - 16 \end{equation} -newfile.tex [Preview] 11,3 21% - </programlisting> - </para> - <para> - The first window (shown as <literal>[Error List]</literal> above) is a - <literal>|cwindow|</literal> containing a list of possible matches for the - reference. The cursor will be located in the first line of this window. The - bottom window is a <literal>preview-window</literal> showing the context of - the <literal>\label</literal>. Moving around in the - <literal>[Error List]</literal> window automatically scrolls the - preview window so as to always keep showing the context of the - <literal>\label</literal> being viewed in the - <literal>[Error List]</literal> window. You can also press - <literal>J</literal> and <literal>K</literal> in the - <literal>[ErrorList]</literal> window to scroll the preview window up and - down. - </para> - <para> - To insert one of the labels, simply position the cursor in the correct line - in the <literal>[Error List]</literal> window and press - <literal><enter></literal>. This will immediately close the two newly - opened windows, get back to the correct location in the original file being - edited and insert the label into the <literal>\ref</literal> command. - </para> - <para> - If you notice carefully in the example above, the - <literal>[Error List]</literal> window only showed the matches for the - equations and did not list any of the figure labels. This is because we - pressed <literal><F9></literal> after <literal>\ref{eqn:</literal> - instead of simply after <literal>\ref{</literal>. This caused &ls; to - search only for those labels which started with the string - <literal>eqn:</literal>. If you had pressed - <literal><F9></literal> after a <literal>\ref{</literal>, you would - have been shown matches from <emphasis>all</emphasis> labels, not just - those starting with <literal>eqn:</literal>. - </para> - <para> - Thus prefixing all your labels with <literal>eqn:</literal>, - <literal>fig:</literal>, <literal>tab:</literal> etc. depending on what you - are labelling will lead to an easier time completing references. - </para> - </section> - <section id="ls-completion-ref"> - <title>&ls; \ref completion</title> - <para> - Pressing <literal><F9></literal> when you are within a partially - completed <literal>\ref</literal> command will split open a window - (named <literal>__OUTLINE__</literal>) which contains a nicely - formatted list of all the <literal>\label</literal>s found in the - present project. The <literal>\label</literal>s are heirarchically - arranged according to which <literal>\section</literal>, - <literal>\subsection</literal> etc of the overall document structure - they are present in. For example, when you first press - <literal><F9></literal> after typing <literal>\ref{</literal>, - you should see something like: - <programlisting> -+-- 54 lines: 2. Kinematics-------------------------------- -+-- 98 lines: 3. Aerodynamics of the MFI thorax------------ -+-- 40 lines: 4. Jump Resonance in Fourbar Mechanisms------ -+-- 28 lines: 5. Design and Fabrication Issues------------- - </programlisting> - Each chapter is |fold|ed away so that you can quickly jump to the - correct section/subsection in which the relevant equation is defined. - This makes inserting references significantly faster for large projects - with hundreds of equations. You can then open some of the folds to see - for example: - <programlisting> -+-- 54 lines: 2. Kinematics-------------------------------- -3. Aerodynamics of the MFI thorax - 3.1. Aerodynamic modeling of the MFI wing forces - 3.1.1. Geometric Specification - eqn:wingnormal-pos - \nhat = T_z(\theta_2) T_y(\theta_y)T_x(\theta_x)\nhat_0, - eqn:T-1 - T_1(\theta_2) &=& T_z(\theta_2) - </programlisting> - The <literal><Tab></literal> key is mapped in this window to - toggle folds so that you can quickly open/close folds in order to - navigate the heirarchy faster. Once you are positioned on a - label, press <literal><Enter></literal>. This closes the - <literal>__OUTLINE__</literal> window, returns to the window in which - you pressed <literal><F9></literal> and inserts the reference - at the current cursor position. - </para> - <note> - <title>Filtering labels by prefix</title> - <para> - You can press <literal><F9></literal> after typing part of the - <literal>\label</literal>. In this case, &ls; only presents - <literal>\label</literal>s which begin with the already filled - characters. You can use this to choose between equations, figures, - tables etc. if you consistently label equations to begin with - <literal>eqn:</literal>, figures to begin with <literal>fig:</literal> - etc. For example, with this scheme, pressing - <literal><F9></literal> after typing - <literal>\ref{eqn:</literal> will only list equations. - </para> - </note> - <note> - <para> - &ls; works the same way if you press <literal><F9></literal> - after any command which contains the letters <literal>ref</literal>. - Thus you can complete <literal>\eqref</literal> in exactly the same - manner. - </para> - </note> - <note> - <title>Requirements</title> - <para> - This method of preseting the <literal>\label</literal>s depends on Vim - being compiled with python support. To check if you have this, see the - output of the <literal>:ver</literal> command. If you see something - like <literal>+python</literal>, you are all set. Failing this, you - will need to have <literal>python</literal> somewhere in your - <literal>$PATH</literal>. - </para> - </note> - </section> - <section id="latex-completion-cite"> - <title>&ls; <literal>\cite</literal> completion</title> - <para> - &ls; provides an easy way to insert references to bibliographic - entries. Pressing <literal><F9></literal> when the cursor is - placed inside a partially completed <literal>\cite</literal> command - will split open a new window (named <literal>__OUTLINE__</literal>) - which contains a formatted and syntax highlighted list of all bibtex - entries found. For example, pressing <literal><F9></literal> - after typing <literal>\ref{</literal> should present you with a window - which looks something like this: - <programlisting> -Article [dickinson:science:99] - "Wing rotation and aerodynamic basis of insect flight" - M. H. Dickinson and F-O. Lehman and S. P. Sane - In Science, 1999 - -Article [ellington:84:part1] - "The Aerodynamics of Hovering Insect Flight. I. The Quasi-Steady Analysis" - Ellington, C P - In Philosophical Transactions of the Royal Society of London. Series B, Biological Sciences, 1984 - -Article [ellington:84:part2] - "The Aerodynamics of Hovering Insect Flight. II. Morphological Parameters" - Ellington, C P - In Philosophical Transactions of the Royal Society of London. Series B, Biological Sciences, 1984 - </programlisting> - </para> - <para> - You can easily jump from one entry to another using the - <literal>'n'</literal> and <literal>'p'</literal> keys (to go to the - next / previous entry respectively). - </para> - <para> - You can also filter out a subset of the bibtex entries by pressing - <literal>'f'</literal> while in this window. Doing this presents the - following prompt: - <programlisting> -Field acronyms: (`:let g:Tex_EchoBibFields = 0` to avoid this message) - [t] title [a] author [b] booktitle - [j] journal [y] year [p] bibtype - (you can also enter the complete field name) -Enter filter criterion [field<space>value]: - </programlisting> - At the prompt, type - <programlisting>a ellington</programlisting> - Notice that the letter a is an acronym for <literal>author</literal> - according to the prompt above. Therefore this filter only shows those - bibtex entries whose author field contains the text - <literal>ellington</literal>. You can keep narrowing your selection by - repeatedly filtering the results. If you would like to remove all the - filters and see all entries again, press 'a', which removes - all the filters. - </para> - <para> - You can also sort the bibtex entries based on a field. To do this, - press 's'. This will present you with a prompt like in the case of the - filter and you are asked to choose a field. In this case, you would - type in a single character. This sorts the entries according to that - field. - </para> - <note> - <para> - <literal><F9></literal> will also work in a similar way after any - command which contains the word <literal>cite</literal> in it. For - example, pressing <literal><F9></literal> will also work with - <literal>\citenum</literal> etc. - </para> - </note> - <para> - The following logic is applied to find out which bibliographic entries - are included in the completion. - </para> - <orderedlist> - <listitem> - <para> - Firstly, if the present file has a <link - linkend="latex-master-file">master-file</link> defined for it, then &ls; - will perform the following steps on that file instead of on the - current file. - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - First, the file is scanned for a <literal>\bibliography</literal> - command. To explain better, assume that a command - <programlisting>\bibliography{file1,file2}</programlisting> is found - in the present file. For each bibliography file, say - <literal>file1</literal>, &ls; first tries to see if a - <literal>.bib</literal> file, <literal>file1.bib</literal> can be - found. If so, it will scan it for bib-keys of the form - <literal>@BOOK{</literal> etc., and add these searches to the - completion list. If a <literal>.bib</literal> file cannot be found, - then it will try to see if <literal>file1.bbl</literal> can be found. - If so, &ls; will search it for bib-keys of the form - <literal>\bibitem</literal> and add these to the completion list. - </para> - <para> - You can set the location where &ls; will search for - <literal>.bib</literal> and <literal>.bbl</literal> files using the - <link - linkend="Tex_BIBINPUTS"><literal>|Tex_BIBINPUTS|</literal></link> - variable. - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - If a <literal>\bibliography</literal> command is not found, then &ls; - tries to scan the present file for a - <literal>\begin{thebibliography}</literal> environment. If found, - &ls; searches the present file for bib-keys of the form - <literal>\bibitem</literal>. - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - Finally, it will try to see if this file includes other files - via the <literal>\input</literal> command. For each such file found, - &ls; will repeat the previous two steps stopping at the first file - which has either a <literal>\bibliography</literal> command or a - <literal>thebibliography</literal> environment. - </para> - </listitem> - </orderedlist> - <section id="cite-search-caching"> - <title>Caching the <literal>\cite</literal> completion results</title> - <anchor id="TClearCiteHist"></anchor> - <para> - Often times, the editing cycle proceeds by first laying out a - comprehensive bibliography and then completing all the - <literal>\cite</literal> commands in one session. In such situations, - it is inefficient to scan the whole list of bibliography files for - bib-keys each time. &ls; provides a way to cache the results of the - cite completion search using the <link - linkend="Tex_RememberCiteSearch"><literal>Tex_RememberCiteSearch</literal></link> - variable. If set, &ls; will perform the search only the first time - <literal><F9></literal> is used. Next time on, it will reuse the - search results. If you wish to redo the search results, issue the - command - <programlisting>TClearCiteHist</programlisting> - This will redo the completion list next time you use - <literal><F9></literal>. - </para> - </section> - </section> - <section id="ls-filename-completion"> - <title>&ls; filename completion</title> - <para> - When you press <literal><F9></literal> at a location where &ls; - guesses a filename needs to be typed, then a new explorer window will - open up with the list of files. You can use this window to change - directories etc. Pressing <literal><enter></literal> on a filename - in the explorer window will automatically close the explorer window, - return to the location where you pressed <literal><F9></literal> - from and insert the filename into that position. - </para> - <para> - &ls; also tries to guess what kinds of files you might not want to - insert and hides those accordingly. For example, if you press - <literal><F9></literal> when you are located at - <literal>\includegraphics{</literal>, then &ls; knows that you will not - want to insert <literal>.tex</literal> files. Therefore, the explorer - window will automatically hide these files. - </para> - <para> - As of now, &ls; recognizes the following commands for filename - completion. Along with the commands, this table also lists the - files which &ls; will not show for completing each command. - </para> - <informaltable frame="all"> - <tgroup cols="2"> - <thead> - <row> - <entry>command</entry> - <entry>hide pattern</entry> - </row> - </thead> - <tbody> - <row> - <entry><literal>\bibliography</literal></entry> - <entry><literal>'^\.,\.[^b]..$'</literal></entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry><literal>\include</literal> <literal>\includeonly</literal></entry> - <entry><literal>'^\.,\.[^t]..$'</literal></entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry><literal>\includegraphics</literal> <literal>\psfig</literal></entry> - <entry><literal>'^\.,\.tex$,\.bib$,\.bbl$,\.zip$,\.gz$'</literal></entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry><literal>\input</literal></entry> - <entry><literal>''</literal></entry> - </row> - </tbody> - </tgroup> - </informaltable> - </section> - <section id="ls-completion-custom"> - <title>Custom command completion</title> - <para> - &ls; also recognizes certain commonly used &latex; commands for the - <literal><F9></literal> key. At the moment, the - <literal>\bibliographystyle</literal>, <literal>\addtocontents</literal> - and the <literal>\addcontentsline</literal> commands are recognized, - although more will be added in the future. When you press the - <literal><F9></literal> after such a command, &ls; will prompt - you with a list of arguments which make sense for the command. - </para> - <para> - This functionality is available for commands for which a global - variable of the form - <literal>g:Tex_completion_{<command>}</literal> is defined where - <literal><command></literal> is the command name. This variable - is a comma separated list of values which this command takes. For - example, the argument to the <literal>\bibliographystyle</literal> - command is commonly one of <literal>abbr,alpha,plain,unsrt</literal>. - Therefore, &ls; defines - <programlisting>let g:Tex_completion_bibliographystyle = 'abbr,alpha,plain,unsrt'</programlisting> - You can define your own completion variables in a similar manner for - commands which you might use. - </para> - </section> - </section> - <section id="latex-compiling"> - <title>&latex; Compiling</title> - <para> - This functionality, available via the TeX-Suite menu, provides various tools - to compile and debug &latex; files from within &vim;. - </para> - <para> - If you are using commonly used LaTeX tools, then you should be all set - as soon as you download and install &ls;. In order to compile a - LaTeX file, simply press <literal>\ll</literal> while editing the file. - This runs latex on the current file and displays the errors in a - |quickfix-window| below the file being edited. You can then scroll - through the errors and press <literal><enter></literal> to be - taken to the location of the corresponding error. Along with the errors - being listed in the quickfix window, the corresponding log file is also - opened in |preview| mode beneath the quickfix window. It is scrolled - automatically to keep in sync with the error being viewed in the - quickfix window. You will be automatically taken to the location of the - first error/warning unless you set the <link - linkend="Tex_GotoError">g:Tex_GotoError</link> variable to 0. - </para> - <para> - &ls; also supports compiling &latex; into formats other than DVI. By - default, &ls; supports PDF and PS formats. In order to choose a format - other than DVI, use the <literal>TTarget</literal> command or the - <literal>TeX-Suite > Target Format</literal> menu item. This will ask you - to type in the name of the target format you want to compile to. If a rule - has been defined for the format (as described in the next - <link linkend="compiler-rules">section</link>), then &ls; will switch to - that format. - </para> - <para>Trying to choose a format for which no rule has been defined will - result in &ls; displaying a warning message without taking any action. - </para> - <para> - If you are using a multiple file project and need to compile a master - file while editing other files, then &ls; provides a way to specify the - file to be compiled as described in <link - linkend="latex-master-file">latex-master-file</link>. - </para> - <section id="compiler-rules"> - <title>Setting Compilation rules</title> - <para> - In order to compile &latex; files into various formats, &ls; needs to know - which external programs to call and in which way they need to be called. - This information is provided to &ls; via a number of "rules". For each - format you want to compile to, you need to specify a rule. A rule is - specified by defining a variable of the form: - <programlisting>g:Tex_CompileRule_<format></programlisting> - where <literal><format></literal> is a string like - <literal>"pdf"</literal>, <literal>"dvi"</literal> etc. - </para> - <para> - Example: By default, &ls; uses the following rule for compiling &latex; - documents into DVI. - <programlisting>g:Tex_CompileRule_dvi = 'latex --interaction=nonstopmode $*'</programlisting> - </para> - <para> - Default values are also provided for ps and pdf formats. You might want to - change these rules in texrc according to your local tex environment. - </para> - <note> - <para> - For win32 users user MikTeX, sometimes the latex compiler's output has a - bug where a single number is split across different lines. In this case, - put the included <literal>vim-latex</literal> file distributed with &ls;. - </para> - </note> - </section> - <section id="compiler-dependency"> - <title>Handling dependencies in compilation</title> - <para> - &ls; also handles compiling dependencies automatically via certain - rules which specify the "dependency chain" for each target format. - For example, if in your case, you use - <programlisting>.tex -> .dvi -> .ps -> .pdf</programlisting> - to generate <literal>pdf</literal> files from <literal>dvi</literal> - files, then you will need to specify the following setting in your - &ls; configuration (see <link - linkend="customizing-latex-suite">customizing &ls;</link> for where - these settings should go): - <programlisting> -let g:Tex_FormatDependency_pdf = 'dvi,ps,pdf' -</programlisting> - This is a comma separated string of formats specifying the order in - which the formats to be compiled into should be chosen. With this - setting, if you set the target format to <literal>pdf</literal>, then - the next time you compile via the <literal>\ll</literal> shortcut, &ls; - will first generate a <literal>dvi</literal> file, then use that to - generate the <literal>ps</literal> file and finally create the - <literal>pdf</literal> file from that. - </para> - <note> - <para> - If any of the intermediate formats is listed in the - <literal>g:Tex_MultipleCompileFormats</literal> setting as described - in the section <link linkend="compiling-multiple">Compiling multiple - times</link>, then &ls; might make multiple calls to the compiler to - generate the output file of that format. - </para> - </note> - <para> - Along with the <literal>g:Tex_FormatDependency_{format}</literal> - setting, you should ofcourse specify the rule for compiling to each of - the formats as described in the <link linkend="compiler-rules">previous - section</link>. For example, with the setting above, you could use: - <programlisting> -let g:Tex_CompileRule_dvi = 'latex --interaction=nonstopmode $*' -let g:Tex_CompileRule_ps = 'dvips -Ppdf -o $*.ps $*.dvi' -let g:Tex_CompileRule_pdf = 'ps2pdf $*.ps'</programlisting> - </para> - <note> - <para> - By default, &ls; does not specify any compiler dependencies. Each - target format for which a rule has been derived will be compiled - independently. - </para> - </note> - </section> - <section id="compiling-multiple"> - <title>Compiling multiple times</title> - <para> - Most &latex; compilers need to be re-run several times in several - commonly occurring situations in order to get a final camera ready copy. - For example, when <literal>\label</literal>'s change, when new - <literal>\cite</literal> commands are added etc. If the target format - you are compiling to requires multiple compilations, then you will - need to include the format in the - <literal>g:Tex_MultipleCompileFormats</literal> setting. This is a - comma separated string of formats which need multiple compilations to - be generated correctly. - </para> - <para> - By default, this setting contains just the <literal>dvi</literal> - format. If you use the <literal>pdflatex</literal> compiler to generate - <literal>pdf</literal> files, then you might want to also include - <literal>pdf</literal> into the above setting. - </para> - <para> - For every format included in the - <literal>g:Tex_MultipleCompileFormats</literal> setting described - above, &ls; will use the following logic to generate the file. Note - that although the following description uses <literal>latex</literal> - to refer to the compiler, it could be some other compiler such as - <literal>pdflatex</literal> for generating <literal>pdf</literal> - output. - </para> - <para> - <orderedlist> - <listitem>If there was a <literal>.idx</literal> file, then remember - its contents.</listitem> - <listitem>Run <literal>latex</literal>.</listitem> - <listitem>If the <literal>.idx</literal> file changed due to the latex - compiler, then run <literal>makeindex</literal> to redo the - <literal>.ind</literal> file and then remember to rerun latex. - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - If the <literal>.aux</literal> file generated by the latex - compiler contains a <literal>\bibdata</literal> line, then it - means that we are using a <literal>.bib</literal> file. Therefore, - run <literal>bibtex</literal>. - </para> - <note> - <para> - This means that we will always run <literal>bibtex</literal> - whenever we use the <literal>\bibliography</literal> command - whether or not we actually need to. At this time, &ls; does not - parse the <literal>.aux</literal> file before and after the latex - compiler to see if we are required to rerun - <literal>bibtex</literal>. - </para> - </note> - </listitem> - <listitem> - If the <literal>.bbl</literal> file changes because of this, then - remember to rerun latex again. - </listitem> - <listitem>Also, we check to see if the &latex; compiler gives certain - standard warnings which notify that we need to compile once again. In - this case also, remember to rerun &latex;.</listitem> - <listitem>If we found we had to rerun latex, then we repeat - the steps above but not running <literal>makeindex</literal> or - <literal>bibtex</literal> again.</listitem> - </orderedlist> - </para> - <para> - The &latex; file is compiled atmost 5 times using this logic. These - steps will ensure that on most platforms/environments, you will get a - clean output with all the cross-references, citations etc correctly - labelled and ordered. - </para> - </section> - <section id="compiler-output-customization"> - <title>Customizing the compiler output</title> - <para> - Most &latex; compilers produce a very large amount of output during - compilation, most of which is not relevant to debugging type-setting - errors. The compiler plugin provided with &ls; (which is an enhanced - version of the standard compiler plugin maintained by Artem Chuprina), - provides a way to filter the compiler output so that the actual - errors/warnings can be presented much more concisely. - </para> - <para> - The compiler plugin is set up by default to function in a "non-verbose", - "ignore-common-warnings" mode, which means that irrelevant lines from the - compiler output will be ignored and some very common warnings are also - ignored. - &ls; does this via the global variable <link - linkend="Tex_IgnoredWarnings"><literal>g:Tex_IgnoredWarnings</literal></link>. - This is a list of patterns, which can be used to filter out (or ignore) - some or the warnings and errors reported by the compiler. See the link - above for its default value. - </para> - <para> - &ls; uses the <link - linkend="Tex_IgnoreLevel"><literal>g:Tex_IgnoreLevel</literal></link> - setting to set a default ignore level. For example, for the default - value of 4, &ls; ignores warnings and errors matching the first 4 - patterns in <literal>g:Tex_IgnoredWarnings</literal>. - </para> - <para> - In addition to setting a default value of the ignore level, &ls; - provides the ability to set the level dynamically, using the - <literal>TCLevel</literal> command. For example, if you issue the - command: - <programlisting>TCLevel 3</programlisting> - from within &vim;, then the next time you compile the document, &ls; will - ignore warnings and errors which match the first three patterns in - <literal>g:Tex_IgnoredWarnings</literal>. - </para> - <para> - When TCLevel is called with the unquoted string strict as follows: - <programlisting>TClevel strict</programlisting> - then &ls; switches to a "verbose", "no-lines-ignored" mode which is useful - when you want to make final checks of your document and want to be careful - not to let things slip by. - </para> - <para> - See the explanation of the settings <link - linkend="Tex_IgnoredWarnings">g:Tex_IgnoredWarnings</link> and <link - linkend="Tex_IgnoreLevel">g:Tex_IgnoreLevel</link> to find out how to - customize the filtering done by &ls; - </para> - - </section> - <section id="part-compiling"> - <title>Compiling parts of a file</title> - <para> - &ls; also provides a way to compile a fragment of a document. This can be - very useful while debugging a complex equation or one chapter in a book, - etc. - </para> - <para> - To do this, visually select a portion of the text and press - <literal>\ll</literal> while in visual mode. The visually selected portion - will be saved to a temporary file with the preamble from the current - document prepended. &ls; will then switch focus to this temporary file and - compile it. Continue to debug this file as required and then replace the - portion of the original file with this one. - </para> - <para> - Pressing <literal>\lv</literal> while viewing the temporary file will - view the output file generated from the temporary file, not the original - file - </para> - <para> - Two commands |TPartComp| and |TPartView| are provided to be able to get - this functionality via the command line. - </para> - <para> - From release 1.6 onwards of &ls;, the temporary file created - for part compilation will reside in the same directory as the file from - which the fragment is being created. This ensures that any relative - path-names defined in the fragment will still work. &ls; will - attempt to clean the temporary file(s) created when Vim exits. - </para> - </section> - </section> - <section id="latex-viewing"> - <title>Latex Viewing and Searching</title> - <section id="latex-viewing-rules"> - <title>Setting Viewing rules</title> - <para> - In order to view the output files created by compiling the source - files, you need to specify which external program &ls; should call. You - can specify the external program using one of two settings - <link linkend="Tex_ViewRule_format">Tex_ViewRule_format</link> or <link - linkend="Tex_ViewRuleComplete_format">Tex_ViewRuleComplete_format</link>. - By default, &ls; has default settings for viewing various common output - formats via the <literal>Tex_ViewRule_format</literal> settings, so - that if you are using commonly used programs, you should be all set to - view compiled files from within &vim; by simply pressing - <literal>\lv</literal>. - </para> - <note> - <para> - The viewing function also takes the <link - linkend="latex-master-file"><literal>*.latexmain</literal></link> file - into account to decide which file to show. - </para> - </note> - <para> - If pressing <literal>\lv</literal> does not work, then it most probably - has to do with incorrect settings of the <link - linkend="Tex_ViewRule_format"><literal>g:Tex_ViewRule_<format></literal></link> - where <literal><format></literal> is the format you are - attempting to view. See the link above for how to set this according to - your system. - </para> - <note> - <para> - On Windows and OS/X, you can leave the view rule empty to open the document - with the default viewer on your system. On Linux/UNIX systems, you can use - the <literal>xdg-open</literal> command to open the document with the default - viewer. - </para> - </note> - <para> - In addition to viewing the files, &ls; also supports forward and inverse - searching for certain common tools for viewing documents. - See the next few sections for details on forward and inverse searching, - including an overview of viewers. - </para> - </section> - <section id="forward-searching"> - <title>Forward Searching documents</title> - <para> - Forward searching refers to making a viewer display a given document at - a given location from within &vim;. At present, these viewers are known to support - forward searching, but viewers that are not listed here may work, too: - <informaltable frame="all"> - <tgroup cols="3"> - <thead> - <row> - <entry>Viewer</entry> - <entry>OS</entry> - <entry>Supported documents</entry> - <entry>Comment</entry> - </row> - </thead> - <tbody> - <row> - <entry><ulink url="http://skim-app.sourceforge.net/">Skim</ulink></entry> - <entry>Apple / OS X Tiger</entry> - <entry>PDF</entry> - <entry>Supports also inverse searching</entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry><ulink url="http://pdfview.sourceforge.net/">PDFView</ulink></entry> - <entry>Apple / OS X</entry> - <entry>PDF</entry> - <entry>No longer in development, supports also inverse searching</entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry><ulink url="http://www2.ing.unipi.it/~d9615/homepage/texniscope.html">TeXniscope</ulink></entry> - <entry>Apple</entry> - <entry>PDF, DVI</entry> - <entry></entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry><ulink url="http://www.miktex.org/">YAP</ulink></entry> - <entry>Windows</entry> - <entry>DVI, PS</entry> - <entry>ships with MikTex</entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry><ulink url="http://blog.kowalczyk.info/software/sumatrapdf/">Sumatra PDF</ulink></entry> - <entry>Windows</entry> - <entry>PDF</entry> - <entry></entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry><ulink url="http://developer.kde.org/~kdvi/">kdvi</ulink></entry> - <entry>Linux/UNIX</entry> - <entry>DVI</entry> - <entry></entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry><ulink url="http://okular.kde.org/">okular</ulink></entry> - <entry>Linux/UNIX</entry> - <entry>DVI, PDF, PS and many more</entry> - <entry>Included in KDE 4</entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry><ulink url="http://math.berkeley.edu/~vojta/xdvi.html">xdvi</ulink></entry> - <entry>Linux/UNIX</entry> - <entry>DVI</entry> - <entry></entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry><ulink url="http://xdvi.sourceforge.net/">xdvik</ulink></entry> - <entry>Linux/UNIX</entry> - <entry>DVI</entry> - <entry></entry> - </row> - </tbody> - </tgroup> - </informaltable> - - Pressing <literal>\ls</literal> from within &vim; - should make the viewer display the portion of the document where your - cursor is placed. - <note> - <para> - OS/X users need to set the <literal>g:Tex_TreatMacViewerAsUNIX</literal> flag - to <literal>1</literal> and provide a UNIX-like viewrule, that expects as - arguments the document, the linenumber and the sourcefile in this order. - </para> - </note> - </para> - <anchor id="enabling-searching" /> - <note> - <title>Enabling Forward and Inverse Searching</title> - <para> - Most DVI viewers need "source-special" information in order to do - forward (and inverse) searching. This information is embedded in the - <literal>dvi</literal> file if the &latex; source is compiled with the - <literal>--src-specials</literal> option. By default, &ls; does not - supply this argument to the compiler. See the section on - <literal><link - linkend="Tex_CompileRule_format">g:Tex_CompileRule_dvi</link></literal> - to find out how this option can be set. - - For pdf viewers you need to use the <ulink url="http://itexmac.sourceforge.net/pdfsync.html">pdfsync</ulink> - package in your LaTeX document. - </para> - </note> - </section> - <section id="inverse-searching"> - <title>Inverse Searching</title> - <para> - Inverse searching refers to the viewer telling &vim; to display the - &latex; source file at a given location when you double-click in the - viewer window. - </para> - <para> - You will need to <link linkend="enabling-searching">enable - searching</link> in order to use this functionality. - </para> - <para> - You will also need to specify certain settings to the DVI viewer - conveying the syntax which it needs to use to tell &vim; how to display - the source file. In <literal>YAP</literal>, you can set this option in - <literal>View > Options > Inverse Search</literal>. The - <literal>Command Line</literal> field needs to be set as follows: - <programlisting>"C:\Program Files\vim\vim61\gvim" -c ":RemoteOpen +%l %f"</programlisting> - The command <literal>:RemoteOpen</literal> is supplied when you install - &ls;. - </para> - <para> - On *nix machines, &ls; attempts to call the DVI viewer in such a way - that it already knows how to communicate with &vim;. If this does not - seem to be working, you can use the <literal>RemoteOpen</literal> - command described above. - </para> - </section> - </section> - <section id="latex-folding"> - <title>Latex Folding</title> - <para> - &ls; ships with the plugin SyntaxFolds.vim which is a plugin for - creating "fake" syntax folds on the fly. The fold method is actually manual - but the folding is based on &latex; syntax. This offers a speed increase over - regular syntax folding. Ofcourse it has the disadvantage that the folds are - not dynamic, i.e newly created syntax items are not automatically folded up. - (This is a compromise between speed and convenience). - </para> - <para> - When you open up a LaTeX file, all the portions will be automatically folded - up. However, no new folds will be created until you press - <literal><F6></literal> or <literal>\rf</literal>. (rf - stands for "refresh folds"). - </para> - <para> - The fold-text is set to the first line of the folded text unless the fold is a - table, figure etc. (an environment). In this case, if a \caption and/or a - label is found in the folded region, then those are used to make a more - meaningful fold-text, otherwise the second line of the environment is displayed - along with the name of the environment. In other words, the following - <programlisting>\begin{figure}[h] - \centerline{\psfig{figure=slidercrank.eps,height=6cm}} - \caption{The Slider Crank Mechanism.} - \label{fig:slidercrank} -\end{figure} -% a LaTeX comment. -\begin{eqnarray} - \sin(\pi) = 0 -\end{eqnarray}</programlisting> - </para> - <para> - will be shown as: - <programlisting>+--- 5 lines: figure (fig:slidercrank) : The Slider Crank Mechanism. ----- -% a LaTeX comment. -+--- 3 lines: eqnarray () : \sin(\pi) = 0 --------------------------------</programlisting> - </para> - <section id="default-folding"> - <title>Default Folding Scheme in &ls;</title> - <para> - By default &ls; creates folds in the following manner: - </para> - <programlisting>\chapter -\section -%%fakesection - \subsection - \subsubsection - \item - \equation - \eqnarray - \figure - \table - \footnote</programlisting> - <para> - The indentation shows the "nestedness" of the folding scheme. - See the <link linkend="customizing-what-to-fold">next section</link> to - see how you can change this scheme. - </para> - </section> - <section id="customizing-what-to-fold"> - <title>Customizing what to fold</title> - <para> - From version 1.6 onwards, the folding in &ls; can be controlled - to a large extent via a number of global variables. - </para> - <section id="Tex_FoldedSections"> - <title>Tex_FoldedSections</title> - <para> - This entry defines which sections will be folded. This - setting is a comma separated list of section names. - The default value is: - <programlisting>part,chapter,section,%%fakesection, -subsection,subsubsection,paragraph</programlisting> - Each of the entries in the list will fold up a section of the - corresponding name. The <literal>%%fakesection</literal> section is - provided as a means for the user to group lines into "fake" sections. - A <literal>%%fakesection</literal> is assumed to start on a line which - begins with the string <literal>%%fakesection</literal> and continue - till the start of the next <literal>\section</literal>, - <literal>\subsection</literal> or any other section. - </para> - <para> - See also <link linkend="fold-setting-advanced">advanced fold - settings</link>. - </para> - </section> - <section id="Tex_FoldedEnvironments"> - <title>Tex_FoldedEnvironments</title> - <para> - This entry defines which environments will be folded. It is a - comma separated string of words each of which defines a single - environment. The default setting is - <programlisting>verbatim,comment,eq,gather, -align,figure,table,thebibliography, -keywords,abstract,titlepage</programlisting> - The words need not be standard Latex environments. You can - add any word you like. Also, each word will fold up all - environments whose name begins with that word. For example, in - the setting above, the word <literal>"eq"</literal> folds up the - <literal>\begin{equation}</literal>, - <literal>\begin{eqnarray}</literal>, - <literal>\begin{eqnarray*}</literal> environments. To avoid - this, you can replace the word <literal>"eq"</literal> with - <literal>"eq}"</literal>. - </para> - <para> - See also <link linkend="fold-setting-advanced">advanced fold - settings</link>. - </para> - </section> - <section id="Tex_FoldedCommands"> - <title>Tex_FoldedCommands</title> - <para> - This entry defines which commands will be folded. It is a comma - separated string of words each of which defines a single command. - The default setting is empty, i.e no commands are folded. - The words need not be standard Latex commands. You can use whatever - words you like. Each word will fold all commands whose name begins - with that word as in the case of the <link - linkend="Tex_FoldedEnvironments">Tex_FoldedEnvironments</link> - variable. - </para> - <note> - <para> - It is very difficult to fold commands reliably because it is very - difficult to create a regexp which will match a line containing - unmatched parentheses (or curly brackets), but will not match a line - containing matched parentheses. - </para> - <para> - Just to make things safer, only lines which start a command but do - not contain additional curly braces after the command has started are - folded. In other words, if you wanted to fold the the command - <literal>"mycommand"</literal>, then the lines - <programlisting>\mycommand{This is a line -and some more text on the next line -}</programlisting> - will be folded, but the lines - <programlisting>\mycommand{This is a \textbf{line} -and some more text -}</programlisting> - will not be folded. This is a bug which is very difficult to fix. - </para> - </note> - <para> - See also <link linkend="fold-setting-advanced">advanced fold - settings</link>. - </para> - </section> - <section id="Tex_FoldedMisc"> - <title>Tex_FoldedMisc</title> - <para> - This entry defines fold syntax for certain items which do not - naturally fit into the section, environment of command lists. It is a - comma separated list of words. The default value is: - <programlisting>item,preamble,<<<</programlisting> - <note> - <para> - Unlike the other Tex_FoldedXXXX variables, the words in this setting - are limited to take values from the following list: - </para> - <para> - <informaltable frame="all"> - <tgroup cols="2"> - <thead> - <row> - <entry>Value</entry> - <entry>Meaning</entry> - </row> - </thead> - <tbody> - <row> - <entry>comments</entry> - <entry>Folds up contiguous blocks of comments</entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry>item</entry> - <entry>Folds up the <literal>\item</literal>s within list - environments</entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry>preamble</entry> - <entry>Folds up the preamble of a document. (The part between - the <literal>\documentclass</literal> command and the - <literal>\begin{document}</literal> environment)</entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry><literal><<<</literal></entry> - <entry>Folds defined manually by the user using the - <literal><<<</literal> and - <literal>>>></literal> strings as fold-markers.</entry> - </row> - </tbody> - </tgroup> - </informaltable> - Any other words in the <literal>Tex_FoldedMisc</literal> setting - are silently ignored. - </para> - </note> - </para> - <para> - See also <link linkend="fold-setting-advanced">advanced fold - settings</link>. - </para> - </section> - <section id="fold-setting-advanced"> - <title>Advanced Fold setting details</title> - <para> - The order of the words in the <literal>Tex_FoldedXXXX</literal> - variables is <emphasis>important</emphasis>. The order defines the - order in which the folds are nested. For example, the value - <literal>"subsection,section"</literal> for the - <literal>Tex_FoldedSections</literal> variable will not fold any - subsections at all. This is because the folds are created in the - <emphasis>reverse</emphasis> order in which they occur in the - <literal>Tex_FoldedSections</literal> setting and also, once a fold is - created, the interior of the fold is not examined for creating - additional folds. In the above case, this means that a - <literal>\section</literal> is folded first and then its interior is - not examined further. The correct value should have been - <literal>"section,subsection"</literal> - </para> - <anchor id="fold-setting-adding" /> - <para> - Each of the fold setting variables - <literal>Tex_FoldedSections</literal>, - <literal>Tex_FoldedEnvironments</literal> etc., as explained previously - is a comma separated string of variables. However, to make it easier - to <emphasis>add</emphasis> to the default settings without having to - repeat the whole default setting again, &ls; uses the following logic - in forming the complete setting string from the - <literal>Tex_FoldedXXXX</literal> variables. If the variable starts with - a comma, then <literal>Tex_FoldedXXXX</literal> is added to the end of - the default string rather than replacing it. Similarly, if it ends - with a comma, then it will be prepended to the beginning of the - default setting rather than replacing it. - </para> - <para> - For example, if <literal>Tex_FoldedEnvironments</literal> is set to the - string <literal>"myenv"</literal>, then only an environment of the - form <literal>\begin{myenv}</literal> will be folded. However, if the - <literal>Tex_FoldedEnvironments</literal> setting is - <literal>",myenv"</literal>, then the <literal>\begin{myenv}</literal> - environment will be folded after all other environments in the default - setting have been folded. On the other hand if - <literal>Tex_FoldedEnvironments</literal> is of the form - <literal>"myenv,"</literal>, the <literal>\begin{myenv}</literal> - environment will be folded before the rest of the environments in the - default setting. - </para> - </section> - </section> - <section id="editing-folding"> - <title>Editing the folding.vim file directly</title> - <para> - If you are using version 1.5 of &ls; or older, you will need to - directly edit the - <literal>$VIM/ftplugin/latex-suite/folding.vim</literal> file if you - wish to modify the folding scheme. You will need to modify the - function <literal>MakeTexFolds()</literal> defined in that file to - modify the fold syntax. <literal>MakeTexFolds</literal> makes a number - of calls to <literal>AddSyntaxFoldItem</literal>. Each such call - defines a new "fold item". The order in which these calls are made - defines how the folds are nested. For example, if you desire an - <literal>figure</literal> environment to be nested within a - <literal>section</literal>, then you should define the fold for the - <literal>figure</literal> first. The syntax of - <literal>AddSyntaxFoldItem</literal> is as follows: - <programlisting>AddSyntaxFoldItem(startpat, endpat, startoff, endoff [, startskip, endskip])</programlisting> - If the last two arguments are omitted, then they are assumed to default - to the empty strings <literal>''</literal>. - The explanation for each argument is as follows: - </para> - <informaltable frame="all"> - <tgroup cols="2"> - <thead> - <row> - <entry>Argument</entry> - <entry>Explanation</entry> - </row> - </thead> - <tbody> - <row> - <entry><literal>startpat</literal></entry> - <entry>a line matching this pattern defines - the beginning of a fold. - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - <literal>endpat</literal> - </entry> - <entry> - a line matching this pattern defines the end of a fold. - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry><literal>startoff</literal></entry> - <entry> - this is the offset from the starting line at which folding will - actually start - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry><literal>endoff</literal></entry> - <entry> - like <literal>startoff</literal>, but gives the offset of the - actual fold end from the line satisfying <literal>endpat</literal>. - <literal>startoff</literal> and <literal>endoff</literal> are - necessary when the folding region does not have a specific end - pattern corresponding to a start pattern. for example in &latex;, - <literal>\section{Section Name}</literal> defines the beginning of - a section, but there is no command which specifically ends a - section. Thus a <literal>\section</literal> is assumed to end 1 - line <emphasis>before</emphasis> another section starts. - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - <literal>startskip</literal> - </entry> - <entry> - A Pattern Which Defines The Beginning Of A "Skipped" Region. - - For example, suppose we define a \itemize fold as follows: - <programlisting><literal>startpat</literal> = '^\s*\\item', -<literal>endpat</literal> = '^\s*\\item\|^\s*\\end{\(enumerate\|itemize\|description\)}', -<literal>startoff</literal> = 0, -<literal>endoff</literal> = -1</programlisting> - - This defines a fold which starts with a line beginning with an - <literal>\item</literal> and ending one line before a line beginning with an - <literal>\item</literal> or <literal>\end{enumerate}</literal> etc. - - Then, as long as <literal>\item</literal>'s are not nested things are fine. - However, once items begin to nest, the fold started by one - <literal>\item</literal> can end because of an - <literal>\item</literal> in an <literal>\itemize</literal> - environment within this <literal>\item</literal>. i.e, the following can happen: - - <programlisting>\begin{itemize} -\item Some text <------- fold will start here -This item will contain a nested item -\begin{itemize} <----- fold will end here because next line contains \item... -\item Hello -\end{itemize} <----- ... instead of here. -\item Next item of the parent itemize -\end{itemize}</programlisting> - - Therefore, in order to completely define a folding item which - allows nesting, we need to also define a "skip" pattern. - <literal>startskip</literal> and end skip do that. - Leave '' when there is no nesting. - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - <literal>endskip</literal> - </entry> - <entry> - the pattern which defines the end of the "skip" pattern for - nested folds. - </entry> - </row> - </tbody> - </tgroup> - </informaltable> - <note> - <title>Example 1</title> - <para> - A syntax fold region for the latex section is defined with the - following arguments to <literal>AddSyntaxFoldItem</literal>: - <programlisting>startpat = "\\section{" -endpat = "\\section{" -startoff = 0 -endoff = -1 -startskip = '' -endskip = ''</programlisting> - Note that the start and end patterns are thus the same and - <literal>endoff</literal> has a negative value to capture the effect - of a section ending one line before the next starts. - </para> - </note> - <note> - <title>Example 2</title> - <para> - A syntax fold region for the \itemize environment is: - <programlisting>startpat = '^\s*\\item', -endpat = '^\s*\\item\|^\s*\\end{\(enumerate\|itemize\|description\)}', -startoff = 0, -endoff = -1, -startskip = '^\s*\\begin{\(enumerate\|itemize\|description\)}', -endskip = '^\s*\\end{\(enumerate\|itemize\|description\)}'</programlisting> - Note the use of <literal>startskip</literal> and - <literal>endskip</literal> to allow nesting. - </para> - </note> - </section> - </section> - <section id="latex-project"> - <title>Multiple file &latex; projects</title> - <anchor id="latex-project-example" /> - <para> - Many &latex; projects contain multiple source files which are - <literal>\include</literal>d from a master file. A typical example of - this situation is a directory layout such as the following - </para> - <para> - <programlisting>thesis/ - main.tex - abstract.tex - intro/ - intro.tex - figures/ - fig1.eps - fig2.eps - chapter1/ - chap1.tex - figures/ - fig1.eps - conclusion/ - conclusion.tex - figures/</programlisting> - </para> - <para> - In the above case, <literal>main.tex</literal> will typically look like - </para> - <para> - <programlisting>% file: main.tex -\documentclass{report} -\begin{document} - -\input{abstract.tex} -\input{intro/intro.tex} -\input{chapter1/chap1.tex} -\input{conclusion/conclusion.tex} - -\end{document}</programlisting> - </para> - <para> - <anchor id="latex-master-file-specification" /> In such situations, you will - need to convey to &ls; that <literal>main.tex</literal> is the main file - which <literal>\input</literal>s the other files. This is done by creating - an empty file called <literal>main.tex.latexmain</literal> in the same - directory in which <literal>main.tex</literal> resides. This file is called - the <emphasis>master file</emphasis> in this manual. See <link - linkend="Tex_MainFileExpression">Tex_MainFileExpression</link> for an - alternative way of specifying the master file. - </para> - <note> - <para> - Here <literal>main.tex.latexmain</literal> is (obviously) a different - file from <literal>main.tex</literal> itself. - <literal>main.tex</literal> need not be renamed. This ofcourse - restricts each directory to have a single master file. - </para> - </note> - <para> - Each time &ls; opens a new &latex; file, it will try to see if it is - part of a multiple file project by searching upwards (to the root of - the file-system) from the current file's directory to see if it finds a - file of the form <literal>*.latexmain</literal>. If such a file is - found, then it is considered that the current file is part of a larger - project. The name of the &latex; master file is inferred directly from - the first part of the <literal>*.latexmain</literal> file as described - in the example above. - </para> - <section id="latex-project-settings"> - <title>&ls; project settings</title> - <para> - If a <link linkend="latex-master-file">master file</link> is found, - then &ls; <literal>:source</literal>s the file. Thus this file needs to - contain valid &vim; commands. This file is typically used to store - project specific settings. - </para> - <para> - Some typical per-project settings which are best put in the master file - are - <simplelist> - <member><link - linkend="Tex_ProjectSourceFiles">Tex_ProjectSourceFiles</link></member> - </simplelist> - </para> - </section> - <section id="latex-master-file"> - <title>Specifying which file to compile</title> - <para> - In the example described <link - linkend="latex-project-example">previously</link>, if you are editing - <literal>intro/intro.tex</literal> and press <literal>\ll</literal>, - then you still want &ls; to compile <literal>main.tex</literal>, - because <literal>intro/intro.tex</literal> is merely a fragment which - is <literal>\input</literal>'ed into <literal>main.tex</literal>. If - the master file is already specified using the - <literal>*.latexmain</literal> convention described <link - linkend="latex-project-example">previously</link>, then &ls; will automatically - compile the master file when you are editing any of its - <literal>\input</literal>'ed fragments. Thus pressing - <literal>\ll</literal> while editing <literal>intro/intro.tex</literal> - will compile <literal>main.tex</literal>. - </para> - <anchor id="Tex_MainFileExpression" /> - <para> - If you wish to use some different logic to specify the main file name, - you can specify a custom expression via the - <literal>Tex_MainFileExpression</literal> variable. This is a string - containing a valid vim expression. In addition, you can use a variable - <literal>modifier</literal> which is in the format used for - <literal>|filename-modifiers|</literal>, for example, - <literal>':p:h'</literal>. You should utilize this variable to modify - the filename of the main file. - <programlisting>let g:Tex_MainFileExpression = 'MainFile(modifier)' -function! MainFile(fmod) - if glob('*.latexmain') != '' - return fnamemodify(glob('*.latexmain'), a:fmod) - else - return '' - endif -endif</programlisting> - </para> - </section> - </section> - <section id="latex-suite-commands-maps"> - <title>&ls; Commands and Maps</title> - <para> - This section describes the maps and commands used in &ls;. It also - describes a way to change the map sequences according to your - preference. - </para> - <section id="latex-suite-maps"> - <title>&ls; Maps</title> - <anchor id="remapping-latex-suite-keys" /> - <para> - Most of the mappings used in &ls; can be mapped to a different key - combination to suit your particular needs. An example best explains the - procedure for doing this. Suppose you want to remap the - <literal><C-j></literal> key which &ls; (actually imaps.vim) uses - to jump to the next placeholder. To do this, you first need to find out - which <literal><Plug></literal> mapping - <literal><C-j></literal> is derived from. You will need to look - at the relevant section of this manual to do this. For example, the - section <link linkend="customize-imap-maps">IMAP mappings</link> has - the information that the <literal><C-j></literal> key is derived - from <literal><Plug>IMAP_JumpForward</literal>. Therefore to - remap the <literal><C-j></literal> key to say - <literal><C-space></literal>, you will need to put a - statement like the following in your <literal>~/.vimrc</literal>. - <programlisting>imap <C-space> <Plug>IMAP_JumpForward</programlisting> - </para> - <note> - <para> - To change the <literal>IMAP</literal> mappings which affect jumping - between placeholders, the <literal>map</literal> statement above has - to be placed in your <literal>~/.vimrc</literal>. For other mappings - you can place the <literal>map</literal> statement in your - <literal>$VIM/ftplugin/tex.vim</literal> file. The reason for this is - that the <literal><C-j></literal> maps are created in - <literal>plugin/imaps.vim</literal>, which is sourced as soon as &vim; - starts before sourcing any ftplugin files. - </para> - </note> - <section id="customize-imap-maps"> - <title>IMAP mappings</title> - <para> - These mappings are utilized for jumping between placeholders as - described <link linkend="place-holders">here</link>. See the <link - linkend="latex-suite-maps">parent section</link> to find out how to - use this information to change the default maps. - </para> - <anchor id="Plug_IMAP_JumpForward" /> - <anchor id="Plug_IMAP_JumpBack" /> - <anchor id="Plug_IMAP_DeleteAndJumpForward" /> - <anchor id="Plug_IMAP_DeleteAndJumBack" /> - <informaltable frame="all"> - <tgroup cols="2"> - <thead> - <row> - <entry>Plug map</entry> - <entry>Default Key</entry> - </row> - </thead> - <tbody> - <row> - <entry><literal><Plug>IMAP_JumpForward</literal></entry> - <entry><literal><C-j></literal></entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry><literal><Plug>IMAP_JumpBack</literal></entry> - <entry>(none)</entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry><literal><Plug>IMAP_DeleteAndJumpForward</literal></entry> - <entry>(none)</entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry><literal><Plug>IMAP_DeleteAndJumpBack</literal></entry> - <entry>(none)</entry> - </row> - </tbody> - </tgroup> - </informaltable> - <para> - <literal><Plug>IMAP_JumpForward</literal> takes you to the - location of the next <link - linkend="place-holders">place-holder</link>. - </para> - <para> - <literal><Plug>IMAP_JumpBack</literal> takes you to the previous - <link linkend="place-holders">place-holder</link>. - </para> - <para> - <literal><Plug>IMAP_DeleteAndJumpForward</literal> deletes the - presently selected place-holder and jumps to the next place-holder - irrespective of whether the present placeholder is empty or not and - ignoring the value of place-holder settings like <link - linkend="Imap_DeleteEmptyPlaceHolders"><literal>g:Imap_DeleteEmptyPlaceHolders</literal></link> - and <link - linkend="Imap_StickyPlaceHolders"><literal>g:Imap_StickyPlaceHolders</literal></link> - </para> - <para> - <literal><Plug>IMAP_DeleteAndJumpBack</literal> deletes the - presently selected place-holder and jumps to the previous place-holder - irrespective of whether the present placeholder is empty or not and - ignoring the value of place-holder settings like <link - linkend="Imap_DeleteEmptyPlaceHolders"><literal>g:Imap_DeleteEmptyPlaceHolders</literal></link> - and <link - linkend="Imap_StickyPlaceHolders"><literal>g:Imap_StickyPlaceHolders</literal></link> - </para> - </section> - <section id="customize-alt-key-maps"> - <title>Alt-Key mappings</title> - <para> - These mappings are are described in the section <link - linkend="altkey-mappings">Alt key macros</link>. See <link - linkend="remapping-latex-suite-keys">the parent section</link> to see - how to use the following information to remap keys. - </para> - <anchor id="Plug_Tex_MathBF" /> - <anchor id="Plug_Tex_MathCal" /> - <anchor id="Plug_Tex_LeftRight" /> - <anchor id="Plug_Tex_InsertItemOnThisLine" /> - <informaltable frame="all"> - <tgroup cols="2"> - <thead> - <row> - <entry>Plug Mapping</entry> - <entry>Default Key</entry> - </row> - </thead> - <tbody> - <row> - <entry><literal><Plug>Tex_MathBF</literal></entry> - <entry><literal><Alt-B></literal></entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry><literal><Plug>Tex_MathCal</literal></entry> - <entry><literal><Alt-C></literal></entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry><literal><Plug>Tex_LeftRight</literal></entry> - <entry><literal><Alt-L></literal></entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry><literal><Plug>Tex_InsertItemOnThisLine</literal></entry> - <entry><literal><Alt-I></literal></entry> - </row> - </tbody> - </tgroup> - </informaltable> - </section> - </section> - <section id="latex-suite-commands"> - <title>Latex Suite Commands</title> - <section id="TMacro"> - <title>:TMacro [{macro}]</title> - <para> - When used without any arguments lists all available macros defined - in runtime ftplugin/latex-suite/macros/ directories and prompts you - to choose one of them. With one argument |:read| this macro under - cursor position. With more than one argument it will not work :) In - Vim >= 6.2 works completion of names of macros (see 'wildmenu', - 'wildmode' for more about command-line completion). - </para> - </section> - <section id="TMacroEdit"> - <title>:TMacroEdit [{macro}]</title> - <para> - Splits window for editing {macro}. When used without any arguments - lists all available macros defined in runtime - ftplugin/latex-suite/macros/ directories and prompt you to choose - one of them. When you try to edit {macro} not from local directory - &ls; will copy it to your local directory with suffix - "-local". If local copy already exists &ls; prompt for - overwriting it. In Vim >= 6.2 works completion of names of macros - (see 'wildmenu', 'wildmode' for more about command-line completion). - </para> - </section> - <section id="TMacroNew"> - <title>:TMacroNew</title> - <para> - Splits window to write new macro. Directory in new buffer is - locally changed to &ls;/macros/. - </para> - </section> - <section id="TMacroDelete"> - <title>:TMacroDelete [{macro}]</title> - <para> - Delets {macro} from your local ftplugin/latex-suite/macros/ - directory. When used without any arguments lists all available - macros defined in &ls;/macros/ directory and prompt you to - choose one of them. When you choose to delete {macro} which is not - in your local directory &ls; will refuse to delete it. In - Vim >= 6.2 works completion of names of macros (see 'wildmenu', - 'wildmode' for more about command-line completion) - </para> - </section> - <section id="TPackage"> - <title>:TPackage [{package, ...}]</title> - <para> - When used without any arguments lists name of the packages for - which support is available. If you are using &vim; GUI and have - <literal>Tex_Menus</literal> set to 1, then it will list all files - found in the <literal>$VIM/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages</literal> - directory. Otherwise, &ls; will list files found in the - <literal>$VIM/ftplugin/latex-suite/dictionaries</literal> directory. - Choosing a file from the list will insert a - <programlisting>\usepackage[&ph;]{<packname>}</programlisting> line into the - buffer at the current cursor location. For &vim; 6.2 and above, you - can use command-line completion to choose a package file. You can also - call <literal>TPackage</literal> with one or more package names - separated with spaces in which case, &ls; will insert - <literal>\usepackage</literal> lines for each of them in turn. - </para> - <para> - After inserting the <literal>\usepackage</literal> line(s), &ls; will - support it (them) in various ways as described in the section <link - linkend="package-actions">Actions taken for supported - packages</link>. - </para> - </section> - <section id="TPackageUpdate"> - <title>:TPackageUpdate</title> - <para> - This command `reads' name of package under cursor and turns on - possible support. - </para> - </section> - <section id="TPackageUpdateAll"> - <title>:TPackageUpdateAll</title> - <para> - After issuing this command latexSuite scans the file in - looking for not declared packages, removing not needed entries - from Packages menu and turning off not necessary packages' - dictionaries. - </para> - </section> - <section id="TTemplate"> - <title>:TTemplate [{template}]</title> - <para> - When used without any arguments lists all available templates - from latex-suite/templates/ directory and prompts to choose - one of them. - With one argument :0|read| {template} file. - With more than one argument it will not work :) - In Vim >= 6.2 works completion of names of macros (see 'wildmenu', - 'wildmode' for more about command-line completion) - </para> - </section> - <section id="TSection"> - <title>:TSection [{argument}]</title> - <para> - Used without any arguments inserts last section type - (|latex-sectioning|). - Accepts arguments: - n> inserts section name in <n> logical level. - Levels are: - <informaltable> - <tgroup cols="2"> - <tbody> - <row><entry>0</entry><entry>part</entry></row> - <row><entry>1</entry><entry>chapter</entry></row> - <row><entry>2</entry><entry>section</entry></row> - <row><entry>3</entry><entry>subsection</entry></row> - <row><entry>4</entry><entry>subsubsection</entry></row> - <row><entry>5</entry><entry>paragraph</entry></row> - <row><entry>6</entry><entry>subparagraph</entry></row> - </tbody> - </tgroup> - </informaltable> - - <informaltable> - <tgroup cols="2"> - <tbody> - <row> - <entry> - +<n> - </entry> - <entry> - inserts section name <n> logical levels above the last - used comand - </entry> - </row><row> - <entry> - -<n> - </entry> - <entry> - inserts section name <n> logical levels below the last - used comand - </entry> - </row><row> - <entry> - + - </entry> - <entry> - inserts section name one logical level below the last - used command (equal to +1). - </entry> - </row><row> - <entry> - ++ - </entry> - <entry> - inserts section name two logical levels below the last - used command (equal to +2). - </entry> - </row><row> - <entry> - - - </entry> - <entry> - inserts section name one logical level over the last - used command (equal to -1). - </entry> - </row><row> - <entry> - -- - </entry> - <entry> - inserts section name two logical levels over the last - used command (equal to -2). - </entry> - </row> - </tbody> - </tgroup> - </informaltable> - - Command accepts also latexSuite mappings (|latex-macros|) - without preceding S and in lowercase: - <programlisting>:TSection pa</programlisting> - will result in <literal>\part{}</literal>. It is possible to use full names of - sections: <literal>:TSection part</literal> - </para> - </section> - <section id="TSectionAdvanced"> - <title>:TSectionAdvanced</title> - <para> - Accepts the same arguments as |TSection| but leads to a couple - of questions (whether you want to include the section in the - table of contents, whether there is a shorter name for the - table of contents) and then creates a more intelligent - template. - </para> - </section> - <section id="TLook"> - <title>:TLook</title> - <para> - Accepts one argument. Will look through .tex files in - directory of edited file for argument. It can be regexp. You - don't have to enclose argument in "". <cr> takes you to - location. Other keys work as described in |latex-viewer|. - Note: TLook uses :grep command and is using 'grepprg'. Its - regular expressions can be different from those of Vim. - </para> - </section> - <section id="TLookBib"> - <title>:TLookBib</title> - <para> - Accepts one argument. Will look through .bib files in - directory of edited file for argument. It can be regexp. You - don't have to enclose argument in "". <cr> takes you to - location. Other keys work as described in |latex-viewer|. - </para> - <note> - <para> - TLookBib uses :grep command and is using 'grepprg'. Its - regular expressions can be different from those of Vim. - </para> - </note> - </section> - <section id="TLookAll"> - <title>:TLookAll</title> - <para> - Accepts one argument. Will look through all files in directory - of edited file for argument. It can be regexp. You don't have - to enclose argument in "". <cr> takes you to location. Other - keys work as described in |latex-viewer|. - Note: TLook uses :grep command and is using 'grepprg'. Its - regular expressions can be different from those of Vim. - </para> - </section> - <section id="TPartComp"> - <title>:TPartComp</title> - <para> - No argument allowed but accepts range in all formats. Define - fragment of interest with :'a,'b, :/a/,/b/, :'<,'> or :20,30. - All other rules of compilation apply. - </para> - </section> - <section id="TPartView"> - <title>:TPartView</title> - <para> - Show last compiled fragment. All rules of viewing apply but - |latex-searching|. - </para> - </section> - <section id="Tshortcuts"> - <title>:Tshortcuts [{arg}]</title> - <para> - Show shortcuts in terminal (not using menu). Without {arg} - you will see simple menu prompting for one of them. Possible - arguments: - <informaltable frame="none"> - <tgroup cols="2"> - <tbody> - <row><entry>g</entry><entry>General shortcuts</entry></row> - <row><entry>e</entry><entry>Environment shortcuts</entry></row> - <row><entry>f</entry><entry>Font shortcuts</entry></row> - <row><entry>s</entry><entry>Section shortcuts</entry></row> - <row><entry>m</entry><entry>Math shortcuts</entry></row> - <row><entry>a</entry><entry>All shortcuts</entry></row> - </tbody> - </tgroup> - </informaltable> - </para> - </section> - </section> - </section> - <section id="customizing-latex-suite"> - <title>Customizing &ls;</title> - <para> - Customizing &ls; is done by defining certain global variables in - <literal>$VIM/ftplugin/tex.vim</literal>, where - <literal>$VIM</literal> corresponds to <literal>~/.vim</literal> for *nix - machines and <literal>~/vimfiles</literal> for windows machines. This file - is not part of the &ls; distribution. You will need to create this file - yourself (or modify it if it exists) if - you need to change any default settings. Since this file is not - included as part of the &ls; distribution, it will not be over-written in - subsequent updates. - </para> - <para> - The default settings in &ls; are defined in - <literal>$VIM/ftplugin/latex-suite/texrc</literal>. Please take a look at - this file if you find this documentation incomplete or confusing. That file - is also well documented. - </para> - <para> - This chapter describes the various settings which effect &ls; and their - default values. The settings are broken up into sections according to the - behavior which they influence. - </para> - <section id="ls-general-purpose-settings"> - <title>General Settings</title> - <section id="Tex_Debug"> - <title>Tex_Debug</title> - <para> - <informaltable frame="all"> - <tgroup cols="2"> - <tbody> - <row><entry>Type</entry><entry>boolean</entry></row> - <row><entry>Default Value</entry> - <entry><literal>0</literal></entry></row> - </tbody> - </tgroup> - </informaltable> - <para> - If set to 1, then &ls; will create certain global debug - statements which can be printed by doing - <programlisting>:call Tex_PrintDebug()</programlisting> - </para> - </para> - </section> - <section id="Tex_UsePython"> - <title>Tex_UsePython</title> - <para> - <informaltable frame="all"> - <tgroup cols="2"> - <tbody> - <row><entry>Type</entry><entry>boolean</entry></row> - <row><entry>Default Value</entry> - <entry><literal>1</literal></entry></row> - </tbody> - </tgroup> - </informaltable> - <para> - If &ls; detects that your vim is python enabled (using - <literal>has('python')</literal>), then it tries to use python in - certain places to speed things up. If this misbehaves, you can set - this to zero, in which case, &ls; will use vimscript to accomplish - the same. - </para> - </para> - </section> - </section> - <section id="customizing-place-holders"> - <title>Place-Holder Customization</title> - <para> - &ls; uses <link linkend="place-holders">place-holders</link> to minimize - using the movement keys while typing. The following settings affect how - place-holders are used. - </para> - <note> - <para> - These setting need to be set in your <literal>~/.vimrc</literal>, not - <literal>$VIM/ftplugin/tex.vim</literal> because these settings affect - the behavior of <literal>imaps.vim</literal>, which is a global plugin, - not a file-type plugin. - </para> - </note> - <section id="Imap_UsePlaceHolders"> - <title>g:Imap_UsePlaceHolders</title> - <informaltable frame="all"> - <tgroup cols="2"> - <tbody> - <row><entry>Type</entry><entry>Boolean</entry></row> - <row><entry>Default Value</entry> - <entry><literal>1</literal></entry></row> - </tbody> - </tgroup> - </informaltable> - <para> - Setting this to zero completely disables using place-holders. - </para> - </section> - <section id="Imap_PlaceHolderStart"> - <anchor id="Imap_PlaceHolderEnd"></anchor> - <title>g:Imap_PlaceHolderStart & g:Imap_PlaceHolderEnd</title> - <informaltable frame="all"> - <tgroup cols="3"> - <thead> - <row> - <entry>Setting</entry> - <entry>Type</entry> - <entry>Value</entry> - </row> - </thead> - <tbody> - <row> - <entry><literal>Imap_PlaceHolderStart</literal></entry> - <entry>String</entry> - <entry><literal>'<+'</literal></entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry><literal>Imap_PlaceHolderEnd</literal></entry> - <entry>String</entry> - <entry><literal>'+>'</literal></entry> - </row> - </tbody> - </tgroup> - </informaltable> - <para> - These settings affect the strings displayed at the beginning and end of - the place-holder string. Set these strings to a value different than a - commonly occurring sequence of characters. - </para> - <note> - <title>TIP</title> - <para> - If you use the <literal>latin1</literal> encoding and do not type in - french, then you can set these strings to the <literal>\xab</literal> - and <literal>\xbb</literal> characters (the french quotation marks). - </para> - </note> - </section> - <section id="Imap_DeleteEmptyPlaceHolders"> - <title>g:Imap_DeleteEmptyPlaceHolders</title> - <informaltable frame="all"> - <tgroup cols="2"> - <tbody> - <row><entry>Type</entry><entry>Boolean</entry></row> - <row><entry>Default Value</entry> - <entry><literal>1</literal></entry></row> - </tbody> - </tgroup> - </informaltable> - <para> - When set to one, non-descriptive or empty place-holders are deleted on - pressing <literal><Ctrl-J></literal>. - </para> - </section> - <section id="Imap_StickyPlaceHolders"> - <title>g:Imap_StickyPlaceHolders</title> - <informaltable frame="all"> - <tgroup cols="2"> - <tbody> - <row><entry>Type</entry><entry>Boolean</entry></row> - <row><entry>Default Value</entry> - <entry><literal>1</literal></entry></row> - </tbody> - </tgroup> - </informaltable> - <para> - When set to 1, in visual mode, <literal><Ctrl-J></literal> takes - you to the next placeholder without deleting the current placeholder. - </para> - </section> - </section> - <section id="customizing-macros"> - <title>Macro Customization</title> - <section id="Tex_Env_name"> - <title>Tex_Env_name</title> - <para> - If you wish to wish to expand certain environments differently from - the way &ls; does it, you can define custom expansions using global - variables of the form <literal>Tex_Env_{name}</literal> where - <literal>name</literal> corresponds to the environment. - </para> - <para> - For example, if you press <literal><F5></literal> after typing - <literal>theorem</literal>, &ls; will by default expand it to - <programlisting>\begin{theorem} - \label{&ph;}&ph; -\end{theorem}&ph;</programlisting> - However, if you wish change this to - <programlisting>\begin{theorem} - &ph; -\end{theorem}&ph;</programlisting> - then define the following variable - <programlisting>let g:Tex_Env_theorem = "\\begin{theorem}\<CR>&ph;\<CR>\\end{theorem}"</programlisting> - </para> - <para> - If the expansion uses special keys such as carriage return etc, then - use double-quotes and use the <literal>"\<key>"</literal> - notation for special keys. Backslashes have to be doubled. - </para> - <para> - You could even use strings returned by functions as the expansion by - using the <link - linkend="IMAP_PutTextWithMovement">IMAP_PutTextWithMovement()</link> - function. - </para> - <para> - If the name of the environment contains special characters (for - example, the <literal>eqnarray*</literal> environment), then use the - following form: - <programlisting>let g:Tex_Env_{'eqnarray*'} = - \ "\\begin{eqnarray*}\<CR>&ph; &=& &ph;\<CR>\\end{eqnarray*}&ph;"</programlisting> - This will make pressing <literal><F5></literal> after - <literal>eqnarray*</literal> expand to - <programlisting>\begin{eqnarray*} - &ph; &=& &ph; -\end{eqnarray*}&ph;</programlisting> - </para> - </section> - <section id="Tex_Com_name"> - <title>Tex_Com_name</title> - <para> - If you wish to define new expansions for fast command insertion as - described <link linkend="latex-command-maps">here</link>, or redefine - expansions from the default values in &ls;, you will need to define - variables of the form <literal>g:Tex_Com_{name}</literal> where - <literal>name</literal> is a command name. For example, with the - setting - <programlisting>let g:Tex_Com_frac = "\\frac{&ph;}{&ph;}&ph;"</programlisting> - pressing <literal><F7></literal> after typing - <literal>frac</literal> will change it to <literal>\frac{&ph;}{&ph;}&ph;</literal> - </para> - <para> - See <link linkend="Tex_Env_name">Tex_Env_name</link> for additional - details on how to create this setting in various special - circumstances. - </para> - </section> - <section id="macro-enabling"> - <title>Enabling / disabling macros</title> - <para> - The following variables disable various parts of the macro functionality - of &ls;. See the links to the relevant sections to see what functionality - setting each of the variables to zero will take away. - </para> - <anchor id="Tex_EnvironmentMaps" /> - <anchor id="Tex_EnvironmentMenus" /> - <anchor id="Tex_FontMaps" /> - <anchor id="Tex_FontMenus" /> - <anchor id="Tex_SectionMaps" /> - <anchor id="Tex_SectionMenus" /> - <informaltable frame="all"> - <tgroup cols="3"> - <thead> - <row><entry>Setting</entry><entry>Link to relevant section</entry><entry>Default Value</entry></row> - </thead> - <tbody> - <row><entry><literal>g:Tex_EnvironmentMaps - </literal></entry><entry><link linkend="environment-mappings">Environment Mappings</link></entry><entry>1</entry></row> - <row><entry><literal>g:Tex_EnvironmentMenus</literal></entry><entry></entry><entry>1</entry></row> - <row><entry><literal>g:Tex_FontMaps </literal></entry><entry><link linkend="font-maps">Font Mappings</link></entry><entry>1</entry></row> - <row><entry><literal>g:Tex_FontMenus </literal></entry><entry></entry><entry>1</entry></row> - <row><entry><literal>g:Tex_SectionMaps </literal></entry><entry><link linkend="section-mappings">Section Mappings</link></entry><entry>1</entry></row> - <row><entry><literal>g:Tex_SectionMenus </literal></entry><entry></entry><entry>1</entry></row> - </tbody> - </tgroup> - </informaltable> - </section> - <section id="Tex_UseMenuWizard"> - <title>g:Tex_UseMenuWizard</title> - <informaltable frame="all"> - <tgroup cols="2"> - <tbody> - <row><entry>Type</entry><entry>Boolean</entry></row> - <row><entry>Default Value</entry> - <entry><literal>0</literal></entry></row> - </tbody> - </tgroup> - </informaltable> - <para> - If this variable is set to 1, then when an environment is chosen from the - menu then for selected environments, &ls; asks a series of - questions on the command line and inserts a template with the - corresponding fields already filled in. Setting this to zero will insert - a template with <link linkend="place-holders">place-holders</link> - marking off the places where fields need to be filled. - </para> - </section> - <section id="Imap_FreezeImap"> - <title>g:Imap_FreezeImap</title> - <para> - <informaltable frame="all"> - <tgroup cols="2"> - <tbody> - <row><entry>Type</entry><entry>boolean</entry></row> - <row><entry>Default Value</entry> - <entry><literal>0</literal></entry></row> - </tbody> - </tgroup> - </informaltable> - <para> - This option when set to 1, temporarily freezes &ls;'s macro - expansion. It might be useful when you are using some other keymap - which is causing excessive macro expansion. Use a buffer-local - variable of the same name if you wish to affect just the present - buffer. - </para> - </para> - </section> - <section id="Tex_CatchVisMapErrors"> - <title>g:Tex_CatchVisMapErrors</title> - <informaltable frame="all"> - <tgroup cols="2"> - <tbody> - <row><entry>Type</entry><entry>Boolean</entry></row> - <row><entry>Default Value</entry> - <entry><literal>1</literal></entry></row> - </tbody> - </tgroup> - </informaltable> - <para> - With so many visual maps, its helpful to have a way of catching typing - errors made in visual mode. What this does is to prompt you to correct - your visual mode mapping if you start out with <literal><link - linkend="Tex_Leader">g:Tex_Leader</link></literal> and then type some - illegal keys. It basically maps just the <literal>g:Tex_Leader</literal> - character to a function. - </para> - </section> - <section id="Tex_Diacritics"> - <title>g:Tex_Diacritics</title> - <informaltable frame="all"> - <tgroup cols="2"> - <tbody> - <row><entry>Type</entry><entry>Boolean</entry></row> - <row><entry>Default Value</entry> <entry><literal>0</literal></entry></row> - </tbody> - </tgroup> - </informaltable> - <para> - Whether or not you want to use <link - linkend="diacritic-mappings">diacritics</link>. - </para> - </section> - <section id="Tex_Leader"> - <title>g:Tex_Leader</title> - <informaltable frame="all"> - <tgroup cols="2"> - <tbody> - <row><entry>Type</entry><entry>String</entry></row> - <row><entry>Default Value</entry> - <entry><literal>'`'</literal></entry></row> - </tbody> - </tgroup> - </informaltable> - <para> - The mappings in &ls; are by default prefixed with the back-tick - character. For example, <literal>`/</literal> inserts - <literal>\frac{&ph;}{&ph;}&ph;</literal> etc. You can change the - prefix with the following setting. - <literal>','</literal>, <literal>'/'</literal>, - <literal>'`'</literal> are preferred values. <literal>''</literal> or - <literal>'\'</literal> will lead to a <emphasis>lot</emphasis> of - trouble. - </para> - <para> - g:Tex_Leader is also used for visual mode mappings for fonts. - </para> - </section> - <section id="Tex_Leader2"> - <title>g:Tex_Leader2</title> - <informaltable frame="all"> - <tgroup cols="2"> - <tbody> - <row><entry>Type</entry><entry>String</entry></row> - <row><entry>Default Value</entry> - <entry><literal>','</literal></entry></row> - </tbody> - </tgroup> - </informaltable> - <para> - In order to avoid clashes between the large number of visual mode macros - provided, the <link linkend="enclosing-env-threeletter">visual mode - macros for environments</link> and sections start with a character - different from <literal>g:Tex_Leader</literal>. - </para> - </section> - <section id="Tex_PromptedEnvironments"> - <title>g:Tex_PromptedEnvironments</title> - <informaltable frame="all"> - <tgroup cols="2"> - <tbody> - <row><entry>Type</entry><entry>String</entry></row> - <row><entry>Default Value</entry> <entry><literal>'eqnarray*,eqnarray,equation,equation*,\[,$$,align,align*'</literal></entry></row> - </tbody> - </tgroup> - </informaltable> - <para> - This string represents a comma separated list of fields corresponding to - environments. Pressing <literal><F5></literal> in insert-mode in - the body of the document asks you to choose from one of these - environments to insert. - </para> - <para> - Leaving this string empty will leave the <literal><F5></literal> - key unmapped - </para> - </section> - <section id="Tex_HotKeyMappings"> - <title>g:Tex_HotKeyMappings</title> - <informaltable frame="all"> - <tgroup cols="2"> - <tbody> - <row><entry>Type</entry><entry>String</entry></row> - <row><entry>Default Value</entry> - <entry><literal>'eqnarray*,eqnarray,bmatrix'</literal></entry></row> - </tbody> - </tgroup> - </informaltable> - <para> - This string represents a comma separated list of environments which are - mapped to <literal><Shift-F-1></literal> through - <literal><Shift-F-4></literal>. For example, pressing - <literal><Shift-F-2></literal> with this setting inserts the - <literal>eqnarray</literal> environment. - </para> - <para> - Leaving this string empty will leave <literal><Shift-F-1></literal> through - <literal><Shift-F-4></literal> unmapped. - </para> - <note> - <para> - Only the first four fields of this list are used. The rest are silently - ignored. - </para> - </note> - </section> - <section id="Tex_PromptedCommands"> - <title>g:Tex_PromptedCommands</title> - <informaltable frame="all"> - <tgroup cols="2"> - <tbody> - <row><entry>Type</entry><entry>String</entry></row> - <row><entry>Default Value</entry> - <entry> - <literal>'footnote,cite,pageref,label'</literal> - </entry> - </row> - </tbody> - </tgroup> - </informaltable> - <para> - This string represents a comma separated list of &latex; commands - which &ls; uses for the <literal><F7></literal> and - <literal><S-F7></literal> maps as described <link - linkend="latex-command-maps">here</link>. - </para> - <para> - Leaving this string empty will leave the <literal><F7></literal> - key unmapped. - </para> - </section> - <section id="Tex_ItemStyle_environment"> - <title>Tex_ItemStyle_environment</title> - <para> - This setting affects the style which &ls; uses to insert an - <literal>\item</literal> when <literal><Alt-I></literal> is - pressed as described <link linkend="Alt-I">here</link>. By default - &ls; defines styles for the following environments: - </para> - <informaltable frame="all"> - <tgroup cols="2"> - <thead> - <row> - <entry>Environment</entry> - <entry>Style</entry> - </row> - </thead> - <tbody> - <row><entry>itemize</entry><entry>\item </entry></row> - <row><entry>enumerate</entry><entry>\item </entry></row> - <row><entry>theindex</entry><entry>\item </entry></row> - <row><entry>thebibliography</entry><entry>\item[<+biblabel+>]{<+bibkey+>} <++></entry></row> - <row><entry>description</entry><entry>\item[<+label+>] <++></entry></row> - </tbody> - </tgroup> - </informaltable> - <para> - Each style is defined by a variable of the form - <literal>g:Tex_ItemStyle_{envname}</literal> where - <literal>envname</literal> is the name of the environment for which - the style is defined. For example, by default - <programlisting>g:Tex_ItemStyle_description = '\item[<+label+>] <++>'</programlisting> - Redefining the style for a particular environment or defining a style - for an entirely new environment is simply a matter of setting the - value of a variable of the corresponding name. - </para> - </section> - </section> - <section id="customizing-smart-keys"> - <title>Smart Key Customization</title> - <para> - These settings affect the smart key functionality as described <link - linkend="smart-keys">here</link>. - </para> - <section id="Tex_SmartKeyBS"> - <title>g:Tex_SmartKeyBS</title> - <informaltable frame="all"> - <tgroup cols="2"> - <tbody> - <row><entry>Type</entry><entry>Boolean</entry></row> - <row><entry>Default Value</entry> - <entry><literal>1</literal></entry></row> - </tbody> - </tgroup> - </informaltable> - <para> - Whether or not <literal><Backspace></literal> deletes diacritics. - </para> - </section> - <section id="Tex_SmartKeyQuote"> - <title>g:Tex_SmartKeyQuote</title> - <informaltable frame="all"> - <tgroup cols="2"> - <tbody> - <row><entry>Type</entry><entry>Boolean</entry></row> - <row><entry>Default Value</entry> - <entry><literal>1</literal></entry></row> - </tbody> - </tgroup> - </informaltable> - <para> - Whether or not the <link linkend="smart-keys">smart quotes</link> - functionality is available. - </para> - <para> - If enabled, the quote characters can be customized by setting the - following variables: - </para> - <informaltable frame="all"> - <tgroup cols="2"> - <thead> - <row> - <entry>Setting</entry> - <entry>Value</entry> - </row> - </thead> - <tbody> - <row> - <entry><literal>g:Tex_SmartQuoteOpen</literal></entry> - <entry><literal>"``"</literal></entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry><literal>g:Tex_SmartQuoteClose</literal></entry> - <entry><literal>"''"</literal></entry> - </row> - </tbody> - </tgroup> - </informaltable> - <para> - Non-English users will want to change these settings to their locale. - These global variables will be ignored if there are buffer-local - variables (with the same name), which may be set in the language specific - package files, such as - <literal>$VIM/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/german</literal>. - </para> - </section> - </section> - <section id="customizing-latex-completion"> - <title>Latex Completion Customization</title> - <para> - The following settings affect the <link linkend="latex-completion"> - completion</link> functionality in &ls;. - </para> - <section id="completion-window-preferences"> - <title>Window size settings</title> - <para> - These three settings affect the aesthetics of the completion - functionality. - </para> - <anchor id="Tex_ViewerCwindowHeight" /> - <anchor id="Tex_ViewerPreviewHeight" /> - <anchor id="Tex_ExplorerHeight" /> - <anchor id="Tex_ImageDir" /> - <informaltable frame="all"> - <tgroup cols="3"> - <thead> - <row> - <entry>Setting</entry> - <entry>Explanation</entry> - <entry>Default Value</entry> - </row> - </thead> - <tbody> - <row> - <entry><literal>g:Tex_ViewerCwindowHeight</literal></entry> - <entry>The height of the <literal>cwindow</literal> which displays the - list of <literal>\label</literal>s etc.</entry> - <entry>5</entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry><literal>g:Tex_ViewerPreviewHeight</literal></entry> - <entry>The height of the preview window which shows the context of a - <literal>\label</literal> etc.</entry> - <entry>10 </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry><literal>g:Tex_ExplorerHeight</literal></entry> - <entry>The height of the explorer window which lists the files from - which to choose an image file.</entry> - <entry>10</entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry><literal>g:Tex_ImageDir</literal></entry> - <entry>The directory to scan for images</entry> - <entry>''</entry> - </row> - </tbody> - </tgroup> - </informaltable> - </section> - <section id="Tex_BIBINPUTS"> - <title>g:Tex_BIBINPUTS</title> - <informaltable frame="all"> - <tgroup cols="2"> - <tbody> - <row><entry>Type</entry><entry>string</entry></row> - <row><entry>Default Value</entry> - <entry><literal>''</literal></entry></row> - </tbody> - </tgroup> - </informaltable> - <para> - This string describes the directories which are scanned while trying - to search for <literal>.bib</literal> and <literal>.bbl</literal> - files. See the <link linkend="latex-completion-cite">cite completion - section</link> for more details. - </para> - <para> - This string should be set in the syntax accepted by &vim;'s native - <literal>'path'</literal> setting. Do not include the present - directory <literal>'.'</literal>. While searching for - <literal>bibliography</literal> files, the present directory will be - prepended to this variable. - </para> - </section> - <section id="Tex_UseSimpleLabelSearch"> - <title>Tex_UseSimpleLabelSearch</title> - <para> - When set to 1, &ls; searches for <literal>\label</literal>s in all - <literal>.tex</literal> files in the directory containing the file - being edited when <F9> is pressed. See <link - linkend="ls-completion-ref">\ref completion</link> for details. - </para> - </section> - <section id="Tex_ProjectSourceFiles"> - <title>g:Tex_ProjectSourceFiles</title> - <informaltable frame="all"> - <tgroup cols="2"> - <tbody> - <row><entry>Type</entry><entry>String</entry></row> - <row><entry>Default Value</entry> - <entry><literal>''</literal></entry></row> - </tbody> - </tgroup> - </informaltable> - <para> - This setting is meant to be initialized on a per-project basis using - the <link linkend="latex-master-file">&ls; master file</link> as - described in <link linkend="latex-project">&ls; Project</link> - section. It is a list of source files which are used in the project. - If defined, then instead of using the logic described in - <link - linkend="Tex_UseSimpleLabelSearch">Tex_UseSimpleLabelSearch</link> to - search for files in which to search for <literal>\label</literal>s, we - simply search for <literal>\label</literal>s in this list. This - significantly reduces the time it takes to generate the list of - possible completions for large projects. - </para> - <para> - The list is specified as a whitespace separated list of filenames - relative to the location of the main file. - </para> - </section> - <section id="Tex_RememberCiteSearch"> - <title>g:Tex_RememberCiteSearch</title> - <informaltable frame="all"> - <tgroup cols="2"> - <tbody> - <row><entry>Type</entry><entry>Boolean</entry></row> - <row><entry>Default Value</entry> - <entry><literal>0</literal></entry></row> - </tbody> - </tgroup> - </informaltable> - <para> - When this variable is non-zero, then &ls; will try to remember results - from the <literal>\cite</literal> completion as described in <link - linkend="cite-search-caching">this section</link>. - </para> - </section> - </section> - <section id="customizing-compiling"> - <title>Compiler Customization</title> - <para> - The following settings affect &ls;'s compilation functionality - </para> - <section id="Tex_DefaultTargetFormat"> - <title>g:Tex_DefaultTargetFormat</title> - <informaltable frame="all"> - <tgroup cols="2"> - <tbody> - <row><entry>Type</entry><entry>String</entry></row> - <row><entry>Default Value</entry> - <entry><literal>dvi</literal> for windows/*nix and - <literal>pdf</literal> for mac</entry></row> - </tbody> - </tgroup> - </informaltable> - <para> - Use this setting to choose the default target format. For example, - setting this to <literal>pdf</literal> makes &ls; compile a pdf file - when you press <literal>\ll</literal> and fire up the - <literal>pdf</literal> viewer on pressing <literal>\lv</literal>. Make - sure that a rules for compiling and viewing have been defined for this - target format as described <link - linkend="Tex_CompileRule_format">here</link> and <link - linkend="Tex_ViewRule_format">here</link>. - </para> - </section> - <section id="Tex_CompileRule_format"> - <title>g:Tex_CompileRule_<format></title> - <para> - Here <literal><format></literal> refers to the target format for - which this rule is defined. &ls; supports compiling into - <literal>dvi</literal>, <literal>ps</literal> and <literal>pdf</literal> - by default. All these rules are strings defined by default as follows: - </para> - <informaltable frame="all"> - <tgroup cols="2"> - <tbody> - <row> - <entry><literal>g:Tex_CompileRule_dvi</literal></entry> - <entry><literal>'latex -interaction=nonstopmode $*'</literal></entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry><literal>g:Tex_CompileRule_ps</literal></entry> - <entry><literal>'ps2pdf $*'</literal></entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry><literal>g:Tex_CompileRule_pdf</literal></entry> - <entry><literal>'pdflatex -interaction=nonstopmode $*'</literal></entry> - </row> - </tbody> - </tgroup> - </informaltable> - <para> - If you desire forward and inverse searching via &ls;, you will need to - change <literal>g:Tex_CompileRule_dvi</literal> to include - <literal>-src-specials</literal>. However, this has been known to cause - problems with the output file. Therefore, use this with care. - </para> - </section> - <section fd="Tex_FormatDependency_format"> - <title>g:Tex_FormatDependency_<format></title> - <para> - <informaltable frame="all"> - <tgroup cols="2"> - <tbody> - <row><entry>Type</entry><entry>string</entry></row> - <row><entry>Default Value</entry> - <entry><literal>''</literal></entry></row> - </tbody> - </tgroup> - </informaltable> - By default, there are no format dependencies defined. Each definition - is of the form above where <literal><format></literal> is a - string such as <literal>'dvi'</literal> etc. - </para> - <para> - The value of each string is a comma separated string such as 'dvi,ps'. - See the <link linkend="compiler-dependency">Compiler dependency</link> - section to see how to use/specify this setting - </para> - </section> - <section id="Tex_MultipleCompileFormats"> - <title>g:Tex_MultipleCompileFormats</title> - <para> - <informaltable frame="all"> - <tgroup cols="2"> - <tbody> - <row><entry>Type</entry><entry>string</entry></row> - <row><entry>Default Value</entry> - <entry><literal>'dvi'</literal></entry></row> - </tbody> - </tgroup> - </informaltable> - </para> - <para> - This is a comma separated string of formats for which the compiler - needs to be called multiple times in order to get cross-references, - citations etc right. See the <link - linkend="compiling-multiple">Compiling multiple times</link> section - for details. - </para> - </section> - <section id="Tex_IgnoredWarnings"> - <title>g:Tex_IgnoredWarnings</title> - <informaltable frame="all"> - <tgroup cols="2"> - <tbody> - <row><entry>Type</entry><entry>String</entry></row> - <row><entry>Default Value</entry> - <entry><literal>a new-line separated list of patterns as described - below</literal></entry></row> - </tbody> - </tgroup> - </informaltable> - <para> - The default value of this setting is - <programlisting>\"Underfull\n". -\"Overfull\n". -\"specifier changed to\n". -\"You have requested\n". -\"Missing number, treated as zero.\n". -\"There were undefined references\n" -\"Citation %.%# undefined"</programlisting> - This setting defines a set of patterns which will be filtered out when - displaying the output from the latex compiler. This is to aid in - filtering out very common warnings/errors. - </para> - <note> - <para> - Remember to check the value of <link - linkend="Tex_IgnoreLevel"><literal>g:Tex_IgnoreLevel</literal></link> - when you change this setting. For example, if you append a new pattern - which you would like to ignore by default, increase the value of - <literal>g:Tex_IgnoreLevel</literal>. - </para> - </note> - </section> - <section id="Tex_IgnoreLevel"> - <title>g:Tex_IgnoreLevel</title> - <informaltable frame="all"> - <tgroup cols="2"> - <tbody> - <row><entry>Type</entry><entry>Integer</entry></row> - <row><entry>Default Value</entry> - <entry><literal>7</literal></entry></row> - </tbody> - </tgroup> - </informaltable> - <para> - This setting defines a "filter level" or an "ignore level". A value of 7 - for instance means that any warning/error matching with any of the first - 7 fields of <link - linkend="Tex_IgnoredWarnings"><literal>g:Tex_IgnoredWarnings</literal></link> - will be ignored. Setting this value to zero will mean that no - error/warning is ignored. However, even with a value of zero, &ls; will - filter out most of the text which a &latex; compiler typically produces. - Use - <programlisting>TCLevel strict</programlisting> - from within &vim; in order to see all the lines from the compiler's - output. - </para> - </section> - <section id="Tex_UseMakefile"> - <title>g:Tex_UseMakefile</title> - <para> - <informaltable frame="all"> - <tgroup cols="2"> - <tbody> - <row><entry>Type</entry><entry>boolean</entry></row> - <row><entry>Default Value</entry> - <entry><literal>1</literal></entry></row> - </tbody> - </tgroup> - </informaltable> - <para> - When set to 1, then if a <literal>makefile</literal> or - <literal>Makefile</literal> is present in the current directory, then - &ls; sets the <literal>makeprg</literal> option to just - <literal>"make <target>"</literal>, where - <literal><target></literal> is the target format chosen using - the <literal>TCTarget</literal> or <literal>TTarget</literal> - commands. - </para> - <para> - When set to 0, then &ls; will set the <literal>makeprg</literal> - setting to whatever is defined by the <link - linkend="Tex_CompileRule_format">g:Tex_CompileRule_target</link> - setting. - </para> - </para> - </section> - <section id="Tex_GotoError"> - <title>g:Tex_GotoError</title> - <informaltable frame="all"> - <tgroup cols="2"> - <tbody> - <row><entry>Type</entry><entry>boolean</entry></row> - <row><entry>Default Value</entry> - <entry><literal>1</literal></entry></row> - </tbody> - </tgroup> - </informaltable> - <para> - If set to 1, then pressing <literal>\ll</literal> will take you to - the location of the first warning/error, otherwise you will remain in - the original location but the errors/warnings will be listed in the - preview window. - </para> - </section> - </section> - <section id="customizing-viewing"> - <title>Viewer Customization</title> - <para> - The following settings affect how &ls; will display compiled files. - </para> - <section id="Tex_ViewRule_format"> - <title>g:Tex_ViewRule_<format></title> - <para> - Here <literal><format></literal> refers to a format such as - <literal>dvi</literal>, <literal>ps</literal>, etc. This variable defines - the program which will be called to display a file of that format. - </para> - <para> - By default, &ls; defines viewer programs for viewing DVI, PS and PDF - formats as follows: - </para> - <informaltable frame="all"> - <tgroup cols="3"> - <thead> - <row> - <entry></entry> - <entry>Windows</entry> - <entry>Unix</entry> - </row> - </thead> - <tbody> - <row> - <entry><literal>g:Tex_ViewRule_dvi</literal></entry> - <entry><literal>'yap -1'</literal></entry> - <entry><literal>'xdvi'</literal></entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry><literal>g:Tex_ViewRule_ps</literal></entry> - <entry><literal>'gsview32'</literal></entry> - <entry><literal>'ghostview'</literal></entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry><literal>g:Tex_ViewRule_pdf</literal></entry> - <entry><literal>'AcroRd32'</literal></entry> - <entry><literal>'xpdf'</literal></entry> - </row> - </tbody> - </tgroup> - </informaltable> - <para> - For Macintosh systems, these strings are left empty by default. This lets - the system pick the program for each format. If you define these variables - for Mac, the system choice will be over-ridden. - </para> - <para> - &ls; appends <literal>file.format</literal> to the above settings - while calling the external programs. For example, with - <programlisting>let g:Tex_ViewRule_dvi = 'yap -1'</programlisting> - <literal>yap</literal> is called as - <programlisting>!start yap -1 file.dvi</programlisting> from within - &vim;. (The initial <literal>start</literal> is used on - <literal>Windows</literal> platforms is to make <literal>yap</literal> - start as a separate process.) If you find the way &ls; constructs the - command line too restrictive, you can use the <link - linkend="Tex_ViewRuleComplete_format"><literal>Tex_ViewRuleComplete_format</literal></link> - setting for more complete control on how the command line is - constructed while calling the external program for viewing. - </para> - <note> - <para> - For windows, you will need to set the <literal>$PATH</literal> variable - to include the paths to <literal>yap</literal>, - <literal>AcroRd32</literal>, <literal>gsview32</literal> and any other - programs. See your system documentation for how to do this. - </para> - </note> - <note> - <title>Default Viewing Format</title> - <para> - To change the default format for viewing files, set the <link - linkend="Tex_DefaultTargetFormat">g:Tex_DefaultTargetFormat</link> - variable. - </para> - </note> - </section> - <section id="Tex_ViewRuleComplete_format"> - <title>Tex_ViewRuleComplete_<format></title> - <para> - Here <literal><format></literal> refers to the extension of a - output format such as <literal>dvi</literal>, <literal>html</literal> - etc. - </para> - <para> - <literal>Tex_ViewRuleComplete_format</literal> takes precedence over - <literal>Tex_ViewRule_format</literal> if both are specified. By - default, &ls; does not define values for - <literal>Tex_ViewRuleComplete_format</literal> for any - <literal>format</literal>. Unlike in the case of - <literal>Tex_ViewRule_format</literal>, &ls; does not modify - <literal>Tex_ViewRuleComplete_format</literal> at all in constructing - the command line. The only modification is to substitute - <literal>'$*'</literal> everywhere in the string with the name of the - file being viewed (without the extension). - </para> - <note> - <title>IMPORTANT</title> - <para> - Make sure you make the process go into the background otherwise vim - will wait for the viewer to terminate before letting you edit the file - again. - </para> - <para> - To make a process go into the background on a <literal>*nix</literal> - platform, use a trailing <literal>&</literal> in the setting. On - <literal>Windows</literal>, use <literal>start</literal> at the - beginning of the setting. Example: Suppose you have a latex->html - converter which converts a file say foo.tex to a file foo/index.html. - Then you would use: - <programlisting>" On *nix platform -let g:Tex_ViewRuleComplete_html = 'MozillaFirebird $*/index.html &' -" On windows platform -let g:Tex_ViewRuleComplete_html = 'start MozillaFirebird $*/index.html'</programlisting> - </para> - </note> - </section> - </section> - <section id="customizing-menus"> - <title>Menu Customization</title> - <para> - In addition to using the variables defined in this section to affect - the menu-layout permanently (i.e, the layout &ls; will start with), you - can also use the <literal>TeX-Suite > Configure Menu</literal> menu to - dynamically configure the menu layout after &ls; has started. - </para> - <section id="Tex_Menus"> - <title>g:Tex_Menus</title> - <informaltable frame="all"> - <tgroup cols="2"> - <tbody> - <row><entry>Type</entry><entry>Boolean</entry></row> - <row><entry>Default Value</entry> - <entry><literal>1</literal></entry></row> - </tbody> - </tgroup> - </informaltable> - <para> - If set to 0, &ls; will suppress showing all menus. Useful if you mostly - work in terminals. - </para> - </section> - <section id="Tex_MainMenuLocation"> - <title><literal>g:Tex_MainMenuLocation</literal></title> - <informaltable frame="all"> - <tgroup cols="2"> - <tbody> - <row><entry>Type</entry><entry>number</entry></row> - <row><entry>Default Value</entry> - <entry><literal>80</literal></entry></row> - </tbody> - </tgroup> - </informaltable> - <para> - This setting decides the location of the first top-level &ls; - menu. You can for example shift all the menus created by &ls; - to the very end by setting this value to a large number like 990. - </para> - </section> - <section id="Tex_MathMenus"> - <title>g:Tex_MathMenus</title> - <informaltable frame="all"> - <tgroup cols="2"> - <tbody> - <row><entry>Type</entry><entry>Boolean</entry></row> - <row><entry>Default Value</entry> - <entry><literal>1</literal></entry></row> - </tbody> - </tgroup> - </informaltable> - <para> - The <literal>Tex-Math</literal> menu consists of hundreds of mathematical - symbols used in &latex;. This menu comprises about 75% of the menus. - </para> - </section> - <section id="Tex_NestElementMenus"> - <title>g:Tex_NestElementMenus</title> - <informaltable frame="all"> - <tgroup cols="2"> - <tbody> - <row><entry>Type</entry><entry>Boolean</entry></row> - <row><entry>Default Value</entry> - <entry><literal>1</literal></entry></row> - </tbody> - </tgroup> - </informaltable> - <para> - This setting controls the "compactness" of the menus. If set to 1, then the - Font, Counter and Dimensioning menus are collected together in a single - menu called <literal>Tex-Elements</literal>, otherwise, they will each get - a separate menu. - </para> - </section> - <section id="Tex_PackagesMenu"> - <title>g:Tex_PackagesMenu</title> - <informaltable frame="all"> - <tgroup cols="2"> - <tbody> - <row><entry>Type</entry><entry>Boolean</entry></row> - <row><entry>Default Value</entry> - <entry><literal>1</literal></entry></row> - </tbody> - </tgroup> - </informaltable> - <para> - Setting this to zero will stop &ls; from automatically creating the - <literal>TeX-Suite > Packages > Supported</literal> menu at startup. You - can still create the menu after startup by going to - <literal>TeX-Suite > Configure Menu</literal>. - </para> - </section> - <section id="Tex_NestPackagesMenu"> - <title>g:Tex_NestPackagesMenu</title> - <informaltable frame="all"> - <tgroup cols="2"> - <tbody> - <row><entry>Type</entry><entry>String</entry></row> - <row><entry>Default Value</entry> - <entry><literal>'TeX-'</literal></entry></row> - </tbody> - </tgroup> - </informaltable> - <para> - This string is the prefix added to all the menus created by &ls;. If you - define this variable with a dot (<literal>'.'</literal>) as the last - character, then all the menus created by &ls; will be nested under a - single master menu. For example, set this to - <literal>'&LaTeX-Suite.'</literal> to nest all menus under a menu - called <literal>&LaTeX-Suite</literal>. - </para> - </section> - <section id="Tex_UseUtfMenus"> - <title>g:Tex_UseUtfMenus</title> - <informaltable frame="all"> - <tgroup cols="2"> - <tbody> - <row><entry>Type</entry><entry>Boolean</entry></row> - <row><entry>Default Value</entry> - <entry><literal>0</literal></entry></row> - </tbody> - </tgroup> - </informaltable> - <para> - This setting controls whether &ls; uses utf-8 symbols to display some of - the mathematical symbols in the <literal>TeX-Math</literal> menu. It is - necessary for your system/GUI to support utf-8. Setting this to 1 has the - side-effect of setting the <literal>'encoding'</literal> option of &vim; - to 'utf-8'. - </para> - </section> - </section> - <section id="customizing-folding"> - <title>Folding Customization</title> - <para> - The following settings control the <link - linkend="latex-folding">folding</link> functionality of &ls;. - </para> - <section id="Tex_Folding"> - <title>g:Tex_Folding</title> - <informaltable frame="all"> - <tgroup cols="2"> - <tbody> - <row><entry>Type</entry><entry>Boolean</entry></row> - <row><entry>Default Value</entry> - <entry><literal>1</literal></entry></row> - </tbody> - </tgroup> - </informaltable> - <para> - Setting this to zero completely disables &ls;'s folding functionality. - However, the <literal>TexFoldTextFunction()</literal> is still available - in case you want to use another folding scheme but still want to continue - using the fold text function. - </para> - </section> - <section id="Tex_AutoFolding"> - <title>g:Tex_AutoFolding</title> - <informaltable frame="all"> - <tgroup cols="2"> - <tbody> - <row><entry>Type</entry><entry>Boolean</entry></row> - <row><entry>Default Value</entry> - <entry><literal>1</literal></entry></row> - </tbody> - </tgroup> - </informaltable> - <para> - This setting controls whether &ls; automatically creates manual folds for - a file when it is opened. You can still use the <literal>\rf</literal> - mapping to refresh/create folds even when this variable is set to zero. - </para> - </section> - </section> - <section id="customizing-packages"> - <title>Package Handling Customization</title> - <para> - These settings affect the <link linkend="custom-packages">custom - packages</link> functionality in &ls; - </para> - <section id="Tex_TEXINPUTS"> - <title>g:Tex_TEXINPUTS</title> - <informaltable frame="all"> - <tgroup cols="2"> - <tbody> - <row><entry>Type</entry><entry>string</entry></row> - <row><entry>Default Value</entry> - <entry><literal>''</literal></entry></row> - </tbody> - </tgroup> - </informaltable> - <para> - This setting describes the directories scanned by &ls; while searching - for custom user packages as described in the <link - linkend="custom-packages">custom packages</link> section. Do not - include the present directory in this setting. The present directory - is always scanned for custom packages. - </para> - <para> - This string should be set in the syntax accepted by &vim;'s native - <literal>'path'</literal> setting. - </para> - </section> - </section> - </section> - <section id="latex-suite-credits"> - <title>Credits</title> - <para> - And finally, the credits: - </para> - <informaltable frame="none"> - <tgroup cols="2"> - <tbody> - <row> - <entry>Artur R. Czechowski</entry> - <entry>maintains the BSD package of &ls;. Lots of valuable - feedback.</entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - Lubomir Host - </entry> - <entry> - provided the diacritics and also helped in development. - - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - Alexander Wagner - </entry> - <entry> - valuable suggestions during development. - - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - Luc Hermitte - </entry> - <entry> - his variation of Stephen Riehm's bracketing system is used - in &ls;. - - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - Gergely Kontra - </entry> - <entry> - the clever little JumpFunc() in imaps.vim is due to him. - The implementation of the templates also borrows from - mu-template.vim by him. - - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - Dimitri Antoniou - </entry> - <entry> - author of ltags and also provided the nice tip about - forward / reverse search on DVI documents. - - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - Stephen Riehm - </entry> - <entry> - the extremely helpful bracketing system is from him. - - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - Alan Schmitt - </entry> - <entry> - provided macros/folding elements. Continued feedback, - bug-reports/fixes. - - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - Hari Krishna Dara - </entry> - <entry> - for ExecMap(), the clever little function which makes - typing visual mode mappings so much easier and error-free. - - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - Alan G Isac - </entry> - <entry> - for the comprehensive BibT() function for entering bibtex - entries. - - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - Gontran Baerts - </entry> - <entry> - for libList.vim - - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - Peter Heslin - </entry> - <entry> - useful discussion and also a lot of bug fixes. - the %%fakesection in folding.vim. - - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - Zhang Lin-bo - </entry> - <entry> - lots of very useful additions to folding. The code for customizing - the folding scheme is due to him. - </entry> - </row> - </tbody> - </tgroup> - </informaltable> - <para> - A large number of functions in &ls; come from various other people. - Some of those people might have been missed here. Each function should however - have the author's name/e-mail above it. Thats the more authoritative place to - check out who has done what. - </para> - <anchor id="latex-suite-maintainer"></anchor> - <para> - The current maintainer(s) of &ls; is(are) - </para> - <simplelist> - <member>Srinath Avadhanula <srinath@fastmail.fm></member> - <member>Mikolaj Machowski <mikmach@wp.pl></member> - <member>Benji Fisher <benji@member.AMS.org></member> - </simplelist> - </section> -</article> - -<!-- -vim: et:sw=1:sts=4 ---> diff --git a/src/vim-latex/doc/latex-suite.xsl b/src/vim-latex/doc/latex-suite.xsl deleted file mode 100644 index ca6a51a..0000000 --- a/src/vim-latex/doc/latex-suite.xsl +++ /dev/null @@ -1,22 +0,0 @@ -<?xml version="1.0"?> -<xsl:stylesheet xmlns:xsl="http://www.w3.org/1999/XSL/Transform" - version="1.0" - xmlns="http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/transitional" - exclude-result-prefixes="#default"> - - <xsl:import href="http://docbook.sourceforge.net/release/xsl/current/xhtml/docbook.xsl"/> - - <!-- import common customizations --> - <xsl:import href="latex-suite-common.xsl"/> - - <xsl:output method="html" - encoding="ISO-8859-1" - indent="no"/> - - <!-- insert customization here --> - - <xsl:param name="section.autolabel" select="1"/> - <xsl:param name="html.stylesheet" select="'latex-suite.css'"/> - - -</xsl:stylesheet> diff --git a/src/vim-latex/doc/latexhelp.txt b/src/vim-latex/doc/latexhelp.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 2782424..0000000 --- a/src/vim-latex/doc/latexhelp.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2430 +0,0 @@ -*latexhelp.txt* For Vim version 6.0. Last change: 2001 Dec 20 - - - LATEX HELP 1.6 - translated (with minor changes) for vim - by Mikolaj Machowski - -This file documents LaTeX2e, a document preparation system. LaTeX2e is a -macro package for TeX. - - This is edition 1.6 of the LaTeX2e documentation, and is for the Texinfo -that is distributed as part of Version 19 of GNU Emacs. It uses version -2.134 or later of the texinfo.tex input file. - - This is translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the VMS Help Library. The -pre-translation version was written by George D. Greenwade of Sam Houston -State University. - - The LaTeX 2.09 version was written by Stephen Gilmore <stg@dcs.ed.ac.uk>. - - The LaTeX2e version was adapted from this by Torsten Martinsen -<bullestock@dk-online.dk>. - - Version for vim of this manual was written by Mikolaj Machowski -<mikmach@wp.pl> - - Copyright 1988,1994 Free Software Foundation, Inc. Copyright 1994-1996 -Torsten Martinsen. Copyright for `translation' for vim Mikolaj Machowski 2001. - - Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of this manual -provided the copyright notice and this permission notice are preserved on -all copies. - - Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of this -manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided that the entire -resulting derived work is distributed under the terms of a permission -notice identical to this one. - - Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual -into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions, -except that the sections entitled "Distribution" and "General Public -License" may be included in a translation approved by the author instead of -in the original English. - -============================================================================== -*LaTeX* *latex* - -The LaTeX command typesets a file of text using the TeX program and the LaTeX -Macro package for TeX. To be more specific, it processes an input file -containing the text of a document with interspersed commands that describe how -the text should be formatted. - -1. Commands |latex-commands| -2. Counters |latex-counters| -3. Cross References |latex-references| -4. Definitions |latex-definitions| -5. Document Classes |latex-classes| -6. Layout |latex-layout| -7. Environments |latex-environments| -8. Footnotes |latex-footnotes| -9. Lengths |latex-lengths| -10. Letters |latex-letters| -11. Line & Page Breaking |latex-breaking| -12. Making Paragraphs |latex-paragraphs| -13. Margin Notes |latex-margin-notes| -14. Math Formulae |latex-math| -15. Modes |latex-modes| -16. Page Styles |latex-page-styles| -17. Sectioning |latex-sectioning| -18. Spaces & Boxes |latex-spaces-boxes| -19. Special Characters |latex-special-char| -20. Splitting the Input |latex-inputting| -21. Starting & Ending |latex-start-end| -22. Table of Contents |latex-toc| -23. Terminal Input/Output |latex-terminal| -24. Typefaces |latex-typefaces| -25. Parameters |latex-parameters| - -============================================================================== -1. Commands *latex-commands* - -A LaTeX command begins with the command name, which consists of a \ followed -by either - (a) a string of letters or - (b) a single non-letter. - -Arguments contained in square brackets, [], are optional while arguments -contained in braces, {}, are required. - -NOTE: LaTeX is case sensitive. Enter all commands in lower case unless -explicitly directed to do otherwise. - -============================================================================== -2. Counters *latex-counters* - -|\addtocounter| Add a quantity to a counter -|\alph| Print value of a counter using letters -|\arabic| Print value of a counter using numerals -|\fnsymbol| Print value of a counter using symbols -|\newcounter| Define a new counter -|\refstepcounter| Add to counter, resetting subsidiary counters -|\roman| Print value of a counter using roman numerals -|\setcounter| Set the value of a counter -|\stepcounter| Add to counter, resetting subsidiary counters -|\usecounter| Use a specified counter in a list environment -|\value| Use the value of a counter in an expression - -Everything LaTeX numbers for you has a counter associated with it. The name of -the counter is the same as the name of the environment or command that -produces the number, except with no |\\|. (|lc-enumi| - |lc-enumiv| are used -for the nested |\enumerate| environment.) Below is a list of the counters -used in LaTeX's standard document classes to control numbering. - - |part| |paragraph| |figure| |enumi| |itemi| - |chapter| |subparagraph| |table| |enumii| |itemii| - |section| |page| |footnote| |enumiii| |itemiii| - |subsection| |equation| |mpfootnote| |enumiv| |itemiv| - |subsubsection| - - -\addtocounter{counter}{value} *\addtocounter* - Increments the {counter} by the amount specified by the - {value} argument. The {value} argument can be negative. - -\alph{counter} *\alph* *\Alph* -\Alph{counter} - This command causes the value of the counter to be printed in - alphabetic characters. |\alph| command uses lower case - alphabetic alphabetic characters, i.e., a, b, c... while the - |\Alph| command uses upper case alphabetic characters, i.e., - A, B, C.... - -\arabic{counter} *\arabic* - Causes the value of the {counter} to be printed in Arabic - numbers, i.e., 3. - -\fnsymbol{counter} *\fnsymbol* - Causes the value of the {counter} to be printed in a specific - sequence of nine symbols that can be used for numbering - footnotes. - Note: counter must have a value between 1 and 9 inclusive. - -\newcounter{foo}[counter] *\newcounter* - Defines a new counter named {foo}. The counter is initialized - to zero. The optional argument [counter] causes the counter - {foo} to be reset whenever the counter named in the optional - argument is incremented. - -\refstepcounter{counter} *\refstepcounter* - Command works like |\stepcounter|, except it also defines the - current |\ref| value to be the result of \thecounter. - -\roman{counter} *\roman* *\Roman* -\Roman{counter} - Causes the value of the {counter} to be printed in Roman - numerals. The |\roman| command uses lower case Roman numerals, - i.e., i, ii, iii..., while the |\Roman| command uses upper case - Roman numerals, i.e., I, II, III.... - -\stepcounter{counter} *\stepcounter* - Adds one to the {counter} and resets all subsidiary counters. - -\setcounter{counter}{value} *\setcounter* - Sets the value of the {counter} to that specified by the - {value} argument. - -\usecounter{counter} *\usecounter* - Command is used in the second argument of the |list| - environment to allow the {counter} specified to be used to - number the list items. - -\value{counter} *\value* - Produces the value of the {counter} named in the mandatory - argument. It can be used where LaTeX expects an integer or - number, such as the second argument of a |\setcounter| or - |\addtocounter| command, or in: > - \hspace{\value{foo}\parindent} -< It is useful for doing arithmetic with counters. - -============================================================================== -3. Cross References *latex-references* - -One reason for numbering things like figures and equations is to refer the -reader to them, as in "See Figure 3 for more details." - -|\label| Assign a symbolic name to a piece of text -|\pageref| Refer to a page number -|\ref| Refer to a section, figure or similar - - -\label{key} *\label* - Command appearing in ordinary text assigns to the {key} the - number of the current sectional unit; one appearing inside a - numbered environment assigns that number to the {key}. - - A {key} can consist of any sequence of letters, digits, or - punctuation characters. Upper and lowercase letters are - different. - - To avoid accidentally creating two labels with the same name, - it is common to use labels consisting of a prefix and a suffix - separated by a colon. The prefixes conventionally used are - * 'cha' for chapters - * 'sec' for lower-level sectioning commands - * 'fig' for figures - * 'tab' for tables - * 'eq' for equations - Thus, a label for a figure would look like: > - \label{fig:bandersnatch} - -\pageref{key} *\pageref* - Command produces the page number of the place in the text - where the corresponding |\label| command appears. ie. where - \label{key} appears. - -\ref{key} *\ref* - Command produces the number of the sectional unit, equation - number, ... of the corresponding |\label| command. - -============================================================================== -4. Definitions *latex-definitions* - -|\newcommand| Define a new command -|\newenvironment| Define a new environment -|\newtheorem| Define a new theorem-like environment -|\newfont| Define a new font name - - -\newcommand{cmd}[args]{definition} *\newcommand* *\renewcommand* -\newcommand{cmd}[args][default]{definition} -\renewcommand{cmd}[args]{definition} -\renewcommand{cmd}[args][default]{definition} - -These commands define (or redefine) a command. - -{cmd} A command name beginning with a |\\|. For |\newcommand| it must - not be already defined and must not begin with |\end|; for - |\renewcommand| it must already be defined. - -{args} An integer from 1 to 9 denoting the number of arguments of the - command being defined. The default is for the command to have - no arguments. - -{default} If this optional parameter is present, it means that the - command's first argument is optional. The default value of the - optional argument is default. - -{definition} The text to be substituted for every occurrence of {cmd}; a - parameter of the form #n in {cmd} is replaced by the text of - the nth argument when this substitution takes place. - - *\newenvironment* *\renewenvironment* -\newenvironment{nam}[args]{begdef}{enddef} -\newenvironment{nam}[args][default]{begdef}{enddef} -\renewenvironment{nam}[args]{begdef}{enddef} - -These commands define or redefine an environment. - -{nam} The name of the environment. For |\newenvironment| there must - be no currently defined environment by that name, and the - command \nam must be undefined. For |\renewenvironment| the - environment must already be defined. - -{args} An integer from 1 to 9 denoting the number of arguments of - the newly-defined environment. The default is no arguments. - -{default} If this is specified, the first argument is optional, and - default gives the default value for that argument. - -{begdef} The text substituted for every occurrence of \begin{nam}; a - parameter of the form #n in {cmd} is replaced by the text of - the nth argument when this substitution takes place. - -{enddef} The text substituted for every occurrence of \end{nam}. It - may not contain any argument parameters. - - -\newtheorem{envname}{caption}[within] *\newtheorem* -\newtheorem{envname}[numberedlike]{caption} - -This command defines a theorem-like environment. - -{envname} The name of the environment to be defined. A string of - letters. It must not be the name of an existing environment or - counter. - -{caption} The text printed at the beginning of the environment, right - before the number. This may simply say "Theorem", for example. - -{within} The name of an already defined counter, usually of a sectional - unit. Provides a means of resetting the new theorem counter - within the sectional unit. - -{numberedlike} The name of an already defined theorem-like environment. - -The |\newtheorem| command may have at most one optional argument. - - -\newfont{cmd}{fontname} *\newfont* - Defines the command name {cmd}, which must not be currently - defined, to be a declaration that selects the font named - {fontname} to be the current font. - -============================================================================== -5. Document Classes *latex-classes* - - -\documentclass[options]{class} *\documentclass* - -Valid LaTeX document classes include: - *article *article-class* - *report *report-class* - *letter *letter-class* - *book *book-class* - *slides *slides-class* - -All the standard classes (except slides) accept the following options for -selecting the typeface size (10 pt is default): - -10pt, 11pt, 12pt - -All classes accept these options for selecting the paper size (default is -letter): - -a4paper, a5paper, b5paper, letterpaper, legalpaper, executivepaper - -Miscellaneous options: - -landscape *landscape* - Selects landscape format. Default is portrait. - -titlepage, notitlepage *notitlepage* - Selects if there should be a separate title page. - -leqno *leqno* *rqno* - Equation number on left side of equations. Default is - right side. - -fleqn *fleqn* - Displayed formulas flush left. Default is centred. - -openbib *openbib* - Use "open" bibliography format. - -draft, final *draft* *final* - Mark/do not mark overfull boxes with a rule. Default is - final. - -These options are not available with the slides class: - -oneside, twoside *oneside* *twoside* - Selects one- or twosided layout. Default is oneside, - except for the book class. - -openright, openany *openright* *openany* - Determines if a chapter should start on a right-hand page. - Default is openright for book. - -onecolumn, twocolumn *onecolumn* *twocolumn* - One or two columns. Defaults to one column. - -The slides class offers the option clock for printing the time at the bottom -of each |\note|. - -If you specify more than one option, they must be separated by a comma. - -\usepackage[options]{pkg} *\usepackage* - Additional packages are loaded by this. If you - specify more than one package, they must be separated by a - comma. - -Any options given in the |\documentclass| command that are unknown by the -selected document class are passed on to the packages loaded with |\usepackage|. - -============================================================================== -6. Layout *latex-layout* - -Miscellaneous commands for controlling the general layout of the page. - -|\flushbottom| Make all text pages the same height. -|\onecolumn| Use one-column layout. -|\raggedbottom| Allow text pages of differing height. -|\twocolumn| Use two-column layout. - -\flushbottom *\flushbottom* - Makes all text pages the same height, adding extra vertical - space when necessary to fill out the page. This is the - standard if twocolumn mode is selected. - -\onecolumn *\onecolumn* - Starts a new page and produces single-column output. - -\raggedbottom *\raggedbottom* - Makes all pages the height of the text on that page. No extra - vertical space is added. - -\twocolumn[text] *\twocolumn* - Starts a new page and produces two-column output. If the - optional [text] argument is present, it is typeset in - one-column mode. - -============================================================================== -7. Environments *latex-environments* - - *\begin* *\end* -LaTeX provides a number of different paragraph-making environments. Each -environment begins and ends in the same manner: > - - \begin{environment-name} - . - . - . - \end{environment-name} -< -a. |array| Math arrays -b. |center| Centred lines -c. |description| Labelled lists -d. |enumerate| Numbered lists -e. |eqnarray| Sequences of aligned equations -f. |equation| Displayed equation -g. |figure| Floating figures -h. |flushleft| Flushed left lines -i. |flushright| Flushed right lines -j. |itemize| Bulleted lists -k. |letter| Letters -l. |list| Generic list environment -m. |minipage| Miniature page -n. |picture| Picture with text, arrows, lines and circles -o. |quotation| Indented environment with paragraph indentation -p. |quote-l| Indented environment with no paragraph indentation -q. |tabbing| Align text arbitrarily -r. |table| Floating tables -s. |tabular| Align text in columns -t. |thebibliography| Bibliography or reference list -u. |theorem| Theorems, lemmas, etc -v. |titlepage| For hand crafted title pages -x. |verbatim| Simulating typed input -y. |verse| For poetry and other things - -============================================================================== - a. array *array* -> - \begin{array}{col1col2...coln} - column 1 entry & column 2 entry ... & column n entry \\ - . - . - . - \end{array} - -Math arrays are produced with the |array| environment. It has a single mandatory -argument describing the number of columns and the alignment within them. Each -column, coln, is specified by a single letter that tells how items in that row -should be formatted. - * c -- for centred - * l -- for flush left - * r -- for flush right -Column entries must be separated by an |&|. Column entries may include other -LaTeX commands. Each row of the array must be terminated with the string |\\|. - -Note that the |array| environment can only be used in |math-mode|, so normally -it is used inside an |equation| environment. - -============================================================================== -b. center *center* -> - \begin{center} - Text on line 1 \\ - Text on line 2 \\ - . - . - . - \end{center} - -The |\center| environment allows you to create a paragraph consisting of lines -that are centred within the left and right margins on the current page. Each -line must be terminated with the string |\\|. - -\centering *\centering* - This declaration corresponds to the |center| environment. This - declaration can be used inside an environment such as - |quote-l| or in a |\parbox|. The text of a |figure| or |table| - can be centred on the page by putting a |\centering| command - at the beginning of the |figure| or |table| environment. - Unlike the |center| environment, the |\centering| command does - not start a new paragraph; it simply changes how LaTeX formats - paragraph units. To affect a paragraph unit's format, the - scope of the declaration must contain the blank line or |\end| - command (of an environment like |quote-l|) that ends the - paragraph unit. - -============================================================================== -c. description *description* -> - \begin{description} - \item [label] First item - \item [label] Second item - . - . - . - \end{description} - -The |description| environment is used to make labelled lists. The label is -bold face and flushed right. - -============================================================================== -d. enumerate *enumerate* -> - \begin{enumerate} - \item First item - \item Second item - . - . - . - \end{enumerate} - -The |enumerate| environment produces a numbered list. Enumerations can be -nested within one another, up to four levels deep. They can also be nested -within other paragraph-making environments. - -\item Each item of an enumerated list begins with an |\item| - command. There must be at least one |\item| command - within the environment. - -The |enumerate| environment uses the |\enumi| through |\enumiv| counters (see -section |latex-counters|). The type of numbering can be changed by redefining -\theenumi etc. - -============================================================================== -e. eqnarray *eqnarray* -> - \begin{eqnarray} - math formula 1 \\ - math formula 2 \\ - . - . - . - \end{eqnarray} - -The |eqnarray| environment is used to display a sequence of equations or -inequalities. It is very much like a three-column |array| environment, with -consecutive rows separated by |\\| and consecutive items within a row separated -by an |&|. - -\nonumber *\nonumber* - An equation number is placed on every line unless that - line has a |\nonumber| command. - -\lefteqn *\lefteqn* - The command |\lefteqn| is used for splitting long - formulas across lines. It typesets its argument in - display style flush left in a box of zero width. - -============================================================================== -f. equation *equation* -> - \begin{equation} - math formula - \end{equation} - -The |equation| environment centres your equation on the page and places the -equation number in the right margin. - -============================================================================== -g. figure *figure* -> - \begin{figure}[placement] - body of the figure - \caption{figure title} - \end{figure} - -Figures are objects that are not part of the normal text, and are usually -"floated" to a convenient place, like the top of a page. Figures will not be -split between two pages. - -The optional argument [placement] determines where LaTeX will try to place -your figure. There are four places where LaTeX can possibly put a float: - -h (Here) at the position in the text where the figure - environment appears. -t (Top) at the top of a text page. -b (Bottom) at the bottom of a text page. -p (Page of floats) on a separate float page, which is a page containing - no text, only floats. - -The standard |report-class| and |article-class| use the default placement -[tbp]. - -The body of the |figure| is made up of whatever text, LaTeX commands, etc. you -wish. - -The \caption command allows you to title your figure. - -============================================================================== -h. flushleft *flushleft* -> - \begin{flushleft} - Text on line 1 \\ - Text on line 2 \\ - . - . - . - \end{flushleft} - -The |flushleft| environment allows you to create a paragraph consisting of -lines that are flushed left, to the left-hand margin. Each line must be -terminated with the string |\\|. - -\raggedright *\raggedright* - This declaration corresponds to the |flushleft| environment. - This declaration can be used inside an environment such as - |quote-l| or in a |\parbox|. Unlike the |flushleft| - environment, the |\raggedright| command does not start a new - paragraph; it simply changes how LaTeX formats paragraph - units. To affect a paragraph unit's format, the scope of the - declaration must contain the blank line or |\end| command (of - an environment like |quote-l|) that ends the paragraph unit. - -============================================================================== -i. flushright *flushright* -> - \begin{flushright} - Text on line 1 \\ - Text on line 2 \\ - . - . - . - \end{flushright} - -The |flushright| environment allows you to create a paragraph consisting of -lines that are flushed right, to the right-hand margin. Each line must be -terminated with the string |\\|. - -\raggedleft *\raggedleft* - This declaration corresponds to the |flushright| environment. - This declaration can be used inside an environment such as - |quote-l| or in a |\parbox|. Unlike the |flushright| - environment, the |\raggedleft| command does not start a new - paragraph; it simply changes how LaTeX formats paragraph - units. To affect a paragraph unit's format, the scope of the - declaration must contain the blank line or |\end| command (of - an environment like |quote-l|) that ends the paragraph unit. - -============================================================================== -j. itemize *itemize* -> - \begin{itemize} - \item First item - \item Second item - . - . - . - \end{itemize} - -The |itemize| environment produces a "bulleted" list. Itemizations can be -nested within one another, up to four levels deep. They can also be nested -within other paragraph-making environments. - -\item *\item* - Each item of an itemized list begins with an |\item| command. - There must be at least one |\item| command within the - environment. - -The itemize environment uses the |\itemi| through |\itemiv| counters (see -section |latex-counters|). The type of numbering can be changed by redefining -\theitemi etc. - -============================================================================== -k. letter *\letter* - -This environment is used for creating letters. See section |latex-letters|. - -============================================================================== -l. list *list* - -The |list| environment is a generic environment which is used for defining many -of the more specific environments. It is seldom used in documents, but often -in macros. -> - \begin{list}{label}{spacing} - \item First item - \item Second item - . - . - . - \end{list} - -'label' The {label} argument specifies how items should be labelled. - This argument is a piece of text that is inserted in a box to - form the {label}. This argument can and usually does contain - other LaTeX commands. - -'spacing' The {spacing} argument contains commands to change the spacing - parameters for the |list|. This argument will most often be - null, i.e., {}. This will select all default spacing which - should suffice for most cases. - -============================================================================== -m. minipage *minipage* -> - \begin{minipage}[position]{width} - text - \end{minipage} - -The |minipage| environment is similar to a |\parbox| command. It takes the -same optional [position] argument and mandatory {width} argument. You may use -other paragraph-making environments inside a |minipage|. Footnotes in a -minipage environment are handled in a way that is particularly useful for -putting footnotes in figures or tables. A |\footnote| or |\footnotetext| -command puts the footnote at the bottom of the minipage instead of at the -bottom of the page, and it uses the |\mpfootnote| counter instead of the -ordinary footnote counter. See sections |latex-counters| and -|latex-footnotes|. - -NOTE: Don't put one |minipage| inside another if you are using footnotes; they -may wind up at the bottom of the wrong minipage. - -============================================================================== -n. picture *picture* -> - size position - \begin{picture}(width,height)(x offset,y offset) - . - . - picture commands - . - . - \end{picture} - -The |picture| environment allows you to create just about any kind of picture -you want containing text, lines, arrows and circles. You tell LaTeX where to -put things in the picture by specifying their coordinates. A coordinate is a -number that may have a decimal point and a minus sign -- a number like 5, 2.3 -or -3.1416. A coordinate specifies a length in multiples of the unit length -|\unitlength|, so if |\unitlength| has been set to 1cm, then the coordinate -2.54 specifies a length of 2.54 centimetres. You can change the value of -|\unitlength| anywhere you want, using the |\setlength| command, but strange -things will happen if you try changing it inside the |picture| environment. - -A position is a pair of coordinates, such as (2.4,-5), specifying the point -with x-coordinate 2.4 and y-coordinate -5. Coordinates are specified in the -usual way with respect to an origin, which is normally at the lower-left -corner of the |picture|. -Note that when a position appears as an argument, it is not enclosed in -braces; the parentheses serve to delimit the argument. - -The |picture| environment has one mandatory argument, which is a position. It -specifies the size of the picture. The environment produces a rectangular box -with width and height determined by this argument's x- and y-coordinates. - -The |picture| environment also has an optional position argument, following -the size argument, that can change the origin. (Unlike ordinary optional -arguments, this argument is not contained in square brackets.) The optional -argument gives the coordinates of the point at the lower-left corner of the -picture (thereby determining the origin). For example, if |\unitlength| has -been set to 1mm, the command: > - \begin{picture}(100,200)(10,20) -> -produces a picture of width 100 millimetres and height 200 millimetres, whose -lower-left corner is the point (10,20) and whose upper-right corner is -therefore the point (110,220). When you first draw a picture, you will omit -the optional argument, leaving the origin at the lower-left corner. If you -then want to modify your picture by shifting everything, you just add the -appropriate optional argument. - -The environment's mandatory argument determines the nominal size of the -picture. This need bear no relation to how large the picture really is; LaTeX -will happily allow you to put things outside the picture, or even off the -page. The picture's nominal size is used by LaTeX in determining how much room -to leave for it. - -Everything that appears in a picture is drawn by the |\put| command. The -command: > - \put (11.3,-.3){...} - -puts the object specified by ... in the picture, with its -reference point at coordinates (11.3,-.3). The reference points for various -objects will be described below. - -The |\put| creates an LR box (|lrbox|). You can put anything in the text -argument of the |\put| that you'd put into the argument of an |\mbox| and -related commands. When you do this, the reference point will be the lower left -corner of the box. - -Picture commands: -|\circle| Draw a circle -|\dashbox| Draw a dashed box -|\frame| Draw a frame around an object -|\framebox(picture)| Draw a box with a frame around it -|\line| Draw a straight line -|\linethickness| Set the line thickness -|\makebox(picture)| Draw a box of the specified size -|\multiput| Draw multiple instances of an object -|\oval| Draw an ellipse -|\put| Place an object at a specified place -|\shortstack| Make a pile of objects -|\vector| Draw a line with an arrow - -\circle[*]{diameter} *\circle* - Command produces a circle with a {diameter} as close to the - specified one as possible. If the *-form of the command is - used, LaTeX draws a solid circle. - Note: only circles up to 40 pt can be drawn. - - -\dashbox{dashlength}(width,height){...} *\dashbox* - Draws a box with a dashed line. The |\dashbox| has an extra - argument which specifies the width of each dash. A dashed box - looks best when the width and height are multiples of the - {dashlength}. - -\frame{...} *\frame* - Puts a rectangular frame around the object specified in the - argument. The reference point is the bottom left corner of the - frame. No extra space is put between the frame and the object. - -\framebox(width,height)[position]{...} *\picture-framebox* - The |\framebox| command is exactly the same as the - |picture-makebox| command, except that it puts a frame around - the outside of the box that it creates. The |\framebox| - command produces a rule of thickness |\fboxrule|, and leaves a - space |\fboxsep| between the rule and the contents of the box. - -\line(x slope,y slope){length} *\line* - Draws a line of the specified length and slope. - Note: LaTeX can only draw lines with slope = x/y, where x and - y have integer values from -6 through 6. - -\linethickness{dimension} *\linethickness* - Declares the thickness of horizontal and vertical lines in a - |picture| environment to be dimension, which must be a - positive length. It does not affect the thickness of slanted - lines (|\line|) and circles (|circle|), or the quarter circles - drawn by |\oval| to form the corners of an oval. - -\makebox(width,height)[position]{...} *picture-makebox* - The makebox command for the |picture| environment is similar - to the normal |\makebox| command except that you must specify - a width and height in multiples of |\unitlength|. - The optional argument, [position], specifies the quadrant that - your text appears in. You may select up to two of the - following: - t - Moves the item to the top of the rectangle - b - Moves the item to the bottom - l - Moves the item to the left - r - Moves the item to the right - - *\multiput* -\multiput(x coord,y coord)(delta x,delta y){no of copies}{object} - This command can be used when you are putting the same - object in a regular pattern across a picture. - -\oval(width,height)[portion] *\oval* - Produces a rectangle with rounded corners. The optional - argument, [portion], allows you to select part of the oval. - t - top portion - b - bottom portion - r - right portion - l - left portion - Note: the "corners" of the oval are made with quarter circles - with a maximum radius of 20 pt, so large "ovals" will look - more like boxes with rounded corners. - -\put(x coord,y coord){ ... } *\put* - Places the item specified by the mandatory argument at the - given coordinates. - -\shortstack[position]{... \\ ... \\ ...} *\shortstack* - The |\shortstack| command produces a stack of objects. - The valid positions are: - r - right of the stack - l - left of the stack - c - centre of the stack (default) - -\vector(x slope,y slope){length} *\vector* - Draws a line with an arrow of the specified length and slope. - The x and y values must lie between -4 and +4, inclusive. - -============================================================================== -o. quotation *quotation* - > - \begin{quotation} - text - \end{quotation} - -The margins of the |quotation| environment are indented on the left and the -right. The text is justified at both margins and there is paragraph -indentation. Leaving a blank line between text produces a new paragraph. - -============================================================================== -p. quote *quote-l* -> - \begin{quote} - text - \end{quote} - -The margins of the |quote-l| environment are indented on the left and the right. -The text is justified at both margins. Leaving a blank line between text -produces a new paragraph. - -============================================================================== -q. tabbing *tabbing* -> - \begin{tabbing} - text \= more text \= still more text \= last text \\ - second row \> \> more \\ - . - . - . - \end{tabbing} - -The |tabbing| environment provides a way to align text in columns. It works by -setting tab stops and tabbing to them much the way you do with an ordinary -typewriter. - -It is best suited for cases where the width of each column is constant and -known in advance. - -This environment can be broken across pages, unlike the |tabular| environment. -The following commands can be used inside a tabbing environment: - - *tab=* -\= Sets a tab stop at the current position. - - *tab>* -\> Advances to the next tab stop. - - *tab<* -\< This command allows you to put something to the left of the - local margin without changing the margin. Can only be used at - the start of the line. - - *tab+* -\+ Moves the left margin of the next and all the following - commands one tab stop to the right. - - *tab-* -\- Moves the left margin of the next and all the following - commands one tab stop to the left. - - *tab'* -\' Moves everything that you have typed so far in the current - column, i.e. everything from the most recent \> (|tab>|), \< - (|tab<|), \' (|tab'|), |\\|, or |\kill| command, to the right - of the previous column, flush against the current column's tab - stop. - - *tab`* -\` Allows you to put text flush right against any tab stop, - including tab stop 0. However, it can't move text to the right - of the last column because there's no tab stop there. The \` - (|tab`|) command moves all the text that follows it, up to the - |\\| or \end{tabbing} command that ends the line, to the right - margin of the tabbing environment. There must be no \> - (|tab>|) or \' (|tab'|) command between the \` (|tab`|) and - the command that ends the line. - - *\kill* -\kill Sets tab stops without producing text. Works just like |\\| - except that it throws away the current line instead of - producing output for it. The effect of any \= (|tab=|), \+ - (|tab+|) or \- (|tab-|) commands in that line remain in - effect. - - *\pushtabs* -\pushtabs Saves all current tab stop positions. Useful for temporarily - changing tab stop positions in the middle of a tabbing - environment. Also restores the tab stop positions saved by the - last |\pushtabs|. - - *taba* -\a In a tabbing environment, the commands \= (|tab=|), \' - (|tab'|) and \` (|tab`|) do not produce accents as normal. - Instead, the commands \a=, \a' and \a` are used. - -This example typesets a Pascal function in a traditional format: -> - \begin{tabbing} - function \= fact(n : integer) : integer;\\ - \> begin \= \+ \\ - \> if \= n $>$ 1 then \+ \\ - fact := n * fact(n-1) \- \\ - else \+ \\ - fact := 1; \-\- \\ - end;\\ - \end{tabbing} - -============================================================================== -r. table *\table* -> - \begin{table}[placement] - body of the table - \caption{table title} - \end{table} - -Tables are objects that are not part of the normal text, and are usually -"floated" to a convenient place, like the top of a page. Tables will not be -split between two pages. - -The optional argument [placement] determines where LaTeX will try to place -your table. There are four places where LaTeX can possibly put a float: - - h (Here) at the position in the text where the table - environment appears. - t (Top) at the top of a text page. - b (Bottom) at the bottom of a text page. - p (Page of floats) on a separate float page, which is a page - containing no text, only floats. - -The standard |report-class| and |article-class| use the default placement [tbp]. - -The body of the table is made up of whatever text, LaTeX commands, etc., you -wish. - -The \caption command allows you to title your table. - -============================================================================== -s. tabular *tabular* -> - \begin{tabular}[pos]{cols} - column 1 entry & column 2 entry ... & column n entry \\ - . - . - . - \end{tabular} - -or -> - \begin{tabular*}{width}[pos]{cols} - column 1 entry & column 2 entry ... & column n entry \\ - . - . - . - \end{tabular*} - -These environments produce a box consisting of a sequence of rows of items, -aligned vertically in columns. The mandatory and optional arguments consist -of: - -{width} Specifies the width of the tabular* environment. There must be - rubber space between columns that can stretch to fill out the - specified width. - -[pos] Specifies the vertical position; default is alignment on the - centre of the environment. - t - align on top row - b - align on bottom row - -{cols} Specifies the column formatting. It consists of a sequence of - the following specifiers, corresponding to the sequence of - columns and intercolumn material. - l - A column of left-aligned items. - - r - A column of right-aligned items. - - c - A column of centred items. - - | - A vertical line the full height and depth of the - environment. - - @{text} - This inserts text in every row. An @-expression - suppresses the intercolumn space normally inserted - between columns; any desired space between the - inserted text and the adjacent items must be included - in text. An \extracolsep{wd} command in an - @-expression causes an extra space of width {wd} to - appear to the left of all subsequent columns, until - countermanded by another |\extracolsep| command. Unlike - ordinary intercolumn space, this extra space is not - suppressed by an @-expression. An |\extracolsep| - command can be used only in an @-expression in the - cols argument. - - p{wd} - Produces a column with each item typeset in a |\parbox| - of width {wd}, as if it were the argument of a - \parbox[t]{wd} command. However, a |\\| may not appear - in the item, except in the following situations: - 1. inside an environment like |minipage|, |array|, or - |tabular|. - 2. inside an explicit |\parbox|. - 3. in the scope of a |\centering|, |\raggedright|, or - |\raggedleft| declaration. The latter declarations must - appear inside braces or an environment when used in a - p-column element. - - {num}{cols} - Equivalent to num copies of cols, where num is any positive - integer and cols is any list of column-specifiers, - which may contain another -expression. - -These commands can be used inside a tabular environment: - -|\cline| Draw a horizontal line spanning some columns. -|\hline| Draw a * horizontal line spanning all columns. -|\multicolumn| Make an item spanning * several columns. -|\vline| Draw a vertical line. - - -\cline{i-j} *\cline* - The |\cline| command draws horizontal lines across the columns - specified, beginning in column i and ending in column j, - which are identified in the mandatory argument. - -\hline *\hline* - The |\hline| command will draw a horizontal line the width of - the table. It's most commonly used to draw a line at the top, - bottom, and between the rows of the table. - -\multicolumn{cols}{pos}{text} *\multicolumn* - The |\multicolumn| is used to make an entry that spans several - columns. The first mandatory argument, {cols}, specifies the - number of columns to span. The second mandatory argument, - {pos}, specifies the formatting of the entry: - c - centered - l - flushleft - r - flushright. - The third mandatory argument, {text}, specifies what text is - to make up the entry. - -\vline *\vline* - The |\vline| command will draw a vertical line extending the - full height and depth of its row. An |\hfill| command can be - used to move the line to the edge of the column. It can also - be used in an @-expression. - -============================================================================== -t. thebibliography *\thebibliography* -> - \begin{thebibliography}{widestlabel} - \bibitem[label]{cite_key} - . - . - . - \end{thebibliography} - -The |\thebibliography| environment produces a bibliography or reference list. - -In the |article-class|, this reference list is labelled "References"; in the -|report-class|, it is labelled "Bibliography". - -{widestlabel} Text that, when printed, is approximately as wide as the - widest item label produces by the |\bibitem| commands. - -|\bibitem| Specify a bibliography item. -|\cite| Refer to a bibliography item. -|\nocite| Include an item in the bibliography. -|BibTeX| Automatic generation of bibliographies. - -\bibitem *\bibitem* -\bibitem[label]{citekey} - The |\bibitem| command generates an entry labelled by [label]. - If the [label] argument is missing, a number is generated as - the label, using the |\enumi| counter. The {citekey} is any - sequence of letters, numbers, and punctuation symbols not - containing a comma. This command writes an entry on the `.aux' - file containing {citekey} and the item's label. When this - `.aux' file is read by the \begin{document} command, the - item's label is associated with {citekey}, causing the - reference to {citekey} by a |\cite| command to produce the - associated label. - -\cite *\cite* -\cite[text]{keylist} - The {keylist} argument is a list of citation keys. This - command generates an in-text citation to the references - associated with the keys in {keylist} by entries on the `.aux' - file read by the \begin{document} command. - The optional text argument will appear after the - citation, i.e.: > - \cite[p.2]{knuth} -< might produce `[Knuth, p. 2]'. - -\nocite *\nocite* -\nocite{keylist} - The |\nocite| command produces no text, but writes - {keylist}, which is a list of one or more citation - keys, on the `.aux' file. - -BibTeX *BibTeX* *bibtex* - *\bibliographystyle* -If you use the BibTeX program by Oren Patashnik (highly recommended if you -need a bibliography of more than a couple of titles) to maintain your -bibliography, you don't use the |thebibliography| environment. Instead, you -include the lines: -> - \bibliographystyle{style} - \bibliography{bibfile} - -where {style} refers to a file style.bst, which defines how your citations -will look. The standard styles distributed with BibTeX are: - -{alpha} Sorted alphabetically. Labels are formed from name of author and year - of publication. -{plain} Sorted alphabetically. Labels are numeric. -{unsrt} Like plain, but entries are in order of citation. -{abbrv} Like plain, but more compact labels. - -In addition, numerous other BibTeX style files exist tailored to the demands -of various publications. - - *\bibliography* -The argument to |\bibliography| refers to the file bibfile.bib, which should -contain your database in BibTeX format. Only the entries referred to via -|\cite| and |\nocite| will be listed in the bibliography. - -============================================================================== -u. theorem *theorem* -> - \begin{theorem} - theorem text - \end{theorem} - -The |theorem| environment produces "Theorem x" in boldface followed by your -theorem text. - -============================================================================== -v. titlepage *titlepage* -> - \begin{titlepage} - text - \end{titlepage} - -The |titlepage| environment creates a title page, i.e. a page with no printed -page number or heading. It also causes the following page to be numbered page -one. Formatting the title page is left to you. The |\today| command comes in -handy for title pages. - -Note that you can use the |\maketitle| to produce a standard title page. - -============================================================================== -x. verbatim *verbatim* -> - \begin{verbatim} - text - \end{verbatim} - -The |verbatim| environment is a paragraph-making environment that gets LaTeX -to print exactly what you type in. It turns LaTeX into a typewriter with -carriage returns and blanks having the same effect that they would on a -typewriter. - -\verb *\verb* -\verb char literal_text char -\verb*char literal_text char - Typesets literal_text exactly as typed, including - special characters and spaces, using a typewriter |\tt| - type style. There may be no space between |\verb| or - |\verb|* and char (space is shown here only for - clarity). The *-form differs only in that spaces are - printed as `\verb*| |\'. - -============================================================================== -y. verse *verse* -> - \begin{verse} - text - \end{verse} - -The |verse| environment is designed for poetry, though you may find other uses -for it. - -The margins are indented on the left and the right. Separate the lines of each -stanza with |\\|, and use one or more blank lines to separate the stanzas. - -============================================================================== -8. Footnotes *latex-footnotes* - -Footnotes can be produced in one of two ways. They can be produced with one -command, the |\footnote| command. They can also be produced with two commands, -the |\footnotemark| and the |\footnotetext| commands. See the specific command for -information on why you would use one over the other. - -|\footnote| Insert a footnote -|\footnotemark| Insert footnote mark only -|\footnotetext| Insert footnote text only - -\footnote[number]{text} *\footnote* - Command places the numbered footnote text at the bottom of the - current page. The optional argument, number, is used to change - the default footnote number. This command can only be used in - outer paragraph mode; i.e., you cannot use it in sectioning - commands like |\chapter|, in |\figure|, |\table| or in a - |\tabular| environment. - -\footnotemark *\footnotemark* - Command puts the footnote number in the text. This command can - be used in inner paragraph mode. The text of the footnote is - supplied by the |\footnotetext| command. - This command can be used to produce several consecutive - footnote markers referring to the same footnote by using -> - \footnotemark[\value{footnote}] -< - after the first |\footnote| command. - -\footnotetext[number]{text} *\footnotetext* - Command produces the text to be placed at the bottom of the - page. This command can come anywhere after the |\footnotemark| - command. The |\footnotetext| command must appear in outer - paragraph mode. The optional argument, number, is used to - change the default footnote number. - -============================================================================== -9. Lengths *latex-lengths* - -A length is a measure of distance. Many LaTeX commands take a length as an -argument. - -|\newlength| Define a new length. -|\setlength| Set the value of a length. -|\addtolength| Add a quantity to a length. -|\settodepth| Set a length to the depth of something. -|\settoheight| Set a length to the height of something. -|\settowidth| Set a length to the width of something. -|pre-lengths| Lengths that are, like, predefined. - -\newlength{\gnat} *\newlength* - The |\newlength| command defines the mandatory argument, \gnat, - as a length command with a value of 0in. An error occurs if a - \gnat command already exists. - -\setlength{\gnat}{length} *\setlength* - The |\setlength| command is used to set the value of a \gnat - command. The {length} argument can be expressed in any terms - of length LaTeX understands, i.e., inches (in), millimetres - (mm), points (pt), etc. - -\addtolength{\gnat}{length} *\addtolength* - The |\addtolength| command increments a \gnat by the amount - specified in the {length} argument. It can be a negative - amount. - -\settodepth{\gnat}{text} *\settodepth* - The |\settodepth| command sets the value of a \gnat command - equal to the depth of the {text} argument. - -\settoheight{\gnat}{text} *\settoheight* - The |\settoheight| command sets the value of a \gnat command - equal to the height of the {text} argument. - -\settowidth{\gnat}{text} *\settowidth* - The |\settowidth| command sets the value of a \gnat command - equal to the width of the {text} argument. - -Predefined lengths *pre-lengths* - -\width *\width* -\height *\height* -\depth *\depth* -\totalheight *\totalheight* - These length parameters can be used in the arguments of the - box-making commands See section Spaces & Boxes. They specify - the natural width etc. of the text in the box. - \totalheight equals \height + \depth. - To make a box with the text stretched to double the natural - size, e.g., say: > - \makebox[2\width]{Get a stretcher} - -============================================================================== -10. Letters *latex-letters* - -You can use LaTeX to typeset letters, both personal and business. The letter -document class is designed to make a number of letters at once, although you -can make just one if you so desire. - -Your `.tex' source file has the same minimum commands as the other document -classes, i.e., you must have the following commands as a minimum: > - \documentclass{letter} - \begin{document} - ... - letters - ... - \end{document} - -Each letter is a letter environment, whose argument is the name and address of -the recipient. For example, you might have: > - \begin{letter} - {Mr. Joe Smith\\ - 2345 Princess St. \\ - Edinburgh, EH1 1AA} - ... - \end{letter} - -The letter itself begins with the |\opening| command. The text of the letter -follows. It is typed as ordinary LaTeX input. Commands that make no sense in -a letter, like |\chapter|, do not work. The letter closes with a |\closing| -command. - -After the closing, you can have additional material. The |\cc| command produces -the usual "cc: ...". There's also a similar |\encl| command for a list of -enclosures. With both these commands, use|\\| to separate the items. - -These commands are used with the letter class: -|\address| Your return address. -|\cc| Cc list. closing Saying goodbye. -|\encl| List of enclosed material. -|\location| Your organisation's address. -|\makelabels| Making address labels. -|\name| Your name, for the return address. -|\opening| Saying hello. -|\ps| Adding a postscript. -|\signature| Your signature. -|\startbreaks| Allow page breaks. -|\stopbreaks| Disallow page breaks. -|\telephone| Your phone number. - -\address{Return address} *\address* - The return address, as it should appear on the letter and the - envelope. Separate lines of the address should be separated - by |\\| commands. If you do not make an |\address| declaration, - then the letter will be formatted for copying onto your - organisation's standard letterhead. (See section Overview of - LaTeX and Local Guide, for details on your local - implementation). If you give an |\address| declaration, then - the letter will be formatted as a personal letter. - -\cc{Kate Schechter\\Rob McKenna} *\cc* - Generate a list of other persons the letter was sent to. Each - name is printed on a separate line. - -\closing{text} *\closing* - The letter closes with a |\closing| command, i.e., > - \closing{Best Regards,} \encl{CV\\Certificates} -< Generate a list of enclosed material. - -\location{address} *\location* - This modifies your organisation's standard address. This only - appears if the firstpage pagestyle is selected. - -\makelabels{number} *\makelabels* - If you issue this command in the preamble, LaTeX will create a - sheet of address labels. This sheet will be output before the - letters. - -\name{June Davenport} *\name* - Your name, used for printing on the envelope together with the - return address. - -\opening{text} *\opening* - The letter begins with the |\opening| command. The mandatory - argument, text, is whatever text you wish to start your - letter, i.e., > - \opening{Dear Joe,} - -\ps *\ps* - Use this command before a postscript. - -\signature{Harvey Swick} *\signature* - Your name, as it should appear at the end of the letter - underneath the space for your signature. Items that should go - on separate lines should be separated by |\\| commands. - -\startbreaks *\startbreaks* - Used after a |\stopbreaks| command to allow page breaks again. - -\stopbreaks *\stopbreaks* - Inhibit page breaks until a |\startbreaks| command occurs. - -\telephone{number} *\telephone* - This is your telephone number. This only appears if the - firstpage pagestyle is selected. - -============================================================================== -11. Line & Page Breaking *latex-breaking* - -The first thing LaTeX does when processing ordinary text is to translate your -input file into a string of glyphs and spaces. To produce a printed document, -this string must be broken into lines, and these lines must be broken into -pages. In some environments, you do the line breaking yourself with the |\\| -command, but LaTeX usually does it for you. - -|\\| Start a new line -|hyph-| Insert explicit hyphenation -|\cleardoublepage| Start a new right-hand page -|\clearpage| Start a new page -|\enlargethispage| Enlarge the current page a bit -|\fussy| Be fussy about line breaking -|\hyphenation| Tell LaTeX how to hyphenate a word -|\linebreak| Break the line -|\newline| Break the line prematurely -|\newpage| Start a new page -|\nolinebreak| Don't break the current line -|\nopagebreak| Don't make a page break here -|\pagebreak| Please make a page break here -|\sloppy| Be sloppy about line breaking - -\\[*][extraspace] *\\* *\\\\* - The |\\| command tells LaTeX to start a new line. It has an - optional argument, [extraspace], that specifies how much extra - vertical space is to be inserted before the next line. This - can be a negative amount. - The \\* command is the same as the ordinary |\\| command - except that it tells LaTeX not to start a new page after the - line. - -\- *hyph-* - The \- command tells LaTeX that it may hyphenate the word at - that point. LaTeX is very good at hyphenating, and it will - usually find all correct hyphenation points. The \- command is - used for the exceptional cases. - Note: when you insert \- commands in a word, the word will - only be hyphenated at those points and not at any of the - hyphenation points that LaTeX might otherwise have chosen. - -\cleardoublepage *\cleardoublepage* - The |\cleardoublepage| command ends the current page and causes - all figures and tables that have so far appeared in the input - to be printed. In a two-sided printing style (|twoside|), it - also makes the next page a right-hand (odd-numbered) page, - producing a blank page if necessary. - -\clearpage *\clearpage* - The |\clearpage| command ends the current page and causes all - figures and tables that have so far appeared in the input to - be printed. - -\enlargethispage{size} *\enlargethispage* -\enlargethispage*{size} - Enlarge the textheight for the current page by the - specified amount; e.g.: > - - \enlargethispage{\baselineskip} -< - will allow one additional line. The starred form - tries to squeeze the material together on the page as - much as possible. This is normally used together with - an explicit |\pagebreak|. - -\fussy *\fussy* - This declaration (which is the default) makes TeX more fussy - about line breaking. This can avoids too much space between - words, but may produce overfull boxes. This command cancels - the effect of a previous |\sloppy| command. - -\hyphenation{words} *\hyphenation* - The |\hyphenation| command declares allowed hyphenation points, - where words is a list of words, separated by spaces, in which - each hyphenation point is indicated by a - character. - -\linebreak[number] *\linebreak* - The |\linebreak| command tells LaTeX to break the current line - at the point of the command. With the optional argument, - number, you can convert the |\linebreak| command from a demand - to a request. The [number] must be a number from 0 to 4. The - higher the number, the more insistent the request is. The - |\linebreak| command causes LaTeX to stretch the line so it - extends to the right margin. - -\newline *\newline* - The |\newline| command breaks the line right where it is. It - can only be used in paragraph mode. - -\newpage *\newpage* - The |\newpage| command ends the current page. - -\nolinebreak[number] *\nolinebreak* - The |\nolinebreak| command prevents LaTeX from breaking the - current line at the point of the command. With the optional - argument, [number], you can convert the |\nolinebreak| command - from a demand to a request. The [number] must be a number from 0 - to 4. The higher the number, the more insistent the request - is. - -\nopagebreak[number] *\nopagebreak* - The |\nopagebreak| command prevents LaTeX from breaking the - current page at the point of the command. With the optional - argument, [number], you can convert the |\nopagebreak| command - from a demand to a request. The [number] must be a number from - 0 to 4. The higher the number, the more insistent the request - is. - -\pagebreak[number] *\pagebreak* - The |\pagebreak| command tells LaTeX to break the current page - at the point of the command. With the optional argument, - [number], you can convert the |\pagebreak| command from a - demand to a request. The [number] must be a number from 0 to - 4. The higher the number, the more insistent the request is. - -\sloppy *\sloppy* - This declaration makes TeX less fussy about line breaking. - This can prevent overfull boxes, but may leave too much space - between words. - Lasts until a |\fussy| command is issued. - -============================================================================== -12. Making Paragraphs *latex-paragraphs* - -A paragraph is ended by one or more completely blank lines -- lines not -containing even a |\%|. A blank line should not appear where a new paragraph -cannot be started, such as in math mode or in the argument of a sectioning -command. - -|\indent| Indent this paragraph. -|\noindent| Do not indent this paragraph. -|\par| Another way of writing a blank line. - -\indent *\indent* - This produces a horizontal space whose width equals the width - of the paragraph indentation. It is used to add paragraph - indentation where it would otherwise be suppressed. - -\noindent *\noindent* - When used at the beginning of the paragraph, it suppresses the - paragraph indentation. It has no effect when used in the - middle of a paragraph. - -\par *\par* - Equivalent to a blank line; often used to make command or - environment definitions easier to read. - -============================================================================== -13. Margin Notes *latex-margin-notes* - -\marginpar[left]{right} *\marginpar* - This command creates a note in the margin. The first line will - be at the same height as the line in the text where the - |\marginpar| occurs. - - When you only specify the mandatory argument {right}, the text - will be placed: - * in the right margin for one-sided layout - * in the outside margin for two-sided layout (|twoside|) - * in the nearest margin for two-column layout (|twocolumn|) - -\reversemarginpar *\reversemarginpar* - By issuing the command |\reversemarginpar|, you can force the - marginal notes to go into the opposite (inside) margin. - -When you specify both arguments, left is used for the left margin, and right -is used for the right margin. - -The first word will normally not be hyphenated; you can enable hyphenation by -prefixing the first word with a \hspace{0pt} command (|hspace|). - -============================================================================== -14. Math Formulae *latex-math* - *displaymath* -There are three environments (|latex-environments|) that put LaTeX in math -mode: -|math| For Formulae that appear right in the text. -|displaymath| For Formulae that appear on their own line. -|equation| The same as the displaymath environment except that it adds an - equation number in the right margin. - -The |math| environment can be used in both paragraph and LR mode, but the -|displaymath| and |equation| environments can be used only in paragraph mode. The -|math| and |displaymath| environments are used so often that they have the -following short forms: - \(...\) instead of \begin{math}...\end{math} - \[...\] instead of \begin{displaymath}...\end{displaymath} - -In fact, the math environment is so common that it has an even shorter form: - $ ... $ instead of \(...\) - -|sub-sup| Also known as exponent or index. -|math-symbols| Various mathematical squiggles. -|math-spacing| Thick, medium, thin and negative spaces. -|math-misc| Stuff that doesn't fit anywhere else. - -========== -Subscripts & Superscripts *sub-sup* - *subscripts* *superscripts* - -To get an expression exp to appear as a subscript, you just type _{exp}. To -get exp to appear as a superscript, you type ^{exp}. LaTeX handles -superscripted superscripts and all of that stuff in the natural way. It even -does the right thing when something has both a subscript and a superscript. - -========== -Math Symbols *math-symbols* - -LaTeX provides almost any mathematical symbol you're likely to need. The -commands for generating them can be used only in math mode. For example, if -you include > - $\pi$ -in your source, you will get the symbol in your output. - -========== -Spacing in Math Mode *math-spacing* - -In a math environment, LaTeX ignores the spaces you type and puts in the -spacing that it thinks is best. LaTeX formats mathematics the way it's done in -mathematics texts. If you want different spacing, LaTeX provides the following -four commands for use in math mode: - \; - a thick space *math;* - \: - a medium space *math:* - \, - a thin space *math,* - \! - a negative thin space *matn!* - -========== -Math Miscellany *math-misc* - -\cdots *\cdots* - Produces a horizontal ellipsis where the dots are raised to - the centre of the line. -\ddots *\ddots* - Produces a diagonal ellipsis. -\frac{num}{den} *\frac* - Produces the fraction num divided by den. -\ldots *\ldots* - Produces an ellipsis. This command works in any mode, not just - math mode. -\overbrace{text} *\overbrace* - Generates a brace over text. -\overline{text} *\overline* - Causes the argument text to be overlined. -\sqrt[root]{arg} *\sqrt* - Produces the square root of its argument. The optional - argument, [root], determines what root to produce, i.e., the - cube root of x+y would be typed as: > - $\sqrt[3]{x+y}$. -\underbrace{text} *\underbrace* - Generates text with a brace underneath. -\underline{text} *\underline* - Causes the argument text to be underlined. This command can - also be used in paragraph and LR mode. -\vdots *\vdots* - Produces a vertical ellipsis. - -============================================================================== -15. Modes *latex-modes* - -When LaTeX is processing your input text, it is always in one of three modes: - Paragraph mode *paragraph-mode* - Math mode *math-mode* - Left-to-right mode, called LR mode for short. *lr-mode* - -LaTeX changes mode only when it goes up or down a staircase to a different -level, though not all level changes produce mode changes. Mode changes occur -only when entering or leaving an environment, or when LaTeX is processing the -argument of certain text-producing commands. - -|paragraph-mode| is the most common; it's the one LaTeX is in when processing -ordinary text. In that mode, LaTeX breaks your text into lines and breaks the -lines into pages. LaTeX is in |math-mode| when it's generating a mathematical -formula. In |lr-mode|, as in |paragraph-mode|, LaTeX considers the output that -it produces to be a string of words with spaces between them. However, unlike -|paragraph-mode|, LaTeX keeps going from left to right; it never starts a new -line in |lr-mode|. Even if you put a hundred words into an |\mbox|, LaTeX would -keep typesetting them from left to right inside a single box, and then -complain because the resulting box was too wide to fit on the line. - -LaTeX is in |lr-mode| when it starts making a box with an |\mbox| command. You -can get it to enter a different mode inside the box - for example, you can -make it enter |math-mode| to put a formula in the box. There are also several -text-producing commands and environments for making a box that put LaTeX in -|paragraph-mode|. The box make by one of these commands or environments will be -called a |\parbox|. When LaTeX is in |paragraph-mode| while making a box, it is -said to be in "inner paragraph mode". Its normal |paragraph-mode|, which it -starts out in, is called "outer paragraph mode". - -============================================================================== -16. Page Styles *latex-page-styles* - -The |\documentclass| command determines the size and position of the page's head -and foot. The page style determines what goes in them. - -|\maketitle| Generate a title page. -|\pagenumbering| Set the style used for page numbers. -|\pagestyle| Change the headings/footings style. -|\thispagestyle| Change the headings/footings style for this page. - -\maketitle *\maketitle* - The |\maketitle| command generates a title on a separate title - page - except in the |\article| class, where the title normally - goes at the top of the first page. Information used to - produce the title is obtained from the following declarations: - - |\author| Who wrote this stuff? - |\date| The date the document was created. - |\thanks| A special form of footnote. - |\title| How to set the document title. - - \author{names} *\author* *\and* - The |\author| command declares the author(s), where - names is a list of authors separated by \and commands. - Use |\\| to separate lines within a single author's - entry -- for example, to give the author's institution - or address. - - \date{text} *\date* - The |\date| command declares text to be the document's - date. With no |\date| command, the current date is - used. - - \thanks{text} *\thanks* - The |\thanks| command produces a |\footnote| to the - title. - - \title{text} *\title* - The |\title| command declares text to be the title. Use - |\\| to tell LaTeX where to start a new line in a long - title. - -\pagenumbering{numstyle} *\pagenumbering* - Specifies the style of page numbers. Possible values of - 'numstyle' are: - arabic - Arabic numerals *arabic* - roman - Lowercase Roman numerals *roman* - Roman - Uppercase Roman numerals *Roman* - alph - Lowercase letters *alph* - Alph - Uppercase letters *Alph* - -\pagestyle{option} *\pagestyle* - *plain* *empty* *headings* - The |\pagestyle| command changes the style from the current - page on throughout the remainder of your document. - The valid options are: - plain - Just a plain page number. - empty - Produces empty heads and feet no page numbers. - headings - Puts running headings on each page. The document - style specifies what goes in the headings. - myheadings - You specify what is to go in the heading with the - |\markboth| or the |\markright| commands. - - |\markboth| Set left and right headings. - |\markright| Set right heading only. - - \markboth{left head}{right head} *\markboth* - The |\markboth| command is used in conjunction with the - page style myheadings for setting both the left and - the right heading. - Note that a "left-hand heading" is generated by the - last |\markboth| command before the end of the page, - while a "right-hand heading" is generated by the first - |\markboth| or |\markright| that comes on the page if - there is one, otherwise by the last one before the - page. - - - \markright{right head} *\markright* - The |\markright| command is used in conjunction with - the page style |\myheadings| for setting the right - heading, leaving the left heading unchanged. - Note that a "left-hand heading" is generated by the - last |\markboth| command before the end of the page, - while a "right-hand heading" is generated by the first - |\markboth| or |\markright| that comes on the page if - there is one, otherwise by the last one before the - page. - -\thispagestyle{option} *\thispagestyle* - The |\thispagestyle| command works in the same manner as the - |\pagestyle| command except that it changes the style for the - current page only. - -============================================================================== -17. Sectioning *latex-sectioning* - -Sectioning commands provide the means to structure your text into units. -|\part| -|\chapter| (report and book class only) -|\section| -|\subsection| -|\subsubsection| -|\paragraph| -|\subparagraph| - -All sectioning commands take the same general form, i.e., - - *\part* - *\chapter* (report and book class only) - *\section* *\subsection* *\subsubsection* - *\paragraph* *\subparagraph* -\chapter[optional]{title} - In addition to providing the heading in the text, the - mandatory argument of the sectioning command can appear in two - other places: - 1. The table of contents - 2. The running head at the top of the page. You may not want - the same thing to appear in these other two places as - appears in the text heading. To handle this situation, the - sectioning commands have an optional argument that provides - the text for these other two purposes. - -All sectioning commands have *\-forms that print a title, but do not include a -number and do not make an entry in the table of contents. - -\appendix *\appendix* - The |\appendix| command changes the way sectional units are - numbered. The |\appendix| command generates no text and does - not affect the numbering of parts. The normal use of this - command is something like: > - \chapter{The First Chapter} - ... - \appendix \chapter{The First Appendix} - - -============================================================================== -18. Spaces & Boxes *latex-spaces-boxes* - -All the predefined length parameters See section Predefined lengths can be -used in the arguments of the box-making commands. - - Horizontal space: - -|\dotfill| Stretchable horizontal dots. -|\hfill| Stretchable horizontal space. -|\hrulefill| Stretchable horizontal rule. -|\hspace| Fixed horizontal space. - - Vertical space: - -|\addvspace| Fixed vertical space. -|\bigskip| Fixed vertical space. -|\medskip| Fixed vertical space. -|\smallskip| Fixed vertical space. -|\vfill| Stretchable vertical space. -|\vspace| Fixed vertical space. - - Boxes: - -|\fbox| Framebox. -|\framebox| Framebox, adjustable position. -|\lrbox| An environment like |\sbox|. -|\makebox| Box, adjustable position. -|\mbox| Box. -|\newsavebox| Declare a name for saving a box. -|\parbox| Box with text in paragraph mode. -|\raisebox| Raise or lower text. -|\rule| Lines and squares. -|\savebox| Like |\makebox|, but save the text for later use. -|\sbox| Like |\mbox|, but save the text for later use. -|\usebox| Print saved text. - -Horizontal space: *latex-hor-space* - -LaTeX removes horizontal space that comes at the end of a line. If you don't -want LaTeX to remove this space, include the optional * argument. Then the -space is never removed. - -\dotfill *\dotfill* - The |\dotfill| command produces a "rubber length" that produces - dots instead of just spaces. - -\hfill *\hfill* - The |\hfill| fill command produces a "rubber length" which can - stretch or shrink horizontally. It will be filled with spaces. - -\hrulefill *\hrulefill* - The |\hrulefill| fill command produces a "rubber length" which - can stretch or shrink horizontally. It will be filled with a - horizontal rule. - -\hspace[*]{length} *\hspace* - The |\hspace| command adds horizontal space. The length of the - space can be expressed in any terms that LaTeX understands, - i.e., points, inches, etc. You can add negative as well as - positive space with an |\hspace| command. Adding negative space - is like backspacing. - - -Vertical space: *latex-ver-space* - -LaTeX removes vertical space that comes at the end of a page. If you don't -want LaTeX to remove this space, include the optional * argument. Then the -space is never removed. - -\addvspace{length} *\addvspace* - The |\addvspace| command normally adds a vertical space of - height length. However, if vertical space has already been - added to the same point in the output by a previous - |\addvspace| command, then this command will not add more space - than needed to make the natural length of the total vertical - space equal to length. - -\bigskip *\bigskip* - The |\bigskip| command is equivalent to \vspace{bigskipamount} - where bigskipamount is determined by the document class. - -\medskip *\medskip* - The |\medskip| command is equivalent to \vspace{medskipamount} - where medskipamount is determined by the document class. - -\smallskip *\smallskip* - The |\smallskip| command is equivalent to - \vspace{smallskipamount} where smallskipamount is determined - by the document class. - -\vfill *\vfill* - The |\vfill| fill command produces a rubber length which can - stretch or shrink vertically. - -\vspace[*]{length} *\vspace* - The |\vspace| command adds vertical space. The length of the - space can be expressed in any terms that LaTeX understands, - i.e., points, inches, etc. You can add negative as well as - positive space with an |\vspace| command. - - -Boxes: *latex-boxes* - -\fbox{text} *\fbox* - The |\fbox| command is exactly the same as the |\mbox| command, - except that it puts a frame around the outside of the box that - it creates. - -\framebox[width][position]{text} *\framebox* - The |\framebox| command is exactly the same as the |\makebox| - command, except that it puts a frame around the outside of the - box that it creates. - The |\framebox| command produces a rule of thickness - |\fboxrule|, and leaves a space |\fboxsep| between the rule and - the contents of the box. - -lrbox *\lrbox* -\begin{lrbox}{cmd} text \end{lrbox} - This is the environment form of |\sbox|. - The text inside the environment is saved in the box cmd, which - must have been declared with |\newsavebox|. - -\makebox[width][position]{text} *\makebox* - The |\makebox| command creates a box just wide enough to - contain the text specified. The width of the box is specified - by the optional [width] argument. The position of the text - within the box is determined by the optional [position] - argument. - c -- centred (default) - l -- flushleft - r -- flushright - s -- stretch from left to right margin. The text must - contain stretchable space for this to work. - See section |\picture-makebox|. - -\mbox{text} *\mbox* - The |\mbox| command creates a box just wide enough to hold the - text created by its argument. - Use this command to prevent text from being split across - lines. - -\newsavebox{cmd} *\newsavebox* - Declares {cmd}, which must be a command name that is not - already defined, to be a bin for saving boxes. - - -\parbox[position][height][innerpos]{width}{text} *\parbox* - A parbox is a box whose contents are created in - |\paragraph-mode|. The |\parbox| has two - - Mandatory arguments: -'width' specifies the width of the parbox -'text' the text that goes inside the parbox. - - Optional arguments: -'position' LaTeX will position a parbox so its centre lines up with the - centre of the text line. The optional position argument allows - you to line up either the top or bottom line in the parbox - (default is top). - -'height' If the height argument is not given, the box will have the - natural height of the text. - -'innerpos' The inner-pos argument controls the placement of the text - inside the box. If it is not specified, position is used. - t -- text is placed at the top of the box - c -- text is centred in the box - b -- text is placed at the bottom of the box - s -- stretch vertically. The text must contain - vertically stretchable space for this to work. - - A |\parbox| command is used for a parbox containing a small - piece of text, with nothing fancy inside. In particular, you - shouldn't use any of the paragraph-making environments inside - a |\parbox| argument. For larger pieces of text, including ones - containing a paragraph-making environment, you should use a - |\minipage| environment. - -\raisebox{distance}[extendabove][extendbelow]{text} *\raisebox* - The |\raisebox| command is used to raise or lower text. The - first mandatory argument specifies how high the text is to be - raised (or lowered if it is a negative amount). The text - itself is processed in LR mode. - Sometimes it's useful to make LaTeX think something has a - different size than it really does - or a different size than - LaTeX would normally think it has. The |\raisebox| command - lets you tell LaTeX how tall it is. - The first optional argument, extend-above, makes LaTeX think - that the text extends above the line by the amount specified. - The second optional argument, extend-below, makes LaTeX think - that the text extends below the line by the amount specified. - -\rule[raiseheight]{width}{thickness} *\rule* - The |\rule| command is used to produce horizontal lines. The - arguments are defined as follows: -'raiseheight' specifies how high to raise the rule (optional) -'width' specifies the length of the rule (mandatory) -'thickness' specifies the thickness of the rule (mandatory) - -\savebox{cmd}[width][pos]{text} *\savebox* - This command typeset text in a box just as for |\makebox|. - However, instead of printing the resulting box, it saves it in - bin cmd, which must have been declared with |\newsavebox|. - -\sbox{text} *\sbox* - This commands typeset text in a box just as for |\mbox|. - However, instead of printing the resulting box, it saves it in - bin cmd, which must have been declared with |\newsavebox|. - -\usebox{cmd} *\usebox* - Prints the box most recently saved in bin cmd by a |\savebox| - command. - -============================================================================== -19. Special Characters *latex-special* - -The following characters play a special role in LaTeX and are called "special -printing characters", or simply "special characters". > - # $ % & ~ _ ^ \ { } -Whenever you put one of these special characters into your file, you are doing -something special. If you simply want the character to be printed just as any -other letter, include a \ in front of the character. For example, \$ will -produce $ in your output. - -One exception to this rule is the \ itself because |\\| has its own special -meaning. A \ is produced by typing $\backslash$ in your file. - -Also, \~ means `place a tilde accent over the following letter', so you will -probably want to use |\verb| instead. - *\symbol* -In addition, you can access any character of a font once you know its number -by using the |\symbol| command. For example, the character used for displaying -spaces in the |\verb|* command has the code decimal 32, so it can be typed as -\symbol{32}. - -You can also specify octal numbers with ' or hexadecimal numbers with ", so -the previous example could also be written as \symbol{'40} or \symbol{"20}. - -============================================================================== -20. Splitting the Input *latex-inputting* - -A large document requires a lot of input. Rather than putting the whole input -in a single large file, it's more efficient to split it into several smaller -ones. Regardless of how many separate files you use, there is one that is the -root file; it is the one whose name you type when you run LaTeX. - -|\include| Conditionally include a file -|\includeonly| Determine which files are included -|\input| Unconditionally include a file - -\include{file} *\include* - The \include command is used in conjunction with the - |\includeonly| command for selective inclusion of - files. The file argument is the first name of a file, - denoting `file.tex' . If file is one the file names in - the file list of the |\includeonly| command or if there - is no |\includeonly| command, the \include command is - equivalent to: > - \clearpage \input{file} \clearpage -< - except that if the file `file.tex' does not exist, - then a warning message rather than an error is - produced. If the file is not in the file list, the - \include command is equivalent to |\clearpage|. - - The |\include| command may not appear in the preamble or in a - file read by another |\include| command. - -\includeonly{filelist} *\includeonly* - The |\includeonly| command controls which files will be read in - by an |\include| command. {filelist} should be a - comma-separated list of filenames. Each filename must match - exactly a filename specified in a |\include| command. This - command can only appear in the preamble. - -\input{file} *\input* - The |\input| command causes the indicated file to be read and - processed, exactly as if its contents had been inserted in the - current file at that point. The file name may be a complete - file name with extension or just a first name, in which case - the file `file.tex' is used. -============================================================================== -21. Starting & Ending *latex-start-end* - -Your input file must contain the following commands as a minimum: -\documentclass{class} |\documentclass| -\begin{document} |\begin| -... your text goes here ... -\end{document} |\end| - -where the class selected is one of the valid classes for LaTeX. -See |\classes|for details of the various document classes. - -You may include other LaTeX commands between the |\documentclass| and the -\begin{document} commands (i.e., in the `preamble'). -============================================================================== -22. Table of Contents *latex-toc* - - *\tableofcontents* -A table of contents is produced with the |\tableofcontents| command. You put -the command right where you want the table of contents to go; LaTeX does the -rest for you. It produces a heading, but it does not automatically start a new -page. If you want a new page after the table of contents, include a |\newpage| -command after the |\tableofcontents| command. - - *\listoffigures* *\listoftables* -There are similar commands |\listoffigures| and |\listoftables| for producing a -list of figures and a list of tables, respectively. Everything works exactly -the same as for the table of contents. - - *\nofiles* -NOTE: If you want any of these items to be generated, you cannot have the -\nofiles command in your document. - -|\addcontentsline| Add an entry to table of contents etc. -|\addtocontents| Add text directly to table of contents file etc. - -\addcontentsline{file}{secunit}{entry} *\addcontentsline* - The |\addcontentsline| command adds an entry to the specified - list or table where: -{file} is the extension of the file on which information is to be - written: - toc (table of contents), - lof (list of figures), - lot (list of tables). -{secunit} controls the formatting of the entry. It should be one of the - following, depending upon the value of the file argument: - toc -- the name of the sectional unit, such as part or - subsection. - lof -- figure - lot -- table -{entry} is the text of the entry. - -\addtocontents{file}{text} *\addtocontents* - The |\addtocontents| command adds text (or formatting commands) - directly to the file that generates the table of contents or - list of figures or tables. -{file} is the extension of the file on which information is to be written: - toc (table of contents), - lof (list of figures), - lot (list of tables). -{text} is the information to be written. - -============================================================================== -23. Terminal Input/Output *latex-terminal* - -|\typein| Read text from the terminal. -|\typeout| Write text to the terminal. - -\typein[cmd]{msg} *\typein* - Prints {msg} on the terminal and causes LaTeX to stop and wait - for you to type a line of input, ending with return. If the - [cmd] argument is missing, the typed input is processed as if - it had been included in the input file in place of the - |\typein| command. If the [cmd] argument is present, it must be - a command name. This command name is then defined or redefined - to be the typed input. - -\typeout{msg} *\typeout* - Prints {msg} on the terminal and in the `.log' file. Commands - in {msg} that are defined with |\newcommand| or |\renewcommand| - are replaced by their definitions before being printed. - - *\space* -LaTeX's usual rules for treating multiple spaces as a single space and -ignoring spaces after a command name apply to {msg}. A |\space| command in {msg} -causes a single space to be printed. A ^^J in {msg} prints a newline. - -============================================================================== -24. Typefaces *latex-typefaces* - -The typeface is specified by giving the "size" and "style". A typeface is also -called a "font". -|font-styles| Select roman, italics etc. -|font-size| Select point size. -|font-lowlevelcommands| Commands for wizards. - -Styles *font-styles* - -The following type style commands are supported by LaTeX. - -These commands are used like: > - \textit{italics text}. -The corresponding command in parenthesis is the "declaration form", which -takes no arguments. The scope of the declaration form lasts until the next -type style command or the end of the current group. - -The declaration forms are cumulative; i.e., you can say: > - \sffamily\bfseries -to get sans serif boldface. - -You can also use the environment form of the declaration forms; e.g.: > - \begin{ttfamily}...\end{ttfamily}. -< -\textrm (\rmfamily) *\textrm* *\rmfamily* - Roman - -\textit (\itshape) *\textit* *\itshape* *\emph* - Emphasis (toggles between |\textit| and |\textrm|). - -\textmd (\mdseries) *\textmd* *\mdseries* - Medium weight (default). The opposite of boldface. - -\textbf (\bfseries) *\textbf* *\bfseries* - Boldface. - -\textup (\upshape) *\textup* *\upshape* - Upright (default). The opposite of slanted. - -\textsl (\slshape) *\textsl* *\slshape* - Slanted. - -\textsf (\sffamily) *\textsf* *\sffamily* - Sans serif. - -\textsc (\scshape) *\textsc* *\scshape* - Small caps. - -\texttt (\ttfamily) *\texttt* *\ttfamily* - Typewriter. - -\textnormal (\normalfont) *\textnormal* *\normalfont* - Main document font. - -\mathrm *\mathrm* - Roman, for use in math mode. - -\mathbf *\mathbf* - Boldface, for use in math mode. - -\mathsf *\mathsf* - Sans serif, for use in math mode. - -\mathtt *\mathtt* - Typewriter, for use in math mode. - -\mathit *\mathit* - Italics, for use in math mode, e.g. variable names with - several letters. - -\mathnormal *\mathnormal* - For use in math mode, e.g. inside another type style - declaration. - -\mathcal *\mathcal* - `Calligraphic' letters, for use in math mode. - - *\mathversion* -In addition, the command \mathversion{bold} can be used for switching to bold -letters and symbols in formulas. \mathversion{normal} restores the default. - -========== -Sizes *font-size* - -The following standard type size commands are supported by LaTeX. - -The commands as listed here are "declaration forms". The scope of the -declaration form lasts until the next type style command or the end of the -current group. - -You can also use the environment form of these commands; e.g. > - \begin{tiny}...\end{tiny} - -\tiny *\tiny* -\scriptsize *\scriptsize* -\footnotesize *\footnotesize* -\small *\small* -\normalsize(default) *\normalsize* -\large *\large* -\Large *\Large* -\LARGE *\LARGE* -\huge *\huge* -\Huge *\Huge* - -========== -Low-level font commands *font-lowlevelcommands* - -These commands are primarily intended for writers of macros and packages. The -commands listed here are only a subset of the available ones. For full -details, you should consult Chapter 7 of The LaTeX Companion. - -\fontencoding{enc} *\fontencoding* - Select font encoding. Valid encodings include OT1 and T1. - -\fontfamily{family} *\fontfamily* - Select font family. Valid families include: - cmr for Computer Modern Roman - cmss for Computer Modern Sans Serif - cmtt for Computer Modern Typewriter - and numerous others. - -\fontseries{series} *\fontseries* - Select font series. Valid series include: - m Medium (normal) - b Bold - c Condensed - bc Bold condensed - bx Bold extended - and various other combinations. - -\fontshape{shape} *\fontshape* - Select font shape. Valid shapes are: - n Upright (normal) - it Italic - sl Slanted (oblique) - sc Small caps - ui Upright italics - ol Outline - The two last shapes are not available for most font families. - -\fontsize{size}{skip} *\fontsize* - Set font size. The first parameter is the font size to switch - to; the second is the \baselineskip to use. The unit of both - parameters defaults to pt. A rule of thumb is that the - baselineskip should be 1.2 times the font size. - -\selectfont *\selectfont* - The changes made by calling the four font commands described - above do not come into effect until |\selectfont| is called. - -\usefont{enc}{family}{series}{shape} *\usefont* - Equivalent to calling |\fontencoding|, |\fontfamily|, - |\fontseries| and |\fontshape| with the given parameters, - followed by |\selectfont|. - -============================================================================== -25. Parameters *latex-parameters* - -The input file specification indicates the file to be formatted; TeX uses -`.tex' as a default file extension. If you omit the input file entirely, TeX -accepts input from the terminal. You specify command options by supplying a -string as a parameter to the command; e.g. > - - latex "\scrollmode\input foo.tex" - -will process `foo.tex' without pausing after every error. - -Output files are always created in the current directory. When you fail to -specify an input file name, TeX bases the output names on the file -specification associated with the logical name TEX_OUTPUT, typically -texput.log. - - vim:tw=78:ts=8:ft=help:norl: diff --git a/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/bib_latexSuite.vim b/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/bib_latexSuite.vim deleted file mode 100644 index 7a8d47d..0000000 --- a/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/bib_latexSuite.vim +++ /dev/null @@ -1,15 +0,0 @@ -" File: bib_latexSuite.vim -" Author: Srinath Avadhanula -" License: Vim Charityware License -" Description: -" This file sources the bibtex.vim file distributed as part of latex-suite. -" That file sets up 3 maps BBB, BAS, and BBA which are easy wasy to type in -" bibliographic entries. -" - -" source main.vim because we need a few functions from it. -runtime ftplugin/latex-suite/main.vim -" Disable smart-quotes because we need to enter real quotes in bib files. -runtime ftplugin/latex-suite/bibtex.vim - -" vim:fdm=marker:ff=unix:noet:ts=4:sw=4:nowrap diff --git a/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/bibtex.vim b/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/bibtex.vim deleted file mode 100644 index 2cc8199..0000000 --- a/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/bibtex.vim +++ /dev/null @@ -1,265 +0,0 @@ -"============================================================================= -" File: bibtex.vim -" Function: BibT -" Author: Alan G Isaac <aisaac@american.edu> -" modified by Srinath Avadhanula for latex-suite. -" License: Vim Charityware license. -"============================================================================= - -" Fields: -" Define what field type each letter denotes {{{ -" -let s:w_standsfor = 'address' -let s:a_standsfor = 'author' -let s:b_standsfor = 'booktitle' -let s:c_standsfor = 'chapter' -let s:d_standsfor = 'edition' -let s:e_standsfor = 'editor' -let s:h_standsfor = 'howpublished' -let s:i_standsfor = 'institution' -let s:k_standsfor = 'isbn' -let s:j_standsfor = 'journal' -let s:m_standsfor = 'month' -let s:n_standsfor = 'number' -let s:o_standsfor = 'organization' -let s:p_standsfor = 'pages' -let s:q_standsfor = 'publisher' -let s:r_standsfor = 'school' -let s:s_standsfor = 'series' -let s:t_standsfor = 'title' -let s:u_standsfor = 'type' -let s:v_standsfor = 'volume' -let s:y_standsfor = 'year' -let s:z_standsfor = 'note' - -" }}} -" Define the fields required for the various entry types {{{ -" -" s:{type}_required defines the required fields -" s:{type}_optional1 defines common optional fields -" s:{type}_optional2 defines uncommmon optional fields -" s:{type}_retval defines the first line of the formatted bib entry. -" -let s:key='<+key+>' - -let s:{'article'}_required="atjy" -let s:{'article'}_optional1="vnpm" -let s:{'article'}_optional2="z" " z is note -let s:{'article'}_retval = '@ARTICLE{' . s:key . ','."\n" - -let s:{'book'}_required="aetqy" " requires author *or* editor -let s:{'book'}_optional1="wd" -let s:{'book'}_optional2="vnsmz" " w is address, d is edition -let s:{'book'}_extras="k" " isbn -let s:{'book'}_retval = '@BOOK{' . s:key . ','."\n" - -let s:{'booklet'}_required="t" -let s:{'booklet'}_optional1="ahy" -let s:{'booklet'}_optional2="wmz" " w is address -let s:{'booklet'}_retval = '@BOOKLET{' . s:key . ','."\n" - -let s:{'inbook'}_required="aetcpqy" -let s:{'inbook'}_optional1="w" " w is address -let s:{'inbook'}_optional2="vnsudmz" " d is edition -let s:{'inbook'}_extras="k" " isbn -let s:{'inbook'}_retval = '@INBOOK{' . s:key . ','."\n" - -let s:{'incollection'}_required="atbqy" " b is booktitle -let s:{'incollection'}_optional1="cpw" " w is address, c is chapter -let s:{'incollection'}_optional2="evnsudmz" " d is edition -let s:{'incollection'}_extras="k" " isbn -let s:{'incollection'}_retval = '@INCOLLECTION{' . s:key . ','."\n" - -let s:{'inproceedings'}_required="atby" " b is booktitle -let s:{'inproceedings'}_optional1="epwoq" " w is address, q is publisher -let s:{'inproceedings'}_optional2="vnsmz" -let s:{'inproceedings'}_extras="k" " isbn -let s:{'inproceedings'}_retval = '@INPROCEEDINGS{' . s:key . ','."\n" - -let s:{'conference'}_required="atby" " b is booktitle -let s:{'conference'}_optional1="epwoq" " w is address, q is publisher -let s:{'conference'}_optional2="vnsmz" -let s:{'conference'}_extras="k" " isbn -let s:{'conference'}_retval = '@CONFERENCE{' . s:key . ','."\n" - -let s:{'manual'}_required="t" -let s:{'manual'}_optional1="ow" -let s:{'manual'}_optional2="admyz" " w is address -let s:{'manual'}_retval = '@MANUAL{' . s:key . ','."\n" - -let s:{'msthesis'}_required="atry" " r is school -let s:{'msthesis'}_optional1="w" " w is address -let s:{'msthesis'}_optional2="umz" " u is type, w is address -let s:{'msthesis'}_retval = '@MASTERSTHESIS{' . s:key . ','."\n" - -let s:{'misc'}_required="" -let s:{'misc'}_optional1="ath" -let s:{'misc'}_optional2="myz" -let s:{'misc'}_retval = '@MISC{' . s:key . ','."\n" - -let s:{'phdthesis'}_required="atry" " r is school -let s:{'phdthesis'}_optional1="w" " w is address -let s:{'phdthesis'}_optional2="umz" " u is type -let s:{'phdthesis'}_retval = '@PHDTHESIS{' . s:key . ','."\n" - -let s:{'proceedings'}_required="ty" -let s:{'proceedings'}_optional1="ewo" " w is address -let s:{'proceedings'}_optional2="vnsmqz" " q is publisher -let s:{'proceedings'}_retval = '@PROCEEDINGS{' . s:key . ','."\n" - -let s:{'techreport'}_required="atiy" -let s:{'techreport'}_optional1="unw" " u is type, w is address -let s:{'techreport'}_optional2="mz" -let s:{'techreport'}_retval = '@TECHREPORT{' . s:key . ','."\n" - -let s:{'unpublished'}_required="atz" -let s:{'unpublished'}_optional1="y" -let s:{'unpublished'}_optional2="m" -let s:{'unpublished'}_retval = '@UNPUBLISHED{' . s:key . ','."\n" - -" }}} - -if exists('s:done') - finish -endif -let s:done = 1 - -call IMAP ('BBB', "\<C-r>=BibT('', '', 0)\<CR>", 'bib') -call IMAP ('BBL', "\<C-r>=BibT('', 'o', 0)\<CR>", 'bib') -call IMAP ('BBH', "\<C-r>=BibT('', 'O', 0)\<CR>", 'bib') -call IMAP ('BBX', "\<C-r>=BibT('', 'Ox', 0)\<CR>", 'bib') - -" BibT: function to generate a formatted bibtex entry {{{ -" three sample usages: -" :call BibT() will request type choice -" :call BibT("article") preferred, provides most common fields -" :call BibT("article","ox") more optional fields (o) and extras (x) -" -" Input Arguments: -" type: is one of the types listed above. (this should be a complete name, not -" the acronym). -" options: a string containing 0 or more of the letters 'oOx' -" where -" o: include a bib entry with first set of options -" O: include a bib entry with extended options -" x: incude bib entry with extra options -" prompt: whether the fields are asked to be filled on the command prompt or -" whether place-holders are used. when prompt == 1, then comman line -" questions are used. -" -" Returns: -" a string containing a formatted bib entry -function BibT(type, options, prompt) - if a:type != '' - let choosetype = a:type - else - let types = - \ 'article'."\n". - \ 'booklet'."\n". - \ 'book'."\n". - \ 'conference'."\n". - \ 'inbook'."\n". - \ 'incollection'."\n". - \ 'inproceedings'."\n". - \ 'manual'."\n". - \ 'msthesis'."\n". - \ 'misc'."\n". - \ 'phdthesis'."\n". - \ 'proceedings'."\n". - \ 'techreport'."\n". - \ 'unpublished' - let choosetype = Tex_ChooseFromPrompt( - \ "Choose the type of bibliographic entry: \n" . - \ Tex_CreatePrompt(types, 3, "\n") . - \ "\nEnter number or filename :", - \ types, "\n") - if choosetype == '' - let choosetype = 'article' - endif - if types !~ '^\|\n'.choosetype.'$\|\n' - echomsg 'Please choose only one of the given types' - return - endif - endif - if a:options != '' - let options = a:options - else - let options = "" - endif - - let fields = '' - let extras="" - let retval = "" - - " define fields - let fields = s:{choosetype}_required - if options =~ 'o' && exists('s:'.choosetype.'_optional1') - let fields = fields . s:{choosetype}_optional1 - endif - if options =~ "O" && exists('s:'.choosetype.'_optional2') - if options !~ 'o'&& exists('s:'.choosetype.'_optional1') - let fields = fields . s:{choosetype}_optional1 - endif - let fields = fields . s:{choosetype}_optional2 - endif - if options =~ "x" && exists('s:'.choosetype.'_extras') - let fields = fields . extras - endif - if exists('g:Bib_'.choosetype.'_options') - let fields = fields . g:Bib_{choosetype}_options - endif - - let retval = s:{choosetype}_retval - - let i = 0 - while i < strlen(fields) - let field = strpart(fields, i, 1) - - if exists('s:'.field.'_standsfor') - let field_name = s:{field}_standsfor - let retval = retval.field_name." = {<++>},\n" - endif - - let i = i + 1 - endwhile - - " If the user wants even more fine-tuning... - if Tex_GetVarValue('Bib_'.choosetype.'_extrafields') != '' - - let extrafields = Tex_GetVarValue('Bib_'.choosetype.'_extrafields') - - let i = 1 - while 1 - let field_name = Tex_Strntok(extrafields, "\n", i) - if field_name == '' - break - endif - - let retval = retval.field_name." = {<++>},\n" - - let i = i + 1 - endwhile - - endif - - let retval = retval.'otherinfo = {<++>}'."\n" - let retval = retval."}<++>"."\n" - - return IMAP_PutTextWithMovement(retval) -endfunction - -" }}} -function! s:Input(prompt, ask) " {{{ - if a:ask == 1 - let retval = input(a:prompt) - if retval == '' - return "<++>" - endif - else - return "<++>" - endif -endfunction - -" }}} - -" vim:fdm=marker:ff=unix:noet:ts=4:sw=4 diff --git a/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/bibtools.py b/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/bibtools.py deleted file mode 100644 index b5f7842..0000000 --- a/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/bibtools.py +++ /dev/null @@ -1,221 +0,0 @@ -# Author: Srinath Avadhanula -# This file is distributed as part of the vim-latex project -# http://vim-latex.sf.net - -import re - -class Bibliography(dict): - def __init__(self, txt, macros={}): - """ - txt: - a string which represents the entire bibtex entry. A typical - entry is of the form: - @ARTICLE{ellington:84:part3, - author = {Ellington, C P}, - title = {The Aerodynamics of Hovering Insect Flight. III. Kinematics}, - journal = {Philosophical Transactions of the Royal Society of London. Series B, Biological Sciences}, - year = {1984}, - volume = {305}, - pages = {41-78}, - number = {1122}, - owner = {Srinath}, - pdf = {C:\srinath\research\papers\Ellington-3-Kinematics.pdf}, - timestamp = {2006.01.02}, - } - """ - - if macros: - for k, v in macros.iteritems(): - txt = txt.replace(k, '{'+v+'}') - - m = re.match(r'\s*@(\w+){((\S+),)?(.*)}\s*', txt, re.MULTILINE | re.DOTALL) - if not m: - return None - - self['bibtype'] = m.group(1).capitalize() - self['key'] = m.group(3) - self['body'] = m.group(4) - - body = self['body'] - self['bodytext'] = '' - while 1: - m = re.search(r'(\S+?)\s*=\s*(.)', body) - if not m: - break - - field = m.group(1) - - body = body[(m.start(2)+1):] - if m.group(2) == '{': - # search for the next closing brace. This is not simply a - # matter of searching for the next closing brace since - # braces can be nested. The following code basically goes - # to the next } which has not already been closed by a - # following {. - mniter = re.finditer(r'{|}', body) - - count = 1 - while 1: - try: - mn = mniter.next() - except StopIteration: - return None - - if mn.group(0) == '{': - count += 1 - else: - count -= 1 - - if count == 0: - value = body[:(mn.start(0))] - break - - elif m.group(2) == '"': - # search for the next unquoted double-quote. To be more - # precise, a double quote which is preceded by an even - # number of double quotes. - mn = re.search(r'(?!\\)(\\\\)*"', body) - if not mn: - return None - - value = body[:(mn.start(0))] - - else: - # $ always matches. So we do not need to do any - # error-checking. - mn = re.search(r',|$', body) - value = m.group(2) + body[:(mn.start(0))].rstrip() - - self[field.lower()] = re.sub(r'\s+', ' ', value) - body = body[(mn.start(0)+1):] - - self['bodytext'] += (' %s: %s\n' % (field, value)) - if self['bibtype'].lower() == 'string': - self['macro'] = {field: value} - - self['bodytext'] = self['bodytext'].rstrip() - - - def __getitem__(self, key): - try: - return dict.__getitem__(self, key) - except KeyError: - return '' - - def __str__(self): - if self['bibtype'].lower() == 'string': - return 'String: %(macro)s' % self - - elif self['bibtype'].lower() == 'article': - return ('Article [%(key)s]\n' + - 'TI "%(title)s"\n' + - 'AU %(author)s\n' + - 'IN In %(journal)s, %(year)s') % self - - elif self['bibtype'].lower() == 'conference': - return ('Conference [%(key)s]\n' + - 'TI "%(title)s"\n' + - 'AU %(author)s\n' + - 'IN In %(booktitle)s, %(year)s') % self - - elif self['bibtype'].lower() == 'mastersthesis': - return ('Masters [%(key)s]\n' + - 'TI "%(title)s"\n' + - 'AU %(author)s\n' + - 'IN In %(school)s, %(year)s') % self - - elif self['bibtype'].lower() == 'phdthesis': - return ('PhD [%(key)s]\n' + - 'TI "%(title)s"\n' + - 'AU %(author)s\n' + - 'IN In %(school)s, %(year)s') % self - - elif self['bibtype'].lower() == 'book': - return ('Book [%(key)s]\n' + - 'TI "%(title)s"\n' + - 'AU %(author)s\n' + - 'IN %(publisher)s, %(year)s') % self - - else: - s = '%(bibtype)s [%(key)s]\n' % self - if self['title']: - s += 'TI "%(title)s"\n' % self - if self['author']: - s += 'AU %(author)s\n' % self - for k, v in self.iteritems(): - if k not in ['title', 'author', 'bibtype', 'key', 'id', 'file', 'body', 'bodytext']: - s += 'MI %s: %s\n' % (k, v) - - return s.rstrip() - - def satisfies(self, filters): - for field, regexp in filters: - if not re.search(regexp, self[field], re.I): - return False - - return True - -class BibFile: - - def __init__(self, filelist=''): - self.bibentries = [] - self.filters = [] - self.macros = {} - self.sortfields = [] - if filelist: - for f in filelist.splitlines(): - self.addfile(f) - - def addfile(self, file): - fields = open(file).read().split('@') - for f in fields: - if not (f and re.match('string', f, re.I)): - continue - - b = Bibliography('@' + f) - self.macros.update(b['macro']) - - for f in fields: - if not f or re.match('string', f, re.I): - continue - - b = Bibliography('@' + f, self.macros) - if b: - b['file'] = file - b['id'] = len(self.bibentries) - self.bibentries += [b] - - - def addfilter(self, filterspec): - self.filters += [filterspec.split()] - - def rmfilters(self): - self.filters = [] - - def __str__(self): - s = '' - for b in self.bibentries: - if b['key'] and b.satisfies(self.filters): - s += '%s\n\n' % b - return s - - def addsortfield(self, field): - self.sortfields += [field] - - def rmsortfields(self): - self.sortfields = [] - - def sort(self): - def cmpfun(b1, b2): - for f in self.sortfields: - c = cmp(b1[f], b2[f]) - if c: - return c - return 0 - self.bibentries.sort(cmp=cmpfun) - -if __name__ == "__main__": - import sys - - bf = BibFile(sys.argv[1]) - print bf diff --git a/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/brackets.vim b/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/brackets.vim deleted file mode 100644 index e1d69ae..0000000 --- a/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/brackets.vim +++ /dev/null @@ -1,144 +0,0 @@ -" ============================================================================== -" History: This was originally part of auctex.vim by Carl Mueller. -" Srinath Avadhanula incorporated it into latex-suite with -" significant modifications. -" Parts of this file may be copyrighted by others as noted. -" Description: -" This ftplugin provides the following maps: -" . <M-b> encloses the previous character in \mathbf{} -" . <M-c> is polymorphic as follows: -" Insert mode: -" 1. If the previous character is a letter or number, then capitalize it and -" enclose it in \mathcal{} -" 2. otherwise insert \cite{} -" Visual Mode: -" 1. Enclose selection in \mathcal{} -" . <M-l> is also polymorphic as follows: -" If the character before typing <M-l> is one of '([{|<q', then do the -" following: -" 1. (<M-l> \left(\right -" similarly for [, | -" {<M-l> \left\{\right\} -" 2. <<M-l> \langle\rangle -" 3. q<M-l> \lefteqn{} -" otherwise insert \label{} -" . <M-i> inserts \item commands at the current cursor location depending on -" the surrounding environment. For example, inside itemize, it will -" insert a simple \item, but within a description, it will insert -" \item[<+label+>] etc. -" -" These functions make it extremeley easy to do all the \left \right stuff in -" latex. -" ============================================================================== - -" Avoid reinclusion. -if exists('b:did_brackets') - finish -endif -let b:did_brackets = 1 - -" define the funtions only once. -if exists('*Tex_MathBF') - finish -endif - -" Tex_MathBF: encloses te previous letter/number in \mathbf{} {{{ -" Description: -function! Tex_MathBF() - return "\<Left>\\mathbf{\<Right>}" -endfunction " }}} -" Tex_MathCal: enclose the previous letter/number in \mathcal {{{ -" Description: -" if the last character is not a letter/number, then insert \cite{} -function! Tex_MathCal() - let line = getline(line(".")) - let char = line[col(".")-2] - - if char =~ '[a-zA-Z0-9]' - return "\<BS>".'\mathcal{'.toupper(char).'}' - else - return IMAP_PutTextWithMovement('\cite{<++>}<++>') - endif -endfunction -" }}} -" Tex_LeftRight: maps <M-l> in insert mode. {{{ -" Description: -" This is a polymorphic function, which maps the behaviour of <M-l> in the -" following way: -" If the character before typing <M-l> is one of '([{|<q', then do the -" following: -" 1. (<M-l> \left(<++>\right<++> -" similarly for [, | -" {<M-l> \left\{<++>\right\}<++> -" 2. <<M-l> \langle<++>\rangle<++> -" 3. q<M-l> \lefteqn{<++>}<++> -" otherwise insert \label{<++>}<++> -function! Tex_LeftRight() - let line = getline(line(".")) - let char = line[col(".")-2] - let previous = line[col(".")-3] - - let matchedbrackets = '()[]{}||' - if char =~ '(\|\[\|{\||' - let add = '' - if char =~ '{' - let add = "\\" - endif - let rhs = matchstr(matchedbrackets, char.'\zs.\ze') - return "\<BS>".IMAP_PutTextWithMovement('\left'.add.char.'<++>\right'.add.rhs.'<++>') - elseif char == '<' - return "\<BS>".IMAP_PutTextWithMovement('\langle <++>\rangle<++>') - elseif char == 'q' - return "\<BS>".IMAP_PutTextWithMovement('\lefteqn{<++>}<++>') - else - return IMAP_PutTextWithMovement('\label{<++>}<++>') - endif -endfunction " }}} -" Tex_PutLeftRight: maps <M-l> in normal mode {{{ -" Description: -" Put \left...\right in front of the matched brackets. -function! Tex_PutLeftRight() - let previous = getline(line("."))[col(".") - 2] - let char = getline(line("."))[col(".") - 1] - if previous == '\' - if char == '{' - exe "normal ileft\\\<Esc>l%iright\\\<Esc>l%" - elseif char == '}' - exe "normal iright\\\<Esc>l%ileft\\\<Esc>l%" - endif - elseif char =~ '\[\|(' - exe "normal i\\left\<Esc>l%i\\right\<Esc>l%" - elseif char =~ '\]\|)' - exe "normal i\\right\<Esc>l%i\\left\<Esc>l%" - endif -endfunction " }}} - -" Provide <plug>'d mapping for easy user customization. {{{ -inoremap <silent> <Plug>Tex_MathBF <C-r>=Tex_MathBF()<CR> -inoremap <silent> <Plug>Tex_MathCal <C-r>=Tex_MathCal()<CR> -inoremap <silent> <Plug>Tex_LeftRight <C-r>=Tex_LeftRight()<CR> -vnoremap <silent> <Plug>Tex_MathBF <C-C>`>a}<Esc>`<i\mathbf{<Esc> -vnoremap <silent> <Plug>Tex_MathCal <C-C>`>a}<Esc>`<i\mathcal{<Esc> -nnoremap <silent> <Plug>Tex_LeftRight :call Tex_PutLeftRight()<CR> - -" }}} -" Tex_SetBracketingMaps: create mappings for the current buffer {{{ -function! <SID>Tex_SetBracketingMaps() - - call Tex_MakeMap('<M-b>', '<Plug>Tex_MathBF', 'i', '<buffer> <silent>') - call Tex_MakeMap('<M-c>', '<Plug>Tex_MathCal', 'i', '<buffer> <silent>') - call Tex_MakeMap('<M-l>', '<Plug>Tex_LeftRight', 'i', '<buffer> <silent>') - call Tex_MakeMap('<M-b>', '<Plug>Tex_MathBF', 'v', '<buffer> <silent>') - call Tex_MakeMap('<M-c>', '<Plug>Tex_MathCal', 'v', '<buffer> <silent>') - call Tex_MakeMap('<M-l>', '<Plug>Tex_LeftRight', 'n', '<buffer> <silent>') - -endfunction -" }}} - -augroup LatexSuite - au LatexSuite User LatexSuiteFileType - \ call Tex_Debug('brackets.vim: Catching LatexSuiteFileType event', 'brak') | - \ call <SID>Tex_SetBracketingMaps() -augroup END - -" vim:fdm=marker diff --git a/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/compiler.vim b/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/compiler.vim deleted file mode 100644 index 08b0509..0000000 --- a/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/compiler.vim +++ /dev/null @@ -1,875 +0,0 @@ -"============================================================================= -" File: compiler.vim -" Author: Srinath Avadhanula -" Created: Tue Apr 23 05:00 PM 2002 PST -" -" Description: functions for compiling/viewing/searching latex documents -"============================================================================= - -" Tex_SetTeXCompilerTarget: sets the 'target' for the next call to Tex_RunLaTeX() {{{ -function! Tex_SetTeXCompilerTarget(type, target) - call Tex_Debug("+Tex_SetTeXCompilerTarget: setting target to [".a:target."] for ".a:type."r", "comp") - - if a:target == '' - let target = Tex_GetVarValue('Tex_DefaultTargetFormat') - let target = input('Enter the target format for '.a:type.'r: ', target) - else - let target = a:target - endif - if target == '' - let target = 'dvi' - endif - - let targetRule = Tex_GetVarValue('Tex_'.a:type.'Rule_'.target) - - if targetRule != '' - if a:type == 'Compile' - let &l:makeprg = escape(targetRule, Tex_GetVarValue('Tex_EscapeChars')) - elseif a:type == 'View' - let s:viewer = targetRule - endif - let s:target = target - - elseif Tex_GetVarValue('Tex_'.a:type.'RuleComplete_'.target) != '' - let s:target = target - - elseif a:type == 'View' && has('macunix') - " On the mac, we can have empty view rules, so do not complain when - " both Tex_ViewRule_target and Tex_ViewRuleComplete_target are - " empty. On other platforms, we will complain... see below. - let s:target = target - - else - let s:origdir = fnameescape(getcwd()) - exe 'cd '.fnameescape(expand('%:p:h')) - if !Tex_GetVarValue('Tex_UseMakefile') || (glob('makefile*') == '' && glob('Makefile*') == '') - if has('gui_running') - call confirm( - \'No '.a:type.' rule defined for target '.target."\n". - \'Please specify a rule in $VIMRUNTIME/ftplugin/tex/texrc'."\n". - \' :help Tex_'.a:type.'Rule_format'."\n". - \'for more information', - \"&ok", 1, 'Warning') - else - call input( - \'No '.a:type.' rule defined for target '.target."\n". - \'Please specify a rule in $VIMRUNTIME/ftplugin/tex/texrc'."\n". - \' :help Tex_'.a:type.'Rule_format'."\n". - \'for more information' - \) - endif - else - echomsg 'Assuming target is for makefile' - let s:target = target - endif - exe 'cd '.s:origdir - endif -endfunction - -function! SetTeXTarget(...) - if a:0 < 1 - let target = Tex_GetVarValue('Tex_DefaultTargetFormat') - let target = input('Enter the target format for compiler and viewer: ', target) - else - let target = a:1 - endif - if target == '' - let target = 'dvi' - endif - - call Tex_SetTeXCompilerTarget('Compile', target) - call Tex_SetTeXCompilerTarget('View', target) -endfunction - -com! -nargs=1 TCTarget :call Tex_SetTeXCompilerTarget('Compile', <f-args>) -com! -nargs=1 TVTarget :call Tex_SetTeXCompilerTarget('View', <f-args>) -com! -nargs=? TTarget :call SetTeXTarget(<f-args>) - -" }}} -" Tex_CompileLatex: compiles the present file. {{{ -" Description: -function! Tex_CompileLatex() - if &ft != 'tex' - echo "calling Tex_RunLaTeX from a non-tex file" - return - end - - " close any preview windows left open. - pclose! - - let s:origdir = fnameescape(getcwd()) - - " Find the main file corresponding to this file. Always cd to the - " directory containing the file to avoid problems with the directory - " containing spaces. - " Latex on linux seems to be unable to handle file names with spaces at - " all! Therefore for the moment, do not attempt to handle spaces in the - " file name. - if exists('b:fragmentFile') - let mainfname = expand('%:p:t') - call Tex_CD(expand('%:p:h')) - else - let mainfname = Tex_GetMainFileName(':p:t') - call Tex_CD(Tex_GetMainFileName(':p:h')) - end - - call Tex_Debug('Tex_CompileLatex: getting mainfname = ['.mainfname.'] from Tex_GetMainFileName', 'comp') - - " if a makefile exists and the user wants to use it, then use that - " irrespective of whether *.latexmain exists or not. mainfname is still - " extracted from *.latexmain (if possible) log file name depends on the - " main file which will be compiled. - if Tex_GetVarValue('Tex_UseMakefile') && (glob('makefile') != '' || glob('Makefile') != '') - let _makeprg = &l:makeprg - call Tex_Debug("Tex_CompileLatex: using the makefile in the current directory", "comp") - let &l:makeprg = 'make $*' - if exists('s:target') - call Tex_Debug('Tex_CompileLatex: execing [make! '.s:target.']', 'comp') - exec 'make! '.s:target - else - call Tex_Debug('Tex_CompileLatex: execing [make!]', 'comp') - exec 'make!' - endif - let &l:makeprg = _makeprg - else - " If &makeprg has something like "$*.ps", it means that it wants the - " file-name without the extension... Therefore remove it. - if &makeprg =~ '\$\*\.\w\+' - let mainfname = fnamemodify(mainfname, ':r') - endif - call Tex_Debug('Tex_CompileLatex: execing [make! '.mainfname.']', 'comp') - exec 'make! '.mainfname - endif - redraw! - - exe 'cd '.s:origdir -endfunction " }}} -" Tex_RunLaTeX: compilation function {{{ -" this function runs the latex command on the currently open file. often times -" the file being currently edited is only a fragment being \input'ed into some -" master tex file. in this case, make a file called mainfile.latexmain in the -" directory containig the file. in other words, if the current file is -" ~/thesis/chapter.tex -" so that doing "latex chapter.tex" doesnt make sense, then make a file called -" main.tex.latexmain -" in the ~/thesis directory. this will then run "latex main.tex" when -" Tex_RunLaTeX() is called. -function! Tex_RunLaTeX() - call Tex_Debug('+Tex_RunLaTeX, b:fragmentFile = '.exists('b:fragmentFile'), 'comp') - - let dir = expand("%:p:h").'/' - let s:origdir = fnameescape(getcwd()) - call Tex_CD(expand("%:p:h")) - - let initTarget = s:target - - " first get the dependency chain of this format. - call Tex_Debug("Tex_RunLaTeX: compiling to target [".s:target."]", "comp") - - if Tex_GetVarValue('Tex_FormatDependency_'.s:target) != '' - let dependency = Tex_GetVarValue('Tex_FormatDependency_'.s:target) - if dependency !~ ','.s:target.'$' - let dependency = dependency.','.s:target - endif - else - let dependency = s:target - endif - - call Tex_Debug('Tex_RunLaTeX: getting dependency chain = ['.dependency.']', 'comp') - - " now compile to the final target format via each dependency. - let i = 1 - while Tex_Strntok(dependency, ',', i) != '' - let s:target = Tex_Strntok(dependency, ',', i) - - call Tex_SetTeXCompilerTarget('Compile', s:target) - call Tex_Debug('Tex_RunLaTeX: setting target to '.s:target, 'comp') - - if Tex_GetVarValue('Tex_MultipleCompileFormats') =~ '\<'.s:target.'\>' - call Tex_Debug("Tex_RunLaTeX: compiling file multiple times via Tex_CompileMultipleTimes", "comp") - call Tex_CompileMultipleTimes() - else - call Tex_Debug("Tex_RunLaTeX: compiling file once via Tex_CompileLatex", "comp") - call Tex_CompileLatex() - endif - - let errlist = Tex_GetErrorList() - call Tex_Debug("Tex_RunLaTeX: errlist = [".errlist."]", "comp") - - " If there are any errors, then break from the rest of the steps - if errlist =~ '\v(error|warning)' - call Tex_Debug('Tex_RunLaTeX: There were errors in compiling, breaking chain...', 'comp') - break - endif - - let i = i + 1 - endwhile - - let s:target = initTarget - let s:origwinnum = winnr() - call Tex_SetupErrorWindow() - - exe 'cd '.s:origdir - call Tex_Debug("-Tex_RunLaTeX", "comp") -endfunction - -" }}} -" Tex_ViewLaTeX: opens viewer {{{ -" Description: opens the DVI viewer for the file being currently edited. -" Again, if the current file is a \input in a master file, see text above -" Tex_RunLaTeX() to see how to set this information. -function! Tex_ViewLaTeX() - if &ft != 'tex' - echo "calling Tex_ViewLaTeX from a non-tex file" - return - end - - let s:origdir = fnameescape(getcwd()) - - " If b:fragmentFile is set, it means this file was compiled as a fragment - " using Tex_PartCompile, which means that we want to ignore any - " *.latexmain or makefile's. - if !exists('b:fragmentFile') - " cd to the location of the file to avoid having to deal with spaces - " in the directory name. - let mainfname = Tex_GetMainFileName(':p:t:r') - call Tex_CD(Tex_GetMainFileName(':p:h')) - else - let mainfname = expand("%:p:t:r") - call Tex_CD(expand("%:p:h")) - endif - - if Tex_GetVarValue('Tex_ViewRuleComplete_'.s:target) != '' - - let execString = Tex_GetVarValue('Tex_ViewRuleComplete_'.s:target) - let execString = substitute(execString, '{v:servername}', v:servername, 'g') - - elseif has('win32') - " unfortunately, yap does not allow the specification of an external - " editor from the command line. that would have really helped ensure - " that this particular vim and yap are connected. - let execString = 'start '.s:viewer.' "$*.'.s:target.'"' - - elseif (has('macunix') && Tex_GetVarValue('Tex_TreatMacViewerAsUNIX') != 1) - - if strlen(s:viewer) - let appOpt = '-a ' - else - let appOpt = '' - endif - let execString = 'open '.appOpt.s:viewer.' $*.'.s:target - - else - " taken from Dimitri Antoniou's tip on vim.sf.net (tip #225). - " slight change to actually use the current servername instead of - " hardcoding it as xdvi. - " Using an option for specifying the editor in the command line - " because that seems to not work on older bash'es. - if s:target == 'dvi' - - if Tex_GetVarValue('Tex_UseEditorSettingInDVIViewer') == 1 && - \ v:servername != '' && - \ (s:viewer == "xdvi" || s:viewer == "xdvik") - - let execString = s:viewer.' -editor "gvim --servername '.v:servername. - \ ' --remote-silent +\%l \%f" $*.dvi' - - elseif Tex_GetVarValue('Tex_UseEditorSettingInDVIViewer') == 1 && - \ s:viewer == "kdvi" - - let execString = 'kdvi --unique $*.dvi' - - else - - let execString = s:viewer.' $*.dvi' - - endif - - else - - let execString = s:viewer.' $*.'.s:target - - endif - - if( Tex_GetVarValue('Tex_ExecuteUNIXViewerInForeground') != 1 ) - let execString = execString.' &' - endif - - end - - let execString = substitute(execString, '\V$*', mainfname, 'g') - call Tex_Debug("Tex_ViewLaTeX: execString = ".execString, "comp") - - exec 'silent! !'.execString - - if !has('gui_running') - redraw! - endif - - exe 'cd '.s:origdir -endfunction - -" }}} -" Tex_ForwardSearchLaTeX: searches for current location in dvi file. {{{ -" Description: if the DVI viewer is compatible, then take the viewer to that -" position in the dvi file. see docs for Tex_RunLaTeX() to set a -" master file if this is an \input'ed file. -" Tip: With YAP on Windows, it is possible to do forward and inverse searches -" on DVI files. to do forward search, you'll have to compile the file -" with the --src-specials option. then set the following as the command -" line in the 'view/options/inverse search' dialog box: -" gvim --servername LATEX --remote-silent +%l "%f" -" For inverse search, if you are reading this, then just pressing \ls -" will work. -function! Tex_ForwardSearchLaTeX() - if &ft != 'tex' - echo "calling Tex_ForwardSeachLaTeX from a non-tex file" - return - end - - if Tex_GetVarValue('Tex_ViewRule_'.s:target) == '' - return - endif - let viewer = Tex_GetVarValue('Tex_ViewRule_'.s:target) - - let s:origdir = fnameescape(getcwd()) - - let mainfname = Tex_GetMainFileName(':t') - let mainfnameRoot = fnamemodify(Tex_GetMainFileName(), ':t:r') - let mainfnameFull = Tex_GetMainFileName(':p:r') - " cd to the location of the file to avoid problems with directory name - " containing spaces. - call Tex_CD(Tex_GetMainFileName(':p:h')) - - " inverse search tips taken from Dimitri Antoniou's tip and Benji Fisher's - " tips on vim.sf.net (vim.sf.net tip #225) - if (has('win32') && (viewer ==? "yap")) - - let execString = 'silent! !start '. viewer.' -s '.line('.').expand('%').' '.mainfnameRoot - - - elseif (has('macunix') && (viewer == "Skim" || viewer == "PDFView" || viewer == "TeXniscope")) - " We're on a Mac using a traditional Mac viewer - - if viewer == "Skim" - - let execString = 'silent! !/Applications/Skim.app/Contents/SharedSupport/displayline '. - \ line('.').' "'.mainfnameFull.'.'.s:target.'" "'.expand("%:p").'"' - - elseif viewer == "PDFView" - - let execString = 'silent! !/Applications/PDFView.app/Contents/MacOS/gotoline.sh '. - \ line('.').' "'.mainfnameFull.'.'.s:target.'" "'.expand("%:p").'"' - - elseif viewer == "TeXniscope" - - let execString = 'silent! !/Applications/TeXniscope.app/Contents/Resources/forward-search.sh '. - \ line('.').' "'.expand("%:p").'" "'.mainfnameFull.'.'.s:target.'"' - - endif - - else - " We're either UNIX or Mac and using a UNIX-type viewer - - " Check for the special DVI viewers first - if (viewer == "xdvi" || viewer == "xdvik" || viewer == "kdvi" || viewer == "okular") - - if Tex_GetVarValue('Tex_UseEditorSettingInDVIViewer') == 1 && - \ exists('v:servername') && - \ (viewer == "xdvi" || viewer == "xdvik") - - let execString = 'silent! !'.viewer.' -name xdvi -sourceposition "'.line('.').' '.expand("%").'"'. - \ ' -editor "gvim --servername '.v:servername.' --remote-silent +\%l \%f" '. - \ mainfnameRoot.'.dvi' - - elseif viewer == "kdvi" - - let execString = 'silent! !kdvi --unique file:'.mainfnameRoot.'.dvi\#src:'.line('.').expand("%") - - elseif (viewer == "xdvi" || viewer == "xdvik" ) - - let execString = 'silent! !'.viewer.' -name xdvi -sourceposition "'.line('.').' '.expand("%").'" '.mainfnameRoot.'.dvi' - - elseif viewer == "okular" - - let execString = 'silent! !okular '.mainfnameRoot.'.dvi\#src:'.line('.').expand("%") - - - endif - - else - " We must be using a generic UNIX viewer - " syntax is: viewer TARGET_FILE LINE_NUMBER SOURCE_FILE - - let execString = 'silent! !'.viewer.' "'.mainfnameRoot.'.'.s:target.'" '.line('.').' "'.expand('%').'"' - - endif - - " See if we should add &. On Mac (at least in MacVim), it seems - " like this should NOT be added... - if( Tex_GetVarValue('Tex_ExecuteUNIXViewerInForeground') != 1 ) - let execString = execString.' &' - endif - - endif - - call Tex_Debug("Tex_ForwardSearchLaTeX: execString = ".execString, "comp") - execute execString - if !has('gui_running') - redraw! - endif - - exe 'cd '.s:origdir -endfunction - -" }}} - -" ============================================================================== -" Functions for compiling parts of a file. -" ============================================================================== -" Tex_PartCompile: compiles selected fragment {{{ -" Description: creates a temporary file from the selected fragment of text -" prepending the preamble and \end{document} and then asks Tex_RunLaTeX() to -" compile it. -function! Tex_PartCompile() range - call Tex_Debug('+Tex_PartCompile', 'comp') - - " Get a temporary file in the same directory as the file from which - " fragment is being extracted. This is to enable the use of relative path - " names in the fragment. - let tmpfile = Tex_GetTempName(expand('%:p:h')) - - " Remember all the temp files and for each temp file created, remember - " where the temp file came from. - let s:Tex_NumTempFiles = (exists('s:Tex_NumTempFiles') ? s:Tex_NumTempFiles + 1 : 1) - let s:Tex_TempFiles = (exists('s:Tex_TempFiles') ? s:Tex_TempFiles : '') - \ . tmpfile."\n" - let s:Tex_TempFile_{s:Tex_NumTempFiles} = tmpfile - " TODO: For a function Tex_RestoreFragment which restores a temp file to - " its original location. - let s:Tex_TempFileOrig_{s:Tex_NumTempFiles} = expand('%:p') - let s:Tex_TempFileRange_{s:Tex_NumTempFiles} = a:firstline.','.a:lastline - - " Set up an autocmd to clean up the temp files when Vim exits. - if Tex_GetVarValue('Tex_RemoveTempFiles') - augroup RemoveTmpFiles - au! - au VimLeave * :call Tex_RemoveTempFiles() - augroup END - endif - - " If mainfile exists open it in tiny window and extract preamble there, - " otherwise do it from current file - let mainfile = Tex_GetMainFileName(":p") - exe 'bot 1 split '.escape(mainfile, ' ') - exe '1,/\s*\\begin{document}/w '.tmpfile - wincmd q - - exe a:firstline.','.a:lastline."w! >> ".tmpfile - - " edit the temporary file - exec 'drop '.tmpfile - - " append the \end{document} line. - $ put ='\end{document}' - w - - " set this as a fragment file. - let b:fragmentFile = 1 - - silent! call Tex_RunLaTeX() -endfunction " }}} -" Tex_RemoveTempFiles: cleans up temporary files created during part compilation {{{ -" Description: During part compilation, temporary files containing the -" visually selected text are created. These files need to be -" removed when Vim exits to avoid "file leakage". -function! Tex_RemoveTempFiles() - if !exists('s:Tex_NumTempFiles') || !Tex_GetVarValue('Tex_RemoveTempFiles') - return - endif - let i = 1 - while i <= s:Tex_NumTempFiles - let tmpfile = s:Tex_TempFile_{i} - " Remove the tmp file and all other associated files such as the - " .log files etc. - call Tex_DeleteFile(fnamemodify(tmpfile, ':p:r').'.*') - let i = i + 1 - endwhile -endfunction " }}} - -" ============================================================================== -" Compiling a file multiple times to resolve references/citations etc. -" ============================================================================== -" Tex_CompileMultipleTimes: The main function {{{ -" Description: compiles a file multiple times to get cross-references right. -function! Tex_CompileMultipleTimes() - " Just extract the root without any extension because we want to construct - " the log file names etc from it. - let s:origdir = fnameescape(getcwd()) - let mainFileName_root = Tex_GetMainFileName(':p:t:r') - call Tex_CD(Tex_GetMainFileName(':p:h')) - - " First ignore undefined references and the - " "rerun to get cross-references right" message from - " the compiler output. - let origlevel = Tex_GetVarValue('Tex_IgnoreLevel') - let origpats = Tex_GetVarValue('Tex_IgnoredWarnings') - - let g:Tex_IgnoredWarnings = g:Tex_IgnoredWarnings."\n" - \ . 'Reference %.%# undefined'."\n" - \ . 'Rerun to get cross-references right' - TCLevel 1000 - - let idxFileName = mainFileName_root.'.idx' - let auxFileName = mainFileName_root.'.aux' - - let runCount = 0 - let needToRerun = 1 - while needToRerun == 1 && runCount < 5 - " assume we need to run only once. - let needToRerun = 0 - - let idxlinesBefore = Tex_CatFile(idxFileName) - let auxlinesBefore = Tex_GetAuxFile(auxFileName) - - " first run latex. - echomsg "latex run number : ".(runCount+1) - call Tex_Debug("Tex_CompileMultipleTimes: latex run number : ".(runCount+1), "comp") - silent! call Tex_CompileLatex() - - " If there are errors in any latex compilation step, immediately - " return. For now, do not bother with warnings because those might go - " away after compiling again or after bibtex is run etc. - let errlist = Tex_GetErrorList() - call Tex_Debug("Tex_CompileMultipleTimes: errors = [".errlist."]", "comp") - - if errlist =~ 'error' - let g:Tex_IgnoredWarnings = origpats - exec 'TCLevel '.origlevel - - return - endif - - let idxlinesAfter = Tex_CatFile(idxFileName) - - " If .idx file changed, then run makeindex to generate the new .ind - " file and remember to rerun latex. - if runCount == 0 && glob(idxFileName) != '' && idxlinesBefore != idxlinesAfter - echomsg "Running makeindex..." - let temp_mp = &mp | let &mp = Tex_GetVarValue('Tex_MakeIndexFlavor') - exec 'silent! make '.mainFileName_root - let &mp = temp_mp - - let needToRerun = 1 - endif - - " The first time we see if we need to run bibtex and if the .bbl file - " changes, we will rerun latex. - if runCount == 0 && Tex_IsPresentInFile('\\bibdata', mainFileName_root.'.aux') - let bibFileName = mainFileName_root.'.bbl' - - let biblinesBefore = Tex_CatFile(bibFileName) - - echomsg "Running '".Tex_GetVarValue('Tex_BibtexFlavor')."' ..." - let temp_mp = &mp | let &mp = Tex_GetVarValue('Tex_BibtexFlavor') - exec 'silent! make '.mainFileName_root - let &mp = temp_mp - - let biblinesAfter = Tex_CatFile(bibFileName) - - " If the .bbl file changed after running bibtex, we need to - " latex again. - if biblinesAfter != biblinesBefore - echomsg 'Need to rerun because bibliography file changed...' - call Tex_Debug('Tex_CompileMultipleTimes: Need to rerun because bibliography file changed...', 'comp') - let needToRerun = 1 - endif - endif - - " check if latex asks us to rerun - let auxlinesAfter = Tex_GetAuxFile(auxFileName) - if auxlinesAfter != auxlinesBefore - echomsg "Need to rerun because the AUX file changed..." - call Tex_Debug("Tex_CompileMultipleTimes: Need to rerun to get cross-references right...", 'comp') - let needToRerun = 1 - endif - - let runCount = runCount + 1 - endwhile - - redraw! - call Tex_Debug("Tex_CompileMultipleTimes: Ran latex ".runCount." time(s)", "comp") - echomsg "Ran latex ".runCount." time(s)" - - let g:Tex_IgnoredWarnings = origpats - exec 'TCLevel '.origlevel - " After all compiler calls are done, reparse the .log file for - " errors/warnings to handle the situation where the clist might have been - " emptied because of bibtex/makeindex being run as the last step. - exec 'silent! cfile '.mainFileName_root.'.log' - - exe 'cd '.s:origdir -endfunction " }}} -" Tex_GetAuxFile: get the contents of the AUX file {{{ -" Description: get the contents of the AUX file recursively including any -" @\input'ted AUX files. -function! Tex_GetAuxFile(auxFile) - if !filereadable(a:auxFile) - return '' - endif - - let auxContents = Tex_CatFile(a:auxFile) - let pattern = '@\input{\(.\{-}\)}' - - let auxContents = substitute(auxContents, pattern, '\=Tex_GetAuxFile(submatch(1))', 'g') - - return auxContents -endfunction " }}} - -" ============================================================================== -" Helper functions for -" . viewing the log file in preview mode. -" . syncing the display between the quickfix window and preview window -" . going to the correct line _and column_ number from from the quick fix -" window. -" ============================================================================== -" Tex_SetupErrorWindow: sets up the cwindow and preview of the .log file {{{ -" Description: -function! Tex_SetupErrorWindow() - let mainfname = Tex_GetMainFileName() - - let winnum = winnr() - - " close the quickfix window before trying to open it again, otherwise - " whether or not we end up in the quickfix window after the :cwindow - " command is not fixed. - cclose - cwindow - " create log file name from mainfname - let mfnlog = fnamemodify(mainfname, ":t:r").'.log' - call Tex_Debug('Tex_SetupErrorWindow: mfnlog = '.mfnlog, 'comp') - " if we moved to a different window, then it means we had some errors. - if winnum != winnr() - if Tex_GetVarValue('Tex_ShowErrorContext') - call Tex_UpdatePreviewWindow(mfnlog) - exe 'nnoremap <buffer> <silent> j j:call Tex_UpdatePreviewWindow("'.mfnlog.'")<CR>' - exe 'nnoremap <buffer> <silent> k k:call Tex_UpdatePreviewWindow("'.mfnlog.'")<CR>' - exe 'nnoremap <buffer> <silent> <up> <up>:call Tex_UpdatePreviewWindow("'.mfnlog.'")<CR>' - exe 'nnoremap <buffer> <silent> <down> <down>:call Tex_UpdatePreviewWindow("'.mfnlog.'")<CR>' - endif - exe 'nnoremap <buffer> <silent> <enter> :call Tex_GotoErrorLocation("'.mfnlog.'")<CR>' - - setlocal nowrap - - " resize the window to just fit in with the number of lines. - exec ( line('$') < 4 ? line('$') : 4 ).' wincmd _' - if Tex_GetVarValue('Tex_GotoError') == 1 - call Tex_GotoErrorLocation(mfnlog) - else - exec s:origwinnum.' wincmd w' - endif - endif - -endfunction " }}} -" Tex_PositionPreviewWindow: positions the preview window correctly. {{{ -" Description: -" The purpose of this function is to count the number of times an error -" occurs on the same line. or in other words, if the current line is -" something like |10 error|, then we want to count the number of -" lines in the quickfix window before this line which also contain lines -" like |10 error|. -" -function! Tex_PositionPreviewWindow(filename) - - if getline('.') !~ '|\d\+ \(error\|warning\)|' - if !search('|\d\+ \(error\|warning\)|') - call Tex_Debug("not finding error pattern anywhere in quickfix window :".bufname(bufnr('%')), - \ 'comp') - pclose! - return - endif - endif - - " extract the error pattern (something like 'file.tex|10 error|') on the - " current line. - let errpat = matchstr(getline('.'), '^\f*|\d\+ \(error\|warning\)|\ze') - let errfile = matchstr(getline('.'), '^\f*\ze|\d\+ \(error\|warning\)|') - " extract the line number from the error pattern. - let linenum = matchstr(getline('.'), '|\zs\d\+\ze \(error\|warning\)|') - - " if we are on an error, then count the number of lines before this in the - " quickfix window with an error on the same line. - if errpat =~ 'error|$' - " our location in the quick fix window. - let errline = line('.') - - " goto the beginning of the quickfix window and begin counting the lines - " which show an error on the same line. - 0 - let numrep = 0 - while 1 - " if we are on the same kind of error line, then means we have another - " line containing the same error pattern. - if getline('.') =~ errpat - let numrep = numrep + 1 - normal! 0 - endif - " if we have reached the original location in the quick fix window, - " then break. - if line('.') == errline - break - else - " otherwise, search for the next line which contains the same - " error pattern again. goto the end of the current line so we - " dont count this line again. - normal! $ - call search(errpat, 'W') - endif - endwhile - else - let numrep = 1 - endif - - if getline('.') =~ '|\d\+ warning|' - let searchpat = escape(matchstr(getline('.'), '|\d\+ warning|\s*\zs.*'), '\ ') - else - let searchpat = 'l\.'.linenum - endif - - " We first need to be in the scope of the correct file in the .log file. - " This is important for example, when a.tex and b.tex both have errors on - " line 9 of the file and we want to go to the error of b.tex. Merely - " searching forward from the beginning of the log file for l.9 will always - " land us on the error in a.tex. - if errfile != '' - exec 'silent! bot pedit +/(\\(\\f\\|\\[\\|\]\\|\\s\\)*'.errfile.'/ '.a:filename - else - exec 'bot pedit +0 '.a:filename - endif - " Goto the preview window - " TODO: This is not robust enough. Check that a wincmd j actually takes - " us to the preview window. - wincmd j - " now search forward from this position in the preview window for the - " numrep^th error of the current line in the quickfix window. - while numrep > 0 - call search(searchpat, 'W') - let numrep = numrep - 1 - endwhile - normal! z. - -endfunction " }}} -" Tex_UpdatePreviewWindow: updates the view of the log file {{{ -" Description: -" This function should be called when focus is in a quickfix window. -" It opens the log file in a preview window and makes it display that -" part of the log file which corresponds to the error which the user is -" currently on in the quickfix window. Control returns to the quickfix -" window when the function returns. -" -function! Tex_UpdatePreviewWindow(filename) - call Tex_PositionPreviewWindow(a:filename) - - if &previewwindow - 6 wincmd _ - wincmd p - endif -endfunction " }}} -" Tex_GotoErrorLocation: goes to the correct location of error in the tex file {{{ -" Description: -" This function should be called when focus is in a quickfix window. This -" function will first open the preview window of the log file (if it is not -" already open), position the display of the preview to coincide with the -" current error under the cursor and then take the user to the file in -" which this error has occured. -" -" The position is both the correct line number and the column number. -function! Tex_GotoErrorLocation(filename) - - " first use vim's functionality to take us to the location of the error - " accurate to the line (not column). This lets us go to the correct file - " without applying any logic. - exec "normal! \<enter>" - " If the log file is not found, then going to the correct line number is - " all we can do. - if glob(a:filename) == '' - return - endif - - let winnum = winnr() - " then come back to the quickfix window - wincmd w - - " find out where in the file we had the error. - let linenum = matchstr(getline('.'), '|\zs\d\+\ze \(warning\|error\)|') - call Tex_PositionPreviewWindow(a:filename) - - if getline('.') =~ 'l.\d\+' - - let brokenline = matchstr(getline('.'), 'l.'.linenum.' \zs.*\ze') - " If the line is of the form - " l.10 ...and then there was some error - " it means (most probably) that only part of the erroneous line is - " shown. In this case, finding the length of the broken line is not - " correct. Instead goto the beginning of the line and search forward - " for the part which is displayed and then go to its end. - if brokenline =~ '^\M...' - let partline = matchstr(brokenline, '^\M...\m\zs.*') - let normcmd = "0/\\V".escape(partline, "\\")."/e+1\<CR>" - else - let column = strlen(brokenline) + 1 - let normcmd = column.'|' - endif - - elseif getline('.') =~ 'LaTeX Warning: \(Citation\|Reference\) `.*' - - let ref = matchstr(getline('.'), "LaTeX Warning: \\(Citation\\|Reference\\) `\\zs[^']\\+\\ze'") - let normcmd = '0/'.ref."\<CR>" - - else - - let normcmd = '0' - - endif - - " go back to the window where we came from. - exec winnum.' wincmd w' - exec 'silent! '.linenum.' | normal! '.normcmd - - if !Tex_GetVarValue('Tex_ShowErrorContext') - pclose! - endif -endfunction " }}} -" Tex_SetCompilerMaps: sets maps for compiling/viewing/searching {{{ -" Description: -function! <SID>Tex_SetCompilerMaps() - if exists('b:Tex_doneCompilerMaps') - return - endif - let s:ml = '<Leader>' - - nnoremap <buffer> <Plug>Tex_Compile :call Tex_RunLaTeX()<cr> - vnoremap <buffer> <Plug>Tex_Compile :call Tex_PartCompile()<cr> - nnoremap <buffer> <Plug>Tex_View :call Tex_ViewLaTeX()<cr> - nnoremap <buffer> <Plug>Tex_ForwardSearch :call Tex_ForwardSearchLaTeX()<cr> - - call Tex_MakeMap(s:ml."ll", "<Plug>Tex_Compile", 'n', '<buffer>') - call Tex_MakeMap(s:ml."ll", "<Plug>Tex_Compile", 'v', '<buffer>') - call Tex_MakeMap(s:ml."lv", "<Plug>Tex_View", 'n', '<buffer>') - call Tex_MakeMap(s:ml."ls", "<Plug>Tex_ForwardSearch", 'n', '<buffer>') -endfunction -" }}} - -augroup LatexSuite - au LatexSuite User LatexSuiteFileType - \ call Tex_Debug('compiler.vim: Catching LatexSuiteFileType event', 'comp') | - \ call <SID>Tex_SetCompilerMaps() -augroup END - -command! -nargs=0 -range=% TPartCompile :<line1>, <line2> silent! call Tex_PartCompile() -" Setting b:fragmentFile = 1 makes Tex_CompileLatex consider the present file -" the _main_ file irrespective of the presence of a .latexmain file. -command! -nargs=0 TCompileThis let b:fragmentFile = 1 -command! -nargs=0 TCompileMainFile let b:fragmentFile = 0 - -" vim:fdm=marker:ff=unix:noet:ts=4:sw=4 diff --git a/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/custommacros.vim b/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/custommacros.vim deleted file mode 100644 index a8482ab..0000000 --- a/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/custommacros.vim +++ /dev/null @@ -1,255 +0,0 @@ -"============================================================================= -" File: custommacros.vim -" Author: Mikolaj Machowski -" Version: 1.0 -" Created: Tue Apr 23 05:00 PM 2002 PST -" -" Description: functions for processing custom macros in the -" latex-suite/macros directory -"============================================================================= - -let s:path = expand('<sfile>:p:h') - -" Set path to macros dir dependent on OS {{{ -if has("unix") || has("macunix") - let s:macrodirpath = $HOME."/.vim/ftplugin/latex-suite/macros/" -elseif has("win32") - if exists("$HOME") - let s:macrodirpath = $HOME."/vimfiles/ftplugin/latex-suite/macros/" - else - let s:macrodirpath = $VIM."/vimfiles/ftplugin/latex-suite/macros/" - endif -endif - -" }}} -" SetCustomMacrosMenu: sets up the menu for Macros {{{ -function! <SID>SetCustomMacrosMenu() - let flist = Tex_FindInRtp('', 'macros') - exe 'amenu '.g:Tex_MacrosMenuLocation.'&New :call <SID>NewMacro("FFFromMMMenu")<CR>' - exe 'amenu '.g:Tex_MacrosMenuLocation.'&Redraw :call RedrawMacro()<CR>' - - let i = 1 - while 1 - let fname = Tex_Strntok(flist, ',', i) - if fname == '' - break - endif - exe "amenu ".g:Tex_MacrosMenuLocation."&Delete.&".i.":<tab>".fname." :call <SID>DeleteMacro('".fname."')<CR>" - exe "amenu ".g:Tex_MacrosMenuLocation."&Edit.&".i.":<tab>".fname." :call <SID>EditMacro('".fname."')<CR>" - exe "imenu ".g:Tex_MacrosMenuLocation."&".i.":<tab>".fname." <C-r>=<SID>ReadMacro('".fname."')<CR>" - exe "nmenu ".g:Tex_MacrosMenuLocation."&".i.":<tab>".fname." i<C-r>=<SID>ReadMacro('".fname."')<CR>" - let i = i + 1 - endwhile -endfunction - -if g:Tex_Menus - call <SID>SetCustomMacrosMenu() -endif - -" }}} -" NewMacro: opens new file in macros directory {{{ -function! <SID>NewMacro(...) - " Allow for calling :TMacroNew without argument or from menu and prompt - " for name. - if a:0 > 0 - let newmacroname = a:1 - else - let newmacroname = input("Name of new macro: ") - if newmacroname == '' - return - endif - endif - - if newmacroname == "FFFromMMMenu" - " Check if NewMacro was called from menu and prompt for insert macro - " name - let newmacroname = input("Name of new macro: ") - if newmacroname == '' - return - endif - elseif Tex_FindInRtp(newmacroname, 'macros') != '' - " If macro with this name already exists, prompt for another name. - exe "echomsg 'Macro ".newmacroname." already exists. Try another name.'" - let newmacroname = input("Name of new macro: ") - if newmacroname == '' - return - endif - endif - exec 'split '.Tex_EscapeSpaces(s:macrodirpath.newmacroname) - setlocal filetype=tex -endfunction - -" }}} -" RedrawMacro: refreshes macro menu {{{ -function! RedrawMacro() - aunmenu TeX-Suite.Macros - call <SID>SetCustomMacrosMenu() -endfunction - -" }}} -" ChooseMacro: choose a macro file {{{ -" " Description: -function! s:ChooseMacro(ask) - let filelist = Tex_FindInRtp('', 'macros') - let filename = Tex_ChooseFromPrompt( - \ a:ask."\n" . - \ Tex_CreatePrompt(filelist, 2, ',') . - \ "\nEnter number or filename :", - \ filelist, ',') -endfunction - -" }}} -" DeleteMacro: deletes macro file {{{ -function! <SID>DeleteMacro(...) - if a:0 > 0 - let filename = a:1 - else - let filename = s:ChooseMacro('Choose a macro file for deletion :') - endif - - if !filereadable(s:macrodirpath.filename) - " When file is not in local directory decline to remove it. - call confirm('This file is not in your local directory: '.filename."\n". - \ 'It will not be deleted.' , '&OK', 1) - - else - let ch = confirm('Really delete '.filename.' ?', "&Yes\n&No", 2) - if ch == 1 - call delete(s:macrodirpath.filename) - endif - call RedrawMacro() - endif -endfunction - -" }}} -" EditMacro: edits macro file {{{ -function! <SID>EditMacro(...) - if a:0 > 0 - let filename = a:1 - else - let filename = s:ChooseMacro('Choose a macro file for insertion:') - endif - - if filereadable(s:macrodirpath.filename) - " If file exists in local directory open it. - exec 'split '.Tex_EscapeSpaces(s:macrodirpath.filename) - else - " But if file doesn't exist in local dir it probably is in user - " restricted area. Instead opening try to copy it to local dir. - " Pity VimL doesn't have mkdir() function :) - let ch = confirm("You are trying to edit file which is probably read-only.\n". - \ "It will be copied to your local LaTeX-Suite macros directory\n". - \ "and you will be operating on local copy with suffix -local.\n". - \ "It will succeed only if ftplugin/latex-suite/macros dir exists.\n". - \ "Do you agree?", "&Yes\n&No", 1) - if ch == 1 - " But there is possibility we already created local modification. - " Check it and offer opening this file. - if filereadable(s:macrodirpath.filename.'-local') - let ch = confirm('Local version of '.filename." already exists.\n". - \ 'Do you want to open it or overwrite with original version?', - \ "&Open\nOver&write\n&Cancel", 1) - if ch == 1 - exec 'split '.Tex_EscapeSpaces(s:macrodirpath.filename.'-local') - elseif ch == 2 - new - exe '0read '.Tex_FindInRtp(filename, 'macros') - " This is possible macro was edited before, wipe it out. - if bufexists(s:macrodirpath.filename.'-local') - exe 'bwipe '.s:macrodirpath.filename.'-local' - endif - exe 'write! '.s:macrodirpath.filename.'-local' - else - return - endif - else - " If file doesn't exist, open new file, read in system macro and - " save it in local macro dir with suffix -local - new - exe '0read '.Tex_FindInRtp(filename, 'macros') - exe 'write '.s:macrodirpath.filename.'-local' - endif - endif - - endif - setlocal filetype=tex -endfunction - -" }}} -" ReadMacro: reads in a macro from a macro file. {{{ -" allowing for placement via placeholders. -function! <SID>ReadMacro(...) - - if a:0 > 0 - let filename = a:1 - else - let filelist = Tex_FindInRtp('', 'macros') - let filename = - \ Tex_ChooseFromPrompt("Choose a macro file:\n" . - \ Tex_CreatePrompt(filelist, 2, ',') . - \ "\nEnter number or name of file :", - \ filelist, ',') - endif - - let fname = Tex_FindInRtp(filename, 'macros', ':p') - - let markerString = '<---- Latex Suite End Macro ---->' - let _a = @a - silent! call append(line('.'), markerString) - silent! exec "read ".fname - silent! exec "normal! V/^".markerString."$/-1\<CR>\"ax" - " This is kind of tricky: At this stage, we are one line after the one we - " started from with the marker text on it. We need to - " 1. remove the marker and the line. - " 2. get focus to the previous line. - " 3. not remove anything from the previous line. - silent! exec "normal! $v0k$\"_x" - - call Tex_CleanSearchHistory() - - let @a = substitute(@a, '['."\n\r\t ".']*$', '', '') - let textWithMovement = IMAP_PutTextWithMovement(@a) - let @a = _a - - return textWithMovement - -endfunction - -" }}} -" commands for macros {{{ -com! -nargs=? TMacroNew :call <SID>NewMacro(<f-args>) - -" This macros had to have 2 versions: -if v:version >= 602 - com! -complete=custom,Tex_CompleteMacroName -nargs=? TMacro - \ :let s:retVal = <SID>ReadMacro(<f-args>) <bar> normal! i<C-r>=s:retVal<CR> - com! -complete=custom,Tex_CompleteMacroName -nargs=? TMacroEdit - \ :call <SID>EditMacro(<f-args>) - com! -complete=custom,Tex_CompleteMacroName -nargs=? TMacroDelete - \ :call <SID>DeleteMacro(<f-args>) - - " Tex_CompleteMacroName: for completing names in TMacro... commands {{{ - " Description: get list of macro names with Tex_FindInRtp(), remove full path - " and return list of names separated with newlines. - " - function! Tex_CompleteMacroName(A,P,L) - " Get name of macros from all runtimepath directories - let macronames = Tex_FindInRtp('', 'macros') - " Separate names with \n not , - let macronames = substitute(macronames,',','\n','g') - return macronames - endfunction - - " }}} - -else - com! -nargs=? TMacro - \ :let s:retVal = <SID>ReadMacro(<f-args>) <bar> normal! i<C-r>=s:retVal<CR> - com! -nargs=? TMacroEdit :call <SID>EditMacro(<f-args>) - com! -nargs=? TMacroDelete :call <SID>DeleteMacro(<f-args>) - -endif - -" }}} - -" vim:fdm=marker:ff=unix:noet:ts=4:sw=4 diff --git a/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/diacritics.vim b/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/diacritics.vim deleted file mode 100644 index 616d30a..0000000 --- a/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/diacritics.vim +++ /dev/null @@ -1,124 +0,0 @@ -"============================================================================= -" File: diacritics.vim -" Author: Lubomir Host -" Created: Tue Apr 23 07:00 PM 2002 PST -" -" Description: shortcuts for all diacritics. -"============================================================================= - -if !g:Tex_Diacritics - finish -endif - -" \'{a} {{{ -call IMAP ('=a', "\\\'{a}", 'tex') -call IMAP ('=b', "\\'{b}", 'tex') -call IMAP ('=c', "\\'{c}", 'tex') -call IMAP ('=d', "\\'{d}", 'tex') -call IMAP ('=e', "\\'{e}", 'tex') -call IMAP ('=f', "\\'{f}", 'tex') -call IMAP ('=g', "\\'{g}", 'tex') -call IMAP ('=h', "\\'{h}", 'tex') -call IMAP ('=i', "\\'{\i}", 'tex') -call IMAP ('=j', "\\'{j}", 'tex') -call IMAP ('=k', "\\'{k}", 'tex') -call IMAP ('=l', "\\'{l}", 'tex') -call IMAP ('=m', "\\'{m}", 'tex') -call IMAP ('=n', "\\'{n}", 'tex') -call IMAP ('=o', "\\'{o}", 'tex') -call IMAP ('=p', "\\'{p}", 'tex') -call IMAP ('=q', "\\'{q}", 'tex') -call IMAP ('=r', "\\'{r}", 'tex') -call IMAP ('=s', "\\'{s}", 'tex') -call IMAP ('=t', "\\'{t}", 'tex') -call IMAP ('=u', "\\'{u}", 'tex') -call IMAP ('=v', "\\'{v}", 'tex') -call IMAP ('=w', "\\'{w}", 'tex') -call IMAP ('=x', "\\'{x}", 'tex') -call IMAP ('=y', "\\'{y}", 'tex') -call IMAP ('=z', "\\'{z}", 'tex') -call IMAP ('=A', "\\'{A}", 'tex') -call IMAP ('=B', "\\'{B}", 'tex') -call IMAP ('=C', "\\'{C}", 'tex') -call IMAP ('=D', "\\'{D}", 'tex') -call IMAP ('=E', "\\'{E}", 'tex') -call IMAP ('=F', "\\'{F}", 'tex') -call IMAP ('=G', "\\'{G}", 'tex') -call IMAP ('=H', "\\'{H}", 'tex') -call IMAP ('=I', "\\'{\I}", 'tex') -call IMAP ('=J', "\\'{J}", 'tex') -call IMAP ('=K', "\\'{K}", 'tex') -call IMAP ('=L', "\\'{L}", 'tex') -call IMAP ('=M', "\\'{M}", 'tex') -call IMAP ('=N', "\\'{N}", 'tex') -call IMAP ('=O', "\\'{O}", 'tex') -call IMAP ('=P', "\\'{P}", 'tex') -call IMAP ('=Q', "\\'{Q}", 'tex') -call IMAP ('=R', "\\'{R}", 'tex') -call IMAP ('=S', "\\'{S}", 'tex') -call IMAP ('=T', "\\'{T}", 'tex') -call IMAP ('=U', "\\'{U}", 'tex') -call IMAP ('=V', "\\'{V}", 'tex') -call IMAP ('=W', "\\'{W}", 'tex') -call IMAP ('=X', "\\'{X}", 'tex') -call IMAP ('=Y', "\\'{Y}", 'tex') -call IMAP ('=Z', "\\'{Z}", 'tex') -" }}} -" \v{a} {{{ -call IMAP ('+a', "\\v{a}", 'tex') -call IMAP ('+b', "\\v{b}", 'tex') -call IMAP ('+c', "\\v{c}", 'tex') -call IMAP ('+d', "\\v{d}", 'tex') -call IMAP ('+e', "\\v{e}", 'tex') -call IMAP ('+f', "\\v{f}", 'tex') -call IMAP ('+g', "\\v{g}", 'tex') -call IMAP ('+h', "\\v{h}", 'tex') -call IMAP ('+i', "\\v{\i}", 'tex') -call IMAP ('+j', "\\v{j}", 'tex') -call IMAP ('+k', "\\v{k}", 'tex') -call IMAP ('+l', "\\q l", 'tex') -call IMAP ('+m', "\\v{m}", 'tex') -call IMAP ('+n', "\\v{n}", 'tex') -call IMAP ('+o', "\\v{o}", 'tex') -call IMAP ('+p', "\\v{p}", 'tex') -call IMAP ('+q', "\\v{q}", 'tex') -call IMAP ('+r', "\\v{r}", 'tex') -call IMAP ('+s', "\\v{s}", 'tex') -call IMAP ('+t', "\\q t", 'tex') -call IMAP ('+u', "\\v{u}", 'tex') -call IMAP ('+v', "\\v{v}", 'tex') -call IMAP ('+w', "\\v{w}", 'tex') -call IMAP ('+x', "\\v{x}", 'tex') -call IMAP ('+y', "\\v{y}", 'tex') -call IMAP ('+z', "\\v{z}", 'tex') -call IMAP ('+A', "\\v{A}", 'tex') -call IMAP ('+B', "\\v{B}", 'tex') -call IMAP ('+C', "\\v{C}", 'tex') -call IMAP ('+D', "\\v{D}", 'tex') -call IMAP ('+E', "\\v{E}", 'tex') -call IMAP ('+F', "\\v{F}", 'tex') -call IMAP ('+G', "\\v{G}", 'tex') -call IMAP ('+H', "\\v{H}", 'tex') -call IMAP ('+I', "\\v{\I}", 'tex') -call IMAP ('+J', "\\v{J}", 'tex') -call IMAP ('+K', "\\v{K}", 'tex') -call IMAP ('+L', "\\v{L}", 'tex') -call IMAP ('+M', "\\v{M}", 'tex') -call IMAP ('+N', "\\v{N}", 'tex') -call IMAP ('+O', "\\v{O}", 'tex') -call IMAP ('+P', "\\v{P}", 'tex') -call IMAP ('+Q', "\\v{Q}", 'tex') -call IMAP ('+R', "\\v{R}", 'tex') -call IMAP ('+S', "\\v{S}", 'tex') -call IMAP ('+T', "\\v{T}", 'tex') -call IMAP ('+U', "\\v{U}", 'tex') -call IMAP ('+V', "\\v{V}", 'tex') -call IMAP ('+W', "\\v{W}", 'tex') -call IMAP ('+X', "\\v{X}", 'tex') -call IMAP ('+Y', "\\v{Y}", 'tex') -call IMAP ('+Z', "\\v{Z}", 'tex') -" }}} -call IMAP ('+}', "\\\"{a}", 'tex') -call IMAP ('+:', "\\^{o}", 'tex') - -" vim:fdm=marker:ff=unix:noet:ts=4:sw=4 diff --git a/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/dictionaries/SIunits b/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/dictionaries/SIunits deleted file mode 100644 index d4ac081..0000000 --- a/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/dictionaries/SIunits +++ /dev/null @@ -1,289 +0,0 @@ -addprefix -addunit -ampere -amperemetresecond -amperepermetre -amperepermetrenp -amperepersquaremetre -amperepersquaremetrenp -angstrom -arad -arcminute -arcsecond -are -atomicmass -atto -attod -barn -bbar -becquerel -becquerelbase -bel -candela -candelapersquaremetre -candelapersquaremetrenp -celsius -Celsius -celsiusbase -centi -centid -coulomb -coulombbase -coulombpercubicmetre -coulombpercubicmetrenp -coulombperkilogram -coulombperkilogramnp -coulombpermol -coulombpermolnp -coulombpersquaremetre -coulombpersquaremetrenp -cubed -cubic -cubicmetre -cubicmetreperkilogram -cubicmetrepersecond -curie -dday -deca -decad -deci -decid -degree -degreecelsius -deka -dekad -derbecquerel -dercelsius -dercoulomb -derfarad -dergray -derhenry -derhertz -derjoule -derkatal -derlumen -derlux -dernewton -derohm -derpascal -derradian -dersiemens -dersievert -dersteradian -dertesla -dervolt -derwatt -derweber -electronvolt -exa -exad -farad -faradbase -faradpermetre -faradpermetrenp -femto -femtod -fourth -gal -giga -gigad -gram -graybase -graypersecond -graypersecondnp -hectare -hecto -hectod -henry -henrybase -henrypermetre -henrypermetrenp -hertz -hertzbase -hour -joule -joulebase -joulepercubicmetre -joulepercubicmetrenp -jouleperkelvin -jouleperkelvinnp -jouleperkilogram -jouleperkilogramkelvin -jouleperkilogramkelvinnp -jouleperkilogramnp -joulepermole -joulepermolekelvin -joulepermolekelvinnp -joulepermolenp -joulepersquaremetre -joulepersquaremetrenp -joulepertesla -jouleperteslanp -katal -katalbase -katalpercubicmetre -katalpercubicmetrenp -kelvin -kilo -kilod -kilogram -kilogrammetrepersecond -kilogrammetrepersecondnp -kilogrammetrepersquaresecond -kilogrammetrepersquaresecondnp -kilogrampercubicmetre -kilogrampercubicmetrecoulomb -kilogrampercubicmetrecoulombnp -kilogrampercubicmetrenp -kilogramperkilomole -kilogramperkilomolenp -kilogrampermetre -kilogrampermetrenp -kilogrampersecond -kilogrampersecondcubicmetre -kilogrampersecondcubicmetrenp -kilogrampersecondnp -kilogrampersquaremetre -kilogrampersquaremetrenp -kilogrampersquaremetresecond -kilogrampersquaremetresecondnp -kilogramsquaremetre -kilogramsquaremetrenp -kilogramsquaremetrepersecond -kilogramsquaremetrepersecondnp -kilowatthour -liter -litre -lumen -lumenbase -lux -luxbase -mega -megad -meter -metre -metrepersecond -metrepersecondnp -metrepersquaresecond -metrepersquaresecondnp -micro -microd -milli -millid -minute -mole -molepercubicmetre -molepercubicmetrenp -nano -nanod -neper -newton -newtonbase -newtonmetre -newtonpercubicmetre -newtonpercubicmetrenp -newtonperkilogram -newtonperkilogramnp -newtonpermetre -newtonpermetrenp -newtonpersquaremetre -newtonpersquaremetrenp -NoAMS -no@qsk -ohm -ohmbase -ohmmetre -one -paminute -pascal -pascalbase -pascalsecond -pasecond -per -period@active -persquaremetresecond -persquaremetresecondnp -peta -petad -pico -picod -power -@qsk -quantityskip -rad -radian -radianbase -radianpersecond -radianpersecondnp -radianpersquaresecond -radianpersquaresecondnp -reciprocal -rem -roentgen -rp -rpcubed -rpcubic -rpcubicmetreperkilogram -rpcubicmetrepersecond -rperminute -rpersecond -rpfourth -rpsquare -rpsquared -rpsquaremetreperkilogram -second -siemens -siemensbase -sievert -sievertbase -square -squared -squaremetre -squaremetrepercubicmetre -squaremetrepercubicmetrenp -squaremetrepercubicsecond -squaremetrepercubicsecondnp -squaremetreperkilogram -squaremetrepernewtonsecond -squaremetrepernewtonsecondnp -squaremetrepersecond -squaremetrepersecondnp -squaremetrepersquaresecond -squaremetrepersquaresecondnp -steradian -steradianbase -tera -terad -tesla -teslabase -ton -tonne -unit -unitskip -usk -volt -voltbase -voltpermetre -voltpermetrenp -watt -wattbase -wattpercubicmetre -wattpercubicmetrenp -wattperkilogram -wattperkilogramnp -wattpermetrekelvin -wattpermetrekelvinnp -wattpersquaremetre -wattpersquaremetrenp -wattpersquaremetresteradian -wattpersquaremetresteradiannp -weber -weberbase -yocto -yoctod -yotta -yottad -zepto -zeptod -zetta -zettad diff --git a/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/dictionaries/dictionary b/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/dictionaries/dictionary deleted file mode 100644 index 458dc0b..0000000 --- a/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/dictionaries/dictionary +++ /dev/null @@ -1,677 +0,0 @@ -abbrv -abovedisplayshortskip -abovedisplayskip -abstract -abstract -abstractname -acute -addcontentsline -address -addtime -addtocontents -addtocounter -addtolength -addvspace -align -alph -Alph -alpha -amsmath -amsthm -and -appendix -appendixname -arabic -array -arraycolsep -arrayrulewidth -arraystretch -article -author -a4paper -a5paper -backmatter -bar -bar -baselineskip -baselinestretch -batchmode -begin -belowdisplayshortskip -belowdisplayskip -bezier -bf -bfseries -bibindent -bibitem -bibliography -bibliographystyle -bibname -big -Big -Bigg -bigg -Biggl -biggl -Biggm -biggm -Biggr -biggr -Bigl -bigl -bigm -Bigm -bigr -Bigr -bigskip -bigskipamount -binom -blg -boldmath -boldsymbol -book -botfigrule -bottmofraction -bottomnumber -boxedminipage -bp -breve -b5paper -calc -calc -caption -caption2 -capt-of -cases -cc -ccaption -ccname -cdotscenter -centering -cercle -cfrac -changebar -chapter -chapterbib -chaptername -check -cite -cleardoublepage -clearpage -cline -clock -closing -cm -COLON -columnsep -columnseprule -columnwidth -contentsline -contentsname -copyright -dag -dashbox -date -dbinom -dblfigure -dblfloatpage -dblfloatsep -dbltextfloatsep -dbltopfraction -dbltopnumber -dcolumn -dd -ddag -ddot -ddots -DeclareMathOperator -depth -description -dfrac -displaylimits -displaymath -displaystyle -document -documentclass -dot -dotfill -doublerulesep -downbracefill -draft -dropping -dywiz -em -emph -empty -encl -enclname -end -endfloat -enlargethispage -enskip -enspace -ensuremath -enumerate -enumi -enumii -enumiii -enumiv -eqnarray -equation -errorstopmode -eucal -eufrak -evensidemargin -everyship -ex -executivepaper -expdlist -extracolsep -extramark -fancybox -fancyhdr -fbox -fboxrule -fboxsep -figure -figurename -file -filecontents -final -flafter -fleqn -floatflt -floatpagefraction -floatsep -flushbottom -flushleft -flushright -fnpara -fnsymbol -fn2end -fontenc -footheight -footmisc -footnote -footnotemark -footnoterule -footnotesep -footnotesize -footnotetext -footnpag -footskip -frac -frame -framebox -frenchspacing -frontmatter -ftnright -fussy -gather -genfrac -geometry -glossary -glossaryentry -graphicx -graphpaper -grave -hat -hbox -headheihgt -headings -headsep -height -helvet -hfill -hhline -hline -hrulefill -hspace -huge -Huge -HUGE -hyperref -hyphenation -ifthen -in -include -includeonly -indent -indentfirst -index -indexentry -indexname -indexspace -input -inputenc -intertext -intextsep -invisible -it -item -itemindent -itemize -itemsep -itshape -jot -kill -label -labelenumi -labelenumii -labelenumiii -labelenumiv -labelitemi -labelitemii -labelitemiii -labelitemiv -labelsep -labelwidth -landscape -large -LARGE -Large -LaTeX -LaTeXe -latexsym -ldots -left -leftarrowfill -lefteqn -leftmargin -leftmargini -leftmarginii -leftmarginiii -leftmarginiv -leftmarginv -leftmarginvi -leftmark -legalpaper -leq -leqno -letter -letterpaper -letterspace -lhead -limits -line -linebreak -linethickness -linewidth -list -listfigurename -listfiles -listoffigures -listoftables -listparindent -location -longtable -lq -lrbox -lscape -mainmatter -makeatletter -makeatother -makebox -makeglossary -makeidx -makeindex -makelabel -maketitle -manyfoot -marginpar -marginparpush -marginparsep -marginparwidth -markboth -markleft -markright -math -mathbb -mathbf -mathbin -mathcal -mathclose -mathfrak -mathindent -mathit -mathnormal -mathop -mathopen -mathord -mathpunct -mathrel -mathrm -mathscr -mathsf -mathstrut -mathtt -mathversion -mbox -mdseries -medmuskip -medskip -medskipamount -minipage -minitoc -minus -mkern -mm -moreverbatim -mpfootnote -mu -multicol -multicolumn -multilanguage -multiput -multirow -myheadings -nabla -name -NeedsTeXFormat -newcommand -newcounter -newenvironment -newfont -newlength -newline -newpage -newsavebox -newtheorem -nocite -nofiles -noindent -nolimits -nolinebreak -nomathsymbols -nonfrenchspacing -nonumber -nopagebreak -normalfont -normalsize -not -notag -note -notitlepage -nu -numberline -numline -numprint -oddsidemargin -oldstyle -onecolumn -oneside -onlynotes -onlyslides -openany -openbib -opening -openright -operatorname -oval -overbrace -overlay -overleftarrow -overline -overrightarrow -page -pagebreak -pagenumbering -pageref -pagestyle -paperheight -paperwidth -par -paragraph -parbox -parbox -parindent -parsep -parskip -part -partial -partname -partopsep -pauza -pc -phi -pi -picture -plain -PLdateending -plmath -PLSlash -plus -pmb -pmod -polski -polski -poptabs -pounds -ppauza -prefixing -printindex -protect -providecommand -ps -pt -pushtabs -put -qbezier -qbeziermax -qquad -quad -quotation -quote -raggedbottom -raggedleft -raggedright -ragged2e -raisebox -ratio -real -ref -refname -refstepcounter -relsize -renewcommand -renewenvironment -report -reversemarginpar -rhead -right -rightarrowfill -rightmargin -rightmark -rm -rmfamily -roman -Roman -rotate -rotating -rq -rule -samepage -savebox -sb -sbox -sc -scriptscriptstyle -scriptsize -scriptstyle -scrollmode -scshape -secnumdepth -section -sectionmark -see -seename -selectfont -selectlanguage -setcounter -setlength -settime -settodepth -settoheight -settowidth -sf -sffamily -shadethm -shadow -shapepar -shortstack -showlabels -sidecap -signature -sin -sl -slide -slides -sloppy -sloppybar -slshape -small -smallskip -smallskipamount -soul -sp -space -sqrt -ss -SS -stackrel -startbreaks -stepcounter -stop -stopbreaks -stretch -strut -subfigure -subfigure -subitem -subparagraph -subsection -subsubitem -subsubsection -sum -supressfloats -symbol -symbol -tabbing -tabcolsep -table -tablename -tableofcontents -tabular -tabularx -tag -tan -tbinom -telephone -TeX -textbf -textbullet -textcircled -textcompwordmark -textemdash -textendash -textexclamdown -textfloatsep -textfraction -textheight -textit -textmd -textnormal -textperiodcenter -textquestiondown -textquotedblleft -textquotedblright -textquoteleft -textquoteright -textrm -textsc -textsf -textsl -textstyle -textsuperscript -texttt -textup -textvisiblespace -textwidth -tfrac -thanks -the -thebibliography -theindex -theorem -thepage -thesection -theta -thicklines -thickmuskip -thinlines -thispagestyle -tilde -time -times -tiny -title -titlepage -tocdepth -today -topfigrule -topfraction -topmargin -topmargin -topmargin -topsep -topskip -topskip -totalheight -totalnumber -trivlist -tt -ttfamily -twocolumn -twocolumn -twoside -typein -typein -typeout -typeout -ulem -ulem -unboldmath -underbrace -underline -unsort -unsrt -upbracefill -upshape -upshape -usebox -usebox -usecounter -usefont -usepackage -value -vbox -vdots -vec -vector -verb -verb -verbatim -verse -vfill -visible -vline -vmargin -voffset -vspace -widehat -widetilde -width -wrapfig -xleftarrow -xrightarrow -threeparttable diff --git a/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/elementmacros.vim b/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/elementmacros.vim deleted file mode 100644 index 132291a..0000000 --- a/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/elementmacros.vim +++ /dev/null @@ -1,330 +0,0 @@ -"============================================================================= -" File: elementmacros.vim -" Author: Mikolaj Machowski -" Created: Tue Apr 23 06:00 PM 2002 PST -" -" Description: macros for dimensions/fonts/counters. -" and various common commands such ref/label/footnote. -"============================================================================= - -nmap <silent> <script> <plug> i -imap <silent> <script> <C-o><plug> <Nop> - -if exists('s:lastElementsLocation') && g:Tex_ElementsMenuLocation == s:lastElementsLocation - finish -endif - -if exists('s:lastElementsLocation') - exe 'aunmenu '.s:lastElementsLocation.'Font.' - exe 'aunmenu '.s:lastElementsLocation.'Dimension.' - exe 'aunmenu '.s:lastElementsLocation.'Counters.' - exe 'aunmenu '.s:lastElementsLocation.'Various.' -endif - -let s:lastElementsLocation = g:Tex_ElementsMenuLocation - -let s:fontMenuLoc = g:Tex_ElementsMenuLocation.'Font.' -let s:dimensionMenuLoc = g:Tex_ElementsMenuLocation.'Dimension.' -let s:counterMenuLoc = g:Tex_ElementsMenuLocation.'Counters.' -let s:variousMenuLoc = g:Tex_ElementsMenuLocation.'Various.' - -" ============================================================================== -" Set up the functions the first time. -" ============================================================================== -if !exists('s:definedFuncs') " {{{ - let s:definedFuncs = 1 - - " Tex_RemoveElementMenus: remove the elements menu {{{ - function! Tex_RemoveElementMenus() - exe 'silent! aunmenu '.s:lastElementsLocation.'Font.' - exe 'silent! aunmenu '.s:lastElementsLocation.'Dimension.' - exe 'silent! aunmenu '.s:lastElementsLocation.'Counters.' - exe 'silent! aunmenu '.s:lastElementsLocation.'Various.' - endfunction " }}} - " Tex_FontFamily: sets up font menus {{{ - function! <SID>Tex_FontFamily(font,fam) - let vislhs = matchstr(tolower(a:font), '^.\zs.*') - - " avoid redoing imaps and vmaps for every reconfiguration of menus. - if !exists('s:doneOnce') && g:Tex_FontMaps - exe "vnoremap <silent> ".g:Tex_Leader.vislhs. - \" \<C-\\>\<C-N>:call VEnclose('\\text".vislhs."{', '}', '{\\".vislhs.a:fam." ', '}')<CR>" - exe 'call IMAP ("'.a:font.'", "\\text'.vislhs.'{<++>}<++>", "tex")' - endif - - " menu entry. - if g:Tex_Menus && g:Tex_FontMenus - let location = s:fontMenuLoc.substitute(a:fam, '^.', '\u&', '').'.'.vislhs.a:fam.'<tab>'.a:font.'\ ('.g:Tex_Leader.vislhs.')' - exe "amenu ".location. - \" <plug><C-r>=IMAP_PutTextWithMovement('\\text".vislhs."{<++>}<++>')<CR>" - exe "vmenu ".location. - \" \<C-\\>\<C-N>:call VEnclose('\\text".vislhs."{', '}', '{\\".vislhs.a:fam." ', '}')<CR>" - endif - - endfunction " }}} - " Tex_FontDiacritics: sets up menus for diacritics. {{{ - function! <SID>Tex_FontDiacritics(name, rhs) - let location = s:fontMenuLoc.'&Diacritics.'.a:name.'<tab>' - exe 'amenu '.location. - \" <plug><C-r>=IMAP_PutTextWithMovement('\\".a:rhs."{<++>}<++>')<CR>" - exe 'vmenu '.location. - \" \<C-\\>\<C-n>:call VEnclose('\\".a:rhs."{', '}', '', '')<CR>" - endfunction " }}} - " Tex_FontSize: sets up size fonts {{{ - function! <SID>Tex_FontSize(name) - let location = s:fontMenuLoc.'&Size.'.a:name.'<tab>' - exe 'amenu '.location." <plug>\\".a:name - exe 'vunmenu '.location - endfunction " }}} - " Tex_Fontfont: sets up the 'font' part of font menus {{{ - function! <SID>Tex_Fontfont(desc, lhs) - let location = s:fontMenuLoc.'&font.'.a:desc.'<tab>' - exe "amenu ".location." <plug><C-r>=IMAP_PutTextWithMovement('".a:lhs."')<CR>" - exe "vunmenu ".location - endfunction " }}} - " Tex_DimMenus: set up dimension menus {{{ - function! <SID>Tex_DimMenus(submenu, rhs) - let location = s:dimensionMenuLoc.a:submenu.'.'.a:rhs.'<tab>' - exe "amenu ".location." <plug>\\".a:rhs - exe "vunmenu ".location - endfunction " }}} - " Tex_CounterMenus: set up counters menus {{{ - function! <SID>Tex_CounterMenus(submenu, rhs) - let location = s:counterMenuLoc.a:submenu.'.'.a:rhs.'<tab>' - exe "amenu ".location." <plug>\\".a:rhs - exe "vunmenu ".location - endfunction " }}} - " Tex_VariousMenus: set up various menus {{{ - function! <SID>Tex_VariousMenus(desc, lhs) - let location = s:variousMenuLoc.a:desc.'<tab>' - exe "amenu ".location." <plug><C-r>=IMAP_PutTextWithMovement('".a:lhs."')<CR>" - exe "vunmenu ".location - endfunction " }}} - -endif -" }}} - -" ============================================================================== -" Fonts -" ============================================================================== -" series/family/shape {{{ -call <SID>Tex_FontFamily("FBF","series") -call <SID>Tex_FontFamily("FMD","series") - -call <SID>Tex_FontFamily("FTT","family") -call <SID>Tex_FontFamily("FSF","family") -call <SID>Tex_FontFamily("FRM","family") - -call <SID>Tex_FontFamily("FUP","shape") -call <SID>Tex_FontFamily("FSL","shape") -call <SID>Tex_FontFamily("FSC","shape") -call <SID>Tex_FontFamily("FIT","shape") - -" the \emph is special. -if g:Tex_FontMaps | exe "vnoremap <silent> ".g:Tex_Leader."em \<C-\\>\<C-N>:call VEnclose('\\emph{', '}', '{\\em', '\\/}')<CR>" | endif -if g:Tex_FontMaps | exe 'call IMAP ("FEM", "\\emph{<++>}<++>", "tex")' | endif - -" }}} -if g:Tex_Menus && g:Tex_FontMenus - " {{{ diacritics - call <SID>Tex_FontDiacritics('Acute', '"') - call <SID>Tex_FontDiacritics('Breve', 'u') - call <SID>Tex_FontDiacritics('Circle', 'r') - call <SID>Tex_FontDiacritics('Circumflex', '^') - call <SID>Tex_FontDiacritics('Umlaut', '"') - call <SID>Tex_FontDiacritics('HUmlaut', 'H') - call <SID>Tex_FontDiacritics('Dot\ over', '.') - call <SID>Tex_FontDiacritics('Grave', '`') - call <SID>Tex_FontDiacritics('Hacek', 'v') - call <SID>Tex_FontDiacritics('Makron', '=') - call <SID>Tex_FontDiacritics('Tilde', '~') - call <SID>Tex_FontDiacritics('Underline', 'b') - call <SID>Tex_FontDiacritics('Cedille', 'c') - call <SID>Tex_FontDiacritics('Dot\ under', ' ') - call <SID>Tex_FontDiacritics('Ligature', 't') - " }}} - " {{{ Si&ze. - call <SID>Tex_FontSize('tiny') - call <SID>Tex_FontSize('scriptsize') - call <SID>Tex_FontSize('footnotesize') - call <SID>Tex_FontSize('small') - call <SID>Tex_FontSize('normalsize') - call <SID>Tex_FontSize('large') - call <SID>Tex_FontSize('Large') - call <SID>Tex_FontSize('LARGE') - call <SID>Tex_FontSize('huge') - call <SID>Tex_FontSize('Huge') - " }}} - " {{{ &font. - call s:Tex_Fontfont('fontencoding{}', '\fontencoding{<++>}<++>') - call s:Tex_Fontfont('fontfamily{qtm}', '\fontfamily{<++>}<++>') - call s:Tex_Fontfont('fontseries{m\ b\ bx\ sb\ c}', '\fontseries{<++>}<++>') - call s:Tex_Fontfont('fontshape{n\ it\ sl\ sc\ ui}', '\fontshape{<++>}<++>') - call s:Tex_Fontfont('fontsize{}{}', '\fontsize{<++>}{<++>}<++>') - call s:Tex_Fontfont('selectfont', '\selectfont ') - " }}} -endif - -" ============================================================================== -" Dimensions -" ============================================================================== -if g:Tex_Menus - " {{{ Static1 - call <SID>Tex_DimMenus('Static1', 'arraycolsep') - call <SID>Tex_DimMenus('Static1', 'arrayrulewidth') - call <SID>Tex_DimMenus('Static1', 'bibindent') - call <SID>Tex_DimMenus('Static1', 'columnsep') - call <SID>Tex_DimMenus('Static1', 'columnseprule') - call <SID>Tex_DimMenus('Static1', 'columnwidth') - call <SID>Tex_DimMenus('Static1', 'doublerulesep') - call <SID>Tex_DimMenus('Static1', 'evensidemargin') - call <SID>Tex_DimMenus('Static1', 'fboxrule') - call <SID>Tex_DimMenus('Static1', 'fboxsep') - call <SID>Tex_DimMenus('Static1', 'footheight') - call <SID>Tex_DimMenus('Static1', 'footnotesep') - call <SID>Tex_DimMenus('Static1', 'footskip') - call <SID>Tex_DimMenus('Static1', 'headheight') - call <SID>Tex_DimMenus('Static1', 'headsep') - call <SID>Tex_DimMenus('Static1', 'itemindent') - call <SID>Tex_DimMenus('Static1', 'labelsep') - call <SID>Tex_DimMenus('Static1', 'labelwidth') - call <SID>Tex_DimMenus('Static1', 'leftmargin') - call <SID>Tex_DimMenus('Static1', 'leftmargini') - call <SID>Tex_DimMenus('Static1', 'leftmarginii') - call <SID>Tex_DimMenus('Static1', 'leftmarginiii') - call <SID>Tex_DimMenus('Static1', 'leftmarginiv') - call <SID>Tex_DimMenus('Static1', 'leftmarginv') - call <SID>Tex_DimMenus('Static1', 'leftmarginvi') - call <SID>Tex_DimMenus('Static1', 'linewidth') - call <SID>Tex_DimMenus('Static1', 'listparindent') - call <SID>Tex_DimMenus('Static1', 'marginparpush') - call <SID>Tex_DimMenus('Static1', 'marginparsep') - call <SID>Tex_DimMenus('Static1', 'marginparwidth') - call <SID>Tex_DimMenus('Static1', 'mathindent') - call <SID>Tex_DimMenus('Static1', 'oddsidemargin') - " }}} - " {{{ Static2 - call <SID>Tex_DimMenus('Static2', 'paperheight') - call <SID>Tex_DimMenus('Static2', 'paperwidth') - call <SID>Tex_DimMenus('Static2', 'parindent') - call <SID>Tex_DimMenus('Static2', 'rightmargin') - call <SID>Tex_DimMenus('Static2', 'tabbingsep') - call <SID>Tex_DimMenus('Static2', 'tabcolsep') - call <SID>Tex_DimMenus('Static2', 'textheight') - call <SID>Tex_DimMenus('Static2', 'textwidth') - call <SID>Tex_DimMenus('Static2', 'topmargin') - call <SID>Tex_DimMenus('Static2', 'unitlength') - " }}} - " {{{ Dynamic - call <SID>Tex_DimMenus('Dynamic', 'abovedisplayshortskip') - call <SID>Tex_DimMenus('Dynamic', 'abovedisplayskip') - call <SID>Tex_DimMenus('Dynamic', 'baselineskip') - call <SID>Tex_DimMenus('Dynamic', 'belowdisplayshortskip') - call <SID>Tex_DimMenus('Dynamic', 'belowdisplayskip') - call <SID>Tex_DimMenus('Dynamic', 'dblfloatsep') - call <SID>Tex_DimMenus('Dynamic', 'dbltextfloatsep') - call <SID>Tex_DimMenus('Dynamic', 'floatsep') - call <SID>Tex_DimMenus('Dynamic', 'intextsep') - call <SID>Tex_DimMenus('Dynamic', 'itemsep') - call <SID>Tex_DimMenus('Dynamic', 'parsep') - call <SID>Tex_DimMenus('Dynamic', 'parskip') - call <SID>Tex_DimMenus('Dynamic', 'partopsep') - call <SID>Tex_DimMenus('Dynamic', 'textfloatsep') - call <SID>Tex_DimMenus('Dynamic', 'topsep') - call <SID>Tex_DimMenus('Dynamic', 'topskip') - " }}} - " {{{ Change - call <SID>Tex_DimMenus('Change', 'setlength') - call <SID>Tex_DimMenus('Change', 'addtolength') - call <SID>Tex_DimMenus('Change', 'settoheight') - call <SID>Tex_DimMenus('Change', 'settowidth') - call <SID>Tex_DimMenus('Change', 'settolength') - " }}} -endif - -" ============================================================================== -" Counters -" ============================================================================== -if g:Tex_Menus - " Counters {{{ - call <SID>Tex_CounterMenus('Counters', 'bottomnumber') - call <SID>Tex_CounterMenus('Counters', 'chapter') - call <SID>Tex_CounterMenus('Counters', 'dbltopnumber') - call <SID>Tex_CounterMenus('Counters', 'enumi') - call <SID>Tex_CounterMenus('Counters', 'enumii') - call <SID>Tex_CounterMenus('Counters', 'enumiii') - call <SID>Tex_CounterMenus('Counters', 'enumiv') - call <SID>Tex_CounterMenus('Counters', 'equation') - call <SID>Tex_CounterMenus('Counters', 'figure') - call <SID>Tex_CounterMenus('Counters', 'footnote') - call <SID>Tex_CounterMenus('Counters', 'mpfootnote') - call <SID>Tex_CounterMenus('Counters', 'page') - call <SID>Tex_CounterMenus('Counters', 'paragraph') - call <SID>Tex_CounterMenus('Counters', 'part') - call <SID>Tex_CounterMenus('Counters', 'secnumdepth') - call <SID>Tex_CounterMenus('Counters', 'section') - call <SID>Tex_CounterMenus('Counters', 'subparagraph') - call <SID>Tex_CounterMenus('Counters', 'subsection') - call <SID>Tex_CounterMenus('Counters', 'subsubsection') - call <SID>Tex_CounterMenus('Counters', 'table') - call <SID>Tex_CounterMenus('Counters', 'tocdepth') - call <SID>Tex_CounterMenus('Counters', 'topnumber') - call <SID>Tex_CounterMenus('Counters', 'totalnumber') - " }}} - " theCounters {{{ - call <SID>Tex_CounterMenus('theCounters', 'thebottomnumber') - call <SID>Tex_CounterMenus('theCounters', 'thechapter') - call <SID>Tex_CounterMenus('theCounters', 'thedbltopnumber') - call <SID>Tex_CounterMenus('theCounters', 'theenumi') - call <SID>Tex_CounterMenus('theCounters', 'theenumii') - call <SID>Tex_CounterMenus('theCounters', 'theenumiii') - call <SID>Tex_CounterMenus('theCounters', 'theenumiv') - call <SID>Tex_CounterMenus('theCounters', 'theequation') - call <SID>Tex_CounterMenus('theCounters', 'thefigure') - call <SID>Tex_CounterMenus('theCounters', 'thefootnote') - call <SID>Tex_CounterMenus('theCounters', 'thempfootnote') - call <SID>Tex_CounterMenus('theCounters', 'thepage') - call <SID>Tex_CounterMenus('theCounters', 'theparagraph') - call <SID>Tex_CounterMenus('theCounters', 'thepart') - call <SID>Tex_CounterMenus('theCounters', 'thesecnumdepth') - call <SID>Tex_CounterMenus('theCounters', 'thesection') - call <SID>Tex_CounterMenus('theCounters', 'thesubparagraph') - call <SID>Tex_CounterMenus('theCounters', 'thesubsection') - call <SID>Tex_CounterMenus('theCounters', 'thesubsubsection') - call <SID>Tex_CounterMenus('theCounters', 'thetable') - call <SID>Tex_CounterMenus('theCounters', 'thetocdepth') - call <SID>Tex_CounterMenus('theCounters', 'thetopnumber') - call <SID>Tex_CounterMenus('theCounters', 'thetotalnumber') - " }}} - " Type {{{ - call <SID>Tex_CounterMenus('Type', 'alph') - call <SID>Tex_CounterMenus('Type', 'Alph') - call <SID>Tex_CounterMenus('Type', 'arabic') - call <SID>Tex_CounterMenus('Type', 'roman') - call <SID>Tex_CounterMenus('Type', 'Roman') - " }}} -endif - -" ============================================================================== -" Various -" ============================================================================== -if g:Tex_Menus - " Various {{{ - call <SID>Tex_VariousMenus('ref{}' , '\ref{<++>}<++>') - call <SID>Tex_VariousMenus('pageref{}' , '\pageref{<++>}<++>') - call <SID>Tex_VariousMenus('label{}' , '\label{<++>}<++>') - call <SID>Tex_VariousMenus('footnote{}' , '\footnote{<++>}<++>') - call <SID>Tex_VariousMenus('footnotemark{}', '\footnotemark{<++>}<++>') - call <SID>Tex_VariousMenus('footnotemark{}', '\footnotetext{<++>}<++>') - call <SID>Tex_VariousMenus('cite{}' , '\cite{<++>}<++>') - call <SID>Tex_VariousMenus('nocite{}' , '\nocite{<++>}<++>') - " }}} -endif - -if g:Tex_CatchVisMapErrors - exe "vnoremap ".g:Tex_Leader." :\<C-u>call ExecMap('".g:Tex_Leader."', 'v')\<CR>" -endif -" this is for avoiding reinclusion of imaps from next time on. -let s:doneOnce = 1 - -" vim:fdm=marker:ff=unix:noet:ts=4:sw=4 diff --git a/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/envmacros.vim b/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/envmacros.vim deleted file mode 100644 index b989fc6..0000000 --- a/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/envmacros.vim +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1166 +0,0 @@ -"============================================================================= -" File: envmacros.vim -" Author: Mikolaj Machowski -" Created: Tue Apr 23 08:00 PM 2002 PST -" CVS Header: $Id: envmacros.vim 1101 2010-01-28 23:30:56Z tmaas $ -" Description: mappings/menus for environments. -"============================================================================= - -if !g:Tex_EnvironmentMaps && !g:Tex_EnvironmentMenus - finish -endif - -exe 'so '.fnameescape(expand('<sfile>:p:h').'/wizardfuncs.vim') - -nmap <silent> <script> <plug> i -imap <silent> <script> <C-o><plug> <Nop> - -" Define environments for IMAP evaluation " {{{ -let s:figure = "\\begin{figure}[<+htpb+>]\<cr>\\begin{center}\<cr>\\psfig{figure=<+eps file+>}\<cr>\\end{center}\<cr>\\caption{<+caption text+>}\<cr>\\label{fig:<+label+>}\<cr>\\end{figure}<++>" -let s:figure_graphicx = "\\begin{figure}[<+htpb+>]\<cr>\\begin{center}\<cr>\\includegraphics{<+file+>}\<cr>\\end{center}\<cr>\\caption{<+caption text+>}\<cr>\\label{fig:<+label+>}\<cr>\\end{figure}<++>" -let s:minipage = "\\begin{minipage}[<+tb+>]{<+width+>}\<cr><++>\<cr>\\end{minipage}<++>" -let s:picture = "\\begin{picture}(<+width+>, <+height+>)(<+xoff+>,<+yoff+>)\<cr>\\put(<+xoff+>,<+yoff+>){\\framebox(<++>,<++>){<++>}}\<cr>\\end{picture}<++>" -let s:list = "\\begin{list}{<+label+>}{<+spacing+>}\<cr>\\item <++>\<cr>\\end{list}<++>" -let s:table = "\\begin{table}\<cr>\\centering\<cr>\\begin{tabular}{<+dimensions+>}\<cr><++>\<cr>\\end{tabular}\<cr>\\caption{<+Caption text+>}\<cr>\\label{tab:<+label+>}\<cr>\\end{table}<++>" -let s:array = "\\left<++>\<cr>\\begin{array}{<+dimension+>}\<cr><+elements+>\<cr>\\end{array}\<cr>\\right<++>" -let s:description ="\\begin{description}\<cr>\\item[<+label+>]<++>\<cr>\\end{description}<++>" -let s:document = "\\documentclass[<+options+>]{<+class+>}\<cr>\<cr>\\begin{document}\<cr><++>\<cr>\\end{document}" -let s:tabular = "\\begin{tabular}[<+hbtp+>]{<+format+>}\<cr><++>\<cr>\\end{tabular}" -let s:tabular_star = "\\begin{tabular*}[<+hbtp+>]{<+format+>}\<cr><++>\<cr>\\end{tabular*}" - -" }}} -" define environments with special behavior in line wise selection. {{{ -if !exists('s:vis_center_left') - let s:vis_center_left = '\centerline{' - let s:vis_center_right = '}' - - let s:vis_verbatim_left = '\verb\|' - let s:vis_verbatim_right = '\|' - - let s:vis_flushright_left = '{\raggedright ' - let s:vis_flushright_right = '}' - - let s:vis_fushleft_left = '{\raggedleft ' - let s:vis_fushleft_right = '}' - - let s:vis_lrbox_left = '\sbox{' - let s:vis_lrbox_right = '}' -endif -" }}} -" Tex_EnvMacros: sets up maps and menus for environments {{{ -" Description: -function! <SID>Tex_EnvMacros(lhs, submenu, name) - - let extra = '' - if a:submenu =~ 'Lists' - let extra = '\item ' - endif - - let vright = '' - let vleft = '' - if exists('s:vis_'.a:name.'_right') - let vright = s:vis_{a:name}_right - let vleft = s:vis_{a:name}_left - endif - let vrhs = "\<C-\\>\<C-N>:call VEnclose('".vleft."', '".vright."', '\\begin{".a:name."}', '\\end{".a:name."}')\<CR>" - let location = g:Tex_EnvMenuLocation.a:submenu.a:name.'<tab>' - - if a:lhs != '' - - let vlhs = g:Tex_Leader2.substitute(tolower(a:lhs), '^.', '', '') - let location = location.a:lhs.'\ ('.vlhs.')' - - if g:Tex_EnvironmentMaps && !exists('s:doneOnce') - call IMAP(a:lhs, "\<C-r>=Tex_PutEnvironment('".a:name."')\<CR>", 'tex') - exec 'vnoremap <silent> '.vlhs.' '.vrhs - endif - - endif - - if g:Tex_Menus && g:Tex_EnvironmentMenus && has("gui_running") - exe 'amenu '.location.' <plug><C-r>=Tex_DoEnvironment("'.a:name.'")<CR>' - exe 'vmenu '.location.' '.vrhs - endif - -endfunction - -" }}} -" Tex_SpecialMacros: macros with special right hand sides {{{ -" Description: -function! <SID>Tex_SpecialMacros(lhs, submenu, name, irhs, ...) - - let wiz = 1 - if a:0 > 0 && a:1 == 0 - let wiz = 0 - endif - - let location = g:Tex_EnvMenuLocation.a:submenu.a:name - - let vright = '' - let vleft = '' - if exists('s:vis_'.a:name.'_right') - let vright = s:vis_{a:name}_right - let vleft = s:vis_{a:name}_left - endif - let vrhs = "\<C-\\>\<C-N>:call VEnclose('".vleft."', '".vright."', '\\begin{".a:name."}', '\\end{".a:name."}')\<CR>" - - if a:lhs != '' - - let vlhs = g:Tex_Leader2.substitute(tolower(a:lhs), '^.', '', '') - let location = location.'<tab>'.a:lhs.'\ ('.vlhs.')' - - if g:Tex_EnvironmentMaps && !exists('s:doneOnce') - call IMAP(a:lhs, a:irhs, 'tex') - exec 'vnoremap '.vlhs.' '.vrhs - endif - - endif - - if g:Tex_Menus && g:Tex_EnvironmentMenus - if wiz - exe 'amenu '.location.' <plug><C-r>=Tex_DoEnvironment("'.a:name.'")<CR>' - else - exe 'amenu '.location." <plug><C-r>=IMAP_PutTextWithMovement('".a:irhs."')<CR>" - endif - exe 'vmenu '.location.' '.vrhs - endif - -endfunction " }}} -" Tex_SectionMacros: creates section maps and menus {{{ -" Description: -function! <SID>Tex_SectionMacros(lhs, name) - - let vlhs = g:Tex_Leader2.substitute(tolower(a:lhs), '^.', '', '') - let vrhs = "\<C-\\>\<C-N>:call VEnclose('\\".a:name."{', '}', '', '')<CR>" - - if g:Tex_SectionMaps && !exists('s:doneOnce') - exe 'vnoremap '.vlhs.' '.vrhs - call IMAP (a:lhs, "\\".a:name.'{<++>}<++>', 'tex') - endif - - if g:Tex_Menus && g:Tex_SectionMenus - let location = g:Tex_EnvMenuLocation.'Sections.'.a:name.'<tab>'.a:lhs.'\ ('.vlhs.')' - let advlocation = g:Tex_EnvMenuLocation.'Sections.Advanced.'.a:name - - let irhs = "\<C-r>=IMAP_PutTextWithMovement('\\".a:name."{<++>}<++>')\<CR>" - - let advirhs = "\<C-r>=Tex_InsSecAdv('".a:name."')\<CR>" - let advvrhs = "\<C-\\>\<C-N>:call Tex_VisSecAdv('".a:name."')\<CR>" - - exe 'amenu '.advlocation.' <plug>'.advirhs - exe 'vnoremenu '.advlocation." ".advvrhs - - exe 'amenu '.location.' <plug>'.irhs - exe 'vnoremenu '.location." ".vrhs - endif -endfunction " }}} - -" NewEnvironments {{{ -call s:Tex_SpecialMacros('', '', 'newenvironment', '\newenvironment{<++>}[<++>][<++>]{<++>}{<++>}<++>', 0) -call s:Tex_SpecialMacros('', '', 'newenvironment*', '\newenvironment*{<++>}[<++>][<++>]{<++>}{<++>}<++>', 0) -call s:Tex_SpecialMacros('', '', 'renewenvironment', '\renewenvironment{<++>}[<++>][<++>]{<++>}{<++>}<++>', 0) -call s:Tex_SpecialMacros('', '', 'renewenvironment*', '\renewenvironment*{<++>}[<++>][<++>]{<++>}{<++>}<++>', 0) -call s:Tex_SpecialMacros('', '', '-sepenv0-', ' :', 0) -" }}} -" Environments specific commands {{{ -call s:Tex_SpecialMacros('', 'Env&Commands.&Lists.', '&item', '\item', 0) -call s:Tex_SpecialMacros('', 'Env&Commands.&Lists.', 'i&tem[]', '\item[<++>]<++>', 0) -call s:Tex_SpecialMacros('', 'Env&Commands.&Lists.', '&bibitem{}', '\bibitem{<++>}<++>', 0) -call s:Tex_SpecialMacros('', 'Env&Commands.&Tabbing.', '\\&=', '\=', 0) -call s:Tex_SpecialMacros('', 'Env&Commands.&Tabbing.', '\\&>', '\>', 0) -call s:Tex_SpecialMacros('', 'Env&Commands.&Tabbing.', '&\\\\', '\\', 0) -call s:Tex_SpecialMacros('', 'Env&Commands.&Tabbing.', '\\&+', '\+', 0) -call s:Tex_SpecialMacros('', 'Env&Commands.&Tabbing.', '\\&-', '\-', 0) -call s:Tex_SpecialMacros('', 'Env&Commands.&Tabbing.', "\\\'", "\\\'", 0) -call s:Tex_SpecialMacros('', 'Env&Commands.&Tabbing.', '\\&`', '\`', 0) -call s:Tex_SpecialMacros('', 'Env&Commands.&Tabbing.', '\\&kill', '\kill', 0) -call s:Tex_SpecialMacros('', 'Env&Commands.&Tabbing.', '&makron\ \\CHAR=', '\<++>=<++>', 0) -call s:Tex_SpecialMacros('', 'Env&Commands.&Tabbing.', "&aigu\ \\CHAR\'", "\\<++>\'<++>", 0) -call s:Tex_SpecialMacros('', 'Env&Commands.&Tabbing.', '&grave\ \\CHAR`', '\<++>`<++>', 0) -call s:Tex_SpecialMacros('', 'Env&Commands.&Tabbing.', 'p&ushtabs', '\pushtabs', 0) -call s:Tex_SpecialMacros('', 'Env&Commands.&Tabbing.', 'p&optabs', '\poptabs', 0) -call s:Tex_SpecialMacros('', 'EnvCommands.&Tabular.', '&hline', '\hline', 0) -call s:Tex_SpecialMacros('', 'EnvCommands.&Tabular.', '&cline', '\cline', 0) -call s:Tex_SpecialMacros('', 'EnvCommands.&Tabular.', '&\&', '&', 0) -call s:Tex_SpecialMacros('', 'EnvCommands.&Tabular.', '&\\\\', '\\', 0) -call s:Tex_SpecialMacros('', 'EnvCommands.&Tabular.', '&multicolumn{}{}{}', '\multicolumn{<++>}{<++>}{<++>}<++>', 0) -call s:Tex_SpecialMacros('', 'EnvCommands.Le&tter.', '&makelabels', '\makelabels', 0) -call s:Tex_SpecialMacros('', 'EnvCommands.Le&tter.', '&address', '\address', 0) -call s:Tex_SpecialMacros('', 'EnvCommands.Le&tter.', '&signature', '\signature', 0) -call s:Tex_SpecialMacros('', 'EnvCommands.Le&tter.', '&date', '\date', 0) -call s:Tex_SpecialMacros('', 'EnvCommands.Le&tter.', '-sepenva4-', ' :', 0) -call s:Tex_SpecialMacros('', 'EnvCommands.Le&tter.', '&opening{}', '\opening{<++>}<++>', 0) -call s:Tex_SpecialMacros('', 'EnvCommands.Le&tter.', '&closing{}', '\closing{<++>}<++>', 0) -call s:Tex_SpecialMacros('', 'EnvCommands.Le&tter.', '&ps{}', '\ps{<++>}<++>', 0) -call s:Tex_SpecialMacros('', 'EnvCommands.Le&tter.', 'cc&{}', '\cc{<++>}<++>', 0) -call s:Tex_SpecialMacros('', 'EnvCommands.&Slides.', '&onlyslides{}', '\onlyslides{<++>}<++>', 0) -call s:Tex_SpecialMacros('', 'EnvCommands.&Slides.', '&onlynotes{}', '\onlynotes{<++>}<++>', 0) -call s:Tex_SpecialMacros('', 'EnvCommands.&Slides.', '-sepenva5-', ' :', 0) -call s:Tex_SpecialMacros('', 'EnvCommands.&Slides.', '&invisible', '\invisible', 0) -call s:Tex_SpecialMacros('', 'EnvCommands.&Slides.', '&visible', '\visible', 0) -call s:Tex_SpecialMacros('', 'EnvCommands.&Slides.', '&settime', '\settime', 0) -call s:Tex_SpecialMacros('', 'EnvCommands.&Slides.', '&addtime', '\addtime', 0) -call s:Tex_SpecialMacros('', '', '-sepenv0-', ' :', 0) -" }}} -" Lists {{{ -call s:Tex_SpecialMacros('ELI', '&Lists.', 'list', s:list) -call s:Tex_SpecialMacros('EDE', '&Lists.', 'description', s:description) -call s:Tex_EnvMacros('EEN', '&Lists.', 'enumerate') -call s:Tex_EnvMacros('EIT', '&Lists.', 'itemize') -call s:Tex_EnvMacros('ETI', '&Lists.', 'theindex') -call s:Tex_EnvMacros('ETL', '&Lists.', 'trivlist') -" }}} -" Tables {{{ -call s:Tex_SpecialMacros('ETE', '&Tables.', 'table', s:table) -call s:Tex_EnvMacros('ETG', '&Tables.', 'tabbing') -call s:Tex_EnvMacros('', '&Tables.', 'table*') -call s:Tex_EnvMacros('', '&Tables.', 'table2') -call s:Tex_SpecialMacros('ETR', '&Tables.', 'tabular', s:tabular) -call s:Tex_SpecialMacros('', '&Tables.', 'tabular*', s:tabular_star) -" }}} -" Math {{{ -call s:Tex_EnvMacros('EAR', '&Math.', 'array') -call s:Tex_EnvMacros('EDM', '&Math.', 'displaymath') -call s:Tex_EnvMacros('EEA', '&Math.', 'eqnarray') -call s:Tex_EnvMacros('', '&Math.', 'eqnarray*') -call s:Tex_EnvMacros('EEQ', '&Math.', 'equation') -call s:Tex_EnvMacros('EMA', '&Math.', 'math') -" }}} -" Structure {{{ -call s:Tex_SpecialMacros('EAR', 'Math.', 'array', s:array) -call s:Tex_EnvMacros('EAB', '&Structure.', 'abstract') -call s:Tex_EnvMacros('EAP', '&Structure.', 'appendix') -call s:Tex_EnvMacros('ECE', '&Structure.', 'center') -call s:Tex_EnvMacros('EDO', '&Structure.', 'document') -call s:Tex_EnvMacros('EFC', '&Structure.', 'filecontents') -call s:Tex_EnvMacros('', '&Structure.', 'filecontents*') -call s:Tex_EnvMacros('EFL', '&Structure.', 'flushleft') -call s:Tex_EnvMacros('EFR', '&Structure.', 'flushright') -call s:Tex_EnvMacros('EQN', '&Structure.', 'quotation') -call s:Tex_EnvMacros('EQE', '&Structure.', 'quote') -call s:Tex_EnvMacros('ESP', '&Structure.', 'sloppypar') -call s:Tex_EnvMacros('ETI', '&Structure.', 'theindex') -call s:Tex_EnvMacros('ETP', '&Structure.', 'titlepage') -call s:Tex_EnvMacros('EVM', '&Structure.', 'verbatim') -call s:Tex_EnvMacros('', '&Structure.', 'verbatim*') -call s:Tex_EnvMacros('EVE', '&Structure.', 'verse') -call s:Tex_EnvMacros('ETB', '&Structure.', 'thebibliography') -call s:Tex_SpecialMacros('', '&Structure.', '-sepstruct0-', ':', 0) -call s:Tex_EnvMacros('ENO', '&Structure.', 'note') -call s:Tex_EnvMacros('EOV', '&Structure.', 'overlay') -call s:Tex_EnvMacros('ESL', '&Structure.', 'slide') -" }}} -" Sections {{{ -call s:Tex_SectionMacros('SPA', 'part') -call s:Tex_SectionMacros('SCH', 'chapter') -call s:Tex_SectionMacros('SSE', 'section') -call s:Tex_SectionMacros('SSS', 'subsection') -call s:Tex_SectionMacros('SS2', 'subsubsection') -call s:Tex_SectionMacros('SPG', 'paragraph') -call s:Tex_SectionMacros('SSP', 'subparagraph') -" }}} -" Miscellaneous {{{ -call s:Tex_SpecialMacros('', '', '-sepenv1-', ' :', 0) -call s:Tex_SpecialMacros('EFI', '', 'figure', "\<C-r>=Tex_PutEnvironment('figure')\<CR>") -call s:Tex_EnvMacros('', '', 'figure*') -call s:Tex_EnvMacros('ELR', '', 'lrbox') -call s:Tex_SpecialMacros('EMP', '', 'minipage', s:minipage) -call s:Tex_SpecialMacros('EPI', '', 'picture', s:picture) -" }}} - -if g:Tex_CatchVisMapErrors - exe 'vnoremap '.g:Tex_Leader2." :\<C-u>call ExecMap('".g:Tex_Leader2."', 'v')\<CR>" -endif - -" ============================================================================== -" Specialized functions for various environments -" -" All these functions are to be used as: -" -" inoremap <lhs> <C-r>=Tex_itemize('enumerate')<CR> -" nnoremap <lhs> i<C-r>=Tex_itemize('enumerate')<CR> -" -" and so on... -" ============================================================================== -" Tex_itemize: {{{ -function! Tex_itemize(env) - return IMAP_PutTextWithMovement('\begin{'.a:env."}\<cr>\\item <++>\<cr>\\end{".a:env."}<++>") -endfunction -" }}} -" Tex_description: {{{ -function! Tex_description(env) - if g:Tex_UseMenuWizard == 1 - let itlabel = input('(Optional) Item label? ') - if itlabel != '' - let itlabel = '['.itlabel.']' - endif - return IMAP_PutTextWithMovement("\\begin{description}\<cr>\\item".itlabel." <++>\<cr>\\end{description}<++>") - else - return IMAP_PutTextWithMovement(s:description) - endif -endfunction -" }}} -" Tex_figure: {{{ -function! Tex_figure(env) - if g:Tex_UseMenuWizard == 1 - let flto = input('Float to (htbp)? ') - let caption = input('Caption? ') - let center = input('Center ([y]/n)? ') - let label = input('Label (for use with \ref)? ') - " additional to AUC Tex since my pics are usually external files - let pic = input('Name of Pic-File? ') - if flto != '' - let flto = '['.flto."]\<cr>" - else - let flto = "\<cr>" - endif - if pic != '' - let pic = '\input{'.pic."}\<cr>" - else - let pic = "<++>\<cr>" - endif - if caption != '' - let caption = '\caption{'.caption."}\<cr>" - endif - if label != '' - let label = '\label{fig:'.label."}\<cr>" - endif - if center == 'y' - let centr = '\begin{center}' . "\<cr>" - let centr = centr . pic - let centr = centr . caption - let centr = centr . label - let centr = centr . '\end{center}' . "\<cr>" - else - let centr = pic - let centr = centr . caption - let centr = centr . label - endif - let figure = '\begin{'.a:env.'}'.flto - let figure = figure . centr - let figure = figure . '\end{'.a:env.'}' - return IMAP_PutTextWithMovement(figure) - else - if g:Tex_package_detected =~ '\<graphicx\>' - return IMAP_PutTextWithMovement(s:figure_graphicx) - else - return IMAP_PutTextWithMovement(s:figure) - endif - endif -endfunction -" }}} -" Tex_table: {{{ -function! Tex_table(env) - if g:Tex_UseMenuWizard == 1 - let flto = input('Float to (htbp)? ') - let caption = input('Caption? ') - let center = input('Center (y/n)? ') - let label = input('Label? ') - if flto != '' - let flto ='['.flto."]\<cr>" - else - let flto = '' - endif - let ret='\begin{table}'.flto - if center == 'y' - let ret=ret."\\begin{center}\<cr>" - endif - let foo = '\begin{tabular}' - let pos = input('(Optional) Position (t b)? ') - if pos != '' - let foo = foo.'['.pos.']' - else - let foo = foo."\<cr>" - endif - let format = input("Format ( l r c p{width} | @{text} )? ") - if format == '' - let format = '<++>' - endif - let ret = ret.foo.'{'.format."}\<cr><++>\<cr>\\end{tabular}<++>\<cr>" - if center == 'y' - let ret=ret."\\end{center}\<cr>" - endif - if caption != '' - let ret=ret.'\caption{'.caption."}\<cr>" - endif - if label != '' - let ret=ret.'\label{tab:'.label."}\<cr>" - endif - let ret=ret.'\end{table}<++>' - return IMAP_PutTextWithMovement(ret) - else - return IMAP_PutTextWithMovement(s:table) - endif -endfunction -" }}} -" Tex_tabular: {{{ -function! Tex_tabular(env) - if g:Tex_UseMenuWizard == 1 - let pos = input('(Optional) Position (t b)? ') - let format = input("Format ( l r c p{width} | @{text} )? ") - if pos != '' - let pos = '['.pos.']' - endif - if format != '' - let format = '{'.format.'}' - endif - return IMAP_PutTextWithMovement('\begin{'.a:env.'}'.pos.format."\<cr> \<cr>\\end{".a:env.'}<++>') - else - return IMAP_PutTextWithMovement('\begin{'.a:env.'}[<+position+>]{<+format+>}'."\<cr><++>\<cr>\\end{".a:env.'}<++>') - endif -endfunction -" }}} -" Tex_eqnarray: {{{ -function! Tex_eqnarray(env) - if g:Tex_UseMenuWizard == 1 - if a:env !~ '\*' - let label = input('Label? ') - if label != '' - let arrlabel = '\label{'.label."}\<cr>" - else - let arrlabel = '' - endif - else - let arrlabel = '' - endif - else - if a:env !~ '\*' - let arrlabel = "\\label{<++>}\<cr>" - else - let arrlabel = "" - endif - endif - return IMAP_PutTextWithMovement('\begin{'.a:env."}\<cr><++>\<cr>".arrlabel."\\end{".a:env."}<++>") -endfunction -" }}} -" Tex_list: {{{ -function! Tex_list(env) - if g:Tex_UseMenuWizard == 1 - let label = input('Label (for \item)? ') - if label != '' - let label = '{'.label.'}' - let addcmd = input('Additional commands? ') - if addcmd != '' - let label = label . '{'.addcmd.'}' - endif - else - let label = '' - endif - return IMAP_PutTextWithMovement('\begin{list}'.label."\<cr>\\item \<cr>\\end{list}<++>") - else - return IMAP_PutTextWithMovement(s:list) - endif -endfunction -" }}} -" Tex_document: {{{ -function! Tex_document(env) - if g:Tex_UseMenuWizard == 1 - let dstyle = input('Document style? ') - let opts = input('(Optional) Options? ') - let foo = '\documentclass' - if opts == '' - let foo = foo.'{'.dstyle.'}' - else - let foo = foo.'['.opts.']'.'{'.dstyle.'}' - endif - return IMAP_PutTextWithMovement(foo."\<cr>\<cr>\\begin{document}\<cr><++>\<cr>\\end{document}") - else - return IMAP_PutTextWithMovement(s:document) - endif -endfunction -" }}} -" Tex_minipage: {{{ -function! Tex_minipage(env) - if g:Tex_UseMenuWizard == 1 - let foo = '\begin{minipage}' - let pos = input('(Optional) Position (t b)? ') - let width = input('Width? ') - if pos == '' - let foo = foo.'{'.width.'}' - else - let foo = foo.'['.pos.']{'.width.'}' - endif - return IMAP_PutTextWithMovement(foo."\<cr><++>\<cr>\\end{minipage}<++>") - else - return IMAP_PutTextWithMovement(s:minipage) - endif -endfunction -" }}} -" Tex_thebibliography: {{{ -function! Tex_thebibliography(env) - if g:Tex_UseMenuWizard == 1 - " AUC Tex: "Label for BibItem: 99" - let indent = input('Indent for BibItem? ') - let foo = '{'.indent.'}' - let biblabel = input('(Optional) Bibitem label? ') - let key = input('Add key? ') - let bar = '\bibitem' - if biblabel != '' - let bar = bar.'['.biblabel.']' - endif - let bar = bar.'{'.key.'}' - return IMAP_PutTextWithMovement('\begin{thebibliography}'.foo."\<cr>".bar." \<cr>\\end{thebibliography}<++>\<Up>") - else - return IMAP_PutTextWithMovement( - \ "\\begin{thebibliography}\<CR>". - \ "\\bibitem[<+biblabel+>]{<+bibkey+>} <++>\<CR>". - \ "<++>\<CR>". - \ "\\end{thebibliography}<++>") - endif -endfunction -" }}} - -" ============================================================================== -" Contributions / suggestions from Carl Mueller (auctex.vim) -" ============================================================================== -" PromptForEnvironment: prompts for an environment {{{ -" Description: -function! PromptForEnvironment(ask) - return Tex_ChooseFromPrompt( - \ a:ask."\n" . - \ Tex_CreatePrompt(g:Tex_PromptedEnvironments, 2, ",") . - \ "\nEnter name or number of environment :", - \ g:Tex_PromptedEnvironments, ",") -endfunction " }}} -" Tex_DoEnvironment: fast insertion of environments {{{ -" Description: -" The menus call this function with an argument (the name of the environment -" to insert). The maps call this without any arguments. In this case, it -" prompts for an environment to enter if the current line is empty. If -" called without arguments and there is a word on the current line, then use -" that as the name of a new environment. -function! Tex_DoEnvironment(...) - if a:0 < 1 - let env = matchstr(getline('.'), '^\s*\zs\w*\*\=\ze\s*$') - " If in current line is more than one word or in visual mode - " ignore contents of line and prompt for environment - if env == '' || (exists('s:isvisual') && s:isvisual == 'yes') - let env = PromptForEnvironment('Choose which environment to insert: ') - if env != '' - return Tex_PutEnvironment(env) - else - return '' - endif - else - " delete the word on the line into the blackhole register. - normal! 0"_D - return Tex_PutEnvironment(env) - endif - else - return Tex_PutEnvironment(a:1) - endif -endfunction " }}} -" Tex_PutEnvironment: calls various specialized functions {{{ -" Description: -" Based on input argument, it calls various specialized functions. -function! Tex_PutEnvironment(env) - if exists("s:isvisual") && s:isvisual == "yes" - let s:isvisual = 'no' - if a:env == '\[' - return VEnclose('', '', '\[', '\]') - elseif a:env == '$$' - return VEnclose('', '', '$$', '$$') - endif - return VEnclose('\begin{'.a:env.'}', '\end{'.a:env.'}', '\begin{'.a:env.'}', '\end{'.a:env.'}') - else - " The user can define something like - " let g:Tex_Env_theorem = "\\begin{theorem}\<CR><++>\<CR>\\end{theorem}" - " This will effectively over-write the default definition of the - " theorem environment which uses a \label. - if exists("b:Tex_Env_{'".a:env."'}") - return IMAP_PutTextWithMovement(b:Tex_Env_{a:env}) - elseif exists("g:Tex_Env_{'".a:env."'}") - return IMAP_PutTextWithMovement(g:Tex_Env_{a:env}) - elseif a:env =~ 'equation*\|eqnarray*\|theorem\|lemma\|equation\|eqnarray\|align\*\|align\>\|multline' - let g:aa = a:env - return Tex_eqnarray(a:env) - elseif a:env =~ "enumerate\\|itemize\\|theindex\\|trivlist" - return Tex_itemize(a:env) - elseif a:env =~ "table\\|table*" - return Tex_table(a:env) - elseif a:env =~ "tabular\\|tabular*\\|array\\|array*" - return Tex_tabular(a:env) - elseif exists('*Tex_'.a:env) - exe 'return Tex_'.a:env.'(a:env)' - elseif a:env == '$$' - return IMAP_PutTextWithMovement('$$<++>$$') - elseif a:env == '\[' - return IMAP_PutTextWithMovement("\\[\<CR><++>\<CR>\\]<++>") - else - " Look in supported packages if exists template for environment - " given in the line - if exists('g:Tex_package_supported') && g:Tex_package_supported != '' - let i = 1 - while Tex_Strntok(g:Tex_package_supported, ',', i) != '' - let checkpack = Tex_Strntok(g:Tex_package_supported, ',', i) - if g:TeX_package_{checkpack} =~ 'e..:'.a:env - if a:env =~ '*' - " Don't allow * to be treated as wildcard - let aenv = substitute(a:env, '*', '\\*', '') - else - let aenv = a:env - endif - let envcommand = matchstr(g:TeX_package_{checkpack}, '\zse..:'.aenv.'[^,]\{-}\ze,') - return Tex_ProcessPackageCommand(envcommand) - endif - let i = i + 1 - endwhile - endif - endif - " If nothing before us managed to create an environment, then just - " create a bare-bones environment from the name. - return IMAP_PutTextWithMovement('\begin{'.a:env."}\<cr><++>\<cr>\\end{".a:env."}<++>") - endif -endfunction " }}} -" Mapping the <F5> key to insert/prompt for an environment/package {{{ -" and <S-F5> to prompt/replace an environment -" -" g:Tex_PromptedEnvironments is a variable containing a comma seperated list -" of environments. This list defines the prompt which latex-suite sets up when -" the user presses <F5> on an empty line. -" -" Leaving this empty is equivalent to disabling the feature. -if g:Tex_PromptedEnvironments != '' - - let b:DoubleDollars = 0 - - " Provide only <plug>s here. main.vim will create the actual maps. - inoremap <silent> <Plug>Tex_FastEnvironmentInsert <C-r>=Tex_FastEnvironmentInsert("no")<cr> - nnoremap <silent> <Plug>Tex_FastEnvironmentInsert i<C-r>=Tex_FastEnvironmentInsert("no")<cr> - vnoremap <silent> <Plug>Tex_FastEnvironmentInsert <C-\><C-N>:call Tex_FastEnvironmentInsert("yes")<CR> - inoremap <silent> <Plug>Tex_FastEnvironmentChange <C-O>:call Tex_ChangeEnvironments()<CR> - nnoremap <silent> <Plug>Tex_FastEnvironmentChange :call Tex_ChangeEnvironments()<CR> - - " Tex_FastEnvironmentInsert: maps <F5> to prompt for env and insert it " {{{ - " Description: - " This function calculates whether we are in the preamble. If we are - " then inserts a \usepackage line by either reading in a word from the - " current line or prompting to type in one. If not in the preamble, then - " inserts a environment template either by reading in a word from the - " current line or prompting the user to choose one. - " - function! Tex_FastEnvironmentInsert(isvisual) - - let start_line = line('.') - let pos = Tex_GetPos() - let s:isvisual = a:isvisual - - " decide if we are in the preamble of the document. If we are then - " insert a package, otherwise insert an environment. - " - if search('\\documentclass', 'bW') && search('\\begin{document}') - - " If there is a \documentclass line and a \begin{document} line in - " the file, then a part of the file is the preamble. - - " search for where the document begins. - let begin_line = search('\\begin{document}') - " if the document begins after where we are presently, then we are - " in the preamble. - if start_line < begin_line - " return to our original location and insert a package - " statement. - call Tex_SetPos(pos) - return Tex_package_from_line() - else - " we are after the preamble. insert an environment. - call Tex_SetPos(pos) - return Tex_DoEnvironment() - endif - - elseif search('\\documentclass') - " if there is only a \documentclass but no \begin{document}, then - " the entire file is a preamble. Put a package. - - call Tex_SetPos(pos) - return Tex_package_from_line() - - else - " no \documentclass, put an environment. - - call Tex_SetPos(pos) - return Tex_DoEnvironment() - - endif - - endfunction - - " }}} - " Tex_package_from_line: puts a \usepackage line in the current line. " {{{ - " Description: - " - function! Tex_package_from_line() - " Function Tex_PutPackage is defined in packages.vim - " Ignores <F5> in Visual mode - if s:isvisual == "yes" - return 0 - else - let l = getline(".") - let pack = matchstr(l, '^\s*\zs.*') - normal! 0"_D - return Tex_pack_one(pack) - endif - endfunction - - " }}} - " Tex_ChangeEnvironments: calls Change() to change the environment {{{ - " Description: - " Finds out which environment the cursor is positioned in and changes - " that to the chosen new environment. This function knows the changes - " which need to be made to change one env to another and calls - " Change() with the info. - " - function! Tex_ChangeEnvironments() - - let env_line = searchpair('$$\|\\[\|begin{', '', '$$\|\\]\|end{', "bn") - - if env_line != 0 - if getline(env_line) !~ 'begin{' - let env_name = '[' - else - let env_name = matchstr(getline(env_line), 'begin{\zs.\{-}\ze}') - endif - endif - - if !exists('env_name') - echomsg "You are not inside environment" - return 0 - endif - - exe 'echomsg "You are within a '.env_name.' environment."' - let change_env = PromptForEnvironment('What do you want to change it to? ') - - if change_env == 'eqnarray' - call <SID>Change('eqnarray', 1, '', env_name =~ '\*$') - elseif change_env == 'align' - call <SID>Change('align', 1, '', env_name =~ '\*$') - elseif change_env == 'eqnarray*' - call <SID>Change('eqnarray*', 0, '\\nonumber', 0) - elseif change_env == 'align*' - call <SID>Change('align*', 0, '\\nonumber', 0) - elseif change_env == 'equation*' - call <SID>Change('equation*', 0, '&\|\\lefteqn{\|\\nonumber\|\\\\', 0) - elseif change_env == '' - return 0 - else - call <SID>Change(change_env, 0, '', '') - return 0 - endif - - endfunction - - " }}} - " Change: changes the current env to the new env {{{ - " Description: - " This function needs to know the changes which need to be made while - " going from an old environment to a new one. This info, it gets from - " Tex_ChangeEnvironments - " - " env : name of the new environment. - " label : if 1, then insert a \label at the end of the environment. - " otherwise, delete any \label line found. - " delete : a pattern which is to be deleted from the original environment. - " for example, going to a eqnarray* environment means we need to - " delete \label's. - " putInNonumber : whether we need to put a \nonumber before the end of the - " environment. - function! s:Change(env, label, delete, putInNonumber) - - let start_line = line('.') - let start_col = virtcol('.') - - if a:env == '[' - if b:DoubleDollars == 0 - let first = '\\[' - let second = '\\]' - else - let first = '$$' - let second = '$$' - endif - else - let first = '\\begin{' . a:env . '}' - let second = '\\end{' . a:env . '}' - endif - - if b:DoubleDollars == 0 - let bottom = searchpair('\\\[\|\\begin{','','\\\]\|\\end{','') - s/\\\]\|\\end{.\{-}}/\=second/ - let top = searchpair('\\\[\|\\begin{','','\\\]\|\\end{','b') - s/\\\[\|\\begin{.\{-}}/\=first/ - else - let bottom = search('\$\$\|\\end{') - s/\$\$\|\\end{.\{-}}/\=second/ - let top = search('\$\$\|\\begin{','b') - s/\$\$\|\\begin{.\{-}}/\=first/ - end - if a:delete != '' - exe 'silent '. top . "," . bottom . 's/' . a:delete . '//e' - endif - - if a:putInNonumber == 1 - exe top - call search('\\end\|\\\\') - if line('.') != bottom - exe '.+1,' . bottom . 's/\\\\/\\nonumber\\\\/e' - exe (bottom-1) . 's/\s*$/ \\nonumber/' - endif - endif - - if a:label == 1 - exe top - if search("\\label", "W") > bottom - exe top - let local_label = input('Label? ') - if local_label != '' - put = '\label{'.local_label.'}' - endif - normal $ - endif - else - exe 'silent '.top . ',' . bottom . ' g/\\label/delete' - endif - - if exists('local_label') && local_label != '' - exe start_line + 1.' | normal! '.start_col.'|' - else - exe start_line.' | normal! '.start_col.'|' - endif - endfunction " }}} - -endif - -" }}} -" Map <S-F1> through <S-F4> to insert environments {{{ -if g:Tex_HotKeyMappings != '' - - " SetUpHotKeys: maps <F1> through <F4> to insert environments - " Description: - function! <SID>SetUpHotKeys() - let i = 1 - let envname = Tex_Strntok(g:Tex_HotKeyMappings, ',', i) - while envname != '' - - exec 'inoremap <silent> <buffer> <S-F'.i.'> <C-r>=Tex_PutEnvironment("'.envname.'")<CR>' - - let i = i + 1 - let envname = Tex_Strntok(g:Tex_HotKeyMappings, ',', i) - - endwhile - - endfunction - -endif - -" }}} -" Tex_SetFastEnvironmentMaps: function for setting up the <F5> and <S-F1>-<S-F4> keys {{{ -" Description: This function is made public so it can be called by the -" SetTeXOptions() function in main.vim -function! Tex_SetFastEnvironmentMaps() - if g:Tex_PromptedEnvironments != '' - call Tex_MakeMap("<F5>", "<Plug>Tex_FastEnvironmentInsert", 'i', '<silent> <buffer>') - call Tex_MakeMap("<F5>", "<Plug>Tex_FastEnvironmentInsert", 'n', '<silent> <buffer>') - call Tex_MakeMap("<F5>", "<Plug>Tex_FastEnvironmentInsert", 'v', '<silent> <buffer>') - call Tex_MakeMap("<S-F5>", "<Plug>Tex_FastEnvironmentChange", 'i', '<silent> <buffer>') - call Tex_MakeMap("<S-F5>", "<Plug>Tex_FastEnvironmentChange", 'n', '<silent> <buffer>') - endif - if g:Tex_HotKeyMappings != '' - call s:SetUpHotKeys() - endif -endfunction " }}} - -" ============================================================================== -" Contributions / Tex_InsertItem() from Johannes Tanzler -" ============================================================================== -" Tex_GetCurrentEnv: gets the current environment in which the cursor lies {{{ -" Description: handles cases such as: -" -" \begin{itemize} -" \item first item -" \item second item -" \begin{description} -" \item first desc -" \item second -" % Tex_GetCurrentEnv will return "description" when called from here -" \end{description} -" \item third item -" % Tex_GetCurrentEnv will return "itemize" when called from here -" \end{itemize} -" % Tex_GetCurrentEnv will return "" when called from here -" -" Author: Alan Schmitt -function! Tex_GetCurrentEnv() - let pos = Tex_GetPos() - let i = 0 - while 1 - let env_line = search('^[^%]*\\\%(begin\|end\){', 'bW') - if env_line == 0 - " we reached the beginning of the file, so we return the empty string - call Tex_SetPos(pos) - return '' - endif - if match(getline(env_line), '^[^%]*\\begin{') == -1 - " we found a \\end, so we keep searching - let i = i + 1 - continue - else - " we found a \\begin which has not been \\end'ed. we are done. - if i == 0 - let env = matchstr(getline(env_line), '\\begin{\zs.\{-}\ze}') - call Tex_SetPos(pos) - return env - else - " this \\begin closes a \\end, continue searching. - let i = i - 1 - continue - endif - endif - endwhile -endfunction -" }}} -" Tex_InsertItem: insert \item into a list {{{ -" Description: Find last \begin line, extract env name, return to the start -" position and insert proper \item, depending on env name. -" Env names are stored in g: variables it can be used by -" package files. - -TexLet g:Tex_ItemStyle_itemize = '\item ' -TexLet g:Tex_ItemStyle_enumerate = '\item ' -TexLet g:Tex_ItemStyle_theindex = '\item ' -TexLet g:Tex_ItemStyle_thebibliography = '\bibitem[<+biblabel+>]{<+bibkey+>} <++>' -TexLet g:Tex_ItemStyle_description = '\item[<+label+>] <++>' - -function! Tex_InsertItem() - " Get current enclosing environment - let env = Tex_GetCurrentEnv() - - if exists('g:Tex_ItemStyle_'.env) - return IMAP_PutTextWithMovement(g:Tex_ItemStyle_{env}) - else - return '' - endif -endfunction -" }}} -" Tex_SetItemMaps: sets the \item inserting maps for current buffer {{{ - -inoremap <script> <silent> <Plug>Tex_InsertItemOnThisLine <C-r>=Tex_InsertItem()<CR> -inoremap <script> <silent> <Plug>Tex_InsertItemOnNextLine <ESC>o<C-R>=Tex_InsertItem()<CR> - -function! Tex_SetItemMaps() - if !hasmapto("<Plug>Tex_InsertItemOnThisLine", "i") - imap <buffer> <M-i> <Plug>Tex_InsertItemOnThisLine - endif - if !hasmapto("<Plug>Tex_InsertItemOnNextLine", "i") - imap <buffer> <C-CR> <Plug>Tex_InsertItemOnNextLine - endif -endfunction " }}} - -" ============================================================================== -" Implementation of Fast Environment commands for LaTeX commands -" ============================================================================== -" Define certain commonly used command definitions {{{ - -TexLet g:Tex_Com_{'newtheorem'} = '\newtheorem{<+name+>}{<+caption+>}[<+within+>]' -TexLet g:Tex_Com_{'frac'} = '\frac{<+n+>}{<+d+>}<++>' - -" }}} -" PromptForCommand: prompts for a command {{{ -" Description: -function! PromptForCommand(ask) - let common_com_prompt = - \ Tex_CreatePrompt(g:Tex_PromptedCommands, 2, ',') . "\n" . - \ "Enter number or command name :" - - let inp = input(a:ask."\n".common_com_prompt) - if inp =~ '^[0-9]\+$' - let com = Tex_Strntok(g:Tex_PromptedCommands, ',', inp) - else - let com = inp - endif - - return com -endfunction " }}} -" Tex_DoCommand: fast insertion of commands {{{ -" Description: -" -function! Tex_DoCommand(isvisual) - " If the current line is empty or if a visual selection has been made, - " prompt for a new environment. - if getline('.') == '' || a:isvisual == 'yes' - let com = PromptForCommand('Choose a command to insert: ') - if com != '' - return Tex_PutCommand(com, a:isvisual) - else - return '' - endif - else - " We want to find out the word under the cursor without issuing - " any movement commands. - let presline = getline('.') - let c = col('.') - - let wordbef = matchstr(strpart(presline, 0, c-1), '\k\+\*\?$') - let wordaft = matchstr(strpart(presline, c-1), '^\k\+\*\?') - - let word = wordbef . wordaft - call Tex_Debug("Tex_DoCommand: wordbef = [".wordbef."], wordaft = [".wordaft."], word = [".word."]", 'env') - - " We use \<Del> instead of \<Bs> because \<Bs> does not work - " unless bs=2 - if word != '' - return substitute(wordbef, '.', "\<Left>", 'g') - \ . substitute(word, '.', "\<Del>", 'g') - \ . Tex_PutCommand(word, a:isvisual) - else - let cmd = PromptForCommand('Choose a command to insert: ') - if cmd != '' - return Tex_PutCommand(cmd, a:isvisual) - else - return '' - endif - endif - endif -endfunction " }}} -" Tex_PutCommand: calls various specialized functions {{{ -" Description: -" Based on input argument, it calls various specialized functions. -function! Tex_PutCommand(com, isvisual) - if a:isvisual == "yes" - if a:com == '$' - return VEnclose('$', '$', '$', '$') - elseif a:com == '\\(' - return VEnclose('\\(', '\\)', '\\(', '\\)') - else - return VEnclose("\\".a:com.'{', '}', "\\".a:com.'{', '}') - endif - else - if exists('b:Tex_Com_{"'.a:com.'"}') - return IMAP_PutTextWithMovement(b:Tex_Com_{a:com}) - elseif exists('g:Tex_Com_{"'.a:com.'"}') - return IMAP_PutTextWithMovement(g:Tex_Com_{a:com}) - elseif a:com == '$' - return IMAP_PutTextWithMovement('$<++>$') - else - return IMAP_PutTextWithMovement("\\".a:com.'{<++>}<++>') - endif - endif -endfunction " }}} -" Mapping the <F7> key to prompt/insert for command {{{ -" and <S-F7> to prompt/replace command -" -" g:Tex_PromptedCommands is a variable containing a comma seperated list -" of commands. -" -" Leaving this empty is equivalent to disabling the feature. -if g:Tex_PromptedCommands != '' - - let b:DoubleDollars = 0 - - inoremap <silent> <Plug>Tex_FastCommandInsert <C-r>=Tex_DoCommand('no')<cr> - nnoremap <silent> <Plug>Tex_FastCommandInsert i<C-r>=Tex_DoCommand('no')<cr> - vnoremap <silent> <Plug>Tex_FastCommandInsert <C-\><C-N>:call Tex_DoCommand('yes')<CR> - - inoremap <silent> <Plug>Tex_FastCommandChange <C-O>:call Tex_ChangeCommand('no')<CR> - nnoremap <silent> <Plug>Tex_FastCommandChange :call Tex_ChangeCommand('no')<CR> - - " Tex_ChangeCommand: calls ChangeCommand() to change the environment {{{ - " Description: - " Finds out which environment the cursor is positioned in and changes - " that to the chosen new environment. This function knows the changes - " which need to be made to change one env to another and calls - " ChangeCommand() with the info. - " - function! Tex_ChangeCommand(isvisual) - - let pos_com = Tex_GetPos() - - let com_line = searchpair('\\\k\{-}{', '', '}', 'b') - - if com_line != 0 - normal l - let com_name = expand('<cword>') - endif - - if !exists('com_name') - echomsg "You are not inside command" - call Tex_SetPos(pos_com) - return 0 - endif - - exe 'echomsg "You are within a '.com_name.' command."' - let change_com = PromptForCommand('Do you want to change it to (number or name)? ') - - if change_com == '' - call Tex_SetPos(pos_com) - return 0 - else - call <SID>ChangeCommand(change_com) - call Tex_SetPos(pos_com) - return 0 - endif - - endfunction - - " }}} - " ChangeCommand: Changes current command according to prompt menu {{{ - " Description: - " - function! s:ChangeCommand(newcom) - - exe 'normal! ct{'.a:newcom."\<Esc>" - - endfunction - " }}} - -endif - -" }}} -" Tex_SetFastCommandMaps: function for setting up the <F7> keys {{{ -" Description: This function is made public so it can be called by the -" SetTeXOptions() function in main.vim -function! Tex_SetFastCommandMaps() - if g:Tex_PromptedCommands != '' - if !hasmapto('<Plug>Tex_FastCommandInsert', 'i') - imap <silent> <buffer> <F7> <Plug>Tex_FastCommandInsert - endif - if !hasmapto('<Plug>Tex_FastCommandInsert', 'n') - nmap <silent> <buffer> <F7> <Plug>Tex_FastCommandInsert - endif - if !hasmapto('<Plug>Tex_FastCommandChange', 'i') - imap <silent> <buffer> <S-F7> <Plug>Tex_FastCommandChange - endif - if !hasmapto('<Plug>Tex_FastCommandChange', 'n') - nmap <silent> <buffer> <S-F7> <Plug>Tex_FastCommandChange - endif - if !hasmapto('<Plug>Tex_FastCommandInsert', 'v') - vmap <silent> <buffer> <F7> <Plug>Tex_FastCommandInsert - endif - endif -endfunction " }}} - -" SetEnvMacrosOptions: sets mappings for buffers {{{ -" " Description: -function! <SID>SetEnvMacrosOptions() - if exists('b:doneTexEnvMaps') - return - endif - let b:doneTexEnvMaps = 1 - if g:Tex_PromptedEnvironments != '' || g:Tex_HotKeyMappings != '' - call Tex_SetFastEnvironmentMaps() - endif - if g:Tex_PromptedCommands != '' - call Tex_SetFastCommandMaps() - endif - call Tex_SetItemMaps() -endfunction " }}} -" Catch the Filetype event so we set maps for each buffer {{{ -augroup LatexSuite - au LatexSuite User LatexSuiteFileType - \ call Tex_Debug('envmacros.vim: Catching LatexSuiteFileType event', 'env') | - \ call s:SetEnvMacrosOptions() -augroup END -" }}} - -" this statement has to be at the end. -let s:doneOnce = 1 - -" vim:fdm=marker:nowrap:noet:ff=unix diff --git a/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/folding.vim b/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/folding.vim deleted file mode 100644 index b65407c..0000000 --- a/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/folding.vim +++ /dev/null @@ -1,400 +0,0 @@ -"============================================================================= -" File: folding.vim -" Author: Srinath Avadhanula -" modifications/additions by Zhang Linbo -" Created: Tue Apr 23 05:00 PM 2002 PST -" -" Description: functions to interact with Syntaxfolds.vim -"============================================================================= - -nnoremap <unique> <Plug>Tex_RefreshFolds :call MakeTexFolds(1)<cr> - -augroup LatexSuite - au LatexSuite User LatexSuiteFileType - \ call Tex_Debug('folding.vim: catching LatexSuiteFileType', 'fold') | - \ call Tex_SetFoldOptions() -augroup END - -" Tex_SetFoldOptions: sets maps for every buffer {{{ -" Description: -function! Tex_SetFoldOptions() - if exists('b:doneSetFoldOptions') - return - endif - let b:doneSetFoldOptions = 1 - - setlocal foldtext=TexFoldTextFunction() - - if g:Tex_Folding && g:Tex_AutoFolding - call MakeTexFolds(0) - endif - - let s:ml = '<Leader>' - - call Tex_MakeMap(s:ml."rf", "<Plug>Tex_RefreshFolds", 'n', '<silent> <buffer>') - -endfunction " }}} -" Tex_FoldSections: creates section folds {{{ -" Author: Zhang Linbo -" Description: -" This function takes a comma seperated list of "sections" and creates fold -" definitions for them. The first item is supposed to be the "shallowest" field -" and the last is the "deepest". See g:Tex_FoldedSections for the default -" definition of the lst input argument. -" -" **works recursively** -function! Tex_FoldSections(lst, endpat) - let i = match(a:lst, ',') - if i > 0 - let s = strpart(a:lst, 0, i) - else - let s = a:lst - endif - if s =~ '%%fakesection' - let s = '^\s*' . s - else - let pattern = '' - let prefix = '' - for label in split(s, "|") - let pattern .= prefix . '^\s*\\' . label . '\W\|^\s*%%fake' . label - let prefix = '\W\|' - endfor - let s = pattern - endif - let endpat = s . '\|' . a:endpat - if i > 0 - call Tex_FoldSections(strpart(a:lst,i+1), endpat) - endif - let endpat = '^\s*\\appendix\W\|' . endpat - call AddSyntaxFoldItem(s, endpat, 0, -1) -endfunction -" }}} -" MakeTexFolds: function to create fold items for latex. {{{ -" -" used in conjunction with MakeSyntaxFolds(). -" see ../plugin/syntaxFolds.vim for documentation -function! MakeTexFolds(force) - if exists('g:Tex_Folding') && !g:Tex_Folding - return - endif - if &ft != 'tex' - return - end - - " Setup folded items lists g:Tex_Foldedxxxx - " 1. Use default value if g:Tex_Foldedxxxxxx is not defined - " 2. prepend default value to g:Tex_Foldedxxxxxx if it starts with ',' - " 3. append default value to g:Tex_Foldedxxxxxx if it ends with ',' - - " Folding items which are not caught in any of the standard commands, - " environments or sections. - let s = 'item,slide,preamble,<<<' - if !exists('g:Tex_FoldedMisc') - let g:Tex_FoldedMisc = s - elseif g:Tex_FoldedMisc[0] == ',' - let g:Tex_FoldedMisc = s . g:Tex_FoldedMisc - elseif g:Tex_FoldedMisc =~ ',$' - let g:Tex_FoldedMisc = g:Tex_FoldedMisc . s - endif - - " By default do not fold any commands. It looks like trying to fold - " commands is a difficult problem since commands can be arbitrarily nested - " and the end patterns are not unique unlike the case of environments. - " For this to work well, we need a regexp which will match a line only if - " a command begins on that line but does not end on that line. This - " requires a regexp which will match unbalanced curly braces and that is - " apparently not doable with regexps. - let s = '' - if !exists('g:Tex_FoldedCommands') - let g:Tex_FoldedCommands = s - elseif g:Tex_FoldedCommands[0] == ',' - let g:Tex_FoldedCommands = s . g:Tex_FoldedCommands - elseif g:Tex_FoldedCommands =~ ',$' - let g:Tex_FoldedCommands = g:Tex_FoldedCommands . s - endif - - let s = 'verbatim,comment,eq,gather,align,figure,table,thebibliography,' - \. 'keywords,abstract,titlepage' - if !exists('g:Tex_FoldedEnvironments') - let g:Tex_FoldedEnvironments = s - elseif g:Tex_FoldedEnvironments[0] == ',' - let g:Tex_FoldedEnvironments = s . g:Tex_FoldedEnvironments - elseif g:Tex_FoldedEnvironments =~ ',$' - let g:Tex_FoldedEnvironments = g:Tex_FoldedEnvironments . s - endif - - if !exists('g:Tex_FoldedSections') - let g:Tex_FoldedSections = 'part,chapter,section,' - \. 'subsection,subsubsection,paragraph' - endif - - " the order in which these calls are made decides the nestedness. in - " latex, a table environment will always be embedded in either an item or - " a section etc. not the other way around. so we first fold up all the - " tables. and then proceed with the other regions. - - let b:numFoldItems = 0 - - " ======================================================================== - " How to add new folding items {{{ - " ======================================================================== - " - " Each of the following function calls defines a syntax fold region. Each - " definition consists of a call to the AddSyntaxFoldItem() function. - " - " The order in which the folds are defined is important. Juggling the - " order of the function calls will create havoc with folding. The - " "deepest" folding item needs to be called first. For example, if - " the \begin{table} environment is a subset (or lies within) the \section - " environment, then add the definition for the \table first. - " - " The AddSyntaxFoldItem() function takes either 4 or 6 arguments. When it - " is called with 4 arguments, it is equivalent to calling it with 6 - " arguments with the last two left blank (i.e as empty strings) - " - " The explanation for each argument is as follows: - " startpat: a line matching this pattern defines the beginning of a fold. - " endpat : a line matching this pattern defines the end of a fold. - " startoff: this is the offset from the starting line at which folding will - " actually start - " endoff : like startoff, but gives the offset of the actual fold end from - " the line satisfying endpat. - " startoff and endoff are necessary when the folding region does - " not have a specific end pattern corresponding to a start - " pattern. for example in latex, - " \begin{section} - " defines the beginning of a section, but its not necessary to - " have a corresponding - " \end{section} - " the section is assumed to end 1 line _before_ another section - " starts. - " startskip: a pattern which defines the beginning of a "skipped" region. - " - " For example, suppose we define a \itemize fold as follows: - " startpat = '^\s*\\item', - " endpat = '^\s*\\item\|^\s*\\end{\(enumerate\|itemize\|description\)}', - " startoff = 0, - " endoff = -1 - " - " This defines a fold which starts with a line beginning with an - " \item and ending one line before a line beginning with an - " \item or \end{enumerate} etc. - " - " Then, as long as \item's are not nested things are fine. - " However, once items begin to nest, the fold started by one - " \item can end because of an \item in an \itemize - " environment within this \item. i.e, the following can happen: - " - " \begin{itemize} - " \item Some text <------- fold will start here - " This item will contain a nested item - " \begin{itemize} <----- fold will end here because next line contains \item... - " \item Hello - " \end{itemize} <----- ... instead of here. - " \item Next item of the parent itemize - " \end{itemize} - " - " Therefore, in order to completely define a folding item which - " allows nesting, we need to also define a "skip" pattern. - " startskip and end skip do that. - " Leave '' when there is no nesting. - " endskip: the pattern which defines the end of the "skip" pattern for - " nested folds. - " - " Example: - " 1. A syntax fold region for a latex section is - " startpat = "\\section{" - " endpat = "\\section{" - " startoff = 0 - " endoff = -1 - " startskip = '' - " endskip = '' - " Note that the start and end patterns are thus the same and endoff has a - " negative value to capture the effect of a section ending one line before - " the next starts. - " 2. A syntax fold region for the \itemize environment is: - " startpat = '^\s*\\item', - " endpat = '^\s*\\item\|^\s*\\end{\(enumerate\|itemize\|description\)}', - " startoff = 0, - " endoff = -1, - " startskip = '^\s*\\begin{\(enumerate\|itemize\|description\)}', - " endskip = '^\s*\\end{\(enumerate\|itemize\|description\)}' - " Note the use of startskip and endskip to allow nesting. - " - " - " }}} - " ======================================================================== - - " {{{ comment lines - if g:Tex_FoldedMisc =~ '\<comments\>' - call AddSyntaxFoldItem ( - \ '^%\([^%]\|[^f]\|[^a]\|[^k]\|[^e]\)', - \ '^[^%]', - \ 0, - \ -1 - \ ) - endif - " }}} - - " {{{ items - if g:Tex_FoldedMisc =~ '\<item\>' - call AddSyntaxFoldItem ( - \ '^\s*\\item', - \ '^\s*\\item\|^\s*\\end{\(enumerate\|itemize\|description\)}', - \ 0, - \ -1, - \ '^\s*\\begin{\(enumerate\|itemize\|description\)}', - \ '^\s*\\end{\(enumerate\|itemize\|description\)}' - \ ) - endif - " }}} - - " {{{ title - if g:Tex_FoldedMisc =~ '\<title\>' - call AddSyntaxFoldItem ( - \ '^\s*\\title\W', - \ '^\s*\\maketitle', - \ 0, - \ 0 - \ ) - endif - " }}} - - " Commands and Environments {{{ - " Fold the commands and environments in 2 passes. - let pass = 0 - while pass < 2 - if pass == 0 - let lst = g:Tex_FoldedCommands - else - let lst = g:Tex_FoldedEnvironments - endif - while lst != '' - let i = match(lst, ',') - if i > 0 - let s = strpart(lst, 0, i) - let lst = strpart(lst, i+1) - else - let s = lst - let lst = '' - endif - if s != '' - if pass == 0 - " NOTE: This pattern ensures that a command which is - " terminated on the same line will not start a fold. - " However, it will also refuse to fold certain commands - " which have not terminated. eg: - " \commandname{something \bf{text} and - " will _not_ start a fold. - " In other words, the pattern is safe, but not exact. - call AddSyntaxFoldItem('^\s*\\'.s.'{[^{}]*$','^[^}]*}',0,0) - else - call AddSyntaxFoldItem('^\s*\\begin{'.s,'\(^\|\s\)\s*\\end{'.s,0,0) - endif - endif - endwhile - let pass = pass + 1 - endwhile - " }}} - - " Sections {{{ - if g:Tex_FoldedSections != '' - call Tex_FoldSections(g:Tex_FoldedSections, - \ '^\s*\\frontmatter\|^\s*\\mainmatter\|^\s*\\backmatter\|' - \. '^\s*\\begin{thebibliography\|>>>\|^\s*\\endinput\|' - \. '^\s*\\begin{slide\|^\s*\\end{document') - endif - " }}} - - " {{{ slide - if g:Tex_FoldedMisc =~ '\<slide\>' - call AddSyntaxFoldItem ( - \ '^\s*\\begin{slide', - \ '^\s*\\appendix\W\|^\s*\\chapter\W\|^\s*\\end{slide\|^\s*\\end{document', - \ 0, - \ 0 - \ ) - endif - " }}} - - " {{{ preamble - if g:Tex_FoldedMisc =~ '\<preamble\>' - call AddSyntaxFoldItem ( - \ '^\s*\\document\(class\|style\).*{', - \ '^\s*\\begin{document}', - \ 0, - \ -1 - \ ) - endif - " }}} - - " Manually folded regions {{{ - if g:Tex_FoldedMisc =~ '\(^\|,\)<<<\(,\|$\)' - call AddSyntaxFoldItem ( - \ '<<<', - \ '>>>', - \ 0, - \ 0 - \ ) - endif - " }}} - - call MakeSyntaxFolds(a:force) - normal! zv -endfunction - -" }}} -" TexFoldTextFunction: create fold text for folds {{{ -function! TexFoldTextFunction() - let leadingSpace = matchstr(' ', ' \{,'.indent(v:foldstart).'}') - if getline(v:foldstart) =~ '^\s*\\begin{' - let header = matchstr(getline(v:foldstart), - \ '^\s*\\begin{\zs\([:alpha:]*\)[^}]*\ze}') - let caption = '' - let label = '' - let i = v:foldstart - while i <= v:foldend - if getline(i) =~ '\\caption' - " distinguish between - " \caption{fulldesc} - fulldesc will be displayed - " \caption[shortdesc]{fulldesc} - shortdesc will be displayed - if getline(i) =~ '\\caption\[' - let caption = matchstr(getline(i), '\\caption\[\zs[^\]]*') - let caption = substitute(caption, '\zs\]{.*}[^}]*$', '', '') - else - let caption = matchstr(getline(i), '\\caption{\zs.*') - let caption = substitute(caption, '\zs}[^}]*$', '', '') - end - elseif getline(i) =~ '\\label' - let label = matchstr(getline(i), '\\label{\zs.*') - " :FIXME: this does not work when \label contains a - " newline or a }-character - let label = substitute(label, '\([^}]*\)}.*$', '\1', '') - end - - let i = i + 1 - endwhile - - let ftxto = foldtext() - " if no caption found, then use the second line. - if caption == '' - let caption = getline(v:foldstart + 1) - end - - let retText = matchstr(ftxto, '^[^:]*').': '.header. - \ ' ('.label.'): '.caption - return leadingSpace.retText - - elseif getline(v:foldstart) =~ '^%' && getline(v:foldstart) !~ '^%%fake' - let ftxto = foldtext() - return leadingSpace.substitute(ftxto, ':', ': % ', '') - elseif getline(v:foldstart) =~ '^\s*\\document\(class\|style\).*{' - let ftxto = leadingSpace.foldtext() - return substitute(ftxto, ':', ': Preamble: ', '') - else - return leadingSpace.foldtext() - end -endfunction -" }}} - -" vim:fdm=marker:ff=unix:noet:ts=4:sw=4 diff --git a/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/macros/example b/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/macros/example deleted file mode 100644 index 395311f..0000000 --- a/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/macros/example +++ /dev/null @@ -1,11 +0,0 @@ -% my long complicated macro. This is an example of how to set up a -% tex-macro for latex-suite. simply type in the lines as you would in -% latex. Place holders are allowed. -% NOTE: if you have filetype indentation turned on, then do not do -% formatting here. the indentation will follow automatically... -\begin{mycomplicatedenvironment} -\mycommand1{<++>} -\mycommand2{<+hint2+>} -\mycommand3{<++>} -\mycommand4{<++>} -\end{mycomplicatedenvironment}<++> diff --git a/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/main.vim b/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/main.vim deleted file mode 100644 index 65588c9..0000000 --- a/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/main.vim +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1041 +0,0 @@ -" LaTeX filetype -" Language: LaTeX (ft=tex) -" Maintainer: Srinath Avadhanula -" URL: - -" line continuation used here. -let s:save_cpo = &cpo -set cpo&vim - -" avoiding re-inclusion {{{ -" the avoiding re-inclusion statement is not provided here because the files -" which call this file should in the normal course of events handle the -" re-inclusion stuff. - -" we definitely dont want to run through the entire file each and every time. -" only once to define the functions. for successive latex files, just set up -" the folding and mappings and quit. -if exists('s:doneFunctionDefinitions') && !exists('b:forceRedoLocalTex') - call s:SetTeXOptions() - finish -endif - -let s:doneFunctionDefinitions = 1 - -" get the place where this plugin resides for setting cpt and dict options. -" these lines need to be outside the function. -let s:path = expand('<sfile>:p:h') -" set up personal defaults. -runtime ftplugin/tex/texrc -" set up global defaults. -exe "so ".fnameescape(s:path.'/texrc') - -" }}} - -nmap <silent> <script> <plug> i -imap <silent> <script> <C-o><plug> <Nop> - -" ============================================================================== -" mappings -" ============================================================================== -" {{{ -" calculate the mapleader character. -let s:ml = '<Leader>' - -if !exists('s:doneMappings') - let s:doneMappings = 1 - " short forms for latex formatting and math elements. {{{ - " taken from auctex.vim or miktexmacros.vim - call IMAP ('__', '_{<++>}<++>', "tex") - call IMAP ('()', '(<++>)<++>', "tex") - call IMAP ('[]', '[<++>]<++>', "tex") - call IMAP ('{}', '{<++>}<++>', "tex") - call IMAP ('^^', '^{<++>}<++>', "tex") - call IMAP ('$$', '$<++>$<++>', "tex") - call IMAP ('==', '&=& ', "tex") - call IMAP ('~~', '&\approx& ', "tex") - call IMAP ('=~', '\approx', "tex") - call IMAP ('::', '\dots', "tex") - call IMAP ('((', '\left( <++> \right)<++>', "tex") - call IMAP ('[[', '\left[ <++> \right]<++>', "tex") - call IMAP ('{{', '\left\{ <++> \right\}<++>', "tex") - call IMAP (g:Tex_Leader.'^', '\hat{<++>}<++>', "tex") - call IMAP (g:Tex_Leader.'_', '\bar{<++>}<++>', "tex") - call IMAP (g:Tex_Leader.'6', '\partial', "tex") - call IMAP (g:Tex_Leader.'8', '\infty', "tex") - call IMAP (g:Tex_Leader.'/', '\frac{<++>}{<++>}<++>', "tex") - call IMAP (g:Tex_Leader.'%', '\frac{<++>}{<++>}<++>', "tex") - call IMAP (g:Tex_Leader.'@', '\circ', "tex") - call IMAP (g:Tex_Leader.'0', '^\circ', "tex") - call IMAP (g:Tex_Leader.'=', '\equiv', "tex") - call IMAP (g:Tex_Leader."\\",'\setminus', "tex") - call IMAP (g:Tex_Leader.'.', '\cdot', "tex") - call IMAP (g:Tex_Leader.'*', '\times', "tex") - call IMAP (g:Tex_Leader.'&', '\wedge', "tex") - call IMAP (g:Tex_Leader.'-', '\bigcap', "tex") - call IMAP (g:Tex_Leader.'+', '\bigcup', "tex") - call IMAP (g:Tex_Leader.'M', '\sum_{<++>}^{<++>}<++>', 'tex') - call IMAP (g:Tex_Leader.'S', '\sum_{<++>}^{<++>}<++>', 'tex') - call IMAP (g:Tex_Leader.'(', '\subset', "tex") - call IMAP (g:Tex_Leader.')', '\supset', "tex") - call IMAP (g:Tex_Leader.'<', '\le', "tex") - call IMAP (g:Tex_Leader.'>', '\ge', "tex") - call IMAP (g:Tex_Leader.',', '\nonumber', "tex") - call IMAP (g:Tex_Leader.'~', '\tilde{<++>}<++>', "tex") - call IMAP (g:Tex_Leader.';', '\dot{<++>}<++>', "tex") - call IMAP (g:Tex_Leader.':', '\ddot{<++>}<++>', "tex") - call IMAP (g:Tex_Leader.'2', '\sqrt{<++>}<++>', "tex") - call IMAP (g:Tex_Leader.'|', '\Big|', "tex") - call IMAP (g:Tex_Leader.'I', "\\int_{<++>}^{<++>}<++>", 'tex') - " }}} - " Greek Letters {{{ - call IMAP(g:Tex_Leader.'a', '\alpha', 'tex') - call IMAP(g:Tex_Leader.'b', '\beta', 'tex') - call IMAP(g:Tex_Leader.'c', '\chi', 'tex') - call IMAP(g:Tex_Leader.'d', '\delta', 'tex') - call IMAP(g:Tex_Leader.'e', '\varepsilon', 'tex') - call IMAP(g:Tex_Leader.'f', '\varphi', 'tex') - call IMAP(g:Tex_Leader.'g', '\gamma', 'tex') - call IMAP(g:Tex_Leader.'h', '\eta', 'tex') - call IMAP(g:Tex_Leader.'k', '\kappa', 'tex') - call IMAP(g:Tex_Leader.'l', '\lambda', 'tex') - call IMAP(g:Tex_Leader.'m', '\mu', 'tex') - call IMAP(g:Tex_Leader.'n', '\nu', 'tex') - call IMAP(g:Tex_Leader.'p', '\pi', 'tex') - call IMAP(g:Tex_Leader.'q', '\theta', 'tex') - call IMAP(g:Tex_Leader.'r', '\rho', 'tex') - call IMAP(g:Tex_Leader.'s', '\sigma', 'tex') - call IMAP(g:Tex_Leader.'t', '\tau', 'tex') - call IMAP(g:Tex_Leader.'u', '\upsilon', 'tex') - call IMAP(g:Tex_Leader.'v', '\varsigma', 'tex') - call IMAP(g:Tex_Leader.'w', '\omega', 'tex') - call IMAP(g:Tex_Leader.'w', '\wedge', 'tex') " AUCTEX style - call IMAP(g:Tex_Leader.'x', '\xi', 'tex') - call IMAP(g:Tex_Leader.'y', '\psi', 'tex') - call IMAP(g:Tex_Leader.'z', '\zeta', 'tex') - " not all capital greek letters exist in LaTeX! - " reference: http://www.giss.nasa.gov/latex/ltx-405.html - call IMAP(g:Tex_Leader.'D', '\Delta', 'tex') - call IMAP(g:Tex_Leader.'F', '\Phi', 'tex') - call IMAP(g:Tex_Leader.'G', '\Gamma', 'tex') - call IMAP(g:Tex_Leader.'Q', '\Theta', 'tex') - call IMAP(g:Tex_Leader.'L', '\Lambda', 'tex') - call IMAP(g:Tex_Leader.'X', '\Xi', 'tex') - call IMAP(g:Tex_Leader.'Y', '\Psi', 'tex') - call IMAP(g:Tex_Leader.'S', '\Sigma', 'tex') - call IMAP(g:Tex_Leader.'U', '\Upsilon', 'tex') - call IMAP(g:Tex_Leader.'W', '\Omega', 'tex') - " }}} - " ProtectLetters: sets up indentity maps for things like ``a {{{ - " " Description: If we simply do - " call IMAP('`a', '\alpha', 'tex') - " then we will never be able to type 'a' after a tex-quotation. Since - " IMAP() always uses the longest map ending in the letter, this problem - " can be avoided by creating a fake map for ``a -> ``a. - " This function sets up fake maps of the following forms: - " ``[aA] -> ``[aA] (for writing in quotations) - " \`[aA] -> \`[aA] (for writing diacritics) - " "`[aA] -> "`[aA] (for writing german quotations) - " It does this for all printable lower ascii characters just to make sure - " we dont let anything slip by. - function! s:ProtectLetters(first, last) - let i = a:first - while i <= a:last - if nr2char(i) =~ '[[:print:]]' - call IMAP('``'.nr2char(i), '``'.nr2char(i), 'tex') - call IMAP('\`'.nr2char(i), '\`'.nr2char(i), 'tex') - call IMAP('"`'.nr2char(i), '"`'.nr2char(i), 'tex') - endif - let i = i + 1 - endwhile - endfunction - call s:ProtectLetters(32, 127) - " }}} - " vmaps: enclose selected region in brackets, environments {{{ - " The action changes depending on whether the selection is character-wise - " or line wise. for example, selecting linewise and pressing \v will - " result in the region being enclosed in \begin{verbatim}, \end{verbatim}, - " whereas in characterise visual mode, the thingie is enclosed in \verb| - " and |. - exec 'vnoremap <silent> '.g:Tex_Leader."( \<C-\\>\<C-N>:call VEnclose('\\left( ', ' \\right)', '\\left(', '\\right)')\<CR>" - exec 'vnoremap <silent> '.g:Tex_Leader."[ \<C-\\>\<C-N>:call VEnclose('\\left[ ', ' \\right]', '\\left[', '\\right]')\<CR>" - exec 'vnoremap <silent> '.g:Tex_Leader."{ \<C-\\>\<C-N>:call VEnclose('\\left\\{ ', ' \\right\\}', '\\left\\{', '\\right\\}')\<CR>" - exec 'vnoremap <silent> '.g:Tex_Leader."$ \<C-\\>\<C-N>:call VEnclose('$', '$', '\\[', '\\]')\<CR>" - " }}} -end - -" }}} - -" ============================================================================== -" Helper functions for debugging -" ============================================================================== -" Tex_Debug: appends the argument into s:debugString {{{ -" Description: -" -" Do not want a memory leak! Set this to zero so that latex-suite always -" starts out in a non-debugging mode. -if !exists('g:Tex_Debug') - let g:Tex_Debug = 0 -endif -function! Tex_Debug(str, ...) - if !g:Tex_Debug - return - endif - if a:0 > 0 - let pattern = a:1 - else - let pattern = '' - endif - if !exists('s:debugString_'.pattern) - let s:debugString_{pattern} = '' - endif - let s:debugString_{pattern} = s:debugString_{pattern}.a:str."\n" - - let s:debugString_ = (exists('s:debugString_') ? s:debugString_ : '') - \ . pattern.' : '.a:str."\n" - - if Tex_GetVarValue('Tex_DebugLog') != '' - exec 'redir! >> '.Tex_GetVarValue('Tex_DebugLog') - silent! echo pattern.' : '.a:str - redir END - endif -endfunction " }}} -" Tex_PrintDebug: prings s:debugString {{{ -" Description: -" -function! Tex_PrintDebug(...) - if a:0 > 0 - let pattern = a:1 - else - let pattern = '' - endif - if exists('s:debugString_'.pattern) - echo s:debugString_{pattern} - endif -endfunction " }}} -" Tex_ClearDebug: clears the s:debugString string {{{ -" Description: -" -function! Tex_ClearDebug(...) - if a:0 > 0 - let pattern = a:1 - else - let pattern = '' - endif - if exists('s:debugString_'.pattern) - let s:debugString_{pattern} = '' - endif -endfunction " }}} -" Tex_ShowVariableValue: debugging help {{{ -" provides a way to examine script local variables from outside the script. -" very handy for debugging. -function! Tex_ShowVariableValue(...) - let i = 1 - while i <= a:0 - exe 'let arg = a:'.i - if exists('s:'.arg) || - \ exists('*s:'.arg) - exe 'let val = s:'.arg - echomsg 's:'.arg.' = '.val - end - let i = i + 1 - endwhile -endfunction - -" }}} - -" ============================================================================== -" Helper functions for grepping -" ============================================================================== -" Tex_Grep: shorthand for :grep or :vimgrep {{{ -function! Tex_Grep(string, where) - if v:version >= 700 - exec 'silent! vimgrep! /'.a:string.'/ '.a:where - else - exec 'silent! grep! '.Tex_EscapeForGrep(a:string).' '.a:where - endif -endfunction - -" }}} -" Tex_Grepadd: shorthand for :grepadd or :vimgrepadd {{{ -function! Tex_Grepadd(string, where) - if v:version >= 700 - exec 'silent! vimgrepadd! /'.a:string.'/ '.a:where - else - exec "silent! grepadd! ".Tex_EscapeForGrep(a:string).' '.a:where - endif -endfunction - -" }}} -" Tex_EscapeForGrep: escapes back-slashes and doublequotes the correct number of times {{{ -" Description: This command escapes the backslash and double quotes in a -" search pattern the correct number of times so it can be used in the ``:grep`` -" command. This command is meant to be used as:: -" -" exec "silent! grep ".Tex_EscapeForGrep(pattern)." file" -" -" The input argument to this function should be the string which you want -" the external command to finally see. For example, to search for a string -" ``'\bibitem'``, the grep command needs to be passed a string like -" ``'\\bibitem'``. Examples:: -" -" Tex_EscapeForGrep('\\bibitem') " correct -" Tex_EscapeForGrep('\bibitem') " wrong -" Tex_EscapeForGrep("\\bibitem") " wrong -" Tex_EscapeForGrep('\<word\>') " correct -" -function! Tex_EscapeForGrep(string) - let retVal = a:string - - " The shell halves the backslashes. - if &shell =~ 'sh' - let retVal = escape(retVal, "\\") - - " If shellxquote is set, then the backslashes are halved yet again. - if &shellxquote == '"' - let retVal = escape(retVal, "\"\\") - endif - - endif - " escape special characters which bash/cmd.exe might interpret - let retVal = escape(retVal, "<>") - - return retVal -endfunction " }}} - -" ============================================================================== -" Uncategorized helper functions -" ============================================================================== -" Tex_Strntok: extract the n^th token from a list {{{ -" example: Strntok('1,23,3', ',', 2) = 23 -fun! Tex_Strntok(s, tok, n) - return matchstr( a:s.a:tok[0], '\v(\zs([^'.a:tok.']*)\ze['.a:tok.']){'.a:n.'}') -endfun - -" }}} -" Tex_CreatePrompt: creates a prompt string {{{ -" Description: -" Arguments: -" promptList: This is a string of the form: -" 'item1,item2,item3,item4' -" cols: the number of columns in the resultant prompt -" sep: the list seperator token -" -" Example: -" Tex_CreatePrompt('item1,item2,item3,item4', 2, ',') -" returns -" "(1) item1\t(2)item2\n(3)item3\t(4)item4" -" -" This string can be used in the input() function. -function! Tex_CreatePrompt(promptList, cols, sep) - - let g:listSep = a:sep - let num_common = GetListCount(a:promptList) - - let i = 1 - let promptStr = "" - - while i <= num_common - - let j = 0 - while j < a:cols && i + j <= num_common - let com = Tex_Strntok(a:promptList, a:sep, i+j) - let promptStr = promptStr.'('.(i+j).') '. - \ com."\t".( strlen(com) < 4 ? "\t" : '' ) - - let j = j + 1 - endwhile - - let promptStr = promptStr."\n" - - let i = i + a:cols - endwhile - return promptStr -endfunction - -" }}} -" Tex_CleanSearchHistory: removes last search item from search history {{{ -" Description: This function needs to be globally visible because its -" called from outside the script during expansion. -function! Tex_CleanSearchHistory() - call histdel("/", -1) - let @/ = histget("/", -1) -endfunction -nmap <silent> <script> <plug>cleanHistory :call Tex_CleanSearchHistory()<CR> - -" }}} -" Tex_GetVarValue: gets the value of the variable {{{ -" Description: -" See if a window-local, buffer-local or global variable with the given name -" exists and if so, returns the corresponding value. If none exist, return -" an empty string. -function! Tex_GetVarValue(varname, ...) - if exists('w:'.a:varname) - return w:{a:varname} - elseif exists('b:'.a:varname) - return b:{a:varname} - elseif exists('g:'.a:varname) - return g:{a:varname} - elseif a:0 > 0 - return a:1 - else - return '' - endif -endfunction " }}} -" Tex_GetMainFileName: gets the name of the main file being compiled. {{{ -" Description: returns the full path name of the main file. -" This function checks for the existence of a .latexmain file -" which might point to the location of a "main" latex file. -" If .latexmain exists, then return the full path name of the -" file being pointed to by it. -" -" Otherwise, return the full path name of the current buffer. -" -" You can supply an optional "modifier" argument to the -" function, which will optionally modify the file name before -" returning. -" NOTE: From version 1.6 onwards, this function always trims -" away the .latexmain part of the file name before applying the -" modifier argument. -function! Tex_GetMainFileName(...) - if a:0 > 0 - let modifier = a:1 - else - let modifier = ':p' - endif - - " If the user wants to use his own way to specify the main file name, then - " use it straight away. - if Tex_GetVarValue('Tex_MainFileExpression') != '' - exec 'let retval = '.Tex_GetVarValue('Tex_MainFileExpression') - return retval - endif - - let s:origdir = fnameescape(getcwd()) - - let dirmodifier = '%:p:h' - let dirLast = fnameescape(expand(dirmodifier)) - exe 'cd '.dirLast - - " move up the directory tree until we find a .latexmain file. - " TODO: Should we be doing this recursion by default, or should there be a - " setting? - while glob('*.latexmain') == '' - let dirmodifier = dirmodifier.':h' - let dirNew = fnameescape(expand(dirmodifier)) - " break from the loop if we cannot go up any further. - if dirNew == dirLast - break - endif - let dirLast = dirNew - exe 'cd '.dirLast - endwhile - - let lheadfile = glob('*.latexmain') - if lheadfile != '' - " Remove the trailing .latexmain part of the filename... We never want - " that. - let lheadfile = fnamemodify(substitute(lheadfile, '\.latexmain$', '', ''), modifier) - else - " If we cannot find any main file, just modify the filename of the - " current buffer. - let lheadfile = expand('%'.modifier) - endif - - exe 'cd '.s:origdir - - " NOTE: The caller of this function needs to escape the file name with - " fnameescape() . The reason its not done here is that escaping is not - " safe if this file is to be used as part of an external command on - " certain platforms. - return lheadfile -endfunction - -" }}} -" Tex_ChooseFromPrompt: process a user input to a prompt string {{{ -" " Description: -function! Tex_ChooseFromPrompt(dialog, list, sep) - let g:Tex_ASDF = a:dialog - let inp = input(a:dialog) - if inp =~ '\d\+' - return Tex_Strntok(a:list, a:sep, inp) - else - return inp - endif -endfunction " }}} -" Tex_ChooseFile: produces a file list and prompts for choice {{{ -" Description: -function! Tex_ChooseFile(dialog) - let files = glob('*') - if files == '' - return '' - endif - let s:incnum = 0 - echo a:dialog - let filenames = substitute(files, "\\v(^|\n)", "\\=submatch(0).Tex_IncrementNumber(1).' : '", 'g') - echo filenames - let choice = input('Enter Choice : ') - let g:choice = choice - if choice == '' - return '' - endif - if choice =~ '^\s*\d\+\s*$' - let retval = Tex_Strntok(files, "\n", choice) - else - let filescomma = substitute(files, "\n", ",", "g") - let retval = GetListMatchItem(filescomma, choice) - endif - if retval == '' - return '' - endif - return retval -endfunction - -" }}} -" Tex_IncrementNumber: returns an incremented number each time {{{ -" Description: -let s:incnum = 0 -function! Tex_IncrementNumber(increm) - let s:incnum = s:incnum + a:increm - return s:incnum -endfunction - -" }}} -" Tex_ResetIncrementNumber: increments s:incnum to zero {{{ -" Description: -function! Tex_ResetIncrementNumber(val) - let s:incnum = a:val -endfunction " }}} -" Tex_FindInRtp: check if file exists in &rtp {{{ -" Description: Checks if file exists in globpath(&rtp, ...) and cuts off the -" rest of returned names. This guarantees that sourced file is -" from $HOME. -" If an optional argument is given, it specifies how to expand -" each filename found. For example, '%:p' will return a list of -" the complete paths to the files. By default returns trailing -" path-names without extenions. -" NOTE: This function is very slow when a large number of -" matches are found because of a while loop which modifies -" each filename found. Some speedup was acheived by using -" a tokenizer approach rather than using Tex_Strntok which -" would have been more obvious. -function! Tex_FindInRtp(filename, directory, ...) - " how to expand each filename. ':p:t:r' modifies each filename to its - " trailing part without extension. - let expand = (a:0 > 0 ? a:1 : ':p:t:r') - " The pattern used... An empty filename should be regarded as '*' - let pattern = (a:filename != '' ? a:filename : '*') - - let filelist = globpath(&rtp, 'ftplugin/latex-suite/'.a:directory.'/'.pattern)."\n" - - if filelist == "\n" - return '' - endif - - if a:filename != '' - return fnamemodify(Tex_Strntok(filelist, "\n", 1), expand) - endif - - " Now cycle through the files modifying each filename in the desired - " manner. - let retfilelist = '' - let i = 1 - while 1 - " Extract the portion till the next newline. Then shorten the filelist - " by removing till the newline. - let nextnewline = stridx(filelist, "\n") - if nextnewline == -1 - break - endif - let filename = strpart(filelist, 0, nextnewline) - let filelist = strpart(filelist, nextnewline+1) - - " The actual modification. - if fnamemodify(filename, expand) != '' - let retfilelist = retfilelist.fnamemodify(filename, expand)."," - endif - let i = i + 1 - endwhile - - return substitute(retfilelist, ',$', '', '') -endfunction - -" }}} -" Tex_GetErrorList: returns vim's clist {{{ -" Description: returns the contents of the error list available via the :clist -" command. -function! Tex_GetErrorList() - let _a = @a - redir @a | silent! clist | redir END - let errlist = @a - let @a = _a - - if errlist =~ 'E42: ' - let errlist = '' - endif - - return errlist -endfunction " }}} -" Tex_GetTempName: get the name of a temporary file in specified directory {{{ -" Description: Unlike vim's native tempname(), this function returns the name -" of a temporary file in the directory specified. This enables -" us to create temporary files in a specified directory. -function! Tex_GetTempName(dirname) - let prefix = 'latexSuiteTemp' - let slash = (a:dirname =~ '\\\|/$' ? '' : '/') - let i = 0 - while filereadable(a:dirname.slash.prefix.i.'.tex') && i < 1000 - let i = i + 1 - endwhile - if filereadable(a:dirname.slash.prefix.i.'.tex') - echoerr "Temporary file could not be created in ".a:dirname - return '' - endif - return expand(a:dirname.slash.prefix.i.'.tex', ':p') -endfunction -" }}} -" Tex_MakeMap: creates a mapping from lhs to rhs if rhs is not already mapped {{{ -" Description: -function! Tex_MakeMap(lhs, rhs, mode, extraargs) - if !hasmapto(a:rhs, a:mode) - exec a:mode.'map '.a:extraargs.' '.a:lhs.' '.a:rhs - endif -endfunction " }}} -" Tex_CD: cds to given directory escaping spaces if necessary {{{ -" " Description: -function! Tex_CD(dirname) - exec 'cd '.Tex_EscapeSpaces(a:dirname) -endfunction " }}} -" Tex_EscapeSpaces: escapes unescaped spaces from a path name {{{ -" Description: -function! Tex_EscapeSpaces(path) - return substitute(a:path, '[^\\]\(\\\\\)*\zs ', '\\ ', 'g') -endfunction " }}} -" Tex_FindFile: finds a file in the vim's 'path' {{{ -" Description: finds a file in vim's 'path' -function! Tex_FindFile(fname, path, suffixesadd) - if exists('*findfile') - let _suffixesadd = &suffixesadd - let &suffixesadd = a:suffixesadd - let retval = findfile(a:fname, a:path) - let &suffixesadd = _suffixesadd - else - " split a new window so we do not screw with the current buffer. We - " want to use the same filename each time so that multiple scratch - " buffers are not created. - let retval = '' - silent! split __HOPEFULLY_THIS_FILE_DOES_NOT_EXIST__ - let _suffixesadd = &suffixesadd - let _path = &path - let &suffixesadd = a:suffixesadd - let &path = a:path - exec 'silent! find '.a:fname - if bufname('%') != '__HOPEFULLY_THIS_FILE_DOES_NOT_EXIST__' - let retval = expand('%:p') - end - silent! bdelete! - let &suffixesadd = _suffixesadd - let &path = _path - endif - return retval -endfunction " }}} -" Tex_GetPos: gets position of cursor {{{ -function! Tex_GetPos() - if exists('*getpos') - return getpos('.') - else - return line('.').' | normal! '.virtcol('.').'|' - endif -endfunction " }}} -" Tex_SetPos: sets position of cursor {{{ -function! Tex_SetPos(pos) - if exists('*setpos') - call setpos('.', a:pos) - else - exec a:pos - endif -endfunction " }}} - - -" ============================================================================== -" Smart key-mappings -" ============================================================================== -" TexQuotes: inserts `` or '' instead of " {{{ -if g:Tex_SmartKeyQuote - - " TexQuotes: inserts `` or '' instead of " - " Taken from texmacro.vim by Benji Fisher <benji@e-math.AMS.org> - " TODO: Deal with nested quotes. - " The :imap that calls this function should insert a ", move the cursor to - " the left of that character, then call this with <C-R>= . - function! s:TexQuotes() - let l = line(".") - let c = col(".") - let restore_cursor = l . "G" . virtcol(".") . "|" - normal! H - let restore_cursor = "normal!" . line(".") . "Gzt" . restore_cursor - execute restore_cursor - " In math mode, or when preceded by a \, just move the cursor past the - " already-inserted " character. - if synIDattr(synID(l, c, 1), "name") =~ "^texMath" - \ || (c > 1 && getline(l)[c-2] == '\') - return "\<Right>" - endif - " Find the appropriate open-quote and close-quote strings. - if exists("b:Tex_SmartQuoteOpen") - let open = b:Tex_SmartQuoteOpen - elseif exists("g:Tex_SmartQuoteOpen") - let open = g:Tex_SmartQuoteOpen - else - let open = "``" - endif - if exists("b:Tex_SmartQuoteClose") - let close = b:Tex_SmartQuoteClose - elseif exists("g:Tex_SmartQuoteClose") - let close = g:Tex_SmartQuoteClose - else - let close = "''" - endif - let boundary = '\|' - " This code seems to be obsolete, since this script variable is never - " set. The idea is that some languages use ",," as an open- or - " close-quote string, and we want to avoid confusing ordinary "," - " with a quote boundary. - if exists("s:TeX_strictquote") - if( s:TeX_strictquote == "open" || s:TeX_strictquote == "both" ) - let boundary = '\<' . boundary - endif - if( s:TeX_strictquote == "close" || s:TeX_strictquote == "both" ) - let boundary = boundary . '\>' - endif - endif - - " Eventually return q; set it to the default value now. - let q = open - let pattern = - \ escape(open, '\~') . - \ boundary . - \ escape(close, '\~') . - \ '\|^$\|"' - - while 1 " Look for preceding quote (open or close), ignoring - " math mode and '\"' . - call search(pattern, "bw") - if synIDattr(synID(line("."), col("."), 1), "name") !~ "^texMath" - \ && strpart(getline('.'), col('.')-2, 2) != '\"' - break - endif - endwhile - - " Now, test whether we actually found a _preceding_ quote; if so, is it - " an open quote? - if ( line(".") < l || line(".") == l && col(".") < c ) - if strpart(getline("."), col(".")-1) =~ '\V\^' . escape(open, '\') - if line(".") == l && col(".") + strlen(open) == c - " Insert "<++>''<++>" instead of just "''". - let q = IMAP_PutTextWithMovement("<++>".close."<++>") - else - let q = close - endif - endif - endif - - " Return to line l, column c: - execute restore_cursor - " Start with <Del> to remove the " put in by the :imap . - return "\<Del>" . q - - endfunction - -endif -" }}} -" SmartBS: smart backspacing {{{ -if g:Tex_SmartKeyBS - - " SmartBS: smart backspacing - " SmartBS lets you treat diacritic characters (those \'{a} thingies) as a - " single character. This is useful for example in the following situation: - " - " \v{s}\v{t}astn\'{y} ('happy' in Slovak language :-) ) - " If you will delete this normally (without using smartBS() function), you - " must press <BS> about 19x. With function smartBS() you must press <BS> only - " 7x. Strings like "\v{s}", "\'{y}" are considered like one character and are - " deleted with one <BS>. - let s:smartBS_pat = Tex_GetVarValue('Tex_SmartBSPattern') - - fun! s:SmartBS_pat() - return s:smartBS_pat - endfun - - " This function comes from Benji Fisher <benji@e-math.AMS.org> - " http://vim.sourceforge.net/scripts/download.php?src_id=409 - " (modified/patched by Lubomir Host 'rajo' <host8 AT keplerDOTfmphDOTuniba.sk>) - function! s:SmartBS(pat) - let init = strpart(getline("."), 0, col(".")-1) - let matchtxt = matchstr(init, a:pat) - if matchtxt != '' - let bstxt = substitute(matchtxt, '.', "\<bs>", 'g') - return bstxt - else - return "\<bs>" - endif - endfun - -endif " }}} -" SmartDots: inserts \cdots instead of ... in math mode otherwise \ldots {{{ -" if amsmath package is detected then just use \dots and let amsmath take care -" of it. -if g:Tex_SmartKeyDot - - function! <SID>SmartDots() - if strpart(getline('.'), col('.')-3, 2) == '..' && - \ g:Tex_package_detected =~ '\<amsmath\|ellipsis\>' - return "\<bs>\<bs>\\dots" - elseif synIDattr(synID(line('.'),col('.')-1,0),"name") =~ '^texMath' - \&& strpart(getline('.'), col('.')-3, 2) == '..' - return "\<bs>\<bs>\\cdots" - elseif strpart(getline('.'), col('.')-3, 2) == '..' - return "\<bs>\<bs>\\ldots" - else - return '.' - endif - endfunction - -endif -" }}} - -" source texproject.vim before other files -exe 'source '.fnameescape(s:path.'/texproject.vim') - -" source all the relevant files. -exe 'source '.fnameescape(s:path.'/texmenuconf.vim') -exe 'source '.fnameescape(s:path.'/envmacros.vim') -exe 'source '.fnameescape(s:path.'/elementmacros.vim') - -" source utf-8 or plain math menus -if exists("g:Tex_UseUtfMenus") && g:Tex_UseUtfMenus != 0 && has("gui_running") - exe 'source '.fnameescape(s:path.'/mathmacros-utf.vim') -else - exe 'source '.fnameescape(s:path.'/mathmacros.vim') -endif - -exe 'source '.fnameescape(s:path.'/multicompile.vim') -exe 'source '.fnameescape(s:path.'/compiler.vim') -exe 'source '.fnameescape(s:path.'/folding.vim') -exe 'source '.fnameescape(s:path.'/templates.vim') -exe 'source '.fnameescape(s:path.'/custommacros.vim') -exe 'source '.fnameescape(s:path.'/bibtex.vim') - -" source advanced math functions -if g:Tex_AdvancedMath == 1 - exe 'source '.fnameescape(s:path.'/brackets.vim') - exe 'source '.fnameescape(s:path.'/smartspace.vim') -endif - -if g:Tex_Diacritics != 0 - exe 'source '.fnameescape(s:path.'/diacritics.vim') -endif - -exe 'source '.fnameescape(s:path.'/texviewer.vim') -exe 'source '.fnameescape(s:path.'/version.vim') - -" ============================================================================== -" Finally set up the folding, options, mappings and quit. -" ============================================================================== -" SetTeXOptions: sets options/mappings for this file. {{{ -function! <SID>SetTeXOptions() - " Avoid reinclusion. - if exists('b:doneSetTeXOptions') - return - endif - let b:doneSetTeXOptions = 1 - - exe 'setlocal dict^='.fnameescape(s:path.'/dictionaries/dictionary') - - call Tex_Debug('SetTeXOptions: sourcing maps', 'main') - " smart functions - if g:Tex_SmartKeyQuote - inoremap <buffer> <silent> " "<Left><C-R>=<SID>TexQuotes()<CR> - endif - if g:Tex_SmartKeyBS - inoremap <buffer> <silent> <BS> <C-R>=<SID>SmartBS(<SID>SmartBS_pat())<CR> - endif - if g:Tex_SmartKeyDot - inoremap <buffer> <silent> . <C-R>=<SID>SmartDots()<CR> - endif - - " This line seems to be necessary to source our compiler/tex.vim file. - " The docs are unclear why this needs to be done even though this file is - " the first compiler plugin in 'runtimepath'. - runtime compiler/tex.vim - -endfunction - -augroup LatexSuite - au LatexSuite User LatexSuiteFileType - \ call Tex_Debug('main.vim: Catching LatexSuiteFileType event', 'main') | - \ call <SID>SetTeXOptions() -augroup END - -" }}} - -" ============================================================================== -" Settings for taglist.vim plugin -" ============================================================================== -" Sets Tlist_Ctags_Cmd for taglist.vim and regexps for ctags {{{ -if exists("g:Tex_TaglistSupport") && g:Tex_TaglistSupport == 1 - if !exists("g:tlist_tex_settings") - let g:tlist_tex_settings = 'tex;s:section;c:chapter;l:label;r:ref' - endif - - if exists("Tlist_Ctags_Cmd") - let s:tex_ctags = Tlist_Ctags_Cmd - else - let s:tex_ctags = 'ctags' " Configurable in texrc? - endif - - if exists("g:Tex_InternalTagsDefinitions") && g:Tex_InternalTagsDefinitions == 1 - let Tlist_Ctags_Cmd = s:tex_ctags ." --langdef=tex --langmap=tex:.tex.ltx.latex" - \.' --regex-tex="/\\\\begin{abstract}/Abstract/s,abstract/"' - \.' --regex-tex="/\\\\part[ \t]*\*?\{[ \t]*([^}]*)\}/\1/s,part/"' - \.' --regex-tex="/\\\\chapter[ \t]*\*?\{[ \t]*([^}]*)\}/\1/s,chapter/"' - \.' --regex-tex="/\\\\section[ \t]*\*?\{[ \t]*([^}]*)\}/\1/s,section/"' - \.' --regex-tex="/\\\\subsection[ \t]*\*?\{[ \t]*([^}]*)\}/+ \1/s,subsection/"' - \.' --regex-tex="/\\\\subsubsection[ \t]*\*?\{[ \t]*([^}]*)\}/+ \1/s,subsubsection/"' - \.' --regex-tex="/\\\\paragraph[ \t]*\*?\{[ \t]*([^}]*)\}/+ \1/s,paragraph/"' - \.' --regex-tex="/\\\\subparagraph[ \t]*\*?\{[ \t]*([^}]*)\}/+ \1/s,subparagraph/"' - \.' --regex-tex="/\\\\begin{thebibliography}/BIBLIOGRAPHY/s,thebibliography/"' - \.' --regex-tex="/\\\\tableofcontents/TABLE OF CONTENTS/s,tableofcontents/"' - \.' --regex-tex="/\\\\frontmatter/FRONTMATTER/s,frontmatter/"' - \.' --regex-tex="/\\\\mainmatter/MAINMATTER/s,mainmatter/"' - \.' --regex-tex="/\\\\backmatter/BACKMATTER/s,backmatter/"' - \.' --regex-tex="/\\\\appendix/APPENDIX/s,appendix/"' - \.' --regex-tex="/\\\\label[ \t]*\*?\{[ \t]*([^}]*)\}/\1/l,label/"' - \.' --regex-tex="/\\\\ref[ \t]*\*?\{[ \t]*([^}]*)\}/\1/r,ref/"' - endif -endif - -" }}} - -" commands to completion -let g:Tex_completion_explorer = ',' - -" Mappings defined in package files will overwrite all other -exe 'source '.fnameescape(s:path.'/packages.vim') - -" ============================================================================== -" These functions are used to immitate certain operating system type functions -" (like reading the contents of a file), which are not available in vim. For -" example, in Vim, its not possible to read the contents of a file without -" opening a buffer on it, which means that over time, lots of buffers can open -" up needlessly. -" -" If python is available (and allowed), then these functions utilize python -" library functions without making calls to external programs. -" ============================================================================== -" Tex_GotoTempFile: open a temp file. reuse from next time on {{{ -function! Tex_GotoTempFile() - if !exists('s:tempFileName') - let s:tempFileName = tempname() - endif - exec 'silent! split '.s:tempFileName -endfunction " }}} -" Tex_IsPresentInFile: finds if a string str, is present in filename {{{ -if has('python') && g:Tex_UsePython - function! Tex_IsPresentInFile(regexp, filename) - exec 'python isPresentInFile(r"'.a:regexp.'", r"'.a:filename.'")' - - return retval - endfunction -else - function! Tex_IsPresentInFile(regexp, filename) - call Tex_GotoTempFile() - - silent! 1,$ d _ - let _report = &report - let _sc = &sc - set report=9999999 nosc - exec 'silent! 0r! '.g:Tex_CatCmd.' '.a:filename - set nomod - let &report = _report - let &sc = _sc - - if search(a:regexp, 'w') - let retval = 1 - else - let retval = 0 - endif - silent! bd - return retval - endfunction -endif " }}} -" Tex_CatFile: returns the contents of a file in a <NL> seperated string {{{ -if has('*readfile') - function! Tex_CatFile(filename) - return join(readfile(filename), "\n") - endfunction -elseif has('python') && g:Tex_UsePython - function! Tex_CatFile(filename) - " catFile assigns a value to retval - exec 'python catFile("'.a:filename.'")' - - return retval - endfunction -else - function! Tex_CatFile(filename) - if glob(a:filename) == '' - return '' - endif - - call Tex_GotoTempFile() - - silent! 1,$ d _ - - let _report = &report - let _sc = &sc - set report=9999999 nosc - exec 'silent! 0r! '.g:Tex_CatCmd.' '.a:filename - - set nomod - let _a = @a - silent! normal! ggVG"ay - let retval = @a - let @a = _a - - silent! bd - let &report = _report - let &sc = _sc - return retval - endfunction -endif -" }}} -" Tex_DeleteFile: removes a file if present {{{ -" Description: -if has('python') && g:Tex_UsePython - function! Tex_DeleteFile(filename) - exec 'python deleteFile(r"'.a:filename.'")' - - if exists('retval') - return retval - endif - endfunction -else - function! Tex_DeleteFile(filename) - if filereadable(a:filename) - exec '! '.g:Tex_RmCmd.' '.a:filename - endif - endfunction -endif -" }}} - - -let &cpo = s:save_cpo - -" Define the functions in python if available. -if !has('python') || !g:Tex_UsePython - finish -endif - -exec 'pyfile '.fnameescape(expand('<sfile>:p:h')).'/pytools.py' - -" vim:fdm=marker:ff=unix:noet:ts=4:sw=4:nowrap diff --git a/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/mathmacros-utf.vim b/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/mathmacros-utf.vim deleted file mode 100644 index ac9cf7e..0000000 --- a/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/mathmacros-utf.vim +++ /dev/null @@ -1,729 +0,0 @@ -"============================================================================= -" File: mathmacros.vim -" Author: Mikolaj Machowski -" Created: Tue Apr 23 06:00 PM 2002 PST -" -" Description: macros for everything mathematical in latex. -"============================================================================= - -if !(has('gui_running') && g:Tex_MathMenus && g:Tex_Menus) - finish -endif - -let s:MathMenuName = g:Tex_MenuPrefix.'Ma&th.' - -function! Tex_MathMenuRemove() - exe 'silent! aunmenu '.s:MathMenuName -endfunction - -let s:pA = 'amenu <silent> 85 '.s:MathMenuName - -" brackets and dollars {{{ -exe s:pA.'\\&[\ \\] <plug><C-r>=IMAP_PutTextWithMovement("\\[<++>\\]<++>")<cr>' -exe s:pA.'\\&(\ \\) <plug><C-r>=IMAP_PutTextWithMovement("\\(<++>\\)<++>")<cr>' -exe s:pA.'&$\ $ <plug>$$' -exe s:pA.'-sepmath1- :' -" }}} -" MATH arrows {{{ -let s:pA1 = s:pA."&Arrows." -exe s:pA1.'Leftarrow<Tab>⇠<plug>\Leftarrow ' -exe s:pA1.'leftarrow<Tab>↠<plug>\leftarrow' -exe s:pA1.'longleftarrow<Tab>↠<plug>\longleftarrow ' -exe s:pA1.'Longleftarrow<Tab>⇠<plug>\Longleftarrow ' -exe s:pA1.'rightarrow<Tab>→ <plug>\rightarrow ' -exe s:pA1.'longrightarrow<Tab>→ <plug>\longrightarrow ' -exe s:pA1.'Rightarrow<Tab>⇒ <plug>\Rightarrow ' -exe s:pA1.'Longrightarrow<Tab>⇒ <plug>\Longrightarrow ' -exe s:pA1.'leftrightarrow<Tab>⇆ <plug>\leftrightarrow ' -exe s:pA1.'longleftrightarrow<Tab>↔ <plug>\longleftrightarrow ' -exe s:pA1.'Leftrightarrow<Tab>⇔ <plug>\Leftrightarrow ' -exe s:pA1.'Longleftrightarrow<Tab>⇔ <plug>\Longleftrightarrow ' -exe s:pA1.'uparrow<Tab>↑ <plug>\uparrow ' -exe s:pA1.'Uparrow<Tab>⇑ <plug>\Uparrow ' -exe s:pA1.'downarrow<Tab>↓ <plug>\downarrow ' -exe s:pA1.'Downarrow<Tab>⇓ <plug>\Downarrow ' -exe s:pA1.'updownarrow<Tab>↕ <plug>\updownarrow ' -exe s:pA1.'Updownarrow<Tab>⇕ <plug>\Updownarrow ' -exe s:pA1.'nearrow<Tab>↗ <plug>\nearrow ' -exe s:pA1.'searrow<Tab>↘ <plug>\searrow ' -exe s:pA1.'swarrow<Tab>↙ <plug>\swarrow ' -exe s:pA1.'nwarrow<Tab>↖ <plug>\nwarrow ' -exe s:pA1.'mapsto<Tab>↦ <plug>\mapsto ' -exe s:pA1.'leadsto<Tab>↠<plug>\leadsto ' -exe s:pA1.'longmapsto<Tab>⇖ <plug>\longmapsto ' -exe s:pA1.'hookleftarrow<Tab>↩ <plug>\hookleftarrow ' -exe s:pA1.'hookrightarrow<Tab>↪ <plug>\hookrightarrow ' -exe s:pA1.'leftharpoonup<Tab>↼ <plug>\leftharpoonup ' -exe s:pA1.'leftharpoondown<Tab>↽ <plug>\leftharpoondown ' -exe s:pA1.'rightharpoonup<Tab>⇀ <plug>\rightharpoonup ' -exe s:pA1.'rightharpoondown<Tab>⇠<plug>\rightharpoondown ' -exe s:pA1.'rightleftharpoons<Tab>⇌ <plug>\rightleftharpoons ' -exe s:pA1.'overleftarrow<Tab> <plug>\overleftarrow ' -exe s:pA1.'overrightarrow<Tab> <plug>\overrightarrow ' -exe s:pA1.'overleftrightarrow<Tab> <plug>\overleftrightarrow ' -exe s:pA1.'underleftarrow<Tab> <plug>\underleftarrow ' -exe s:pA1.'underrightarrow<Tab> <plug>\underrightarrow ' -exe s:pA1.'underleftrightarrow<Tab> <plug>\underleftrightarrow ' -exe s:pA1.'xleftarrow<Tab> <plug>\xleftarrow ' -exe s:pA1.'xrightarrow<Tab> <plug>\xrightarrow ' -" }}} -" MATH Arrows2 {{{ -let s:pA1a = s:pA."Arrows2." -exe s:pA1a.'dashleftarrow<Tab>⇠<plug>\dashleftarrow ' -exe s:pA1a.'leftleftarrows<Tab>⇇ <plug>\leftleftarrows ' -exe s:pA1a.'leftrightarrows<Tab>⇆ <plug>\leftrightarrows ' -exe s:pA1a.'Lleftarrow<Tab>⇚ <plug>\Lleftarrow ' -exe s:pA1a.'twoheadleftarrow<Tab>↞ <plug>\twoheadleftarrow ' -exe s:pA1a.'leftarrowtail<Tab>↢ <plug>\leftarrowtail ' -exe s:pA1a.'leftrightharpoons<Tab>⇋ <plug>\leftrightharpoons ' -exe s:pA1a.'Lsh<Tab>↰ <plug>\Lsh ' -exe s:pA1a.'looparrowleft<Tab>↫ <plug>\looparrowleft ' -exe s:pA1a.'curvearrowleft<Tab>↶ <plug>\curvearrowleft ' -exe s:pA1a.'circlearrowleft<Tab>↺ <plug>\circlearrowleft ' -exe s:pA1a.'dashrightarrow<Tab>⇢ <plug>\dashrightarrow ' -exe s:pA1a.'rightrightarrows<Tab>⇉ <plug>\rightrightarrows ' -exe s:pA1a.'rightleftarrows<Tab>⇄ <plug>\rightleftarrows ' -exe s:pA1a.'Rrightarrow<Tab>⇛ <plug>\Rrightarrow ' -exe s:pA1a.'twoheadrightarrow<Tab>↠<plug>\twoheadrightarrow ' -exe s:pA1a.'rightarrowtail<Tab>↣ <plug>\rightarrowtail ' -exe s:pA1a.'rightleftharpoons<Tab>⇌ <plug>\rightleftharpoons ' -exe s:pA1a.'Rsh<Tab>↱ <plug>\Rsh ' -exe s:pA1a.'looparrowright<Tab>↬ <plug>\looparrowright ' -exe s:pA1a.'curvearrowright<Tab>↷ <plug>\curvearrowright ' -exe s:pA1a.'circlearrowright<Tab>↻ <plug>\circlearrowright ' -exe s:pA1a.'multimap<Tab>⊸ <plug>\multimap ' -exe s:pA1a.'upuparrows<Tab>⇈ <plug>\upuparrows ' -exe s:pA1a.'downdownarrows<Tab>⇊ <plug>\downdownarrows ' -exe s:pA1a.'upharpoonleft<Tab>↿ <plug>\upharpoonleft ' -exe s:pA1a.'upharpoonright<Tab>↾ <plug>\upharpoonright ' -exe s:pA1a.'downharpoonleft<Tab>⇃ <plug>\downharpoonleft ' -exe s:pA1a.'downharpoonright<Tab>⇂ <plug>\downharpoonright ' -exe s:pA1a.'rightsquigarrow<Tab>⇠<plug>\rightsquigarrow ' -exe s:pA1a.'leftrightsquigarrow<Tab>↠<plug>\leftrightsquigarrow ' -" }}} -" MATH nArrows {{{ -let s:pA1b = s:pA."&nArrows." -exe s:pA1b.'nleftarrow<Tab>↚ <plug>\nleftarrow ' -exe s:pA1b.'nLeftarrow<Tab>⇠<plug>\nLeftarrow ' -exe s:pA1b.'nleftrightarrow<Tab>↮ <plug>\nleftrightarrow ' -exe s:pA1b.'nLeftrightarrow<Tab>⇎ <plug>\nleftrightarrow ' -exe s:pA1b.'nrightarrow<Tab>↛ <plug>\nrightarrow ' -exe s:pA1b.'nRightarrow<Tab>⇠<plug>\nRightarrow ' -" }}} -" MATH Fonts {{{ -let s:pA2a = s:pA."&MathFonts." -exe s:pA2a.'mathbf{} <plug><C-r>=IMAP_PutTextWithMovement("\\mathbf{<++>}<++>")<cr>' -exe s:pA2a.'mathrm{} <plug><C-r>=IMAP_PutTextWithMovement("\\mathrm{<++>}<++>")<cr>' -exe s:pA2a.'mathsf{} <plug><C-r>=IMAP_PutTextWithMovement("\\mathsf{<++>}<++>")<cr>' -exe s:pA2a.'mathtt{} <plug><C-r>=IMAP_PutTextWithMovement("\\mathtt{<++>}<++>")<cr>' -exe s:pA2a.'mathit{} <plug><C-r>=IMAP_PutTextWithMovement("\\mathit{<++>}<++>")<cr>' -exe s:pA2a.'mathfrak{} <plug><C-r>=IMAP_PutTextWithMovement("\\mathfrak{<++>}<++>")<cr>' -exe s:pA2a.'mathcal{} <plug><C-r>=IMAP_PutTextWithMovement("\\mathcal{<++>}<++>")<cr>' -exe s:pA2a.'mathscr{} <plug><C-r>=IMAP_PutTextWithMovement("\\mathscr{<++>}<++>")<cr>' -exe s:pA2a.'mathbb{} <plug><C-r>=IMAP_PutTextWithMovement("\\mathbb{<++>}<++>")<cr>' -" }}} -" Greek Letters small {{{ -let s:pA2 = s:pA."&Greek.&Small." -exe s:pA2.'alpha<Tab>`a\ \ α <plug>\alpha ' -exe s:pA2.'beta<Tab>`b\ \ β <plug>\beta ' -exe s:pA2.'gamma<Tab>`g\ \ γ <plug>\gamma ' -exe s:pA2.'delta<Tab>`d\ \ δ <plug>\delta ' -exe s:pA2.'epsilon<Tab>∊ <plug>\epsilon ' -exe s:pA2.'varepsilon<Tab>`e\ \ ε <plug>\varepsilon ' -exe s:pA2.'zeta<Tab>`z\ \ ζ <plug>\zeta ' -exe s:pA2.'eta<Tab>`h\ \ η <plug>\eta ' -exe s:pA2.'theta<Tab>`q\ \ θ <plug>\theta ' -exe s:pA2.'vartheta<Tab>Ï‘ <plug>\vartheta ' -exe s:pA2.'iota<Tab>`i\ \ ι <plug>\iota ' -exe s:pA2.'kappa<Tab>`k\ \ κ <plug>\kappa ' -exe s:pA2.'lambda<Tab>`l\ \ λ <plug>\lambda ' -exe s:pA2.'mu<Tab>`m\ \ μ <plug>\mu ' -exe s:pA2.'nu<Tab>`n\ \ ν <plug>\nu ' -exe s:pA2.'xi<Tab>`x\ \ ξ <plug>\xi ' -exe s:pA2.'pi<Tab>`p\ \ Ï€ <plug>\pi ' -exe s:pA2.'varpi<Tab>Ï– <plug>\varpi ' -exe s:pA2.'rho<Tab>`r\ \ Ï <plug>\rho ' -exe s:pA2.'varrho<Tab>ϱ <plug>\varrho ' -exe s:pA2.'sigma<Tab>`s\ \ σ <plug>\sigma ' -exe s:pA2.'varsigma<Tab>`v\ \ Ï‚ <plug>\varsigma ' -exe s:pA2.'tau<Tab>`t\ \ Ï„ <plug>\tau ' -exe s:pA2.'upsilon<Tab>`u\ \ Ï… <plug>\upsilon ' -exe s:pA2.'phi<Tab>φ <plug>\phi ' -exe s:pA2.'varphi<Tab>`f\ \ Ï• <plug>\varphi ' -exe s:pA2.'chi<Tab>`c\ \ χ <plug>\chi ' -exe s:pA2.'psi<Tab>`y\ \ ψ <plug>\psi ' -exe s:pA2.'omega<Tab>`w\ \ ω <plug>\omega ' -" }}} -" Greek Letters big {{{ -let s:pA3 = s:pA.'&Greek.&Big.' -exe s:pA3.'Alpha<Tab>`A\ \ A <plug>\Alpha ' -exe s:pA3.'Beta<Tab>`B\ \ B <plug>\Beta ' -exe s:pA3.'Gamma<Tab>`G\ \ Γ <plug>\Gamma ' -exe s:pA3.'Delta<Tab>`D\ \ Δ <plug>\Delta ' -exe s:pA3.'Epsilon<Tab>`E\ \ E <plug>\Epsilon ' -exe s:pA3.'Zeta<Tab>`Z\ \ Z <plug>\mathrm{Z} ' -exe s:pA3.'Eta<Tab>`H\ \ H <plug>\Eta ' -exe s:pA3.'Theta<Tab>Θ <plug>\Theta ' -exe s:pA3.'Iota<Tab>I <plug>\mathrm{I} ' -exe s:pA3.'Kappa<Tab>`K\ \ K <plug>\Kappa ' -exe s:pA3.'Lambda<Tab>`L\ \ Λ <plug>\Lambda ' -exe s:pA3.'Mu<Tab>`M\ \ M <plug>\Mu ' -exe s:pA3.'Nu<Tab>`N\ \ N <plug>\Nu ' -exe s:pA3.'Xi<Tab>`X\ \ Ξ <plug>\Xi ' -exe s:pA3.'Pi<Tab>`P\ \ Î <plug>\Pi ' -exe s:pA3.'Rho<Tab>`R\ \ P <plug>\Rho ' -exe s:pA3.'Sigma<Tab>`S\ \ Σ <plug>\Sigma ' -exe s:pA3.'Tau<Tab>`T\ \ T <plug>\Tau ' -exe s:pA3.'Upsilon<Tab>`U\ \ Y <plug>\Upsilon ' -exe s:pA3.'Phi<Tab>Φ <plug>\Phi ' -exe s:pA3.'Chi<Tab>`C\ \ X <plug>\Chi ' -exe s:pA3.'Psi<Tab>`Y\ \ Ψ <plug>\Psi ' -exe s:pA3.'Omega<Tab>`W\ \ Ω <plug>\Omega ' -" }}} -" BinaryRel1 {{{ -let s:pA4 = s:pA."&BinaryRel1." -exe s:pA4.'ll<Tab>≪ <plug>\ll ' -exe s:pA4.'lll<Tab>⋘ <plug>\lll ' -exe s:pA4.'leqslant<Tab>≤ <plug>\leqslant ' -exe s:pA4.'leq<Tab>≤ <plug>\leq ' -exe s:pA4.'leqq<Tab>≦ <plug>\leqq ' -exe s:pA4.'eqslantless<Tab>â‹œ <plug>\eqslantless ' -exe s:pA4.'lessdot<Tab>â‹– <plug>\lessdot ' -exe s:pA4.'prec<Tab>≺ <plug>\prec ' -exe s:pA4.'preceq<Tab>≼ <plug>\preceq ' -exe s:pA4.'preccurlyeq<Tab>≼ <plug>\preccurlyeq ' -exe s:pA4.'curlyeqprec<Tab>â‹ž <plug>\curlyeqprec ' -exe s:pA4.'lesssim<Tab>≲ <plug>\lesssim ' -exe s:pA4.'lessapprox<Tab> <plug>\lessapprox ' -exe s:pA4.'precsim<Tab>≾ <plug>\precsim ' -exe s:pA4.'precapprox<Tab> <plug>\precapprox ' -exe s:pA4.'in<Tab>∈ <plug>\in ' -exe s:pA4.'subset<Tab>`(\ \ ⊂ <plug>\subset ' -exe s:pA4.'Subset<Tab>`)\ \ â‹ <plug>\Subset ' -exe s:pA4.'subseteq<Tab>⊆ <plug>\subseteq ' -exe s:pA4.'subseteqq<Tab> <plug>\subseteqq ' -exe s:pA4.'sqsubset<Tab>⊠<plug>\sqsubset ' -exe s:pA4.'sqsubseteq<Tab>⊑ <plug>\sqsubseteq ' -exe s:pA4.'smile<Tab>⌣ <plug>\smile ' -exe s:pA4.'smallsmile<Tab>⌣ <plug>\smallsmile ' -exe s:pA4.'parallel<Tab>∥ <plug>\parallel ' -exe s:pA4.'shortparallel<Tab>∥ <plug>\shortparallel ' -exe s:pA4.'dashv<Tab>⊣ <plug>\dashv ' -exe s:pA4.'vdash<Tab>⊢ <plug>\vdash ' -exe s:pA4.'vDash<Tab>⊨ <plug>\vDash ' -exe s:pA4.'models<Tab>⊨ <plug>\models ' -exe s:pA4.'therefore<Tab>∴ <plug>\therefore ' -exe s:pA4.'backepsilon<Tab>∠<plug>\backepsilon ' -" }}} -" nBinaryRel1 {{{ -let s:pA4a = s:pA."&nBinaryRel1." -exe s:pA4a.'nless<Tab>≮ <plug>\nless ' -exe s:pA4a.'nleqslant<Tab>≰ <plug>\nleqslant ' -exe s:pA4a.'nleq<Tab> <plug>\nleq ' -exe s:pA4a.'lneq<Tab> <plug>\lneq ' -exe s:pA4a.'nleqq<Tab> <plug>\nleqq ' -exe s:pA4a.'lneqq<Tab>≨ <plug>\lneqq ' -exe s:pA4a.'lvertneqq<Tab> <plug>\lvertneqq ' -exe s:pA4a.'nprec<Tab>⊀ <plug>\nprec ' -exe s:pA4a.'npreceq<Tab>â‹ <plug>\npreceq ' -exe s:pA4a.'precneqq<Tab> <plug>\precneqq ' -exe s:pA4a.'lnsim<Tab>⋦ <plug>\lnsim ' -exe s:pA4a.'lnapprox<Tab> <plug>\lnapprox ' -exe s:pA4a.'precnsim<Tab>⋨ <plug>\precnsim ' -exe s:pA4a.'precnapprox<Tab> <plug>\precnapprox ' -exe s:pA4a.'notin<Tab>∉ <plug>\notin ' -exe s:pA4a.'nsubseteq<Tab>⊈ <plug>\nsubseteq ' -exe s:pA4a.'varsubsetneq<Tab> <plug>\varsubsetneq ' -exe s:pA4a.'subsetneq<Tab>⊊ <plug>\subsetneq ' -exe s:pA4a.'nsubseteqq<Tab> <plug>\nsubseteqq ' -exe s:pA4a.'varsubsetneqq<Tab> <plug>\varsubsetneqq ' -exe s:pA4a.'subsetneqq<Tab>⊈ <plug>\subsetneqq ' -exe s:pA4a.'nparallel<Tab>∦ <plug>\nparallel ' -exe s:pA4a.'nshortparallel<Tab> <plug>\nshortparallel ' -exe s:pA4a.'nvdash<Tab>⊬ <plug>\nvdash ' -exe s:pA4a.'nvDash<Tab>⊠<plug>\nvDash ' -" }}} -" BinaryRel2 {{{ -let s:pA5 = s:pA."&BinaryRel2." -exe s:pA5.'gg<Tab>≫ <plug>\gg ' -exe s:pA5.'ggg<Tab>â‹™ <plug>\ggg ' -exe s:pA5.'gggtr<Tab>â‹™ <plug>\gggtr ' -exe s:pA5.'geqslant<Tab> <plug>\geqslant ' -exe s:pA5.'geq<Tab>≥ <plug>\geq ' -exe s:pA5.'geqq<Tab>≧ <plug>\geqq ' -exe s:pA5.'eqslantgtr<Tab> <plug>\eqslantgtr ' -exe s:pA5.'gtrdot<Tab>â‹— <plug>\gtrdot ' -exe s:pA5.'succ<Tab>≻ <plug>\succ ' -exe s:pA5.'succeq<Tab>≽ <plug>\succeq ' -exe s:pA5.'succcurlyeq<Tab>≽ <plug>\succcurlyeq ' -exe s:pA5.'curlyeqsucc<Tab>â‹Ÿ <plug>\curlyeqsucc ' -exe s:pA5.'gtrsim<Tab>≳ <plug>\gtrsim ' -exe s:pA5.'gtrapprox<Tab> <plug>\gtrapprox ' -exe s:pA5.'succsim<Tab>≿ <plug>\succsim ' -exe s:pA5.'succapprox<Tab> <plug>\succapprox ' -exe s:pA5.'ni<Tab>∋ <plug>\ni ' -exe s:pA5.'owns<Tab> <plug>\owns ' -exe s:pA5.'supset<Tab>⊃ <plug>\supset ' -exe s:pA5.'Supset<Tab>â‹‘ <plug>\Supset ' -exe s:pA5.'supseteq<Tab>⊇ <plug>\supseteq ' -exe s:pA5.'supseteqq<Tab> <plug>\supseteqq ' -exe s:pA5.'sqsupset<Tab>⊠<plug>\sqsupset ' -exe s:pA5.'sqsupseteq<Tab>⊒ <plug>\sqsupseteq ' -exe s:pA5.'frown<Tab>⌢ <plug>\frown ' -exe s:pA5.'smallfrown<Tab>⌢ <plug>\smallfrown ' -exe s:pA5.'mid<Tab>∣ <plug>\mid ' -exe s:pA5.'shortmid<Tab> <plug>\shortmid ' -exe s:pA5.'between<Tab>≬ <plug>\between ' -exe s:pA5.'Vdash<Tab>⊩ <plug>\Vdash ' -exe s:pA5.'bowtie<Tab>⋈ <plug>\bowtie ' -exe s:pA5.'Join<Tab>⋈ <plug>\Join ' -exe s:pA5.'pitchfork<Tab>â‹” <plug>\pitchfork ' -" }}} -" {{{ nBinaryRel2 -let s:pA5a = s:pA."n&BinaryRel2." "TODO: dorobiæ logarytmy -exe s:pA5a.'ngtr<Tab>≯ <plug>\ngtr ' -exe s:pA5a.'ngeqslant<Tab>≱ <plug>\ngeqslant ' -exe s:pA5a.'ngeq<Tab> <plug>\ngeq ' -exe s:pA5a.'gneq<Tab> <plug>\gneq ' -exe s:pA5a.'ngeqq<Tab> <plug>\ngeqq ' -exe s:pA5a.'gneqq<Tab>≩ <plug>\gneqq ' -exe s:pA5a.'nsucc<Tab>⊠<plug>\nsucc ' -exe s:pA5a.'nsucceq<Tab>â‹¡ <plug>\nsucceq ' -exe s:pA5a.'succneqq<Tab> <plug>\succneqq ' -exe s:pA5a.'gnsim<Tab>⋧ <plug>\gnsim ' -exe s:pA5a.'gnapprox<Tab> <plug>\gnapprox ' -exe s:pA5a.'succnsim<Tab>â‹© <plug>\succnsim ' -exe s:pA5a.'succnapprox<Tab> <plug>\succnapprox ' -exe s:pA5a.'nsupseteq<Tab>⊉ <plug>\nsupseteq ' -exe s:pA5a.'varsupsetneq<Tab> <plug>\varsupsetneq ' -exe s:pA5a.'supsetneq<Tab>⊋ <plug>\supsetneq ' -exe s:pA5a.'nsupseteqq<Tab> <plug>\nsupseteqq ' -exe s:pA5a.'varsupsetneqq<Tab> <plug>\varsupsetneqq ' -exe s:pA5a.'supsetneqq<Tab> <plug>\supsetneqq ' -exe s:pA5a.'nmid<Tab>∤ <plug>\nmid ' -exe s:pA5a.'nshortmid<Tab> <plug>\nshortmid ' -exe s:pA5a.'nVdash<Tab>⊮ <plug>\nVdash ' -" }}} -" {{{ BinaryRel3 -let s:pA6 = s:pA."&BinaryRel3." -exe s:pA6.'doteq<Tab>≠<plug>\doteq ' -exe s:pA6.'circeq<Tab>≗ <plug>\circeq ' -exe s:pA6.'eqcirc<Tab>≖ <plug>\eqcirc ' -exe s:pA6.'risingdotseq<Tab>≓ <plug>\risingdotseq ' -exe s:pA6.'doteqdot<Tab>≑ <plug>\doteqdot ' -exe s:pA6.'Doteq<Tab>≑ <plug>\Doteq ' -exe s:pA6.'fallingdotseq<Tab>≒ <plug>\fallingdotseq ' -exe s:pA6.'triangleq<Tab>≜ <plug>\triangleq ' -exe s:pA6.'bumpeq<Tab>≠<plug>\bumpeq ' -exe s:pA6.'Bumpeq<Tab>≎ <plug>\Bumpeq ' -exe s:pA6.'equiv<Tab>`=\ \ ≡ <plug>\equiv ' -exe s:pA6.'sim<Tab>∼ <plug>\sim ' -exe s:pA6.'thicksim<Tab>∼ <plug>\thicksim ' -exe s:pA6.'backsim<Tab>∽ <plug>\backsim ' -exe s:pA6.'simeq<Tab>≃ <plug>\simeq ' -exe s:pA6.'backsimeq<Tab>â‹ <plug>\backsimeq ' -exe s:pA6.'cong<Tab>≅ <plug>\cong ' -exe s:pA6.'approx<tab>=~\ \ ≈ <plug>\approx ' -exe s:pA6.'thickapprox<Tab>≈ <plug>\thickapprox ' -exe s:pA6.'approxeq<Tab>≊ <plug>\approxeq ' -exe s:pA6.'blacktriangleleft<Tab>â—€ <plug>\blacktriangleleft ' -exe s:pA6.'vartriangleleft<Tab>⊲ <plug>\vartriangleleft ' -exe s:pA6.'trianglelefteq<Tab>⊴ <plug>\trianglelefteq ' -exe s:pA6.'blacktriangleright<Tab>â–¶ <plug>\blacktriangleright ' -exe s:pA6.'vartriangleright<Tab>⊳ <plug>\vartriangleright ' -exe s:pA6.'trianglerighteq<Tab>⊵ <plug>\trianglerighteq ' -exe s:pA6.'perp<Tab>⊥ <plug>\perp ' -exe s:pA6.'asymp<Tab>≠<plug>\asymp ' -exe s:pA6.'Vvdash<Tab>⊪ <plug>\Vvdash ' -exe s:pA6.'propto<Tab>∠<plug>\propto ' -exe s:pA6.'varpropto<Tab>∠<plug>\varpropto ' -exe s:pA6.'because<Tab>∵ <plug>\because ' -" }}} -" {{{ nBinaryRel3 -let s:pA6a = s:pA."&nBinaryRel3." -exe s:pA6a.'neq<Tab>≠<plug>\neq ' -exe s:pA6a.'nsim<Tab>≠<plug>\nsim ' -exe s:pA6a.'ncong<Tab>≆ <plug>\ncong ' -exe s:pA6a.'ntriangleleft<Tab>⋪ <plug>\ntriangleleft ' -exe s:pA6a.'ntrianglelefteq<Tab>⋬ <plug>\ntrianglelefteq ' -exe s:pA6a.'ntriangleright<Tab>â‹« <plug>\ntriangleright ' -exe s:pA6a.'ntrianglerighteq<Tab>â‹ <plug>\ntrianglerighteq ' -" }}} -" {{{ BinaryRel4 -let s:pA7 = s:pA."&BinaryRel4." -exe s:pA7.'lessgtr<Tab>≶ <plug>\lessgtr ' -exe s:pA7.'gtrless<Tab>≷ <plug>\gtrless ' -exe s:pA7.'lesseqgtr<Tab>â‹š <plug>\lesseqgtr ' -exe s:pA7.'gtreqless<Tab>â‹› <plug>\gtreqless ' -exe s:pA7.'lesseqqgtr<Tab> <plug>\lesseqqgtr ' -exe s:pA7.'gtreqqless<Tab> <plug>\gtreqqless ' -" }}} -" {{{ BigOp -let s:pA8a = s:pA."&BigOp." -exe s:pA8a.'limits<Tab> <plug>\limits' -exe s:pA8a.'nolimits<Tab> <plug>\nolimits' -exe s:pA8a.'displaylimits<Tab> <plug>\displaylimits' -exe s:pA8a.'-seplimits- :' -exe s:pA8a.'bigcap<Tab>`-\ \ â‹‚ <plug>\bigcap' -exe s:pA8a.'bigcup<Tab>`+\ \ ⋃ <plug>\bigcup' -exe s:pA8a.'bigodot<Tab>⊙ <plug>\bigodot' -exe s:pA8a.'bigoplus<Tab>⊕ <plug>\bigoplus' -exe s:pA8a.'bigotimes<Tab>⊗ <plug>\bigotimes' -exe s:pA8a.'bigsqcup<Tab>⊔ <plug>\bigsqcup' -exe s:pA8a.'biguplus<Tab>⊎ <plug>\biguplus' -exe s:pA8a.'bigvee<Tab>â‹ <plug>\bigvee' -exe s:pA8a.'bigwedge<Tab>â‹€ <plug>\bigwedge' -exe s:pA8a.'coprod<Tab>∠<plug>\coprod' -exe s:pA8a.'int<Tab>∫ <plug>\int' -exe s:pA8a.'iint<Tab>∬ <plug>\int' -exe s:pA8a.'iiint<Tab>∠<plug>\int' -exe s:pA8a.'oint<Tab>∮ <plug>\oint' -exe s:pA8a.'prod<Tab>∠<plug>\prod' -exe s:pA8a.'sum<Tab>∑ <plug>\sum' -" }}} -" {{{ BinaryOp -let s:pA8 = s:pA."&BinaryOp." -exe s:pA8.'pm<Tab>± <plug>\pm ' -exe s:pA8.'mp<Tab>∓ <plug>\mp ' -exe s:pA8.'dotplus<Tab>∔ <plug>\dotplus ' -exe s:pA8.'cdot<Tab>`.\ \ â‹… <plug>\cdot ' -exe s:pA8.'centerdot<Tab>â‹… <plug>\centerdot ' -exe s:pA8.'times<Tab>`*\ \ × <plug>\times ' -exe s:pA8.'ltimes<Tab>⋉ <plug>\ltimes ' -exe s:pA8.'rtimes<Tab>â‹Š <plug>\rtimes ' -exe s:pA8.'leftthreetimes<Tab>â‹‹ <plug>\leftthreetimes ' -exe s:pA8.'rightthreetimes<Tab>â‹Œ <plug>\rightthreetimes ' -exe s:pA8.'div<Tab>÷ <plug>\div ' -exe s:pA8.'divideontimes<Tab>⋇ <plug>\divideontimes ' -exe s:pA8.'bmod<Tab> <plug>\bmod ' -exe s:pA8.'ast<Tab>∗ <plug>\ast ' -exe s:pA8.'star<Tab>⋆ <plug>\star ' -exe s:pA8.'setminus<Tab>`\\\ \ ∖ <plug>\setminus ' -exe s:pA8.'smallsetminus<Tab>∖ <plug>\smallsetminus ' -exe s:pA8.'diamond<Tab>â‹„ <plug>\diamond ' -exe s:pA8.'wr<Tab>≀ <plug>\wr ' -exe s:pA8.'intercal<Tab>⊺ <plug>\intercal ' -exe s:pA8.'circ<Tab>`@\ \ ∘ <plug>\circ ' -exe s:pA8.'bigcirc<Tab>â—‹ <plug>\bigcirc ' -exe s:pA8.'bullet<Tab>∙ <plug>\bullet ' -exe s:pA8.'cap<Tab>∩ <plug>\cap ' -exe s:pA8.'Cap<Tab>â‹’ <plug>\Cap ' -exe s:pA8.'cup<Tab>∪ <plug>\cup ' -exe s:pA8.'Cup<Tab>â‹“ <plug>\Cup ' -exe s:pA8.'sqcap<Tab>⊓ <plug>\sqcap ' -exe s:pA8.'sqcup<Tab>⊔ <plug>\sqcup' -exe s:pA8.'amalg<Tab> <plug>\amalg ' -exe s:pA8.'uplus<Tab>⊎ <plug>\uplus ' -exe s:pA8.'triangleleft<Tab>â— <plug>\triangleleft ' -exe s:pA8.'triangleright<Tab>â–· <plug>\triangleright ' -exe s:pA8.'bigtriangleup<Tab>â–³ <plug>\bigtriangleup ' -exe s:pA8.'bigtriangledown<Tab>â–½ <plug>\bigtriangledown ' -exe s:pA8.'vee<Tab>∨ <plug>\vee ' -exe s:pA8.'veebar<Tab>⊻ <plug>\veebar ' -exe s:pA8.'curlyvee<Tab>â‹Ž <plug>\curlyvee ' -exe s:pA8.'wedge<Tab>`&\ \ ∧ <plug>\wedge ' -exe s:pA8.'barwedge<Tab>⊼ <plug>\barwedge ' -exe s:pA8.'doublebarwedge<Tab>⌆ <plug>\doublebarwedge ' -exe s:pA8.'curlywedge<Tab>â‹ <plug>\curlywedge ' -exe s:pA8.'oplus<Tab>⊕ <plug>\oplus ' -exe s:pA8.'ominus<Tab>⊖ <plug>\ominus ' -exe s:pA8.'otimes<Tab>⊗ <plug>\otimes ' -exe s:pA8.'oslash<Tab>⊘ <plug>\oslash ' -exe s:pA8.'boxplus<Tab>⊞ <plug>\boxplus ' -exe s:pA8.'boxminus<Tab>⊟ <plug>\boxminus ' -exe s:pA8.'boxtimes<Tab>⊠<plug>\boxtimes ' -exe s:pA8.'boxdot<Tab>⊡ <plug>\boxdot ' -exe s:pA8.'odot<Tab>⊙ <plug>\odot ' -exe s:pA8.'circledast<Tab>⊛ <plug>\circledast ' -exe s:pA8.'circleddash<Tab>⊠<plug>\circleddash ' -exe s:pA8.'circledcirc<Tab>⊚ <plug>\circledcirc ' -exe s:pA8.'dagger<Tab>†<plug>\dagger ' -exe s:pA8.'ddagger<Tab>‡ <plug>\ddagger ' -exe s:pA8.'lhd<Tab>⊲ <plug>\lhd ' -exe s:pA8.'unlhd<Tab>⊴ <plug>\unlhd ' -exe s:pA8.'rhd<Tab>⊳ <plug>\rhd ' -exe s:pA8.'unrhd<Tab>⊵ <plug>\unrhd ' -" }}} -" {{{ Other1 -let s:pA9 = s:pA."&Other1." -exe s:pA9.'hat<Tab>â <plug>\hat ' -exe s:pA9.'check<Tab>ÇŽ <plug>\check ' -exe s:pA9.'grave<Tab>à <plug>\grave ' -exe s:pA9.'acute<Tab>á <plug>\acute ' -exe s:pA9.'dot<Tab>ȧ <plug>\dot ' -exe s:pA9.'ddot<Tab>ä <plug>\ddot ' -exe s:pA9.'tilde<Tab>`,\ \ ã <plug>\tilde ' -exe s:pA9.'breve<Tab>ă <plug>\breve ' -exe s:pA9.'bar<Tab>Ä <plug>\bar ' -exe s:pA9.'vec<Tab>a⃗ <plug>\vec ' -exe s:pA9.'aleph<Tab>× <plug>\aleph ' -exe s:pA9.'hbar<Tab>â„ <plug>\hbar ' -exe s:pA9.'imath<Tab> <plug>\imath ' -exe s:pA9.'jmath<Tab> <plug>\jmath ' -exe s:pA9.'ell<Tab>â„“ <plug>\ell ' -exe s:pA9.'wp<Tab>℘ <plug>\wp ' -exe s:pA9.'Re<Tab>â„œ <plug>\Re ' -exe s:pA9.'Im<Tab>â„‘ <plug>\Im ' -exe s:pA9.'partial<Tab>∂ <plug>\partial ' -exe s:pA9.'infty<Tab>`8\ \ ∞ <plug>\infty ' -exe s:pA9.'prime<Tab>′ <plug>\prime ' -exe s:pA9.'emptyset<Tab>∅ <plug>\emptyset ' -exe s:pA9.'nabla<Tab>∇ <plug>\nabla ' -exe s:pA9.'surd<Tab>√ <plug>\surd ' -exe s:pA9.'top<Tab>⊤ <plug>\top ' -exe s:pA9.'bot<Tab>⊥ <plug>\bot ' -exe s:pA9.'angle<Tab>∠<plug>\angle ' -exe s:pA9.'triangle<Tab>â–³ <plug>\triangle ' -exe s:pA9.'backslash<Tab>\\ <plug>\backslash ' -exe s:pA9.'forall<Tab>∀ <plug>\forall ' -exe s:pA9.'exists<Tab>∃ <plug>\exists ' -exe s:pA9.'neg<Tab>¬ <plug>\neg ' -exe s:pA9.'flat<Tab>â™ <plug>\flat ' -exe s:pA9.'natural<Tab>â™® <plug>\natural ' -exe s:pA9.'sharp<Tab>♯ <plug>\sharp ' -exe s:pA9.'clubsuit<Tab>♣ <plug>\clubsuit ' -exe s:pA9.'diamondsuit<Tab>♢ <plug>\diamondsuit ' -exe s:pA9.'heartsuit<Tab>♡ <plug>\heartsuit ' -exe s:pA9.'spadesuit<Tab>â™ <plug>\spadesuit ' -exe s:pA9.'S<Tab>§ <plug>\S ' -exe s:pA9.'P<Tab>¶ <plug>\P' -" }}} -" {{{ MathCreating -let s:pA10 = s:pA."&MathCreating." -exe s:pA10.'not<Tab> <plug>\not' -exe s:pA10.'mkern<Tab> <plug>\mkern' -exe s:pA10.'mathbin<Tab> <plug>\mathbin' -exe s:pA10.'mathrel<Tab> <plug>\mathrel' -exe s:pA10.'stackrel<Tab> <plug>\stackrel' -exe s:pA10.'mathord<Tab> <plug>\mathord' -" }}} -" {{{ Styles -let s:pA11 = s:pA."&Styles." -exe s:pA11.'displaystyle<Tab> <plug>\displaystyle' -exe s:pA11.'textstyle<Tab> <plug>\textstyle' -exe s:pA11.'scritpstyle<Tab> <plug>\scritpstyle' -exe s:pA11.'scriptscriptstyle<Tab> <plug>\scriptscriptstyle' -" }}} -" {{{ MathDiacritics -let s:pA12 = s:pA."&MathDiacritics." -exe s:pA12.'acute{}<Tab>á <plug><C-r>=IMAP_PutTextWithMovement("\\acute{<++>}<++>")<cr>' -exe s:pA12.'bar{}<Tab>`_\ \ Ä <plug><C-r>=IMAP_PutTextWithMovement("\\bar{<++>}<++>")<cr>' -exe s:pA12.'breve{}<Tab>ă <plug><C-r>=IMAP_PutTextWithMovement("\\breve{<++>}<++>")<cr>' -exe s:pA12.'check{}<Tab>ÇŽ <plug><C-r>=IMAP_PutTextWithMovement("\\check{<++>}<++>")<cr>' -exe s:pA12.'ddot{}<Tab>`:\ \ ä <plug><C-r>=IMAP_PutTextWithMovement("\\ddot{<++>}<++>")<cr>' -exe s:pA12.'dot{}<Tab>`;\ \ ȧ <plug><C-r>=IMAP_PutTextWithMovement("\\dot{<++>}<++>")<cr>' -exe s:pA12.'grave{}<Tab>à <plug><C-r>=IMAP_PutTextWithMovement("\\grave{<++>}<++>")<cr>' -exe s:pA12.'hat{}<Tab>`^\ \ â <plug><C-r>=IMAP_PutTextWithMovement("\\hat{<++>}<++>")<cr>' -exe s:pA12.'tilde{}<tab>`~\ \ ã <plug><C-r>=IMAP_PutTextWithMovement("\\tilde{<++>}<++>")<cr>' -exe s:pA12.'vec{}<Tab>a⃗ <plug><C-r>=IMAP_PutTextWithMovement("\\vec{<++>}<++>")<cr>' -exe s:pA12.'widehat{}<Tab> <plug><C-r>=IMAP_PutTextWithMovement("\\widehat{<++>}<++>")<cr>' -exe s:pA12.'widetilde{}<Tab> <plug><C-r>=IMAP_PutTextWithMovement("\\widetilde{<++>}<++>")<cr>' -exe s:pA12.'imath<Tab> <plug><C-r>=IMAP_PutTextWithMovement("\\imath")<cr>' -exe s:pA12.'jmath<Tab> <plug><C-r>=IMAP_PutTextWithMovement("\\jmath")<cr>' -" }}} -" {{{ OverlineAndCo -let s:pA13 = s:pA."&OverlineAndCo." -exe s:pA13.'overline{} <plug><C-r>=IMAP_PutTextWithMovement("\\overline{}")<cr>' -exe s:pA13.'underline{} <plug><C-r>=IMAP_PutTextWithMovement("\\underline{}")<cr>' -exe s:pA13.'overrightarrow{} <plug><C-r>=IMAP_PutTextWithMovement("\\overrightarrow{}")<cr>' -exe s:pA13.'overleftarrow{} <plug><C-r>=IMAP_PutTextWithMovement("\\overleftarrow{}")<cr>' -exe s:pA13.'overbrace{} <plug><C-r>=IMAP_PutTextWithMovement("\\overbrace{}")<cr>' -exe s:pA13.'underbrace{} <plug><C-r>=IMAP_PutTextWithMovement("\\underbrace{}")<cr>' -" }}} -" {{{ Symbols1 -let s:pA14a = s:pA."&Symbols1." -exe s:pA14a.'forall<Tab>∀ <plug>\forall ' -exe s:pA14a.'exists<Tab>∃ <plug>\exists ' -exe s:pA14a.'nexists<Tab>∄ <plug>\nexists ' -exe s:pA14a.'neg<Tab>¬ <plug>\neg ' -exe s:pA14a.'top<Tab>⊤ <plug>\top ' -exe s:pA14a.'bot<Tab>⊥ <plug>\bot ' -exe s:pA14a.'emptyset<Tab>∅ <plug>\emptyset ' -exe s:pA14a.'varnothing<Tab>⌀ <plug>\varnothing ' -exe s:pA14a.'infty<Tab>∞ <plug>\infty ' -exe s:pA14a.'aleph<Tab>× <plug>\aleph ' -exe s:pA14a.'beth<Tab>ב <plug>\beth ' -exe s:pA14a.'gimel<Tab>×’ <plug>\gimel ' -exe s:pA14a.'daleth<Tab>ד <plug>\daleth ' -exe s:pA14a.'hbar<Tab> <plug>\hbar ' -exe s:pA14a.'hslash<Tab>â„ <plug>\hslash ' -exe s:pA14a.'diagup<Tab>â„ <plug>\diagup ' -exe s:pA14a.'vert<Tab>\| <plug>\vert ' -exe s:pA14a.'Vert<Tab>∥ <plug>\Vert ' -exe s:pA14a.'backslash<Tab>\\ <plug>\backslash ' -exe s:pA14a.'diagdown<Tab> <plug>\diagdown ' -exe s:pA14a.'Bbbk<Tab>ᵕ <plug>\Bbbk ' -exe s:pA14a.'P<Tab>¶ <plug>\P ' -exe s:pA14a.'S<Tab>§ <plug>\S ' -" }}} -" {{{ Symbols2 -let s:pA14b = s:pA."&Symbols2." -exe s:pA14b.'# <plug>\# ' -exe s:pA14b.'% <plug>\% ' -exe s:pA14b.'_<Tab> <plug>\_ ' -exe s:pA14b.'$ <plug>\$ ' -exe s:pA14b.'& <plug>\& ' -exe s:pA14b.'imath<Tab> <plug>\imath ' -exe s:pA14b.'jmath<Tab> <plug>\jmath ' -exe s:pA14b.'ell<Tab>â„“ <plug>\ell ' -exe s:pA14b.'wp<Tab>℘ <plug>\wp ' -exe s:pA14b.'Re<Tab>â„œ <plug>\Re ' -exe s:pA14b.'Im<Tab>â„‘ <plug>\Im ' -exe s:pA14b.'prime<Tab>′ <plug>\prime ' -exe s:pA14b.'backprime<Tab>‵ <plug>\backprime ' -exe s:pA14b.'nabla<Tab>∇ <plug>\nabla ' -exe s:pA14b.'surd<Tab>√ <plug>\surd ' -exe s:pA14b.'flat<Tab>â™ <plug>\flat ' -exe s:pA14b.'sharp<Tab>♯ <plug>\sharp ' -exe s:pA14b.'natural<Tab>â™® <plug>\natural ' -exe s:pA14b.'eth<Tab>ð <plug>\eth ' -exe s:pA14b.'bigstar<Tab>★ <plug>\bigstar ' -exe s:pA14b.'circledS<Tab>Ⓢ <plug>\circledS ' -exe s:pA14b.'Finv<Tab>Ⅎ <plug>\Finv ' -exe s:pA14b.'dag<Tab>†<plug>\dag ' -exe s:pA14b.'ddag<Tab>‡ <plug>\ddag ' -" }}} -" {{{ Symbols3 -let s:pA14c = s:pA."&Symbols3." -exe s:pA14c.'angle<Tab>∠<plug>\angle ' -exe s:pA14c.'measuredangle<Tab>∡ <plug>\measuredangle ' -exe s:pA14c.'sphericalangle<Tab>∢ <plug>\sphericalangle ' -exe s:pA14c.'spadesuit<Tab>â™ <plug>\spadesuit ' -exe s:pA14c.'heartsuit<Tab>♡ <plug>\heartsuit ' -exe s:pA14c.'diamondsuit<Tab>♢ <plug>\diamondsuit ' -exe s:pA14c.'clubsuit<Tab>♣ <plug>\clubsuit ' -exe s:pA14c.'lozenge<Tab>â—Š <plug>\lozenge ' -exe s:pA14c.'blacklozenge<Tab>â—† <plug>\blacklozenge ' -exe s:pA14c.'Diamond<Tab>â—‡ <plug>\Diamond ' -exe s:pA14c.'triangle<Tab>â–³ <plug>\triangle ' -exe s:pA14c.'vartriangle<Tab>â–³ <plug>\vartriangle ' -exe s:pA14c.'blacktriangle<Tab>â–² <plug>\blacktriangle ' -exe s:pA14c.'triangledown<Tab>â–½ <plug>\triangledown ' -exe s:pA14c.'blacktriangledown<Tab>â–¼ <plug>\blacktriangledown ' -exe s:pA14c.'Box<Tab>â–¡ <plug>\Box ' -exe s:pA14c.'square<Tab>â–¡ <plug>\square ' -exe s:pA14c.'blacksquare<Tab>â– <plug>\blacksquare ' -exe s:pA14c.'complement<Tab>∠<plug>\complement ' -exe s:pA14c.'mho<Tab>℧ <plug>\mho ' -exe s:pA14c.'Game<Tab>â… <plug>\Game ' -exe s:pA14c.'partial<Tab>`6\ \ ∂ <plug>\partial ' -exe s:pA14c.'smallint<Tab>∫ <plug>\smallint ' -" }}} -" {{{ Logic -let s:pA15 = s:pA."&Logic." -exe s:pA15.'lnot<Tab>¬ <plug>\lnot ' -exe s:pA15.'lor<Tab>∨ <plug>\lor ' -exe s:pA15.'land<Tab>∧ <plug>\land ' -" }}} -" {{{ Limits1 -let s:pA16 = s:pA."&Limits1." -exe s:pA16.'left<Tab>( <plug>\left' -exe s:pA16.'right<Tab>) <plug>\right' -exe s:pA16.'-sepbigl- :' -exe s:pA16.'bigl<Tab> <plug>\bigl' -exe s:pA16.'Bigl<Tab> <plug>\Bigl' -exe s:pA16.'biggl<Tab> <plug>\biggl' -exe s:pA16.'Biggl<Tab> <plug>\Biggl' -exe s:pA16.'-sepbigr- :' -exe s:pA16.'bigr<Tab> <plug>\bigr' -exe s:pA16.'Bigr<Tab> <plug>\Bigr' -exe s:pA16.'biggr<Tab> <plug>\biggr' -exe s:pA16.'Biggr<Tab> <plug>\Biggr' -exe s:pA16.'-sepbig- :' -exe s:pA16.'big<Tab> <plug>\big' -exe s:pA16.'bigm<Tab> <plug>\bigm' -exe s:pA16.'-sepfloor- :' -exe s:pA16.'lfloor<Tab>⌊ <plug>\lfloor ' -exe s:pA16.'lceil<Tab>⌈ <plug>\lceil ' -exe s:pA16.'rfloor<Tab>⌋ <plug>\rfloor ' -exe s:pA16.'rceil<Tab>⌉ <plug>\rceil ' -exe s:pA16.'-sepangle- :' -exe s:pA16.'langle<Tab>〈 <plug>\langle ' -exe s:pA16.'rangle<Tab>〉 <plug>\rangle ' -" }}} -" {{{ Limits2 -let s:pA16a = s:pA."&Limits2." -exe s:pA16a.'ulcorner<Tab>⌜ <plug>\ulcorner ' -exe s:pA16a.'urcorner<Tab>⌠<plug>\urcorner ' -exe s:pA16a.'llcorner<Tab>⌞ <plug>\llcorner ' -exe s:pA16a.'rlcorner<Tab>⌟ <plug>\rlcorner ' -exe s:pA16a.'-sepcorner- :' -exe s:pA16a.'vert<Tab>\| <plug>\vert ' -exe s:pA16a.'Vert<Tab>∥ <plug>\Vert ' -exe s:pA16a.'lvert<Tab> <plug>\lvert ' -exe s:pA16a.'lVert<Tab> <plug>\lVert ' -exe s:pA16a.'rvert<Tab> <plug>\rvert ' -exe s:pA16a.'rVert<Tab> <plug>\rVert ' -exe s:pA16a.'uparrow<Tab>↑ <plug>\uparrow ' -exe s:pA16a.'Uparrow<Tab>⇑ <plug>\Uparrow ' -exe s:pA16a.'downarrow<Tab>↓ <plug>\downarrow ' -exe s:pA16a.'Downarrow<Tab>⇓ <plug>\Downarrow ' -exe s:pA16a.'updownarrow<Tab>↕ <plug>\updownarrow ' -exe s:pA16a.'Updownarrow<Tab>⇕ <plug>\Updownarrow ' -exe s:pA16a.'lgroup<Tab> <plug>\lgroup ' -exe s:pA16a.'rgroup<Tab> <plug>\rgroup ' -exe s:pA16a.'lmoustache<Tab>∫ <plug>\lmoustache ' -exe s:pA16a.'rmoustache<Tab> <plug>\rmoustache ' -exe s:pA16a.'arrowvert<Tab> <plug>\arrowvert ' -exe s:pA16a.'Arrowvert<Tab> <plug>\Arrowvert ' -exe s:pA16a.'bracevert<Tab> <plug>\bracevert ' -" }}} -" {{{ Log-likes -let s:pA17 = s:pA."Lo&g-likes." -exe s:pA17.'arccos<Tab> <plug>\arccos ' -exe s:pA17.'arcsin<Tab> <plug>\arcsin ' -exe s:pA17.'arctan<Tab> <plug>\arctan ' -exe s:pA17.'arg<Tab> <plug>\arg ' -exe s:pA17.'cos<Tab> <plug>\cos ' -exe s:pA17.'cosh<Tab> <plug>\cosh ' -exe s:pA17.'cot<Tab> <plug>\cot ' -exe s:pA17.'coth<Tab> <plug>\coth ' -exe s:pA17.'csc<Tab> <plug>\csc ' -exe s:pA17.'deg<Tab> <plug>\deg ' -exe s:pA17.'det<Tab> <plug>\det ' -exe s:pA17.'dim<Tab> <plug>\dim ' -exe s:pA17.'exp<Tab> <plug>\exp ' -exe s:pA17.'gcd<Tab> <plug>\gcd ' -exe s:pA17.'hom<Tab> <plug>\hom ' -exe s:pA17.'inf<Tab> <plug>\inf ' -exe s:pA17.'injlim<Tab> <plug>\injlim ' -exe s:pA17.'ker<Tab> <plug>\ker ' -exe s:pA17.'lg<Tab> <plug>\lg ' -exe s:pA17.'lim<Tab> <plug>\lim ' -exe s:pA17.'liminf<Tab> <plug>\liminf ' -exe s:pA17.'limsup<Tab> <plug>\limsup ' -exe s:pA17.'ln<Tab> <plug>\ln ' -exe s:pA17.'log<Tab> <plug>\log ' -exe s:pA17.'max<Tab> <plug>\max ' -exe s:pA17.'min<Tab> <plug>\min ' -exe s:pA17.'Pr<Tab> <plug>\Pr ' -exe s:pA17.'projlim<Tab> <plug>\projlim ' -exe s:pA17.'sec<Tab> <plug>\sec ' -exe s:pA17.'sin<Tab> <plug>\sin ' -exe s:pA17.'sinh<Tab> <plug>\sinh ' -exe s:pA17.'sup<Tab> <plug>\sup ' -exe s:pA17.'tan<Tab> <plug>\tan ' -exe s:pA17.'tanh<Tab> <plug>\tanh ' -exe s:pA17.'varlimsup<Tab> <plug>\varlimsup ' -exe s:pA17.'varliminf<Tab> <plug>\varliminf ' -exe s:pA17.'varinjlim<Tab> <plug>\varinjlim ' -exe s:pA17.'varprojlim<Tab> <plug>\varprojlim ' -" }}} -" {{{ MathSpacing -let s:pA18 = s:pA."MathSpacing." -exe s:pA18.', <plug>\, ' -exe s:pA18.': <plug>\: ' -exe s:pA18.'; <plug>\; ' -exe s:pA18.'[space] <plug>\ ' -exe s:pA18.'quad<Tab> <plug>\quad ' -exe s:pA18.'qquad<Tab> <plug>\qquad ' -exe s:pA18.'! <plug>\! ' -exe s:pA18.'thinspace<Tab> <plug>\thinspace ' -exe s:pA18.'medspace<Tab> <plug>\medspace ' -exe s:pA18.'thickspace<Tab> <plug>\thickspace ' -exe s:pA18.'negthinspace<Tab> <plug>\negthinspace ' -exe s:pA18.'negmedspace<Tab> <plug>\negmedspace ' -exe s:pA18.'negthickspace<Tab> <plug>\negthickspace ' -" 1}}} - -" vim:fdm=marker:ff=unix:noet:ts=4:sw=4:fenc=utf-8 diff --git a/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/mathmacros.vim b/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/mathmacros.vim deleted file mode 100644 index 553965c..0000000 --- a/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/mathmacros.vim +++ /dev/null @@ -1,730 +0,0 @@ -"============================================================================= -" File: mathmacros.vim -" Author: Mikolaj Machowski -" Created: Tue Apr 23 06:00 PM 2002 PST -" -" Description: macros for everything mathematical in latex. -"============================================================================= - -if !(has('gui_running') && g:Tex_MathMenus && g:Tex_Menus) - finish -endif - -let s:MathMenuName = g:Tex_MenuPrefix.'&Math.' - -function! Tex_MathMenuRemove() - exe 'silent! aunmenu '.s:MathMenuName -endfunction - -let s:pA = 'amenu <silent> '.g:Tex_NextMenuLocation.' '.s:MathMenuName -let g:Tex_NextMenuLocation = g:Tex_NextMenuLocation + 1 - -" brackets and dollars {{{ -exe s:pA.'\\&[\ \\] <plug><C-r>=IMAP_PutTextWithMovement("\\[<++>\\]<++>")<cr>' -exe s:pA.'\\&(\ \\) <plug><C-r>=IMAP_PutTextWithMovement("\\(<++>\\)<++>")<cr>' -exe s:pA.'&$\ $ <plug>$$' -exe s:pA.'-sepmath1- :' -" }}} -" MATH arrows {{{ -let s:pA1 = s:pA."&Arrows." -exe s:pA1.'Leftarrow <plug>\leftarrow ' -exe s:pA1.'leftarrow <plug>\leftarrow' -exe s:pA1.'longleftarrow <plug>\longleftarrow ' -exe s:pA1.'Leftarrow <plug>\Leftarrow ' -exe s:pA1.'Longleftarrow <plug>\Longleftarrow ' -exe s:pA1.'rightarrow <plug>\rightarrow ' -exe s:pA1.'longrightarrow <plug>\longrightarrow ' -exe s:pA1.'Rightarrow <plug>\Rightarrow ' -exe s:pA1.'Longrightarrow <plug>\Longrightarrow ' -exe s:pA1.'leftrightarrow <plug>\leftrightarrow ' -exe s:pA1.'longleftrightarrow <plug>\longleftrightarrow ' -exe s:pA1.'Leftrightarrow <plug>\Leftrightarrow ' -exe s:pA1.'Longleftrightarrow <plug>\Longleftrightarrow ' -exe s:pA1.'uparrow <plug>\uparrow ' -exe s:pA1.'Uparrow <plug>\Uparrow ' -exe s:pA1.'downarrow <plug>\downarrow ' -exe s:pA1.'Downarrow <plug>\Downarrow ' -exe s:pA1.'updownarrow <plug>\updownarrow ' -exe s:pA1.'Updownarrow <plug>\Updownarrow ' -exe s:pA1.'nearrow <plug>\nearrow ' -exe s:pA1.'searrow <plug>\searrow ' -exe s:pA1.'swarrow <plug>\swarrow ' -exe s:pA1.'nwarrow <plug>\nwarrow ' -exe s:pA1.'mapsto <plug>\mapsto ' -exe s:pA1.'leadsto <plug>\leadsto ' -exe s:pA1.'longmapsto <plug>\longmapsto ' -exe s:pA1.'hookleftarrow <plug>\hookleftarrow ' -exe s:pA1.'hookrightarrow <plug>\hookrightarrow ' -exe s:pA1.'leftharpoonup <plug>\leftharpoonup ' -exe s:pA1.'leftharpoondown <plug>\leftharpoondown ' -exe s:pA1.'rightharpoonup <plug>\rightharpoonup ' -exe s:pA1.'rightharpoondown <plug>\rightharpoondown ' -exe s:pA1.'rightleftharpoons <plug>\rightleftharpoons ' -exe s:pA1.'overleftarrow <plug>\overleftarrow ' -exe s:pA1.'overrightarrow <plug>\overrightarrow ' -exe s:pA1.'overleftrightarrow <plug>\overleftrightarrow ' -exe s:pA1.'underleftarrow <plug>\underleftarrow ' -exe s:pA1.'underrightarrow <plug>\underrightarrow ' -exe s:pA1.'underleftrightarrow <plug>\underleftrightarrow ' -exe s:pA1.'xleftarrow <plug>\xleftarrow ' -exe s:pA1.'xrightarrow <plug>\xrightarrow ' -" }}} - - -" MATH nArrows {{{ -let s:pA1a = s:pA."&nArrows." -exe s:pA1a.'nleftarrow <plug>\nleftarrow ' -exe s:pA1a.'nLeftarrow <plug>\nLeftarrow ' -exe s:pA1a.'nleftrightarrow <plug>\nleftrightarrow ' -exe s:pA1a.'nrightarrow <plug>\nrightarrow ' -exe s:pA1a.'nRightarrow <plug>\nRightarrow ' -" }}} -" MATH Arrows2 {{{ -let s:pA1a = s:pA."Arrows2." -exe s:pA1a.'dashleftarrow <plug>\dashleftarrow ' -exe s:pA1a.'leftleftarrows <plug>\leftleftarrows ' -exe s:pA1a.'leftrightarrows <plug>\leftrightarrows ' -exe s:pA1a.'Lleftarrow <plug>\Lleftarrow ' -exe s:pA1a.'twoheadleftarrow <plug>\twoheadleftarrow ' -exe s:pA1a.'leftarrowtail <plug>\leftarrowtail ' -exe s:pA1a.'leftrightharpoons <plug>\leftrightharpoons ' -exe s:pA1a.'Lsh <plug>\Lsh ' -exe s:pA1a.'looparrowleft <plug>\looparrowleft ' -exe s:pA1a.'curvearrowleft <plug>\curvearrowleft ' -exe s:pA1a.'circlearrowleft <plug>\circlearrowleft ' -exe s:pA1a.'dashrightarrow <plug>\dashrightarrow ' -exe s:pA1a.'rightrightarrows <plug>\rightrightarrows ' -exe s:pA1a.'rightleftarrows <plug>\rightleftarrows ' -exe s:pA1a.'Rrightarrow <plug>\Rrightarrow ' -exe s:pA1a.'twoheadrightarrow <plug>\twoheadrightarrow ' -exe s:pA1a.'rightarrowtail <plug>\rightarrowtail ' -exe s:pA1a.'rightleftharpoons <plug>\rightleftharpoons ' -exe s:pA1a.'Rsh <plug>\Rsh ' -exe s:pA1a.'looparrowright <plug>\looparrowright ' -exe s:pA1a.'curvearrowright <plug>\curvearrowright ' -exe s:pA1a.'circlearrowright <plug>\circlearrowright ' -exe s:pA1a.'multimap <plug>\multimap ' -exe s:pA1a.'upuparrows <plug>\upuparrows ' -exe s:pA1a.'downdownarrows <plug>\downdownarrows ' -exe s:pA1a.'upharpoonleft <plug>\upharpoonleft ' -exe s:pA1a.'upharpoonright <plug>\upharpoonright ' -exe s:pA1a.'downharpoonleft <plug>\downharpoonleft ' -exe s:pA1a.'downharpoonright <plug>\downharpoonright ' -exe s:pA1a.'rightsquigarrow <plug>\rightsquigarrow ' -exe s:pA1a.'leftrightsquigarrow <plug>\leftrightsquigarrow ' -" }}} -" MATH Fonts {{{ -let s:pA2a = s:pA."&MathFonts." -exe s:pA2a.'mathbf{} <plug><C-r>=IMAP_PutTextWithMovement("\\mathbf{<++>}<++>")<cr>' -exe s:pA2a.'mathrm{} <plug><C-r>=IMAP_PutTextWithMovement("\\mathrm{<++>}<++>")<cr>' -exe s:pA2a.'mathsf{} <plug><C-r>=IMAP_PutTextWithMovement("\\mathsf{<++>}<++>")<cr>' -exe s:pA2a.'mathtt{} <plug><C-r>=IMAP_PutTextWithMovement("\\mathtt{<++>}<++>")<cr>' -exe s:pA2a.'mathit{} <plug><C-r>=IMAP_PutTextWithMovement("\\mathit{<++>}<++>")<cr>' -exe s:pA2a.'mathfrak{} <plug><C-r>=IMAP_PutTextWithMovement("\\mathfrak{<++>}<++>")<cr>' -exe s:pA2a.'mathcal{} <plug><C-r>=IMAP_PutTextWithMovement("\\mathcal{<++>}<++>")<cr>' -exe s:pA2a.'mathscr{} <plug><C-r>=IMAP_PutTextWithMovement("\\mathscr{<++>}<++>")<cr>' -exe s:pA2a.'mathbb{} <plug><C-r>=IMAP_PutTextWithMovement("\\mathbb{<++>}<++>")<cr>' -" }}} -" Greek Letters small {{{ -let s:pA2 = s:pA."&Greek.&Small." -exe s:pA2.'alpha<Tab>`a <plug>\alpha ' -exe s:pA2.'beta<Tab>`b <plug>\beta ' -exe s:pA2.'gamma<Tab>`g <plug>\gamma ' -exe s:pA2.'delta<Tab>`d <plug>\delta ' -exe s:pA2.'epsilon <plug>\epsilon ' -exe s:pA2.'varepsilon<Tab>`e <plug>\varepsilon ' -exe s:pA2.'zeta<Tab>`z <plug>\zeta ' -exe s:pA2.'eta<Tab>`h <plug>\eta ' -exe s:pA2.'theta<Tab>`q <plug>\theta ' -exe s:pA2.'vartheta <plug>\vartheta ' -exe s:pA2.'iota<Tab>`i <plug>\iota ' -exe s:pA2.'kappa<Tab>`k <plug>\kappa ' -exe s:pA2.'lambda<Tab>`l <plug>\lambda ' -exe s:pA2.'mu<Tab>`m <plug>\mu ' -exe s:pA2.'nu<Tab>`n <plug>\nu ' -exe s:pA2.'xi<Tab>`x <plug>\xi ' -exe s:pA2.'pi<Tab>`p <plug>\pi ' -exe s:pA2.'varpi <plug>\varpi ' -exe s:pA2.'rho<Tab>`r <plug>\rho ' -exe s:pA2.'varrho <plug>\varrho ' -exe s:pA2.'sigma<Tab>`s <plug>\sigma ' -exe s:pA2.'varsigma<Tab>`v <plug>\varsigma ' -exe s:pA2.'tau<Tab>`t <plug>\tau ' -exe s:pA2.'upsilon<Tab>`u <plug>\upsilon ' -exe s:pA2.'phi <plug>\phi ' -exe s:pA2.'varphi<Tab>`f <plug>\varphi ' -exe s:pA2.'chi<Tab>`c <plug>\chi ' -exe s:pA2.'psi<Tab>`y <plug>\psi ' -exe s:pA2.'omega<Tab>`w <plug>\omega ' -" }}} -" Greek Letters big {{{ -let s:pA3 = s:pA.'&Greek.&Big.' -exe s:pA3.'Alpha<Tab>`A <plug>\Alpha ' -exe s:pA3.'Beta<Tab>`B <plug>\Beta ' -exe s:pA3.'Gamma<Tab>`G <plug>\Gamma ' -exe s:pA3.'Delta<Tab>`D <plug>\Delta ' -exe s:pA3.'Epsilon<Tab>`E <plug>\Epsilon ' -exe s:pA3.'Zeta<Tab>`Z <plug>\mathrm{Z} ' -exe s:pA3.'Eta<Tab>`H <plug>\Eta ' -exe s:pA3.'Theta <plug>\Theta ' -exe s:pA3.'Iota <plug>\mathrm{I} ' -exe s:pA3.'Kappa<Tab>`K <plug>\Kappa ' -exe s:pA3.'Lambda<Tab>`L <plug>\Lambda ' -exe s:pA3.'Mu<Tab>`M <plug>\Mu ' -exe s:pA3.'Nu<Tab>`N <plug>\Nu ' -exe s:pA3.'Xi<Tab>`X <plug>\Xi ' -exe s:pA3.'Pi<Tab>`P <plug>\Pi ' -exe s:pA3.'Rho<Tab>`R <plug>\Rho ' -exe s:pA3.'Sigma<Tab>`S <plug>\Sigma ' -exe s:pA3.'Tau<Tab>`T <plug>\Tau ' -exe s:pA3.'Upsilon<Tab>`U <plug>\Upsilon ' -exe s:pA3.'Phi <plug>\Phi ' -exe s:pA3.'Chi<Tab>`C <plug>\Chi ' -exe s:pA3.'Psi<Tab>`Y <plug>\Psi ' -exe s:pA3.'Omega<Tab>`W <plug>\Omega ' -" }}} -" BinaryRel1 {{{ -let s:pA4 = s:pA."&BinaryRel1." -exe s:pA4.'ll <plug>\ll ' -exe s:pA4.'lll <plug>\lll ' -exe s:pA4.'leqslant <plug>\leqslant ' -exe s:pA4.'leq <plug>\leq ' -exe s:pA4.'leqq <plug>\leqq ' -exe s:pA4.'eqslantless <plug>\eqslantless ' -exe s:pA4.'lessdot <plug>\lessdot ' -exe s:pA4.'prec <plug>\prec ' -exe s:pA4.'preceq <plug>\preceq ' -exe s:pA4.'preccurlyeq <plug>\preccurlyeq ' -exe s:pA4.'curlyeqprec <plug>\curlyeqprec ' -exe s:pA4.'lesssim <plug>\lesssim ' -exe s:pA4.'lessapprox <plug>\lessapprox ' -exe s:pA4.'precsim <plug>\precsim ' -exe s:pA4.'precapprox <plug>\precapprox ' -exe s:pA4.'in <plug>\in ' -exe s:pA4.'subset<Tab>`( <plug>\subset ' -exe s:pA4.'Subset<Tab>`) <plug>\Subset ' -exe s:pA4.'subseteq <plug>\subseteq ' -exe s:pA4.'subseteqq <plug>\subseteqq ' -exe s:pA4.'sqsubset <plug>\sqsubset ' -exe s:pA4.'sqsubseteq <plug>\sqsubseteq ' -exe s:pA4.'smile <plug>\smile ' -exe s:pA4.'smallsmile <plug>\smallsmile ' -exe s:pA4.'parallel <plug>\parallel ' -exe s:pA4.'shortparallel <plug>\shortparallel ' -exe s:pA4.'dashv <plug>\dashv ' -exe s:pA4.'vdash <plug>\vdash ' -exe s:pA4.'vDash <plug>\vDash ' -exe s:pA4.'models <plug>\models ' -exe s:pA4.'therefore <plug>\therefore ' -exe s:pA4.'backepsilon <plug>\backepsilon ' -" }}} -" nBinaryRel1 {{{ -let s:pA4a = s:pA."&nBinaryRel1." -exe s:pA4a.'nless <plug>\nless ' -exe s:pA4a.'nleqslant <plug>\nleqslant ' -exe s:pA4a.'nleq <plug>\nleq ' -exe s:pA4a.'lneq <plug>\lneq ' -exe s:pA4a.'nleqq <plug>\nleqq ' -exe s:pA4a.'lneqq <plug>\lneqq ' -exe s:pA4a.'lvertneqq <plug>\lvertneqq ' -exe s:pA4a.'nprec <plug>\nprec ' -exe s:pA4a.'npreceq <plug>\npreceq ' -exe s:pA4a.'precneqq <plug>\precneqq ' -exe s:pA4a.'lnsim <plug>\lnsim ' -exe s:pA4a.'lnapprox <plug>\lnapprox ' -exe s:pA4a.'precnsim <plug>\precnsim ' -exe s:pA4a.'precnapprox <plug>\precnapprox ' -exe s:pA4a.'notin <plug>\notin ' -exe s:pA4a.'nsubseteq <plug>\nsubseteq ' -exe s:pA4a.'varsubsetneq <plug>\varsubsetneq ' -exe s:pA4a.'subsetneq <plug>\subsetneq ' -exe s:pA4a.'nsubseteqq <plug>\nsubseteqq ' -exe s:pA4a.'varsubsetneqq <plug>\varsubsetneqq ' -exe s:pA4a.'subsetneqq <plug>\subsetneqq ' -exe s:pA4a.'nparallel <plug>\nparallel ' -exe s:pA4a.'nshortparallel <plug>\nshortparallel ' -exe s:pA4a.'nvdash <plug>\nvdash ' -exe s:pA4a.'nvDash <plug>\nvDash ' -" }}} -" BinaryRel2 {{{ -let s:pA5 = s:pA."&BinaryRel2." -exe s:pA5.'gg <plug>\gg ' -exe s:pA5.'ggg <plug>\ggg ' -exe s:pA5.'gggtr <plug>\gggtr ' -exe s:pA5.'geqslant <plug>\geqslant ' -exe s:pA5.'geq <plug>\geq ' -exe s:pA5.'geqq <plug>\geqq ' -exe s:pA5.'eqslantgtr <plug>\eqslantgtr ' -exe s:pA5.'gtrdot <plug>\gtrdot ' -exe s:pA5.'succ <plug>\succ ' -exe s:pA5.'succeq <plug>\succeq ' -exe s:pA5.'succcurlyeq <plug>\succcurlyeq ' -exe s:pA5.'curlyeqsucc <plug>\curlyeqsucc ' -exe s:pA5.'gtrsim <plug>\gtrsim ' -exe s:pA5.'gtrapprox <plug>\gtrapprox ' -exe s:pA5.'succsim <plug>\succsim ' -exe s:pA5.'succapprox <plug>\succapprox ' -exe s:pA5.'ni <plug>\ni ' -exe s:pA5.'owns <plug>\owns ' -exe s:pA5.'supset <plug>\supset ' -exe s:pA5.'Supset <plug>\Supset ' -exe s:pA5.'supseteq <plug>\supseteq ' -exe s:pA5.'supseteqq <plug>\supseteqq ' -exe s:pA5.'sqsupset <plug>\sqsupset ' -exe s:pA5.'sqsupseteq <plug>\sqsupseteq ' -exe s:pA5.'frown <plug>\frown ' -exe s:pA5.'smallfrown <plug>\smallfrown ' -exe s:pA5.'mid <plug>\mid ' -exe s:pA5.'shortmid <plug>\shortmid ' -exe s:pA5.'between <plug>\between ' -exe s:pA5.'Vdash <plug>\Vdash ' -exe s:pA5.'bowtie <plug>\bowtie ' -exe s:pA5.'Join <plug>\Join ' -exe s:pA5.'pitchfork <plug>\pitchfork ' -" }}} -" {{{ nBinaryRel2 -let s:pA5a = s:pA."n&BinaryRel2." "TODO: dorobiæ logarytmy -exe s:pA5a.'ngtr <plug>\ngtr ' -exe s:pA5a.'ngeqslant <plug>\ngeqslant ' -exe s:pA5a.'ngeq <plug>\ngeq ' -exe s:pA5a.'gneq <plug>\gneq ' -exe s:pA5a.'ngeqq <plug>\ngeqq ' -exe s:pA5a.'gneqq <plug>\gneqq ' -exe s:pA5a.'nsucc <plug>\nsucc ' -exe s:pA5a.'nsucceq <plug>\nsucceq ' -exe s:pA5a.'succneqq <plug>\succneqq ' -exe s:pA5a.'gnsim <plug>\gnsim ' -exe s:pA5a.'gnapprox <plug>\gnapprox ' -exe s:pA5a.'succnsim <plug>\succnsim ' -exe s:pA5a.'succnapprox <plug>\succnapprox ' -exe s:pA5a.'nsupseteq <plug>\nsupseteq ' -exe s:pA5a.'varsupsetneq <plug>\varsupsetneq ' -exe s:pA5a.'supsetneq <plug>\supsetneq ' -exe s:pA5a.'nsupseteqq <plug>\nsupseteqq ' -exe s:pA5a.'varsupsetneqq <plug>\varsupsetneqq ' -exe s:pA5a.'supsetneqq <plug>\supsetneqq ' -exe s:pA5a.'nmid <plug>\nmid ' -exe s:pA5a.'nshortmid <plug>\nshortmid ' -exe s:pA5a.'nVdash <plug>\nVdash ' -" }}} -" {{{ BinaryRel3 -let s:pA6 = s:pA."&BinaryRel3." -exe s:pA6.'doteq <plug>\doteq ' -exe s:pA6.'circeq <plug>\circeq ' -exe s:pA6.'eqcirc <plug>\eqcirc ' -exe s:pA6.'risingdotseq <plug>\risingdotseq ' -exe s:pA6.'doteqdot <plug>\doteqdot ' -exe s:pA6.'Doteq <plug>\Doteq ' -exe s:pA6.'fallingdotseq <plug>\fallingdotseq ' -exe s:pA6.'triangleq <plug>\triangleq ' -exe s:pA6.'bumpeq <plug>\bumpeq ' -exe s:pA6.'Bumpeq <plug>\Bumpeq ' -exe s:pA6.'equiv<Tab>`= <plug>\equiv ' -exe s:pA6.'sim <plug>\sim ' -exe s:pA6.'thicksim <plug>\thicksim ' -exe s:pA6.'backsim <plug>\backsim ' -exe s:pA6.'simeq <plug>\simeq ' -exe s:pA6.'backsimeq <plug>\backsimeq ' -exe s:pA6.'cong <plug>\cong ' -exe s:pA6.'approx<tab>=~ <plug>\approx ' -exe s:pA6.'thickapprox <plug>\thickapprox ' -exe s:pA6.'approxeq <plug>\approxeq ' -exe s:pA6.'blacktriangleleft <plug>\blacktriangleleft ' -exe s:pA6.'vartriangleleft <plug>\vartriangleleft ' -exe s:pA6.'trianglelefteq <plug>\trianglelefteq ' -exe s:pA6.'blacktriangleright <plug>\blacktriangleright ' -exe s:pA6.'vartriangleright <plug>\vartriangleright ' -exe s:pA6.'trianglerighteq <plug>\trianglerighteq ' -exe s:pA6.'perp <plug>\perp ' -exe s:pA6.'asymp <plug>\asymp ' -exe s:pA6.'Vvdash <plug>\Vvdash ' -exe s:pA6.'propto <plug>\propto ' -exe s:pA6.'varpropto <plug>\varpropto ' -exe s:pA6.'because <plug>\because ' -" }}} -" {{{ nBinaryRel3 -let s:pA6a = s:pA."&nBinaryRel3." -exe s:pA6a.'neq <plug>\neq ' -exe s:pA6a.'nsim <plug>\nsim ' -exe s:pA6a.'ncong <plug>\ncong ' -exe s:pA6a.'ntriangleleft <plug>\ntriangleleft ' -exe s:pA6a.'ntrianglelefteq <plug>\ntrianglelefteq ' -exe s:pA6a.'ntriangleright <plug>\ntriangleright ' -exe s:pA6a.'ntrianglerighteq <plug>\ntrianglerighteq ' -" }}} -" {{{ BinaryRel4 -let s:pA7 = s:pA."&BinaryRel4." -exe s:pA7.'lessgtr <plug>\lessgtr ' -exe s:pA7.'gtrless <plug>\gtrless ' -exe s:pA7.'lesseqgtr <plug>\lesseqgtr ' -exe s:pA7.'gtreqless <plug>\gtreqless ' -exe s:pA7.'lesseqqgtr <plug>\lesseqqgtr ' -exe s:pA7.'gtreqqless <plug>\gtreqqless ' -" }}} -" {{{ BigOp -let s:pA8a = s:pA."&BigOp." -exe s:pA8a.'limits <plug>\limits' -exe s:pA8a.'nolimits <plug>\nolimits' -exe s:pA8a.'displaylimits <plug>\displaylimits' -exe s:pA8a.'-seplimits- :' -exe s:pA8a.'bigcap<Tab>`- <plug>\bigcap' -exe s:pA8a.'bigcup<Tab>`+ <plug>\bigcup' -exe s:pA8a.'bigodot <plug>\bigodot' -exe s:pA8a.'bigoplus <plug>\bigoplus' -exe s:pA8a.'bigotimes <plug>\bigotimes' -exe s:pA8a.'bigsqcup <plug>\bigsqcup' -exe s:pA8a.'biguplus <plug>\biguplus' -exe s:pA8a.'bigvee <plug>\bigvee' -exe s:pA8a.'bigwedge <plug>\bigwedge' -exe s:pA8a.'coprod <plug>\coprod' -exe s:pA8a.'int <plug>\int' -exe s:pA8a.'oint <plug>\oint' -exe s:pA8a.'prod <plug>\prod' -exe s:pA8a.'sum <plug>\sum' -" }}} -" {{{ BinaryOp -let s:pA8 = s:pA."&BinaryOp." -exe s:pA8.'pm <plug>\pm ' -exe s:pA8.'mp <plug>\mp ' -exe s:pA8.'dotplus <plug>\dotplus ' -exe s:pA8.'cdot<Tab>`. <plug>\cdot ' -exe s:pA8.'centerdot <plug>\centerdot ' -exe s:pA8.'times<Tab>`* <plug>\times ' -exe s:pA8.'ltimes <plug>\ltimes ' -exe s:pA8.'rtimes <plug>\rtimes ' -exe s:pA8.'leftthreetimes <plug>\leftthreetimes ' -exe s:pA8.'rightthreetimes <plug>\rightthreetimes ' -exe s:pA8.'div <plug>\div ' -exe s:pA8.'divideontimes <plug>\divideontimes ' -exe s:pA8.'bmod <plug>\bmod ' -exe s:pA8.'ast <plug>\ast ' -exe s:pA8.'star <plug>\star ' -exe s:pA8.'setminus<Tab>`\\ <plug>\setminus ' -exe s:pA8.'smallsetminus <plug>\smallsetminus ' -exe s:pA8.'diamond <plug>\diamond ' -exe s:pA8.'wr <plug>\wr ' -exe s:pA8.'intercal <plug>\intercal ' -exe s:pA8.'circ<Tab>`@ <plug>\circ ' -exe s:pA8.'bigcirc <plug>\bigcirc ' -exe s:pA8.'bullet <plug>\bullet ' -exe s:pA8.'cap <plug>\cap ' -exe s:pA8.'Cap <plug>\Cap ' -exe s:pA8.'cup <plug>\cup ' -exe s:pA8.'Cup <plug>\Cup ' -exe s:pA8.'sqcap <plug>\sqcap ' -exe s:pA8.'sqcup <plug>\sqcup' -exe s:pA8.'amalg <plug>\amalg ' -exe s:pA8.'uplus <plug>\uplus ' -exe s:pA8.'triangleleft <plug>\triangleleft ' -exe s:pA8.'triangleright <plug>\triangleright ' -exe s:pA8.'bigtriangleup <plug>\bigtriangleup ' -exe s:pA8.'bigtriangledown <plug>\bigtriangledown ' -exe s:pA8.'vee <plug>\vee ' -exe s:pA8.'veebar <plug>\veebar ' -exe s:pA8.'curlyvee <plug>\curlyvee ' -exe s:pA8.'wedge<Tab>`& <plug>\wedge ' -exe s:pA8.'barwedge <plug>\barwedge ' -exe s:pA8.'doublebarwedge <plug>\doublebarwedge ' -exe s:pA8.'curlywedge <plug>\curlywedge ' -exe s:pA8.'oplus <plug>\oplus ' -exe s:pA8.'ominus <plug>\ominus ' -exe s:pA8.'otimes <plug>\otimes ' -exe s:pA8.'oslash <plug>\oslash ' -exe s:pA8.'boxplus <plug>\boxplus ' -exe s:pA8.'boxminus <plug>\boxminus ' -exe s:pA8.'boxtimes <plug>\boxtimes ' -exe s:pA8.'boxdot <plug>\boxdot ' -exe s:pA8.'odot <plug>\odot ' -exe s:pA8.'circledast <plug>\circledast ' -exe s:pA8.'circleddash <plug>\circleddash ' -exe s:pA8.'circledcirc <plug>\circledcirc ' -exe s:pA8.'dagger <plug>\dagger ' -exe s:pA8.'ddagger <plug>\ddagger ' -exe s:pA8.'lhd <plug>\lhd ' -exe s:pA8.'unlhd <plug>\unlhd ' -exe s:pA8.'rhd <plug>\rhd ' -exe s:pA8.'unrhd <plug>\unrhd ' -" }}} -" {{{ Other1 -let s:pA9 = s:pA."&Other1." -exe s:pA9.'hat <plug>\hat ' -exe s:pA9.'check <plug>\check ' -exe s:pA9.'grave <plug>\grave ' -exe s:pA9.'acute <plug>\acute ' -exe s:pA9.'dot <plug>\dot ' -exe s:pA9.'ddot <plug>\ddot ' -exe s:pA9.'tilde<Tab>`, <plug>\tilde ' -exe s:pA9.'breve <plug>\breve ' -exe s:pA9.'bar <plug>\bar ' -exe s:pA9.'vec <plug>\vec ' -exe s:pA9.'aleph <plug>\aleph ' -exe s:pA9.'hbar <plug>\hbar ' -exe s:pA9.'imath <plug>\imath ' -exe s:pA9.'jmath <plug>\jmath ' -exe s:pA9.'ell <plug>\ell ' -exe s:pA9.'wp <plug>\wp ' -exe s:pA9.'Re <plug>\Re ' -exe s:pA9.'Im <plug>\Im ' -exe s:pA9.'partial <plug>\partial ' -exe s:pA9.'infty<Tab>`8 <plug>\infty ' -exe s:pA9.'prime <plug>\prime ' -exe s:pA9.'emptyset <plug>\emptyset ' -exe s:pA9.'nabla <plug>\nabla ' -exe s:pA9.'surd <plug>\surd ' -exe s:pA9.'top <plug>\top ' -exe s:pA9.'bot <plug>\bot ' -exe s:pA9.'angle <plug>\angle ' -exe s:pA9.'triangle <plug>\triangle ' -exe s:pA9.'backslash <plug>\backslash ' -exe s:pA9.'forall <plug>\forall ' -exe s:pA9.'exists <plug>\exists ' -exe s:pA9.'neg <plug>\neg ' -exe s:pA9.'flat <plug>\flat ' -exe s:pA9.'natural <plug>\natural ' -exe s:pA9.'sharp <plug>\sharp ' -exe s:pA9.'clubsuit <plug>\clubsuit ' -exe s:pA9.'diamondsuit <plug>\diamondsuit ' -exe s:pA9.'heartsuit <plug>\heartsuit ' -exe s:pA9.'spadesuit <plug>\spadesuit ' -exe s:pA9.'S <plug>\S ' -exe s:pA9.'P <plug>\P' -" }}} -" {{{ MathCreating -let s:pA10 = s:pA."&MathCreating." -exe s:pA10.'not <plug>\not' -exe s:pA10.'mkern <plug>\mkern' -exe s:pA10.'mathbin <plug>\mathbin' -exe s:pA10.'mathrel <plug>\mathrel' -exe s:pA10.'stackrel <plug>\stackrel' -exe s:pA10.'mathord <plug>\mathord' -" }}} -" {{{ Styles -let s:pA11 = s:pA."&Styles." -exe s:pA11.'displaystyle <plug>\displaystyle' -exe s:pA11.'textstyle <plug>\textstyle' -exe s:pA11.'scritpstyle <plug>\scritpstyle' -exe s:pA11.'scriptscriptstyle <plug>\scriptscriptstyle' -" }}} -" {{{ MathDiacritics -let s:pA12 = s:pA."&MathDiacritics." -exe s:pA12.'acute{} <plug><C-r>=IMAP_PutTextWithMovement("\\acute{<++>}<++>")<cr>' -exe s:pA12.'bar{}<Tab>`_ <plug><C-r>=IMAP_PutTextWithMovement("\\bar{<++>}<++>")<cr>' -exe s:pA12.'breve{} <plug><C-r>=IMAP_PutTextWithMovement("\\breve{<++>}<++>")<cr>' -exe s:pA12.'check{} <plug><C-r>=IMAP_PutTextWithMovement("\\check{<++>}<++>")<cr>' -exe s:pA12.'ddot{}<Tab>`: <plug><C-r>=IMAP_PutTextWithMovement("\\ddot{<++>}<++>")<cr>' -exe s:pA12.'dot{}<Tab>`; <plug><C-r>=IMAP_PutTextWithMovement("\\dot{<++>}<++>")<cr>' -exe s:pA12.'grave{} <plug><C-r>=IMAP_PutTextWithMovement("\\grave{<++>}<++>")<cr>' -exe s:pA12.'hat{}<Tab>`^ <plug><C-r>=IMAP_PutTextWithMovement("\\hat{<++>}<++>")<cr>' -exe s:pA12.'tilde{}<tab>`~ <plug><C-r>=IMAP_PutTextWithMovement("\\tilde{<++>}<++>")<cr>' -exe s:pA12.'vec{} <plug><C-r>=IMAP_PutTextWithMovement("\\vec{<++>}<++>")<cr>' -exe s:pA12.'widehat{} <plug><C-r>=IMAP_PutTextWithMovement("\\widehat{<++>}<++>")<cr>' -exe s:pA12.'widetilde{} <plug><C-r>=IMAP_PutTextWithMovement("\\widetilde{<++>}<++>")<cr>' -exe s:pA12.'imath <plug><C-r>=IMAP_PutTextWithMovement("\\imath")<cr>' -exe s:pA12.'jmath <plug><C-r>=IMAP_PutTextWithMovement("\\jmath")<cr>' -" }}} -" {{{ OverlineAndCo -let s:pA13 = s:pA."&OverlineAndCo." -exe s:pA13.'overline{} <plug><C-r>=IMAP_PutTextWithMovement("\\overline{}")<cr>' -exe s:pA13.'underline{} <plug><C-r>=IMAP_PutTextWithMovement("\\underline{}")<cr>' -exe s:pA13.'overrightarrow{} <plug><C-r>=IMAP_PutTextWithMovement("\\overrightarrow{}")<cr>' -exe s:pA13.'overleftarrow{} <plug><C-r>=IMAP_PutTextWithMovement("\\overleftarrow{}")<cr>' -exe s:pA13.'overbrace{} <plug><C-r>=IMAP_PutTextWithMovement("\\overbrace{}")<cr>' -exe s:pA13.'underbrace{} <plug><C-r>=IMAP_PutTextWithMovement("\\underbrace{}")<cr>' -" }}} -" {{{ Symbols1 -let s:pA14a = s:pA."&Symbols1." -exe s:pA14a.'forall <plug>\forall ' -exe s:pA14a.'exists <plug>\exists ' -exe s:pA14a.'nexists <plug>\nexists ' -exe s:pA14a.'neg <plug>\neg ' -exe s:pA14a.'top <plug>\top ' -exe s:pA14a.'bot <plug>\bot ' -exe s:pA14a.'emptyset <plug>\emptyset ' -exe s:pA14a.'varnothing <plug>\varnothing ' -exe s:pA14a.'infty <plug>\infty ' -exe s:pA14a.'aleph <plug>\aleph ' -exe s:pA14a.'beth <plug>\beth ' -exe s:pA14a.'gimel <plug>\gimel ' -exe s:pA14a.'daleth <plug>\daleth ' -exe s:pA14a.'hbar <plug>\hbar ' -exe s:pA14a.'hslash <plug>\hslash ' -exe s:pA14a.'diagup <plug>\diagup ' -exe s:pA14a.'vert <plug>\vert ' -exe s:pA14a.'Vert <plug>\Vert ' -exe s:pA14a.'backslash <plug>\backslash ' -exe s:pA14a.'diagdown <plug>\diagdown ' -exe s:pA14a.'Bbbk <plug>\Bbbk ' -exe s:pA14a.'P <plug>\P ' -exe s:pA14a.'S <plug>\S ' -" }}} -" {{{ Symbols2 -let s:pA14b = s:pA."&Symbols2." -exe s:pA14b.'# <plug>\# ' -exe s:pA14b.'% <plug>\% ' -exe s:pA14b.'_ <plug>\_ ' -exe s:pA14b.'$ <plug>\$ ' -exe s:pA14b.'& <plug>\& ' -exe s:pA14b.'imath <plug>\imath ' -exe s:pA14b.'jmath <plug>\jmath ' -exe s:pA14b.'ell <plug>\ell ' -exe s:pA14b.'wp <plug>\wp ' -exe s:pA14b.'Re <plug>\Re ' -exe s:pA14b.'Im <plug>\Im ' -exe s:pA14b.'prime <plug>\prime ' -exe s:pA14b.'backprime <plug>\backprime ' -exe s:pA14b.'nabla <plug>\nabla ' -exe s:pA14b.'surd <plug>\surd ' -exe s:pA14b.'flat <plug>\flat ' -exe s:pA14b.'sharp <plug>\sharp ' -exe s:pA14b.'natural <plug>\natural ' -exe s:pA14b.'eth <plug>\eth ' -exe s:pA14b.'bigstar <plug>\bigstar ' -exe s:pA14b.'circledS <plug>\circledS ' -exe s:pA14b.'Finv <plug>\Finv ' -exe s:pA14b.'dag <plug>\dag ' -exe s:pA14b.'ddag <plug>\ddag ' -" }}} -" {{{ Symbols3 -let s:pA14c = s:pA."&Symbols3." -exe s:pA14c.'angle <plug>\angle ' -exe s:pA14c.'measuredangle <plug>\measuredangle ' -exe s:pA14c.'sphericalangle <plug>\sphericalangle ' -exe s:pA14c.'spadesuit <plug>\spadesuit ' -exe s:pA14c.'heartsuit <plug>\heartsuit ' -exe s:pA14c.'diamondsuit <plug>\diamondsuit ' -exe s:pA14c.'clubsuit <plug>\clubsuit ' -exe s:pA14c.'lozenge <plug>\lozenge ' -exe s:pA14c.'blacklozenge <plug>\blacklozenge ' -exe s:pA14c.'Diamond <plug>\Diamond ' -exe s:pA14c.'triangle <plug>\triangle ' -exe s:pA14c.'vartriangle <plug>\vartriangle ' -exe s:pA14c.'blacktriangle <plug>\blacktriangle ' -exe s:pA14c.'triangledown <plug>\triangledown ' -exe s:pA14c.'blacktriangledown <plug>\blacktriangledown ' -exe s:pA14c.'Box <plug>\Box ' -exe s:pA14c.'square <plug>\square ' -exe s:pA14c.'blacksquare <plug>\blacksquare ' -exe s:pA14c.'complement <plug>\complement ' -exe s:pA14c.'mho <plug>\mho ' -exe s:pA14c.'Game <plug>\Game ' -exe s:pA14c.'partial<Tab>`6 <plug>\partial ' -exe s:pA14c.'smallint <plug>\smallint ' -" }}} -" {{{ Logic -let s:pA15 = s:pA."&Logic." -exe s:pA15.'lnot <plug>\lnot ' -exe s:pA15.'lor <plug>\lor ' -exe s:pA15.'land <plug>\land ' -" }}} -" {{{ Limits1 -let s:pA16 = s:pA."&Limits1." -exe s:pA16.'left <plug>\left' -exe s:pA16.'right <plug>\right' -exe s:pA16.'-sepbigl- :' -exe s:pA16.'bigl <plug>\bigl' -exe s:pA16.'Bigl <plug>\Bigl' -exe s:pA16.'biggl <plug>\biggl' -exe s:pA16.'Biggl <plug>\Biggl' -exe s:pA16.'-sepbigr- :' -exe s:pA16.'bigr <plug>\bigr' -exe s:pA16.'Bigr <plug>\Bigr' -exe s:pA16.'biggr <plug>\biggr' -exe s:pA16.'Biggr <plug>\Biggr' -exe s:pA16.'-sepbig- :' -exe s:pA16.'big <plug>\big' -exe s:pA16.'bigm <plug>\bigm' -exe s:pA16.'-sepfloor- :' -exe s:pA16.'lfloor <plug>\lfloor ' -exe s:pA16.'lceil <plug>\lceil ' -exe s:pA16.'rfloor <plug>\rfloor ' -exe s:pA16.'rceil <plug>\rceil ' -exe s:pA16.'-sepangle- :' -exe s:pA16.'langle <plug>\langle ' -exe s:pA16.'rangle <plug>\rangle ' -" }}} -" {{{ Limits2 -let s:pA16a = s:pA."&Limits2." -exe s:pA16a.'ulcorner <plug>\ulcorner ' -exe s:pA16a.'urcorner <plug>\urcorner ' -exe s:pA16a.'llcorner <plug>\llcorner ' -exe s:pA16a.'rlcorner <plug>\rlcorner ' -exe s:pA16a.'-sepcorner- :' -exe s:pA16a.'vert <plug>\vert ' -exe s:pA16a.'Vert <plug>\Vert ' -exe s:pA16a.'lvert <plug>\lvert ' -exe s:pA16a.'lVert <plug>\lVert ' -exe s:pA16a.'rvert <plug>\rvert ' -exe s:pA16a.'rVert <plug>\rVert ' -exe s:pA16a.'uparrow <plug>\uparrow ' -exe s:pA16a.'Uparrow <plug>\Uparrow ' -exe s:pA16a.'downarrow <plug>\downarrow ' -exe s:pA16a.'Downarrow <plug>\Downarrow ' -exe s:pA16a.'updownarrow <plug>\updownarrow ' -exe s:pA16a.'Updownarrow <plug>\Updownarrow ' -exe s:pA16a.'lgroup <plug>\lgroup ' -exe s:pA16a.'rgroup <plug>\rgroup ' -exe s:pA16a.'lmoustache <plug>\lmoustache ' -exe s:pA16a.'rmoustache <plug>\rmoustache ' -exe s:pA16a.'arrowvert <plug>\arrowvert ' -exe s:pA16a.'Arrowvert <plug>\Arrowvert ' -exe s:pA16a.'bracevert <plug>\bracevert ' -" }}} -" {{{ Log-likes -let s:pA17 = s:pA."Lo&g-likes." -exe s:pA17.'arccos <plug>\arccos ' -exe s:pA17.'arcsin <plug>\arcsin ' -exe s:pA17.'arctan <plug>\arctan ' -exe s:pA17.'arg <plug>\arg ' -exe s:pA17.'cos <plug>\cos ' -exe s:pA17.'cosh <plug>\cosh ' -exe s:pA17.'cot <plug>\cot ' -exe s:pA17.'coth <plug>\coth ' -exe s:pA17.'csc <plug>\csc ' -exe s:pA17.'deg <plug>\deg ' -exe s:pA17.'det <plug>\det ' -exe s:pA17.'dim <plug>\dim ' -exe s:pA17.'exp <plug>\exp ' -exe s:pA17.'gcd <plug>\gcd ' -exe s:pA17.'hom <plug>\hom ' -exe s:pA17.'inf <plug>\inf ' -exe s:pA17.'injlim <plug>\injlim ' -exe s:pA17.'ker <plug>\ker ' -exe s:pA17.'lg <plug>\lg ' -exe s:pA17.'lim <plug>\lim ' -exe s:pA17.'liminf <plug>\liminf ' -exe s:pA17.'limsup <plug>\limsup ' -exe s:pA17.'ln <plug>\ln ' -exe s:pA17.'log <plug>\log ' -exe s:pA17.'max <plug>\max ' -exe s:pA17.'min <plug>\min ' -exe s:pA17.'Pr <plug>\Pr ' -exe s:pA17.'projlim <plug>\projlim ' -exe s:pA17.'sec <plug>\sec ' -exe s:pA17.'sin <plug>\sin ' -exe s:pA17.'sinh <plug>\sinh ' -exe s:pA17.'sup <plug>\sup ' -exe s:pA17.'tan <plug>\tan ' -exe s:pA17.'tanh <plug>\tanh ' -exe s:pA17.'varlimsup <plug>\varlimsup ' -exe s:pA17.'varliminf <plug>\varliminf ' -exe s:pA17.'varinjlim <plug>\varinjlim ' -exe s:pA17.'varprojlim <plug>\varprojlim ' -" }}} -" {{{ MathSpacing -let s:pA18 = s:pA."MathSpacing." -exe s:pA18.', <plug>\, ' -exe s:pA18.': <plug>\: ' -exe s:pA18.'; <plug>\; ' -exe s:pA18.'[space] <plug>\ ' -exe s:pA18.'quad <plug>\quad ' -exe s:pA18.'qquad <plug>\qquad ' -exe s:pA18.'! <plug>\! ' -exe s:pA18.'thinspace <plug>\thinspace ' -exe s:pA18.'medspace <plug>\medspace ' -exe s:pA18.'thickspace <plug>\thickspace ' -exe s:pA18.'negthinspace <plug>\negthinspace ' -exe s:pA18.'negmedspace <plug>\negmedspace ' -exe s:pA18.'negthickspace <plug>\negthickspace ' -" 1}}} - -" vim:fdm=marker:ff=unix:noet:ts=4:sw=4 diff --git a/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/multicompile.vim b/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/multicompile.vim deleted file mode 100644 index 2e74762..0000000 --- a/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/multicompile.vim +++ /dev/null @@ -1,16 +0,0 @@ -" ============================================================================ -" File: multicompile.vim -" Author: Srinath Avadhanula -" Created: Sat Jul 05 03:00 PM 2003 -" Description: compile a .tex file multiple times to get cross references -" right. -" License: Vim Charityware License -" Part of vim-latexSuite: http://vim-latex.sourceforge.net -" ============================================================================ - -" The contents of this file have been moved to compiler.vim, the file which -" contains all functions relevant to compiling and viewing. -" This file is kept empty on purpose so that it will over-write previous -" versions of multicompile.vim, therby preventing conflicts. - -" vim:fdm=marker:nowrap:noet:ff=unix:ts=4:sw=4 diff --git a/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/outline.py b/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/outline.py deleted file mode 100755 index d8dc90f..0000000 --- a/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/outline.py +++ /dev/null @@ -1,194 +0,0 @@ -#!/usr/bin/python - -# Part of Latex-Suite -# -# Copyright: Srinath Avadhanula -# Description: -# This file implements a simple outline creation for latex documents. - -import re -import os -import sys -import StringIO - -# getFileContents {{{ -def getFileContents(fname): - if type(fname) is not str: - fname = fname.group(3) - - # If neither the file or file.tex exists, then we just give up. - if not os.path.isfile(fname): - if os.path.isfile(fname + '.tex'): - fname += '.tex' - else: - return '' - - try: - # This longish thing is to make sure that all files are converted into - # \n seperated lines. - contents = '\n'.join(open(fname).read().splitlines()) - except IOError: - return '' - - # TODO what are all the ways in which a tex file can include another? - pat = re.compile(r'^\\(@?)(include|input){(.*?)}', re.M) - contents = re.sub(pat, getFileContents, contents) - - return ('%%==== FILENAME: %s' % fname) + '\n' + contents - -# }}} -# stripComments {{{ -def stripComments(contents): - # remove all comments except those of the form - # %%==== FILENAME: <filename.tex> - # BUG: This comment right after a new paragraph is not recognized: foo\\%comment - uncomm = [re.sub('(?<!\\\\)%(?!==== FILENAME: ).*', '', line) for line in contents.splitlines()] - # also remove all only-whitespace lines. - nonempty = [line for line in uncomm if line.strip()] - - return nonempty -# }}} -# addFileNameAndNumber {{{ -def addFileNameAndNumber(lines): - filename = '' - retval = '' - for line in lines: - if re.match('%==== FILENAME: ', line): - filename = line.split('%==== FILENAME: ')[1] - else: - retval += '<%s>%s\n' % (filename, line) - - return retval -# }}} -# getSectionLabels_Root {{{ -def getSectionLabels_Root(lineinfo, section_prefix, label_prefix): - prev_txt = '' - inside_env = 0 - prev_env = '' - outstr = StringIO.StringIO('') - pres_depth = len(section_prefix) - - #print '+getSectionLabels_Root: lineinfo = [%s]' % lineinfo - for line in lineinfo.splitlines(): - if not line: - continue - - # throw away leading white-space - m = re.search('<(.*?)>(.*)', line) - - fname = m.group(1) - line = m.group(2).lstrip() - - # we found a label! - m = re.search(r'\\label{(%s.*?)}' % label_prefix, line) - if m: - # add the current line (except the \label command) to the text - # which will be displayed below this label - prev_txt += re.search(r'(^.*?)\\label{', line).group(1) - - # for the figure environment however, just display the caption. - # instead of everything since the \begin command. - if prev_env == 'figure': - cm = re.search(r'\caption(\[.*?\]\s*)?{(.*?)}', prev_txt) - if cm: - prev_txt = cm.group(2) - - # print a nice formatted text entry like so - # - # > eqn:label - # : e^{i\pi} + 1 = 0 - # - # Use the current "section depth" for the leading indentation. - print >>outstr, '>%s%s\t\t<%s>' % (' '*(2*pres_depth+2), - m.group(1), fname) - print >>outstr, ':%s%s' % (' '*(2*pres_depth+4), prev_txt) - prev_txt = '' - - # If we just encoutered the start or end of an environment or a - # label, then do not remember this line. - # NOTE: This assumes that there is no equation text on the same - # line as the \begin or \end command. The text on the same line as - # the \label was already handled. - if re.search(r'\\begin{(equation|eqnarray|align|figure)', line): - prev_txt = '' - prev_env = re.search(r'\\begin{(.*?)}', line).group(1) - inside_env = 1 - - elif re.search(r'\\label', line): - prev_txt = '' - - elif re.search(r'\\end{(equation|eqnarray|align|figure)', line): - inside_env = 0 - prev_env = '' - - else: - # If we are inside an environment, then the text displayed with - # the label is the complete text within the environment, - # otherwise its just the previous line. - if inside_env: - prev_txt += line - else: - prev_txt = line - - return outstr.getvalue() - -# }}} -# getSectionLabels {{{ -def getSectionLabels(lineinfo, - sectypes=['chapter', 'section', 'subsection', 'subsubsection'], - section_prefix='', label_prefix=''): - - if not sectypes: - return getSectionLabels_Root(lineinfo, section_prefix, label_prefix) - - ##print 'sectypes[0] = %s, section_prefix = [%s], lineinfo = [%s]' % ( - ## sectypes[0], section_prefix, lineinfo) - - sections = re.split(r'(<.*?>\\%s{.*})' % sectypes[0], lineinfo) - - # there will 1+2n sections, the first containing the "preamble" and the - # others containing the child sections as paris of [section_name, - # section_text] - - rettext = getSectionLabels(sections[0], sectypes[1:], section_prefix, label_prefix) - - for i in range(1,len(sections),2): - sec_num = (i+1)/2 - section_name = re.search(r'\\%s{(.*?)}' % sectypes[0], sections[i]).group(1) - section_label_text = getSectionLabels(sections[i] + sections[i+1], sectypes[1:], - section_prefix+('%d.' % sec_num), label_prefix) - - if section_label_text: - sec_heading = 2*' '*len(section_prefix) + section_prefix - sec_heading += '%d. %s' % (sec_num, section_name) - sec_heading += '<<<%d\n' % (len(section_prefix)/2+1) - - rettext += sec_heading + section_label_text - - return rettext - -# }}} - -# main {{{ -def main(fname, label_prefix): - [head, tail] = os.path.split(fname) - if head: - os.chdir(head) - - contents = getFileContents(fname) - nonempty = stripComments(contents) - lineinfo = addFileNameAndNumber(nonempty) - - return getSectionLabels(lineinfo, label_prefix=label_prefix) -# }}} - -if __name__ == "__main__": - if len(sys.argv) > 2: - prefix = sys.argv[2] - else: - prefix = '' - - print main(sys.argv[1], prefix) - - -# vim: fdm=marker diff --git a/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages.vim b/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages.vim deleted file mode 100644 index 49b4e48..0000000 --- a/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages.vim +++ /dev/null @@ -1,676 +0,0 @@ -"============================================================================= -" File: packages.vim -" Author: Mikolaj Machowski -" Created: Tue Apr 23 06:00 PM 2002 PST -" -" Description: handling packages from within vim -"============================================================================= - -" avoid reinclusion. -if !g:Tex_PackagesMenu || exists('s:doneOnce') - finish -endif -let s:doneOnce = 1 - -let s:path = fnameescape(expand("<sfile>:p:h")) - -let s:menu_div = 20 - -com! -nargs=0 TPackageUpdate :silent! call Tex_pack_updateall(1) -com! -nargs=0 TPackageUpdateAll :silent! call Tex_pack_updateall(1) - -" Custom command-line completion of Tcommands is very useful but this feature -" is available only in Vim 6.2 and above. Check number of version and choose -" proper command and function. -if v:version >= 602 - com! -complete=custom,Tex_CompletePackageName -nargs=* TPackage let s:retVal = Tex_pack_one(<f-args>) <bar> normal! i<C-r>=s:retVal<CR> - - " Tex_CompletePackageName: for completing names in TPackage command {{{ - " Description: get list of package names with globpath(), remove full path - " and return list of names separated with newlines. - " - function! Tex_CompletePackageName(A,P,L) - " Get name of packages from all runtimepath directories - let packnames = Tex_FindInRtp('', 'packages') - let packnames = substitute(packnames, '^,', '', 'e') - " Separate names with \n not , - let packnames = substitute(packnames,',','\n','g') - return packnames - endfunction - " }}} - -else - com! -nargs=* TPackage let s:retVal = Tex_pack_one(<f-args>) <bar> normal! i<C-r>=s:retVal<CR> - -endif - -imap <silent> <plug> <Nop> -nmap <silent> <plug> i - -let g:Tex_package_supported = '' -let g:Tex_package_detected = '' -" Remember the defaults because we want g:Tex_PromptedEnvironments to contain -" in addition to the default, \newenvironments, and the \newenvironments might -" change... -let g:Tex_PromptedEnvironmentsDefault = g:Tex_PromptedEnvironments -let g:Tex_PromptedCommandsDefault = g:Tex_PromptedCommands - - -" Tex_pack_check: creates the package menu and adds to 'dict' setting. {{{ -" -function! Tex_pack_check(package) - " Use Tex_FindInRtp() function to get first name from packages list in all - " rtp directories conforming with latex-suite directories hierarchy - " Store names in variables to process functions only once. - let packname = Tex_FindInRtp(a:package, 'packages') - if packname != '' - exe 'runtime! ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/' . a:package - if has("gui_running") - call Tex_pack(a:package) - endif - if g:Tex_package_supported !~ a:package - let g:Tex_package_supported = g:Tex_package_supported.','.a:package - endif - endif - " Return full list of dictionaries (separated with ,) for package in &rtp - call Tex_Debug("Tex_pack_check: searching for ".a:package." in dictionaries/ in &rtp", "pack") - let dictname = Tex_FindInRtp(a:package, 'dictionaries', ':p') - if dictname != '' - exe 'setlocal dict^=' . dictname - call Tex_Debug('Tex_pack_check: setlocal dict^=' . dictname, 'pack') - if g:Tex_package_supported !~ a:package - let g:Tex_package_supported = g:Tex_package_supported.','.a:package - endif - endif - if g:Tex_package_detected !~ '\<'.a:package.'\>' - let g:Tex_package_detected = g:Tex_package_detected.','.a:package - endif - let g:Tex_package_detected = substitute(g:Tex_package_detected, '^,', '', '') - let g:Tex_package_supported = substitute(g:Tex_package_supported, '^,', '', '') -endfunction - -" }}} -" Tex_pack_uncheck: removes package from menu and 'dict' settings. {{{ -function! Tex_pack_uncheck(package) - if has("gui_running") && Tex_FindInRtp(a:package, 'packages') != '' - exe 'silent! aunmenu '.g:Tex_PackagesMenuLocation.'-sep'.a:package.'-' - exe 'silent! aunmenu '.g:Tex_PackagesMenuLocation.a:package.'\ Options' - exe 'silent! aunmenu '.g:Tex_PackagesMenuLocation.a:package.'\ Commands' - endif - if Tex_FindInRtp(a:package, 'dictionaries') != '' - exe 'setlocal dict-='.Tex_FindInRtp(a:package, 'dictionaries') - endif -endfunction - -" }}} -" Tex_pack_updateall: updates the TeX-Packages menu {{{ -" Description: -" This function first calls Tex_pack_all to scan for \usepackage's etc if -" necessary. After that, it 'supports' and 'unsupports' packages as needed -" in such a way as to not repeat work. -function! Tex_pack_updateall(force) - call Tex_Debug('+Tex_pack_updateall', 'pack') - - " Find out which file we need to scan. - let fname = Tex_GetMainFileName(':p') - - " If this is the same as last time, don't repeat. - if !a:force && exists('s:lastScannedFile') && - \ s:lastScannedFile == fname - return - endif - " Remember which file we scanned for next time. - let s:lastScannedFile = fname - - " Remember which packages we detected last time. - if exists('g:Tex_package_detected') - let oldpackages = g:Tex_package_detected - else - let oldpackages = '' - endif - - " This sets up a global variable of all detected packages. - let g:Tex_package_detected = '' - " reset the environments and commands. - let g:Tex_PromptedEnvironments = g:Tex_PromptedEnvironmentsDefault - let g:Tex_PromptedCommands = g:Tex_PromptedCommandsDefault - - if expand('%:p') != fname - call Tex_Debug(':Tex_pack_updateall: sview '.Tex_EscapeSpaces(fname), 'pack') - exe 'sview '.Tex_EscapeSpaces(fname) - else - call Tex_Debug(':Tex_pack_updateall: split', 'pack') - split - endif - - call Tex_ScanForPackages() - q - - call Tex_Debug(':Tex_pack_updateall: detected ['.g:Tex_package_detected.'] in first run', 'pack') - - " Now for each package find out if this is a custom package and if so, - " scan that as well. We will use the ':find' command in vim to let vim - " search through the file paths for us. - " - " NOTE: This while loop will also take into account packages included - " within packages to any level of recursion as long as - " g:Tex_package_detected is always padded with new package names - " from the end. - " - " First set the &path setting to the user's TEXINPUTS setting. - let _path = &path - let _suffixesadd = &suffixesadd - - let &path = '.,'.g:Tex_TEXINPUTS - let &suffixesadd = '.sty,.tex' - - let scannedPackages = '' - - let i = 1 - let packname = Tex_Strntok(g:Tex_package_detected, ',', i) - while packname != '' - - call Tex_Debug(':Tex_pack_updateall: scanning package '.packname, 'pack') - - " Scan this package only if we have not scanned it before in this - " run. - if scannedPackages =~ '\<'.packname.'\>' - let i = i + 1 - - call Tex_Debug(':Tex_pack_updateall: '.packname.' already scanned', 'pack') - let packname = Tex_Strntok(g:Tex_package_detected, ',', i) - continue - endif - - " Split this window in two. The packages/files being found will open - " in this new window and we also need not bother with files being - " modified etc. - split - - call Tex_Debug(':Tex_pack_updateall: silent! find '.Tex_EscapeSpaces(packname).'.sty', 'pack') - let thisbufnum = bufnr('%') - exec 'silent! find '.Tex_EscapeSpaces(packname).'.sty' - call Tex_Debug(':Tex_pack_updateall: present file = '.bufname('%'), 'pack') - - " If this file was not found, assume that it means its not a - " custom package and mark it "scanned". - " A package is not found if we stay in the same buffer as before and - " its not the one where we want to go. - if bufnr('%') == thisbufnum && bufnr('%') != bufnr(packname.'.sty') - let scannedPackages = scannedPackages.','.packname - q - - call Tex_Debug(':Tex_pack_updateall: '.packname.' not found anywhere', 'pack') - let i = i + 1 - let packname = Tex_Strntok(g:Tex_package_detected, ',', i) - continue - endif - - " otherwise we are presently editing a custom package, scan it for - " more \usepackage lines from the first line to the last. - let packpath = expand('%:p') - let &complete = &complete.'s'.packpath - - call Tex_Debug(':Tex_pack_updateall: found custom package '.packpath, 'pack') - call Tex_ScanForPackages(line('$'), line('$')) - call Tex_Debug(':Tex_pack_updateall: After scanning, g:Tex_package_detected = '.g:Tex_package_detected, 'pack') - - let scannedPackages = scannedPackages.','.packname - " Do not use bwipe, but that leads to excessive buffer number - " consumption. Besides, its intuitive for a custom package to remain - " on the buffer list. - q - - let i = i + 1 - let packname = Tex_Strntok(g:Tex_package_detected, ',', i) - endwhile - - let &path = _path - let &suffixesadd = _suffixesadd - - " Now only support packages we didn't last time. - " First remove packages which were used last time but are no longer used. - let i = 1 - let oldPackName = Tex_Strntok(oldpackages, ',', i) - while oldPackName != '' - if g:Tex_package_detected !~ oldPackName - call Tex_pack_uncheck(oldPackName) - endif - let i = i + 1 - let oldPackName = Tex_Strntok(oldpackages, ',', i) - endwhile - - " Then support packages which are used this time but weren't used last - " time. - let i = 1 - let newPackName = Tex_Strntok(g:Tex_package_detected, ',', i) - while newPackName != '' - if oldpackages !~ newPackName - call Tex_pack_one(newPackName) - endif - let i = i + 1 - let newPackName = Tex_Strntok(g:Tex_package_detected, ',', i) - endwhile - - " Throw an event that we are done scanning packages. Some packages might - " use this to change behavior based on which options have been used etc. - call Tex_Debug(":Tex_pack_updateall: throwing LatexSuiteScannedPackages event", "pack") - silent! do LatexSuite User LatexSuiteScannedPackages - - call Tex_Debug("-Tex_pack_updateall", "pack") -endfunction - -" }}} -" Tex_pack_one: supports each package in the argument list.{{{ -" Description: -" If no arguments are supplied, then the user is asked to choose from the -" packages found in the packages/ directory -function! Tex_pack_one(...) - if a:0 == 0 || (a:0 > 0 && a:1 == '') - let packlist = Tex_FindInRtp('', 'packages') - let packname = Tex_ChooseFromPrompt( - \ "Choose a package: \n" . - \ Tex_CreatePrompt(packlist, '3', ',') . - \ "\nEnter number or filename :", - \ packlist, ',') - if packname != '' - return Tex_pack_one(packname) - else - return '' - endif - else - " Support the packages supplied. This function can be called with - " multiple arguments in which case, support each of them in turn. - let retVal = '' - let omega = 1 - while omega <= a:0 - let packname = a:{omega} - if Tex_FindInRtp(packname, 'packages') != '' - call Tex_pack_check(packname) - if exists('g:TeX_package_option_'.packname) - \ && g:TeX_package_option_{packname} != '' - let retVal = retVal.'\usepackage[<++>]{'.packname.'}<++>' - else - let retVal = retVal.'\usepackage{'.packname.'}'."\<CR>" - endif - else - let retVal = retVal.'\usepackage{'.packname.'}'."\<CR>" - endif - let omega = omega + 1 - endwhile - return IMAP_PutTextWithMovement(substitute(retVal, "\<CR>$", '', ''), '<+', '+>') - endif -endfunction -" }}} -" Tex_ScanForPackages: scans the current file for \usepackage{} lines {{{ -" and if supported, loads the options and commands found in the -" corresponding package file. Also scans for \newenvironment and -" \newcommand lines and adds names to g:Tex_Prompted variables, they can be -" easy available through <F5> and <F7> shortcuts -function! Tex_ScanForPackages(...) - call Tex_Debug("+Tex_ScanForPackages", "pack") - - let pos = Tex_GetPos() - - " For package files without \begin and \end{document}, we might be told to - " search from beginning to end. - if a:0 < 2 - 0 - let beginline = search('\\begin{document}', 'W') - let endline = search('\\end{document}', 'W') - 0 - else - let beginline = a:1 - let endline = a:2 - endif - - call Tex_Debug(":Tex_ScanForPackages: Begining scans in [".bufname('%')."], beginline = ".beginline, "pack") - - - " Scan the file. First open up all the folds, because the command - " /somepattern - " issued in a closed fold _always_ goes to the first match. - let erm = v:errmsg - silent! normal! ggVGzO - let v:errmsg = erm - - call Tex_Debug(":Tex_ScanForPackages: beginning scan for \\usepackage lines", "pack") - " The wrap trick enables us to match \usepackage on the first line as - " well. - let wrap = 'w' - while search('^\s*\\usepackage\_.\{-}{\_.\+}', wrap) - let wrap = 'W' - - if line('.') > beginline - break - endif - - let saveUnnamed = @" - let saveA = @a - - " If there are options, then find those. - if getline('.') =~ '\\usepackage\[.\{-}\]' - let options = matchstr(getline('.'), '\\usepackage\[\zs.\{-}\ze\]') - elseif getline('.') =~ '\\usepackage\[' - " Entering here means that the user has split the \usepackage - " across newlines. Therefore, use yank. - exec "normal! /{\<CR>\"ayi}" - let options = @a - else - let options = '' - endif - - " The following statement puts the stuff between the { }'s of a - " \usepackage{stuff,foo} into @a. Do not use matchstr() and the like - " because we can have things split across lines and such. - exec "normal! /{\<CR>\"ay/}\<CR>" - - " now remove all whitespace from @a. We need to remove \n and \r - " because we can encounter stuff like - " \usepackage{pack1, - " newpackonanotherline} - let @a = substitute(@a, "[ \t\n\r]", '', 'g') - - " Now we have something like pack1,pack2,pack3 with possibly commas - " and stuff before the first package and after the last package name. - " Remove those. - let @a = substitute(@a, '\(^\W*\|\W*$\)', '', 'g') - - " This gets us a string like 'pack1,pack2,pack3' - " TODO: This will contain duplicates if the user has duplicates. - " Should we bother taking care of this? - let g:Tex_package_detected = g:Tex_package_detected.','.@a - - " For each package found, form a global variable of the form - " g:Tex_{packagename}_options - " which contains a list of the options. - let j = 1 - while Tex_Strntok(@a, ',', j) != '' - let g:Tex_{Tex_Strntok(@a, ',', j)}_options = options - let j = j + 1 - endwhile - - " Finally convert @a into something like '"pack1","pack2"' - let @a = substitute(@a, '^\|$', '"', 'g') - let @a = substitute(@a, ',', '","', 'g') - - call Tex_Debug(":Tex_ScanForPackages: found package(s) [".@a."] on line ".line('.'), "pack") - - " restore @a - let @a = saveA - let @" = saveUnnamed - endwhile - call Tex_Debug(":Tex_ScanForPackages: End scan \\usepackage, detected packages = ".g:Tex_package_detected, "pack") - - " TODO: This needs to be changed. In the future, we might have - " functionality to remember the fold-state before opening up all the folds - " and then re-creating them. Use mkview.vim. - let erm = v:errmsg - silent! normal! ggVGzC - let v:errmsg = erm - - " Because creating list of detected packages gives string - " ',pack1,pack2,pack3' remove leading , - let g:Tex_package_detected = substitute(g:Tex_package_detected, '^,', '', '') - - call Tex_Debug(":Tex_ScanForPackages: Beginning scan for \\newcommand's", "pack") - " Scans whole file (up to \end{document}) for \newcommand and adds this - " commands to g:Tex_PromptedCommands variable, it is easily available - " through <F7> - 0 - while search('^\s*\\newcommand\*\?{.\{-}}', 'W') - - if line('.') > endline - break - endif - - let newcommand = matchstr(getline('.'), '\\newcommand\*\?{\\\zs.\{-}\ze}') - let g:Tex_PromptedCommands = g:Tex_PromptedCommands . ',' . newcommand - - endwhile - - " Scans whole file (up to \end{document}) for \newenvironment and adds this - " environments to g:Tex_PromptedEnvironments variable, it is easily available - " through <F5> - 0 - call Tex_Debug(":Tex_ScanForPackages: Beginning scan for \\newenvironment's", 'pack') - - while search('^\s*\\newenvironment\*\?{.\{-}}', 'W') - call Tex_Debug('found newenvironment on '.line('.'), 'pack') - - if line('.') > endline - break - endif - - let newenvironment = matchstr(getline('.'), '\\newenvironment\*\?{\zs.\{-}\ze}') - let g:Tex_PromptedEnvironments = g:Tex_PromptedEnvironments . ',' . newenvironment - - endwhile - - call Tex_SetPos(pos) - " first make a random search so that we push at least one item onto the - " search history. Since vim puts only one item in the history per function - " call, this way we make sure that one and only item is put into the - " search history. - normal! /^<CR> - " now delete it... - call histdel('/', -1) - - call Tex_Debug("-Tex_ScanForPackages", "pack") -endfunction - -" }}} -" Tex_pack_supp_menu: sets up a menu for package files {{{ -" found in the packages directory groups the packages thus found into groups -" of 20... -function! Tex_pack_supp_menu() - let suplist = Tex_FindInRtp('', 'packages') - - call Tex_MakeSubmenu(suplist, g:Tex_PackagesMenuLocation.'Supported.', - \ '<plug><C-r>=Tex_pack_one("', '")<CR>') -endfunction - -" }}} -" Tex_pack: loads the options (and commands) for the given package {{{ -function! Tex_pack(pack) - if exists('g:TeX_package_'.a:pack) - - let optionList = g:TeX_package_option_{a:pack}.',' - let commandList = g:TeX_package_{a:pack}.',' - - " Don't create separator if in package file are only Vim commands. - " Rare but possible. - if !(commandList == ',' && optionList == ',') - exec 'amenu '.g:Tex_PackagesMenuLocation.'-sep'.a:pack.'- <Nop>' - endif - - if optionList != '' - - let mainMenuName = g:Tex_PackagesMenuLocation.a:pack.'\ Options.' - call s:GroupPackageMenuItems(optionList, mainMenuName, - \ '<plug><C-r>=IMAP_PutTextWithMovement("', ',")<CR>') - - endif - - if commandList != '' - - let mainMenuName = g:Tex_PackagesMenuLocation.a:pack.'\ Commands.' - call s:GroupPackageMenuItems(commandList, mainMenuName, - \ '<plug><C-r>=Tex_ProcessPackageCommand("', '")<CR>', - \ '<SID>FilterPackageMenuLHS') - endif - endif -endfunction - -" }}} - -" ============================================================================== -" Menu Functions -" Creating menu items for the all the package files found in the packages/ -" directory as well as creating menus for each supported package found in the -" preamble. -" ============================================================================== -" Tex_MakeSubmenu: makes a submenu given a list of items {{{ -" Description: -" This function takes a comma seperated list of menu items and creates a -" 'grouped' menu. i.e, it groups the items into s:menu_div items each and -" puts them in submenus of the given mainMenu. -" Each menu item is linked to the HandlerFunc. -" If an additional argument is supplied, then it is used to filter each of -" the menu items to generate better names for the menu display. -" -function! Tex_MakeSubmenu(menuList, mainMenuName, - \ handlerFuncLHS, handlerFuncRHS, ...) - - let extractFunction = (a:0 > 0 ? a:1 : '' ) - let menuList = substitute(a:menuList, '[^,]$', ',', '') - - let doneMenuSubmenu = 0 - - while menuList != '' - - " Extract upto s:menu_div menus at once. - let menuBunch = matchstr(menuList, '\v(.{-},){,'.s:menu_div.'}') - - " The remaining menus go into the list. - let menuList = strpart(menuList, strlen(menuBunch)) - - let submenu = '' - " If there is something remaining, then we got s:menu_div items. - " therefore put these menu items into a submenu. - if strlen(menuList) || doneMenuSubmenu - exec 'let firstMenu = '.extractFunction."(matchstr(menuBunch, '\\v^.{-}\\ze,'))" - exec 'let lastMenu = '.extractFunction."(matchstr(menuBunch, '\\v[^,]{-}\\ze,$'))" - - let submenu = firstMenu.'\ \-\ '.lastMenu.'.' - - let doneMenuSubmenu = 1 - endif - - " Now for each menu create a menu under the submenu - let i = 1 - let menuName = Tex_Strntok(menuBunch, ',', i) - while menuName != '' - exec 'let menuItem = '.extractFunction.'(menuName)' - execute 'amenu '.a:mainMenuName.submenu.menuItem - \ ' '.a:handlerFuncLHS.menuName.a:handlerFuncRHS - - let i = i + 1 - let menuName = Tex_Strntok(menuBunch, ',', i) - endwhile - endwhile -endfunction - -" }}} -" GroupPackageMenuItems: uses the sbr: to split menus into groups {{{ -" Description: -" This function first splits up the menuList into groups based on the -" special sbr: tag and then calls Tex_MakeSubmenu -" -function! <SID>GroupPackageMenuItems(menuList, menuName, - \ handlerFuncLHS, handlerFuncRHS,...) - - if a:0 > 0 - let extractFunction = a:1 - else - let extractFunction = '' - endif - let menuList = a:menuList - - while matchstr(menuList, 'sbr:') != '' - let groupName = matchstr(menuList, '\v^sbr:\zs.{-}\ze,') - let menuList = strpart(menuList, strlen('sbr:'.groupName.',')) - if matchstr(menuList, 'sbr:') != '' - let menuGroup = matchstr(menuList, '\v^.{-},\zesbr:') - else - let menuGroup = menuList - endif - - call Tex_MakeSubmenu(menuGroup, a:menuName.groupName.'.', - \ a:handlerFuncLHS, a:handlerFuncRHS, extractFunction) - - let menuList = strpart(menuList, strlen(menuGroup)) - endwhile - - call Tex_MakeSubmenu(menuList, a:menuName, - \ a:handlerFuncLHS, a:handlerFuncRHS, extractFunction) - -endfunction " }}} -" Definition of what to do for various package commands {{{ -let s:CommandSpec_brs = '\<+replace+><++>' -let s:CommandSpec_bra = '\<+replace+>{<++>}<++>' -let s:CommandSpec_brd = '\<+replace+>{<++>}{<++>}<++>' - -let s:CommandSpec_nor = '\<+replace+>' -let s:CommandSpec_noo = '\<+replace+>[<++>]' -let s:CommandSpec_nob = '\<+replace+>[<++>]{<++>}{<++>}<++>' - -let s:CommandSpec_env = '\begin{<+replace+>}'."\<CR><++>\<CR>".'\end{<+replace+>}<++>' -let s:CommandSpec_ens = '\begin{<+replace+>}<+extra+>'."\<CR><++>\<CR>".'\end{<+replace+>}<++>' -let s:CommandSpec_eno = '\begin[<++>]{<+replace+>}'."\<CR><++>\<CR>".'\end{<+replace+>}' - -let s:CommandSpec_spe = '<+replace+>' -let s:CommandSpec_ = '\<+replace+>' - -let s:MenuLHS_bra = '\\&<+replace+>{}' -let s:MenuLHS_brs = '\\&<+replace+>{}' -let s:MenuLHS_brd = '\\&<+replace+>{}{}' -let s:MenuLHS_env = '&<+replace+>\ (E)' -let s:MenuLHS_ens = '&<+replace+>\ (E)' -let s:MenuLHS_eno = '&<+replace+>\ (E)' -let s:MenuLHS_nor = '\\&<+replace+>' -let s:MenuLHS_noo = '\\&<+replace+>[]' -let s:MenuLHS_nob = '\\&<+replace+>[]{}{}' -let s:MenuLHS_spe = '&<+replace+>' -let s:MenuLHS_sep = '-sep<+replace+>-' -let s:MenuLHS_ = '\\&<+replace+>' -" }}} -" Tex_ProcessPackageCommand: processes a command from the package menu {{{ -" Description: -function! Tex_ProcessPackageCommand(command) - if a:command =~ ':' - let commandType = matchstr(a:command, '^\w\+\ze:') - let commandName = matchstr(a:command, '^\w\+:\zs[^:]\+\ze:\?') - let extrapart = strpart(a:command, strlen(commandType.':'.commandName.':')) - else - let commandType = '' - let commandName = a:command - let extrapart = '' - endif - - let command = s:CommandSpec_{commandType} - let command = substitute(command, '<+replace+>', commandName, 'g') - let command = substitute(command, '<+extra+>', extrapart, 'g') - return IMAP_PutTextWithMovement(command) -endfunction -" }}} -" FilterPackageMenuLHS: filters the command description to provide a better menu item {{{ -" Description: -function! <SID>FilterPackageMenuLHS(command) - let commandType = matchstr(a:command, '^\w\+\ze:') - if commandType != '' - let commandName = strpart(a:command, strlen(commandType.':')) - else - let commandName = a:command - endif - - return substitute(s:MenuLHS_{commandType}, '<+replace+>', commandName, 'g') -endfunction " }}} - -if g:Tex_Menus - exe 'amenu '.g:Tex_PackagesMenuLocation.'&UpdatePackage :call Tex_pack(expand("<cword>"))<cr>' - exe 'amenu '.g:Tex_PackagesMenuLocation.'&UpdateAll :call Tex_pack_updateall(1)<cr>' - - call Tex_pack_supp_menu() -endif - -augroup LatexSuite - au LatexSuite User LatexSuiteFileType - \ call Tex_Debug('packages.vim: Catching LatexSuiteFileType event', 'pack') | - \ let s:save_clipboard = &clipboard | - \ set clipboard= | - \ call Tex_pack_updateall(0) | - \ let &clipboard=s:save_clipboard -augroup END - -" vim:fdm=marker:ts=4:sw=4:noet:ff=unix diff --git a/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/SIunits b/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/SIunits deleted file mode 100644 index ba110fa..0000000 --- a/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/SIunits +++ /dev/null @@ -1,315 +0,0 @@ -if exists("SIunits_package_file") - finish -endif -let SIunits_package_file = 1 - -let g:TeX_package_SIunits = -\'nor:addprefix,'. -\'nor:addunit,'. -\'nor:ampere,'. -\'nor:amperemetresecond,'. -\'nor:amperepermetre,'. -\'nor:amperepermetrenp,'. -\'nor:amperepersquaremetre,'. -\'nor:amperepersquaremetrenp,'. -\'nor:angstrom,'. -\'nor:arad,'. -\'nor:arcminute,'. -\'nor:arcsecond,'. -\'nor:are,'. -\'nor:atomicmass,'. -\'nor:atto,'. -\'nor:attod,'. -\'nor:barn,'. -\'nor:bbar,'. -\'nor:becquerel,'. -\'nor:becquerelbase,'. -\'nor:bel,'. -\'nor:candela,'. -\'nor:candelapersquaremetre,'. -\'nor:candelapersquaremetrenp,'. -\'nor:celsius,'. -\'nor:Celsius,'. -\'nor:celsiusbase,'. -\'nor:centi,'. -\'nor:centid,'. -\'nor:coulomb,'. -\'nor:coulombbase,'. -\'nor:coulombpercubicmetre,'. -\'nor:coulombpercubicmetrenp,'. -\'nor:coulombperkilogram,'. -\'nor:coulombperkilogramnp,'. -\'nor:coulombpermol,'. -\'nor:coulombpermolnp,'. -\'nor:coulombpersquaremetre,'. -\'nor:coulombpersquaremetrenp,'. -\'nor:cubed,'. -\'nor:cubic,'. -\'nor:cubicmetre,'. -\'nor:cubicmetreperkilogram,'. -\'nor:cubicmetrepersecond,'. -\'nor:curie,'. -\'nor:dday,'. -\'nor:deca,'. -\'nor:decad,'. -\'nor:deci,'. -\'nor:decid,'. -\'nor:degree,'. -\'nor:degreecelsius,'. -\'nor:deka,'. -\'nor:dekad,'. -\'nor:derbecquerel,'. -\'nor:dercelsius,'. -\'nor:dercoulomb,'. -\'nor:derfarad,'. -\'nor:dergray,'. -\'nor:derhenry,'. -\'nor:derhertz,'. -\'nor:derjoule,'. -\'nor:derkatal,'. -\'nor:derlumen,'. -\'nor:derlux,'. -\'nor:dernewton,'. -\'nor:derohm,'. -\'nor:derpascal,'. -\'nor:derradian,'. -\'nor:dersiemens,'. -\'nor:dersievert,'. -\'nor:dersteradian,'. -\'nor:dertesla,'. -\'nor:dervolt,'. -\'nor:derwatt,'. -\'nor:derweber,'. -\'nor:electronvolt,'. -\'nor:exa,'. -\'nor:exad,'. -\'nor:farad,'. -\'nor:faradbase,'. -\'nor:faradpermetre,'. -\'nor:faradpermetrenp,'. -\'nor:femto,'. -\'nor:femtod,'. -\'nor:fourth,'. -\'nor:gal,'. -\'nor:giga,'. -\'nor:gigad,'. -\'nor:gram,'. -\'nor:graybase,'. -\'nor:graypersecond,'. -\'nor:graypersecondnp,'. -\'nor:hectare,'. -\'nor:hecto,'. -\'nor:hectod,'. -\'nor:henry,'. -\'nor:henrybase,'. -\'nor:henrypermetre,'. -\'nor:henrypermetrenp,'. -\'nor:hertz,'. -\'nor:hertzbase,'. -\'nor:hour,'. -\'nor:joule,'. -\'nor:joulebase,'. -\'nor:joulepercubicmetre,'. -\'nor:joulepercubicmetrenp,'. -\'nor:jouleperkelvin,'. -\'nor:jouleperkelvinnp,'. -\'nor:jouleperkilogram,'. -\'nor:jouleperkilogramkelvin,'. -\'nor:jouleperkilogramkelvinnp,'. -\'nor:jouleperkilogramnp,'. -\'nor:joulepermole,'. -\'nor:joulepermolekelvin,'. -\'nor:joulepermolekelvinnp,'. -\'nor:joulepermolenp,'. -\'nor:joulepersquaremetre,'. -\'nor:joulepersquaremetrenp,'. -\'nor:joulepertesla,'. -\'nor:jouleperteslanp,'. -\'nor:katal,'. -\'nor:katalbase,'. -\'nor:katalpercubicmetre,'. -\'nor:katalpercubicmetrenp,'. -\'nor:kelvin,'. -\'nor:kilo,'. -\'nor:kilod,'. -\'nor:kilogram,'. -\'nor:kilogrammetrepersecond,'. -\'nor:kilogrammetrepersecondnp,'. -\'nor:kilogrammetrepersquaresecond,'. -\'nor:kilogrammetrepersquaresecondnp,'. -\'nor:kilogrampercubicmetre,'. -\'nor:kilogrampercubicmetrecoulomb,'. -\'nor:kilogrampercubicmetrecoulombnp,'. -\'nor:kilogrampercubicmetrenp,'. -\'nor:kilogramperkilomole,'. -\'nor:kilogramperkilomolenp,'. -\'nor:kilogrampermetre,'. -\'nor:kilogrampermetrenp,'. -\'nor:kilogrampersecond,'. -\'nor:kilogrampersecondcubicmetre,'. -\'nor:kilogrampersecondcubicmetrenp,'. -\'nor:kilogrampersecondnp,'. -\'nor:kilogrampersquaremetre,'. -\'nor:kilogrampersquaremetrenp,'. -\'nor:kilogrampersquaremetresecond,'. -\'nor:kilogrampersquaremetresecondnp,'. -\'nor:kilogramsquaremetre,'. -\'nor:kilogramsquaremetrenp,'. -\'nor:kilogramsquaremetrepersecond,'. -\'nor:kilogramsquaremetrepersecondnp,'. -\'nor:kilowatthour,'. -\'nor:liter,'. -\'nor:litre,'. -\'nor:lumen,'. -\'nor:lumenbase,'. -\'nor:lux,'. -\'nor:luxbase,'. -\'nor:mega,'. -\'nor:megad,'. -\'nor:meter,'. -\'nor:metre,'. -\'nor:metrepersecond,'. -\'nor:metrepersecondnp,'. -\'nor:metrepersquaresecond,'. -\'nor:metrepersquaresecondnp,'. -\'nor:micro,'. -\'nor:microd,'. -\'nor:milli,'. -\'nor:millid,'. -\'nor:minute,'. -\'nor:mole,'. -\'nor:molepercubicmetre,'. -\'nor:molepercubicmetrenp,'. -\'nor:nano,'. -\'nor:nanod,'. -\'nor:neper,'. -\'nor:newton,'. -\'nor:newtonbase,'. -\'nor:newtonmetre,'. -\'nor:newtonpercubicmetre,'. -\'nor:newtonpercubicmetrenp,'. -\'nor:newtonperkilogram,'. -\'nor:newtonperkilogramnp,'. -\'nor:newtonpermetre,'. -\'nor:newtonpermetrenp,'. -\'nor:newtonpersquaremetre,'. -\'nor:newtonpersquaremetrenp,'. -\'nor:NoAMS,'. -\'nor:no@qsk,'. -\'nor:ohm,'. -\'nor:ohmbase,'. -\'nor:ohmmetre,'. -\'nor:one,'. -\'nor:paminute,'. -\'nor:pascal,'. -\'nor:pascalbase,'. -\'nor:pascalsecond,'. -\'nor:pasecond,'. -\'nor:per,'. -\'nor:period@active,'. -\'nor:persquaremetresecond,'. -\'nor:persquaremetresecondnp,'. -\'nor:peta,'. -\'nor:petad,'. -\'nor:pico,'. -\'nor:picod,'. -\'nor:power,'. -\'nor:@qsk,'. -\'nor:quantityskip,'. -\'nor:rad,'. -\'nor:radian,'. -\'nor:radianbase,'. -\'nor:radianpersecond,'. -\'nor:radianpersecondnp,'. -\'nor:radianpersquaresecond,'. -\'nor:radianpersquaresecondnp,'. -\'nor:reciprocal,'. -\'nor:rem,'. -\'nor:roentgen,'. -\'nor:rp,'. -\'nor:rpcubed,'. -\'nor:rpcubic,'. -\'nor:rpcubicmetreperkilogram,'. -\'nor:rpcubicmetrepersecond,'. -\'nor:rperminute,'. -\'nor:rpersecond,'. -\'nor:rpfourth,'. -\'nor:rpsquare,'. -\'nor:rpsquared,'. -\'nor:rpsquaremetreperkilogram,'. -\'nor:second,'. -\'nor:siemens,'. -\'nor:siemensbase,'. -\'nor:sievert,'. -\'nor:sievertbase,'. -\'nor:square,'. -\'nor:squared,'. -\'nor:squaremetre,'. -\'nor:squaremetrepercubicmetre,'. -\'nor:squaremetrepercubicmetrenp,'. -\'nor:squaremetrepercubicsecond,'. -\'nor:squaremetrepercubicsecondnp,'. -\'nor:squaremetreperkilogram,'. -\'nor:squaremetrepernewtonsecond,'. -\'nor:squaremetrepernewtonsecondnp,'. -\'nor:squaremetrepersecond,'. -\'nor:squaremetrepersecondnp,'. -\'nor:squaremetrepersquaresecond,'. -\'nor:squaremetrepersquaresecondnp,'. -\'nor:steradian,'. -\'nor:steradianbase,'. -\'nor:tera,'. -\'nor:terad,'. -\'nor:tesla,'. -\'nor:teslabase,'. -\'nor:ton,'. -\'nor:tonne,'. -\'nor:unit,'. -\'nor:unitskip,'. -\'nor:usk,'. -\'nor:volt,'. -\'nor:voltbase,'. -\'nor:voltpermetre,'. -\'nor:voltpermetrenp,'. -\'nor:watt,'. -\'nor:wattbase,'. -\'nor:wattpercubicmetre,'. -\'nor:wattpercubicmetrenp,'. -\'nor:wattperkilogram,'. -\'nor:wattperkilogramnp,'. -\'nor:wattpermetrekelvin,'. -\'nor:wattpermetrekelvinnp,'. -\'nor:wattpersquaremetre,'. -\'nor:wattpersquaremetrenp,'. -\'nor:wattpersquaremetresteradian,'. -\'nor:wattpersquaremetresteradiannp,'. -\'nor:weber,'. -\'nor:weberbase,'. -\'nor:yocto,'. -\'nor:yoctod,'. -\'nor:yotta,'. -\'nor:yottad,'. -\'nor:zepto,'. -\'nor:zeptod,'. -\'nor:zetta,'. -\'nor:zettad' - -let g:TeX_package_option_SIunits = -\'amssymb,'. -\'binary,'. -\'cdot,'. -\'derived,'. -\'derivedinbase,'. -\'Gray,'. -\'mediumqspace,'. -\'mediumspace,'. -\'noams,'. -\'pstricks,'. -\'squaren,'. -\'textstyle,'. -\'thickqspace,'. -\'thickspace,'. -\'thinqspace,'. -\'thinspace' - -" vim:ft=vim:ff=unix: diff --git a/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/accents b/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/accents deleted file mode 100644 index 706d95e..0000000 --- a/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/accents +++ /dev/null @@ -1,28 +0,0 @@ -if exists("accents_package_file") - finish -endif -let accents_package_file = 1 - -let g:TeX_package_option_accents = -\ 'nonscript,' -\.'single' - -let g:TeX_package_accents = -\ 'bra:grave,' -\.'bra:acute,' -\.'bra:check,' -\.'bra:breve,' -\.'bra:bar,' -\.'bra:ring,' -\.'bra:hat,' -\.'bra:dot,' -\.'bra:tilde,' -\.'bra:undertilde,' -\.'bra:ddot,' -\.'bra:dddot,' -\.'bra:ddddot,' -\.'bra:vec,' -\.'brd:accentset,' -\.'brd:underaccent' - -" vim:ft=vim:ff=unix: diff --git a/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/acromake b/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/acromake deleted file mode 100644 index 2130f61..0000000 --- a/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/acromake +++ /dev/null @@ -1,10 +0,0 @@ -if exists("acromake_package_file") - finish -endif -let acromake_package_file = 1 - -let g:TeX_package_option_acromake = '' - -let g:TeX_package_acromake = 'brs:acromake{<++>}{<++>}{<++>}' - -" vim:ft=vim:ff=unix: diff --git a/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/afterpage b/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/afterpage deleted file mode 100644 index 5087321..0000000 --- a/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/afterpage +++ /dev/null @@ -1,10 +0,0 @@ -if exists("afterpage_package_file") - finish -endif -let afterpage_package_file = 1 - -let g:TeX_package_option_afterpage = '' - -let g:TeX_package_afterpage = 'bra:afterpage' - -" vim:ft=vim:ff=unix: diff --git a/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/alltt b/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/alltt deleted file mode 100644 index c30b684..0000000 --- a/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/alltt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,12 +0,0 @@ -if exists("alltt_package_file") - finish -endif -let alltt_package_file = 1 - -let g:TeX_package_option_alltt = '' - -let g:TeX_package_alltt = 'env:alltt' - -syn region texZone start="\\begin{alltt}" end="\\end{alltt}\|%stopzone\>" fold - -" vim:ft=vim:ff=unix: diff --git a/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/amsmath b/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/amsmath deleted file mode 100644 index fd7dcda..0000000 --- a/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/amsmath +++ /dev/null @@ -1,106 +0,0 @@ -if exists("amsmath_package_file") - finish -endif -let amsmath_package_file = 1 - -let g:TeX_package_option_amsmath = -\ 'centertags,' -\.'tbtags,' -\.'sumlimits,' -\.'nosumlimits,' -\.'intlimits,' -\.'nointlimits,' -\.'namelimits,' -\.'nonamelimits,' -\.'leqno,' -\.'reqno,' -\.'fleqno' - -let g:TeX_package_amsmath = -\ 'sbr:Environments,' -\.'env:equation,' -\.'env:equation*,' -\.'env:align,' -\.'env:align*,' -\.'env:gather,' -\.'env:gather*,' -\.'env:flalign,' -\.'env:flalign*,' -\.'env:multline,' -\.'env:multline*,' -\.'ens:alignat:{<+arg1+>}{<+arg2+>},' -\.'env:alignat,' -\.'ens:alignat*:{<+arg1+>}{<+arg2+>},,' -\.'env:alignat*,' -\.'env:subequations,' -\.'env:subarray,' -\.'env:split,' -\.'env:cases,' -\.'sbr:Matrices,' -\.'env:matrix,' -\.'env:pmatrix,' -\.'env:bmatrix,' -\.'env:Bmatrix,' -\.'env:vmatrix,' -\.'env:Vmatrix,' -\.'env:smallmatrix,' -\.'bra:hdotsfor,' -\.'sbr:Dots,' -\.'dotsc,' -\.'dotsb,' -\.'dotsm,' -\.'dotsi,' -\.'dotso,' -\.'sbr:ItalicGreek,' -\.'nor:varGamma,' -\.'nor:varDelta,' -\.'nor:varTheta,' -\.'nor:varLambda,' -\.'nor:varXi,' -\.'nor:varPi,' -\.'nor:varSigma,' -\.'nor:varUpsilon,' -\.'nor:varPhi,' -\.'nor:varPsi,' -\.'nor:varOmega,' -\.'sbr:Mod,' -\.'nor:mod,' -\.'nor:bmod,' -\.'nor:pmod,' -\.'nor:pod,' -\.'sbr:CreatingSymbols,' -\.'brd:overset,' -\.'brd:underset,' -\.'brd:sideset,' -\.'sbr:Fractions,' -\.'brd:frac,' -\.'brd:dfrac,' -\.'brd:tfrac,' -\.'brd:cfrac,' -\.'brd:binom,' -\.'brd:dbinom,' -\.'brd:tbinom,' -\.'brs:genfrac{<+ldelim+>}{<+rdelim+>}{<+thick+>}{<+style+>}{<+numer+>}{<+denom+>},' -\.'sbr:Commands,' -\.'nob:smash,' -\.'bra:substack,' -\.'bra:tag,' -\.'bra:tag*,' -\.'nor:notag,' -\.'bra:raisetag,' -\.'bra:shoveleft,' -\.'bra:shoveright,' -\.'bra:intertext,' -\.'bra:text,' -\.'nor:displaybreak,' -\.'noo:displaybreak,' -\.'noo:allowdisplaybreaks,' -\.'nor:nobreakdash,' -\.'brs:numberwithin{<+env+>}{<+parent+>},' -\.'bra:leftroot,' -\.'bra:uproot,' -\.'bra:boxed,' -\.'brs:DeclareMathSymbol{<++>}{<++>}{<++>}{<++>},' -\.'bra:eqref' - -" vim:ft=vim:ff=unix: diff --git a/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/amsthm b/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/amsthm deleted file mode 100644 index 6bae018..0000000 --- a/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/amsthm +++ /dev/null @@ -1,21 +0,0 @@ -if exists("amsthm_package_file") - finish -endif -let amsthm_package_file = 1 - -let TeX_package_option_amsthm = '' - -let TeX_package_amsthm = -\ 'env:proof,' -\.'nor:swapnumbers,' -\.'brd:newtheorem,' -\.'brd:newtheorem*,' -\.'nor:theoremstyle{plain},' -\.'nor:theoremstyle{definition},' -\.'nor:theoremstyle{remark},' -\.'nor:newtheoremstyle,' -\.'nor:qedsymbol,' -\.'nor:qed,' -\.'nor:qedhere' - -" vim:ft=vim:ff=unix: diff --git a/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/amsxtra b/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/amsxtra deleted file mode 100644 index 3875cc3..0000000 --- a/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/amsxtra +++ /dev/null @@ -1,12 +0,0 @@ -if exists("amsxtra_package_file") - finish -endif -let amsxtra_package_file = 1 - -let g:TeX_package_option_amsxtra = '' - -let g:TeX_package_amsxtra = -\ 'nor:sphat,' -\.'nor:sptilde' - -" vim:ft=vim:ff=unix: diff --git a/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/arabic b/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/arabic deleted file mode 100644 index 46f8314..0000000 --- a/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/arabic +++ /dev/null @@ -1,10 +0,0 @@ -if exists("arabic_package_file") - finish -endif -let arabic_package_file = 1 - -let g:TeX_package_option_arabic = '' - -let g:TeX_package_arabic = 'bra:arabicnumeral' - -" vim:ft=vim:ff=unix: diff --git a/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/array b/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/array deleted file mode 100644 index 99f3dbc..0000000 --- a/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/array +++ /dev/null @@ -1,17 +0,0 @@ -if exists("array_package_file") - finish -endif -let array_package_file = 1 - -let g:TeX_package_option_array = '' - -let g:TeX_package_array = -\ 'brs:newcolumntype{<+type+>}[<+no+>]{<+preamble+>},' -\.'arraycolsep,' -\.'tabcolsep,' -\.'arrayrulewidth,' -\.'doublerulesep,' -\.'arraystretch,' -\.'extrarowheight' - -" vim:ft=vim:ff=unix: diff --git a/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/babel b/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/babel deleted file mode 100644 index cdb76ec..0000000 --- a/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/babel +++ /dev/null @@ -1,98 +0,0 @@ -if exists("babel_package_file") - finish -endif -let babel_package_file = 1 - -" This package sets some language specific options. -" Since it needs to find out which options the user used with the babel -" package, it needs to wait till latex-suite is done scanning packages. It -" then catches the LatexSuiteScannedPackages event which -" Tex_pack_updateall() throws at which time g:Tex_pack_detected and -" g:Tex_babel_options contain the necessary information. - -let g:TeX_package_option_babel = -\ 'afrikaans,' -\.'bahasa,' -\.'basque,' -\.'breton,' -\.'bulgarian,' -\.'catalan,' -\.'croatian,' -\.'chech,' -\.'danish,' -\.'dutch,' -\.'english,USenglish,american,UKenglish,british,canadian,' -\.'esperanto,' -\.'estonian,' -\.'finnish,' -\.'french,francais,canadien,acadian,' -\.'galician,' -\.'austrian,german,germanb,ngerman,naustrian,' -\.'greek,polutonikogreek,' -\.'hebrew,' -\.'magyar,hungarian,' -\.'icelandic,' -\.'irish,' -\.'italian,' -\.'latin,' -\.'lowersorbian,' -\.'samin,' -\.'norsk,nynorsk,' -\.'polish,' -\.'portuges,portuguese,brazilian,brazil,' -\.'romanian,' -\.'russian,' -\.'scottish,' -\.'spanish,' -\.'slovak,' -\.'slovene,' -\.'swedish,' -\.'serbian,' -\.'turkish,' -\.'ukrainian,' -\.'uppersorbian,' -\.'welsh' - -let g:TeX_package_babel = -\ 'bra:selectlanguage,' -\.'env:otherlanguage,' -\.'env:otherlanguage*,' -\.'env:hyphenrules,' -\.'brd:foreignlanguage,' -\.'spe:iflanguage{<+name+>}{<+true+>}{<+false+>},' -\.'languagename,' -\.'bra:useshorthands,' -\.'brd:defineshorthand,' -\.'brd:aliasshorthand,' -\.'bra:languageshorthans,' -\.'bra:shorthandon,' -\.'bra:shorthandoff,' -\.'brd:languageattribute' - -" vim:ft=vim:ff=unix: -if exists('s:doneOnce') - finish -endif -let s:doneOnce = 1 - -augroup LatexSuite - au LatexSuite User LatexSuiteScannedPackages - \ call Tex_Debug('babel: catching LatexSuiteScannedPackages event') | - \ call s:SetQuotes() -augroup END - -let s:path = expand('<sfile>:p:h') - -" SetQuotes: sets quotes for various languages {{{ -" Description: -function! <SID>SetQuotes() - if g:Tex_package_detected =~ '\<babel\>' - if g:Tex_babel_options =~ '\<german\>' - exec 'so '.s:path.'/german' - elseif g:Tex_babel_options =~ '\<ngerman\>' - exec 'so '.s:path.'/ngerman' - endif - endif -endfunction " }}} - -" vim:ft=vim:ff=unix: diff --git a/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/bar b/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/bar deleted file mode 100644 index 0087b95..0000000 --- a/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/bar +++ /dev/null @@ -1,27 +0,0 @@ -if exists("bar_package_file") - finish -endif -let bar_package_file = 1 - -let g:TeX_package_option_bar = '' - -let g:TeX_package_bar = -\ 'env:barenv,' -\.'brs:bar{<+height+>}{<+index+>}[<+desc+>],' -\.'hlineon,' -\.'brs:legend{<+index+>}{<+text+>},' -\.'bra:setdepth,' -\.'bra:sethspace,' -\.'brs:setlinestyle{<+solid-dotted+>},' -\.'brs:setnumberpos{<+empty-axis-down-inside-outside-up+>},' -\.'bra:setprecision,' -\.'bra:setstretch,' -\.'bra:setstyle,' -\.'bra:setwidth,' -\.'brs:setxaxis{<+w1+>}{<+w2+>}{<+step+>},' -\.'brs:setyaxis[<+n+>]{<+w1+>}{<+w2+>}{<+step+>},' -\.'brs:setxname[<+lrbt+>]{<+etiquette+>},' -\.'brs:setyname[<+lrbt+>]{<+etiquette+>},' -\.'brs:setxvaluetyp{<+day-month+>}' - -" vim:ft=vim:ff=unix: diff --git a/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/biblatex b/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/biblatex deleted file mode 100644 index 3729ebf..0000000 --- a/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/biblatex +++ /dev/null @@ -1,159 +0,0 @@ -" Biblatex package support v 0.1 2010-02-17 -" This file has been written by -" Andreas Wagner <Andreas dot Wagner at em dot uni-frankfurt dot de> -" based on the documentation of -" biblatex 0.8e, July 4 2009. -" It can be used, modified and distributed according to the vim license. - - -if exists("biblatex_package_file") - finish -endif -let biblatex_package_file = 1 - -let g:TeX_package_option_biblatex = -\ 'style=,' -\.'citestyle=,' -\.'bibstyle=,' -\.'natbib=,' -\.'sorting=,' -\.'sortlos=,' -\.'sortcites=,' -\.'maxnames=,' -\.'minnames=,' -\.'maxitems=,' -\.'minitems=,' -\.'autocite=,' -\.'autopunct=,' -\.'babel=,' -\.'block=,' -\.'hyperref=,' -\.'backref=,' -\.'indexing=,' -\.'loadfiles=,' -\.'refsection=,' -\.'refsegment=,' -\.'citereset=,' -\.'abbreviate=,' -\.'date=,' -\.'urldate=,' -\.'defernums=,' -\.'punctfont=,' -\.'arxiv=,' -\.'backend=,' -\.'mincrossrefs=,' -\.'bibencoding=,' -\.'useauthor=,' -\.'useeditor=,' -\.'usetranslator=,' -\.'useprefix=,' -\.'skipbib=,' -\.'skiplos=,' -\.'skiplab=,' -\.'dataonly=,' -\.'pagetracker=,' -\.'citetracker=,' -\.'ibidtracker=,' -\.'idemtracker=,' -\.'opcittracker=,' -\.'loccittracker=,' -\.'firstinits=,' -\.'terseinits=,' -\.'labelalpha=,' -\.'labelnumber=,' -\.'labelyear=,' -\.'singletitle=,' -\.'uniquename=,' -\.'openbib' - -let g:TeX_package_biblatex = -\ 'sbr:preamble,' -\.'bra:ExecuteBibliographyOptions{<+key=value+>},' -\.'bra:Bibliography{<+file+>},' -\.'sbr:localization,' -\.'brd:DefineBibliographyStrings{<+lang+>}{<+definitions+>},' -\.'brd:DefineBibliographyExtras{<+lang+>}{<+code+>},' -\.'brd:UndefineBibliographyExtras{<+lang+>}{<+code+>},' -\.'brd:DefineHyphenationExceptions{<+lang+>}{<+text+>},' -\.'bra:NewBibliographyString{<+key+>},' -\.'sbr:main_commands,' -\.'brs:cite[<+prenote+>][<+postnote+>]{<+key+>},' -\.'brs:Cite[<+prenote+>][<+postnote+>]{<+key+>},' -\.'brs:cite*[<+prenote+>][<+postnote+>]{<+key+>},' -\.'brs:parencite[<+prenote+>][<+postnote+>]{<+key+>},' -\.'brs:Parencite[<+prenote+>][<+postnote+>]{<+key+>},' -\.'brs:parencite*[<+prenote+>][<+postnote+>]{<+key+>},' -\.'brs:footcite[<+prenote+>][<+postnote+>]{<+key+>},' -\.'brs:Footcite[<+prenote+>][<+postnote+>]{<+key+>},' -\.'brs:textcite[<+prenote+>][<+postnote+>]{<+key+>},' -\.'brs:Textcite[<+prenote+>][<+postnote+>]{<+key+>},' -\.'bra:supercite{<+key+>},' -\.'brs:autocite[<+prenote+>][<+postnote+>]{<+key+>},' -\.'brs:Autocite[<+prenote+>][<+postnote+>]{<+key+>},' -\.'brs:autocite*[<+prenote+>][<+postnote+>]{<+key+>},' -\.'brs:Autocite*[<+prenote+>][<+postnote+>]{<+key+>},' -\.'sbr:multicites,' -\.'brs:cites(<+prenote+>)(<+postnote+>)[<+prenote+>][<+postnote+>]{<+key+>}[<+prenote+>][<+postnote+>]{<+key+>},' -\.'brs:Cites(<+prenote+>)(<+postnote+>)[<+prenote+>][<+postnote+>]{<+key+>}[<+prenote+>][<+postnote+>]{<+key+>}[<+prenote+>][<+postnote+>]{<+key+>},' -\.'brs:parencites(<+prenote+>)(<+postnote+>)[<+prenote+>][<+postnote+>]{<+key+>}[<+prenote+>][<+postnote+>]{<+key+>}[<+prenote+>][<+postnote+>]{<+key+>},' -\.'brs:Parencites(<+prenote+>)(<+postnote+>)[<+prenote+>][<+postnote+>]{<+key+>}[<+prenote+>][<+postnote+>]{<+key+>}[<+prenote+>][<+postnote+>]{<+key+>},' -\.'brs:footcites(<+prenote+>)(<+postnote+>)[<+prenote+>][<+postnote+>]{<+key+>}[<+prenote+>][<+postnote+>]{<+key+>}[<+prenote+>][<+postnote+>]{<+key+>},' -\.'brs:Footcites(<+prenote+>)(<+postnote+>)[<+prenote+>][<+postnote+>]{<+key+>}[<+prenote+>][<+postnote+>]{<+key+>}[<+prenote+>][<+postnote+>]{<+key+>},' -\.'brs:textcites(<+prenote+>)(<+postnote+>)[<+prenote+>][<+postnote+>]{<+key+>}[<+prenote+>][<+postnote+>]{<+key+>}[<+prenote+>][<+postnote+>]{<+key+>},' -\.'brs:Textcites(<+prenote+>)(<+postnote+>)[<+prenote+>][<+postnote+>]{<+key+>}[<+prenote+>][<+postnote+>]{<+key+>}[<+prenote+>][<+postnote+>]{<+key+>},' -\.'brs:supercites(<+prenote+>)(<+postnote+>){<+key+>}{<+key+>},' -\.'brs:autocites(<+prenote+>)(<+postnote+>)[<+prenote+>][<+postnote+>]{<+key+>}[<+prenote+>][<+postnote+>]{<+key+>},' -\.'brs:Autocites(<+prenote+>)(<+postnote+>)[<+prenote+>][<+postnote+>]{<+key+>}[<+prenote+>][<+postnote+>]{<+key+>}[<+prenote+>][<+postnote+>]{<+key+>},' -\.'sbr:text_commands,' -\.'brs:citeauthor[<+prenote+>][<+postnote+>]{<+key+>},' -\.'brs:Citeauthor[<+prenote+>][<+postnote+>]{<+key+>},' -\.'brs:citetitle[<+prenote+>][<+postnote+>]{<+key+>},' -\.'brs:citetitle*[<+prenote+>][<+postnote+>]{<+key+>},' -\.'brs:citeyear[<+prenote+>][<+postnote+>]{<+key+>},' -\.'brs:citeurl[<+prenote+>][<+postnote+>]{<+key+>},' -\.'sbr:special_commands,' -\.'bra:nocite{<+key+>},' -\.'nor:citereset,' -\.'nor:citereset*,' -\.'nor:mancite,' -\.'brs:fullcite[<+prenote+>][<+postnote+>]{<+key+>},' -\.'brs:footfullcite[<+prenote+>][<+postnote+>]{<+key+>},' -\.'brs:volcite[<+prenote+>]{<+volume+>}[<+page+>]{<+key+>},' -\.'brs:Volcite[<+prenote+>]{<+volume+>}[<+page+>]{<+key+>},' -\.'brs:pvolcite[<+prenote+>]{<+volume+>}[<+page+>]{<+key+>},' -\.'brs:Pvolcite[<+prenote+>]{<+volume+>}[<+page+>]{<+key+>},' -\.'brs:fvolcite[<+prenote+>]{<+volume+>}[<+page+>]{<+key+>},' -\.'brs:Fvolcite[<+prenote+>]{<+volume+>}[<+page+>]{<+key+>},' -\.'brs:tvolcite[<+prenote+>]{<+volume+>}[<+page+>]{<+key+>},' -\.'brs:Tvolcite[<+prenote+>]{<+volume+>}[<+page+>]{<+key+>},' -\.'brs:avolcite[<+prenote+>]{<+volume+>}[<+page+>]{<+key+>},' -\.'brs:Avolcite[<+prenote+>]{<+volume+>}[<+page+>]{<+key+>},' -\.'brs:notecite[<+prenote+>][<+postnote+>]{<+key+>},' -\.'brs:Notecite[<+prenote+>][<+postnote+>]{<+key+>},' -\.'brs:pnotecite[<+prenote+>][<+postnote+>]{<+key+>},' -\.'brs:Pnotecite[<+prenote+>][<+postnote+>]{<+key+>},' -\.'brs:fnotecite[<+prenote+>][<+postnote+>]{<+key+>},' -\.'brs:Fnotecite[<+prenote+>][<+postnote+>]{<+key+>},' -\.'brs:citename[<+prenote+>][<+postnote+>]{<+key+>}[<+format+>]{<+list+>},' -\.'brs:citelist[<+prenote+>][<+postnote+>]{<+key+>}[<+format+>]{<+list+>},' -\.'brs:citefield[<+prenote+>][<+postnote+>]{<+key+>}[<+format+>]{<+field+>},' -\.'sbr:sorting,' -\.'eno:refsection[<+bibfiles+>],' -\.'noo:newrefsection[<+bibfiles+>],' -\.'eno:refsegment[<+bibfiles+>],' -\.'noo:newsegment[<+bibfiles+>],' -\.'bra:DeclareBibliographyCategory{<+category+>},' -\.'brd:addtocategory{<+category+>}{<+key+>},' -\.'brd:defbibheading{<+name+>}{<+code+>},' -\.'brd:defbibnote{<+name+>}{<+text+>},' -\.'bra:segment,' -\.'bra:type,' -\.'bra:keyword,' -\.'bra:category,' -\.'sbr:endmatter,' -\.'noo:printbibliography[<+key=value+>],' -\.'noo:printshorthands[<+key=value+>],' -\.'noo:bibbysection[<+key=value+>],' -\.'noo:bibbysegment[<+key=value+>],' -\.'noo:bibbycategory[<+key=value+>]' - diff --git a/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/bm b/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/bm deleted file mode 100644 index 1cd5109..0000000 --- a/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/bm +++ /dev/null @@ -1,10 +0,0 @@ -if exists("bm_package_file") - finish -endif -let bm_package_file = 1 - -let g:TeX_package_option_bm = '' - -let g:TeX_package_bm = 'bra:bm' - -" vim:ft=vim:ff=unix: diff --git a/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/bophook b/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/bophook deleted file mode 100644 index 16ca8b0..0000000 --- a/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/bophook +++ /dev/null @@ -1,12 +0,0 @@ -if exists("bophook_package_file") - finish -endif -let bophook_package_file = 1 - -let g:TeX_package_option_bophook = '' - -let g:TeX_package_bophook = -\ 'bra:AtBeginPage,' -\.'bra:PageLayout' - -" vim:ft=vim:ff=unix: diff --git a/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/boxedminipage b/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/boxedminipage deleted file mode 100644 index 0917352..0000000 --- a/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/boxedminipage +++ /dev/null @@ -1,10 +0,0 @@ -if exists("boxedminipage_package_file") - finish -endif -let boxedminipage_package_file = 1 - -let g:TeX_package_option_boxedminipage = '' - -let g:TeX_package_boxedminipage = 'ens:boxedminipage:[<+pos+>]{<+size+>}' - -" vim:ft=vim:ff=unix: diff --git a/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/caption2 b/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/caption2 deleted file mode 100644 index 7e16031..0000000 --- a/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/caption2 +++ /dev/null @@ -1,43 +0,0 @@ -if exists("caption2_package_file") - finish -endif -let caption2_package_file = 1 - -let g:TeX_package_option_caption2 = -\ 'scriptsize,' -\.'footnotesize,' -\.'small,' -\.'normalsize,' -\.'large,' -\.'Large,' -\.'up,' -\.'it,' -\.'sl,' -\.'sc,' -\.'md,' -\.'bf,' -\.'rm,' -\.'sf,' -\.'tt,' -\.'ruled,' -\.'boxed,' -\.'centerlast,' -\.'anne,' -\.'center,' -\.'flushleft,' -\.'flushright,' -\.'oneline,' -\.'nooneline,' -\.'hang,' -\.'isu,' -\.'indent,' -\.'longtable' - -let g:TeX_package_caption2 = -\ 'bra:captionsize,' -\.'bra:captionfont,' -\.'bra:captionlabelfont,' -\.'bra:setcaptionmargin,' -\.'bra:setcaptionwidth' - -" vim:ft=vim:ff=unix: diff --git a/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/cases b/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/cases deleted file mode 100644 index a2deafe..0000000 --- a/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/cases +++ /dev/null @@ -1,12 +0,0 @@ -if exists("cases_package_file") - finish -endif -let cases_package_file = 1 - -let g:TeX_package_option_cases = '' - -let g:TeX_package_cases = -\ 'ens:numcases:{<+label+>},' -\.'ens:subnumcases:{<+label+>}' - -" vim:ft=vim:ff=unix: diff --git a/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/ccaption b/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/ccaption deleted file mode 100644 index 2ec3f2f..0000000 --- a/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/ccaption +++ /dev/null @@ -1,20 +0,0 @@ -if exists("ccaption_package_file") - finish -endif -let ccaption_package_file = 1 - -let g:TeX_package_option_ccaption = '' - -let g:TeX_package_ccaption = -\ 'bra:contcaption,' -\.'bra:legend,' -\.'bra:namedlegend,' -\.'abovelegendskip,' -\.'belowlegendskip,' -\.'brd:newfixedcaption,' -\.'brd:renewfixedcaption,' -\.'brd:providefixedcaption,' -\.'brs:newfloatenv[<+counter+>]{<+name+>}{<+ext+>}{<+etiq+>},' -\.'brd:listfloats' - -" vim:ft=vim:ff=unix: diff --git a/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/changebar b/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/changebar deleted file mode 100644 index e5002cf..0000000 --- a/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/changebar +++ /dev/null @@ -1,35 +0,0 @@ -if exists("changebar_package_file") - finish -endif -let changebar_package_file = 1 - -let g:TeX_package_option_changebar = -\ 'DVItoLN03,' -\.'dvitoln03,' -\.'DVItoPS,' -\.'dvitops,' -\.'DVIps,' -\.'dvips,' -\.'emTeX,' -\.'emtex,' -\.'textures,' -\.'Textures,' -\.'outerbars,' -\.'innerbars,' -\.'leftbars,' -\.'rightbars,' -\.'traceon,' -\.'traceoff' - -let g:TeX_package_changebar = -\ 'ens:changebar:[<+thickness+>],' -\.'noo:cbstart,' -\.'cbend,' -\.'cbdelete,' -\.'changebarwidth,' -\.'deletebarwidth,' -\.'changebarsep,' -\.'spe:changebargrey,' -\.'nochangebars' - -" vim:ft=vim:ff=unix: diff --git a/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/chapterbib b/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/chapterbib deleted file mode 100644 index 331e901..0000000 --- a/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/chapterbib +++ /dev/null @@ -1,24 +0,0 @@ -if exists("chapterbib_package_file") - finish -endif -let chapterbib_package_file = 1 - -let g:TeX_package_option_chapterbib = -\ 'sectionbib,' -\.'rootbib,' -\.'gather,' -\.'duplicate' - -let g:TeX_package_chapterbib = -\ 'env:cbunit,' -\.'brd:sectionbib,' -\.'bra:cbinput,' -\.'sep:redefine,' -\.'bra:citeform,' -\.'bra:citepunct,' -\.'bra:citeleft,' -\.'bra:citeright,' -\.'bra:citemid,' -\.'bra:citedash' - -" vim:ft=vim:ff=unix: diff --git a/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/cite b/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/cite deleted file mode 100644 index aa43e5b..0000000 --- a/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/cite +++ /dev/null @@ -1,32 +0,0 @@ -if exists("cite_package_file") - finish -endif -let cite_package_file = 1 - -let g:TeX_package_option_cite = -\ 'verbose,' -\.'nospace,' -\.'space,' -\.'nosort,' -\.'sort,' -\.'noadjust' - -let g:TeX_package_cite = -\ 'bra:cite,' -\.'bra:citen,' -\.'bra:citenum,' -\.'bra:citeonline,' -\.'bra:nocite,' -\.'sep:redefine,' -\.'bra:citeform,' -\.'bra:citepunct,' -\.'bra:citeleft,' -\.'bra:citeright,' -\.'bra:citemid,' -\.'bra:citedash' - -syn region texRefZone matchgroup=texStatement start="\\citen\([tp]\*\=\)\={" keepend end="}\|%stopzone\>" contains=texComment,texDelimiter -syn region texRefZone matchgroup=texStatement start="\\citenum\([tp]\*\=\)\={" keepend end="}\|%stopzone\>" contains=texComment,texDelimiter -syn region texRefZone matchgroup=texStatement start="\\citeonline\([tp]\*\=\)\={" keepend end="}\|%stopzone\>" contains=texComment,texDelimiter - -" vim:ft=vim:ff=unix: diff --git a/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/color b/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/color deleted file mode 100644 index 7f3aeac..0000000 --- a/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/color +++ /dev/null @@ -1,43 +0,0 @@ -if exists("color_package_file") - finish -endif -let color_package_file = 1 - -let g:TeX_package_option_color = -\ 'monochrome,' -\.'debugshow,' -\.'dvips,' -\.'xdvi,' -\.'dvipdf,' -\.'pdftex,' -\.'dvipsone,' -\.'dviwindo,' -\.'emtex,' -\.'dviwin,' -\.'oztex,' -\.'textures,' -\.'pctexps,' -\.'pctexwin,' -\.'pctexhp,' -\.'pctex32,' -\.'truetex,' -\.'tcidvi,' -\.'dvipsnames,' -\.'nodvipsnames,' -\.'usenames' - -let g:TeX_package_color = -\ 'brs:definecolor{<++>}{<++>}{<++>},' -\.'brs:DefineNamedColor{<++>}{<++>}{<++>}{<++>},' -\.'bra:color,' -\.'nob:color,' -\.'brd:textcolor,' -\.'brs:textcolor[<++>]{<++>}{<++>},' -\.'brd:colorbox,' -\.'brs:colorbox[<++>]{<++>}{<++>},' -\.'brs:fcolorbox{<++>}{<++>}{<++>},' -\.'brs:fcolorbox[<++>]{<++>}{<++>}{<++>},' -\.'brd:pagecolor,' -\.'nob:pagecolor' - -" vim:ft=vim:ff=unix: diff --git a/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/comma b/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/comma deleted file mode 100644 index 5ec8d70..0000000 --- a/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/comma +++ /dev/null @@ -1,12 +0,0 @@ -if exists("comma_package_file") - finish -endif -let comma_package_file = 1 - -let g:TeX_package_option_comma = '' - -let g:TeX_package_comma = -\ 'bra:commaform,' -\.'bra:commaformtoken' - -" vim:ft=vim:ff=unix: diff --git a/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/csquotes b/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/csquotes deleted file mode 100644 index ac12932..0000000 --- a/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/csquotes +++ /dev/null @@ -1,104 +0,0 @@ -" Csquotes package support v 0.1 2010-02-17 -" This file has been written by -" Andreas Wagner <Andreas dot Wagner at em dot uni-frankfurt dot de> -" based on the documentation of -" csquotes 4.4a, July 4 2009 -" It can be used, modified and distributed according to the vim license. - - -if exists("csquotes_package_file") - finish -endif -let csquotes_package_file = 1 - -let g:TeX_package_option_csquotes = -\ 'strict=,' -\.'babel=,' -\.'maxlevel=,' -\.'style=,' -\.'danish=,' -\.'english=,' -\.'french=,' -\.'german=,' -\.'italian=,' -\.'norwegian=,' -\.'portuguese=,' -\.'spanish=,' -\.'swedish=' - -let g:TeX_package_csquotes = -\ 'sbr:basic,' -\.'bra:enquote{<+text+>},' -\.'bra:enquote*{<+text+>},' -\.'brs:textquote[<+cite+>][<+punct+>]{<+text+>},' -\.'brs:textquote*[<+cite+>][<+punct+>]{<+text+>},' -\.'brs:blockquote[<+cite+>][<+punct+>]{<+text+>},' -\.'sbr:foreign_text,' -\.'brd:foreignquote{<+lang+>}{<+text+>},' -\.'brd:foreignquote*{<+lang+>}{<+text+>},' -\.'brd:hyphenquote{<+lang+>}{<+text+>},' -\.'brd:hyphenquote*{<+lang+>}{<+text+>},' -\.'brs:foreigntextquote{<+lang+>}[<+cite+>][<+punct+>]{<+text+>},' -\.'brs:foreigntextquote*{<+lang+>}[<+cite+>][<+punct+>]{<+text+>},' -\.'brs:hyphentextquote{<+lang+>}[<+cite+>][<+punct+>]{<+text+>},' -\.'brs:hyphentextquote*{<+lang+>}[<+cite+>][<+punct+>]{<+text+>},' -\.'brs:foreignblockquote{<+lang+>}[<+cite+>][<+punct+>]{<+text+>},' -\.'brs:hyphenblockquote{<+lang+>}[<+cite+>][<+punct+>]{<+text+>},' -\.'sbr:active_quotes,' -\.'bra:MakeOuterQuote{<+character+>},' -\.'bra:MakeInnerQuote{<+character+>},' -\.'brd:MakeAutoQuote{<+opening_character+>}{<+closing_character+>},' -\.'brd:MakeAutoQuote*{<+opening_character+>}{<+closing_character+>},' -\.'brs:MakeForeignQuote{<+lang+>}{<+opening_character+>}{<+closing_character+>},' -\.'brs:MakeForeignQuote*{<+lang+>}{<+opening_character+>}{<+closing_character+>},' -\.'brs:MakeHyphenQuote{<+lang+>}{<+opening_character+>}{<+closing_character+>},' -\.'brs:MakeHyphenQuote*{<+lang+>}{<+opening_character+>}{<+closing_character+>},' -\.'brs:MakeBlockQuote{<+opening_character+>}{<+delimiter+>}{<+closing_character+>},' -\.'brs:MakeForeignBlockQuote{<+lang+>}{<+opening_character+>}{<+delimiter+>}{<+closing_character+>},' -\.'brs:MakeHyphenBlockQuote{<+lang+>}{<+opening_character+>}{<+delimiter+>}{<+closing_character+>},' -\.'nor:EnableQuote,' -\.'nor:DisableQuotes,' -\.'nor:VerbatimQuotes,' -\.'nor:DeleteQuotes,' -\.'sbr:automatic_citation,' -\.'brs:textcquote[<+prenote+>][<+postnote+>]{<+key+>}[<+punct+>]{<+text+>},' -\.'brs:textcquote*[<+prenote+>][<+postnote+>]{<+key+>}[<+punct+>]{<+text+>},' -\.'brs:foreigntextcquote{<+lang+>}[<+prenote+>][<+postnote+>]{<+key+>}[<+punct+>]{<+text+>},' -\.'brs:foreigntextcquote*{<+lang+>}[<+prenote+>][<+postnote+>]{<+key+>}[<+punct+>]{<+text+>},' -\.'brs:hyphentextcquote{<+lang+>}[<+prenote+>][<+postnote+>]{<+key+>}[<+punct+>]{<+text+>},' -\.'brs:hyphentextcquote*{<+x+>}[<+prenote+>][<+postnote+>]{<+key+>}[<+punct+>]{<+text+>},' -\.'brs:blockcquote[<+prenote+>][<+postnote+>]{<+key+>}[<+punct+>]{<+text+>},' -\.'brs:foreignblockcquote{<+lang+>}[<+prenote+>][<+postnote+>]{<+key+>}[<+punct+>]{<+text+>},' -\.'brs:hyphenblockcquote{<+lang+>}[<+prenote+>][<+postnote+>]{<+key+>}[<+punct+>]{<+text+>},' -\.'sbr:display_quotes,' -\.'ens:displayquote:[<+cite+>][<+punct+>],' -\.'ens:foreigndisplayquote:{<+lang+>}[<+cite+>][<+punct+>],' -\.'ens:hyphendisplayquote:{<+lang+>}[<+cite+>][<+punct+>],' -\.'ens:displaycquote:[<+prenote+>][<+postnote+>]{<+key+>}[<+punct+>],' -\.'ens:foreigndisplaycquote:{<+lang+>}[<+prenote+>][<+postnote+>]{<+key+>}[<+punct+>],' -\.'ens:hyphendisplaycquote:{<+lang+>}[<+prenote+>][<+postnote+>]{<+key+>}[<+punct+>],' -\.'sbr:config,' -\.'nob:setquotestyle,' -\.'nor:setquotestyle*,' -\.'brs:DeclareQuoteStyle[<+variant+>]{<+style+>}[<+outer_init+>][<+inner_init+>]{<+opening_outer_mark+>}[<+middle_outer_mark+>]{<+closing_outer_mark+>}[<+kern+>]{<+opening_inner_mark+>}[<+middle_inner_mark+>]{<+closing_inner_mark+>},' -\.'brs:DeclareQuoteAlias[<+variant+>]{<+style+>}{<+alias+>},' -\.'bra:DeclareQuoteOption{<+style+>},' -\.'bra:ExecuteQuoteOptions{<+key=value+>},' -\.'brs:DeclarePlainStyle{<+opening_outer_mark+>}{<+closing_outer_mark+>}{<+opening_inner_mark+>}{<+closing_inner_mark+>},' -\.'bra:SetBlockThreshold{<+integer+>},' -\.'bra:SetBlockEnvironment{<+environment+>},' -\.'bra:SetCiteCommand{<+command+>},' -\.'sbr:helper_expressions,' -\.'brd:ifblockquote,' -\.'brd:ifquotepunct,' -\.'brd:ifquoteterm,' -\.'brd:ifquotecolon,' -\.'brd:ifquotecomma,' -\.'brd:ifquoteexcmlam,' -\.'brd:ifquotequestion,' -\.'brd:ifquotesemicolon,' -\.'brs:ifstringblank{<+string+>}{<+true+>}{<+false+>}' - -let g:TeX_SmartQuoteOpen = "\\enquote\{" -let g:TeX_SmartQuoteClose = "\}" - diff --git a/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/deleq b/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/deleq deleted file mode 100644 index 58426d2..0000000 --- a/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/deleq +++ /dev/null @@ -1,36 +0,0 @@ -if exists("deleq_package_file") - finish -endif -let deleq_package_file = 1 - -let g:TeX_package_option_deleq = '' - -let g:TeX_package_deleq = -\.'env:deqn,' -\.'env:ddeqn,' -\.'env:deqarr,' -\.'env:ddeqar,' -\.'env:deqrarr,' -\.'nor:nydeqno,' -\.'nor:heqno,' -\.'bra:reqno,' -\.'bra:rndeqno,' -\.'bra:rdeqno,' -\.'nob:eqreqno,' -\.'nob:deqreqno,' -\.'nob:ddeqreqno,' -\.'bra:arrlabel,' -\.'nor:where,' -\.'bra:remtext,' -\.'nor:nydeleqno,' -\.'nor:deleqno,' -\.'nor:jotbaseline' - -if !exists("tex_no_math") - syn region texMathZoneA start="\\begin\s*{\s*deqn\*\s*}" end="\\end\s*{\s*deqn\*\s*}" keepend fold contains=@texMathZoneGroup - syn region texMathZoneB start="\\begin\s*{\s*ddeqn\*\s*}" end="\\end\s*{\s*ddeqn\*\s*}" keepend fold contains=@texMathZoneGroup - syn region texMathZoneC start="\\begin\s*{\s*deqarr\s*}" end="\\end\s*{\s*deqarr\s*}" keepend fold contains=@texMathZoneGroup - syn region texMathZoneD start="\\begin\s*{\s*ddeqar\s*}" end="\\end\s*{\s*ddeqar\s*}" keepend fold contains=@texMathZoneGroup - syn region texMathZoneE start="\\begin\s*{\s*deqrarr\*\s*}" end="\\end\s*{\s*deqrarr\*\s*}" keepend fold contains=@texMathZoneGroup -endif -" vim:ft=vim:ff=unix:noet:ts=4: diff --git a/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/drftcite b/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/drftcite deleted file mode 100644 index 8c30447..0000000 --- a/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/drftcite +++ /dev/null @@ -1,29 +0,0 @@ -if exists("drftcite_package_file") - finish -endif -let drftcite_package_file = 1 - -let g:TeX_package_option_drftcite = -\ 'verbose,' -\.'nospace,' -\.'space,' -\.'breakcites,' -\.'manualsort,' -\.'tt,' -\.'shownumbers,' -\.'nocitecount' - -let g:TeX_package_drftcite = -\ 'bra:cite,' -\.'bra:citen,' -\.'sep:redefine,' -\.'bra:citeform,' -\.'bra:citepunct,' -\.'bra:citeleft,' -\.'bra:citeright,' -\.'bra:citemid,' -\.'bra:citedash' - -syn region texRefZone matchgroup=texStatement start="\\citen\([tp]\*\=\)\={" keepend end="}\|%stopzone\>" contains=texComment,texDelimiter - -" vim:ft=vim:ff=unix: diff --git a/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/dropping b/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/dropping deleted file mode 100644 index bcfc11f..0000000 --- a/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/dropping +++ /dev/null @@ -1,12 +0,0 @@ -if exists("dropping_package_file") - finish -endif -let dropping_package_file = 1 - -let g:TeX_package_option_dropping = '' - -let g:TeX_package_dropping = -\ 'brs:bigdrop{<+indent+>}{<+big+>}{<+font+>}{<+text+>},' -\.'brs:dropping[<+indent+>]{<+big+>}{<+text+>}' - -" vim:ft=vim:ff=unix: diff --git a/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/enumerate b/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/enumerate deleted file mode 100644 index 40c3f7c..0000000 --- a/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/enumerate +++ /dev/null @@ -1,10 +0,0 @@ -if exists("enumerate_package_file") - finish -endif -let enumerate_package_file = 1 - -let g:TeX_package_option_enumerate = '' - -let g:TeX_package_enumerate = 'ens:enumerate:[<+prefix+>]' - -" vim:ft=vim:ff=unix: diff --git a/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/eqlist b/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/eqlist deleted file mode 100644 index e1e249e..0000000 --- a/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/eqlist +++ /dev/null @@ -1,19 +0,0 @@ -if exists("eqlist_package_file") - finish -endif -let eqlist_package_file = 1 - -let g:TeX_package_option_eqlist = '' - -let g:TeX_package_eqlist = -\ 'env:eqlist,' -\.'env:eqlist*,' -\.'env:Eqlist,' -\.'env:Eqlist*,' -\.'sep:modificators,' -\.'eqlistinit,' -\.'eqliststarinit,' -\.'eqlistinitpar,' -\.'eqlistlabel' - -" vim:ft=vim:ff=unix: diff --git a/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/eqparbox b/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/eqparbox deleted file mode 100644 index a05061b..0000000 --- a/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/eqparbox +++ /dev/null @@ -1,12 +0,0 @@ -if exists("eqparbox_package_file") - finish -endif -let eqparbox_package_file = 1 - -let g:TeX_package_option_eqparbox = '' - -let g:TeX_package_eqparbox = -\ 'brs:eqparbox[<+pos+>][<+height+>][<+inner-pos+>]{<+tag+>}{<+text+>},' -\.'bra:eqboxwidth' - -" vim:ft=vim:ff=unix: diff --git a/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/everyshi b/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/everyshi deleted file mode 100644 index e42a3d5..0000000 --- a/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/everyshi +++ /dev/null @@ -1,10 +0,0 @@ -if exists("everyshi_package_file") - finish -endif -let everyshi_package_file = 1 - -let g:TeX_package_option_everyshi = '' - -let g:TeX_package_everyshi = 'bra:EveryShipOut' - -" vim:ft=vim:ff=unix: diff --git a/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/exmpl b/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/exmpl deleted file mode 100644 index e9e37fc..0000000 --- a/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/exmpl +++ /dev/null @@ -1,55 +0,0 @@ -if exists("exmpl_package_file") - finish -endif -let exmpl_package_file = 1 - -" Author: Mikolaj Machowski -" Date: 10.04.2002 -" Example plugin for packages in latexSuite -" - -" This variable creates Options submenu in package menu. Even when no options are -" given for this package it HAS to exist in form -" let TeX_package_option_exmpl = "" -" Options and commands are delimited with comma , - -let g:TeX_package_option_exmpl = "OpcjaA=,OpcjaB,OpcjaC" - -" Most command should have some definition before. Package menu system can -" recognize type of command and behave in good manner: -" env: (environment) creates simple environment template -" \begin{command} -" x <- cursor here -" \end{command} -" -" bra: (brackets) useful when inserting brackets commands -" \command{x}<<>> <- cursor at x, and placeholders as in other menu entries -" -" nor: (normal) nor: and pla: are `highlighted' in menu with `'' -" \command<Space> -" -" pla: (plain) -" command<Space> -" -" spe: (special) -" command <-literal insertion of command, in future here should go -" commands with special characters -" -" sep: (separator) creates separator. Good for aesthetics and usability :) -" -" Command can be also given with no prefix:. The result is -" \command (as in nor: but without <Space>) - - -let g:TeX_package_exmpl = "env:AEnvFirst,env:aEnvSec,env:BThi," - \ . "sep:a,env:zzzz," - \ . "bra:aBraFirst,bra:bBraSec,bra:cBraThi," - \ . "sep:b," - \ . "nor:aNorPri,nor:bNorSec,nor:cNorTer," - \ . "sep:c," - \ . "pla:aPla1,pla:bPla2,pla:cPla3," - \ . "sep:d," - \ . "spe:aSpe1,spe:bSpe2,spe:cSpe3," - \ . "sep:e," - \ . "aNo1,bNo2,cNo3" -" vim:ft=vim diff --git a/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/fixme b/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/fixme deleted file mode 100644 index f6079bd..0000000 --- a/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/fixme +++ /dev/null @@ -1,42 +0,0 @@ -" Fixme package support v 0.1 2010-02-17 -" This file has been written by -" Andreas Wagner <Andreas dot Wagner at em dot uni-frankfurt dot de> -" based on the documentation of -" fixme November 28 2007 -" It can be used, modified and distributed according to the vim license. - - -if exists("fixme_package_file") - finish -endif -let fixme_package_file = 1 - -let g:TeX_package_option_fixme = -\ 'draft,' -\.'final,' -\.'silent,' -\.'nosilent,' -\.'inline,' -\.'margin,' -\.'marginclue,' -\.'footnote,' -\.'index,' -\.'noinline,' -\.'nomargin,' -\.'nomarginclue,' -\.'nofootnote,' -\.'noindex' - -let g:TeX_package_fixme = -\ 'sbr:simple,' -\.'nob:fixme[<+layout+>]{<+note+>},' -\.'nob:fxnote[<+layout+>]{<+note+>},' -\.'nob:fxwarning[<+layout+>]{<+note+>},' -\.'nob:fxerror[<+layout+>]{<+note+>},' -\.'sbr:environments,' -\.'eno:afixme[<+summary+>],' -\.'eno:anfxnote[<+summary+>],' -\.'eno:anfxwarning[<+summary+>],' -\.'eno:anfxerror[<+summary+>],' -\.'sbr:other,' -\.'nor:listoffixmes' diff --git a/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/flafter b/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/flafter deleted file mode 100644 index 8859397..0000000 --- a/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/flafter +++ /dev/null @@ -1,10 +0,0 @@ -if exists("flafter_package_file") - finish -endif -let flafter_package_file = 1 - -let g:TeX_package_option_flafter = '' - -let g:TeX_package_flafter = 'noo:suppressfloats,noo:suppress' - -" vim:ft=vim:ff=unix: diff --git a/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/float b/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/float deleted file mode 100644 index 7c1cf46..0000000 --- a/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/float +++ /dev/null @@ -1,16 +0,0 @@ -if exists("float_package_file") - finish -endif -let float_package_file = 1 - -let g:TeX_package_option_float = '' - -let g:TeX_package_float = -\ 'bra:floatstyle,' -\.'brs:newfloat{<++>}{<++>}{<++>}[<++>],' -\.'brd:floatname,' -\.'brd:listof,' -\.'bra:restylefloat,' -\.'brd:floatplacement' - -" vim:ft=vim:ff=unix: diff --git a/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/floatflt b/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/floatflt deleted file mode 100644 index 4902d89..0000000 --- a/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/floatflt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,12 +0,0 @@ -if exists("floatflt_package_file") - finish -endif -let floatflt_package_file = 1 - -let g:TeX_package_option_floatflt = 'rflt,lflt,vflt' - -let g:TeX_package_floatflt = -\ 'ens:floatingfigure:[<+loc+>]{<+spec+>},' -\.'ens:floatingtable:[<+loc+>]{<+spec+>}' - -" vim:ft=vim:ff=unix: diff --git a/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/fn2end b/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/fn2end deleted file mode 100644 index aac4184..0000000 --- a/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/fn2end +++ /dev/null @@ -1,10 +0,0 @@ -if exists("fn2end_package_file") - finish -endif -let fn2end_package_file = 1 - -let g:TeX_package_option_fn2end = '' - -let g:TeX_package_fn2end = 'makeendnotes,theendnotes' - -" vim:ft=vim:ff=unix: diff --git a/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/footmisc b/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/footmisc deleted file mode 100644 index 04723f6..0000000 --- a/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/footmisc +++ /dev/null @@ -1,21 +0,0 @@ -if exists("footmisc_package_file") - finish -endif -let footmisc_package_file = 1 - -let g:TeX_package_option_footmisc = -\ 'bottom,' -\.'flushmargin,' -\.'marginal,' -\.'multiple,' -\.'norule,' -\.'para,' -\.'perpage,' -\.'splitrule,' -\.'stable,' -\.'symbol,' -\.'symbol+' - -let g:TeX_package_footmisc = '' - -" vim:ft=vim:ff=unix: diff --git a/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/geometry b/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/geometry deleted file mode 100644 index 667a289..0000000 --- a/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/geometry +++ /dev/null @@ -1,93 +0,0 @@ -if exists("geometry_package_file") - finish -endif -let geometry_package_file = 1 - -let g:TeX_package_option_geometry = -\ 'sbr:Boolean,' -\.'verbose,' -\.'landscape,' -\.'portrait,' -\.'twoside,' -\.'includemp,' -\.'reversemp,' -\.'reversemarginpar,' -\.'nohead,' -\.'nofoot,' -\.'noheadfoot,' -\.'dvips,' -\.'pdftex,' -\.'vtex,' -\.'truedimen,' -\.'reset,' -\.'sbr:BooleanDimensions,' -\.'a0paper,' -\.'a1paper,' -\.'a2paper,' -\.'a3paper,' -\.'a4paper,' -\.'a5paper,' -\.'a6paper,' -\.'b0paper,' -\.'b1paper,' -\.'b2paper,' -\.'b3paper,' -\.'b4paper,' -\.'b5paper,' -\.'b6paper,' -\.'letterpaper,' -\.'executivepaper,' -\.'legalpaper,' -\.'sbr:SingleValueOption,' -\.'paper=,' -\.'papername=,' -\.'paperwidth=,' -\.'paperheight=,' -\.'width=,' -\.'totalwidth=,' -\.'height=,' -\.'totalheight=,' -\.'left=,' -\.'lmargin=,' -\.'right=,' -\.'rmargin=,' -\.'top=,' -\.'tmargin=,' -\.'bottom=,' -\.'bmargin=,' -\.'hscale=,' -\.'vscale=,' -\.'textwidth=,' -\.'textheight=,' -\.'marginparwidth=,' -\.'marginpar=,' -\.'marginparsep=,' -\.'headheight=,' -\.'head=,' -\.'headsep=,' -\.'footskip=,' -\.'hoffset=,' -\.'voffset=,' -\.'twosideshift=,' -\.'mag=,' -\.'columnsep=,' -\.'footnotesep=,' -\.'sbr:TwoValueOptions,' -\.'papersize={<++>},' -\.'total={<++>},' -\.'body={<++>},' -\.'text={<++>},' -\.'scale={<++>},' -\.'hmargin={<++>},' -\.'vmargin={<++>},' -\.'margin={<++>},' -\.'offset={<++>},' -\.'sbr:ThreeValueOptions,' -\.'hdivide={<++>},' -\.'vdivide={<++>},' -\.'divide={<++>}' - -let g:TeX_package_geometry = -\ 'bra:geometry' - -" vim:ft=vim:ff=unix: diff --git a/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/german b/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/german deleted file mode 100644 index 9aa7519..0000000 --- a/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/german +++ /dev/null @@ -1,12 +0,0 @@ -if exists("german_package_file") - finish -endif -let german_package_file = 1 - -let g:TeX_package_german = '' -let g:TeX_package_option_german = '' -" For now just define the smart quotes. -let b:Tex_SmartQuoteOpen = '"`' -let b:Tex_SmartQuoteClose = "\"'" - -" vim:ft=vim:ff=unix: diff --git a/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/graphicx b/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/graphicx deleted file mode 100644 index 4aa7571..0000000 --- a/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/graphicx +++ /dev/null @@ -1,69 +0,0 @@ -if exists("graphicx_package_file") - finish -endif -let graphicx_package_file = 1 - -let g:TeX_package_option_graphicx = -\ 'sbr:Drivers,' -\.'xdvi,' -\.'dvipdf,' -\.'dvipdfm,' -\.'pdftex,' -\.'dvipsone,' -\.'dviwindo,' -\.'emtex,' -\.'dviwin,' -\.'oztex,' -\.'textures,' -\.'pctexps,' -\.'pctexwin,' -\.'pctexhp,' -\.'pctex32,' -\.'truetex,' -\.'tcidvi,' -\.'vtex,' -\.'sbr:Rest,' -\.'debugshow,' -\.'draft,' -\.'final,' -\.'hiderotate,' -\.'hiresbb,' -\.'hidescale,' -\.'unknownkeysallowed,' -\.'unknownkeyserror' - -let g:TeX_package_graphicx = -\ 'sbr:Includegraphics,' -\.'brs:includegraphics[<++>]{<++>},' -\.'spe:height=,' -\.'spe:width=,' -\.'spe:keepaspectratio=,' -\.'spe:totalheight=,' -\.'spe:angle=,' -\.'spe:scale=,' -\.'spe:origin=,' -\.'spe:clip,' -\.'spe:bb=,' -\.'spe:viewport=,' -\.'spe:trim=,' -\.'spe:draft,' -\.'spe:hiresbb,' -\.'spe:type=,' -\.'spe:ext=,' -\.'spe:read=,' -\.'spe:command=,' -\.'sbr:Rotatebox,' -\.'brs:rotatebox[<++>]{<++>}{<++>},' -\.'spe:origin=,' -\.'spe:x=,' -\.'spe:y=,' -\.'spe:units=,' -\.'sbr:Rest,' -\.'brs:scalebox{<++>}[<++>]{<++>},' -\.'brs:resizebox{<++>}{<++>}{<++>},' -\.'brs:resizebox*{<++>}{<++>}{<++>},' -\.'bra:DeclareGraphicsExtensions,' -\.'brs:DeclareGraphicsRule{<++>}{<++>}{<++>}{<++>},' -\.'bra:graphicspath' - -" vim:ft=vim:ff=unix: diff --git a/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/graphpap b/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/graphpap deleted file mode 100644 index ebbd268..0000000 --- a/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/graphpap +++ /dev/null @@ -1,10 +0,0 @@ -if exists("graphpap_package_file") - finish -endif -let graphpap_package_file = 1 - -let g:TeX_package_option_graphpap = '' - -let g:TeX_package_graphpap = 'brs:graphpaper[<+step+>](<+x1,y1+>)(<+x2,y2+>)' - -" vim:ft=vim:ff=unix: diff --git a/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/harpoon b/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/harpoon deleted file mode 100644 index 994801d..0000000 --- a/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/harpoon +++ /dev/null @@ -1,18 +0,0 @@ -if exists("harpoon_package_file") - finish -endif -let harpoon_package_file = 1 - -let g:TeX_package_option_harpoon = '' - -let g:TeX_package_harpoon = -\ 'bra:overleftharp,' -\.'bra:overrightharp,' -\.'bra:overleftharpdown,' -\.'bra:overrightharpdown,' -\.'bra:underleftharp,' -\.'bra:underrightharp,' -\.'bra:underleftharpdown,' -\.'bra:underrightharpdown' - -" vim:ft=vim:ff=unix: diff --git a/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/hhline b/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/hhline deleted file mode 100644 index a024c19..0000000 --- a/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/hhline +++ /dev/null @@ -1,21 +0,0 @@ -if exists("hhline_package_file") - finish -endif -let hhline_package_file = 1 - -let g:TeX_package_option_hhline = '' - -let g:TeX_package_hhline = -\ 'bra:hhline,' -\.'sep:a,' -\.'spe:=,' -\.'spe:-,' -\.'spe:~,' -\."spe:\\\|," -\.'spe::,' -\.'spe:#,' -\.'spe:t,' -\.'spe:b,' -\.'spe:*' - -" vim:ft=vim:ff=unix: diff --git a/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/histogram b/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/histogram deleted file mode 100644 index b18fc07..0000000 --- a/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/histogram +++ /dev/null @@ -1,13 +0,0 @@ -if exists("histogram_package_file") - finish -endif -let histogram_package_file = 1 - -let g:TeX_package_option_histogram = '' - -let g:TeX_package_histogram = -\ 'histogram,' -\.'noverticallines,' -\.'verticallines' - -" vim:ft=vim:ff=unix: diff --git a/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/hyperref b/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/hyperref deleted file mode 100644 index a82aac3..0000000 --- a/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/hyperref +++ /dev/null @@ -1,167 +0,0 @@ -if exists("hyperref_package_file") - finish -endif -let hyperref_package_file = 1 - -let g:TeX_package_option_hyperref = -\ '4=,' -\.'a4paper,' -\.'a5paper,' -\.'anchorcolor=,' -\.'b5paper,' -\.'backref=,' -\.'baseurl={<++>},' -\.'bookmarks=,' -\.'bookmarksnumbered=,' -\.'bookmarksopen=,' -\.'bookmarksopenlevel=,' -\.'bookmarkstype=,' -\.'breaklinks=,' -\.'citebordercolor=,' -\.'citecolor=,' -\.'colorlinks=,' -\.'debug=,' -\.'draft,' -\.'dvipdf,' -\.'dvipdfm,' -\.'dvips,' -\.'dvipsone,' -\.'dviwindo,' -\.'executivepaper,' -\.'extension=,' -\.'filebordercolor=,' -\.'filecolor=,' -\.'frenchlinks=,' -\.'hyperfigures=,' -\.'hyperindex=,' -\.'hypertex,' -\.'hypertexnames=,' -\.'implicit=,' -\.'latex2html,' -\.'legalpaper,' -\.'letterpaper,' -\.'linkbordercolor=,' -\.'linkcolor=,' -\.'linktocpage=,' -\.'menubordercolor=,' -\.'menucolor=,' -\.'naturalnames,' -\.'nesting=,' -\.'pageanchor=,' -\.'pagebackref=,' -\.'pagebordercolor=,' -\.'pagecolor=,' -\.'pdfauthor={<++>},' -\.'pdfborder=,' -\.'pdfcenterwindow=,' -\.'pdfcreator={<++>},' -\.'pdffitwindow,' -\.'pdfhighlight=,' -\.'pdfkeywords={<++>},' -\.'pdfmenubar=,' -\.'pdfnewwindow=,' -\.'pdfpagelabels=,' -\.'pdfpagelayout=,' -\.'pdfpagemode=,' -\.'pdfpagescrop=,' -\.'pdfpagetransition=,' -\.'pdfproducer={<++>},' -\.'pdfstartpage={<++>},' -\.'pdfstartview={<++>},' -\.'pdfsubject={<++>},' -\.'pdftex,' -\.'pdftitle={<++>},' -\.'pdftoolbar=,' -\.'pdfusetitle=,' -\.'pdfview,' -\.'pdfwindowui=,' -\.'plainpages=,' -\.'ps2pdf,' -\.'raiselinks=,' -\.'runbordercolor,' -\.'tex4ht,' -\.'textures,' -\.'unicode=,' -\.'urlbordercolor=,' -\.'urlcolor=,' -\.'verbose=,' -\.'vtex' - -let g:TeX_package_hyperref = -\ 'sbr:Preamble,' -\.'bra:hypersetup,' -\.'wwwbrowser,' -\.'sbr:Links,' -\.'bra:hyperbaseurl,' -\.'brs:href{<+URL+>}{<+text+>},' -\.'bra:hyperimage,' -\.'brs:hyperdef{<+category+>}{<+name+>}{<+text+>},' -\.'brs:hyperref{<+URL+>}{<+category+>}{<+name+>}{<+text+>},' -\.'brs:hyperlink{<+name+>}{<+text+>},' -\.'brs:hypertarget{<+name+>}{<+text+>},' -\.'bra:url,' -\.'bra:htmladdnormallink,' -\.'brs:Acrobatmenu{<+option+>}{<+tekst+>},' -\.'brs:pdfbookmark[<++>]{<++>}{<++>},' -\.'bra:thispdfpagelabel,' -\.'sbr:Forms,' -\.'env:Form,' -\.'sep:Forms1,' -\.'brs:TextField[<+parameters+>]{<+label+>},' -\.'brs:CheckBox[<+parameters+>]{<+label+>},' -\.'brs:ChoiceMenu[<+parameters+>]{<+label+>}{<+choices+>},' -\.'brs:PushButton[<+parameters+>]{<+label+>},' -\.'brs:Submit[<+parameters+>]{<+label+>},' -\.'brs:Reset[<+parameters+>]{<+label+>},' -\.'sep:Forms2,' -\.'brs:LayoutTextField{<+label+>}{<+field+>},' -\.'brs:LayoutChoiceField{<+label+>}{<+field+>},' -\.'brs:LayoutCheckboxField{<+label+>}{<+field+>},' -\.'sep:Forms3,' -\.'brs:MakeRadioField{<+width+>}{<+height+>},' -\.'brs:MakeCheckField{<+width+>}{<+height+>},' -\.'brs:MakeTextField{<+width+>}{<+height+>},' -\.'brs:MakeChoiceField{<+width+>}{<+height+>},' -\.'brs:MakeButtonField{<+text+>},' -\.'sbr:Parameters,' -\.'spe:accesskey,' -\.'spe:align,' -\.'spe:backgroundcolor,' -\.'spe:bordercolor,' -\.'spe:bordersep,' -\.'spe:borderwidth,' -\.'spe:charsize,' -\.'spe:checked,' -\.'spe:color,' -\.'spe:combo,' -\.'spe:default,' -\.'spe:disabled,' -\.'spe:height,' -\.'spe:hidden,' -\.'spe:maxlen,' -\.'spe:menulength,' -\.'spe:multiline,' -\.'spe:name,' -\.'spe:onblur,' -\.'spe:onchange,' -\.'spe:onclick,' -\.'spe:ondblclick,' -\.'spe:onfocus,' -\.'spe:onkeydown,' -\.'spe:onkeypress,' -\.'spe:onkeyup,' -\.'spe:onmousedown,' -\.'spe:onmousemove,' -\.'spe:onmouseout,' -\.'spe:onmouseover,' -\.'spe:onmouseup,' -\.'spe:onselect,' -\.'spe:password,' -\.'spe:popdown,' -\.'spe:radio,' -\.'spe:readonly,' -\.'spe:tabkey,' -\.'spe:value,' -\.'spe:width' - -" vim:ft=vim:ff=unix: diff --git a/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/ifthen b/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/ifthen deleted file mode 100644 index 82dbe69..0000000 --- a/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/ifthen +++ /dev/null @@ -1,21 +0,0 @@ -if exists("ifthen_package_file") - finish -endif -let ifthen_package_file = 1 - -let g:TeX_package_option_ifthen = '' - -let g:TeX_package_ifthen = -\ 'brs:ifthenelse{<++>}{<++>}{<++>},' -\.'brd:equal,' -\.'bra:boolean,' -\.'bra:lengthtest,' -\.'bra:isodd,' -\.'brd:whiledo,' -\.'bra:newboolean,' -\.'brd:setboolean,' -\.'nor:and,' -\.'nor:or,' -\.'nor:not' - -" vim:ft=vim:ff=unix: diff --git a/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/inputenc b/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/inputenc deleted file mode 100644 index 73abe9a..0000000 --- a/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/inputenc +++ /dev/null @@ -1,29 +0,0 @@ -if exists("inputenc_package_file") - finish -endif -let inputenc_package_file = 1 - -let g:TeX_package_option_inputenc = -\ 'ascii,' -\.'latin1,' -\.'latin2,' -\.'latin3,' -\.'latin4,' -\.'latin5,' -\.'latin9,' -\.'decmulti,' -\.'cp850,' -\.'cp852,' -\.'cp437,' -\.'cp437de,' -\.'cp865,' -\.'applemac,' -\.'next,' -\.'ansinew,' -\.'cp1250,' -\.'cp1252' - -let g:TeX_package_inputenc = -\ 'bra:inputencoding' - -" vim:ft=vim:ff=unix: diff --git a/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/letterspace b/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/letterspace deleted file mode 100644 index 9a53eaa..0000000 --- a/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/letterspace +++ /dev/null @@ -1,10 +0,0 @@ -if exists("letterspace_package_file") - finish -endif -let letterspace_package_file = 1 - -let g:TeX_package_option_letterspace = '' - -let g:TeX_package_letterspace = 'nor:letterspace' - -" vim:ft=vim:ff=unix: diff --git a/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/lineno b/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/lineno deleted file mode 100644 index 4567602..0000000 --- a/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/lineno +++ /dev/null @@ -1,60 +0,0 @@ -if exists("lineno_package_file") - finish -endif -let lineno_package_file = 1 - -let g:TeX_package_option_lineno = -\ 'left,' -\.'right,' -\.'switch,' -\.'switch*,' -\.'pagewise,' -\.'running,' -\.'modulo,' -\.'mathlines,' -\.'displaymath,' -\.'hyperref' - -let g:TeX_package_lineno = -\ 'sbr:Environments,' -\.'env:linenumbers,' -\.'env:linenumbers*,' -\.'env:numquote,' -\.'env:numquote*,' -\.'env:numquotation,' -\.'env:numquotation*,' -\.'env:bframe,' -\.'env:linenomath,' -\.'env:linenomath*,' -\.'bra:linelabel,' -\.'sbr:Commands,' -\.'nor:linenumbers,' -\.'nor:linenumbers*,' -\.'noo:linenumbers,' -\.'nor:nolinenumbers,' -\.'nor:runninglinenumbers,' -\.'nor:runninglinenumbers*,' -\.'noo:runninglinenumbers,' -\.'nor:pagewiselinenumbers,' -\.'nor:resetlinenumber,' -\.'noo:resetlinenumber,' -\.'nor:setrunninglinenumbers,' -\.'nor:setpagewiselinenumbers,' -\.'nor:switchlinenumbers,' -\.'nor:switchlinenumbers*,' -\.'nor:leftlinenumbers,' -\.'nor:leftlinenumbers*,' -\.'nor:rightlinenumbers,' -\.'nor:rightlinenumbers*,' -\.'nor:runningpagewiselinenumbers,' -\.'nor:realpagewiselinenumbers,' -\.'nor:modulolinenumbers,' -\.'noo:modulolinenumbers,' -\.'nor:linenumberdisplaymath,' -\.'nor:nolinenumberdisplaymath,' -\.'nor:thelinenumber,' -\.'nob:linerefp,' -\.'nob:linerefr,' -\.'nob:lineref' - -" vim:ft=vim:ff=unix: diff --git a/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/longtable b/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/longtable deleted file mode 100644 index 6644862..0000000 --- a/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/longtable +++ /dev/null @@ -1,35 +0,0 @@ -if exists("longtable_package_file") - finish -endif -let longtable_package_file = 1 - -let g:TeX_package_option_longtable = -\ 'errorshow,' -\.'pausing,' -\.'set,' -\.'final' - -let g:TeX_package_longtable = -\ 'sbr:Commands,' -\.'nor:setlongtables,' -\.'bra:LTleft,' -\.'bra:LTright,' -\.'bra:LTpre,' -\.'bra:LTpost,' -\.'bra:LTchunksize,' -\.'bra:LTcapwidth,' -\.'bra:LTcapwidth,' -\.'sbr:Longtable,' -\.'env:longtable,' -\.'sep:lt,' -\.'nor:endhead,' -\.'nor:endfirsthead,' -\.'nor:endfoot,' -\.'nor:endlastfoot,' -\.'nor:kill,' -\.'bra:caption,' -\.'nob:caption,' -\.'bra:caption*,' -\.'nor:newpage' - -" vim:ft=vim:ts=4:sw=4:noet:ff=unix: diff --git a/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/lscape b/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/lscape deleted file mode 100644 index 33976ea..0000000 --- a/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/lscape +++ /dev/null @@ -1,10 +0,0 @@ -if exists("lscape_package_file") - finish -endif -let lscape_package_file = 1 - -let g:TeX_package_option_lscape = '' - -let g:TeX_package_lscape = 'env:landscape' - -" vim:ft=vim:ff=unix: diff --git a/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/manyfoot b/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/manyfoot deleted file mode 100644 index 7cab55f..0000000 --- a/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/manyfoot +++ /dev/null @@ -1,15 +0,0 @@ -if exists("manyfoot_package_file") - finish -endif -let manyfoot_package_file = 1 - -let g:TeX_package_option_manyfoot = 'para' - -let g:TeX_package_manyfoot = -\ 'bra:newfootnote,bra:newfootnote[para],' -\.'bra:footnoteA,bra:footnoteB,' -\.'bra:FootnoteA,bra:FootnoteB,' -\.'bra:Footnotemark,bra:Footnotetext,' -\.'SplitNote' - -" vim:ft=vim:ff=unix: diff --git a/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/moreverb b/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/moreverb deleted file mode 100644 index 8614e3b..0000000 --- a/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/moreverb +++ /dev/null @@ -1,28 +0,0 @@ -if exists("moreverb_package_file") - finish -endif -let moreverb_package_file = 1 - -let g:TeX_package_option_moreverb = '' - -let g:TeX_package_moreverb = -\ 'ens:verbatimwrite:{<++>},' -\.'ens:verbatimtab:[<++>],' -\.'ens:listing:[<+step+>]{<+number+>},' -\.'ens:listing*:[<+step+>]{<+number+>},' -\.'env:boxedverbatim,' -\.'bra:verbatimtabsize,' -\.'bra:listingoffset,' -\.'brs:listinginput[<++>]{<++>}{<++>},' -\.'brs:verbatimtabinput[<++>]{<++>}' - -let g:Tex_completion_explorer = g:Tex_completion_explorer.'verbatimtabinput,' - -syn region texZone start="\\begin{verbatimwrite}" end="\\end{verbatimwrite}\|%stopzone\>" fold -syn region texZone start="\\begin{verbatimtab}" end="\\end{verbatimtab}\|%stopzone\>" fold -syn region texZone start="\\begin{boxedverbatim}" end="\\end{boxedverbatim}\|%stopzone\>" fold -syn region texZone start="\\begin{listing}" end="\\end{listing}\|%stopzone\>" fold -syn region texZone start="\\begin{listing*}" end="\\end{listing*}\|%stopzone\>" fold - - -" vim:ft=vim:ff=unix: diff --git a/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/multibox b/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/multibox deleted file mode 100644 index 00bccb2..0000000 --- a/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/multibox +++ /dev/null @@ -1,10 +0,0 @@ -if exists("multibox_package_file") - finish -endif -let multibox_package_file = 1 - -let g:TeX_package_option_multibox = '' - -let g:TeX_package_multibox = 'multimake,multiframe' - -" vim:ft=vim:ff=unix: diff --git a/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/multicol b/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/multicol deleted file mode 100644 index ca93189..0000000 --- a/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/multicol +++ /dev/null @@ -1,21 +0,0 @@ -if exists("multicol_package_file") - finish -endif -let multicol_package_file = 1 - -let g:TeX_package_option_multicol = '' - -let g:TeX_package_multicol = -\ 'ens:multicols:{<+cols+>}[<+text+>][<+sep+>],' -\.'columnbreak,' -\.'premulticols,' -\.'postmulticols,' -\.'multicolsep,' -\.'columnsep,' -\.'linewidth,' -\.'columnseprule,' -\.'flushcolumnt,' -\.'raggedcolumns,' -\.'unbalanced' - -" vim:ft=vim:ff=unix: diff --git a/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/newalg b/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/newalg deleted file mode 100644 index 1480bb6..0000000 --- a/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/newalg +++ /dev/null @@ -1,26 +0,0 @@ -if exists("newalg_package_file") - finish -endif -let newalg_package_file = 1 - -let g:TeX_package_option_newalg = '' - -let g:TeX_package_newalg = -\ 'ens:algorithm:{<+name+>}{<++>},' -\.'ens:IF:{<+cond+>},' -\.'ens:FOR:{<+loop+>},' -\.'ens:WHILE:{<+cond+>},' -\.'bra:ERROR,' -\.'nor:ELSE,' -\.'nor:RETURN,' -\.'nor:NIL,' -\.'nor:TO,' -\.'bra:CALL,' -\.'bra:text,' -\.'env:REPEAT,' -\.'env:SWITCH,' -\.'nor:=,' -\.'bra:item,' -\.'nor:algkey' - -" vim:ft=vim:ff=unix: diff --git a/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/ngerman b/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/ngerman deleted file mode 100644 index 3f58025..0000000 --- a/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/ngerman +++ /dev/null @@ -1,12 +0,0 @@ -if exists("ngerman_package_file") - finish -endif -let ngerman_package_file = 1 - -let g:TeX_package_ngerman = '' -let g:TeX_package_option_ngerman = '' -" For now just define the smart quotes. -let b:Tex_SmartQuoteOpen = '"`' -let b:Tex_SmartQuoteClose = "\"'" - -" vim:ft=vim:ff=unix: diff --git a/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/numprint b/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/numprint deleted file mode 100644 index 4eab5a2..0000000 --- a/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/numprint +++ /dev/null @@ -1,18 +0,0 @@ -if exists("numprint_package_file") - finish -endif -let numprint_package_file = 1 - -let g:TeX_package_option_numprint = '' - -let g:TeX_package_numprint = -\ 'bra:numprint,' -\.'nob:numprint,' -\.'bra:thousandsep,' -\.'bra:decimalsign,' -\.'bra:productsign,' -\.'bra:unitseparator,' -\.'brd:expnumprint,' -\.'global' - -" vim:ft=vim:ff=unix: diff --git a/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/oldstyle b/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/oldstyle deleted file mode 100644 index 72b2774..0000000 --- a/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/oldstyle +++ /dev/null @@ -1,12 +0,0 @@ -if exists("oldstyle_package_file") - finish -endif -let oldstyle_package_file = 1 - -let g:TeX_package_option_oldstyle = '' - -let g:TeX_package_oldstyle = -\ 'bra:textos,' -\.'bra:mathos' - -" vim:ft=vim:ff=unix: diff --git a/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/outliner b/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/outliner deleted file mode 100644 index ca64322..0000000 --- a/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/outliner +++ /dev/null @@ -1,19 +0,0 @@ -if exists("outliner_package_file") - finish -endif -let outliner_package_file = 1 - -let g:TeX_package_option_outliner = '' - -let g:TeX_package_outliner = -\ 'env:Outline,' -\.'bra:Level,' -\.'bra:SetBaseLevel,' -\.'sep:preamble,' -\.'bra:OutlinePageBreaks,' -\.'bra:OutlinePageBreaks,' -\.'bra:OutlineLevelStart,' -\.'bra:OutlineLevelCont,' -\.'bra:OutlineLevelEnd' - -" vim:ft=vim:ff=unix: diff --git a/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/overcite b/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/overcite deleted file mode 100644 index 25bc17d..0000000 --- a/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/overcite +++ /dev/null @@ -1,34 +0,0 @@ -if exists("overcite_package_file") - finish -endif -let overcite_package_file = 1 - -let g:TeX_package_option_overcite = -\ 'verbose,' -\.'ref,' -\.'nospace,' -\.'space,' -\.'nosort,' -\.'sort,' -\.'nomove,' -\.'noadjust' - -let g:TeX_package_overcite = -\ 'bra:cite,' -\.'bra:citen,' -\.'bra:citenum,' -\.'bra:citeonline,' -\.'bra:nocite,' -\.'sep:redefine,' -\.'bra:citeform,' -\.'bra:citepunct,' -\.'bra:citeleft,' -\.'bra:citeright,' -\.'bra:citemid,' -\.'bra:citedash' - -syn region texRefZone matchgroup=texStatement start="\\citen\([tp]\*\=\)\={" keepend end="}\|%stopzone\>" contains=texComment,texDelimiter -syn region texRefZone matchgroup=texStatement start="\\citenum\([tp]\*\=\)\={" keepend end="}\|%stopzone\>" contains=texComment,texDelimiter -syn region texRefZone matchgroup=texStatement start="\\citeonline\([tp]\*\=\)\={" keepend end="}\|%stopzone\>" contains=texComment,texDelimiter - -" vim:ft=vim:ff=unix: diff --git a/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/pagenote b/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/pagenote deleted file mode 100644 index 4949db3..0000000 --- a/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/pagenote +++ /dev/null @@ -1,26 +0,0 @@ -" Pagenote package support v 0.1 2010-02-17 -" This file has been written by -" Andreas Wagner <Andreas dot Wagner at em dot uni-frankfurt dot de> -" based on the documentation of -" pagenote 27 September 2004 -" It can be used, modified and distributed according to the vim license. - - -if exists("pagenote_package_file") - finish -endif -let pagenote_package_file = 1 - -let g:TeX_package_option_pagenote = -\ 'continuous,' -\.'page' - -let g:TeX_package_pagenote = -\ 'sbr:preamble,' -\.'nor:makepagenote,' -\.'sbr:regular,' -\.'nob:pagenote[<+lemma+>]{<+note+>},' -\.'sbr:end,' -\.'nor:printnotes,' -\.'nor:printnotes*' - diff --git a/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/parallel b/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/parallel deleted file mode 100644 index 19dfe8e..0000000 --- a/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/parallel +++ /dev/null @@ -1,15 +0,0 @@ -if exists("parallel_package_file") - finish -endif -let parallel_package_file = 1 - -let g:TeX_package_option_parallel = '' - -let g:TeX_package_parallel = -\ 'env:Parallel,' -\.'bra:ParallelLText,' -\.'bra:ParallelRText,' -\.'nor:ParallelPar,' -\.'nor:tolerance' - -" vim:ft=vim:ff=unix: diff --git a/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/plain b/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/plain deleted file mode 100644 index 6a3d092..0000000 --- a/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/plain +++ /dev/null @@ -1,10 +0,0 @@ -if exists("plain_package_file") - finish -endif -let plain_package_file = 1 - -let g:TeX_package_option_plain = '' - -let g:TeX_package_plain = 'env:plain' - -" vim:ft=vim:ff=unix: diff --git a/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/plates b/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/plates deleted file mode 100644 index e22817e..0000000 --- a/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/plates +++ /dev/null @@ -1,16 +0,0 @@ -if exists("plates_package_file") - finish -endif -let plates_package_file = 1 - -let g:TeX_package_option_plates = 'figures,onefloatperpage,memoir' - -let g:TeX_package_plates = -\ 'env:plate,' -\.'listofplates,' -\.'ProcessPlates,' -\.'bra:setplatename,' -\.'bra:setplatename,' -\.'bra:atBeginPlates' - -" vim:ft=vim:ff=unix: diff --git a/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/polski b/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/polski deleted file mode 100644 index e2c4efe..0000000 --- a/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/polski +++ /dev/null @@ -1,165 +0,0 @@ -" Author: Mikolaj Machowski <mikmach@wp.pl> -" (c) Copyright by Mikolaj Machowski 2002-2003 -" License: Vim Charityware -" Version: 1.6 -" -" Plik jest w kodowaniu iso-8859-2. Je¶li chcesz go uzywac w MS-Windows musisz -" go przekonwertowac na cp-1250. -" -" Plik ten jest czê¶ci± vim-latexSuite, ale: -" Nie u¿ywaj±cy vim-latexSuite (http://vim-latex.sourceforge.net) mog± wyci±æ -" oznaczon± czê¶æ. Reszta mo¿e byæ kopiowana jako osobny plik pod warunkiem -" niezmieniania tej notki i informacji o prawach autorskich. -" -" This file is in iso-8859-2 encoding. If you want to use it in MS-Windows you -" have to convert it to cp-1250. -" -" This file is part of vim-latexSuite but: -" Those who do not use vim-latexSuite (http://vim-latex.sourceforge.net) can -" cut off marked part. Rest of the file can be copied as separate file under -" condition of leaving this notice and information about copyrights unchanged. - -if exists("acromake_package_file") - finish -endif -let acromake_package_file = 1 - -" --------8<------------- -" Czesc odpowiedzialna za menu -let g:TeX_package_option_polski = -\'OT1,OT4,T1,QX,plmath,nomathsymbols,MeX,prefixingverb,noprefixingverb' -let g:TeX_package_polski = -\'sbr:Dywiz&Ska,'. -\'nor:dywiz,'. -\'nor:ppauza,'. -\'nor:pauza,'. -\'nor:prefixing,'. -\'nor:nonprefixing,'. -\'nor:PLdateending,'. -\'sbr:Matematyka,'. -\'nor:arccos,'. -\'nor:arcctan,'. -\'nor:arcsin,'. -\'nor:arctan,'. -\'nor:cot,'. -\'nor:ctanh,'. -\'nor:tan,'. -\'nor:tanh,'. -\'bra:arc,'. -\'nor:ctg,'. -\'nor:ctgh,'. -\'nor:tg,'. -\'nor:tgh,'. -\'nor:nwd' - -" To wymaga calego pakietu vim-latexSuite - zakomentuj lub wytnij je¶li nie -" u¿ywasz (albo go ¶ci±gnij z http://vim-latex.sf.net) -function! TPackagePolskiTylda() - call IMAP (" ---", "~---", "tex") -endfunction -call TPackagePolskiTylda() -" --------8<------------- - -" Polskie znaki cudzyslowow -TexLet g:Tex_SmartQuoteOpen = ",," -TexLet g:Tex_SmartQuoteClose = "''" - -" Zmodyfikowana i rozwinieta funkcja Andrzeja Ostruszki -" Z dodatkiem od Benjiego Fishera (sprawdzanie sk³adni) -" -" Spacja -inoremap <buffer> <silent> <Space> <C-R>=<SID>Tex_polish_space()<CR> -inoremap <buffer> <silent> <CR> <C-R>=<SID>Tex_polish_space()<CR><BS><CR> - -" Wymuszenie tyldy -inoremap <buffer> <silent> <S-Space> ~ - -" Wymuszenie zwyklej spacji -inoremap <buffer> <silent> <C-Space> <Space> - -" Latwe przelaczanie sie miedzy magiczna spacja a zwykla -inoremap <buffer> <silent> <F8> <C-R>=<SID>TogglePolishSpace()<CR> - -function! s:TogglePolishSpace() - if !exists("b:polishspace") - iunmap <buffer> <Space> - iunmap <buffer> <CR> - let b:polishspace = 1 - return '' - else - inoremap <buffer> <silent> <Space> <C-R>=<SID>Tex_polish_space()<CR> - inoremap <buffer> <silent> <CR> <C-R>=<SID>Tex_polish_space()<CR><BS><CR> - unlet b:polishspace - return '' - endif -endfunction - - -function! s:Tex_polish_space() - "Nic magicznego w matematyce - if synIDattr(synID(line('.'),col('.')-1,0),"name") =~ '^texMath\|^texZone\^texRefZone' - return ' ' - else - let s:col = col('.') - let s:linelength = strlen(getline('.')) + 1 - " Wstaw tylde po spojnikach - if strpart(getline('.'), col('.') - 3, 2) =~? '^[[:space:]~(\[{]\?[aiouwz]$' - return '~' - " Wstaw tylde po inicjalach - konkretnie po pojedynczych wielkich - " literach i kropce. Obs³uguje poprawnie wiekszosc sytuacji. - elseif strpart(getline('.'), col('.') - 4, 3) =~? '^[[:space:]~(\[{]\?\u\.$' - return '~' - " Wstaw tylde po tytulach, skrotach bibliograficznych, podpisach - elseif strpart(getline('.'), col('.') - 9, 8) =~? '\(\s\|^\|\~\)\(str\.\|ryc\.\|rys\.\|tab\.\|art\.\|vol\.\|nr\|tabl\.\|rozdz\.\|ss\.\|s\.\|t\.\|z\.\|sir\|prof\.\|hab\.\|red\.\|min\.\|gen\.\|kpt\.\|przew\.\|p³k\|mjr\|mgr\|bp\|ks\.\|o\+\.\|¶w\.\|dr\)$' - return '~' - " Wstaw tylde miedzy rokiem, wiekiem, a odpowiednim skrotem - elseif strpart(getline('.'), col('.') - 8, 7) =~? '[0-9IVXLCM]\s\+\(r\|w\)\.[^a-z±æê³ñ󶿼]\{-}$' - s/[0-9IVXLCM]\zs\s\+\ze\(w\|r\)\.[^a-z±æê³ñ󶿼]\{-}\%#/\~/ei - exe 'normal '.s:col.'|' - if s:col == s:linelength - startinsert! - else - startinsert - endif - return ' ' - " Wstaw tylde miedzy liczba a miara, itd. - elseif strpart(getline('.'), col('.') - 10, 9) =~? '\(\d\|mln\|mld\|tys\.\)\s\+\(z³\|gr\|ha\|t\|mies\|godz\|min\|sek\|cm\|km\|mln\|mld\|tys\.\)[^a-z±æê³ñ󶿼]\{-}$' - s/\(\d\|mln\|mld\|tys\.\)\zs\s\+\ze\(z³\|gr\|ha\|m\|t\|mies\|godz\|min\|sek\|cm\|km\|mln\|mld\|tys\.\)[^a-z±æê³ñ󶿼]\{-}\%#/\~/ei - exe 'normal '.s:col.'|' - if s:col == s:linelength - startinsert! - else - startinsert - endif - return ' ' - " Rozwin myslnik w zbitkach w '\dywiz ': - " bialo-czerwony -> bialo\dywiz czerwony - elseif strpart(getline('.'), col('.') - 20, 19) =~? '[a-z±æê³ñ󶿼]-[a-z±æê³ñ󶿼]\{-}[^a-z±æê³ñ󶿼]\{-}$' - s/[a-z±æê³ñ󶿼]\zs-\ze[a-z±æê³ñ󶿼]\{-}[^a-z±æê³ñ󶿼]\{-}\%#/\\dywiz /ei - let colb = s:col + 6 - exe 'normal '.colb.'|' - if s:col == s:linelength - startinsert! - else - startinsert - endif - return ' ' - " Rozwin '--' miedzy liczbami w '\ppauza ': - " 39--45 -> 39\ppauza 45 - elseif strpart(getline('.'), col('.') - 10, 9) =~? '[0-9IVXLCM]--[0-9IVXLCM]\{-}[^0-9IVXLCM]\{-}$' - s/[0-9IVXLCM]\zs--\ze[0-9IVXLCM]\{-}[^0-9IVXLCM]\{-}\%#/\\ppauza /ei - let colb = s:col + 6 - exe 'normal '.colb.'|' - if s:col == s:linelength - startinsert! - else - startinsert - endif - return ' ' - endif - " Tu koncz komentowanie ostatniej sekcji - endif - return " " -endfunction - -" vim:ft=vim:ff=unix: diff --git a/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/psgo b/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/psgo deleted file mode 100644 index 1ef852c..0000000 --- a/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/psgo +++ /dev/null @@ -1,27 +0,0 @@ -if exists("psgo_package_file") - finish -endif -let psgo_package_file = 1 - -let g:TeX_package_option_psgo = '' - -let g:TeX_package_psgo = -\ 'env:psgogoard,' -\.'env:psgoboard*,' -\.'brs:stone{<+color+>}{<+letter+>}{<+number+>},' -\.'brs:stone[<+marker+>]{<+color+>}{<+letter+>}{<+number+>},' -\.'brs:move{<+letter+>}{<+number+>},' -\.'brs:move*{<+letter+>}{<+number+>},' -\.'brs:goline{<+letter1+>}{<+number1+>}{<+letter2+>}{<+number2+>},' -\.'brs:goarrow{<+letter1+>}{<+number1+>}{<+letter2+>}{<+number2+>},' -\.'sbr:Markers,' -\.'brs:markpos{<+marker+>}{<+letter+>}{<+number+>},' -\.'markma,' -\.'marktr,' -\.'markcr,' -\.'marksq,' -\.'bra:marklb,' -\.'marksl,' -\.'markdd' - -" vim:ft=vim:ff=unix: diff --git a/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/schedule b/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/schedule deleted file mode 100644 index 7d58f6d..0000000 --- a/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/schedule +++ /dev/null @@ -1,20 +0,0 @@ -if exists("schedule_package_file") - finish -endif -let schedule_package_file = 1 - -let g:TeX_package_option_schedule = '' - -let g:TeX_package_schedule = -\ 'ens:schedule:[<+title+>],' -\.'bra:CellHeight,' -\.'bra:CellWidth,' -\.'bra:TimeRange,' -\.'bra:SubUnits,' -\.'bra:BeginOn,' -\.'bra:TextSize,' -\.'nor:FiveDay,' -\.'nor:SevenDay,' -\.'brs:NewAppointment{<+name+>}{<+bg+>}{<+fg+>}' - -" vim:ft=vim:ff=unix: diff --git a/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/textfit b/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/textfit deleted file mode 100644 index 4d52785..0000000 --- a/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/textfit +++ /dev/null @@ -1,12 +0,0 @@ -if exists("textfit_package_file") - finish -endif -let textfit_package_file = 1 - -let g:TeX_package_option_textfit = '' - -let g:TeX_package_textfit = -\ 'brd:scaletowidth,' -\.'brd:scaletoheight' - -" vim:ft=vim:ff=unix: diff --git a/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/times b/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/times deleted file mode 100644 index 499a13b..0000000 --- a/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/times +++ /dev/null @@ -1,10 +0,0 @@ -if exists("times_package_file") - finish -endif -let times_package_file = 1 - -let g:TeX_package_option_times = '' - -let g:TeX_package_times = '' - -" vim:ft=vim:ff=unix: diff --git a/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/tipa b/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/tipa deleted file mode 100644 index c89cc5d..0000000 --- a/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/tipa +++ /dev/null @@ -1,364 +0,0 @@ -if exists("tipa_package_file") - finish -endif -let tipa_package_file = 1 - -let g:TeX_package_option_tipa = -\ 'T1,' -\.'noenc,' -\.'tone,' -\.'extra,' -\.'safe' - -let g:TeX_package_tipa = -\ 'sbr:Common,' -\.'bra:textipa,' -\.'env:IPA,' -\.'tipaencoding,' -\.'bra:super,' -\.'nor:ipabar,' -\.'brd:tipalowaraccent,' -\.'brd:tipaupperaccent,' -\.'brd:tipaLowaraccent,' -\.'brd:tipaUpperaccent,' -\.'brd:ipaclap,' -\.'sbr:VowelsandConsonants,' -\.'nor:textturna,' -\.'nor:textrhooka,' -\.'nor:textlhookfour,' -\.'nor:textscripta,' -\.'nor:textturnscripta,' -\.'nor:textinvscripta,' -\.'ae,' -\.'nor:textaolig,' -\.'nor:textsca,' -\.'nor:textinvsca,' -\.'nor:textscaolig,' -\.'nor:textturnv,' -\.'nor:textsoftsign,' -\.'nor:texthardsign,' -\.'nor:texthtb,' -\.'nor:textscb,' -\.'nor:textcrb,' -\.'nor:textbarb,' -\.'nor:textbeta,' -\.'nor:textbarc,' -\.'nor:texthtc,' -\.'bra:v,' -\.'bra:c,' -\.'nor:textctc,' -\.'nor:textstretchc,' -\.'nor:textstretchcvar,' -\.'nor:textctstretchc,' -\.'nor:textctstretchcvar,' -\.'nor:textcrd,' -\.'nor:textbard,' -\.'nor:texthtd,' -\.'nor:textrtaild,' -\.'nor:texthtrtaild,' -\.'nor:textctd,' -\.'nor:textfrhookd,' -\.'nor:textfrhookdvar,' -\.'nor:textdblig,' -\.'nor:textdzlig,' -\.'nor:textdctzlig,' -\.'nor:textdyoghlig,' -\.'nor:textctdctzlig,' -\.'nor:textscdelta,' -\.'nor:dh,' -\.'nor:textrhooke,' -\.'nor:textschwa,' -\.'nor:textrhookschwa,' -\.'nor:textreve,' -\.'nor:textsce,' -\.'nor:textepsilon,' -\.'nor:textrhookepsilon,' -\.'nor:textcloseepsilon,' -\.'nor:textrevepsilon,' -\.'nor:textrhookrevepsilon,' -\.'nor:textcloserevepsilon,' -\.'nor:textscf,' -\.'nor:textscriptg,' -\.'nor:textbarg,' -\.'nor:textcrg,' -\.'nor:texthtg,' -\.'nor:textg,' -\.'nor:textscg,' -\.'nor:texthtscg,' -\.'nor:textgamma,' -\.'nor:textgrgamma,' -\.'nor:textfrtailgamma,' -\.'nor:textbktailgamma,' -\.'nor:textbabygamma,' -\.'nor:textramshorns,' -\.'nor:texthvlig,' -\.'nor:textcrh,' -\.'nor:texthth,' -\.'nor:textrtailhth,' -\.'nor:textheng,' -\.'nor:texththeng,' -\.'nor:textturnh,' -\.'nor:textsch,' -\.'nor:i,' -\.'nor:textbari,' -\.'nor:textiota,' -\.'nor:textlhti,' -\.'nor:textlhtlongi,' -\.'nor:textvibyi,' -\.'nor:textraisevibyi,' -\.'nor:textsci,' -\.'nor:j,' -\.'nor:textctj,' -\.'nor:textctjvar,' -\.'nor:textscj,' -\.'bra:v,' -\.'nor:textbardotlessj,' -\.'nor:textObardotlessj,' -\.'nor:texthtbardotlessj,' -\.'nor:texthtbardotlessjvar,' -\.'nor:texthtk,' -\.'nor:textturnk,' -\.'nor:textsck,' -\.'nor:textturnsck,' -\.'nor:textltilde,' -\.'nor:textbarl,' -\.'nor:textbeltl,' -\.'nor:textrtaill,' -\.'nor:textlyoghlig,' -\.'nor:textOlyoghlig,' -\.'nor:textscl,' -\.'nor:textrevscl,' -\.'nor:textlambda,' -\.'nor:textcrlambda,' -\.'nor:textltailm,' -\.'nor:textturnm,' -\.'nor:textturnmrleg,' -\.'nor:texthmlig,' -\.'nor:textscm,' -\.'nor:textnrleg,' -\.'~,' -\.'nor:textltailn,' -\.'nor:textfrbarn,' -\.'nor:ng,' -\.'nor:textrtailn,' -\.'nor:textctn,' -\.'nor:textnrleg,' -\.'nor:textscn,' -\.'nor:textbullseye,' -\.'nor:textObullseye,' -\.'nor:textbaro,' -\.'nor:o,' -\.'nor:textfemale,' -\.'nor:textuncrfemale,' -\.'nor:oe,' -\.'nor:textscoelig,' -\.'nor:textopeno,' -\.'nor:textrhookopeno,' -\.'nor:textturncelig,' -\.'nor:textomega,' -\.'nor:textinvomega,' -\.'nor:textscomega,' -\.'nor:textcloseomega,' -\.'nor:textlhookp,' -\.'nor:textscp,' -\.'nor:textwynn,' -\.'nor:textthorn,' -\.'nor:textthornvari,' -\.'nor:textthornvarii,' -\.'nor:textthornvariii,' -\.'nor:textthornvariv,' -\.'nor:texthtp,' -\.'nor:textphi,' -\.'nor:texthtq,' -\.'nor:textqplig,' -\.'nor:textscq,' -\.'nor:textfishhookr,' -\.'nor:textlonglegr,' -\.'nor:textrtailr,' -\.'nor:textturnr,' -\.'nor:textturnrrtail,' -\.'nor:textturnlonglegr,' -\.'nor:textscr,' -\.'nor:textinvscr,' -\.'nor:textrevscr,' -\.'bra:v,' -\.'nor:textrtails,' -\.'nor:textesh,' -\.'nor:textdoublebaresh,' -\.'nor:textctesh,' -\.'nor:textlooptoprevesh,' -\.'nor:texthtt,' -\.'nor:textlhookt,' -\.'nor:textrtailt,' -\.'nor:textfrhookt,' -\.'nor:textctturnt,' -\.'nor:texttctclig,' -\.'nor:texttslig,' -\.'nor:textteshlig,' -\.'nor:textturnt,' -\.'nor:textctt,' -\.'nor:textcttctclig,' -\.'nor:texttheta,' -\.'nor:textbaru,' -\.'nor:textupsilon,' -\.'nor:textscu,' -\.'nor:textturnscu,' -\.'nor:textscriptv,' -\.'nor:textturnw,' -\.'nor:textchi,' -\.'nor:textturny,' -\.'nor:textscy,' -\.'nor:textlhtlongy,' -\.'nor:textvibyy,' -\.'nor:textcommatailz,' -\.'bra:v,' -\.'nor:textctz,' -\.'nor:textrtailz,' -\.'nor:textcrtwo,' -\.'nor:textturntwo,' -\.'nor:textyogh,' -\.'nor:textbenttailyogh,' -\.'nor:textrevyogh,' -\.'nor:textctyogh,' -\.'nor:textturnthree,' -\.'nor:textglotstop,' -\.'nor:textraiseglotstop,' -\.'nor:textbarglotstop,' -\.'nor:textinvglotstop,' -\.'nor:textcrinvglotstop,' -\.'nor:textctinvglotstop,' -\.'nor:textrevglotstop,' -\.'nor:textturnglotstop,' -\.'nor:textbarrevglotstop,' -\.'nor:textpipe,' -\.'nor:textpipevar,' -\.'nor:textdoublebarpipe,' -\.'nor:textdoublebarpipevar,' -\.'nor:textdoublepipevar,' -\.'nor:textdoublepipe,' -\.'nor:textdoublebarslash,' -\.'sbr:Suprasegmentals,' -\.'nor:textprimstress,' -\.'nor:textsecstress,' -\.'nor:textlengthmark,' -\.'nor:texthalflength,' -\.'nor:textvertline,' -\.'nor:textdoublevertline,' -\.'bra:textbottomtiebar,' -\.'nor:textdownstep,' -\.'nor:textupstep,' -\.'nor:textglobfall,' -\.'nor:textglobrise,' -\.'nor:textspleftarrow,' -\.'nor:textdownfullarrow,' -\.'nor:textupfullarrow,' -\.'nor:textsubrightarrow,' -\.'nor:textsubdoublearrow,' -\.'sbr:AccentsandDiacritics,' -\.'`,' -\."'," -\.'^,' -\.'~,' -\.'",' -\.'bra:H,' -\.'bra:r,' -\.'bra:v,' -\.'bra:u,' -\.'=,' -\.'.,' -\.'bra:c,' -\.'bra:textpolhook,' -\.'nor:textrevpolhook{o,' -\.'bra:textdoublegrave,' -\.'bra:textsubgrave,' -\.'bra:textsubacute,' -\.'bra:textsubcircum,' -\.'bra:textroundcap,' -\.'bra:textacutemacron,' -\.'bra:textgravemacron,' -\.'bra:textvbaraccent,' -\.'bra:textdoublevbaraccent,' -\.'bra:textgravedot,' -\.'bra:textdotacute,' -\.'bra:textcircumdot,' -\.'bra:texttildedot,' -\.'bra:textbrevemacron,' -\.'bra:textringmacron,' -\.'bra:textacutewedge,' -\.'bra:textdotbreve,' -\.'bra:textsubbridge,' -\.'bra:textinvsubbridge,' -\.'sbr:SubscriptSquare,' -\.'bra:textsubrhalfring,' -\.'bra:textsublhalfring,' -\.'bra:textsubw,' -\.'bra:textoverw,' -\.'bra:textseagull,' -\.'bra:textovercross,' -\.'bra:textsubplus,' -\.'bra:textraising,' -\.'bra:textlowering,' -\.'bra:textadvancing,' -\.'bra:textretracting,' -\.'bra:textsubtilde,' -\.'bra:textsubumlaut,' -\.'bra:textsubring,' -\.'bra:textsubwedge,' -\.'bra:textsubbar,' -\.'bra:textsubdot,' -\.'bra:textsubarch,' -\.'bra:textsyllabic,' -\.'bra:textsuperimposetilde,' -\.'nor:textcorner,' -\.'nor:textopencorner,' -\.'nor:textrhoticity,' -\.'nor:textceltpal,' -\.'nor:textlptr,' -\.'nor:textrptr,' -\.'nor:textrectangle,' -\.'nor:textretractingvar,' -\.'bra:texttoptiebar,' -\.'nor:textrevapostrophe,' -\.'nor:texthooktop,' -\.'nor:textrthook,' -\.'nor:textrthooklong,' -\.'nor:textpalhook,' -\.'nor:textpalhooklong,' -\.'nor:textpalhookvar,' -\.'bra:textsuperscript,' -\.'sbr:ToneLetters,' -\.'bra:tone,' -\.'bra:stone,' -\.'bra:rtone,' -\.'nor:tone{55},' -\.'nor:tone{44},' -\.'nor:tone{33},' -\.'nor:tone{22},' -\.'nor:tone{11},' -\.'nor:tone{51},' -\.'nor:tone{15},' -\.'nor:tone{45},' -\.'nor:tone{12},' -\.'nor:tone{454},' -\.'sbr:DiacriticsExtIPA,' -\.'bra:spreadlips,' -\.'bra:overbridge,' -\.'bra:bibridge,' -\.'bra:subdoublebar,' -\.'bra:subdoublevert,' -\.'bra:subcorner,' -\.'bra:whistle,' -\.'bra:sliding,' -\.'bra:crtilde,' -\.'bra:dottedtilde,' -\.'bra:doubletilde,' -\.'bra:partvoiceless,' -\.'bra:inipartvoiceless,' -\.'bra:finpartvoiceless,' -\.'bra:partvoice,' -\.'bra:inipartvoice,' -\.'bra:finpartvoice,' -\.'bra:sublptr,' -\.'bra:subrptr' - -" vim:ft=vim:ff=unix: diff --git a/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/ulem b/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/ulem deleted file mode 100644 index 9257713..0000000 --- a/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/ulem +++ /dev/null @@ -1,21 +0,0 @@ -if exists("ulem_package_file") - finish -endif -let ulem_package_file = 1 - -let g:TeX_package_option_ulem = -\ 'normalem,' -\.'ULforem,' -\.'normalbf,' -\.'UWforbf' - -let g:TeX_package_ulem = -\ 'bra:uwave,' -\.'bra:uline,' -\.'bra:uuline,' -\.'bra:sout,' -\.'bra:xout,' -\.'ULthickness,' -\.'ULdepth' - -" vim:ft=vim:ff=unix: diff --git a/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/url b/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/url deleted file mode 100644 index 642148a..0000000 --- a/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/url +++ /dev/null @@ -1,24 +0,0 @@ -if exists("url_package_file") - finish -endif -let url_package_file = 1 - -let g:TeX_package_option_url = -\ 'hyphens,' -\.'obeyspaces,' -\.'spaces,' -\.'T1' - -let g:TeX_package_url = -\ 'bra:urlstyle,' -\.'bra:url,' -\.'bra:path,' -\.'bra:urldef' - -" TODO uncomment if you figure out -" 1. how to get this syn command to work every time instead of only the -" first time this file is sourced. -" syn region texZone start="\\url{" end="}\|%stopzone\>" -" syn region texZone start="\\path{" end="}\|%stopzone\>" - -" vim:ft=vim:ff=unix: diff --git a/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/verbatim b/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/verbatim deleted file mode 100644 index f2137ff..0000000 --- a/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/verbatim +++ /dev/null @@ -1,18 +0,0 @@ -if exists("verbatim_package_file") - finish -endif -let verbatim_package_file = 1 - -let g:TeX_package_option_verbatim = '' - -let g:TeX_package_verbatim = -\ 'env:comment,' -\.'env:verbatim,' -\.'env:verbatim*,' -\.'bra:verbatiminput,' -\.'bra:verbatiminput' - -syn region texZone start="\\begin{comment}" end="\\end{comment}\|%stopzone\>" fold -syn region texZone start="\\begin{verbatim}" end="\\end{verbatim}\|%stopzone\>" fold - -" vim:ft=vim:ff=unix: diff --git a/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/version b/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/version deleted file mode 100644 index 4de9da8..0000000 --- a/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/version +++ /dev/null @@ -1,12 +0,0 @@ -if exists("version_package_file") - finish -endif -let version_package_file = 1 - -let g:TeX_package_option_version = '' - -let g:TeX_package_version = -\ 'bra:includeversion,' -\.'bra:excludeversion' - -" vim:ft=vim:ff=unix: diff --git a/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/projecttemplate.vim b/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/projecttemplate.vim deleted file mode 100644 index 1ab4be0..0000000 --- a/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/projecttemplate.vim +++ /dev/null @@ -1,11 +0,0 @@ -" Project name -" let g:projName = '' -" -" Project files -" let g:projFiles = '' - - -" Vim settings/maps/abbrs specific for this project - -" Modeline for this file -" vim:fdm=marker:ff=unix:noet:ts=4:sw=4:ft=vim diff --git a/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/pytools.py b/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/pytools.py deleted file mode 100644 index 1934e23..0000000 --- a/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/pytools.py +++ /dev/null @@ -1,52 +0,0 @@ -import string, vim, re, os, glob -# catFile: assigns a local variable retval to the contents of a file {{{ -def catFile(filename): - try: - file = open(filename) - lines = ''.join(file.readlines()) - file.close() - except: - lines = '' - - # escape double quotes and backslashes before quoting the string so - # everything passes throught. - vim.command("""let retval = "%s" """ % re.sub(r'"|\\', r'\\\g<0>', lines)) - return lines - -# }}} -# isPresentInFile: check if regexp is present in the file {{{ -def isPresentInFile(regexp, filename): - try: - fp = open(filename) - fcontents = string.join(fp.readlines(), '') - fp.close() - if re.search(regexp, fcontents): - vim.command('let retval = 1') - return 1 - else: - vim.command('let retval = 0') - return None - except: - vim.command('let retval = 0') - return None - -# }}} -# deleteFile: deletes a file if present {{{ -# If the file does not exist, check if its a filepattern rather than a -# filename. If its a pattern, then deletes all files matching the -# pattern. -def deleteFile(filepattern): - if os.path.exists(filepattern): - try: - os.remove(filepattern) - except: - vim.command('let retval = -1') - else: - if glob.glob(filepattern): - for filename in glob.glob(filepattern): - os.remove(filename) - else: - vim.command('let retval = -1') - -# }}} -# vim:fdm=marker:ff=unix:noet:ts=4:sw=4:nowrap diff --git a/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/smartspace.vim b/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/smartspace.vim deleted file mode 100644 index 07526d8..0000000 --- a/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/smartspace.vim +++ /dev/null @@ -1,102 +0,0 @@ -"============================================================================= -" File: smartspace.vim -" Author: Carl Muller -" Created: Fri Dec 06 12:00 AM 2002 PST -" -" Description: -" Maps the <space> key in insert mode so that mathematical formulaes are -" always kept on the same line. i.e, $$'s dont get broken across multiple -" lines. -"============================================================================= - -" Avoid reinclusion or if the user doesn't want us. -if exists('b:done_smartspace') - \ || (exists('g:Tex_SmartKeySpace') && !g:Tex_SmartKeySpace) - finish -endif -let b:done_smartspace = 1 - -" Smart space relies on taking over vim's insertion of carriage returns in -" order to keep $$'s on the same line. The only way to get vim not to break -" lines is to set tw=0. -" -" NOTE: setting tw != 0 will break smartspace -" the user's 'tw' setting is still respected in the insert mode. -" However, normal mode actions which rely on 'tw' such as gqap will be -" broken because of the faulty 'tw' setting. -let b:tw = &l:tw -setlocal tw=0 - -inoremap <buffer> <silent> <Space> <Space><Esc>:call <SID>TexFill(b:tw)<CR>a - -" Do not redefine the function. -if exists('*s:TexFill') - finish -endif - -" TexFormatLine: format line retaining $$'s on the same line. {{{ -function! s:TexFill(width) - if a:width != 0 && col(".") > a:width - " For future use, record the current line and the number of the current column - let current_line = getline(".") - let current_column = col(".") - exe "normal! a##\<Esc>" - call <SID>TexFormatLine(a:width,current_line,current_column) - exe "normal! ?##\<CR>2s\<Esc>" - " Remove ## from the search history. - call histdel("/", -1)|let @/=histget("/", -1) - endif -endfunction - -" }}} -function! s:TexFormatLine(width, current_line, current_column) " {{{ - " get the first non-blank character. - let first = matchstr(getline('.'), '\S') - normal! $ - let length = col('.') - let go = 1 - while length > a:width+2 && go - let between = 0 - let string = strpart(getline('.'), 0, a:width) - " Count the dollar signs - let number_of_dollars = 0 - let evendollars = 1 - let counter = 0 - while counter <= a:width-1 - " Pay attention to '$$'. - if string[counter] == '$' && string[counter-1] != '$' - let evendollars = 1 - evendollars - let number_of_dollars = number_of_dollars + 1 - endif - let counter = counter + 1 - endwhile - " Get ready to split the line. - exe 'normal! ' . (a:width + 1) . '|' - if evendollars - " Then you are not between dollars. - exe "normal! ?\\$\\+\\| \<CR>W" - else - " Then you are between dollars. - normal! F$ - if col(".") == 1 || getline('.')[col(".")-1] != "$" - let go = 0 - endif - endif - if first == '$' && number_of_dollars == 1 - let go = 0 - else - exe "normal! i\<CR>\<Esc>$" - " get the first non-blank character. - let first = matchstr(getline('.'), '\S') - endif - let length = col(".") - endwhile - if go == 0 && strpart(a:current_line, 0, a:current_column) =~ '.*\$.*\$.*' - exe "normal! ^f$a\<CR>\<Esc>" - call <SID>TexFormatLine(a:width, a:current_line, a:current_column) - endif -endfunction - -" }}} - -" vim:fdm=marker:ts=4:sw=4:noet diff --git a/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/templates.vim b/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/templates.vim deleted file mode 100644 index ad1bbec..0000000 --- a/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/templates.vim +++ /dev/null @@ -1,148 +0,0 @@ -"============================================================================= -" File: templates.vim -" Author: Gergely Kontra -" (minor modifications by Srinath Avadhanula) -" (plus other modifications by Mikolaj Machowski) -" Version: 1.0 -" Created: Tue Apr 23 05:00 PM 2002 PST -" -" Description: functions for handling templates in latex-suite/templates -" directory. -"============================================================================= - -let s:path = fnameescape(expand("<sfile>:p:h")) - -" SetTemplateMenu: sets up the menu for templates {{{ -function! <SID>SetTemplateMenu() - let flist = Tex_FindInRtp('', 'templates') - let i = 1 - while 1 - let fname = Tex_Strntok(flist, ',', i) - if fname == '' - break - endif - exe "amenu ".g:Tex_TemplatesMenuLocation."&".i.":<Tab>".fname." ". - \":call <SID>ReadTemplate('".fname."')<CR>" - let i = i + 1 - endwhile -endfunction - -if g:Tex_Menus - call <SID>SetTemplateMenu() -endif - -" }}} -" ReadTemplate: reads in the template file from the template directory. {{{ -function! <SID>ReadTemplate(...) - if a:0 > 0 - let filename = a:1 - else - let filelist = Tex_FindInRtp('', 'templates') - let filename = - \ Tex_ChooseFromPrompt("Choose a template file:\n" . - \ Tex_CreatePrompt(filelist, 2, ',') . - \ "\nEnter number or name of file :", - \ filelist, ',') - endif - - let fname = Tex_FindInRtp(filename.'.tex', 'templates', ':p') - call Tex_Debug("0read ".fname, 'templates') - - silent! exe "0read ".fname - - " The first line of the file contains the specifications of what the - " placeholder characters and the other special characters are. - let pattern = '\v(\S+)\t(\S+)\t(\S+)\t(\S+)' - - let s:phsTemp = substitute(getline(1), pattern, '\1', '') - let s:pheTemp = substitute(getline(1), pattern, '\2', '') - let s:exeTemp = substitute(getline(1), pattern, '\3', '') - let s:comTemp = substitute(getline(1), pattern, '\4', '') - - 0 d_ - - call s:ProcessTemplate() - call Tex_pack_updateall(1) - - " Do not handle the placeholders here. Let IMAP_PutTextWithMovement do it - " because it handles UTF-8 character substitutions etc. Therefore delete - " the text into @a and paste it using IMAP_PutTextWithMovement(). - let _a = @a - normal! ggVG"ax - - let _fo = &fo - " Since IMAP_PutTextWithMovement simulates the key-presses, leading - " indendatation can get duplicated in strange ways if ``fo`` is non-empty. - " NOTE: the indentexpr thingie is still respected with an empty fo so that - " environments etc are properly indented. - set fo= - - call Tex_Debug("normal! i\<C-r>=IMAP_PutTextWithMovement(@a, '".s:phsTemp."', '".s:pheTemp."')\<CR>", 'templates') - exec "normal! i\<C-r>=IMAP_PutTextWithMovement(@a, '".s:phsTemp."', '".s:pheTemp."')\<CR>" - - let &fo = _fo - let @a = _a - - call Tex_Debug('phs = '.s:phsTemp.', phe = '.s:pheTemp.', exe = '.s:exeTemp.', com = '.s:comTemp, 'templates') - -endfunction - -" }}} -" ProcessTemplate: processes the special characters in template file. {{{ -" This implementation follows from Gergely Kontra's -" mu-template.vim -" http://vim.sourceforge.net/scripts/script.php?script_id=222 -function! <SID>ProcessTemplate() - if exists('s:phsTemp') && s:phsTemp != '' - - exec 'silent! %s/^'.s:comTemp.'\(\_.\{-}\)'.s:comTemp.'$/\=<SID>Compute(submatch(1))/ge' - exec 'silent! %s/'.s:exeTemp.'\(.\{-}\)'.s:exeTemp.'/\=<SID>Exec(submatch(1))/ge' - exec 'silent! g/'.s:comTemp.s:comTemp.'/d' - - " A function only puts one item into the search history... - call Tex_CleanSearchHistory() - endif -endfunction - -function! <SID>Exec(what) - exec 'return '.a:what -endfunction - -" Back-Door to trojans !!! -function! <SID>Compute(what) - exe a:what - if exists('s:comTemp') - return s:comTemp.s:comTemp - else - return '' - endif -endfunction - -" }}} -" Command definitions {{{ -if v:version >= 602 - com! -complete=custom,Tex_CompleteTemplateName -nargs=? TTemplate :call <SID>ReadTemplate(<f-args>) - \| :startinsert - - " Tex_CompleteTemplateName: for completing names in TTemplate command {{{ - " Description: get list of template names with Tex_FindInRtp(), remove full path - " and return list of names separated with newlines. - " - function! Tex_CompleteTemplateName(A,P,L) - " Get name of macros from all runtimepath directories - let tmplnames = Tex_FindInRtp('', 'templates') - " Separate names with \n not , - let tmplnames = substitute(tmplnames,',','\n','g') - return tmplnames - endfunction - " }}} - -else - com! -nargs=? TTemplate :call <SID>ReadTemplate(<f-args>) - \| :startinsert - -endif - -" }}} - -" vim:fdm=marker:ff=unix:noet:ts=4:sw=4 diff --git a/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/templates/IEEEtran.tex b/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/templates/IEEEtran.tex deleted file mode 100644 index 104f9b2..0000000 --- a/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/templates/IEEEtran.tex +++ /dev/null @@ -1,142 +0,0 @@ -<+ +> !comp! !exe! -%% Based on <bare_jrnl.tex> in the ieee package available from CTAN, -%% I have changed the options so that most useful ones are clubbed together, -%% Have a look at <bare_jrnl.tex> to understand the function of each package. - -%% This code is offered as-is - no warranty - user assumes all risk. -%% Free to use, distribute and modify. - -% *** Authors should verify (and, if needed, correct) their LaTeX system *** -% *** with the testflow diagnostic prior to trusting their LaTeX platform *** -% *** with production work. IEEE's font choices can trigger bugs that do *** -% *** not appear when using other class files. *** -% Testflow can be obtained at: -% http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/supported/IEEEtran/testflow - -% File: !comp!expand("%:p:t")!comp! -% Created: !comp!strftime("%a %b %d %I:00 %p %Y ").substitute(strftime('%Z'), '\<\(\w\)\(\w*\)\>\(\W\|$\)', '\1', 'g')!comp! -% Last Change: !comp!strftime("%a %b %d %I:00 %p %Y ").substitute(strftime('%Z'), '\<\(\w\)\(\w*\)\>\(\W\|$\)', '\1', 'g')!comp! -% -\documentclass[journal]{IEEEtran} - -\usepackage{cite, graphicx, subfigure, amsmath} -\interdisplaylinepenalty=2500 - -% *** Do not adjust lengths that control margins, column widths, etc. *** -% *** Do not use packages that alter fonts (such as pslatex). *** -% There should be no need to do such things with IEEEtran.cls V1.6 and later. - -<++> -% correct bad hyphenation here -\hyphenation{<+op-tical net-works semi-conduc-tor+>} - - -\begin{document} -% -% paper title -\title{<+Skeleton of IEEEtran.cls for Journals in VIM-Latex+>} -% -% -% author names and IEEE memberships -% note positions of commas and nonbreaking spaces ( ~ ) LaTeX will not break -% a structure at a ~ so this keeps an author's name from being broken across -% two lines. -% use \thanks{} to gain access to the first footnote area -% a separate \thanks must be used for each paragraph as LaTeX2e's \thanks -% was not built to handle multiple paragraphs -\author{<+Sumit Bhardwaj+>~\IEEEmembership{<+Student~Member,~IEEE,+>} -<+John~Doe+>,~\IEEEmembership{<+Fellow,~OSA,+>} -<+and~Jane~Doe,+>~\IEEEmembership{<+Life~Fellow,~IEEE+>}}% <-this % stops a space -\thanks{<+Manuscript received January 20, 2002; revised August 13, 2002. -This work was supported by the IEEE.+>}% <-this % stops a space -\thanks{<+S. Bhardwaj is with the Indian Institute of Technology, Delhi.+>} -% -% The paper headers -\markboth{<+Journal of VIM-\LaTeX\ Class Files,~Vol.~1, No.~8,~August~2002+>}{ -<+Bhardwaj \MakeLowercase{\textit{et al.}+>}: <+Skeleton of IEEEtran.cls for Journals in VIM-Latex+>} -% The only time the second header will appear is for the odd numbered pages -% after the title page when using the twoside option. - - -% If you want to put a publisher's ID mark on the page -% (can leave text blank if you just want to see how the -% text height on the first page will be reduced by IEEE) -%\pubid{0000--0000/00\$00.00~\copyright~2002 IEEE} - -% use only for invited papers -%\specialpapernotice{(Invited Paper)} - -% make the title area -\maketitle - - -\begin{abstract} -<+The abstract goes here.+> -\end{abstract} - -\begin{keywords} -<+IEEEtran, journal, \LaTeX, paper, template, VIM, VIM-\LaTeX+>. -\end{keywords} - -\section{Introduction} -\PARstart{<+T+>}{<+his+>} <+demo file is intended to serve as a ``starter file" -for IEEE journal papers produced under \LaTeX\ using IEEEtran.cls version -1.6 and later.+> -% You must have at least 2 lines in the paragraph with the drop letter -% (should never be an issue) -<+May all your publication endeavors be successful.+> - -% needed in second column of first page if using \pubid -%\pubidadjcol - -% trigger a \newpage just before the given reference -% number - used to balance the columns on the last page -% adjust value as needed - may need to be readjusted if -% the document is modified later -%\IEEEtriggeratref{8} -% The "triggered" command can be changed if desired: -%\IEEEtriggercmd{\enlargethispage{-5in}} - -% references section - -%\bibliographystyle{IEEEtran.bst} -%\bibliography{IEEEabrv,../bib/paper} -\begin{thebibliography}{1} - -\bibitem{IEEEhowto:kopka} -H.~Kopka and P.~W. Daly, \emph{A Guide to {\LaTeX}}, 3rd~ed.\hskip 1em plus -0.5em minus 0.4em\relax Harlow, England: Addison-Wesley, 1999. - -\end{thebibliography} - -% biography section -% -\begin{biography}{Sumit Bhardwaj} -Biography text here. -\end{biography} - -% if you will not have a photo -\begin{biographynophoto}{John Doe} -Biography text here. -\end{biographynophoto} - -% insert where needed to balance the two columns on the last page -%\newpage - -\begin{biographynophoto}{Jane Doe} -Biography text here. -\end{biographynophoto} - -% You can push biographies down or up by placing -% a \vfill before or after them. The appropriate -% use of \vfill depends on what kind of text is -% on the last page and whether or not the columns -% are being equalized. - -%\vfill - -% Can be used to pull up biographies so that the bottom of the last one -% is flush with the other column. -%\enlargethispage{-5in} - -\end{document} diff --git a/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/templates/article.tex b/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/templates/article.tex deleted file mode 100644 index ea7e1d1..0000000 --- a/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/templates/article.tex +++ /dev/null @@ -1,9 +0,0 @@ -<+ +> !comp! !exe! -% File: !comp!expand("%:p:t")!comp! -% Created: !comp!strftime("%a %b %d %I:00 %p %Y ").substitute(strftime('%Z'), '\<\(\w\)\(\w*\)\>\(\W\|$\)', '\1', 'g')!comp! -% Last Change: !comp!strftime("%a %b %d %I:00 %p %Y ").substitute(strftime('%Z'), '\<\(\w\)\(\w*\)\>\(\W\|$\)', '\1', 'g')!comp! -% -\documentclass[a4paper]{article} -\begin{document} -<++> -\end{document} diff --git a/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/templates/report.tex b/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/templates/report.tex deleted file mode 100644 index 479c7b3..0000000 --- a/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/templates/report.tex +++ /dev/null @@ -1,9 +0,0 @@ -<+ +> !comp! !exe! -% File: !comp!expand("%")!comp! -% Created: !comp!strftime("%a %b %d %I:00 %p %Y ").substitute(strftime('%Z'), '\<\(\w\)\(\w*\)\>\(\W\|$\)', '\1', 'g')!comp! -% Last Change: !comp!strftime("%a %b %d %I:00 %p %Y ").substitute(strftime('%Z'), '\<\(\w\)\(\w*\)\>\(\W\|$\)', '\1', 'g')!comp! -% -\documentclass[a4paper]{report} -\begin{document} -<++> -\end{document} diff --git a/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/templates/report_two_column.tex b/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/templates/report_two_column.tex deleted file mode 100644 index 15bd95e..0000000 --- a/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/templates/report_two_column.tex +++ /dev/null @@ -1,9 +0,0 @@ -<+ +> !comp! !exe! -% File: !comp!expand("%:p:t")!comp! -% Created: !comp!strftime("%a %b %d %I:00 %p %Y ").substitute(strftime('%Z'), '\<\(\w\)\(\w*\)\>\(\W\|$\)', '\1', 'g')!comp! -% Last Change: !comp!strftime("%a %b %d %I:00 %p %Y ").substitute(strftime('%Z'), '\<\(\w\)\(\w*\)\>\(\W\|$\)', '\1', 'g')!comp! -% -\documentclass[a4paper,twocolumn]{report} -\begin{document} -<++> -\end{document} diff --git a/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/texmenuconf.vim b/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/texmenuconf.vim deleted file mode 100644 index d2c42f3..0000000 --- a/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/texmenuconf.vim +++ /dev/null @@ -1,130 +0,0 @@ -"============================================================================= -" File: texmenuconf.vim -" Author: Srinath Avadhanula -" Copyright: Vim charityware license. :help license -" Description: -" -"============================================================================= - -" Paths, crucial for functions -let s:path = fnameescape(expand("<sfile>:p:h")) -let s:up_path = fnameescape(expand("<sfile>:p:h:h")) -let s:mainmenuname = g:Tex_MenuPrefix.'S&uite.' -let s:mapleader = exists('mapleader') ? mapleader : "\\" - -" This glboal variable is incremented each time a top-level latex-suite menu -" is created. We should always use this variable for setting the locations of -" newly created top-level menus. -let g:Tex_NextMenuLocation = g:Tex_MainMenuLocation - -" The templates and macros menus are always nested within the main latex-suit -" menu. -let g:Tex_TemplatesMenuLocation = g:Tex_MainMenuLocation.'.20 '.s:mainmenuname.'&Templates.' -let g:Tex_MacrosMenuLocation = g:Tex_MainMenuLocation.'.20 '.s:mainmenuname.'&Macros.' - -" The packages menu can either be a child of the main menu or be a top-level -" menu by itself. -if g:Tex_NestPackagesMenu - let g:Tex_PackagesMenuLocation = (g:Tex_MainMenuLocation).'.10 '.s:mainmenuname.'&Packages.' -else - let g:Tex_PackagesMenuLocation = (g:Tex_NextMenuLocation).'.10 '.g:Tex_MenuPrefix.'Packages.' - let g:Tex_NextMenuLocation = g:Tex_NextMenuLocation + 1 -endif - -" Environments are always a top-level menu. -let g:Tex_EnvMenuLocation = (g:Tex_NextMenuLocation).'.20 '.g:Tex_MenuPrefix.'E&nvironments.' -let g:Tex_NextMenuLocation = g:Tex_NextMenuLocation + 1 - -" Elements are always a top-level menu. -" If we choose to nest elements, then the top-level &TeX-Elements menu -" contains <Fonts / Counters / Dimensions> -" otherwise, the Fonts, Counters and Dimensions menus become top-level menus. -if g:Tex_NestElementMenus - let g:Tex_ElementsMenuLocation = (g:Tex_NextMenuLocation).'.20 '.g:Tex_MenuPrefix.'E&lements.' -else - let g:Tex_ElementsMenuLocation = (g:Tex_NextMenuLocation).'.20 '.g:Tex_MenuPrefix -endif -let g:Tex_NextMenuLocation = g:Tex_NextMenuLocation + 1 - - -" Set up the compiler/viewer menus. {{{ -" -if has('gui_running') && g:Tex_Menus - exec 'anoremenu '.g:Tex_MainMenuLocation.'.25 '. s:mainmenuname.'-sepsuite0- :' - - " menus for compiling / viewing etc. - exec 'anoremenu '.g:Tex_MainMenuLocation.'.30 '.s:mainmenuname.'&Compile<tab>'.s:mapleader.'ll'. - \' :silent! call Tex_RunLaTeX()<CR>' - exec 'anoremenu '.g:Tex_MainMenuLocation.'.40 '.s:mainmenuname.'&View<tab>'.s:mapleader.'lv'. - \' :silent! call Tex_ViewLaTeX()<CR>' - exec 'anoremenu '.g:Tex_MainMenuLocation.'.50 '.s:mainmenuname.'&Search<tab>'.s:mapleader.'ls'. - \' :silent! call ForwardSearchLaTeX()<CR>' - exec 'anoremenu '.g:Tex_MainMenuLocation.'.60 '.s:mainmenuname.'&Target\ Format<tab>:TTarget'. - \' :call SetTeXTarget()<CR>' - exec 'anoremenu '.g:Tex_MainMenuLocation.'.70 '.s:mainmenuname.'&Compiler\ Target<tab>:TCTarget'. - \' :call Tex_SetTeXCompilerTarget("Compile", "")<CR>' - exec 'anoremenu '.g:Tex_MainMenuLocation.'.80 '.s:mainmenuname.'&Viewer\ Target<tab>:TVTarget'. - \' :call Tex_SetTeXCompilerTarget("View", "")<CR>' - exec 'anoremenu '.g:Tex_MainMenuLocation.'.90 '.s:mainmenuname.'Set\ &Ignore\ Level<tab>:TCLevel'. - \' :TCLevel<CR>' - exec 'imenu '.g:Tex_MainMenuLocation.'.100 '.s:mainmenuname.'C&omplete\ Ref/Cite'. - \' <Plug>Tex_Completion' - exec 'anoremenu '.g:Tex_MainMenuLocation.'.110 '.s:mainmenuname.'-sepsuite1- :' - " refreshing folds - if g:Tex_Folding - exec 'anoremenu '.g:Tex_MainMenuLocation.'.120 '.s:mainmenuname.'&Refresh\ Folds<tab>'.s:mapleader.'rf'. - \' :call MakeTexFolds(1)<CR>' - exec 'anoremenu '.g:Tex_MainMenuLocation.'.130 '.s:mainmenuname.'-sepsuite2- :' - endif -endif - -" }}} - -" ============================================================================== -" MenuConf: configure the menus as compact/extended, with/without math -" ============================================================================== -function! Tex_MenuConfigure(type, action) " {{{ - let menuloc = s:mainmenuname.'Configure\ Menu.' - if a:type == 'math' - if a:action == 1 - let g:Tex_MathMenus = 1 - exe 'source '.s:path.'/mathmacros.vim' - exe 'amenu disable '.menuloc.'Add\ Math\ Menu' - exe 'amenu enable '.menuloc.'Remove\ Math\ Menu' - elseif a:action == 0 - call Tex_MathMenuRemove() - exe 'amenu enable '.menuloc.'Add\ Math\ Menu' - exe 'amenu disable '.menuloc.'Remove\ Math\ Menu' - endif - elseif a:type == 'elements' - if a:action == 'expand' - let g:Tex_ElementsMenuLocation = '80.20 '.g:Tex_MenuPrefix - exe 'amenu disable '.menuloc.'Expand\ Elements' - exe 'amenu enable '.menuloc.'Compress\ Elements' - elseif a:action == 'nest' - let g:Tex_ElementsMenuLocation = '80.20 '.g:Tex_MenuPrefix.'Elements.' - exe 'amenu enable '.menuloc.'Expand\ Elements' - exe 'amenu disable '.menuloc.'Compress\ Elements' - endif - exe 'source '.fnameescape(s:path.'/elementmacros.vim') - elseif a:type == 'packages' - if a:action == 1 - let g:Tex_PackagesMenu = 1 - exe 'source '.s:path.'/packages.vim' - exe 'amenu disable '.menuloc.'Load\ Packages\ Menu' - endif - endif -endfunction - -" }}} - -" configuration menu. -if g:Tex_Menus - exe 'amenu '.g:Tex_MainMenuLocation.'.900 '.s:mainmenuname.'Configure\ Menu.Add\ Math\ Menu :call Tex_MenuConfigure("math", 1)<cr>' - exe 'amenu '.g:Tex_MainMenuLocation.'.900 '.s:mainmenuname.'Configure\ Menu.Remove\ Math\ Menu :call Tex_MenuConfigure("math", 0)<cr>' - exe 'amenu '.g:Tex_MainMenuLocation.'.900 '.s:mainmenuname.'Configure\ Menu.Expand\ Elements :call Tex_MenuConfigure("elements", "expand")<cr>' - exe 'amenu '.g:Tex_MainMenuLocation.'.900 '.s:mainmenuname.'Configure\ Menu.Compress\ Elements :call Tex_MenuConfigure("elements", "nest")<cr>' - exe 'amenu '.g:Tex_MainMenuLocation.'.900 '.s:mainmenuname.'Configure\ Menu.Load\ Packages\ Menu :call Tex_MenuConfigure("packages", 1)<cr>' -endif - -" vim:fdm=marker:ff=unix:noet:ts=4:sw=4 diff --git a/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/texproject.vim b/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/texproject.vim deleted file mode 100644 index fd1734b..0000000 --- a/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/texproject.vim +++ /dev/null @@ -1,54 +0,0 @@ -"============================================================================= -" File: texproject.vim -" Author: Mikolaj Machowski -" Version: 1.0 -" Created: Wen Apr 16 05:00 PM 2003 -" -" Description: Handling tex projects. -"============================================================================= - -let s:path = fnameescape(expand("<sfile>:p:h")) - -command! -nargs=0 TProjectEdit :call <SID>Tex_ProjectEdit() - -" Tex_ProjectEdit: Edit project file " {{{ -" Description: If project file exists (*.latexmain) open it in window created -" with ':split', if no create ':new' window and read there -" project template -" -function! s:Tex_ProjectEdit() - - let file = expand("%:p") - let mainfname = Tex_GetMainFileName() - if glob(mainfname.'.latexmain') != '' - exec 'split '.fnameescape(mainfname.'.latexmain') - else - echohl WarningMsg - echomsg "Master file not found." - echomsg " :help latex-master-file" - echomsg "for more information" - echohl None - endif - -endfunction " }}} -" Tex_ProjectLoad: loads the .latexmain file {{{ -" Description: If a *.latexmain file exists, then sources it -function! Tex_ProjectLoad() - let s:origdir = fnameescape(getcwd()) - exe 'cd '.fnameescape(expand('%:p:h')) - - if glob(Tex_GetMainFileName(':p').'.latexmain') != '' - call Tex_Debug("Tex_ProjectLoad: sourcing [".Tex_GetMainFileName().".latexmain]", "proj") - exec 'source '.fnameescape(Tex_GetMainFileName().'.latexmain') - endif - - exe 'cd '.s:origdir -endfunction " }}} - -augroup LatexSuite - au LatexSuite User LatexSuiteFileType - \ call Tex_Debug("texproject.vim: catching LatexSuiteFileType event", "proj") | - \ call Tex_ProjectLoad() -augroup END - -" vim:fdm=marker:ff=unix:noet:ts=4:sw=4 diff --git a/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/texrc b/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/texrc deleted file mode 100644 index 726c409..0000000 --- a/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/texrc +++ /dev/null @@ -1,749 +0,0 @@ -"============================================================================= -" vim:ft=vim:ts=4:sw=4:noet:fdm=marker:commentstring=\"\ %s:ff=unix -" File: texrc.vim -" Author: Srinath Avadhanula -" Created: Mon Apr 01 11:00 AM 2002 PST -" -" Description: This file contains resource configuration information for the -" latex-suite package. -" -" NOTE: Do NOT be edit this file directly: -" this file will be over-written each time you install a new copy -" of latex-suite. -" -" You can do one of the following: -" 1. Copy this file into $VIMFILES/ftplugin/tex/texrc -" and edit the values in that file. -" $VIMFILES is ~/.vim for UNIX systems and ~/vimfiles for -" WINDOWS systems. -" -" 2. Just set values of each setting individually in your -" $VIMFILES/ftplugin/tex.vim file. (See above for what -" $VIMFILES is). You will need to use :let instead of :TexLet -" in this case. -" -" NOTE: This file is best viewed with Vim-6.0+ with folding turned on. -"============================================================================= - -" ============================================================================== -" SafeLet: checks for value before giving default value {{{ -" Description: The function takes in a single argument and splits it into 2 -" parts, the first being the first <CWORD> found. this is taken -" as a variable name and the next part is assigned to it -" depending on whether the variable already exists or not. -" handles the case where the next part is quoted or not. -" All these calls work: -" TexLet g:varname = 1 -" TexLet g:varname = '1' -" TexLet g:varname = 'foo bar' -" TexLet g:varname = "foo\nbar" -" TexLet g:varname = foo bar -function! <SID>SafeLet(arg) - let name = matchstr(a:arg, '^\s*\zs\(\S\+\)\ze\s*=') - let value = matchstr(a:arg, '=\s*\zs.*\ze') - let value = substitute(value, '\s*$', '', '') - if !exists(name) - if value =~ "^'\\|^\"" - exec "let ".name." = ".value - else - exe "let ".name." = value" - endif - endif -endfunction -com! -nargs=+ TexLet :call <SID>SafeLet(<q-args>) -" }}} -" ============================================================================== - -" ============================================================================== -" General settings {{{ - -TexLet g:Tex_UsePython = 1 - -" the system command which pulls in a file. -if &shell =~ 'sh' - TexLet g:Tex_CatCmd = 'cat' - TexLet g:Tex_RmCmd = 'rm' -else - TexLet g:Tex_CatCmd = 'type' - TexLet g:Tex_RmCmd = 'del' -endif - -" whether to turn on debugging -TexLet g:Tex_Debug = 0 -" If non empty, all the debugging information will be written to a file of -" this name. -TexLet g:Tex_DebugLog = '' - -" }}} -" ============================================================================== -" Rules: specifications of programs for compiling and viewing {{{ -" - -" By default, when you compile a tex file using \ll, then you will be -" generating a .dvi file. Change this line if you want to set another default. -" NOTE: Make sure that a target for this format exists in the 'Compiler rules' -" section below and is set up properly for your system. -if has('macunix') - TexLet g:Tex_DefaultTargetFormat = 'pdf' -else - TexLet g:Tex_DefaultTargetFormat = 'dvi' -endif - -" A comma seperated list of formats which need multiple compilations to be -" correctly compiled. -TexLet g:Tex_MultipleCompileFormats = 'dvi' - -" Uncomment this line if you compile ps files via dvi files. -" TexLet g:Tex_FormatDependency_ps = 'dvi,ps' - -" ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -" Compiler rules {{{ -" This is the first thing you should customize. It is set up for most common -" values, but if use some other compiler, then you will want to change this. -" As CompileFlags value you'd perhaps like to use, e.g., '-src-specials', -" but it is known that it can sometimes give different results in the output, -" so use it with care. The '-file-line-error' flag helps sanitize LaTeX error -" messages for processing by Vim. -TexLet g:Tex_CompileRule_dvi = 'latex -interaction=nonstopmode $*' -TexLet g:Tex_EscapeChars = '{}\' - -TexLet g:Tex_CompileRule_ps = 'dvips -Ppdf -o $*.ps $*.dvi' - -" ways to generate pdf files. there are soo many... -" NOTE: pdflatex generates the same output as latex. therefore quickfix is -" possible. -TexLet g:Tex_CompileRule_pdf = 'pdflatex -interaction=nonstopmode $*' - -" TexLet g:Tex_CompileRule_pdf = 'ps2pdf $*.ps' -" TexLet g:Tex_CompileRule_pdf = 'dvipdfm $*.dvi' -" TexLet g:Tex_CompileRule_pdf = 'dvipdf $*.dvi' - -TexLet g:Tex_CompileRule_html = 'latex2html $*.tex' - -TexLet g:Tex_CompileRule_bib = g:Tex_BibtexFlavor . ' $*' - -" Set Tex_UseMakefile to 0 if you want to ignore the presence of a Makefile -" when deciding how to compile -TexLet g:Tex_UseMakefile = 1 - -" }}} -" ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -" Viewer rules {{{ -" these programs are for viewing other formats. -" NOTE: latex-suite will automatically append file.<format> to these functions -" when calling them. The viewer therefore cannot accept arguments after -" the filename. -" NOTE: Windows users: -" Set your $PATH variable to include the full path to these programs. -if has('win32') - TexLet g:Tex_ViewRule_ps = 'gsview32' - TexLet g:Tex_ViewRule_pdf = 'AcroRd32' - TexLet g:Tex_ViewRule_dvi = 'yap -1' -elseif has('macunix') - " Let the system pick. If you want, you can override the choice here. - TexLet g:Tex_ViewRule_ps = '' - TexLet g:Tex_ViewRule_pdf = '' - " TexLet g:Tex_ViewRule_pdf = 'Acrobat\ Reader\ 5.1' - TexLet g:Tex_ViewRule_dvi = '' - " Set this to 1 to disable opening a viewer with 'open -a' - " Note: If you do this, you need to specify viewers above - " TexLet g:Tex_TreatMacViewerAsUNIX = 1 -else - if executable('xdg-open') - TexLet g:Tex_ViewRule_ps = 'xdg-open' - TexLet g:Tex_ViewRule_pdf = 'xdg-open' - TexLet g:Tex_ViewRule_dvi = 'xdg-open' - else - TexLet g:Tex_ViewRule_ps = 'gv' - TexLet g:Tex_ViewRule_pdf = 'xpdf' - TexLet g:Tex_ViewRule_dvi = 'xdvi' - endif - " the option below specifies an editor for the dvi viewer while starting - " up the dvi viewer according to Dimitri Antoniou's tip on vim.sf.net (tip - " #225) - TexLet g:Tex_UseEditorSettingInDVIViewer = 0 -endif -" For unix systems or macunix systens with enabled Tex_TreatMacViewerAsUNIX: -" Set this to 1 if you do not want to execute the viewer in the background -" TexLet g:Tex_ExecuteUNIXViewerInForeground = 1 - -" Tex_ViewRuleComplete_{format} -" -" If a variable like this is specified, then it takes precedence over the -" variable with the same suffix defined above. i.e, Tex_ViewRuleComplete_dvi -" takes precedence over Tex_ViewRule_dvi. -" -" If only Tex_ViewRule_{format} is specified, then latex-suite constructs the -" actual system command which calls that program automatically. For example, -" if you specify Tex_ViewRule_dvi = 'kdvi', then latex-suite will issue the -" command -" !kdvi --unique file.dvi & -" -" However, if your viewer program accepts the file to be viewed in a way which -" doesn't fit with the way latex-suite constructs the system command, then -" specify it using this variable. You can use the same format here which -" 'makeprg' accepts. So $* can be used in place of the main file name. -" -" IMPORTANT: Make sure you make the process go into the background otherwise -" vim will wait for the viewer to terminate before letting you edit -" the file again. -" -" Example: -" Suppose you have a latex->html converter which converts a file say foo.tex -" to a file foo/index.html. Then you would use: -" -" let g:Tex_ViewRuleComplete_html = 'MozillaFirebird $*/index.html &' -" -" Doing something like this would not be possible using Tex_ViewRule_html -TexLet g:Tex_ViewRuleComplete_dvi = '' - -" }}} -" ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -" }}} -" ============================================================================== -" Compiler: latex-suite comes with a customizable compiler plugin. {{{ -" :help latex-compiling for a detailed description of these options. -" -" this is the list of patterns which will be ignored from the compiler output. -" This is a handy way of specifying which warnings/errors to ignore. This is a -" list of patterns seperated by '¡' -TexLet g:Tex_IgnoredWarnings = - \'Underfull'."\n". - \'Overfull'."\n". - \'specifier changed to'."\n". - \'You have requested'."\n". - \'Missing number, treated as zero.'."\n". - \'There were undefined references'."\n". - \'Citation %.%# undefined' - -" the 'ignore level' of the 'efm'. A value of 4 says that the first 4 kinds of -" warnings in the list above will be ignored. Use the command TCLevel to set a -" level dynamically. -TexLet g:Tex_IgnoreLevel = 7 - -" NOTE: The values of g:Tex_Flavor and g:Tex_CompilerFlags are provided as a -" way to make compiler/tex.vim standalone. i.e independent of the rest -" of latex-suite. These variables are NOT used if you have already -" defined g:Tex_CompileRule_dvi above. -" -" specifies the current latex flavor. -TexLet g:Tex_Flavor = 'latex' - -" specifies the BibTeX flavor and if necessary options. If you use $* in this -" setting, it will be replaced by the *root* of the main file name, i.e, if -" the main file is "thesis.tex", $* will be "thesis". -TexLet g:Tex_BibtexFlavor = 'bibtex' - -" specifies the MakeIndedx flavor and if necessary options. $* will be -" replaced by the *root* of the main file name. See above. -TexLet g:Tex_MakeIndexFlavor = 'makeindex $*.idx' - -" By default the program described by g:Tex_Flavor above is called with the -" flags '--src-specials --interaction=nonstopmode'. If your particular version -" of latex does not accept these arguments, you will need to set this variable -" to the appropriate value. -" NOTE: leave commented for using the default flags. -" TODO: Is it necessary (or even desirable) to use 2 variables to specify a -" flavor and flags seperately? --SA -" TexLet g:Tex_CompilerFlags = '' - -" If disabled (set to 0) LaTeX-Suite doesn't go immediately to warnings or -" errors after compilation -TexLet g:Tex_GotoError = 1 - -" If set to 1, then latex-suite shows the context of the error in a preview -" window beneath the window showing the actual errors. -TexLet g:Tex_ShowErrorContext = 1 - -" Remove temp files created during part compilations when vim exits. -TexLet g:Tex_RemoveTempFiles = 1 - -" }}} -" ============================================================================== -" Project: how to deal with multi file projects via latex-suite {{{ - -" Use a valid vim expression here if you want to customize the way latex-suite -" searches for a master file from within another file. -TexLet g:Tex_MainFileExpression = '' - -" }}} -" ============================================================================== -" Macros: latex-suite comes with a large number of macros to speed up typing {{{ -" latex. -" -" Place Holder Options: {{{ -" (See |placeholders| for a description of what place-holders are). -" -" these options are actually used by imaps.vim, therefore the prefix is Imap_ -" and not Tex_. See |placeholders| for a description of how to use -" place-holders. You can either completely disable placeholders (not -" recommended) and/or you can change the place holder characters. - -TexLet g:Imap_UsePlaceHolders = 1 -TexLet g:Imap_PlaceHolderStart = '<+' -TexLet g:Imap_PlaceHolderEnd = '+>' - -" This option when set to 1 makes <C-J> in insert mode delete -" non-descriptive (empty) placeholders and enters insert mode. -" NOTE: This option _has_ to be set in the .vimrc. Setting this in a filetype -" plugin file such as ftplugin/tex.vim will not have any affect. -TexLet g:Imap_DeleteEmptyPlaceHolders = 0 - -" When set to 1, in visual mode, <C-J> takes you to the next placeholder -" without deleting the current placeholder. -" NOTE: This option _has_ to be set in the .vimrc. Setting this in a filetype -" plugin file such as ftplugin/tex.vim will not have any affect. -TexLet g:Imap_StickyPlaceHolders = 1 - - -" }}} -" Menu Wizard Option: {{{ -" If the following variable is set to 1, then when an enviroment is chosen -" from the menu then for selected environments, latex-suite asks a series of -" questions on the command line and inserts a template with the corresponding -" fields already filled in. -" Setting this to zero will insert a template with |placeholders| marking off -" the places where fields need to be filled. -TexLet g:Tex_UseMenuWizard = 0 - -" }}} -" Visual Mode Mapping Correction: {{{ -" With so many visual maps, its helpful to have a way of catching typing -" errors made in visual mode. What this does is to prompt you to correct your -" visual mode mapping if you start out with g:Tex_Leader and then type some -" illegal keys. -" It basically maps just the g:Tex_Leader character to a function -TexLet g:Tex_CatchVisMapErrors = 1 - -" }}} -" Diacritics: {{{ -" whether or not you want to use diacritics -" (diacritics speed up typing some languages. the way they are set up in -" latex-suite is -" =char> = \'{<char>} -" +char> = \v{<char>} -" +} = \"a -" :o = \^o -" Default: 0 -TexLet g:Tex_Diacritics = 0 - -" }}} -" Leader Options: {{{ -" The mappings in latex-suite are by default prefixed with the back-tick -" character. For example, `/ inserts \frac{<++>}{<++>}<++> etc. You can change the -" prefix with the following setting. -" ',', '/', '`' are preferred values. '' or '\' will lead to a _lot_ of -" trouble. -" g:Tex_Leader is also used for visual mode mappings for fonts. -TexLet g:Tex_Leader = '`' - -" In order to avoid ambiguity between the large number of visual mode macros -" provided, the visual mode macros for environments and sections start with a -" character different from '`'. -TexLet g:Tex_Leader2 = ',' - -" }}} -" Environment Macros: {{{ -" These mappings insert LaTeX "environments" such as -" \begin{center} -" <++> -" \end{center}<++> -" with the cursor left at the first place-holder. -" (See |placeholders| for what these are.) -" Mnemonic: -" 1. All environment mappings begin with 'E' -" 2. The next two capital letters are (for the common environments) the -" first 2 letters of the environment name converted into upper case. For -" example, for the center environment above, use ECE. There are a few -" necessary exceptions such as: -" equation --> EEQ -" eqnarray --> EEA -" Please see texmaps.vim for the complete list. -" -" Along with the insert mode mappings, a set of visual mode mappings is -" provided which encloses the visually selected region in an environment. -" These maps are related to the corresponding insert mode mappings by the -" following rule: -" EFI --> ,fi -" and so on. i.e, the leading E becomes '`' and the next 2 letters are small -" case. Some of the visual mode mappings are sensetive to whether you choose -" line-wise or character wise. For example, if you choose a word and press -" `ve, then you get \verb|word|, whereas if you press `ve on a line-wise -" selection, you get: -" \begin{verbatim} -" line -" \end{verbatim} -" -" these 2 options give finer control on which aspect of the macros you want -" to enable. -TexLet g:Tex_EnvironmentMaps = 1 -TexLet g:Tex_EnvironmentMenus = 1 - - -" }}} -" Font Macros: {{{ -" These mappings insert font descriptions such as: -" \textsf{<++>}<++> -" again with the cursor at the first place-holder. -" Mnemonic: -" 1. first letter is always F (F for font) -" 2. next 2 letters are the 2 letters describing the font. -" -" Example: the above mapping is triggered by FSF. -" -" Just like environment mappings, you can visually select an area and press -" `sf to have it enclosed in: -" \textsf{word} -" or -" {\sffamily -" line -" } -" depending on character-wise or line-wise selection. -TexLet g:Tex_FontMaps = 1 -TexLet g:Tex_FontMenus = 1 - -" }}} -" Section Macros: {{{ -" Inserts LaTeX sections: -" \section -" etc. Just as in the case of environments and fonts, can be enclosed with a -" visual selection. The enclosing is not sensetive to character or line-wise -" selection. -" NOTE: In visual mode, you are supposed to select the name of the section -" etc, not the whole section. -" In the following case, select just the first line, not lines 1-3. -" 1 section name -" 2 some lines in this section -" 3 and some more lines -" Mnemonic: (make your own!) -" SPA for part -" SCH for chapter -" SSE for section -" SSS for subsection -" SS2 for subsubsection -" SPG for paragraph -" SSP for subparagraph -TexLet g:Tex_SectionMaps = 1 -TexLet g:Tex_SectionMenus = 1 - -" }}} -" Auctex Style Mappings: {{{ -" Auctex.vim has heavily inspired various portions of latex-suite providing -" various new ways of conviniently inserting environments. -" -" If you press <F5> in the insert mode while on an empty line, latex-suite -" prompts you with a list of environments you might want to insert. You can -" either choose one from the list or type in a new environment name. -" The variable below (which is a comma seperated list of environment names) -" decides the prompt which latex-suite generates. -" You can place as many items as you want here. If the environment name is a -" standard latex environment such as table or figure, then latex-suite will -" insert a template with additional fields, if not, just a bare bones -" \begin{env} -" <++> -" \end{env} -" is inserted. -" \[ and $$ are also recognized. -" NOTE: Setting this variable to the empty string is a way of leaving the -" <F5> key unmapped - -TexLet g:Tex_PromptedEnvironments = - \ 'eqnarray*,eqnarray,equation,equation*,\[,$$,align,align*' - -" Another quick way of inserting environments is to press one of the shifted -" function keys from <F1> through <F4>. -" Each environment in the following list is mapped to a corresponding shifted -" function key. -" NOTE: Setting this variable to the empty string is a way of leaving all the -" shifted function keys untouched by latex-suite. -" NOTE: Only the first 4 items of the list are used. The rest will be silently -" ignored. -" The number of items in this list decides how many shifted function keys are -" mapped. -TexLet g:Tex_HotKeyMappings = - \ 'eqnarray*,eqnarray,bmatrix' - -" Similar to above mechanisms works <F7> key. It prompts for command with list -" of commands from g:Tex_PromptedCommands. There are not HotKeys for commands. -" It works for commands of style \com{}. Changing of current command is done -" with <S-F7> - -TexLet g:Tex_PromptedCommands = - \ 'footnote,cite,pageref,label' - -" }}} -" Smart Key Mappings: {{{ -" Latex-suite shites with a number of 'smart' maps, where the behavior of -" standard keys is modified in a way which makes editing tex files easy. - -" Pressing <BS> in insert mode checks to see whether we are just after -" something like \'{a} and if so, deletes all of it. i.e, diacritics are -" treated as single characters for backspacing. -" Setting this to zero will leave the <BS> key unmapped. -" Default: 1 -TexLet g:Tex_SmartKeyBS = 1 -" The pattern used to detect whether the previous characters comprise a -" diacritic character. This default pattern detects the standard LaTeX -" diacritics -TexLet g:Tex_SmartBSPattern = - \ '\(' . - \ "\\\\[\"^'=v]{\\S}" . '\|' . - \ "\\\\[\"^'=]\\S" . '\|' . - \ '\\v \S' . '\|' . - \ "\\\\[\"^'=v]{\\\\[iI]}" . '\|' . - \ '\\v \\[iI]' . '\|' . - \ '\\q \S' . '\|' . - \ '\\-' . - \ '\)' . "$" - -" Pressing " (english double quote) will insert `` or '' by making an -" intelligent guess about whether we intended to open or close a quote. -" Default: 1 -TexLet g:Tex_SmartKeyQuote = 1 - -" Users of other languages might want to change the quote characters to suit -" their locale. These global values will be ignored if there are buffer-local -" versions, which may be set in the language-specific package files, such as -" ftplugin/latex-suite/packages/german -TexLet g:Tex_SmartQuoteOpen = "``" -TexLet g:Tex_SmartQuoteClose = "''" - -" Latex-suite maps the <space> key in such a way that $ characters are not -" broken across lines. -" NOTE: Setting this to 1 has the side-effect of making the 'tw' setting be 0. -" Default: -TexLet g:Tex_SmartKeySpace = 0 - -" Pressing ... (3 dots) results in \ldots outside math mode and \cdots in math -" mode. -" -" TODO: Make it more intelligent within math mode. For example -" $1+...+3$ should expand to $1+\cdots+n$, whereas $1,...,n$ should expand -" to $1,\ldots,n$. The amsmath package actually provides a command \dots -" which does this. Maybe use that if amsmath is detected? -" Default: 1 -TexLet g:Tex_SmartKeyDot = 1 - -" }}} -" Advanced Math: {{{ -" These mappings allow for fast inserting of math constructions -" brackets, better handling of space in math mode, unfortunately -" they use <M-> mappings which conflicts with some encodings. This is easy way -" of turning them off. -" -" <M-b> encloses the previous character in \mathbf{} -" <M-c> is polymorphic as follows: -" Insert mode: -" 1. If the previous character is a letter or number, then capitalize it and -" enclose it in \mathcal{} -" 2. otherwise insert \cite{} -" Visual Mode: -" 1. Enclose selection in \mathcal{} -" <M-l> is also polymorphic as follows: -" If the character before typing <M-l> is one of '([{|<q', then do the -" following: -" 1. (<M-l> \left(\right -" similarly for [, | -" {<M-l> \left\{\right\} -" 2. <<M-l> \langle\rangle -" 3. q<M-l> \lefteqn{} -" otherwise insert \label{} -" <M-i> inserts \item commands at the current cursor location depending on -" the surrounding environment. For example, inside itemize, it will -" insert a simple \item, but within a description, it will insert -" \item[<+label+>] etc. -" -" Default: 1 -TexLet g:Tex_AdvancedMath = 1 - -" }}} - -" }}} -" ============================================================================== -" TeX Completion: {{{ - -" Options for controlling the window sizes of the completion windows {{{ - -" The height of the window which contains the \label's (when completing a -" \ref) or bibtex entries (when completing a \cite). This option is used in -" the newer methods of completing \ref's and \cite's. -TexLet g:Tex_OutlineWindowHeight = 15 - -" Options for preview window for ref/cite completion. The next two options -" are used only when g:Tex_UseOutlineCompletion = 0 or -" g:Tex_UseCiteCompletionVer2 = 0, i.e, when we use a classic method of -" completing \refs and \cites. -" Height of cwindow -TexLet g:Tex_ViewerCwindowHeight = 5 -" Height of preview window -TexLet g:Tex_ViewerPreviewHeight = 10 - -" Options for explorer completion. -" Height of explorer window -TexLet g:Tex_ExplorerHeight = 10 - -" Directory for images. Read |latex-completion-explorer| before changing -TexLet g:Tex_ImageDir = '' - -" }}} -" Options for completing a \ref {{{ - -" Whether to use the "outline mode" for displaying the \label's while doing -" \ref completion. In this mode, each label is displayed within the -" document element it resides in. The entire thing is folded to ease -" navigation. Should be easier/faster than the classical mode. -TexLet g:Tex_UseOutlineCompletion = 1 - -" This option should be set via the .latexmain file. It should be a newline -" seperated list of files which make up all the "source" files in the -" current project. This enables latex-suite to skip the more complicated -" algorithm of finding the source files by recursively searching for -" \input'ed files from the |latex-master-file|. -" -" Only used when g:Tex_UseOutlineCompletion = 0. -TexLet g:Tex_ProjectSourceFiles = '' - -" Whether latex-suite simply searches for \\label's in all the .tex file -" found in the current directory or whether it will use a more complex -" algorithm. This is used only g:Tex_UseOutlineCompletion = 0 and -" g:Tex_ProjectSourceFiles = ''. -" See -" :help Tex_UseSimpleLabelSearch -" for more information -TexLet g:Tex_UseSimpleLabelSearch = 0 - -" }}} -" Options for completing a \cite'ation {{{ - -" If set to 1, then the newer way of presenting the bibtex entries is used. -" Instead of a |cwindow| showing just the keys and a synced |preview| -" window beneath, show a single window containing a nicely formatted list -" of bibtex entries. This should be faster and easier to use than the -" classic mode -TexLet g:Tex_UseCiteCompletionVer2 = 1 - -" This is a string which is displayed to the user when he wants to sort or -" filter the bibtex entries. This string also serves to define acronyms for -" the various fields of a bibtex entry. -TexLet g:Tex_BibFieldPrompt = - \ "Field acronyms: (`:let g:Tex_EchoBibFields = 0` to avoid this message)\n" . - \ " [t] title [a] author [b] booktitle \n" . - \ " [j] journal [y] year [p] bibtype \n" . - \ " (you can also enter the complete field name) \n" - -" Whether or not to display the string above to aid the user in choosing -" the field to filter/sort with. -TexLet g:Tex_EchoBibFields = 1 - -" A setting of this form defines the letter 'a' as standing for the field -" 'author'. Thus when the user types -" a ellington -" when asked to enter a filter, it is equivalent to the user specifying the -" filter -" author ellington -" TexLet g:Tex_BibAcronym_a = 'author' - -" Whether or not to use Jabref to complete citations -" See -" :help latex-suite-jabref -" for more infomration -TexLet g:Tex_UseJabref = 0 - -" whether or not searches for \cite's are cached. -TexLet g:Tex_RememberCiteSearch = 0 -" Paths to the bibliography files and custom packages. -TexLet g:Tex_BIBINPUTS = '' -TexLet g:Tex_TEXINPUTS = '' - -" }}} - -" }}} -" ============================================================================== -" Menus: set the kinds of menus which you would like to see. {{{ -" -" Setting this variable to zero will immediately disable _all_ menus. -" for finer control set this to 1 and then play with the other options. -" Default: 1 -TexLet g:Tex_Menus = 1 - -" The location of the main menu -TexLet g:Tex_MainMenuLocation = 80 - -" Math contains a large number of tex math elemets such as arrows, -" mathematical fonts (\mathrm), mathematical diacritics (\dot), binary -" relational operators etc. This menu compromises about 75% of the menus. -" Default: 1 -TexLet g:Tex_MathMenus = 1 - -" The following options control the "compactness" of the menus. -" -" Setting this option to 1 makes the Font, Counter and Dimensioning menus to -" be collected together into a single 'Tex-Elements' menu. Setting this to 0 -" creates seperate menus for each of them. -" Default: 1 -TexLet g:Tex_NestElementMenus = 1 - -" Sometimes when you are using a lot of packages with lots of options etc, -" then a lot of time might be spent at startup loading the menus. -" Setting the following variable to 0 will stop autoloading the packages menu. -" You can still goto TeX-Suite.Configure Menu and load this after startup. -" Default: 1 -TexLet g:Tex_PackagesMenu = 1 -" The following option will create the packages option within the TeX-Suite -" menu. -" Default: 1 -TexLet g:Tex_NestPackagesMenu = 1 - -" This is the prefix added to the menu names created by latex suite. Add a -" dot to the following option to nest the menus under the menu name before the -" dot. -" NOTE: With a '.' as the last character of the following setting, every -" single menu created by latex suite will be nested under the same menu. -" Default: 'TeX-' -TexLet g:Tex_MenuPrefix = 'TeX-' - -" Use utf-8 menus. There is plenty of math symbols in LaTeX. It is hard to -" remember them. You can display them with utf-8. Your system/GUI interface -" have to support utf-8. This addition is necessary for resetting 'encoding'. -TexLet g:Tex_UseUtfMenus = 0 - -if g:Tex_UseUtfMenus != 0 && has("gui_running") - set encoding=utf-8 -endif - -" }}} -" ============================================================================== -" Folding: latex-suite comes with 'fake' syntax folding. {{{ -" -" specifies whether the MakeTeXFolds() function will be defined. If this is -" set to zero, then esentially you have disabled all of latex-suite's folding -" functions. no maps for refreshing folds will be set up etc. -" NOTE: However, the function TexFoldTextFunction() is still avaiable -" and 'foldexpr' is set to point to it. This is so you can continue -" using another folding scheme but still use the fold text function. -TexLet g:Tex_Folding = 1 - -" specifies whether a latex file is automatically folded up when opened. -" Setting this to zero means that a file is not folded up as soon as its -" opened. -" NOTE: the MakeTeXFolds() function will still be available (unless disabled -" by g:Tex_Folding), so you can do <F6> or \rf to refresh/create folds. -TexLet g:Tex_AutoFolding = 1 - -" }}} -" ============================================================================== -" Taglist: Support for taglist.vim {{{ -" -" LaTeX-Suite offers now support for taglist.vim, the most popular Vim -" interface for ctags. You should use ctags version >= 5.0 and taglist >= 3.0. -TexLet g:Tex_TaglistSupport = 1 - -" This option turns on definition of tags for LaTeX. -" NOTE: In taglist window you may see duplicate entries for the same tag. It -" means some definitions are repeated somewhere else. You can turn off -" internal definitions or remove external (read ctags description -" where). -TexLet g:Tex_InternalTagsDefinitions = 1 - -" }}} -" ============================================================================== diff --git a/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/texviewer.vim b/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/texviewer.vim deleted file mode 100644 index 4a1049d..0000000 --- a/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/texviewer.vim +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1068 +0,0 @@ -" ============================================================================ -" File: texviewer.vim -" Author: Mikolaj Machowski -" Created: Sun Jan 26 06:00 PM 2003 -" Description: make a viewer for various purposes: \cite{, \ref{ -" License: Vim Charityware License -" Part of vim-latexSuite: http://vim-latex.sourceforge.net -" ============================================================================ -" Tex_SetTexViewerMaps: sets maps for this ftplugin {{{ -function! Tex_SetTexViewerMaps() - inoremap <silent> <Plug>Tex_Completion <Esc>:call Tex_Complete("default","text")<CR> - if !hasmapto('<Plug>Tex_Completion', 'i') - if has('gui_running') - imap <buffer> <silent> <F9> <Plug>Tex_Completion - else - imap <buffer> <F9> <Plug>Tex_Completion - endif - endif -endfunction - -augroup LatexSuite - au LatexSuite User LatexSuiteFileType - \ call Tex_Debug('texviewer.vim: Catching LatexSuiteFileType event', 'view') | - \ call Tex_SetTexViewerMaps() -augroup END - -command -nargs=1 TLook call Tex_Complete(<q-args>, 'tex') -command -nargs=1 TLookAll call Tex_Complete(<q-args>, 'all') -command -nargs=1 TLookBib call Tex_Complete(<q-args>, 'bib') - -" }}} - -" ============================================================================== -" Main completion function -" ============================================================================== -" Tex_Complete: main function {{{ -" Description: -function! Tex_Complete(what, where) - - " Get info about current window and position of cursor in file - let s:winnum = winnr() - - " Change to the directory of the file being edited before running all the - " :grep commands. We will change back to the original directory after we - " finish with the grep. - let s:origdir = fnameescape(getcwd()) - exe 'cd '.fnameescape(expand('%:p:h')) - - let s:pos = Tex_GetPos() - - unlet! s:type - unlet! s:typeoption - - if Tex_GetVarValue('Tex_WriteBeforeCompletion') == 1 - wall - endif - - if a:where == "text" - " What to do after <F9> depending on context - let s:curline = strpart(getline('.'), 0, col('.')) - let s:prefix = matchstr(s:curline, '.*{\zs.\{-}\(}\|$\)') - " a command is of the type - " \psfig[option=value]{figure=} - " Thus - " s:curline = '\psfig[option=value]{figure=' - " (with possibly some junk before \psfig) - " from which we need to extract - " s:type = 'psfig' - " s:typeoption = '[option=value]' - let pattern = '.*\\\(\w\{-}\)\(\[.\{-}\]\)*{\([^ [\]\t]\+\)\?$' - if s:curline =~ pattern - let s:type = substitute(s:curline, pattern, '\1', 'e') - let s:typeoption = substitute(s:curline, pattern, '\2', 'e') - call Tex_Debug('Tex_Complete: s:type = '.s:type.', typeoption = '.s:typeoption, 'view') - endif - - if exists("s:type") && s:type =~ 'ref' - if Tex_GetVarValue('Tex_UseOutlineCompletion') == 1 - call Tex_Debug("Tex_Complete: using outline search method", "view") - call Tex_StartOutlineCompletion() - - elseif Tex_GetVarValue('Tex_UseSimpleLabelSearch') == 1 - call Tex_Debug("Tex_Complete: searching for \\labels in all .tex files in the present directory", "view") - call Tex_Debug("Tex_Complete: silent! grep! ".Tex_EscapeForGrep('\\label{'.s:prefix)." *.tex", 'view') - call Tex_Grep('\\label{'.s:prefix, '*.tex') - call <SID>Tex_SetupCWindow() - - elseif Tex_GetVarValue('Tex_ProjectSourceFiles') != '' - call Tex_Debug('Tex_Complete: searching for \\labels in all Tex_ProjectSourceFiles', 'view') - exec 'cd '.fnameescape(Tex_GetMainFileName(':p:h')) - call Tex_Grep('\\label{'.s:prefix, Tex_GetVarValue('Tex_ProjectSourceFiles')) - call <SID>Tex_SetupCWindow() - - else - call Tex_Debug("Tex_Complete: calling Tex_GrepHelper", "view") - silent! grep! ____HIGHLY_IMPROBABLE___ % - call Tex_GrepHelper(s:prefix, 'label') - call <SID>Tex_SetupCWindow() - endif - - redraw! - - elseif exists("s:type") && s:type =~ 'cite' - - let s:prefix = matchstr(s:prefix, '\([^,]\+,\)*\zs\([^,]\+\)\ze$') - call Tex_Debug(":Tex_Complete: using s:prefix = ".s:prefix, "view") - - if has('python') && Tex_GetVarValue('Tex_UsePython') - \ && Tex_GetVarValue('Tex_UseCiteCompletionVer2') == 1 - - exe 'cd '.s:origdir - silent! call Tex_StartCiteCompletion() - - elseif Tex_GetVarValue('Tex_UseJabref') == 1 - - exe 'cd '.s:origdir - let g:Remote_WaitingForCite = 1 - let citation = input('Enter citation from jabref (<enter> to leave blank): ') - let g:Remote_WaitingForCite = 0 - call Tex_CompleteWord(citation, strlen(s:prefix)) - - else - " grep! nothing % - " does _not_ clear the search history contrary to what the - " help-docs say. This was expected. So use something improbable. - " TODO: Is there a way to clear the search-history w/o making a - " useless, inefficient search? - silent! grep! ____HIGHLY_IMPROBABLE___ % - if g:Tex_RememberCiteSearch && exists('s:citeSearchHistory') - call <SID>Tex_SetupCWindow(s:citeSearchHistory) - else - call Tex_GrepHelper(s:prefix, 'bib') - redraw! - call <SID>Tex_SetupCWindow() - endif - if g:Tex_RememberCiteSearch && &ft == 'qf' - let _a = @a - silent! normal! ggVG"ay - let s:citeSearchHistory = @a - let @a = _a - endif - endif - - elseif exists("s:type") && (s:type =~ 'includegraphics' || s:type == 'psfig') - call Tex_SetupFileCompletion( - \ '', - \ '^\.\\|\.tex$\\|\.bib$\\|\.bbl$\\|\.zip$\\|\.gz$', - \ 'noext', - \ Tex_GetVarValue('Tex_ImageDir', '.'), - \ Tex_GetVarValue('Tex_ImageDir', '')) - - elseif exists("s:type") && s:type == 'bibliography' - call Tex_SetupFileCompletion( - \ '\.b..$', - \ '', - \ 'noext', - \ '.', - \ '') - - elseif exists("s:type") && s:type =~ 'include\(only\)\=' - call Tex_SetupFileCompletion( - \ '\.t..$', - \ '', - \ 'noext', - \ '.', - \ '') - - elseif exists("s:type") && s:type == 'input' - call Tex_SetupFileCompletion( - \ '', - \ '', - \ 'ext', - \ '.', - \ '') - - elseif exists('s:type') && exists("g:Tex_completion_".s:type) - call <SID>Tex_CompleteRefCiteCustom('plugin_'.s:type) - - else - let s:word = expand('<cword>') - if s:word == '' - call Tex_SwitchToInsertMode() - return - endif - call Tex_Debug("silent! grep! ".Tex_EscapeForGrep('\<'.s:word.'\>')." *.tex", 'view') - call Tex_Grep('\<'.s:word.'\>', '*.tex') - - call <SID>Tex_SetupCWindow() - endif - - elseif a:where == 'tex' - " Process :TLook command - call Tex_Grep(a:what, "*.tex") - call <SID>Tex_SetupCWindow() - - elseif a:where == 'bib' - " Process :TLookBib command - call Tex_Grep(a:what, "*.bib") - call Tex_Grepadd(a:what, "*.bbl") - call <SID>Tex_SetupCWindow() - - elseif a:where == 'all' - " Process :TLookAll command - call Tex_Grep(a:what, "*") - call <SID>Tex_SetupCWindow() - endif - -endfunction -" }}} -" Tex_CompleteWord: inserts a word at the chosen location {{{ -" Description: This function is meant to be called when the user press -" ``<enter>`` in one of the [Error List] windows which shows the list of -" matches. completeword is the rest of the word which needs to be inserted. -" prefixlength characters are deleted before completeword is inserted -function! Tex_CompleteWord(completeword, prefixlength) - call Tex_SetPos(s:pos) - - " Complete word, check if add closing } - if a:prefixlength > 0 - if a:prefixlength > 1 - exe 'normal! '.(a:prefixlength-1).'h' - endif - exe 'normal! '.a:prefixlength.'s'.a:completeword."\<Esc>" - else - exe 'normal! a'.a:completeword."\<Esc>" - endif - - if getline('.')[col('.')-1] !~ '{' && getline('.')[col('.')] !~ '}' - exe "normal! a}\<Esc>" - endif - - " Return to Insert mode - call Tex_SwitchToInsertMode() -endfunction " }}} - -" ============================================================================== -" File name completion helper functons -" ============================================================================== -" Tex_SetupFileCompletion: {{{ -" Description: -function! Tex_SetupFileCompletion(accept, reject, ext, dir, root) - call FB_SetVar('FB_AllowRegexp', a:accept) - call FB_SetVar('FB_RejectRegexp', a:reject) - call FB_SetVar('FB_CallBackFunction', 'Tex_CompleteFileName') - call FB_SetVar('FB_CallBackFunctionArgs', '"'.a:ext.'", "'.a:root.'"') - - call FB_OpenFileBrowser(a:dir) -endfunction " }}} -" Tex_CompleteFileName: {{{ -" Description: -function! Tex_CompleteFileName(filename, ext, root) - let root = (a:root == '' ? Tex_GetMainFileName(':p:h') : a:root) - - call Tex_Debug('+Tex_CompleteFileName: getting filename '.a:filename, 'view') - - if a:ext == 'noext' - let completeword = fnamemodify(a:filename, ':r') - else - let completeword = a:filename - endif - let completeword = Tex_RelPath(completeword, root) - - call Tex_Debug(":Tex_CompleteFileName: completing with ".completeword, "view") - call Tex_CompleteWord(completeword, strlen(s:prefix)) -endfunction " }}} -" Tex_Common: common part of strings {{{ -function! s:Tex_Common(path1, path2) - " Assume the caller handles 'ignorecase' - if a:path1 == a:path2 - return a:path1 - endif - let n = 0 - while a:path1[n] == a:path2[n] - let n = n+1 - endwhile - return strpart(a:path1, 0, n) -endfunction " }}} -" Tex_NormalizePath: {{{ -" Description: -function! Tex_NormalizePath(path) - let retpath = a:path - if has("win32") || has("win16") || has("dos32") || has("dos16") - let retpath = substitute(retpath, '\\', '/', 'ge') - endif - if isdirectory(retpath) && retpath !~ '/$' - let retpath = retpath.'/' - endif - return retpath -endfunction " }}} -" Tex_RelPath: ultimate file name {{{ -function! Tex_RelPath(explfilename,texfilename) - let path1 = Tex_NormalizePath(a:explfilename) - let path2 = Tex_NormalizePath(a:texfilename) - - let n = matchend(<SID>Tex_Common(path1, path2), '.*/') - let path1 = strpart(path1, n) - let path2 = strpart(path2, n) - if path2 !~ '/' - let subrelpath = '' - else - let subrelpath = substitute(path2, '[^/]\{-}/', '../', 'ge') - let subrelpath = substitute(subrelpath, '[^/]*$', '', 'ge') - endif - let relpath = subrelpath.path1 - return escape(Tex_NormalizePath(relpath), ' ') -endfunction " }}} - -" ============================================================================== -" Helper functions for dealing with the 'quickfix' and 'preview' windows. -" ============================================================================== -" Tex_SetupCWindow: set maps and local settings for cwindow {{{ -" Description: Set local maps jkJKq<cr> for cwindow. Also size and basic -" settings -" -function! s:Tex_SetupCWindow(...) - call Tex_Debug('+Tex_SetupCWindow', 'view') - cclose - exe 'copen '. g:Tex_ViewerCwindowHeight - " If called with an argument, it means we want to re-use some search - " history from last time. Therefore, just paste it here and proceed. - if a:0 == 1 - set modifiable - % d _ - silent! 0put!=a:1 - $ d _ - endif - setlocal nonumber - setlocal nowrap - - let s:scrollOffVal = &scrolloff - call <SID>Tex_SyncPreviewWindow() - - " If everything went well, then we should be situated in the quickfix - " window. If there were problems, (no matches etc), then we will not be. - " Therefore return. - if &ft != 'qf' - call Tex_Debug('not in quickfix window, quitting', 'view') - return - endif - - nnoremap <buffer> <silent> j j:call <SID>Tex_SyncPreviewWindow()<CR> - nnoremap <buffer> <silent> k k:call <SID>Tex_SyncPreviewWindow()<CR> - nnoremap <buffer> <silent> <up> <up>:call <SID>Tex_SyncPreviewWindow()<CR> - nnoremap <buffer> <silent> <down> <down>:call <SID>Tex_SyncPreviewWindow()<CR> - - " Change behaviour of <cr> only for 'ref' and 'cite' context. - if exists("s:type") && s:type =~ 'ref\|cite' - exec 'nnoremap <buffer> <silent> <cr> ' - \ .':set scrolloff='.s:scrollOffVal.'<CR>' - \ .':cd '.s:origdir.'<CR>' - \ .':silent! call <SID>Tex_CompleteRefCiteCustom("'.s:type.'")<CR>' - - else - " In other contexts jump to place described in cwindow and close small - " windows - exec 'nnoremap <buffer> <silent> <cr> ' - \ .':set scrolloff='.s:scrollOffVal.'<CR>' - \ .':cd '.s:origdir.'<CR>' - \ .':call <SID>Tex_GoToLocation()<cr>' - - endif - - " Scroll the preview window while in the quickfix window - nnoremap <buffer> <silent> J :wincmd j<cr><c-e>:wincmd k<cr> - nnoremap <buffer> <silent> K :wincmd j<cr><c-y>:wincmd k<cr> - - " Exit the quickfix window without doing anything. - exe 'nnoremap <buffer> <silent> q ' - \ .':set scrolloff='.s:scrollOffVal.'<CR>' - \ .':cd '.s:origdir.'<CR>' - \ .':call Tex_CloseSmallWindows()<CR>' - -endfunction " }}} -" Tex_CompleteRefCiteCustom: complete/insert name for current item {{{ -" Description: handle completion of items depending on current context -" -function! s:Tex_CompleteRefCiteCustom(type) - - let prefixlength=strlen(s:prefix) - if a:type =~ 'cite' - if getline('.') =~ '\\bibitem\s*{' - let bibkey = matchstr(getline('.'), '\\bibitem\s*{\zs.\{-}\ze}') - else - let bibkey = matchstr(getline('.'), '\\bibitem\s*\[.\{-}\]\s*{\zs.\{-}\ze}') - endif - let completeword = bibkey - - elseif a:type =~ 'ref' - let label = matchstr(getline('.'), '\\label{\zs.\{-}\ze}') - let completeword = label - - elseif a:type =~ '^plugin_' - let type = substitute(a:type, '^plugin_', '', '') - let completeword = <SID>Tex_DoCompletion(type) - " use old behaviour for plugins because of backward compatibility - let prefixlength=0 - - endif - - call Tex_CloseSmallWindows() - call Tex_Debug(":Tex_CompleteRefCiteCustom: completing with ".completeword, "view") - call Tex_CompleteWord(completeword, prefixlength) -endfunction " }}} -" Tex_SyncPreviewWindow: synchronize quickfix and preview window {{{ -" Description: Usually quickfix engine takes care about most of these things -" but we discard it for better control of events. -" -function! s:Tex_SyncPreviewWindow() - call Tex_Debug('+Tex_SyncPreviewWindow', 'view') - - let viewfile = matchstr(getline('.'), '^\f*\ze|\d') - let viewline = matchstr(getline('.'), '|\zs\d\+\ze') - - " Hilight current line in cwindow - " Normally hightlighting is done with quickfix engine but we use something - " different and have to do it separately - syntax clear - runtime syntax/qf.vim - exe 'syn match vTodo /\%'. line('.') .'l.*/' - hi link vTodo Todo - - " Close preview window and open it again in new place - pclose - exe 'silent! bot pedit +'.viewline.' '.viewfile - - " Vanilla 6.1 has bug. This additional setting of cwindow height prevents - " resizing of this window - exe g:Tex_ViewerCwindowHeight.' wincmd _' - - " Handle situation if there is no item beginning with s:prefix. - " Unfortunately, because we know it late we have to close everything and - " return as in complete process - if v:errmsg =~ 'E32\>' - exe s:winnum.' wincmd w' - pclose! - cclose - if exists("s:prefix") - echomsg 'No bibkey, label or word beginning with "'.s:prefix.'"' - endif - call Tex_SwitchToInsertMode() - let v:errmsg = '' - call Tex_Debug('Tex_SyncPreviewWindow: got error E32, no matches found, quitting', 'view') - return 0 - endif - - " Move to preview window. Really is it under cwindow? - wincmd j - - " Settings of preview window - exe g:Tex_ViewerPreviewHeight.' wincmd _' - setlocal nofoldenable - - if exists('s:type') && s:type =~ 'cite' - " In cite context place bibkey at the top of preview window. - setlocal scrolloff=0 - normal! zt - else - " In other contexts in the middle. Highlight this line? - setlocal scrolloff=100 - normal! z. - endif - - " Return to cwindow - wincmd p - -endfunction " }}} -" Tex_CloseSmallWindows: {{{ -" Description: -" -function! Tex_CloseSmallWindows() - exe s:winnum.' wincmd w' - pclose! - cclose - call Tex_SetPos(s:pos) -endfunction " }}} -" Tex_GoToLocation: Go to chosen location {{{ -" Description: Get number of current line and go to this number -" -function! s:Tex_GoToLocation() - pclose! - let errmsg = v:errmsg - let v:errmsg = '' - exe 'silent! cc ' . line('.') - " If the current buffer is modified, then split - if v:errmsg =~ '^E37:' - split - exe 'silent! cc ' . line('.') - endif - cclose - let v:errmsg = errmsg -endfunction " }}} - -" ============================================================================== -" Functions for finding \\label's or \\bibitem's in the main file. -" ============================================================================== -" Tex_GrepHelper: grep main filename for \\bibitem's or \\label's {{{ -" Description: -function! Tex_GrepHelper(prefix, what) - let _path = &path - let _suffixesadd = &suffixesadd - let _hidden = &hidden - - let mainfname = Tex_GetMainFileName(':p') - " If we are already editing the file, then use :split without any - " arguments so it works even if the file is modified. - " FIXME: If mainfname is being presently edited in another window and - " is 'modified', then the second split statement will not work. - " We will need to travel to that window and back. - if mainfname == expand('%:p') - split - else - exec 'split '.fnameescape(mainfname) - endif - - let pos = Tex_GetPos() - if a:what =~ 'bib' - call Tex_ScanFileForCite(a:prefix) - else - call Tex_ScanFileForLabels(a:prefix) - endif - call Tex_SetPos(pos) - - q - let &path = _path - let &suffixesadd = _suffixesadd - -endfunction " }}} -" Tex_ScanFileForCite: search for \bibitem's in .bib or .bbl or tex files {{{ -" Description: -" Search for bibliographic entries in the presently edited file in the -" following manner: -" 1. First see if the file has a \bibliography command. -" If YES: -" 1. If a .bib file corresponding to the \bibliography command can be -" found, then search for '@.*'.a:prefix inside it. -" 2. Otherwise, if a .bbl file corresponding to the \bibliography command -" can be found, then search for '\bibitem'.a:prefix inside it. -" 2. Next see if the file has a \thebibliography environment -" If YES: -" 1. Search for '\bibitem'.a:prefix in this file. -" -" If neither a \bibliography or \begin{thebibliography} are found, then repeat -" steps 1 and 2 for every file \input'ed into this file. Abort any searching -" as soon as the first \bibliography or \begin{thebibliography} is found. -function! Tex_ScanFileForCite(prefix) - call Tex_Debug('+Tex_ScanFileForCite: searching for bibkeys in '.bufname('%').' (buffer #'.bufnr('%').')', 'view') - let presBufNum = bufnr('%') - - let foundCiteFile = 0 - " First find out if this file has a \bibliography command in it. If so, - " assume that this is the only file in the project which defines a - " bibliography. - if search('\\\(no\)\?bibliography{', 'w') - call Tex_Debug('Tex_ScanFileForCite: found bibliography command in '.bufname('%'), 'view') - " convey that we have found a bibliography command. we do not need to - " proceed any further. - let foundCiteFile = 1 - - " extract the bibliography filenames from the command. - let bibnames = matchstr(getline('.'), '\\\(no\)\?bibliography{\zs.\{-}\ze}') - let bibnames = substitute(bibnames, '\s', '', 'g') - - call Tex_Debug('trying to search through ['.bibnames.']', 'view') - - let &path = '.,'.g:Tex_BIBINPUTS - - let i = 1 - while 1 - let bibname = Tex_Strntok(bibnames, ',', i) - if bibname == '' - break - endif - - " first try to find if a .bib file exists. If so do not search in - " the corresponding .bbl file. (because the .bbl file will most - " probly be generated automatically from the .bib file with - " bibtex). - - let fname = Tex_FindFile(bibname, '.,'.g:Tex_BIBINPUTS, '.bib') - if fname != '' - call Tex_Debug('finding .bib file ['.bufname('%').']', 'view') - exec 'split '.Tex_EscapeSpaces(fname) - call Tex_Grepadd('@.*{'.a:prefix, "%") - q - else - let fname = Tex_FindFile(bibname, '.,'.g:Tex_BIBINPUTS, '.bbl') - if fname != '' - exec 'split '.Tex_EscapeSpaces(fname) - call Tex_Debug('finding .bbl file ['.bufname('.').']', 'view') - call Tex_Grepadd('\\bibitem{'.a:prefix, "%") - q - endif - endif - - let i = i + 1 - endwhile - - if foundCiteFile - return 1 - endif - endif - - " If we have a thebibliography environment, then again assume that this is - " the only file which defines the bib-keys. Aand convey this information - " upwards by returning 1. - if search('^\s*\\begin{thebibliography}', 'w') - call Tex_Debug('got a thebibliography environment in '.bufname('%'), 'view') - - let foundCiteFile = 1 - - split - exec 'lcd'.fnameescape(expand('%:p:h')) - call Tex_Debug("silent! grepadd! ".Tex_EscapeForGrep('\\bibitem{'.a:prefix)." %", 'view') - call Tex_Grepadd('\\bibitem\s*[\[|{]'.a:prefix, "%") - q - - return 1 - endif - - " If we have not found any \bibliography or \thebibliography environment - " in this file, search for these environments in all the files which this - " file includes. - - exec 0 - let wrap = 'w' - while search('^\s*\\\(input\|include\)', wrap) - let wrap = 'W' - - let filename = matchstr(getline('.'), '\\\(input\|include\){\zs.\{-}\ze}') - - let foundfile = Tex_FindFile(filename, '.,'.g:Tex_TEXINPUTS, '.tex') - if foundfile != '' - exec 'split '.Tex_EscapeSpaces(foundfile) - call Tex_Debug('scanning recursively in ['.foundfile.']', 'view') - let foundCiteFile = Tex_ScanFileForCite(a:prefix) - q - endif - - if foundCiteFile - return 1 - endif - endwhile - - - return 0 -endfunction " }}} -" Tex_ScanFileForLabels: greps present file and included files for \\label's {{{ -" Description: -" Grep the presently edited file for \\label's. If the present file \include's -" or \input's other files, then recursively scan those as well, i.e we support -" arbitrary levels of \input'ed-ness. -function! Tex_ScanFileForLabels(prefix) - call Tex_Debug("+Tex_ScanFileForLabels: grepping in file [".bufname('%')."]", "view") - - exec 'lcd'.fnameescape(expand('%:p:h')) - call Tex_Grepadd('\\label{'.a:prefix, "%") - - " Then recursively grep for all \include'd or \input'ed files. - exec 0 - let wrap = 'w' - while search('^\s*\\\(input\|include\)', wrap) - let wrap = 'W' - - let filename = matchstr(getline('.'), '\\\(input\|include\){\zs.\{-}\ze}') - let foundfile = Tex_FindFile(filename, '.,'.Tex_TEXINPUTS, '.tex') - if foundfile != '' - exec 'split '.Tex_EscapeSpaces(foundfile) - call Tex_Debug('Tex_ScanFileForLabels: scanning recursively in ['.foundfile.']', 'view') - call Tex_ScanFileForLabels(a:prefix) - q - endif - endwhile - -endfunction " }}} - -" ============================================================================== -" Functions for custom command completion -" ============================================================================== -" Tex_completion_{var}: similar variables can be set in package files {{{ -let g:Tex_completion_bibliographystyle = 'abbr,alpha,plain,unsrt' -let g:Tex_completion_addtocontents = 'lof}{,lot}{,toc}{' -let g:Tex_completion_addcontentsline = 'lof}{figure}{,lot}{table}{,toc}{chapter}{,toc}{part}{,'. - \ 'toc}{section}{,toc}{subsection}{,toc}{paragraph}{,'. - \ 'toc}{subparagraph}{' -" }}} -" Tex_PromptForCompletion: prompts for a completion {{{ -" Description: -function! s:Tex_PromptForCompletion(texcommand,ask) - - let common_completion_prompt = - \ Tex_CreatePrompt(g:Tex_completion_{a:texcommand}, 2, ',') . "\n" . - \ 'Enter number or completion: ' - - let inp = input(a:ask."\n".common_completion_prompt) - if inp =~ '^[0-9]\+$' - let completion = Tex_Strntok(g:Tex_completion_{a:texcommand}, ',', inp) - else - let completion = inp - endif - - return completion -endfunction " }}} -" Tex_DoCompletion: fast insertion of completion {{{ -" Description: -" -function! s:Tex_DoCompletion(texcommand) - let completion = <SID>Tex_PromptForCompletion(a:texcommand, 'Choose a completion to insert: ') - if completion != '' - return completion - else - return '' - endif -endfunction " }}} - -" ============================================================================== -" Functions for presenting an outlined version for completion -" ============================================================================== -" Tex_StartOutlineCompletion: sets up an outline window {{{ - -" get the place where this plugin resides for setting cpt and dict options. -" these lines need to be outside the function. -let s:path = expand('<sfile>:p:h') -if has('python') && Tex_GetVarValue('Tex_UsePython') - python import sys, re - exec "python sys.path += [r'". s:path . "']" - python import outline -endif - -function! Tex_StartOutlineCompletion() - let mainfname = Tex_GetMainFileName(':p') - - " open the buffer - let _report = &report - let _cmdheight=&cmdheight - let _lazyredraw = &lazyredraw - set report=1000 - set cmdheight=1 - set lazyredraw - - if has('python') && Tex_GetVarValue('Tex_UsePython') - python retval = outline.main(vim.eval("Tex_GetMainFileName(':p')"), vim.eval("s:prefix")) - - " transfer variable from python to a local variable. - python vim.command("""let retval = "%s" """ % re.sub(r'"|\\', r'\\\g<0>', retval)) - else - let retval = system(shellescape(s:path.'/outline.py').' '.shellescape(mainfname).' '.shellescape(s:prefix)) - endif - - bot split __OUTLINE__ - exec Tex_GetVarValue('Tex_OutlineWindowHeight', 15).' wincmd _' - - setlocal modifiable - setlocal noswapfile - setlocal buftype=nowrite - setlocal bufhidden=delete - setlocal nowrap - setlocal foldmethod=marker - setlocal foldmarker=<<<,>>> - - " delete everything in it to the blackhole - % d _ - 0put!=retval - - 0 - - call Tex_SetupOutlineSyntax() - - exec 'nnoremap <buffer> <cr> ' - \ .':cd '.s:origdir.'<CR>' - \ .':call Tex_FinishOutlineCompletion()<CR>' - exec 'nnoremap <buffer> q ' - \ .':cd '.s:origdir.'<CR>' - \ .':close<CR>' - \ .':call Tex_SwitchToInsertMode()<CR>' - - " once the buffer is initialized, go back to the original settings. - setlocal nomodifiable - setlocal nomodified - let &report = _report - let &cmdheight = _cmdheight - let &lazyredraw = _lazyredraw - -endfunction " }}} -" Tex_SetupOutlineSyntax: sets up the syntax items for the outline {{{ -" Description: -function! Tex_SetupOutlineSyntax() - syn match outlineFileName "<\f\+>$" contained - syn match foldMarkers "<<<\d$" contained - syn match firstSemiColon '^:' contained - syn match firstAngle '^>' contained - - syn match sectionNames '\(\d\.\)\+ .*' contains=foldMarkers - syn match previousLine '^:.*' contains=firstSemiColon - syn match labelLine '^>.*' contains=firstAngle,outlineFileName - - hi def link outlineFileName Ignore - hi def link foldMarkers Ignore - hi def link firstSemiColon Ignore - hi def link firstAngle Ignore - - hi def link sectionNames Type - hi def link previousLine Special - hi def link labelLine Comment -endfunction " }}} -" Tex_FinishOutlineCompletion: inserts the reference back in the text {{{ -function! Tex_FinishOutlineCompletion() - if getline('.') !~ '^[>:]' - return - endif - - if getline('.') =~ '^>' - let ref_complete = matchstr(getline('.'), '^>\s\+\zs\S\+\ze') - elseif getline('.') =~ '^:' - let ref_complete = matchstr(getline(line('.')-1), '^>\s\+\zs\S\+\ze') - endif - - close - call Tex_CompleteWord(ref_complete, strlen(s:prefix)) -endfunction " }}} - -" ============================================================================== -" Functions for presenting a nicer list of bibtex entries -" ============================================================================== -" Tex_FindBibFiles: finds all .bib files used by the main file {{{ -" Description: -function! Tex_FindBibFiles() - call Tex_Debug(":Tex_FindBibFiles: ", "view") - - let mainfname = Tex_GetMainFileName(':p') - wincmd n - exec 'silent! e '.fnameescape(mainfname) - - if search('\\\(no\)\?bibliography{', 'w') - - call Tex_Debug('Tex_FindBibFiles: found bibliography command in '.bufname('%'), 'view') - - " extract the bibliography filenames from the command. - let bibnames = matchstr(getline('.'), '\\\(no\)\?bibliography{\zs.\{-}\ze}') - let bibnames = substitute(bibnames, '\s', '', 'g') - - call Tex_Debug(':Tex_FindBibFiles: trying to search through ['.bibnames.']', 'view') - - let bibfiles = '' - let i = 1 - while 1 - let bibname = Tex_Strntok(bibnames, ',', i) - if bibname == '' - break - endif - let fname = Tex_FindFile(bibname, '.,'.g:Tex_BIBINPUTS, '.bib') - if fname != '' - let bibfiles = bibfiles.fname."\n" - endif - let i = i + 1 - endwhile - - call Tex_Debug(":Tex_FindBibFiles: returning [".bibfiles."]", "view") - q - return bibfiles - - else - q - return '' - endif - -endfunction " }}} -" Tex_StartBibtexOutline: sets up an outline window {{{ - -" get the place where this plugin resides for setting cpt and dict options. -" these lines need to be outside the function. -if has('python') && Tex_GetVarValue('Tex_UsePython') - python import sys, re - exec "python sys.path += [r'". s:path . "']" - python import bibtools -endif - -function! Tex_StartCiteCompletion() - let bibfiles = Tex_FindBibFiles() - if bibfiles !~ '\S' - call Tex_SwitchToInsertMode() - echohl WarningMsg - echomsg 'No bibfiles found! Sorry' - echohl None - return - endif - - bot split __OUTLINE__ - exec Tex_GetVarValue('Tex_OutlineWindowHeight', 15).' wincmd _' - - exec 'python Tex_BibFile = bibtools.BibFile("""'.bibfiles.'""")' - exec 'python Tex_BibFile.addfilter("key ^'.s:prefix.'")' - call Tex_DisplayBibList() - - nnoremap <Plug>Tex_JumpToNextBibEntry :call search('^\S.*\]$', 'W')<CR>:call Tex_EchoBibShortcuts()<CR>z. - nnoremap <Plug>Tex_JumpToPrevBibEntry :call search('^\S.*\]$', 'bW')<CR>:call Tex_EchoBibShortcuts()<CR>z. - nnoremap <Plug>Tex_FilterBibEntries :call Tex_HandleBibShortcuts('filter')<CR> - nnoremap <Plug>Tex_RemoveBibFilters :call Tex_HandleBibShortcuts('remove_filters')<CR> - nnoremap <Plug>Tex_SortBibEntries :call Tex_HandleBibShortcuts('sort')<CR> - nnoremap <Plug>Tex_CompleteCiteEntry :call Tex_CompleteCiteEntry()<CR> - - nmap <buffer> <silent> n <Plug>Tex_JumpToNextBibEntry - nmap <buffer> <silent> p <Plug>Tex_JumpToPrevBibEntry - nmap <buffer> <silent> f <Plug>Tex_FilterBibEntries - nmap <buffer> <silent> s <Plug>Tex_SortBibEntries - nmap <buffer> <silent> a <Plug>Tex_RemoveBibFilters - nmap <buffer> <silent> q :close<CR>:call Tex_SwitchToInsertMode()<CR> - nmap <buffer> <silent> <CR> <Plug>Tex_CompleteCiteEntry - -endfunction " }}} -" Tex_DisplayBibList: displays the list of bibtex entries {{{ -" Description: -function! Tex_DisplayBibList() - " open the buffer - let _report = &report - let _cmdheight=&cmdheight - let _lazyredraw = &lazyredraw - set report=1000 - set cmdheight=1 - set lazyredraw - - setlocal modifiable - setlocal noswapfile - setlocal buftype=nowrite - setlocal bufhidden=delete - setlocal nowrap - setlocal foldmethod=marker - setlocal foldmarker=<<<,>>> - - - " delete everything in it to the blackhole - % d _ - - exec 'python Tex_CurBuf = vim.current.buffer' - exec 'python Tex_CurBuf[:] = str(Tex_BibFile).splitlines()' - - call Tex_SetupBibSyntax() - - 0 - call Tex_EchoBibShortcuts() - - " once the buffer is initialized, go back to the original settings. - setlocal nomodifiable - setlocal nomodified - let &report = _report - let &cmdheight = _cmdheight - let &lazyredraw = _lazyredraw - -endfunction " }}} -" Tex_EchoBibShortcuts: echos all the shortcuts in the status line {{{ -" Description: -function! Tex_EchoBibShortcuts() - echomsg '(a) all (f) filter (s) sort (n) next (p) previous (q) quit (<CR>) choose' -endfunction " }}} -" Tex_SetupBibSyntax: sets up the syntax items for the outline {{{ -" Description: -function! Tex_SetupBibSyntax() - syn match BibTitleHeader "^TI" contained - syn match BibAuthorHeader "^AU" contained - syn match BibLocationHeader "^IN" contained - syn match BibMiscHeader "^MI" contained - - syn match BibKeyLine '^\S.*\]$' contains=BibKey - syn match BibTitle "^TI .*" contains=BibTitleHeader - syn match BibAuthor "^AU .*" contains=BibAuthorHeader - syn match BibLocation "^IN .*" contains=BibLocationHeader - syn match BibMisc "^MI .*" contains=BibMiscHeader - - hi def link BibTitleHeader Ignore - hi def link BibAuthorHeader Ignore - hi def link BibLocationHeader Ignore - hi def link BibMiscHeader Ignore - - hi def link BibKeyLine Visual - hi def link BibTitle Type - hi def link BibAuthor Special - hi def link BibLocation Comment - hi def link BibMisc Comment -endfunction " }}} -" Tex_HandleBibShortcuts: handles user keypresses {{{ -" Description: -function! Tex_HandleBibShortcuts(command) - - if a:command == 'filter' || a:command == 'sort' - - let fieldprompt = - \ "Field acronyms: (`:let g:Tex_EchoBibFields = 0` to avoid this message)\n" . - \ " [t] title [a] author [b] booktitle \n" . - \ " [j] journal [y] year [p] bibtype \n" . - \ " (you can also enter the complete field name) \n" - - let fieldprompt = Tex_GetVarValue('Tex_BibFieldPrompt', fieldprompt) - - if Tex_GetVarValue('Tex_EchoBibFields', 1) == 1 - echo fieldprompt - endif - - let inp = input('Enter '.a:command.' criterion [field<space>value]: ') - if inp !~ '\v^\S+\s+\S.*' - echohl WarningMsg - echomsg 'Invalid filter specification. Use "field<space>value"' - echohl None - return - endif - - if inp != '' - " If the field is specified as a single character, then replace - " it with the corresponding 'full form'. - if inp =~ '^[a-z]\>' - if Tex_GetVarValue('Tex_BibAcronym_'.inp[0]) != '' - let inp = substitute(inp, '.', Tex_GetVarValue('Tex_BibAcronym_'.inp[0]), '') - elseif fieldprompt =~ '\['.inp[0].'\]' - let full = matchstr(fieldprompt, '\['.inp[0].'\] \zs\w\+\ze') - let inp = substitute(inp, '.', full, '') - endif - endif - call Tex_Debug(":Tex_HandleBibShortcuts: using inp = [".inp."]", "view") - if a:command == 'filter' - exec 'python Tex_BibFile.addfilter("'.inp.'")' - elseif a:command == 'sort' - exec "python Tex_BibFile.addsortfield(\"".inp."\")" - exec 'python Tex_BibFile.sort()' - endif - silent! call Tex_DisplayBibList() - endif - - elseif a:command == 'remove_filters' - - exec 'python Tex_BibFile.rmfilters()' - exec 'python Tex_BibFile.addfilter("key ^'.s:prefix.'")' - call Tex_DisplayBibList() - - endif - -endfunction " }}} -" Tex_CompleteCiteEntry: completes cite entry {{{ -" Description: -function! Tex_CompleteCiteEntry() - normal! 0 - call search('\[\S\+\]$', 'W') - if getline('.') !~ '\[\S\+\]$' - call search('\[\S\+\]$', 'bW') - endif - - if getline('.') !~ '\[\S\+\]$' - return - endif - - let ref = matchstr(getline('.'), '\[\zs\S\+\ze\]$') - close - call Tex_Debug(":Tex_CompleteCiteEntry: completing with ".ref, "view") - call Tex_CompleteWord(ref, strlen(s:prefix)) -endfunction " }}} - -" Tex_SwitchToInsertMode: Switch to insert mode {{{ -" Description: This is usually called when completion is finished -function! Tex_SwitchToInsertMode() - call Tex_Debug(":Tex_SwitchToInsertMode: ", "view") - if col('.') == strlen(getline('.')) - startinsert! - else - normal! l - startinsert - endif -endfunction " }}} - -com! -nargs=0 TClearCiteHist unlet! s:citeSearchHistory - -" vim:fdm=marker:nowrap:noet:ff=unix:ts=4:sw=4 diff --git a/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/version.vim b/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/version.vim deleted file mode 100644 index 3da5ef4..0000000 --- a/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/version.vim +++ /dev/null @@ -1,30 +0,0 @@ -" Tex_Version: returns a string which gives the current version number of latex-suite -" Description: -" Each time a bug fix/addition is done in any source file in latex-suite, -" not just this file, the number below has to be incremented by the author. -" This will ensure that there is a single 'global' version number for all of -" latex-suite. -" -" If a change is done in the doc/ directory, i.e an addition/change in the -" documentation, then this number should NOT be incremented. -" -" Latex-suite will follow a 3-tier system of versioning just as Vim. A -" version number will be of the form: -" -" X.Y.ZZ -" -" 'X' will only be incremented for a major over-haul or feature addition. -" 'Y' will be incremented for significant changes which do not qualify -" as major. -" 'ZZ' will be incremented for bug-fixes and very trivial additions such -" as adding an option etc. Once ZZ reaches 50, then Y will be -" incremented and ZZ will be reset to 01. Each time we have a -" version number of the form X.Y.01, then we'll make a release on -" vim.sf.net and also create a cvs tag at that point. We'll try to -" "stabilize" that version by releasing a few pre-releases and then -" keep that as a stable point. -function! Tex_Version() - return "Latex-Suite: version 1.8.23" -endfunction - -com! -nargs=0 TVersion echo Tex_Version() diff --git a/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/wizardfuncs.vim b/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/wizardfuncs.vim deleted file mode 100644 index 4a29069..0000000 --- a/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/latex-suite/wizardfuncs.vim +++ /dev/null @@ -1,376 +0,0 @@ -" File: wizardfuncs.vim -" Author: Mikolaj Machowski <mikmach@wp.pl> -" Description: -" -" Installation: -" History: pluginized by Srinath Avadhanula -"============================================================================= - -if exists('s:doneOnce') - finish -endif -let s:doneOnce = 1 - -let s:mapleader = exists('mapleader') ? mapleader : "\\" -" ============================================================================== -" Specialized functions for handling sections from command line -" ============================================================================== - -com! -nargs=? TSection call Tex_section(<f-args>) -com! -nargs=? TSectionAdvanced call Tex_section_adv(<f-args>) - -" Tex_VisSecAdv: handles visual selection for sections {{{ -function! Tex_VisSecAdv(section) - let shorttitle = input("Short title? ") - let toc = input("Include in table of contents [y]/n ? ") - let sstructure = "\\".a:section - if ( toc == "" || toc == "y" ) - let toc = "" - else - let toc = "*" - endif - if shorttitle != "" - let shorttitle = '['.shorttitle.']' - endif - exe "normal `>a}\<cr>\<esc>`<i".sstructure.toc.shorttitle."{" -endfunction - -" }}} -" Tex_InsSecAdv: section wizard in insert mode {{{ -function! Tex_InsSecAdv(structure) - let ttitle = input("Title? ") - let shorttitle = input("Short title? ") - let toc = input("Include in table of contents [y]/n ? ") - "Structure - let sstructure = "\\".a:structure - "TOC - if ( toc == "" || toc == "y" ) - let toc = "" - else - let toc = "*" - endif - "Shorttitle - if shorttitle != "" - let shorttitle = '['.shorttitle.']' - endif - "Title - let ttitle = '{'.ttitle.'}' - "Happy end? - return sstructure.toc.shorttitle.ttitle -endfunction - -" }}} -function! Tex_section(...) "{{{ - silent let pos = Tex_GetPos() - silent let last_section_value = s:Tex_section_detection() - if a:0 == 0 - silent let last_section_name = s:Tex_section_name(last_section_value) - silent call s:Tex_section_call(last_section_name) - elseif a:1 =~ "[+=\-]" - silent let sec_arg = a:1 - silent let curr_section_value = s:Tex_section_curr_rel_value(sec_arg, last_section_value) - silent let curr_section_name = s:Tex_section_name(curr_section_value) - silent call s:Tex_section_call(curr_section_name) - elseif a:1 == "?" - echo s:last_section_line - else - silent let curr_section_value = s:Tex_section_curr_value(a:1) - silent let curr_section_name = s:Tex_section_name(curr_section_value) - silent call s:Tex_section_call(curr_section_name) - endif - silent call Tex_SetPos(pos) -endfunction "}}} -function! Tex_section_adv(...) "{{{ - let pos = Tex_GetPos() - silent let last_section_value = s:Tex_section_detection() - if a:0 == 0 - silent let last_section_name = s:Tex_section_name(last_section_value) - let section = Tex_InsSecAdv(last_section_name) - elseif a:1 =~ "[+=\-]" - silent let sec_arg = a:1 - silent let curr_section_value = s:Tex_section_curr_rel_value(sec_arg, last_section_value) - silent let curr_section_name = s:Tex_section_name(curr_section_value) - let section = Tex_InsSecAdv(curr_section_name) - else - silent let curr_section_value = s:Tex_section_curr_value(a:1) - silent let curr_section_name = s:Tex_section_name(curr_section_value) - silent call s:Tex_section_call(curr_section_name) - let section = Tex_InsSecAdv(curr_section_name) - endif - exe "normal i".section - call Tex_SetPos(pos) -endfunction "}}} -function! s:Tex_section_detection() "{{{ - let pos = Tex_GetPos() - let last_section1 = search("\\\\\subparagraph\\|\\\\paragraph\\|\\\\subsubsection\\|\\\\subsection\\|\\\\section\\|\\\\chapter\\|\\\part\)", "b") - call Tex_SetPos(pos) - let last_section2 = search("\\\\\part\\|\\\\chapter\\|\\\\section\\|\\\\subsection\\|\\\\subsubsection\\|\\\\paragraph\\|\\\subparagraph\)", "b") - if last_section1 > last_section2 - let last_section = last_section1 - else - let last_section = last_section2 - endif - if last_section != 0 - exe last_section - if getline(".") =~ "\\\\part" - let last_section_value = 0 - elseif getline(".") =~ "\\\\chapter" - let last_section_value = 1 - elseif getline(".") =~ "\\\\section" - let last_section_value = 2 - elseif getline(".") =~ "\\\\subsection" - let last_section_value = 3 - elseif getline(".") =~ "\\\\subsubsection" - let last_section_value = 4 - elseif getline(".") =~ "\\\\paragraph" - let last_section_value = 5 - elseif getline(".") =~ "\\\\subparagraph" - let last_section_value = 6 - endif - let s:last_section_line = getline(".") - else - let last_section_value = 0 - endif - call Tex_SetPos(pos) - return last_section_value -endfunction "}}} -function! s:Tex_section_curr_value(sec_arg) "{{{ - if a:sec_arg == "pa" || a:sec_arg == "0" || a:sec_arg == "part" - let curr_section_value = 0 - elseif a:sec_arg == "ch" || a:sec_arg == "1" || a:sec_arg == "chapter" - let curr_section_value = 1 - elseif a:sec_arg == "se" || a:sec_arg == "2" || a:sec_arg == "section" - let curr_section_value = 2 - elseif a:sec_arg == "ss" || a:sec_arg == "3" || a:sec_arg == "subsection" - let curr_section_value = 3 - elseif a:sec_arg == "s2" || a:sec_arg == "4" || a:sec_arg == "subsubsection" - let curr_section_value = 4 - elseif a:sec_arg == "pr" || a:sec_arg == "5" || a:sec_arg == "paragraph" - let curr_section_value = 5 - elseif a:sec_arg == "sp" || a:sec_arg == "6" || a:sec_arg == "subparagraph" - let curr_section_value = 6 - endif - return curr_section_value -endfunction "}}} -function! s:Tex_section_curr_rel_value(sec_arg, last_section_value) "{{{ - let last_section_value = a:last_section_value - if a:sec_arg == "+" || a:sec_arg == "+1" - let curr_section_value = last_section_value + 1 - elseif a:sec_arg == "++" || a:sec_arg == "+2" - let curr_section_value = last_section_value + 2 - elseif a:sec_arg == "-" || a:sec_arg == "-1" - let curr_section_value = last_section_value - 1 - elseif a:sec_arg == "--" || a:sec_arg == "-2" - let curr_section_value = last_section_value - 2 - elseif a:sec_arg == "=" - let curr_section_value = last_section_value - else - exe "let curr_section_value = last_section_value".a:sec_arg - endif - if curr_section_value < 0 - let curr_section_value = 0 - elseif curr_section_value > 6 - let curr_section_value = 6 - endif - return curr_section_value -endfunction "}}} -function! s:Tex_section_name(section_value) "{{{ - if a:section_value == 0 - let section_name = "part" - elseif a:section_value == 1 - let section_name = "chapter" - elseif a:section_value == 2 - let section_name = "section" - elseif a:section_value == 3 - let section_name = "subsection" - elseif a:section_value == 4 - let section_name = "subsubsection" - elseif a:section_value == 5 - let section_name = "paragraph" - elseif a:section_value == 6 - let section_name = "subparagraph" - endif - return section_name -endfunction "}}} -function! s:Tex_section_call(section_name) "{{{ - exe "normal! i\\".a:section_name."{<++>}<++>\<Esc>0\<C-j>" -" let ret_section = "\\".a:section_name."{<++>}<++>" -" exe "normal! i\<C-r>=IMAP_PutTextWithMovement(ret_section)\<CR>" -" normal f}i -endfunction "}}} - -" ============================================================================== -" Add looking help into latexhelp.txt -" ============================================================================== - -inoremap <silent> <Plug>Tex_Help <C-o>:call <SID>TexHelp()<CR> -nnoremap <silent> <Plug>Tex_Help :call <SID>TexHelp()<CR> -command! -nargs=0 THelp call <SID>TexHelp() -call Tex_MakeMap('<F1>', '<Plug>Tex_Help', 'i', '') -call Tex_MakeMap('<F1>', '<Plug>Tex_Help', 'n', '') - -" TexHelp: Cursor being on LaTeX item check if exists help tag about it " {{{ -function! s:TexHelp() - let syntax_item = synIDattr(synID(line('.'),col('.')-1,0),"name") - if syntax_item =~ '^tex' - setlocal isk+=\ - let curword = expand('<cword>') - setlocal isk-=\ - let v:errmsg = '' - if curword =~ "^\\" || syntax_item == 'texSectionName' - exe 'silent! help '.curword - if v:errmsg =~ '^E149:' - echohl ErrorMsg - exe "echomsg 'Sorry, no help for LaTeX: ".curword."'" - echohl None - let v:errmsg = '' - endif - else - help - endif - else - help - endif -endfunction " }}} - -" ============================================================================== -" Tables of shortcuts -" ============================================================================== -" -command! -nargs=? Tshortcuts call Tex_shortcuts(<f-args>)<CR> - -" Tex_shortcuts: Show shortcuts in terminal after : command {{{ -function! Tex_shortcuts(...) - if a:0 == 0 - let shorts = input(" Allowed arguments are:" - \."\n g General" - \."\n e Environments" - \."\n f Fonts" - \."\n s Sections" - \."\n m Math" - \."\n a All" - \."\n Enter your choice (<Enter> quits) : ") - call Tex_shortcuts(shorts) - elseif a:1 == 'g' - echo g:generalshortcuts - elseif a:1 == 'e' - echo g:environmentshortcuts - elseif a:1 == 'f' - echo g:fontshortcuts - elseif a:1 == 's' - echo g:sectionshortcuts - elseif a:1 == 'm' - echo g:mathshortcuts - elseif a:1 == 'a' - echo g:generalshortcuts - echo g:environmentshortcuts - echo g:fontshortcuts - echo g:sectionshortcuts - echo g:mathshortcuts - endif - -endfunction -" }}} - -" General shortcuts {{{ -let g:generalshortcuts = '' -\."\n General shortcuts" -\."\n <mapleader> is a value of <Leader>" -\."\n ".s:mapleader.'ll compile whole document' -\."\n ".s:mapleader.'lv view compiled document' -\."\n ".s:mapleader.'ls forward searching (if possible)' -\."\n ".s:mapleader.'rf refresh folds' -" }}} -" Environment shortcuts {{{ -let g:environmentshortcuts = '' -\."\n Environment shortcuts" -\."\n <mapleader> is a value of g:Tex_Leader2" -\."\n I v&V I v&V" -\."\n ELI ".g:Tex_Leader2."li list EQN ".g:Tex_Leader2."qn quotation" -\."\n EDE ".g:Tex_Leader2."de description ESP ".g:Tex_Leader2."sb sloppypar" -\."\n EEN ".g:Tex_Leader2."en enumerate ETI ".g:Tex_Leader2."ti theindex" -\."\n EIT ".g:Tex_Leader2."it itemize ETP ".g:Tex_Leader2."tp titlepage" -\."\n ETI ".g:Tex_Leader2."ti theindex EVM ".g:Tex_Leader2."vm verbatim" -\."\n ETL ".g:Tex_Leader2."tl trivlist EVE ".g:Tex_Leader2."ve verse" -\."\n ETE ".g:Tex_Leader2."te table ETB ".g:Tex_Leader2."tb thebibliography" -\."\n ETG ".g:Tex_Leader2."tg tabbing ENO ".g:Tex_Leader2."no note" -\."\n ETR ".g:Tex_Leader2."tr tabular EOV ".g:Tex_Leader2."ov overlay" -\."\n EAR ".g:Tex_Leader2."ar array ESL ".g:Tex_Leader2."sl slide" -\."\n EDM ".g:Tex_Leader2."dm displaymath EAB ".g:Tex_Leader2."ab abstract" -\."\n EEA ".g:Tex_Leader2."ea eqnarray EAP ".g:Tex_Leader2."ap appendix" -\."\n EEQ ".g:Tex_Leader2."eq equation ECE ".g:Tex_Leader2."ce center" -\."\n EDO ".g:Tex_Leader2."do document EFI ".g:Tex_Leader2."fi figure" -\."\n EFC ".g:Tex_Leader2."fc filecontents ELR ".g:Tex_Leader2."lr lrbox" -\."\n EFL ".g:Tex_Leader2."fl flushleft EMP ".g:Tex_Leader2."mp minipage" -\."\n EFR ".g:Tex_Leader2."fr flushright EPI ".g:Tex_Leader2."pi picture" -\."\n EMA ".g:Tex_Leader2."ma math EQE ".g:Tex_Leader2."qe quote" -" }}} -" Font shortcuts {{{ -let g:fontshortcuts = '' -\."\n Font shortcuts" -\."\n <mapleader> is a value of g:Tex_Leader" -\."\n Shortcuts Effects" -\."\n I v&V I&v V" -\."\n FBF ".g:Tex_Leader."bf \\textbf{} {\\bfseries }" -\."\n FMD ".g:Tex_Leader."md \\textmd{} {\\mdseries }" -\."\n" -\."\n FTT ".g:Tex_Leader."tt \\texttt{} {\\ttfamily }" -\."\n FSF ".g:Tex_Leader."sf \\textsf{} {\\sffamily }" -\."\n FRM ".g:Tex_Leader."rm \\textrm{} {\\rmfamily }" -\."\n" -\."\n FUP ".g:Tex_Leader."up \\textup{} {\\upshape }" -\."\n FSL ".g:Tex_Leader."sl \\textsl{} {\\slshape }" -\."\n FSC ".g:Tex_Leader."sc \\textsc{} {\\scshape }" -\."\n FIT ".g:Tex_Leader."it \\textit{} {\\itshape }" -" }}} -" Section shortcuts {{{ -let g:sectionshortcuts = '' -\."\n Section shortcuts" -\."\n <mapleader> is a value of g:Tex_Leader2" -\."\n I v&V" -\."\n SPA ".g:Tex_Leader2."pa part" -\."\n SCH ".g:Tex_Leader2."ch chapter" -\."\n SSE ".g:Tex_Leader2."se section" -\."\n SSS ".g:Tex_Leader2."ss subsection" -\."\n SS2 ".g:Tex_Leader2."s2 subsubsection" -\."\n SPG ".g:Tex_Leader2."pg paragraph" -\."\n SSP ".g:Tex_Leader2."sp subparagraph" -" }}} -" Math shortcuts {{{ -let g:mathshortcuts = '' -\."\n Math shortcuts - Insert mode" -\."\n `a \\alpha `b \\beta" -\."\n `g \\gamma `d \\delta" -\."\n `e \\varepsilon `z \\zeta" -\."\n `h \\eta `q \\theta" -\."\n `i \\iota `k \\kappa" -\."\n `l \\lambda `m \\mu" -\."\n `n \\nu `x \\xi" -\."\n `p \\pi `r \\rho" -\."\n `s \\sigma `v \\varsigma" -\."\n `t \\tau `u \\upsilon" -\."\n `f \\varphi `c \\chi" -\."\n `y \\psi `w \\omega" -\."\n `A \\Alpha `B \\Beta" -\."\n `G \\Gamma `D \\Delta" -\."\n `E \\Epsilon `Z \\mathrm{Z}" -\."\n `H \\Eta `K \\Kappa" -\."\n `L \\Lambda `M \\Mu" -\."\n `N \\Nu `X \\Xi" -\."\n `P \\Pi `R \\Rho" -\."\n `S \\Sigma `T \\Tau" -\."\n `U \\Upsilon `C \\Chi" -\."\n `Y \\Psi `W \\Omega" -\."\n `( \\subset `) \\Subset" -\."\n `= \\equiv =~ \\approx" -\."\n `- \\bigcap `+ \\bigcup" -\."\n `. \\cdot `* \\times" -\."\n `\\ \\setminus `@ \\circ" -\."\n `& \\wedge `, \\nonumber" -\."\n `8 \\infty `_ \\bar{}" -\."\n `: \\ddot{} `; \\dot{}" -\."\n `^ \\hat{} `~ \\tilde{}" -\."\n `6 \\partial" -" }}} - -" vim:fdm=marker:ff=unix:noet:ts=4:sw=4 diff --git a/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/tex_latexSuite.vim b/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/tex_latexSuite.vim deleted file mode 100644 index 7ad5acc..0000000 --- a/src/vim-latex/ftplugin/tex_latexSuite.vim +++ /dev/null @@ -1,13 +0,0 @@ -" LaTeX filetype -" Language: LaTeX (ft=tex) -" Maintainer: Srinath Avadhanula -" Email: srinath@fastmail.fm - -if !exists('s:initLatexSuite') - let s:initLatexSuite = 1 - exec 'so '.fnameescape(expand('<sfile>:p:h').'/latex-suite/main.vim') - - silent! do LatexSuite User LatexSuiteInitPost -endif - -silent! do LatexSuite User LatexSuiteFileType diff --git a/src/vim-latex/indent/tex.vim b/src/vim-latex/indent/tex.vim deleted file mode 100644 index 76e260b..0000000 --- a/src/vim-latex/indent/tex.vim +++ /dev/null @@ -1,226 +0,0 @@ -" Vim indent file -" Language: LaTeX -" Maintainer: Johannes Tanzler <johannes.tanzler@gmail.com> -" Version: 0.5 -" Created: Sat, 16 Feb 2002 16:50:19 +0100 -" Last Change: Mar, 27 Jun 2011 11:46:35 +0200 -" Last Update: 18th feb 2002, by LH : -" (*) better support for the option -" (*) use some regex instead of several '||'. -" Oct 9th, 2003, by JT: -" (*) don't change indentation of lines starting with '%' -" 2005/06/15, Moshe Kaminsky <kaminsky@math.huji.ac.il> -" (*) New variables: -" g:tex_items, g:tex_itemize_env, g:tex_noindent_env -" 2011/3/6, by Zhou Yi Chao <broken.zhou@gmail.com> -" (*) Don't change indentation of lines starting with '%' -" I don't see any code with '%' and it doesn't work properly -" so I add some code. -" (*) New features: Add smartindent-like indent -" for "{}" and "[]". -" (*) New variables: g:tex_indent_brace -" -" Options: {{{ -" -" To set the following options (ok, currently it's just one), add a line like -" let g:tex_indent_items = 1 -" to your ~/.vimrc. -" -" * g:tex_indent_brace -" -" If this variable is unset or non-zero, it will use smartindent-like style -" for "{}" and "[]" -" -" * g:tex_indent_items -" -" If this variable is set, item-environments are indented like Emacs does -" it, i.e., continuation lines are indented with a shiftwidth. -" -" NOTE: I've already set the variable below; delete the corresponding line -" if you don't like this behaviour. -" -" Per default, it is unset. -" -" set unset -" ---------------------------------------------------------------- -" \begin{itemize} \begin{itemize} -" \item blablabla \item blablabla -" bla bla bla bla bla bla -" \item blablabla \item blablabla -" bla bla bla bla bla bla -" \end{itemize} \end{itemize} -" -" -" * g:tex_items -" -" A list of tokens to be considered as commands for the beginning of an item -" command. The tokens should be separated with '\|'. The initial '\' should -" be escaped. The default is '\\bibitem\|\\item'. -" -" * g:tex_itemize_env -" -" A list of environment names, separated with '\|', where the items (item -" commands matching g:tex_items) may appear. The default is -" 'itemize\|description\|enumerate\|thebibliography'. -" -" * g:tex_noindent_env -" -" A list of environment names. separated with '\|', where no indentation is -" required. The default is 'document\|verbatim\|comment\|lstlisting'. -" -" }}} -" -" License: {{{ -" Copyright (c) 2002-2011 Johannes Tanzler <johannes.tanzler@gmail.com> - -" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining -" a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the -" "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including -" without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, -" distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to -" permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to -" the following conditions: -" -" The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included -" in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. -" -" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, -" EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF -" MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. -" IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY -" CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, -" TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE -" SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. -" }}} - -if exists("b:did_indent") - finish -endif -let b:did_indent = 1 - -" Delete the next line to avoid the special indention of items -if !exists("g:tex_indent_items") - let g:tex_indent_items = 1 -endif -if !exists("g:tex_indent_brace") - let g:tex_indent_brace = 1 -endif -if g:tex_indent_items - if !exists("g:tex_itemize_env") - let g:tex_itemize_env = 'itemize\|description\|enumerate\|thebibliography' - endif - if !exists('g:tex_items') - let g:tex_items = '\\bibitem\|\\item' - endif -else - let g:tex_items = '' -endif - -if !exists("g:tex_noindent_env") - let g:tex_noindent_env = 'document\|verbatim\|comment\|lstlisting' -endif - -setlocal autoindent -setlocal nosmartindent -setlocal indentexpr=GetTeXIndent() -exec 'setlocal indentkeys+=},]' . substitute(g:tex_items, '^\|\(\\|\)', ',=', 'g') -let g:tex_items = '^\s*' . g:tex_items - - -" Only define the function once -if exists("*GetTeXIndent") | finish -endif - - - -function GetTeXIndent() - - " Find a non-blank line above the current line. - let lnum = prevnonblank(v:lnum - 1) - - " New code for comments: Comments is not what we need. - while lnum != 0 - if getline(lnum) !~ '^\s*%' - break - endif - let lnum = prevnonblank(lnum - 1) - endwhile - - " At the start of the file use zero indent. - if lnum == 0 | return 0 - endif - - let ind = indent(lnum) - let line = getline(lnum) " last line - let cline = getline(v:lnum) " current line - - " New code for comment: retain the indent of current line - if cline =~ '^\s*%' - return indent(v:lnum) - endif - - " Add a 'shiftwidth' after beginning of environments. - " Don't add it for \begin{document} and \begin{verbatim} - ""if line =~ '^\s*\\begin{\(.*\)}' && line !~ 'verbatim' - " LH modification : \begin does not always start a line - if line =~ '\\begin{.*}' && line !~ g:tex_noindent_env - - let ind = ind + &sw - - if g:tex_indent_items - " Add another sw for item-environments - if line =~ g:tex_itemize_env - let ind = ind + &sw - endif - endif - endif - - - " Subtract a 'shiftwidth' when an environment ends - if cline =~ '^\s*\\end' && cline !~ g:tex_noindent_env - - if g:tex_indent_items - " Remove another sw for item-environments - if cline =~ g:tex_itemize_env - let ind = ind - &sw - endif - endif - - let ind = ind - &sw - endif - - if g:tex_indent_brace - " Add a 'shiftwidth' after a "{" or "[" while there are not "}" and "]" - " after them. \m for magic - if line =~ '\m\(\(\[[^\]]*\)\|\({[^}]*\)\)$' - let ind = ind + &sw - endif - " Remove a 'shiftwidth' after a "}" or "]" while there are not "{" and "[" - " before them. \m for magic - if cline =~ '\m^\(\([^\[]*\]\)\|\([^{]*}\)\)' - let ind = ind - &sw - endif - endif - - - " Special treatment for 'item' - " ---------------------------- - - if g:tex_indent_items - - " '\item' or '\bibitem' itself: - if cline =~ g:tex_items - let ind = ind - &sw - endif - - " lines following to '\item' are intented once again: - if line =~ g:tex_items - let ind = ind + &sw - endif - - endif - - return ind -endfunction - -" vim: set sw=4 textwidth=78: diff --git a/src/vim-latex/latextags b/src/vim-latex/latextags deleted file mode 100755 index 01b6596..0000000 --- a/src/vim-latex/latextags +++ /dev/null @@ -1,11 +0,0 @@ -#!/usr/bin/perl - -foreach $fname (@ARGV) { - $tags = `fgrep \\label $fname`; - @tagsList = split('\n', $tags); - foreach $tag (@tagsList) { - $tag =~ /.*\\label{([^}]*)}/; - $tagName = $1; - print "$tagName\t$fname\t/label{$tagName}/\n"; - } -} diff --git a/src/vim-latex/ltags b/src/vim-latex/ltags deleted file mode 100755 index bec7c56..0000000 --- a/src/vim-latex/ltags +++ /dev/null @@ -1,78 +0,0 @@ -#!/usr/bin/perl -# Author: Dimitri Antoniou <dimitri@risc2.aecom.yu.edu> -# usage: ltags filename -# handles: \label and \cite{ } with one or more arguments -# fails if arguments of cite spread over more than one line -# also searches in files that are \include or \input in the main file - -# get main LaTeX source file from command line: -$mainfile = shift; - -# get names of included files and store them in an array -open MAIN, $mainfile or die "$!" ; -@mainfile=<MAIN>; -@allsrcfiles = map{ /^\\(?:input|include){(.*?)}/ } @mainfile; -unshift @allsrcfiles, $mainfile; - -# loop over all source files -for $srcfile (@allsrcfiles) { - # if \input{fname} append .tex to fname - unless ( $srcfile =~ m/\.tex/ ) { $srcfile = $srcfile . "\.tex" } - open SRC, $srcfile or die "$!" ; - # store contents of source file in array @texfile - @texfile=<SRC>; - - # store lines with \label and \cite (or \citeonline) in arrays - @labelList = grep{ /\\label{/ } @texfile; - @citeList = grep{ /\\(cite|citeonline){/ } @texfile; - - # see if we use an external database; if yes, store its name in $bibfile - ($dbase) = grep{ /^\\bibliography{/ } @texfile; - if ($dbase) { - $dbase =~ m/\\bibliography{(.*?)}/; - $bibfile = $1; - } - - # write \bibitem in tags file - @mrefs=(); - @refs=(); - @multirefs=(); - foreach (@citeList) { - while ( m/\\(?:cite|citeonline){(.*?)}/g ) { - $refs = $1; - # if \cite has more than one argument, split them: - if ($refs =~ /,/) { - @mrefs = split /,/, $refs; - # there might be more than one \cite in a line: - push (@multirefs, @mrefs); - } - else { - @refs = ($refs); - push (@multirefs, @refs); - } - } - # in BibTeX, format is @ARTICLE{Name, }; in source file, \bibitem{Name} - for $ref (@multirefs) { - if ( $dbase ) { - push @unsorttag, "$ref\t$bibfile\t/{$ref,/\n" - } - else { - push @unsorttag, "$ref\t$srcfile\t/bibitem{$ref}/\n" - } - } - } - - # write \label in tag file - foreach (@labelList) { - m/\\label{(.*?)}/; - push @unsorttag, "$1\t$srcfile\t/label{$1}/\n"; - } -} - -# sort tag file; then, eliminate duplicates -@sortedtag = sort @unsorttag; -%seen = (); -@uniqtag = grep { ! $seen{$_} ++ } @sortedtag; - -open(TAGS, "> tags"); -print TAGS @uniqtag; diff --git a/src/vim-latex/plugin/SyntaxFolds.vim b/src/vim-latex/plugin/SyntaxFolds.vim deleted file mode 100644 index 27c622c..0000000 --- a/src/vim-latex/plugin/SyntaxFolds.vim +++ /dev/null @@ -1,323 +0,0 @@ -" ============================================================================== -" File: syntaxFolds.vim -" Author: Srinath Avadhanula -" ( srinath@fastmail.fm ) -" Last Change: Sun Oct 27 01:00 AM 2002 PST -" Description: Emulation of the syntax folding capability of vim using manual -" folding -" -" This script provides an emulation of the syntax folding of vim using manual -" folding. Just as in syntax folding, the folds are defined by regions. Each -" region is specified by a call to FoldRegions() which accepts 4 parameters: -" -" call FoldRegions(startpat, endpat, startoff, endoff) -" -" startpat: a line matching this pattern defines the beginning of a fold. -" endpat : a line matching this pattern defines the end of a fold. -" startoff: this is the offset from the starting line at which folding will -" actually start -" endoff : like startoff, but gives the offset of the actual fold end from -" the line satisfying endpat. -" startoff and endoff are necessary when the folding region does -" not have a specific end pattern corresponding to a start -" pattern. for example in latex, -" \begin{section} -" defines the beginning of a section, but its not necessary to -" have a corresponding -" \end{section} -" the section is assumed to end 1 line _before_ another section -" starts. -" startskip: a pattern which defines the beginning of a "skipped" region. -" -" For example, suppose we define a \itemize fold as follows: -" startpat = '^\s*\\item', -" endpat = '^\s*\\item\|^\s*\\end{\(enumerate\|itemize\|description\)}', -" startoff = 0, -" endoff = -1 -" -" This defines a fold which starts with a line beginning with an -" \item and ending one line before a line beginning with an -" \item or \end{enumerate} etc. -" -" Then, as long as \item's are not nested things are fine. -" However, once items begin to nest, the fold started by one -" \item can end because of an \item in an \itemize -" environment within this \item. i.e, the following can happen: -" -" \begin{itemize} -" \item Some text <------- fold will start here -" This item will contain a nested item -" \begin{itemize} <----- fold will end here because next line contains \item... -" \item Hello -" \end{itemize} <----- ... instead of here. -" \item Next item of the parent itemize -" \end{itemize} -" -" Therefore, in order to completely define a folding item which -" allows nesting, we need to also define a "skip" pattern. -" startskip and end skip do that. -" Leave '' when there is no nesting. -" endskip: the pattern which defines the end of the "skip" pattern for -" nested folds. -" -" Example: -" 1. A syntax fold region for a latex section is -" startpat = "\\section{" -" endpat = "\\section{" -" startoff = 0 -" endoff = -1 -" startskip = '' -" endskip = '' -" Note that the start and end patterns are thus the same and endoff has a -" negative value to capture the effect of a section ending one line before -" the next starts. -" 2. A syntax fold region for the \itemize environment is: -" startpat = '^\s*\\item', -" endpat = '^\s*\\item\|^\s*\\end{\(enumerate\|itemize\|description\)}', -" startoff = 0, -" endoff = -1, -" startskip = '^\s*\\begin{\(enumerate\|itemize\|description\)}', -" endskip = '^\s*\\end{\(enumerate\|itemize\|description\)}' -" Note the use of startskip and endskip to allow nesting. -" -" -" Each time a call is made to FoldRegions(), all the regions (which might be -" disjoint, but not nested) are folded up. -" Nested folds can be created by successive calls to FoldRegions(). The first -" call defines the region which is deepest in the folding. See MakeTexFolds() -" for an idea of how this works for latex files. - -" Function: AddSyntaxFoldItem (start, end, startoff, endoff [, skipStart, skipEnd]) {{{ -function! AddSyntaxFoldItem(start, end, startoff, endoff, ...) - if a:0 > 0 - let skipStart = a:1 - let skipEnd = a:2 - else - let skipStart = '' - let skipEnd = '' - end - if !exists('b:numFoldItems') - let b:numFoldItems = 0 - end - let b:numFoldItems = b:numFoldItems + 1 - - exe 'let b:startPat_'.b:numFoldItems.' = a:start' - exe 'let b:endPat_'.b:numFoldItems.' = a:end' - exe 'let b:startOff_'.b:numFoldItems.' = a:startoff' - exe 'let b:endOff_'.b:numFoldItems.' = a:endoff' - exe 'let b:skipStartPat_'.b:numFoldItems.' = skipStart' - exe 'let b:skipEndPat_'.b:numFoldItems.' = skipEnd' -endfunction - - -" }}} -" Function: MakeSyntaxFolds (force) {{{ -" Description: This function calls FoldRegions() several times with the -" parameters specifying various regions resulting in a nested fold -" structure for the file. -function! MakeSyntaxFolds(force, ...) - if exists('b:doneFolding') && a:force == 0 - return - end - - let skipEndPattern = '' - if a:0 > 0 - let line1 = a:1 - let skipEndPattern = '\|'.a:2 - else - let line1 = 1 - let r = line('.') - let c = virtcol('.') - - setlocal fdm=manual - normal! zE - end - if !exists('b:numFoldItems') - b:numFoldItems = 1000000 - end - - let i = 1 - - let maxline = line('.') - - while exists('b:startPat_'.i) && i <= b:numFoldItems - exe 'let startPat = b:startPat_'.i - exe 'let endPat = b:endPat_'.i - exe 'let startOff = b:startOff_'.i - exe 'let endOff = b:endOff_'.i - - let skipStart = '' - let skipEnd = '' - if exists('b:skipStartPat_'.i) - exe 'let skipStart = b:skipStartPat_'.i - exe 'let skipEnd = b:skipEndPat_'.i - end - exe line1 - let lastLoc = line1 - - if skipStart != '' - call InitStack('BeginSkipArray') - call FoldRegionsWithSkip(startPat, endPat, startOff, endOff, skipStart, skipEnd, 1, line('$')) - " call PrintError('done folding ['.startPat.']') - else - call FoldRegionsWithNoSkip(startPat, endPat, startOff, endOff, 1, line('$'), '') - end - - let i = i + 1 - endwhile - - exe maxline - - if a:0 == 0 - exe r - exe "normal! ".c."|" - if foldlevel(r) > 1 - exe "normal! ".(foldlevel(r) - 1)."zo" - end - let b:doneFolding = 0 - end -endfunction - - -" }}} -" FoldRegionsWithSkip: folding things such as \item's which can be nested. {{{ -function! FoldRegionsWithSkip(startpat, endpat, startoff, endoff, startskip, endskip, line1, line2) - exe a:line1 - " count the regions which have been skipped as we go along. do not want to - " create a fold which with a beginning or end line in one of the skipped - " regions. - let skippedRegions = '' - - " start searching for either the starting pattern or the end pattern. - while search(a:startskip.'\|'.a:endskip, 'W') - - if getline('.') =~ a:endskip - - let lastBegin = Pop('BeginSkipArray') - " call PrintError('popping '.lastBegin.' from stack and folding till '.line('.')) - call FoldRegionsWithNoSkip(a:startpat, a:endpat, a:startoff, a:endoff, lastBegin, line('.'), skippedRegions) - let skippedRegions = skippedRegions.lastBegin.','.line('.').'|' - - - " if this is the beginning of a skip region, then, push this line as - " the beginning of a skipped region. - elseif getline('.') =~ a:startskip - - " call PrintError('pushing '.line('.').' ['.getline('.').'] into stack') - call Push('BeginSkipArray', line('.')) - - end - endwhile - - " call PrintError('with skip starting at '.a:line1.' returning at line# '.line('.')) -endfunction - -" }}} -" FoldRegionsWithNoSkip: folding things such as \sections which do not nest. {{{ -function! FoldRegionsWithNoSkip(startpat, endpat, startoff, endoff, line1, line2, skippedRegions) - exe a:line1 - - " call PrintError('line1 = '.a:line1.', searching from '.line('.').'... for ['.a:startpat.'') - let lineBegin = s:MySearch(a:startpat, 'in') - " call PrintError('... and finding it at '.lineBegin) - - while lineBegin <= a:line2 - if IsInSkippedRegion(lineBegin, a:skippedRegions) - let lineBegin = s:MySearch(a:startpat, 'out') - " call PrintError(lineBegin.' is being skipped') - continue - end - let lineEnd = s:MySearch(a:endpat, 'out') - while IsInSkippedRegion(lineEnd, a:skippedRegions) && lineEnd <= a:line2 - let lineEnd = s:MySearch(a:endpat, 'out') - endwhile - if lineEnd > a:line2 - exe (lineBegin + a:startoff).','.a:line2.' fold' - break - else - " call PrintError ('for ['.a:startpat.'] '.(lineBegin + a:startoff).','.(lineEnd + a:endoff).' fold') - exe (lineBegin + a:startoff).','.(lineEnd + a:endoff).' fold' - end - - " call PrintError('line1 = '.a:line1.', searching from '.line('.').'... for ['.a:startpat.'') - let lineBegin = s:MySearch(a:startpat, 'in') - " call PrintError('... and finding it at '.lineBegin) - endwhile - - exe a:line2 - return -endfunction - -" }}} -" InitStack: initialize a stack {{{ -function! InitStack(name) - exe 'let s:'.a:name.'_numElems = 0' -endfunction -" }}} -" Push: push element into stack {{{ -function! Push(name, elem) - exe 'let numElems = s:'.a:name.'_numElems' - let numElems = numElems + 1 - exe 'let s:'.a:name.'_Element_'.numElems.' = a:elem' - exe 'let s:'.a:name.'_numElems = numElems' -endfunction -" }}} -" Pop: pops element off stack {{{ -function! Pop(name) - exe 'let numElems = s:'.a:name.'_numElems' - if numElems == 0 - return '' - else - exe 'let ret = s:'.a:name.'_Element_'.numElems - let numElems = numElems - 1 - exe 'let s:'.a:name.'_numElems = numElems' - return ret - end -endfunction -" }}} -" MySearch: just like search(), but returns large number on failure {{{ -function! <SID>MySearch(pat, opt) - if a:opt == 'in' - if getline('.') =~ a:pat - let ret = line('.') - else - let ret = search(a:pat, 'W') - end - else - normal! $ - let ret = search(a:pat, 'W') - end - - if ret == 0 - let ret = line('$') + 1 - end - return ret -endfunction -" }}} -" Function: IsInSkippedRegion (lnum, regions) {{{ -" Description: finds whether a given line number is within one of the regions -" skipped. -function! IsInSkippedRegion(lnum, regions) - let i = 1 - let subset = s:Strntok(a:regions, '|', i) - while subset != '' - let n1 = s:Strntok(subset, ',', 1) - let n2 = s:Strntok(subset, ',', 2) - if a:lnum >= n1 && a:lnum <= n2 - return 1 - end - - let subset = s:Strntok(a:regions, '|', i) - let i = i + 1 - endwhile - - return 0 -endfunction " }}} -" Function: Strntok (string, tok, n) {{{ -" extract the n^th token from s seperated by tok. -" example: Strntok('1,23,3', ',', 2) = 23 -fun! <SID>Strntok(s, tok, n) - return matchstr( a:s.a:tok[0], '\v(\zs([^'.a:tok.']*)\ze['.a:tok.']){'.a:n.'}') -endfun " }}} - -" vim600:fdm=marker diff --git a/src/vim-latex/plugin/filebrowser.vim b/src/vim-latex/plugin/filebrowser.vim deleted file mode 100644 index 4be8c46..0000000 --- a/src/vim-latex/plugin/filebrowser.vim +++ /dev/null @@ -1,250 +0,0 @@ -" filebrowser.vim: utility file for vim 6.2+ -" -" Copyright: Srinath Avadhanula <srinath AT fastmail DOT fm> -" Parts of this file are taken from explorer.vim which is a plugin file -" distributed with vim under the Vim charityware license. -" License: distributed under the Vim charityware license. -" -" Settings: -" FB_CallBackFunction: the function name which gets called when the user -" presses <cr> on a file-name in the file browser. -" FB_AllowRegexp: A filename has to match this regexp to be displayed. -" FB_RejectRegexp: If a filename matches this regexp, then its not displayed. -" (Both these regexps are '' by default which means no filtering is -" done). - -" line continuation used here. -let s:save_cpo = &cpo -set cpo&vim - -"====================================================================== -" Globally visible functions (API) -"====================================================================== -" FB_OpenFileBrowser: opens a new buffer and displays the file list {{{ -" Description: -function! FB_OpenFileBrowser(dir) - if !isdirectory(a:dir) - return - endif - if exists('s:FB_BufferNumber') - if bufwinnr(s:FB_BufferNumber) != -1 - execute bufwinnr(s:FB_BufferNumber).' wincmd w' - return - endif - execute 'aboveleft split #'.s:FB_BufferNumber - else - aboveleft split __Choose_File__ - let s:FB_BufferNumber = bufnr('%') - endif - call FB_DisplayFiles(a:dir) -endfunction " }}} -" FB_DisplayFiles: displays the files in a given directory {{{ -" Description: -" Call this function only when the cursor is in a temporary buffer -function! FB_DisplayFiles(dir) - if !isdirectory(a:dir) - return - endif - call s:FB_SetSilentSettings() - " make this a "scratch" buffer - call s:FB_SetScratchSettings() - - let allowRegexp = s:FB_GetVar('FB_AllowRegexp', '') - let rejectRegexp = s:FB_GetVar('FB_RejectRegexp', '') - - " change to the directory to make processing simpler. - execute "lcd ".a:dir - " delete everything in the buffer. - " IMPORTANT: we need to be in a scratch buffer - 0,$ d_ - - let allFilenames = glob('*') - let dispFiles = "" - let subDirs = "../\n" - - let allFilenames = allFilenames."\n" - let start = 0 - while 1 - let next = stridx(allFilenames, "\n", start) - let filename = strpart(allFilenames, start, next-start) - if filename == "" - break - endif - - if isdirectory(filename) - let subDirs = subDirs.filename."/\n" - else - if allowRegexp != '' && filename !~ allowRegexp - elseif rejectRegexp != '' && filename =~ rejectRegexp - else - let dispFiles = dispFiles.filename."\n" - endif - endif - - let start = next + 1 - endwhile - - 0put!=dispFiles - 0put!=subDirs - " delte the last empty line resulting from the put - $ d_ - - call s:FB_SetHighlighting() - call s:FB_DisplayHelp() - call s:FB_SetMaps() - - " goto the first file/directory - 0 - call search('^"=', 'w') - normal! j:<bs> - - set nomodified nomodifiable - - call s:FB_ResetSilentSettings() -endfunction " }}} -" FB_SetVar: sets script local variables from outside this script {{{ -" Description: -function! FB_SetVar(varname, value) - let s:{a:varname} = a:value -endfunction " }}} - -" ============================================================================== -" Script local functions below this -" ============================================================================== -" FB_SetHighlighting: sets syntax highlighting for the buffer {{{ -" Description: -" Origin: from explorer.vim in vim -function! <SID>FB_SetHighlighting() - " Set up syntax highlighting - " Something wrong with the evaluation of the conditional though... - if has("syntax") && exists("g:syntax_on") && !has("syntax_items") - syn match browseSynopsis "^\"[ -].*" - syn match browseDirectory "[^\"].*/ " - syn match browseDirectory "[^\"].*/$" - syn match browseCurDir "^\"= .*$" - syn match browseSortBy "^\" Sorted by .*$" contains=browseSuffixInfo - syn match browseSuffixInfo "(.*)$" contained - syn match browseFilter "^\" Not Showing:.*$" - syn match browseFiletime "«\d\+$" - - "hi def link browseSynopsis PreProc - hi def link browseSynopsis Special - hi def link browseDirectory Directory - hi def link browseCurDir Statement - hi def link browseSortBy String - hi def link browseSuffixInfo Type - hi def link browseFilter String - hi def link browseFiletime Ignore - hi def link browseSuffixes Type - endif -endfunction " }}} -" FB_SetMaps: sets buffer local maps {{{ -" Description: -function! <SID>FB_SetMaps() - nnoremap <buffer> <silent> q :bdelete<cr> - nnoremap <buffer> <silent> C :call FB_DisplayFiles(getcwd())<CR> - nnoremap <buffer> <silent> <esc> :bdelete<cr> - nnoremap <buffer> <silent> <CR> :call <SID>FB_EditEntry()<CR> - nnoremap <buffer> <silent> ? :call <SID>FB_ToggleHelp()<CR> - - " lock the user in this window - nnoremap <buffer> <C-w> <nop> -endfunction " }}} -" FB_SetSilentSettings: some settings which make things silent {{{ -" Description: -" Origin: from explorer.vim distributed with vim. -function! <SID>FB_SetSilentSettings() - let s:save_report=&report - let s:save_showcmd = &sc - set report=10000 noshowcmd -endfunction -" FB_ResetSilentSettings: reset settings set by FB_SetSilentSettings -" Description: -function! <SID>FB_ResetSilentSettings() - let &report=s:save_report - let &showcmd = s:save_showcmd -endfunction " }}} -" FB_SetScratchSettings: makes the present buffer a scratch buffer {{{ -" Description: -function! <SID>FB_SetScratchSettings() - " Turn off the swapfile, set the buffer type so that it won't get - " written, and so that it will get deleted when it gets hidden. - setlocal noreadonly modifiable - setlocal noswapfile - setlocal buftype=nowrite - setlocal bufhidden=delete - " Don't wrap around long lines - setlocal nowrap -endfunction - -" }}} -" FB_ToggleHelp: toggles verbosity of help {{{ -" Description: -function! <SID>FB_ToggleHelp() - let s:FB_VerboseHelp = 1 - s:FB_GetVar('FB_VerboseHelp', 0) - - call FB_DisplayFiles('.') -endfunction " }}} -" FB_DisplayHelp: displays a helpful header {{{ -" Description: -function! <SID>FB_DisplayHelp() - let verboseHelp = s:FB_GetVar('FB_VerboseHelp', 0) - if verboseHelp - let txt = - \ "\" <cr>: on file, choose the file and quit\n" - \ ."\" on dir, enter directory\n" - \ ."\" q/<esc>: quit without choosing\n" - \ ."\" C: change directory to getcwd()\n" - \ ."\" ?: toggle help verbosity\n" - \ ."\"= ".getcwd() - else - let txt = "\" ?: toggle help verbosity\n" - \ ."\"= ".getcwd() - endif - 0put!=txt -endfunction " }}} -" FB_EditEntry: handles the user pressing <enter> on a line {{{ -" Description: -function! <SID>FB_EditEntry() - let line = getline('.') - - if isdirectory(line) - call FB_DisplayFiles(line) - endif - - " If the user has a call back function defined on choosing a file, handle - " it. - let cbf = s:FB_GetVar('FB_CallBackFunction', '') - if cbf != '' && line !~ '^" ' && filereadable(line) - let fname = fnamemodify(line, ':p') - bdelete - - let arguments = s:FB_GetVar('FB_CallBackFunctionArgs', '') - if arguments != '' - let arguments = ','.arguments - endif - call Tex_Debug('arguments = '.arguments, 'fb') - call Tex_Debug("call ".cbf."('".fname."'".arguments.')', 'fb') - exec "call ".cbf."('".fname."'".arguments.')' - endif -endfunction " }}} -" FB_GetVar: gets the most local value of a variable {{{ -function! <SID>FB_GetVar(name, default) - if exists('s:'.a:name) - return s:{a:name} - elseif exists('w:'.a:name) - return w:{a:name} - elseif exists('b:'.a:name) - return b:{a:name} - elseif exists('g:'.a:name) - return g:{a:name} - else - return a:default - endif -endfunction - -" }}} - -let &cpo = s:save_cpo - -" vim:fdm=marker:ff=unix:noet:ts=4:sw=4:nowrap diff --git a/src/vim-latex/plugin/imaps.vim b/src/vim-latex/plugin/imaps.vim deleted file mode 100644 index 28023be..0000000 --- a/src/vim-latex/plugin/imaps.vim +++ /dev/null @@ -1,831 +0,0 @@ -" File: imaps.vim -" Authors: Srinath Avadhanula <srinath AT fastmail.fm> -" Benji Fisher <benji AT member.AMS.org> -" -" WWW: http://cvs.sourceforge.net/cgi-bin/viewcvs.cgi/vim-latex/vimfiles/plugin/imaps.vim?only_with_tag=MAIN -" -" Description: insert mode template expander with cursor placement -" while preserving filetype indentation. -" -" $Id: imaps.vim 997 2006-03-20 09:45:45Z srinathava $ -" -" Documentation: {{{ -" -" Motivation: -" this script provides a way to generate insert mode mappings which do not -" suffer from some of the problem of mappings and abbreviations while allowing -" cursor placement after the expansion. It can alternatively be thought of as -" a template expander. -" -" Consider an example. If you do -" -" imap lhs something -" -" then a mapping is set up. However, there will be the following problems: -" 1. the 'ttimeout' option will generally limit how easily you can type the -" lhs. if you type the left hand side too slowly, then the mapping will not -" be activated. -" 2. if you mistype one of the letters of the lhs, then the mapping is -" deactivated as soon as you backspace to correct the mistake. -" -" If, in order to take care of the above problems, you do instead -" -" iab lhs something -" -" then the timeout problem is solved and so is the problem of mistyping. -" however, abbreviations are only expanded after typing a non-word character. -" which causes problems of cursor placement after the expansion and invariably -" spurious spaces are inserted. -" -" Usage Example: -" this script attempts to solve all these problems by providing an emulation -" of imaps wchich does not suffer from its attendant problems. Because maps -" are activated without having to press additional characters, therefore -" cursor placement is possible. furthermore, file-type specific indentation is -" preserved, because the rhs is expanded as if the rhs is typed in literally -" by the user. -" -" The script already provides some default mappings. each "mapping" is of the -" form: -" -" call IMAP (lhs, rhs, ft) -" -" Some characters in the RHS have special meaning which help in cursor -" placement. -" -" Example One: -" -" call IMAP ("bit`", "\\begin{itemize}\<cr>\\item <++>\<cr>\\end{itemize}<++>", "tex") -" -" This effectively sets up the map for "bit`" whenever you edit a latex file. -" When you type in this sequence of letters, the following text is inserted: -" -" \begin{itemize} -" \item * -" \end{itemize}<++> -" -" where * shows the cursor position. The cursor position after inserting the -" text is decided by the position of the first "place-holder". Place holders -" are special characters which decide cursor placement and movement. In the -" example above, the place holder characters are <+ and +>. After you have typed -" in the item, press <C-j> and you will be taken to the next set of <++>'s. -" Therefore by placing the <++> characters appropriately, you can minimize the -" use of movement keys. -" -" NOTE: Set g:Imap_UsePlaceHolders to 0 to disable placeholders altogether. -" Set -" g:Imap_PlaceHolderStart and g:Imap_PlaceHolderEnd -" to something else if you want different place holder characters. -" Also, b:Imap_PlaceHolderStart and b:Imap_PlaceHolderEnd override the values -" of g:Imap_PlaceHolderStart and g:Imap_PlaceHolderEnd respectively. This is -" useful for setting buffer specific place hoders. -" -" Example Two: -" You can use the <C-r> command to insert dynamic elements such as dates. -" call IMAP ('date`', "\<c-r>=strftime('%b %d %Y')\<cr>", '') -" -" sets up the map for date` to insert the current date. -" -"--------------------------------------%<-------------------------------------- -" Bonus: This script also provides a command Snip which puts tearoff strings, -" '----%<----' above and below the visually selected range of lines. The -" length of the string is chosen to be equal to the longest line in the range. -" Recommended Usage: -" '<,'>Snip -"--------------------------------------%<-------------------------------------- -" }}} - -" line continuation used here. -let s:save_cpo = &cpo -set cpo&vim - -" ============================================================================== -" Script Options / Variables -" ============================================================================== -" Options {{{ -if !exists('g:Imap_StickyPlaceHolders') - let g:Imap_StickyPlaceHolders = 1 -endif -if !exists('g:Imap_DeleteEmptyPlaceHolders') - let g:Imap_DeleteEmptyPlaceHolders = 1 -endif -" }}} -" Variables {{{ -" s:LHS_{ft}_{char} will be generated automatically. It will look like -" s:LHS_tex_o = 'fo\|foo\|boo' and contain all mapped sequences ending in "o". -" s:Map_{ft}_{lhs} will be generated automatically. It will look like -" s:Map_c_foo = 'for(<++>; <++>; <++>)', the mapping for "foo". -" -" }}} - -" ============================================================================== -" functions for easy insert mode mappings. -" ============================================================================== -" IMAP: Adds a "fake" insert mode mapping. {{{ -" For example, doing -" IMAP('abc', 'def' ft) -" will mean that if the letters abc are pressed in insert mode, then -" they will be replaced by def. If ft != '', then the "mapping" will be -" specific to the files of type ft. -" -" Using IMAP has a few advantages over simply doing: -" imap abc def -" 1. with imap, if you begin typing abc, the cursor will not advance and -" long as there is a possible completion, the letters a, b, c will be -" displayed on on top of the other. using this function avoids that. -" 2. with imap, if a backspace or arrow key is pressed before completing -" the word, then the mapping is lost. this function allows movement. -" (this ofcourse means that this function is only limited to -" left-hand-sides which do not have movement keys or unprintable -" characters) -" It works by only mapping the last character of the left-hand side. -" when this character is typed in, then a reverse lookup is done and if -" the previous characters consititute the left hand side of the mapping, -" the previously typed characters and erased and the right hand side is -" inserted - -" IMAP: set up a filetype specific mapping. -" Description: -" "maps" the lhs to rhs in files of type 'ft'. If supplied with 2 -" additional arguments, then those are assumed to be the placeholder -" characters in rhs. If unspecified, then the placeholder characters -" are assumed to be '<+' and '+>' These placeholder characters in -" a:rhs are replaced with the users setting of -" [bg]:Imap_PlaceHolderStart and [bg]:Imap_PlaceHolderEnd settings. -" -function! IMAP(lhs, rhs, ft, ...) - - " Find the place holders to save for IMAP_PutTextWithMovement() . - if a:0 < 2 - let phs = '<+' - let phe = '+>' - else - let phs = a:1 - let phe = a:2 - endif - - let hash = s:Hash(a:lhs) - let s:Map_{a:ft}_{hash} = a:rhs - let s:phs_{a:ft}_{hash} = phs - let s:phe_{a:ft}_{hash} = phe - - " Add a:lhs to the list of left-hand sides that end with lastLHSChar: - let lastLHSChar = a:lhs[strlen(a:lhs)-1] - let hash = s:Hash(lastLHSChar) - if !exists("s:LHS_" . a:ft . "_" . hash) - let s:LHS_{a:ft}_{hash} = escape(a:lhs, '\') - else - let s:LHS_{a:ft}_{hash} = escape(a:lhs, '\') .'\|'. s:LHS_{a:ft}_{hash} - endif - - " map only the last character of the left-hand side. - if lastLHSChar == ' ' - let lastLHSChar = '<space>' - end - exe 'inoremap <silent>' - \ escape(lastLHSChar, '|') - \ '<C-r>=<SID>LookupCharacter("' . - \ escape(lastLHSChar, '\|"') . - \ '")<CR>' -endfunction - -" }}} -" IMAP_list: list the rhs and place holders corresponding to a:lhs {{{ -" -" Added mainly for debugging purposes, but maybe worth keeping. -function! IMAP_list(lhs) - let char = a:lhs[strlen(a:lhs)-1] - let charHash = s:Hash(char) - if exists("s:LHS_" . &ft ."_". charHash) && a:lhs =~ s:LHS_{&ft}_{charHash} - let ft = &ft - elseif exists("s:LHS__" . charHash) && a:lhs =~ s:LHS__{charHash} - let ft = "" - else - return "" - endif - let hash = s:Hash(a:lhs) - return "rhs = " . s:Map_{ft}_{hash} . " place holders = " . - \ s:phs_{ft}_{hash} . " and " . s:phe_{ft}_{hash} -endfunction -" }}} -" LookupCharacter: inserts mapping corresponding to this character {{{ -" -" This function extracts from s:LHS_{&ft}_{a:char} or s:LHS__{a:char} -" the longest lhs matching the current text. Then it replaces lhs with the -" corresponding rhs saved in s:Map_{ft}_{lhs} . -" The place-holder variables are passed to IMAP_PutTextWithMovement() . -function! s:LookupCharacter(char) - if IMAP_GetVal('Imap_FreezeImap', 0) == 1 - return a:char - endif - let charHash = s:Hash(a:char) - - " The line so far, including the character that triggered this function: - let text = strpart(getline("."), 0, col(".")-1) . a:char - " Prefer a local map to a global one, even if the local map is shorter. - " Is this what we want? Do we care? - " Use '\V' (very no-magic) so that only '\' is special, and it was already - " escaped when building up s:LHS_{&ft}_{charHash} . - if exists("s:LHS_" . &ft . "_" . charHash) - \ && text =~ "\\C\\V\\(" . s:LHS_{&ft}_{charHash} . "\\)\\$" - let ft = &ft - elseif exists("s:LHS__" . charHash) - \ && text =~ "\\C\\V\\(" . s:LHS__{charHash} . "\\)\\$" - let ft = "" - else - " If this is a character which could have been used to trigger an - " abbreviation, check if an abbreviation exists. - if a:char !~ '\k' - let lastword = matchstr(getline('.'), '\k\+$', '') - call IMAP_Debug('getting lastword = ['.lastword.']', 'imap') - if lastword != '' - " An extremeley wierd way to get around the fact that vim - " doesn't have the equivalent of the :mapcheck() function for - " abbreviations. - let _a = @a - exec "redir @a | silent! iab ".lastword." | redir END" - let abbreviationRHS = matchstr(@a."\n", "\n".'i\s\+'.lastword.'\s\+@\?\zs.*\ze'."\n") - - call IMAP_Debug('getting abbreviationRHS = ['.abbreviationRHS.']', 'imap') - - if @a =~ "No abbreviation found" || abbreviationRHS == "" - let @a = _a - return a:char - endif - - let @a = _a - let abbreviationRHS = escape(abbreviationRHS, '\<"') - exec 'let abbreviationRHS = "'.abbreviationRHS.'"' - - let lhs = lastword.a:char - let rhs = abbreviationRHS.a:char - let phs = IMAP_GetPlaceHolderStart() - let phe = IMAP_GetPlaceHolderEnd() - else - return a:char - endif - else - return a:char - endif - endif - " Find the longest left-hand side that matches the line so far. - " matchstr() returns the match that starts first. This automatically - " ensures that the longest LHS is used for the mapping. - if !exists('lhs') || !exists('rhs') - let lhs = matchstr(text, "\\C\\V\\(" . s:LHS_{ft}_{charHash} . "\\)\\$") - let hash = s:Hash(lhs) - let rhs = s:Map_{ft}_{hash} - let phs = s:phs_{ft}_{hash} - let phe = s:phe_{ft}_{hash} - endif - - if strlen(lhs) == 0 - return a:char - endif - " enough back-spaces to erase the left-hand side; -1 for the last - " character typed: - let bs = substitute(strpart(lhs, 1), ".", "\<bs>", "g") - return bs . IMAP_PutTextWithMovement(rhs, phs, phe) -endfunction - -" }}} -" IMAP_PutTextWithMovement: returns the string with movement appended {{{ -" Description: -" If a:str contains "placeholders", then appends movement commands to -" str in a way that the user moves to the first placeholder and enters -" insert or select mode. If supplied with 2 additional arguments, then -" they are assumed to be the placeholder specs. Otherwise, they are -" assumed to be '<+' and '+>'. These placeholder chars are replaced -" with the users settings of [bg]:Imap_PlaceHolderStart and -" [bg]:Imap_PlaceHolderEnd. -function! IMAP_PutTextWithMovement(str, ...) - - " The placeholders used in the particular input string. These can be - " different from what the user wants to use. - if a:0 < 2 - let phs = '<+' - let phe = '+>' - else - let phs = escape(a:1, '\') - let phe = escape(a:2, '\') - endif - - let text = a:str - - " The user's placeholder settings. - let phsUser = IMAP_GetPlaceHolderStart() - let pheUser = IMAP_GetPlaceHolderEnd() - - " Problem: depending on the setting of the 'encoding' option, a character - " such as "\xab" may not match itself. We try to get around this by - " changing the encoding of all our strings. At the end, we have to - " convert text back. - let phsEnc = s:Iconv(phs, "encode") - let pheEnc = s:Iconv(phe, "encode") - let phsUserEnc = s:Iconv(phsUser, "encode") - let pheUserEnc = s:Iconv(pheUser, "encode") - let textEnc = s:Iconv(text, "encode") - if textEnc != text - let textEncoded = 1 - else - let textEncoded = 0 - endif - - let pattern = '\V\(\.\{-}\)' .phs. '\(\.\{-}\)' .phe. '\(\.\*\)' - " If there are no placeholders, just return the text. - if textEnc !~ pattern - call IMAP_Debug('Not getting '.phs.' and '.phe.' in '.textEnc, 'imap') - return text - endif - " Break text up into "initial <+template+> final"; any piece may be empty. - let initialEnc = substitute(textEnc, pattern, '\1', '') - let templateEnc = substitute(textEnc, pattern, '\2', '') - let finalEnc = substitute(textEnc, pattern, '\3', '') - - " If the user does not want to use placeholders, then remove all but the - " first placeholder. - " Otherwise, replace all occurences of the placeholders here with the - " user's choice of placeholder settings. - if exists('g:Imap_UsePlaceHolders') && !g:Imap_UsePlaceHolders - let finalEnc = substitute(finalEnc, '\V'.phs.'\.\{-}'.phe, '', 'g') - else - let finalEnc = substitute(finalEnc, '\V'.phs.'\(\.\{-}\)'.phe, - \ phsUserEnc.'\1'.pheUserEnc, 'g') - endif - - " The substitutions are done, so convert back, if necessary. - if textEncoded - let initial = s:Iconv(initialEnc, "decode") - let template = s:Iconv(templateEnc, "decode") - let final = s:Iconv(finalEnc, "decode") - else - let initial = initialEnc - let template = templateEnc - let final = finalEnc - endif - - " Build up the text to insert: - " 1. the initial text plus an extra character; - " 2. go to Normal mode with <C-\><C-N>, so it works even if 'insertmode' - " is set, and mark the position; - " 3. replace the extra character with tamplate and final; - " 4. back to Normal mode and restore the cursor position; - " 5. call IMAP_Jumpfunc(). - let template = phsUser . template . pheUser - " Old trick: insert and delete a character to get the same behavior at - " start, middle, or end of line and on empty lines. - let text = initial . "X\<C-\>\<C-N>:call IMAP_Mark('set')\<CR>\"_s" - let text = text . template . final - let text = text . "\<C-\>\<C-N>:call IMAP_Mark('go')\<CR>" - let text = text . "i\<C-r>=IMAP_Jumpfunc('', 1)\<CR>" - - call IMAP_Debug('IMAP_PutTextWithMovement: text = ['.text.']', 'imap') - return text -endfunction - -" }}} -" IMAP_Jumpfunc: takes user to next <+place-holder+> {{{ -" Author: Luc Hermitte -" Arguments: -" direction: flag for the search() function. If set to '', search forwards, -" if 'b', then search backwards. See the {flags} argument of the -" |search()| function for valid values. -" inclusive: In vim, the search() function is 'exclusive', i.e we always goto -" next cursor match even if there is a match starting from the -" current cursor position. Setting this argument to 1 makes -" IMAP_Jumpfunc() also respect a match at the current cursor -" position. 'inclusive'ness is necessary for IMAP() because a -" placeholder string can occur at the very beginning of a map which -" we want to select. -" We use a non-zero value only in special conditions. Most mappings -" should use a zero value. -function! IMAP_Jumpfunc(direction, inclusive) - - " The user's placeholder settings. - let phsUser = IMAP_GetPlaceHolderStart() - let pheUser = IMAP_GetPlaceHolderEnd() - - let searchString = '' - " If this is not an inclusive search or if it is inclusive, but the - " current cursor position does not contain a placeholder character, then - " search for the placeholder characters. - if !a:inclusive || strpart(getline('.'), col('.')-1) !~ '\V\^'.phsUser - let searchString = '\V'.phsUser.'\_.\{-}'.pheUser - endif - - " If we didn't find any placeholders return quietly. - if searchString != '' && !search(searchString, a:direction) - return '' - endif - - " Open any closed folds and make this part of the text visible. - silent! foldopen! - - " Calculate if we have an empty placeholder or if it contains some - " description. - let template = - \ matchstr(strpart(getline('.'), col('.')-1), - \ '\V\^'.phsUser.'\zs\.\{-}\ze\('.pheUser.'\|\$\)') - let placeHolderEmpty = !strlen(template) - - " If we are selecting in exclusive mode, then we need to move one step to - " the right - let extramove = '' - if &selection == 'exclusive' - let extramove = 'l' - endif - - " Select till the end placeholder character. - let movement = "\<C-o>v/\\V".pheUser."/e\<CR>".extramove - - " First remember what the search pattern was. s:RemoveLastHistoryItem will - " reset @/ to this pattern so we do not create new highlighting. - let g:Tex_LastSearchPattern = @/ - - " Now either goto insert mode or select mode. - if placeHolderEmpty && g:Imap_DeleteEmptyPlaceHolders - " delete the empty placeholder into the blackhole. - return movement."\"_c\<C-o>:".s:RemoveLastHistoryItem."\<CR>" - else - return movement."\<C-\>\<C-N>:".s:RemoveLastHistoryItem."\<CR>gv\<C-g>" - endif - -endfunction - -" }}} -" Maps for IMAP_Jumpfunc {{{ -" -" These mappings use <Plug> and thus provide for easy user customization. When -" the user wants to map some other key to jump forward, he can do for -" instance: -" nmap ,f <plug>IMAP_JumpForward -" etc. - -" jumping forward and back in insert mode. -imap <silent> <Plug>IMAP_JumpForward <c-r>=IMAP_Jumpfunc('', 0)<CR> -imap <silent> <Plug>IMAP_JumpBack <c-r>=IMAP_Jumpfunc('b', 0)<CR> - -" jumping in normal mode -nmap <silent> <Plug>IMAP_JumpForward i<c-r>=IMAP_Jumpfunc('', 0)<CR> -nmap <silent> <Plug>IMAP_JumpBack i<c-r>=IMAP_Jumpfunc('b', 0)<CR> - -" deleting the present selection and then jumping forward. -vmap <silent> <Plug>IMAP_DeleteAndJumpForward "_<Del>i<c-r>=IMAP_Jumpfunc('', 0)<CR> -vmap <silent> <Plug>IMAP_DeleteAndJumpBack "_<Del>i<c-r>=IMAP_Jumpfunc('b', 0)<CR> - -" jumping forward without deleting present selection. -vmap <silent> <Plug>IMAP_JumpForward <C-\><C-N>i<c-r>=IMAP_Jumpfunc('', 0)<CR> -vmap <silent> <Plug>IMAP_JumpBack <C-\><C-N>`<i<c-r>=IMAP_Jumpfunc('b', 0)<CR> - -" }}} -" Default maps for IMAP_Jumpfunc {{{ -" map only if there is no mapping already. allows for user customization. -" NOTE: Default mappings for jumping to the previous placeholder are not -" provided. It is assumed that if the user will create such mappings -" hself if e so desires. -if !hasmapto('<Plug>IMAP_JumpForward', 'i') - imap <C-J> <Plug>IMAP_JumpForward -endif -if !hasmapto('<Plug>IMAP_JumpForward', 'n') - nmap <C-J> <Plug>IMAP_JumpForward -endif -if exists('g:Imap_StickyPlaceHolders') && g:Imap_StickyPlaceHolders - if !hasmapto('<Plug>IMAP_JumpForward', 'v') - vmap <C-J> <Plug>IMAP_JumpForward - endif -else - if !hasmapto('<Plug>IMAP_DeleteAndJumpForward', 'v') - vmap <C-J> <Plug>IMAP_DeleteAndJumpForward - endif -endif -" }}} - -nmap <silent> <script> <plug><+SelectRegion+> `<v`> - -" ============================================================================== -" enclosing selected region. -" ============================================================================== -" VEnclose: encloses the visually selected region with given arguments {{{ -" Description: allows for differing action based on visual line wise -" selection or visual characterwise selection. preserves the -" marks and search history. -function! VEnclose(vstart, vend, VStart, VEnd) - - " its characterwise if - " 1. characterwise selection and valid values for vstart and vend. - " OR - " 2. linewise selection and invalid values for VStart and VEnd - if (visualmode() ==# 'v' && (a:vstart != '' || a:vend != '')) || (a:VStart == '' && a:VEnd == '') - - let newline = "" - let _r = @r - - let normcmd = "normal! \<C-\>\<C-n>`<v`>\"_s" - - exe "normal! \<C-\>\<C-n>`<v`>\"ry" - if @r =~ "\n$" - let newline = "\n" - let @r = substitute(@r, "\n$", '', '') - endif - - " In exclusive selection, we need to select an extra character. - if &selection == 'exclusive' - let movement = 8 - else - let movement = 7 - endif - let normcmd = normcmd. - \ a:vstart."!!mark!!".a:vend.newline. - \ "\<C-\>\<C-N>?!!mark!!\<CR>v".movement."l\"_s\<C-r>r\<C-\>\<C-n>" - - " this little if statement is because till very recently, vim used to - " report col("'>") > length of selected line when `> is $. on some - " systems it reports a -ve number. - if col("'>") < 0 || col("'>") > strlen(getline("'>")) - let lastcol = strlen(getline("'>")) - else - let lastcol = col("'>") - endif - if lastcol - col("'<") != 0 - let len = lastcol - col("'<") - else - let len = '' - endif - - " the next normal! is for restoring the marks. - let normcmd = normcmd."`<v".len."l\<C-\>\<C-N>" - - " First remember what the search pattern was. s:RemoveLastHistoryItem - " will reset @/ to this pattern so we do not create new highlighting. - let g:Tex_LastSearchPattern = @/ - - silent! exe normcmd - " this is to restore the r register. - let @r = _r - " and finally, this is to restore the search history. - execute s:RemoveLastHistoryItem - - else - - exec 'normal! `<O'.a:VStart."\<C-\>\<C-n>" - exec 'normal! `>o'.a:VEnd."\<C-\>\<C-n>" - if &indentexpr != '' - silent! normal! `<kV`>j= - endif - silent! normal! `> - endif -endfunction - -" }}} -" ExecMap: adds the ability to correct an normal/visual mode mapping. {{{ -" Author: Hari Krishna Dara <hari_vim@yahoo.com> -" Reads a normal mode mapping at the command line and executes it with the -" given prefix. Press <BS> to correct and <Esc> to cancel. -function! ExecMap(prefix, mode) - " Temporarily remove the mapping, otherwise it will interfere with the - " mapcheck call below: - let myMap = maparg(a:prefix, a:mode) - exec a:mode."unmap ".a:prefix - - " Generate a line with spaces to clear the previous message. - let i = 1 - let clearLine = "\r" - while i < &columns - let clearLine = clearLine . ' ' - let i = i + 1 - endwhile - - let mapCmd = a:prefix - let foundMap = 0 - let breakLoop = 0 - echon "\rEnter Map: " . mapCmd - while !breakLoop - let char = getchar() - if char !~ '^\d\+$' - if char == "\<BS>" - let mapCmd = strpart(mapCmd, 0, strlen(mapCmd) - 1) - endif - else " It is the ascii code. - let char = nr2char(char) - if char == "\<Esc>" - let breakLoop = 1 - else - let mapCmd = mapCmd . char - if maparg(mapCmd, a:mode) != "" - let foundMap = 1 - let breakLoop = 1 - elseif mapcheck(mapCmd, a:mode) == "" - let mapCmd = strpart(mapCmd, 0, strlen(mapCmd) - 1) - endif - endif - endif - echon clearLine - echon "\rEnter Map: " . mapCmd - endwhile - if foundMap - if a:mode == 'v' - " use a plug to select the region instead of using something like - " `<v`> to avoid problems caused by some of the characters in - " '`<v`>' being mapped. - let gotoc = "\<plug><+SelectRegion+>" - else - let gotoc = '' - endif - exec "normal ".gotoc.mapCmd - endif - exec a:mode.'noremap '.a:prefix.' '.myMap -endfunction - -" }}} - -" ============================================================================== -" helper functions -" ============================================================================== -" Strntok: extract the n^th token from a list {{{ -" example: Strntok('1,23,3', ',', 2) = 23 -fun! <SID>Strntok(s, tok, n) - return matchstr( a:s.a:tok[0], '\v(\zs([^'.a:tok.']*)\ze['.a:tok.']){'.a:n.'}') -endfun - -" }}} -" s:RemoveLastHistoryItem: removes last search item from search history {{{ -" Description: Execute this string to clean up the search history. -let s:RemoveLastHistoryItem = ':call histdel("/", -1)|let @/=g:Tex_LastSearchPattern' - -" }}} -" s:Hash: Return a version of a string that can be used as part of a variable" {{{ -" name. -" Converts every non alphanumeric character into _{ascii}_ where {ascii} is -" the ASCII code for that character... -fun! s:Hash(text) - return substitute(a:text, '\([^[:alnum:]]\)', - \ '\="_".char2nr(submatch(1))."_"', 'g') -endfun -"" }}} -" IMAP_GetPlaceHolderStart and IMAP_GetPlaceHolderEnd: "{{{ -" return the buffer local placeholder variables, or the global one, or the default. -function! IMAP_GetPlaceHolderStart() - if exists("b:Imap_PlaceHolderStart") && strlen(b:Imap_PlaceHolderEnd) - return b:Imap_PlaceHolderStart - elseif exists("g:Imap_PlaceHolderStart") && strlen(g:Imap_PlaceHolderEnd) - return g:Imap_PlaceHolderStart - else - return "<+" -endfun -function! IMAP_GetPlaceHolderEnd() - if exists("b:Imap_PlaceHolderEnd") && strlen(b:Imap_PlaceHolderEnd) - return b:Imap_PlaceHolderEnd - elseif exists("g:Imap_PlaceHolderEnd") && strlen(g:Imap_PlaceHolderEnd) - return g:Imap_PlaceHolderEnd - else - return "+>" -endfun -" }}} -" s:Iconv: a wrapper for iconv()" {{{ -" Problem: after -" let text = "\xab" -" (or using the raw 8-bit ASCII character in a file with 'fenc' set to -" "latin1") if 'encoding' is set to utf-8, then text does not match itself: -" echo text =~ text -" returns 0. -" Solution: When this happens, a re-encoded version of text does match text: -" echo iconv(text, "latin1", "utf8") =~ text -" returns 1. In this case, convert text to utf-8 with iconv(). -" TODO: Is it better to use &encoding instead of "utf8"? Internally, vim -" uses utf-8, and can convert between latin1 and utf-8 even when compiled with -" -iconv, so let's try using utf-8. -" Arguments: -" a:text = text to be encoded or decoded -" a:mode = "encode" (latin1 to utf8) or "decode" (utf8 to latin1) -" Caution: do not encode and then decode without checking whether the text -" has changed, becuase of the :if clause in encoding! -function! s:Iconv(text, mode) - if a:mode == "decode" - return iconv(a:text, "utf8", "latin1") - endif - if a:text =~ '\V\^' . escape(a:text, '\') . '\$' - return a:text - endif - let textEnc = iconv(a:text, "latin1", "utf8") - if textEnc !~ '\V\^' . escape(a:text, '\') . '\$' - call IMAP_Debug('Encoding problems with text '.a:text.' ', 'imap') - endif - return textEnc -endfun -"" }}} -" IMAP_Debug: interface to Tex_Debug if available, otherwise emulate it {{{ -" Description: -" Do not want a memory leak! Set this to zero so that imaps always -" starts out in a non-debugging mode. -if !exists('g:Imap_Debug') - let g:Imap_Debug = 0 -endif -function! IMAP_Debug(string, pattern) - if !g:Imap_Debug - return - endif - if exists('*Tex_Debug') - call Tex_Debug(a:string, a:pattern) - else - if !exists('s:debug_'.a:pattern) - let s:debug_{a:pattern} = a:string - else - let s:debug_{a:pattern} = s:debug_{a:pattern}.a:string - endif - endif -endfunction " }}} -" IMAP_DebugClear: interface to Tex_DebugClear if avaialable, otherwise emulate it {{{ -" Description: -function! IMAP_DebugClear(pattern) - if exists('*Tex_DebugClear') - call Tex_DebugClear(a:pattern) - else - let s:debug_{a:pattern} = '' - endif -endfunction " }}} -" IMAP_PrintDebug: interface to Tex_DebugPrint if avaialable, otherwise emulate it {{{ -" Description: -function! IMAP_PrintDebug(pattern) - if exists('*Tex_PrintDebug') - call Tex_PrintDebug(a:pattern) - else - if exists('s:debug_'.a:pattern) - echo s:debug_{a:pattern} - endif - endif -endfunction " }}} -" IMAP_Mark: Save the cursor position (if a:action == 'set') in a" {{{ -" script-local variable; restore this position if a:action == 'go'. -let s:Mark = "(0,0)" -let s:initBlanks = '' -function! IMAP_Mark(action) - if a:action == 'set' - let s:Mark = "(" . line(".") . "," . col(".") . ")" - let s:initBlanks = matchstr(getline('.'), '^\s*') - elseif a:action == 'go' - execute "call cursor" s:Mark - let blanksNow = matchstr(getline('.'), '^\s*') - if strlen(blanksNow) > strlen(s:initBlanks) - execute 'silent! normal! '.(strlen(blanksNow) - strlen(s:initBlanks)).'l' - elseif strlen(blanksNow) < strlen(s:initBlanks) - execute 'silent! normal! '.(strlen(s:initBlanks) - strlen(blanksNow)).'h' - endif - endif -endfunction "" }}} -" IMAP_GetVal: gets the value of a variable {{{ -" Description: first checks window local, then buffer local etc. -function! IMAP_GetVal(name, ...) - if a:0 > 0 - let default = a:1 - else - let default = '' - endif - if exists('w:'.a:name) - return w:{a:name} - elseif exists('b:'.a:name) - return b:{a:name} - elseif exists('g:'.a:name) - return g:{a:name} - else - return default - endif -endfunction " }}} - -" ============================================================================== -" A bonus function: Snip() -" ============================================================================== -" Snip: puts a scissor string above and below block of text {{{ -" Desciption: -"-------------------------------------%<------------------------------------- -" this puts a the string "--------%<---------" above and below the visually -" selected block of lines. the length of the 'tearoff' string depends on the -" maximum string length in the selected range. this is an aesthetically more -" pleasing alternative instead of hardcoding a length. -"-------------------------------------%<------------------------------------- -function! <SID>Snip() range - let i = a:firstline - let maxlen = -2 - " find out the maximum virtual length of each line. - while i <= a:lastline - exe i - let length = virtcol('$') - let maxlen = (length > maxlen ? length : maxlen) - let i = i + 1 - endwhile - let maxlen = (maxlen > &tw && &tw != 0 ? &tw : maxlen) - let half = maxlen/2 - exe a:lastline - " put a string below - exe "norm! o\<esc>".(half - 1)."a-\<esc>A%<\<esc>".(half - 1)."a-" - " and above. its necessary to put the string below the block of lines - " first because that way the first line number doesnt change... - exe a:firstline - exe "norm! O\<esc>".(half - 1)."a-\<esc>A%<\<esc>".(half - 1)."a-" -endfunction - -com! -nargs=0 -range Snip :<line1>,<line2>call <SID>Snip() -" }}} - -let &cpo = s:save_cpo - -" vim:ft=vim:ts=4:sw=4:noet:fdm=marker:commentstring=\"\ %s:nowrap diff --git a/src/vim-latex/plugin/libList.vim b/src/vim-latex/plugin/libList.vim deleted file mode 100644 index 7d72c3e..0000000 --- a/src/vim-latex/plugin/libList.vim +++ /dev/null @@ -1,249 +0,0 @@ -" File: libList.vim -" Last Change: 2001 Dec 10 -" Maintainer: Gontran BAERTS <gbcreation@free.fr> -" Version: 0.1 -" -" Please don't hesitate to correct my english :) -" Send corrections to <gbcreation@free.fr> -" -"----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -" Description: libList.vim is a set of functions to work with lists or one -" level arrays. -" -"----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -" To Enable: Normally, this file will reside in your plugins directory and be -" automatically sourced. -" -"----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -" Usage: Lists are strings variable with values separated by g:listSep -" character (comma" by default). You may redefine g:listSep variable as you -" wish. -" -" Here are available functions : -" -" - AddListItem( array, newItem, index ) : -" Add item "newItem" to array "array" at "index" position -" - GetListItem( array, index ) : -" Return item at "index" position in array "array" -" - GetListMatchItem( array, pattern ) : -" Return item matching "pattern" in array "array" -" - GetListCount( array ) : -" Return the number of items in array "array" -" - RemoveListItem( array, index ) : -" Remove item at "index" position from array "array" -" - ReplaceListItem( array, index, item ) : -" Remove item at "index" position by "item" in array "array" -" - ExchangeListItems( array, item1Index, item2Index ) : -" Exchange item "item1Index" with item "item2Index" in array "array" -" - QuickSortList( array, beg, end ) : -" Return array "array" with items between "beg" and "end" sorted -" -" Example: -" let mylist="" -" echo GetListCount( mylist ) " --> 0 -" let mylist = AddListItem( mylist, "One", 0 ) " mylist == "One" -" let mylist = AddListItem( mylist, "Three", 1 ) " mylist == "One,Three" -" let mylist = AddListItem( mylist, "Two", 1 ) " mylist == "One,Two,Three" -" echo GetListCount( mylist ) " --> 3 -" echo GetListItem( mylist, 2 ) " --> Three -" echo GetListMatchItem( mylist, "w" ) " --> two -" echo GetListMatchItem( mylist, "e" ) " --> One -" let mylist = RemoveListItem( mylist, 2 ) " mylist == "One,Two" -" echo GetListCount( mylist ) " --> 2 -" let mylist = ReplaceListItem( mylist, 0, "Three" ) " mylist == "Three,Two" -" let mylist = ExchangeListItems( mylist, 0, 1 ) " mylist == "Two,Three" -" let mylist = AddListItem( mylist, "One", 0 ) " mylist == "One,Two,Three" -" let mylist = QuickSortList( mylist, 0, GetListCount(mylist)-1 ) -" " mylist == "One,Three,Two" -" -"----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -" Updates: -" in version 0.1 -" - First version - -" Has this already been loaded ? -if exists("loaded_libList") - finish -endif -let loaded_libList=1 - -"** -" Separator: -" You may change the separator character et any time. -"** -let g:listSep = "," - -"** -"AddListItem: -" Add new item at given position. -" First item index is 0 (zero). -"Parameters: -" - array : Array/List (string of values) which receives the new item. -" - newItem : String containing the item value to add. -" - index : Integer indicating the position at which the new item is added. -" It must be greater than or equals to 0 (zero). -"Return: -"String containing array values, including newItem. -"** -function AddListItem( array, newItem, index ) - if a:index == 0 - if a:array == "" - return a:newItem - endif - return a:newItem . g:listSep . a:array - endif - return substitute( a:array, '\(\%(^\|' . g:listSep . '\)[^' . g:listSep . ']\+\)\{' . a:index . '\}', '\0' . g:listSep . a:newItem , "" ) -endfunction - -"** -"GetListItem: -" Get item at given position. -"Parameters: -" - array : Array/List (string of values). -" - index : Integer indicating the position of item to return. -" It must be greater than or equals to 0 (zero). -"Return: -"String representing the item. -"** -function GetListItem( array, index ) - if a:index == 0 - return matchstr( a:array, '^[^' . g:listSep . ']\+' ) - else - return matchstr( a:array, "[^" . g:listSep . "]\\+", matchend( a:array, '\(\%(^\|' . g:listSep . '\)[^' . g:listSep . ']\+\)\{' . a:index . '\}' . g:listSep ) ) - endif -endfunction - -"** -"GetListMatchItem: -" Get the first item matching given pattern. -"Parameters: -" - array : Array/List (string of values). -" - pattern : Regular expression to match with items. -" Avoid to use ^, $ and listSep characters in pattern, unless you -" know what you do. -"Return: -"String representing the first item that matches the pattern. -"** -function GetListMatchItem( array, pattern ) - return matchstr( a:array, '[^' . g:listSep . ']*' . a:pattern . '[^' . g:listSep . ']*' ) -endfunction - -"** -"ReplaceListItem: -" Replace item at given position by a new one. -"Parameters: -" - array : Array/List (string of values). -" - index : Integer indicating the position of item to replace. -" It must be greater than or equals to 0 (zero). -" - item : String containing the new value of the replaced item. -"Return: -"String containing array values. -"** -function ReplaceListItem( array, index, item ) - if a:index == 0 - return substitute( a:array, '^[^' .g:listSep. ']\+', a:item, "" ) - else - return substitute( a:array, '\(\%(\%(^\|' . g:listSep . '\)[^' . g:listSep . ']\+\)\{' . a:index . '\}\)' . g:listSep . '[^' . g:listSep . ']\+', '\1' . g:listSep . a:item , "" ) - endif -endfunction - -"** -"RemoveListItem: -" Remove item at given position. -"Parameters: -" - array : Array/List (string of values) from which remove an item. -" - index : Integer indicating the position of item to remove. -" It must be greater than or equals to 0 (zero). -"Return: -"String containing array values, except the removed one. -"** -function RemoveListItem( array, index ) - if a:index == 0 - return substitute( a:array, '^[^' .g:listSep. ']\+\(' . g:listSep . '\|$\)', "", "" ) - else - return substitute( a:array, '\(\%(\%(^\|' . g:listSep . '\)[^' . g:listSep . ']\+\)\{' . a:index . '\}\)' . g:listSep . '[^' . g:listSep . ']\+', '\1', "" ) - endif -endfunction - -"** -"ExchangeListItems: -" Exchange item at position item1Index with item at position item2Index. -"Parameters: -" - array : Array/List (string of values). -" - item1index : Integer indicating the position of the first item to exchange. -" It must be greater than or equals to 0 (zero). -" - item2index : Integer indicating the position of the second item to -" exchange. It must be greater than or equals to 0 (zero). -"Return: -"String containing array values. -"** -function ExchangeListItems( array, item1Index, item2Index ) - let item1 = GetListItem( a:array, a:item1Index ) - let array = ReplaceListItem( a:array, a:item1Index, GetListItem( a:array, a:item2Index ) ) - return ReplaceListItem( array, a:item2Index, item1 ) -endfunction - -"** -"GetListCount: -" Number of items in array. -"Parameters: -" - array : Array/List (string of values). -"Return: -"Integer representing the number of items in array. -"Index of last item is GetListCount(array)-1. -"** -function GetListCount( array ) - if a:array == "" | return 0 | endif - let pos = 0 - let cnt = 0 - while pos != -1 - let pos = matchend( a:array, g:listSep, pos ) - let cnt = cnt + 1 - endwhile - return cnt -endfunction - -"** -"QuickSortList: -" Sort array. -"Parameters: -" - array : Array/List (string of values). -" - beg : Min index of the range of items to sort. -" - end : Max index of the range of items to sort. -"Return: -"String containing array values with indicated range of items sorted. -"** -function QuickSortList( array, beg, end ) - let array = a:array - let pivot = GetListItem( array, a:beg ) - let l = a:beg - let r = a:end - while l < r - while GetListItem( array, r ) > pivot - let r = r - 1 - endwhile - if l != r - let array = ReplaceListItem( array, l, GetListItem( array, r ) ) - let array = ReplaceListItem( array, r, pivot ) - let l = l + 1 - endif - - while GetListItem( array, l ) < pivot - let l = l + 1 - endwhile - if l != r - let array = ReplaceListItem( array, r, GetListItem( array, l ) ) - let array = ReplaceListItem( array, l, pivot ) - let r = r - 1 - endif - endwhile - if a:beg < l-1 - let array = QuickSortList( array, a:beg, l-1 ) - endif - if a:end > l+1 - let array = QuickSortList( array, l+1, a:end ) - endif - return array -endfunction - - diff --git a/src/vim-latex/plugin/remoteOpen.vim b/src/vim-latex/plugin/remoteOpen.vim deleted file mode 100644 index 6293618..0000000 --- a/src/vim-latex/plugin/remoteOpen.vim +++ /dev/null @@ -1,163 +0,0 @@ -" File: remoteOpen.vim -" Author: Srinath Avadhanula <srinath AT fastmail DOT fm> -" $Id: remoteOpen.vim 1080 2010-01-26 22:02:34Z tmaas $ -" -" Description: -" Often times, an external program needs to open a file in gvim from the -" command line. However, it will not know if the file is already opened in a -" previous vim session. It is not sufficient to simply specify -" -" gvim --remote-silent <filename> -" -" because this simply opens up <filename> in the first remote gvim session it -" sees. This script provides a command RemoteOpen which is meant to be used -" from the command line as follows: -" -" gvim -c ":RemoteOpen +<lnum> <filename>" -" -" where <lnum> is the line-number you wish <filename> to open to. What will -" happen is that a new gvim will start up and enquire from all previous -" sessions if <filename> is already open in any of them. If it is, then it -" will edit the file in that session and bring it to the foreground and itself -" quit. Otherwise, it will not quit and instead open up the file for editing -" at <lnum>. -" -" This was mainly created to be used with Yap (the dvi previewer in miktex), -" so you can specify the program for "inverse search" as specified above. -" This ensures that the inverse search uses the correct gvim each time. -" -" Ofcourse, this requires vim with +clientserver. If not, then RemoteOpen just -" opens in the present session. - -" Enclose <args> in single quotes so it can be passed as a function argument. -com! -nargs=1 RemoteOpen :call RemoteOpen('<args>') -com! -nargs=? RemoteInsert :call RemoteInsert('<args>') - -" RemoteOpen: open a file remotely (if possible) {{{ -" Description: checks all open vim windows to see if this file has been opened -" anywhere and if so, opens it there instead of in this session. -function! RemoteOpen(arglist) - - " First construct line number and filename from argument. a:arglist is of - " the form: - " +10 c:\path\to\file - " or just - " c:\path\to\file - if a:arglist =~ '^\s*+\d\+' - let linenum = matchstr(a:arglist, '^\s*+\zs\d\+\ze') - let filename = matchstr(a:arglist, '^\s*+\d\+\s*\zs.*\ze') - else - let linenum = 1 - let filename = matchstr(a:arglist, '^\s*\zs.*\ze') - endif - let filename = escape(filename, ' ') - call Tex_Debug("linenum = ".linenum.', filename = '.filename, "ropen") - - " If there is no clientserver functionality, then just open in the present - " session and return - if !has('clientserver') - call Tex_Debug("-clientserver, opening locally and returning", "ropen") - exec "e ".filename - exec linenum - normal! zv - return - endif - - " Otherwise, loop through all available servers - let servers = serverlist() - " If there are no servers, open file locally. - if servers == '' - call Tex_Debug("no open servers, opening locally", "ropen") - exec "e ".filename - exec linenum - let g:Remote_Server = 1 - normal! zv - return - endif - - let i = 1 - let server = s:Strntok(servers, "\n", i) - let targetServer = v:servername - - while server != '' - " Find out if there was any server which was used by remoteOpen before - " this. If a new gvim session was ever started via remoteOpen, then - " g:Remote_Server will be set. - if remote_expr(server, 'exists("g:Remote_Server")') - let targetServer = server - endif - - " Ask each server if that file is being edited by them. - let bufnum = remote_expr(server, "bufnr('".filename."')") - " If it is... - if bufnum != -1 - " ask the server to edit that file and come to the foreground. - " set a variable g:Remote_Server to indicate that this server - " session has at least one file opened via RemoteOpen - let targetServer = server - break - end - - let i = i + 1 - let server = s:Strntok(servers, "\n", i) - endwhile - - " If none of the servers have the file open, then open this file in the - " first server. This has the advantage if yap tries to make vim open - " multiple vims, then at least they will all be opened by the same gvim - " server. - call remote_send(targetServer, - \ "\<C-\>\<C-n>". - \ ":let g:Remote_Server = 1\<CR>". - \ ":drop ".filename."\<CR>". - \ ":".linenum."\<CR>zv" - \ ) - call remote_foreground(targetServer) - " quit this vim session - if v:servername != targetServer - q - endif -endfunction " }}} -" RemoteInsert: inserts a \cite'ation remotely (if possible) {{{ -" Description: -function! RemoteInsert(...) - - let citation = matchstr(argv(0), "\\[InsText('.cite{\\zs.\\{-}\\ze}');\\]") - if citation == "" - q - endif - - " Otherwise, loop through all available servers - let servers = serverlist() - - let i = 1 - let server = s:Strntok(servers, "\n", i) - let targetServer = v:servername - - while server != '' - if remote_expr(server, 'exists("g:Remote_WaitingForCite")') - call remote_send(server, citation . "\<CR>") - call remote_foreground(server) - if v:servername != server - q - else - return - endif - endif - - let i = i + 1 - let server = s:Strntok(servers, "\n", i) - endwhile - - q - -endfunction " }}} -" Strntok: extract the n^th token from a list {{{ -" example: Strntok('1,23,3', ',', 2) = 23 -fun! <SID>Strntok(s, tok, n) - return matchstr( a:s.a:tok[0], '\v(\zs([^'.a:tok.']*)\ze['.a:tok.']){'.a:n.'}') -endfun - -" }}} - -" vim:ft=vim:ts=4:sw=4:noet:fdm=marker:commentstring=\"\ %s:nowrap |